DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
SUNDAY, JULY 1, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
YOUNG PEOPLE URGED TO VOTE IN DB ELECTIONS .................. 1
HOUSEHOLD VISITS TO PUBLICISE ELECTIONS ..................... 2
FACILITIES FOR VEGETABLE FARMERS ............................ 3
ANOTHER PRIVATE STREET TO BE RESUMED ........................ 4
NUMBER OF ESTABLISHMENTS UP ................................. 5
HOUSING ADVICE SERVICE BEING EXTENDED........................ 7
HOUSEHOLD SURVEY INCLUDES NESI TOPICS ....................... 8
PLAYGROUND IN KWAI CHUNG READY SOON ......................... 8
DB TO DISCUSS TRANSPORT STUDY ............................... 9
HYGIENE CAMPAIGN FOR FOOD OPERATORS ......................... 10
EXHIBITION ON TEACHING RESOURCES ............................ 10
CARNIVAL FOR NORTH DISTRICT ................................. 11
NEW ROADS AT SHEK WU HUI .................................... 12
STORM WATER DRAINS AT WESTERN RECLAMATION ................... 13
REFUSE COLLECTION POINT FOR TUEN MUN ........................ 13
RESTRICTED ZONES IN WONG TAI SIN ............................ 14
PARKING SPACES CANCELLED
14
SUNDAY, JULY 1, 1984
1
YOUNG PEOPLE URGED TO VOTE IN DB ELECTIONS
* * X X
CHANGES TO THE DISTRICT BOARDS, AND THE APPOINTMENT OF THE REGIONAL COUNCIL NEXT YEAR WILL MARK THE COMPLETION OF AN IMPORTANT PHASE IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE INSTITUTIONS IN HONG KONG.
THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES, SAID THIS TODAY (SUNDAY) AT THE ROTARACT DAY OF ROTARACT INTERNATIONAL DISTRICT 345.
THE CHANGES INCLUDE ELECTIONS FOR TWO-THIRDS OF THE MEMBERS AND HAVING UNOFFICIALS AS CHAIRMEN.
HE SAID HE EXPECTED THIS SYSTEM TO CONTINUE TO DEVELOP ITS OWN CHARACTERISTICS IN THE YEARS AHEAD TO BE BECOME SOMETHING WHICH IS UNIQUELY ♦HONG KONG+.
POINTING OUT THAT THE DISTRICT BOARDS ALREADY HAD ESTABLISHED LINKS WITH THE CENTRAL COUNCILS OF HONG KONG, HE SAID THEY WOULD PROVIDE AN ESSENTIAL ELEMENT IN THE EVENTUAL SETTING UP OF A SYSTEM OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT.
♦THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG WILL, BY THIS REPRESENTATIVE PROCESS, BE PUT IN A POSITION OF GREATER POWER TO CONTROL THE PACE AND DIRECTION OF CHANGE, WHICH WERE MAINLY INSPIRED BY GOVERNMENT IN THE PAST.
♦THIS WILL NOT ONLY MODIFY THE PROCESS OF GOVERNMENT AND ADMINISTRATION, IT WILL HAVE AN INCALCULABLE IMPACT ON THE LIFE OF PEOPLE IN THE YEARS TO COME.
♦THEY WILL HAVE A DIRECT INPUT IN THE FORMULATION AND EXECUTION OF POLICIES AND PROGRAMMES IN EVERY AREA THAT AFFECTS THE It DAILY LIFE i HOUSING, SOCIAL WELFARE, TRANSPORT AND SO ON,+ MR AKERS-JONES SAID. ,
HE STRESSED IT WAS IMPORTANT TO HAVE SUFFICIENT EXPERTS, TECHNOCRATS AND PROFESSIONALS IN THE CENTRAL COUNCILS TO ENSURE THAT THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT WAS AWARE OF THE PROBLEMS AND ASPIRATIONS OF ITS PEOPLE AT THE GRASS ROOTS.
THIS WOULD ALSO ENSURE THAT +1T HAS AS AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE GOVERNMENT THE WISDOM AND SKILL TO DEVISE THE BEST POLICIES TO MAINTAIN THE ECONOMIC PROSPERITY OF HONG KONG SO AS TO SOLVE THE PROBLEMS AND SATISFY THE ASPIRATIONS OF THE PEOPLE,* HE SAID.
MR AKERS-JONES NOTED THAT YOUNG PEOPLE, WHO WILL BE THE MEN IN THE STREET OF TOMORROW, HAD A TWO-FOLD INTEREST IN THESE DEVELOPMENTS, AND A DUAL CONTRIBUTION TO MAKE.
♦FIRSTLY, IF YOU ARE OLD ENOUGH TO VOTE YOU SHOULD REGISTER TO VOTE AND YOU SHOULD CAST YOUR VOTE IN NEXT YEAR’S ELECTIONS,* HE SAID.
/♦THE MORE ......
SUNDAY, JULY 1, 1984
2 -
+THE MORE PEOPLE WHO REGISTER AND CAST THEIR VOTE, THE MORE REPRESENTATIVE WILL BE THE VIEWS AND ADVICE GIVEN BY THOSE ELECTED. IF YOU ARE TOO YOUNG TO VOTE YOU CAN NEVERTHELESS PERSUADE YOUR OTHER FAMILY MEMBERS TO REGISTER AND VOTE.
+SECONDLY, WE MUST CONTINUE TO ADAPT, IMPROVE AND INTRODUCE NEW SKILLS AND NEW IDEAS TO MAINTAIN THE EXPANSION OF THE ECONOMY WHICH WILL PROVIDE THE BASIS FOR OUR CONTINUING PROSPERITY.
+AND WE MUST ABOVE ALL HAVE CONFIDENCE IN OUR ABILITY TO OVERCOME THE PROBLEMS WHICH WE FACE.
+l AM SURE YOU, YOUNG PEOPLE, WILL CARRY THIS FLAME OF
■r CONFIDENCE AND COURAGE INTO THE FUTURE SO THAT IN TURN, YOU TOO, LIKE YOUR PREDECESSORS, WILL BE ABLE TO LOOK BACK AT YOUR ACHIEVEMENTS WITH PRIDE AND SATISFACTION.+
--------0 - - - -
HOUSEHOLD VISITS TO PUBLICISE ELECTIONS K X X X X
WAN CHAI DISTRICT OFFICE STAFF WILL MAKE HOUSEHOLD VISITS FROM TOMORROW (MONDAY) TO EXPLAIN THE WORK OF THE DISTRICT BOARD AND TO ENCOURAGE RESIDENTS TO TAKE PART IN NEXT YEAR’S ELECTIONS.
THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR LAM KAM-KWONG, SAID TODAY THAT THE VISITS WOULD LAST UNTIL THE END OF SEPTEMBER. IT WAS HOPED THAT ALL THE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS IN THE DISTRICT, NUMBERING ABOUT 2 5OO, WOULD BE COVERED.
HE EXPLAINED THAT LETTERS GIVING THE DATE AND TIME OF THE VISITS WOULD BE SENT TO INDIVIDUAL HOUSEHOLDS A FEW DAYS IN ADVANCE, AND POSTERS ABOUT THE VISITS WOULD BE PUT UP INSIDE BUILDINGS.
ABOUT 60 STAFF AND TEMPORARY COMMUNITY ORGANISERS WILL TAKE PART IN THIS PROGRAMME.
+THE HOUSEHOLD VISITS ARE THE FIRST OF A SERIES OF ACTIVITIES TO PUBLICISE THE COMING REGISTRATION OF VOTERS AND THE ELECTIONS,* HE SAID.
A COMMITTEE COMPRISING BOARD MEMBERS AND REPRESENTATIVES OF AREA COMMITTEES, THE SCHOOL LIAISON COMMITTEE, VOLUNTARY AGENCIES AND LOCAL ORGANISATIONS WERE FORMED RECENTLY TO CO-ORDINATE AND PLAN THE ACTIVITIES.
OTHER PUBLICITY PROGRAMMES WILL INCLUDE THE DISTRIBUTION OF ’PAMPHLETS, VIDEO PRESENTATIONS ON THE WORK OF THE DISTRICT BOARD, A MOBILE REGISTRATION CENTRE, TALKS AND SEMINARS.
THE SIX-WEEK REGISTRATION OF VOTERS WILL BEGIN ON AUGUST 15 AND THE ELECTIONS WILL TAKE PLACE ON MARCH 7.
- - 0 - -
SUNDAY, JULY 1, 1984
FACILITIES FOR VEGETABLE FARMERS * * *
LOCAL VEGETABLE GROWERS’ HARD-EARNED MONEY IS PROTECTED FROM RACKETEERS -- THANKS TO THE VEGETABLE MARKETING ORGANISATION (VMO).
+MARKETING FACILITIES, AVAILABLE AT A VERY LOW COST, ARE PROVIDED FOR FARMERS AND WHOLESALERS TO MAKE A FAIR DEAL WITHOUT BEING MANIPULATED BY RACKETEERS,+ MR T.C. CHAU, SENIOR MANAGER OF THE VEGETABLE MARKETING ORGANISATION, SAID.
THESE FACILITIES INCLUDE COLLECTING DEPOTS IN LAM TEI, KAM TIN AND FANLING FROM WHERE VEGETABLES ARE TRANSPORTED TO BE WEIGHED AND SOLD AT THE CHEUNG SHA WAN WHOLESALE MARKET, MR CHAU SAID.
+THE COST CHARGED IS REASONABLE, A COMMISSION OF 10 PER CENT ON THE SALES,* HE SAID.
THE ORGANISATION, A NON-PROFIT MAKING BODY OPERATED UNDER THE AGRICULTURAL PRODUCT (MARKETING) ORDINANCE, AIMS TO MAXIMISE RETURNS TO FARMERS BY MINIMISING MARKETING COSTS AND TO PROVIDE ASSISTANCE TO THOSE WHO ARE IN NEED.
IN THE 1983-84 FINANCIAL YEAR, A TOTAL OF 115 600 TONNES OF VEGETABLES, VALUED AT >317 MILLION, WERE SOLD THROUGH THE ORGANISATION, REPRESENTING AN INCREASE OF 50 PER CENT OVER THE PRECEDING YEAR.
+THIS IS LARGELY DUE TO THE BIGGER SUPPLY FROM THE SHENZHEN ECONOMIC ZONE WHERE HEAVY INVESTMENT IN VEGETABLE CULTIVATION BY HONG KONG FARMERS HAS TREMENDOUSLY BOOSTED PRODUCTION,* MR CHAU SAID.
WHEN THE ORGANISATION WAS SET UP IN SEPTEMBER 1946, ITS INITIAL AIM WAS TO ASSIST IN THE POST-WAR REHABILITATION OF LOCAL FARMERS AND TO PROVIDE ORDERLY AND EFFICIENT MARKETING FACILITIES AS ONE OF THE MEANS WHEREBY VEGETABLE FARMING COULD BE DEVELOPED AND THE SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS OF THE FARMING COMMUNITY IMPROVED.
♦THIS HAS AGAIN BECOME SIGNIFICANT IN RECENT YEARS WHEN THE TOTAL LAND AREA AVAILABLE FOR VEGETABLE CULTIVATION HAS DECREASED BY HALF, FROM 1976’S 4 400 HECTARES TO 1983’S 2 440 HECTARES. EVERY EFFORT IS BEING MADE BY THE AGRICULTURAL AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT TO HELP FARMERS SOLVE THEIR DIFFICULTIES AND INCREASE THEIR PRODUCTION,* HE SAID.
TO PROVIDE FARMERS WITH BETTER MARKETING FACILITIES, THE CHEUNG SHA WAN VEGETABLE WHOLESALE MARKET WAS BUILT IN 1965. AT PRESENT, THE MARKET HANDLES AN AVERAGE OF OVER 300 TONNES OF VEGETABLES A DAY, MR CHAU SAID.
/+L0CALLY PRODUCED .......
SUNDAY, JULY 1, 1984
+LOCALLY PRODUCED VEGETABLES REPRESENT 60 PER CENT OF TOTAL SALES AND IMPORT VEGETABLES FROM CHINA, USA, THAILAND, TAIWAN AND JAPAN MAKE UP THE BALANCE,+ HE SAID.
APART FROM MARKETING FACILITIES, A LOAN FUND
WAS ALSO ESTABLISHED TO HELP FARMERS IMPROVE THEIR SKILLS AND TO PURCHASE SUCH LABOUR SAVING MACHINERY AS ROTARY CULTIVATORS, SPRINKLERS AND IRRIGATION SYSTEMS. IN THE LAST FINANCIAL YEAR, 1 251 LOANS TOTALLING $15 MILLION WERE ISSUED.
TO KEEP LOCAL VEGETABLE FARMERS ABREAST OF NEW DEVELOPMENTS AND TECHNIQUES, STUDY TOURS TO AGRICULTURALLY ADVANCED COUNTRIES ARE ORGANISED EACH YEAR.
IN ADDITION, MR CHAU SAID, SCHOLARSHIPS, INCLUDING GRANTS AND INTEREST-FREE LOANS, ARE PROVIDED FOR YOUNGSTERS WHO WISH TO STUDY AGRICULTURE. TWENTY-NINE PERSONS HAVE BENEFITED FROM THE AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS SCHOLARSHIP FUND SINCE ITS ESTABLISHMENT IN 1978.
THE ORGANISATION ALSO WORKS CLOSELY WITH SOME 30 VEGETABLE MARKETING CO-OPERATIVES IN PROMOTING VEGETABLE FARMING IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THESE COOPERATIVES, IN COORDINATION WITH THE FEDERATION OF VEGETABLE MARKETING CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES, SUPPLEMENT THE VMO’S SERVICE BY COLLECTING VEGETABLES FROM FARMERS IN REMOTE OR SPARSELY POPULATED AREAS.
--------0 - - - -
ANOTHER PRIVATE STREET TO BE RESUMED
* * * *
THE GOVERNMENT IS PUSHING AHEAD WITH ITS PILOT SCHEME TO RESUME STREETS IN PRIVATE RESIDENTIAL AREAS WHICH ARE IN A DILAPIDATED STATE.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (SUNDAY) THAT YIN ON STREET IN TO KWA WAN WOULD BE RESUMED UNDER THE SCHEME, BRINGING THE NUMBER OF RESUMPTIONS SO FAR TO FIVE.
THE OTHERS ARE COMFORT TERRACE AND YUET YUEN STREET IN NORTH POINT, WHICH WERE RESUMED AT THE END OF MAY? SAM PAN STREET IN WAN CHAI, RESUMED IN MID-JUNEl AND SHIM LUEN STREET, MA TAU KOK, WHICH HAS JUST BEEN RESUMED.
A RESUMPTION NOTICE CONCERNING YIN ON STREET APPEARED IN THE LATEST kSSUE OF THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE AND HAS BEEN POSTED AT THE SITE.
/ANYONE HiTITLED........
SUNDAY, JULY 1, 1984
ANYONE ENTITLED TO COMPENSATION UNDER THE ROADS (WORKS, USE AND COMPENSATION) ORDINANCE SHOULD SUBMIT A CLAIM IN WRITING TO THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS.
THE STREET WILL REVERT TO THE CROWN DURING THE LAST WEEK IN JULY.
A PLAN CAN BE SEEN AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS:
* CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, CENTRAL ENQUIRY SUBOFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST wING, MAIN ENTRANCE LOBBY, HONG KONGS
* DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, KOWLOON WEST, YAU MA TEI CAR PARK BUILDING, 1OTH FLOOR, 250 SHANGHAI STREET, KOWLOON; AND
* KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT OFFICE, 141 KAU PUI LUNG ROAD, GROUND FLOOR, KOWLOON.
FOLLOWING RESUMPTION, THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE WILL CARRY OUT REPAIR WORK.
- 0 - -
NUMBER OF ESTABLISHMENTS UP * * * *
A TOTAL OF 83 856 WHOLESALE, RETAIL AND IMPORT-EXPORT ESTABLISHMENTS, RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS WERE IN OPERATION DURING THE WHOLE OR PART OF 1982, ENGAGING 531 125 PERSONS, ACCORDING TO SURVEY RESULTS RELEASED TODAY BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
COMPARED WITH 1981, THE NUMBER OF ESTABLISHMENTS INCREASED BY SIX PER CENT AND THE NUMBER OF PERSONS ENGAGED, BY FOUR PER CENT.
IN 1982, THESE ESTABLISHMENTS GENERATED $323 760 MILLION IN SALES AND OTHER RECEIPTS, AND SPENT $16 152 MILLION ON COMPENSATION OF EMPLOYEES, $29 845 MILLION ON OPERATING EXPENSES, AND $264 196 MILLION ON PURCHASES OF GOODS FOR SALE.
COMPARED WITH 1981, SALES AND OTHER RECEIPTS INCREASED BY SEVEN PER CENT, COMPENSATION OF EMPLOYEES BY 17 PER CENT, OPERATING EXPENSES BY 22 PER CENT AND PURCHASES OF GOODS FOR SALc BY FOUR PER CENT.
THE VALUE ADDED BY THE SECTOR, REPRESENTING ITS CONTRIBUTION TO THE GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT OF HONG KONG, GREW BY FOUR PER CENT TO $32 903 MILLION IN 1982, FROM $31 504 MILLION IN 1981.
/ANALYSED BY
SUNDAY, JULY 1, 1984
6
ANALYSED BY ECONOMIC ACTIVITY, THE SURVEY SHOWED THAT IN 1982, IMPORT-EXPORT TRADE RECORDED THE LARGEST SALES AND OTHER RECEIPTS — $205 319 MILLION OR 63 PER CENT OF THE SECTOR’S TOTAL.
RETAIL TRADE ACCOUNTED FOR ANOTHER 17 PER CENT, WHILE WHOLESALE TRADE TOOK UP 14 PER CENT, RESTAURANTS FIVE PER CENT, AND HOTELS-BOARDING HOUSES ONE PER CENT.
IMPORT-EXPORT TRADE CONTRIBUTED 51 PER CENT OF THE TOTAL VALUE ADDED IN THE SECTOR.
OF THE BALANCE, RETAIL TRADE ACCOUNTED FOR 21 PER CENT, RESTAURANTS FOR 15 PER CENT, WHOLESALE TRADE FOR EIGHT PER CENT, AND HOTELS-BOARDING HOUSES FOR FIVE PER CENT.
COMPARED WITH 1981, RESTAURANTS REGISTERED THE LARGEST INCREASE IN SALES AND OTHER RECEIPTS (15 PER CENT), FOLLOWED BY HOTELS-BOARDING HOUSES (14 PER CENT), WHOLESALE TRADE (11 PER CENT), RETAIL TRADE (SIX PER CENT) AND IMPORT/EXPORT TRADE (FIVE PER CENT).
IN TERMS OF VALUE ADDED, HOTELS-BOARDING HOUSES RECORDED THE LARGEST INCREASE (12 PER CENT), FOLLOWED BY RESTAURANTS (NINE PER CENT) AND IMPORT-EXPORT TRADE (SIX PER CENT). WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADES, ON THE OTHER HAND, RECORDED DECREASES OF THREE PER CENT AND ONE PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.
FIELD WORK FOR THE 1982 SURVEY WAS UNDERTAKEN BY THE DEPARTMENT BETWEEN MAY 1983 AND FEBRUARY 1984.
THE SURVEY WAS ONE IN A SERIES OF ANNUAL SURVEYS CONDUCTED FOR THE PURPOSE OF ASCERTAINING THE STRUCTURE AND OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS OF THE DISTRIBUTIVE TRADE AND SERVICE SECTOR AND UPDATING ITS CONTRIBUTION TO THE GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT OF HONG KONG.
A TABLE, WHICH WILL BE ISSUED BY FACSIMILE, PROVIDES THE PRINCIPAL STATISTICS BY ECONOMIC ACTIVITY FOR 1981 AND 1982. COPIES OF THE TABLE MAY ALSO BE COLLECTED FROM THE GIS NEWS ROOM ON THE SIXTH FLOOR OF BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, CENTRAL.
THE DEPARTMENT IS NOW PREPARING A REPORT ON THE 1982 SURVEY OF WHOLESALE, RETAIL AND IMPORT-EXPORT TRADES, RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS, WHICH WILL CONTAIN A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF THE RESULTS BY MAJOR TRADE GROUP AND ECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS.
ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE SURVEY RESULTS MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE DEPARTMENT’S WHOLESALE-RETAIL TRADE STATISTICS SECTION AT 3-7216024.
-----o-----
SUNDAY, JULY 1, 1994
7
HOUSING ADVICE SERVICE BEING EXTENDED
*****
THE HOUSING AUTHORITY IS TO EXTEND ITS POPULAR HOUSING ADVICE SERVICE FROM TUEN MUN TO NEW ESTATES COMING ON STREAM IN OTHER NEW TOWNS.
♦THE SERVICE HAS HELPED THOUSANDS OF INCOMING TENANTS ADJUST TO FRESH ENVIRONMENTS AND SETTLE DOWN QUICKLY IN NEW ESTATES IN TUEN MUN.+ A SPOKESMAN FOR THE AUTHORITY SAID TODAY (SUNDAY).
HE SAID THAT WHEN INTAKE TO THESE ESTATES IS COMPLETED EARLY NEXT YEAR, EXPERIENCED STAFF WOULD MOVE ON TO MAN HOUSING ADVICE CENTRES IN NEW ESTATES IN SHEUNG SHUI, FANLING AND TAI PO NEW TOWNS.
+AT PRESENT, ADVICE CENTRES ARE OPERATING IN WU KING, SHAN KING AND BUTTERFLY RENTAL ESTATES, AS WELL AS IN THE HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME SIU HONG AND SIU SHAN COURTS.
+STAFF ATTEND TO ENQUIRIES AND COMPLAINTS, PROVIDE INTAKE GUIDANCE, MAKE GOOD-WILL HOME VISITS AND PUBLICISE FACILITIES ON THE ESTATES AND IN THE NEW.TOWNS THROUGH TALKS AND PAMPHLETS.
♦ THE SERVICE HAS PROVED INCREASINGLY POPULAR AMONG TENANTS, WITH THE NUMBER OF VISITS TO THE CENTRES RISING FROM 1 171 IN APRIL LAST YEAR TO 4 132 IN FEBRUARY THIS YEAR,+ HE SAID.
IN 1983-94, HOUSING ADVICE CENTRES DEALT WITH MORE THAN 33 000 CASES OF ENQUIRIES, COMPLAINTS AND REQUESTS FOR INTAKE GUIDANCE FROM INCOMING TENANTS.
♦MOST ENQUIRIES WERE ON HOUSING MATTERS, WHILE OTHERS CONCERNED EDUCATION, SOCIAL SERVICES AND TRANSPORTATION IN THE DISTRICT.
+HOUSING STAFF HAVE ALSO MADE MORE THAN 5 000 HOME VISITS TO FOSTER MUTUAL RELATIONSHIP AND HELP TENANTS SOLVE THEIR PROBLEMS AS FAR AS POSSIBLE,+ HE SAID.
THE HOUSING ADVICE CENTRE SCHEME WAS STARTED AT THE TWIN ESTATES OF ON TING AND YAU 01 IN TUEN MUN IN 1981 AND WAS LATER EXTENDED TO NEW ESTATES AS THEY OPENED IN OTHER PARTS OF THE NEW TOWN.
- - 0 ---------
/8 .......
SUNDAY, JULY 1, 1034
8 -
HOUSEHOLD SURVEY INCLUDES NEW TOPICS * * * *
THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT’S MONTHLY HOUSEHOLD SURVEY WILL INCLUDE NEW QUESTIONS FOR THE MONTHS OF JULY TO SEPTEMBER.
THESE QUESTIONS WILL COVER SUCH TOPICS AS PUBLIC AWARENESS OF THE WORK OF DISTRICT BOARDS, SMOKING HABITS OF THE POPULATION, EMPLOYEES’ SICK LEAVE PATTERN AND THE USE OF TREASURY SERVICES, A DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID.
THE SURVEY, CONDUCTED MONTHLY SINCE AUGUST 1981, IS TO COLLECT INFORMATION ON THE ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE POPULATION.
AS IN THE PAST, THE PRESENT SURVEY WILL ALSO INCLUDE QUESTIONS ON AGE, SEX, EDUCATIONAL ATTAINMENT, ACTIVITY STATUS, HOURS OF wOR.x AND OCCUPATION.
SOME 5 OOO HOUSEHOLDS ARE SELECTED AT RANDOM EACH MONTH FROM ALL DISTRICTS FOR PARTICIPATION IN THE SURVEY.
ABOUT HALF OF THE HOUSEHOLDS INTERVIEWED THREE MONTHS AGO, WILL BE SURVEYED AGAIN TO MEASURE MORE ACCURATELY THE CHANGES THAT HAVE OCCURRED SINCE THEN.
AN OFFICIAL LETTER, IN ENGLISH AND CHINESE, HAS BEEN SENT TO THE SAMPLED HOUSEHOLDS TO EXPLAIN THE PURPOSE OF THE SURVEY AND TO SEEK THEIR COOPERATION.
ASSISTANT CENSUS AND SURVEY OFFICERS, IDENTITY CARD ISSUED BY THE DEPARTMENT, Wl TO COLLECT THE REQUIRED INFORMATION.
EACH CARRYING AN
LL VISIT THESE HOUSEHOLDS
ALL INFORMATION COLLECTED WILL BE TREATED CONFIDENTIALLY AND WILL NOT BE REVEALED TO ANY PERSON OR ORGANISATION OUTSIDE THE DEPARTMENT, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
- - 0 - -
PLAYGROUND IN KWAI CHUNG READY SOON * * * X
PHASE TWO OF A MULTI-PURPOSE PLAYGROUND IN KWAI CHUNG WILL BE READY FOR USE NEXT MONTH (AUGUST).
THE $5.5 MILLION HING FONG ROAD PLAYGROUND IS LOCATED ON A 1.74-HECTARE SITE ADJACENT TO THE POPULAR OSMAN RAMJU SADICK MEMORIAL GAMES HALL.
DESIGNED AND BUILT BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT, THE PLAYGROUND WILL BE HANDED OVER ON COMPLETION TO THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT FOR MANAGEMENT.
/FACILITIES AT........
SUNDAY, JULY 1, 1984
- 9 -
FACILITIES IN THE SECOND PHASE INCLUDE A CHILDREN’S PLAYGROUND WITH MODERN PLAY EQUIPMENT, A REFRESHMENT KIOSK AND A LANDSCAPED REST GARDEN WITH ARBOURS AND BENCHES.
THE FIRST PHASE, CONSISTING OF TWO MINI-SOCCER PITCHES AND A CONCRETE SPECTATOR STAND, HAS PROVED TO BE POPULAR SINCE IT WAS OPENED LAST DECEMBER.
MEANWHILE, THE NTSD IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE OPERATION OF THE REFRESHMENT KIOSK AT PHASE TWO OF THE PLAYGROUND.
THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER MAY START BUSINESS ON SEPTEMBER 1 ON A THREE-YEAR CONTRACT.
TENDER FORMS ARE AVAILABLE AT THE KWAI CHUNG URBAN SERVICES OFFICE ON THE NINTH FLOOR OF KWAI HING GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 166-174 HING FONG ROAD, KWAI CHUNG.
COMPLETED FORMS MUST BE PLACED IN THE TENDER BOX AT THE NTSD HEADQUARTERS ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF SWIRE AND MACLAINE HOUSE (AUSTIN CENTRE). 19-23 AUSTIN AVENUE, KOWLOON BEFORE 9 AM ON JULY 20 (FRIDAY).
ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE KIOSK MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE KWAI CHUNG URBAN SERVICES OFFICE ON 0-209204.
-----o-----
DB TO DISCUSS TRANSPORT STUDY
* * * *
THE RECENTLY-COMPLETED TSUEN WAN TRANSPORT STUDY PHASE THREE WILL BE DISCUSSED AT THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD MEETING ON TUESDAY (JULY 3) AFTERNOON.
A REPRESENTATIVE FROM THE TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT OFFICE WILL BRIEF MEMBERS ON THE STUDY WHICH WAS CONDUCTED IN MAY 1982.
THE STUDY OUTLINES THE REQUIREMENTS OF NEW ROADS AND IMPROVEMENTS TO THE EXISTING ROADS IN THE NEW TOWN.
OTHER ITEMS ON THE AGENDA WILL INCLUDE A REVIEW ON THE BOARD’S MEET-THE-PUBLIC SCHEME AND PROGRESS REPORTS ON THE VARIOUS COMMITTEES.
--------o----------
/10 .......
SUNDAY, JULY 1 , 198L
10
HYGIENE CAMPAIGN for food operators * * *
THE URBAN COUNCIL IS TO LAUNCH ITS ANNUAL FOOD HYGIENE CAMPAIGN FROM JULY 9 TO JULY 31.
IT IS A YEARLY SUMMER HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAMME AIMED AT REMINDING FOOD OPERATORS AND FOOD HANDLERS OF THE IMPORTANCE OF SANITATION IN FOOD PREMISES.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE COUNCIL SAID THE THEME FOR THIS YEAR’S CAMPAIGN WILL BE PEST CONTROL IN FOOD PREMISES.
THROUGHOUT THE CAMPAIGN PERIOD, SENIOR OFFICERS FROM THE DISTRICT OFFICES OF THE CITY SERVICES DEPARTMENT WILL CONDUCT 16 SEMINARS FOR MANAGERIAL AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL OF FOOD PREMISES THROUGH SLIDES, FILM SHOWS AND OPEN DISCUSSIONS.
♦BASICALLY WE HOPE THAT THROUGH THE VARIOUS ACTIVITIES OF the campaign we can further alert food business operators ON THE IMPORTANCE OF FOOD hygiene, AND ALSO TO SUGGEST TO THEM SOME PRACTICAL METHODS TO RAISE THE HYGIENIC STANDARD OF THEIR FOOD premises,+ the spokesman said.
+IT IS ALSO OUR AIM TO REDUCE THE OCCURRENCE OF FOOD-BORNE DISEASES AND OTHER GASTRO-INTESTINAL DISEASES, WHICH ARE ASSOCIATED WITH UNCLEAN AND UNWHOLESOME FOOD AND WATER.+
AS AN INCENTIVE, CERTIFICATES OF ATTENDANCE WILL BE ISSUED TO ALL PARTICIPANTS AFTER THE CONCLUSION OF THE CAMPAIGN.
- - 0 - -
EXHIBITION ON TEACHING RESOURCES
XXX
AN EXHIBITION OF TEACHING RESOURCES AND THE COURSE WORK PRODUCED BY PARTICIPANTS OF A RETRAINING COURSE FOR PRIMARY SCHOOL TEACHERS WILL BE HELD ON FRIDAY AND SATURDAY (JULY 6 AND 7).
IT WILL BE STAGED IN THE ANNEX OF GRANTHAM COLLEGE OF EDUCATION, 9/F, ARGYLE CENTRE, PHASE I, 688 NATHAN ROAD, KOWLOON.
ON DISPLAY WILL BE COURSE WORK ON BASIC TEACHING SKILLS, TEACHING KITS, TEACHING RESOURCES ON PRIMARY EDUCATION, PLUS BULLETINS ON GENERAL AS WELL AS CULTURAL SUBJECTS.
THERE WILL ALSO BE A SLIDE SHOW INTRODUCING THE CURRICULUM OF THE PRIMARY RETRAINING COURSE OFFERED BY THE COLLEGE, AND VIDEO TAPES ON PRIMARY EDUCATION.
/THE exhibition
SUNDAY, JULY 1, 1984
11
THE EXHIBITION WILL BE OF PARTICULAR INTEREST TO SCHOOLS USING OR PLANNING TO USE THE ACTIVITY APPROACH, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT SAID.
HEADMASTERS AND TEACHERS OF PRIMARY SCHOOLS ARE INVITED TO THE EXHIBITION.
ENQUIRIES MAY BE MADE TO GRANTHAM COLLEGE OF EDUCATION ON 3-910012 OR 3-910043.
--------0----------
CARNIVAL FOR NORTH DISTRICT
* * *
A CARNIVAL WILL BE HELD AT THE FANLING PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL IN THE NEW TERRITORIES ON JULY 14 (SATURDAY).
THE NORTH DISTRICT WATER CARNIVAL IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT.
IT IS AIMED AT PROVIDING FREE ENTERTAINMENT FOR LOCAL RESIDENTS AND AT PROMOTING WATER SPORTS IN THE DISTRICT, AN NTSD SPOKESMAN SAID.
THE CARNIVAL WILL FEATURE EVENTS RANGING FROM SYNCHRONIZED SWIMMING, LIFE-SAVING AND FIRST AID DEMONSTRATION TO A CANOE POLO MATCH.
THERE WILL ALSO BE WATER GAMES FOR LOCAL RESIDENTS CAPABLE OF SWIMMING AT LEAST 25 METRES.
APPLICATION FORMS FOR THE WATER GAMES AS WELL AS FREE ADMISSION TICKETS FOR THE CARNIVAL ARE AVAILABLE AT THE FOLLOWING PLACES:
* THE FANLING PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL;
M THE NORTH URBAN SERVICES OFFICE, GROUND FLOOR, GARAGE NO. 1, TAI YUEN ESTATE, TAI PO;
* THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE (NORTH OFFICE), FOURTH FLOOR, TAI PO GOVERNMENT OFFICES, TING KOK ROAD, TAI PO;
AND
* THE SHEUNG SHU I SUB-OFFICE OF THE NORTH DISTRICT 'FFICE, 24 SAN FUNG AVENUE, SHEUNG SHU I.
FURTHER ENQUIRIES MAY BE MADE WITH THE RECREATION, ;ND AMENITIES SECTION OF THE NORTH URBAN SERVICES OFF I CE 3—571043.
-----o------
/12 .......
SUNDAY, JULY 1, 1984
12
NEW ROADS AT SHEK WU HUI * * * *
THE GOVERNMENT IS PLANNING TO BUILD NEW ROADS TO PROVIDE VEHICULAR AND PEDESTRIAN ACCESS TO NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENTS AT SHEK WU HUI, FANLING.
THERE WILL BE 10 ROADS IN ALL, TOTALLING THREE KILOMETRES IN LENGTH.
FOOTPATHS, CYCLETRACKS, TWO SUBWAYS, A BOX CULVERT AND ASSOCIATED STORMWATER AND FOUL DRAINAGE SYSTEMS SOUTH OF CHOI YUEN ESTATE AND YUK PO COURT WILL ALSO BE CONSTRUCTED AS PART OF THE PROJECT.
SOME FOOTPATHS FROM TAI PO ROAD TO NG UK TSUEN AND KAI LENG WILL BE CLOSED AND TWO STRIPS OF LAND WITH A TOTAL AREA OF 0.5 HECTARE NEAR KAI LENG WILL BE RESUMED IN CONNECTION WITH THE WORK.
DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, TEMPORARY ACCESS TO THE VILLAGE WILL BE MAINTAINED TO AVOID INCONVENIENCE TO THE PUBLIC.
A NOTICE OF THE PROPOSED WORK HAS BEEN PUBLISHED IN THE LATEST ISSUE OF THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE UNDER THE ROADS (WORKS, USE AND COMPENSATION) ORDINANCE.
A PLAN CAN BE SEEN AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS:
* CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, CENTRAL ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST WING, MAIN ENTRANCE LOBBY?
* NORTH DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE;
* NORTH DISTRICT OFFICE, OLD DISTRICT OFFICE BUILDING, TAI PO MARKET, TAI PO, NEW TERRITORIES; AND
* NORTH DISTRICT OFFICE, FANLING SUB-OFFICE, JOCKEY CLUB ROAD, FANLING, NEW TERRITORIES.
OBJECTIONS TO THE WORK SHOULD REACH THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS IN WRITING BEFORE AUGUST 28.
-----o------
SUNDAY, JULY 1, 1984
- 13 -
STORM WATER DRAINS AT WESTERN RECLAMATION
THREE SINGLE-CELL BOX CULVERTS, EACH MEASURING ABOUT 210 NETRES, WILL BE CONSTRUCTED AT THE SECOND STAGE OF WESTERN RECLAMATION.
THEY WILL REPLACE THE TEMPORARY CHANNELS WHICH WILL BE FILLED IN LATER.
WORK WILL BEGIN IN OCTOBER AND TAKE 20 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT ARE BEING INVITED BY THE CIVIL ENGINEERING OFFICE OF THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT, AND SHOULD BE SUBMITTED BY JULY 20.
THE SECOND STAGE OF WESTERN RECLAMATION, WORK ON WHICH HAS BEEN SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED, WILL MEASURE ABOUT 18 HECTARES.
IT IS BEING BUILT OFF CONNAUGHT ROAD WEST BETWEEN SUTHERLAND STREET AND WATER STREET.
THE LAND FORMED WILL BE FOR NEW ROADS, A FERRY CONCOURSE, A BUS TERMINUS, CARGO-HANDLING AREAS, COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL USES, AN INDOOR GAMES HALL, LOCAL OPEN SPACE, A POLICE STATION AND OTHER GOVERNMENT AND COMMUNITY USES.
-----0------
REFUSE COLLECTION POINT FOR TUEN MUN
* * *
A REFUSE COLLECTION POINT IS TO BE BUILT ON A 168-SQUARE-METRE SITE AT TUEN MUN.
THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT RECENTLY AWARDED A S55O 000 CONTRACT TO CHUNG SHING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LTD.
THE REFUSE COLLECTION POINT, SITUATED AT TUEN MUN ROAD NEAR CHI LOK GARDEN, WILL BE A SINGLE-STOREY REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURE WITH A MEZZANINE FLOOR.
BESIDES A REFUSE COLLECTION AREA, FACILITIES WILL INCLUDE LOADING BAYS, HANDCART WASHING SPACES, TOILETS, ROLL-CALL ROOMS, OFFICES AND A STOREROOM.
WORK WILL START IN MID-JULY AND TAKE SEVEN MONTHS.
SUNDAY, JULY 1, 1984
- 14 -
RESTRICTED ZONES IN WONG TAI SIN * * *
FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (JULY 3), THE FOLLOWING STREET SECTIONS IN WONG TAI SIN WILL BE DESIGNATED RESTRICTED ZONES DURING THE PERIODS SPECIFIED:
* FROM 7 AM TO 7 PM DAILY
THE SECTION OF SHEUNG FUNG STREET BETWEEN FUNG TAK ROAD AND KAM FUNG STREET.
* FROM 7 AM TO 10 AM AND FROM 4 PM TO 7 PM DAILY
THE SECTION OF SHEUNG FUNG STREET BETWEEN KAM FUNG STREET AND SHUNG WAH STREET.
WITHIN THE RESTRICTED ZONES, ALL MOTOR VEHICLES, EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES AND THOSE AUTHORISED IN WRITING BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT, WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS, OR FROM LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS.
-----o-----
PARKING SPACES CANCELLED
FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (JULY 3), THE GOODS VEHICLE PARKING SPACES ON HOP YICK ROAD IN YUEN LONG WILL BE CANCELLED TO IMPROVE LOCAL TRAFFIC AND PEDESTRIAN SAFETY.
NEWLY DESIGNATED PARKING SPACES FOR GOODS VEHICLES ARE AVAILABLE IN THE VICINITY.
-----o-----
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
MONDAY, JULY 2, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO,
GROWTH MOMENTUM TO CONTINUE THROUGH 1990'S...................... 1
GOVERNOR LEAVING FOR LONDON .................................... 4
MULTI-CHANNELS TO KEEP PUBLIC INFORMED ......................... 5
SEMINAR ON VENTURE CAPITAL ..................................... 6
AWARDS FOR ANTI-SMOKING SUPPORTERS.............................. 7
1982 INDUSTRIAL SURVEY REPORT OUT .............................. 7
AIR PARCELS TO LEBANON HALTED .................................. 8
INSTRUCTORS' COURSE TO PROMOTE TELNET .......................... 8
LANTERN COMPETITIONS FOR ALL ................................... 9
UNDERSTANDING THE HANDICAPPED.................................. 10
MORE CAREERS CENTRES PLANNED................................... 11
ANTI-MOSQUITO CAMPAIGN IN CENTRAL ............................. 11
PRIMARY MATHS SYLLABUS TO BE SHOWN ............................ 12
SHAU KEI WAN ROAD TO HAVE FOOTBRIDGE........................... 12
HOS FLAT APPLICATIONS CLOSE TOMORROW.........„................. 13
LIFE-SAVING COURSE FOR YOUTHS.................................. 14
TAXI STAND WORK................................................ 14
WONG CHUK HANG TRAFFIC ........................................ 15
WATER STORAGE.................................................. 15
SALT WATER TAPS OFF ........................................... 15
MONDAY, JULY 2, 1984
GROWTH MOMENTUM TO CONTINUE THROUGH 1990’S * * * *
THE GOVERNMENT IS FIRMLY COMMITTED TO MAINTAINING THE MOMENTUM CF HONG KONG’S DEVELOPMENT THROUGH THE 1990’S, THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS, MR NICKY CHAN, SAID TODAY (MONDAY).
MR CHAN WAS BRIEFING THE PRESS ON THE INITIAL RESULTS OF A LONG-TERM DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY BASED ON THE FINDINGS OF FIVE SUB-REGIONAL STUDIES AND OTHER INVESTIGATIONS UNDERTAKEN OVER THE PAST FOUR YEARS.
THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL HAS BEEN FULLY BRIEFED ON THE FINDINGS AND HAS ACCEPTED THEM AS A BASIS FOR FURTHER ACTION.
MR CHAN SAID MANY OF THE TERRITORY’S CURRENT DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMMES WOULD REACH FULFILMENT EARLY IN THE NEXT DECADE, AND GOVERNMENT HAD TO TAKE +A LONG HARD LOOK+ AT THE PATTERN OF DEVELOPMENT UP TO THE BEGINNING OF THE 21ST CENTURY.
IT WAS NO GOOD WAITING UNTIL 1989 TO START PLANNING FOR THE 199O’S, HE SAID.
THE STUDIES ASSUMED THE CONTINUED OPERATION OF THE AIRPORT AT KAI TAK FOR AS LONG AS PRACTICABLE, BUT, SHOULD A DECISION BE MADE AT SOME TIME TO RELOCATE IT, THE PLANS LEFT OPEN OPTIONS TO DEVELOP IN OTHER DIRECTIONS.
MR CHAN SAID THE AIM OF THE VARIOUS STUDIES WAS TO PRODUCE A STRATEGY FOR LAND USE AND TRANSPORT FOR THE 199O’S, TAKING INTO ACCOUNT POPULATION GROWTH TO AROUND 7.1 MILLION BY 2001.
THE INTENTION WOULD BE TO PROVIDE THE HIGHEST QUALITY ENVIRONMENT POSSIBLE. VERY CAREFUL CONSIDERATION HAD BEEN GIVEN IN EACH OF THE FIVE SUB-REGIONAL STUDIES TO ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER FACTORS AND IN IDENTIFYING SUITABLE AREAS FOR FUTURE URBAN GROWTH.
COMPUTER PROGRAMMES HAD BEEN USED TO PROCESS LARGE AMOUNTS OF DATA. ALTERNATIVE STRATEGIES WERE PRODUCED ASSUMING A RANGE OF OBJECTIVES TO ACHIEVE THE BEST VALUE FOR MONEY.
TWO MAIN GROWTH PATTERNS HAD EMERGED, ASSUMING THAT THE AIRPORT STAYED WHERE IT WAS.
EACH GROWTH PATTERN WOULD ACCOMMODATE ABOUT 0.9 MILLION PEOPLE IN NEW DEVELOPMENT AREAS, PROVIDING FOR TOTAL POPULATION OF 7.1 MILLION.
/ONE OF ......
MONDAY, JULY 2, 1?84
2
ONE OF THE PATTERNS WHICH MINIMISED PUBLIC SECTOR CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT COSTS RESULTED IN NEW DEVELOPMENT BEING CONCENTRATED IN THE TIN SHUI wAI-DEEP BAY AREA FOR AN ADDITIONAL 478 OOO PEOPLE AND ON MAJOR RECLAMATIONS IN THE WESTERN HARBOUR FOR 294 000 PEOPLE.
OTHER DEVELOPMENT WOULD OCCUR AT POK FU LAM FOR 75 000 PEOPLE AND AT PHASE 2 OF MA ON SHAN FOR 26 000 PEOPLE.
THE SECOND PATTERN, WHICH TOOK GREATER ACCOUNT OF COSTS AND BENEFITS ASSOCIATED WITH TRANSPORT, WOULD CONCENTRATE GROWTH IN THE WESTERN HARBOUR AT GREEN ISLAND-POK FU LAM FOR 268 000 PEOPLE AND BETWEEN YAU MA TEI-STONECUTTERS ISLAND FOR 605 000 PEOPLE.
THE CAPITAL COSTS OF THE TWO PATTERNS OVER THE DECADE WOULD BE ROUGHLY EQUAL AT $220 BILLION AT 1982 PRICES.
THE STUDY REPORT STRESSED THAT THERE WERE MANY COMMON COMPONENTS IN THE TWO GROWTH PATTERNS, ESPECIALLY IN RESPECT OF RECLAMATIONS AT YAU MA TEI AND GREEN ISLAND WHICH, TOGETHER, COULD ACCOMMODATE 310 000 PEOPLE.
ALSO, FURTHER RECLAMATIONS COMMON TO BOTH PATTERNS WOULD BE AT WAN CHAI AND HUNG HOM BAY, FOR ABOUT 90 000 PEOPLE.
FOR TRANSPORT, THERE WERE ALSO MANY COMMON COMPONENTS IN RESPECT OF TRUNK HIGHWAYS AND PASSENGER RAIL SYSTEMS. HOWEVER, THE TIMING AND ALIGNMENT OF SOME OF THESE WOULD REQUIRE MORE DETAILED CONSIDERATION.
THERE WERE FURTHER COMMON COMPONENTS RELATING TO KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED BY 2001 TO SUPPORT THE ECONOMIC GROWTH OF HONG KONG. THESE INCLUDED:
* RECLAMATION OFF CENTRAL TO ALLOW FOR THE LONG-TERM EXPANSION OF MAJOR INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES?
* RECLAMATION OF HUNG HOM BAY FOR THE EXPANSION OF THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY TERMINAL, AND THE DEVELOPMENT OF PRIVATE HOUSING, COMMERCIAL FACILITIES AND OTHER USES;
* FURTHER EXPANSION OF THE CONTAINER PORT FOR WHICH INITIAL WORKS WERE ALREADY IN PROGRESS; AND
H POSSIBLY A BREAKWATER AND LAND FOR PORT-RELATED FACILITIES BETWEEN PENG CHAU AND KAU Yl CHAU, ENABLING WESTERN EXPANSION OF THE PORT.
/the scale........
M3NDAY, JULY 2, 1984
- 3 -
THE SCALE OF PUBLIC SECTOR EXPENDITURE REQUIRED FOR THOSE AREAS PLANNED TO BE DEVELOPED FOR URBAN USE BY 1991 (BASE GROWTH) AND THOSE AREAS FOR DEVELOPMENT IN THE 1990’S (STRATEGIC GROWTH) WOULD BE WITHIN REASONABLE BOUNDS RELATIVE TO ASSUMED GROWTH IN THE GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT, PROVIDED THAT EXPENDITURES WERE EVENLY SPREAD.
THE REPORT OUTLINED VARIOUS BROAD CONCLUSIONS WHICH WERE:
BASE GROWTHs-
* ASSUMING AT LEAST A 1981 LEVEL OF TRANSPORT SERVICE, GREATER EMPHASIS WOULD HAVE TO BE PLACED ON IMPROVING AND EXTENDING TRUNK HIGHWAYS AND RAIL SYSTEMS;
* THE PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMME COULD BE EXPECTED TO CONTINUE TO TAKE THE LEAD IN SHAPING LONG-TERM GROWTH PATTERNS, BUT THE BALANCE BETWEEN THE PUBLIC AND PRIVATE HOUSING SECTORS SHOULD BE KEPT UNDER REVIEW, RECOGNISING THE ABILITY OF PRIVATE DEVELOPERS TO MAKE AN EFFECTIVE CONTRIBUTION UNDER FAVOURABLE MARKET CONDITIONS;
# ASSUMPTIONS MADE ABOUT THE DISTRIBUTION OF JOBS HAD A MAJOR EFFECT ON THE SIZE OF TRAVEL DEMAND AND, THUS, ON TRANSPORT SERVICES REQUIRED. FURTHER CONSIDERATION MAY NEED TO BE GIVEN TO POSSIBLE MEANS OF BRINGING ABOUT THE SORT OF DISTRIBUTION ENVISAGED, PARTICULARLY FOR JOBS IN MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY? AND
* FURTHER CONSIDERATION NEEDED TO BE GIVEN TO POSSIBLE REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTAIN KEY FACILITIES WHICH SUPPORTED THE ECONOMY.
STRATEGIC GROWTHs-
* THE EXTENT TO WHICH THERE WERE COMMON COMPONENTS BETWEEN THE TWO LONG-TERM GROWTH PATTERNS JUSTIFIED FURTHER PLANNING ON THE BASIS THAT INITIAL STRATEGIC GROWTH SHOULD TAKE PLACE AROUND THE HARBOUR. THIS WOULD KEEP OPEN DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS FOR THE NEXT CENTURY WHICH WERE LIKELY TO REQUIRE FURTHER CONSIDERATION IN THE LIGHT OF CHANGING CONDITIONS? AND
* IN PRESENT CIRCUMSTANCES, NO EARLY DECISION ON THE LOCATION OR CONSTRUCTION OF A REPLACEMENT AIRPORT WAS REQUIRED AND, THEREFORE, STRATEGIC PLANNING SHOULD FOCUS INITIALLY ON THE COMMON COMPONENTS OF A KAI TAK-RETAINED SCENARIO.
/the report .......
MJNMY, JULY 2, 1984
THE REPORT RECOMMENDED THAT FURTHER ACTION SHOULD PROCEED ALONG THE FOLLOWING LINES:
* THE MOMENTUM OF BASE GROWTH DEVELOPMENT, INCLUDING ASSOCIATED TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE, SHOULD BE MAINTAINED;
* STRATEGIC GROWTH SHOULD FOCUS INITIALLY ON THOSE COMPONENTS COMMON TO BOTH GROWTH PATTERNS FOR THE KAI TAK-RETAINED SCENARIO. IMPORTANT PROJECTS WOULD INCLUDE RECLAMATIONS AT WEST KOWLOON, HUNG HOM BAY, GREEN ISLAND AND CENTRAL/WANCHAI, TOGETHER WITH ADDITIONAL CROSS HARBOUR ROAD AND RAIL LINKS; AND
* REQUIREMENTS FOR KEY FACILITIES ASSUMED AS BEING ’LIKELY TO BE NEEDED IN THE 199O’S SHOULD BE FULLY INVESTIGATED, PARTICULARLY FOR PORT DEVELOPMENT IN RESPECT OF WHICH STUDIES HAD JUST COMMENCED.
THE REPORT SAID THE NEXT STEP WOULD BE TO CARRY OUT DETAILED FEASIBILITY STUDIES AS A BASIS FOR INCLUDING ITEMS IN THE PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME.
’COMMON COMPONENTS’ APPROACH TO INITIAL
HAVING ACCEPTED THE ------- ... . _ _ „
STRATEGIC DEVELOPMENT, FURTHER EVALUATION OF LONGER TERM OPTIONS NEED NOT BE PURSUED IMMEDIATELY. HOWEVER, IT MAY BE APPROPRIATE THE PRINCIPAL ASSUMPTIONS TO BE FURTHER
LATER FOR SOME EXAMINED, SUCH NEXT DECADE.
OF
AS
THE LEVEL OF TRANSPORT SERVICES REQUIRED IN THE
-----o------
GOVERNOR LEAVING FOR LONDON * * * *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, WILL LEAVE FOR LONDON TOMORROW (TUESDAY) FOR FURTHER CONSULTATION WITH MINISTERS ON THE PROGRESS OF THE TALKS ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.
SIR EDWARD WILL BE TRAVELLING ON FLIGHT BA 20, ETD 9 PM.
--------0----------
MONDAY, JULY 2, 1934
- 5 -
MULTI-CHANNELS TO KEEP PUBLIC INFORMED * * * *
THE GOVERNMENT’S EFFORT IN KEEPING THE PUBLIC INFORMED INVOLVES CIVIL SERVANTS AT ALL LEVELS ALL THE TIME, THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, MR IAN MACPHERSON, SAID TODAY (MONDAY).
SPEAKING AT THE INAUGURATION CEREMONY OF THE NT ROTARY CLUB THIS EVENING, MR MACPHERSON LISTED 16 COMMONLY USED CHANNELS OF COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT AND THE PUBLIC.
THESE CHANNELS INCLUDE THE UMELCO OFFICE, DISTRICT BOARDS AND GOVERNMENT ADVISORY BOARDS WELL AS THE CASUAL +RING-IN+ PROGRAMMES ON THE FROM PERSONAL CONTACTS BY DISTRICT OFFICERS TO POLLS AND ATTITUDE SURVEYS.
URBAN COUNCIL WARDS, AND COMMITTEES AS RADIO. THEY RANGE SCIENTIFIC OPINION
COMMUNICATION
♦AMONG THESE, NO LESS THAN 11 ARE TWO-WAY
CHANNELS. THE AMOUNT OF INFORMATION THAT THE GOVERNMENT MUST PROVIDE THROUGH THESE CHANNELS IS VERY GREAT INDEED,* MR MACPHERSON
SAID.
TAKING THE EXAMPLE OF UMELCO, MR MACPHERSON POINTED OUT THAT ON ALL IMPORTANT ISSUES, THE GOVERNOR HAS TO SEEK THE ADV ICE OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL WHICH IS FULLY BRIEFED BY THE GOVERNMENT ON THE PROPOSALS AND ON THE LIKELY PUBLIC REACTION AND PUBLICITY ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE PROPOSALS. SENIOR GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS ALSO ATTEND THE COUNCIL IN PERSON TO ELABORATE ON THE INFORMATION AND
TO ANSWER QUERIES.
♦WHERE LEGISLATION IS REQUIRED, A BILL WILL BE DRAFTED FOR CONSIDERATION IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL. THE PURPOSE OF IT IS GIVEN IN THE EXPLANATORY MEMORANDUM ATTACHED TO THE BILL, WHICH IS ELABORATED ON BY THE OFFICIAL WHO INTRODUCES IT. DURING DEBATE IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, THE GOVERNMENT MAY HAVE TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IN RESPONSE TO QUERIES RAISED BY UNOFFICIAL ('EMBERS.
♦THE NEED TO PROVIDE INFORMATION DOES NOT STOP ON THE BILL BECOMING LAw. THE PUBLIC WILL WANT TO KNOW THE DETAILS NOT ONLY AT THE MOMENT THE LAW IS BROUGHT INTO OPERATION BUT ALSO AT ANY TIME WHEN THE LAW IS LIKELY TO AFFECT THEM PERSONALLY AND THEY WOULD LIKE THE INFORMATION TO BE EASILY ACCESSIBLE. LAST YEAR, THERE WERE OVER FOUR MILLION PEOPLE ASKING FOR INFORMATION ON VARYING SUBJECTS AT THE PUBLIC ENQUIRY COUNTERS OF DISTRICT OFFICES,* HE SAID.
IF PUBLIC FUNDS HAVE TO BE VOTED FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE LAW IN QUESTION, THE NATURE AND LEVEL OF EXPENDITURE WILL HAVE TO BE JUSTIFIED TO THE FINANCE COMMITTEE OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.
/♦THAT IS........
MORIAY, JULY 2, 1984
6
+THAT IS NOT THE END OF THE STORY. VERY OFTEN THE GOVERNMENT WILL HAVE TO PROVIDE INFORMATION ON HOW IT IS GETTING ON WITH IMPLEMENTING THE LAW EITHER IN ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS RAISED BY UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL OR AT THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE. OR, LESS FORMALLY, TO GROUPS OF UMELCO MEMBERS HAVING RESPONSIBILITY FOR THIS SUBJECT,+ MR MACPHERSON SAID.
HE POINTED OUT THAT AT ALL STAGES, OFFICERS OF THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES HAVE TO MAKE ARRANGEMENTS TO KEEP THE GENERAL PUBLIC INFORMED.
BETWEEN NOVEMBER 1983 AND APRIL 1984, ABOUT 7 500 PRESS RELEASES AND NEWS ITEMS WERE ISSUED AND 150 MEDIA BRIEFINGS AND SPEAKING ENGAGEMENTS WERE UNDERTAKEN BY OFFICIALS. THERE ARE PRESS UNITS IN 23 DEPARTMENTS AND OVER 36 000 PRESS QUERIES ARE HANDLED EACH MONTH.
ALSO, RTHK HELPS TO KEEP THE PUBLIC INFORMED THROUGH ITS TV AND RADIO PROGRAMMES AND THE POPULAR DAILY ACCESS PROGRAMME REQUIRES INPUT FROM MANY GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, HE ADDED.
- - 0 - -
SEMINAR ON VENTURE CAPITAL * * * *
A ONE-DAY SEMINAR ON +VENTURE CAPITAL — FINANCING FOR GROWTH OF TECHNOLOGY INTENSE INDUSTRIES* WILL BE CONDUCTED ON FRIDAY (JULY 6) AT THE FURAMA HOTEL.
ORGANISED JOINTLY BY THE INDUSTRY DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG PRODUCTIVITY CENTRE, THE SEMINAR, WILL BE CHAIRED BY M? ALLEN LEE, CHAIRMAN OF THE PRODUCTIVITY COUNCIL.
THE MAIN SPEAKER AT THE SEMINAR WILL BE MR PETER BROOKE, CHAIRMAN OF T.A. ASSOCIATES, ONE OF THE LARGEST VENTURE CAPITAL COMPANIES IN THE UNITED STATES. MR BROOKE WILL SPEAK ON +VENTURE CAPITAL - THE U.S. SCENE AND WHAT HAS HAPPENED IN EUROPE AND THE FAR EAST*.
THE OTHER SPEAKERS WILL BE MR R. CABSTAIRS, MANAGER OF THE CHARTERED BANK, MR R. FELL, COMMISSIONER FOR SECURITIES AND DR D.F. TAYLOR, TECHNICAL DIRECTOR OF THE PRODUCTIVITY CENTRE.
ABOUT 60 GUESTS, INCLUDING MEMBERS OF THE INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD, REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE BANKING AND FINANCIAL SECTORS, AS WELL AS INDUSTRIALISTS ARE EXPECTED TO ATTEND THE SEMINAR.
THE SEMINAR FOLLOWS CONSIDERATION OF THE PRODUCTIVITY
CENTRE’S RECENT STUDY OF THE ELECTRONIC INDUSTRY, BY THE AD HOC WORKING GROU° APPOINTED BY THE INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD.
DURING THE SEMINAR, VIEWS WILL BE OBTAINED ON WHETHER
VENTURE CAPITAL IS A CONCEPT WHICH MERITS FURTHER CONSIDERATION IN HONG KONG.
-----o------
MONDAY, JULY 2, 1934
- 7 -
awards for anti-smoking supporters
* * *
TWENTY PUBLIC-SPIRITED CITIZENS AND ORGANISATIONS WILL BE PRESENTED WITH ANTI-SMOKING AWARDS AT THE OPENING OF A THREE-DAY ANTI-SMOKING HEALTH EDUCATION EXHIBITION AT THE OCEAN TERMINAL MAIN CONCOURSE NEXT MONDAY (JULY 9).
THE AWARDS, IN THE FORM OF CERTIFICATES OF APPRECIATION, WILL BE THE FIRST TO BE PRESENTED TO INDIVIDUALS AND GROUPS FOR THEIR CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ANTI-SMOKING CAMPAIGN.
AMONG THE RECIPIENTS WILL BE HONG KONG’S TOP ATHLETES, A DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER, AND WELL-KNOWN FIGURES IN THE MASS MEDIA, AS WELL AS HOTELS, A RESTAURANT, AND MEDICAL ASSOCIATIONS.
OFFICIATING AT THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY WILL BE LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR DR HARRY S.Y. FANG; THE CHAIRMAN OF THE 1983/84 ANTI-SMOKING PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN STEERING COMMITTEE, MR GEOFFREY BARNES I AND HEADS OF GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS THAT WERE INVOLVED IN THE CAMPAIGN.
THE EXHIBITION IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE STEERING COMMITTEE AND THE CENTRAL HEALTH EDUCATION UNIT OF THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT AS PART OF THE GOVERNMENT’S CONTINUING EFFORTS AGAINST SMOKING.
IT WILL FEATURE A WIDE RANGE OF DISPLAY MATERIALS, GRAPHS AND CHARTS SHOWING THE HEALTH HAZARDS OF SMOKING.
THERE WILL ALSO BE DEMONSTRATIONS, SLIDE PRESENTATIONS AND A HEALTH ADVICE COUNTER PROVIDING ANTI-SMOKING INFORMATION AND COUNSELLING ON HOW TO GIVE UP SMOKING.
THE EXHIBITION WILL BE OPEN FROM NOON ON JULY 9 UNTIL JULY 11. THE OPENING HOURS FROM JULY 10 ONWARDS ARE FROM 10 AM TO 5 PM.
-----o------
1982 INDUSTRIAL SURVEY REPORT OUT * * *
MAJOR FINDINGS FROM A SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION IN 1982, CONDUCTED FROM APRIL 1983 TO EARLY 1984, ARE CONTAINED IN A REPORT NOW ON SALE.
THE STATISTICAL REPORT, ENTITLED +1982 SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION+ HAS BEEN PREPARED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
THE SURVEY COVERED ESSENTIALLY THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR, INCLUDING ESTABLISHMENTS ENGAGED IN MINING AND QUARRYING, AND IN THE SUPPLY OF ELECTRICITY, GAS AND WATER WERE ALSO COVERED.
/THE REPORT .......
MONDAY, JULY 2, 1984
- 8 -
THE REPORT CONTAINS STATISTICS SHOWING THE STRUCTURAL AND OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS OF VARIOUS INDUSTRIES.
♦BESIDES BEING USED BY THE GOVERNMENT FOR POLICY MAKING, THE STATISTICS ARE USED BY THE PRIVATE SECTOR FOR DECISION MAKING, ECONOMIC ANALYSIS AND MARKET RESEARCH.
♦THEY CAN BE USED FOR ASSESSING INDUSTRIAL PERFORMANCE, IDENTIFYING STRUCTURAL CHANGES AND DRAWING INTER-INDUSTRY COMPARISONS,* A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY.
PREVIOUS PUBLICATIONS IN THE SAME SERIES INCLUDE THE REPORT ON THE SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION FOR 1973 AND REPORTS ON ANNUAL SURVEYS FROM 1976 TO 1981.
THE REPORT FOR THE 1982 SURVEY IS NOW ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE, CONNAUGHT PLACE, AT $9 A COPY.
------0-------
AIR PARCELS TO LEBANON HALTED * * *
THE POST OFFICE ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT DUE TO THE PREVAILING SITUATION IN LEBANON, WHICH IS AFFECTING THE POSTAL OPERATIONS IN THAT COUNTRY, AIR PARCEL AND AIRMAIL SMALL PACKET SERVICES FROM HONG KONG TO LEBANON HAVE BEEN TEMPORARILY SUSPENDED.
THE ONLY SERVICE NOW OPERATING TO LEBANON IS THE FIRST CLASS AIR LETTER SERVICE.
0 --------
INSTRUCTORS’ COURSE TO PROMOTE TENNET
*****
THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT, AND THE HONG KONG TENNET ASSOCIATION ARE JOINTLY ORGANISING A TRAINING COURSE FOR TENNET COACHES IN AUGUST.
APPLICANTS MUST BE 21 YEARS OF AGE OR ABOVE AND MUST HAVE EXPERIENCE IN PLAYING TENNET.
+THE AIM IS TO PROMOTE THE SPORT BY TRAINING MORE COACHES,* SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE RSS.
CERTIFICATES WILL BE GIVEN TO PARTICIPANTS WHO HAVE ATTENDED THE CLASSES REGULARLY AND HAVE PASSED AN EXAMINATION.
/CLASSES WILL .......
MONDAY, JULY 2, 1984
- 9 -
CLASSES WILL BE HELD ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS FROM AUGUST 5 TO 27 AT LAI CHI KOK PARK INDOOR GAMES HALL.
THE COURSE WILL BE LIMITED TO 30 PERSONS AND THE FEE IS 820.
APPLICATION FORMS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE RSS HEAD OFFICE, 11/F WING ON CENTRE, CENTRAL OR ITS 19 DISTRICT OFFICES THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY.
FURTHER DETAILS MAY BE OBTAINED BY CALLING TELEPHONE 5-458511.
------0-------
LANTERN COMPETITIONS FOR ALL * * *
RESIDENTS, WORKERS AND STUDENTS IN KOWLOON CITY ARE BEING INVITED TO ENTER TWO LANTERN COMPETITIONS ORGANISED AS PART OF A MID-AUTUMN FESTIVAL CELEBRATION PROGRAMME TO BE HELD IN THE DISTRICT IN SEPTEMBER.
THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR ROGER GARCIA, SAID TODAY (MONDAY) THAT BOTH COMPETITIONS ARE AIMED AT STIMULATING INTEREST IN THE TRADITIONS OF THE MID-AUTUMN FESTIVAL AND ARTS AND CRAFTS, AND AT ENCOURAGING TEAMWORK THROUGH BUILDING LANTERNS.
+UNLIKE LAST YEAR, WHEN BOTH COMPETITIONS WERE OPEN TO STUDENTS ONLY, THIS YEAR WE WELCOME PEOPLE FROM DIFFERENT AGE GROUPS TO TAKE PART+, HE SAID.
+FURTHERMORE, THERE WILL BE NO RESTRICTION ON THE NUMBER CF ENTRIES BEING SUBMITTED+.
FOR THE GIANT LANTERN COMPETITION, PARTICIPANTS WILL HAVE TO SUBMIT SKETCH DESIGNS BY JULY 14.
TWENTY FIVE OF THE BEST AND MOST PRACTICAL DESIGNS WILL BE CHOSEN BY A PANEL OF JUDGES, AND THE SUCCESSFUL ENTRANTS WILL BE OFFERED A REIMBURSEMENT GRANT OF UP TO $600 EACH TO BUILD THEIR LANTERNS.
THE TOTAL LENGTH OF THE THREE DIMENSIONS OF THE LANTERN SHOULD NOT BE LESS THAN FOUR METRES, AND ANY TYPE OF MATERIALS COULD BE USED.
THE SMALL LANTERN COMPETITION IS DIVIDED INTO TWO SECTIONS -FOR ENTRANTS BELOW THE AGE OF 14, AND FOR THOSE WHO ARE 14 AND ABOVE.
CONTESTANTS WILL HAVE ONLY TO BRING ALONG THEIR LANTERNS, THE TOTAL LENGTH OF WHICH SHOULD NOT EXCEED ONE METRE, TO THE DISTRICT’S MID-AUTUMN FESTIVAL LANTERN CARNIVAL.
/tele cabnival, ......
MONDAY, JULY 2, 1984
10 -
THE CARNIVAL. JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE LOCAL DI STR IC 1 BOARD THE URBAN COUNCIL AND THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT ARTS AND CULTURE COUNCIL, WILL BE HELD AT THE ARGYLE STREET
PLAYGROUND ON SEPTEMBER 9.
JUDGING OF THE TWO LANTERN COMPETITIONS WILL BE HELD AT
3 PM. A TWO-HOUR VARIETY SHOW AND PRESENTATION OF PRIZES TO OWNERS OF THE BEST THREE GIANT AND 20 SMALL LANTERNS WILL START AT 8 PM.
THE DISTRICT BOARD HAS CONTRIBUTED $20 000 TOWARDS THE TOTAL COST OF $49 000 FOR THE CARNIVAL.
APPLICATION FORMS FOR THE TWO COMPETITIONS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS BRANCH OFFICES IN HUNG HOM AND HO MAN TIN.
FURTHER ENQUIRIES MAY BE DIRECTED TO MISS PHILLIS CHAN AT 3-7110171 EXT. 51.
-----0------
UNDERSTANDING THE HANDICAPPED * * *
A THREE-DAY COURSE ON ^UNDERSTAND I NG AND HELPING THE HANDICAPPED*, FOR TEACHERS IN PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS, WILL BE HELD FROM JULY 16 TO 18.
THE COURSE WILL BE IN CANTONESE AND WILL PROVIDE BASIC KNOWLEDGE IN IDENTIFYING AND HELPING CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL NEEDS IN ORDINARY SCHOOLS.
MEANWHILE, COPIES OF A PAMPHLET ENTITLED +UNDERSTANDING THE HANDICAPPED (A GUIDE FOR TEACHERS)* HAVE BEEN SENT TO ALL SCHOOLS FOR THE REFERENCE OF TEACHERS.
ENQUIRIES CONCERNING THE PAMPHLET SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE SPECIAL EDUCATION SECTION, EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, LEE GARDENS, SECOND FLOOR, HYSAN AVENUE, HONG KONG? OR PERTH STREET SPECIAL EDUCATION SERVICES CENTRE, 6 PERTH STREET, KOWLOON.
-----0------
/11 ........
MONDAY, JULY 2, 1984
11 -
MORE CAREERS CENTRES PLANNED * * * *
FIVE MORE CENTRES WILL BE SET UP BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT IN THE NEXT FEW YEARS TO PROVIDE YOUNG PEOPLE AND STUDENTS WITH INFORMATION ON CAREERS AND FURTHER STUDIES.
THIS WAS DISCLOSED TODAY BY THE ACTING DEPUTY COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR DAVID LIN, AT THE OPENING OF A FURTHER STUDIES AND CAREERS GUIDANCE PROJECT IN THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT.
THESE CENTRES WILL BE SPREAD OUT IN VARIOUS DISTRICTS AND WILL BE IN ADDITION TO THE THREE CENTRES ALREADY BEEN SET UP ON HONG KONG ISLAND, IN KOWLOON AND IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
MR LIN SAID THAT ONE NEW CENTRE WILL BE IN THE WESTERN DISTRICT AND WILL CATER FOR YOUNG PEOPLE IN CENTRAL AND WESTERN AND SOUTHERN DISTR ICTS.
THE MONTH-LONG FURTHER STUDIES AND CAREERS GUIDANCE PROJECT IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE YOUTH EMPLOYMENT ADVISORY SERVICE OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT, THE ABERDEEN KAIFONG WELFARE ASSOCIATION AND THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT STUDENT SERVICES COMMITTEE, AND IS SPONSORED BY THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT BOARD.
SEVERAL ACTIVITIES HAVE BEEN ORGANISED, IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROJECT, INCLUDING A CAREERS INFORMATION CENTRE AND A MINI EXHIBITION BY THE YOUTH EMPLOYMENT ADVISORY SERVICE AT THE COMMUNITY SERVICE CENTRE OF THE ABERDEEN KAIFONG WELFARE ASSOCIATION, CAREERS FORUMS AND MOCK JOB INTERVIEWS, AN OUTING TO TAI PO AND WESTERN NEW TERRITORIES, AND A FREE HANDBOOK ON FURTHER STUDIES.
- 0
ANTI-MOSQUI TO CAMPAIGN IN CENTRAL
XXX
THE SECOND PHASE OF THE CENTRAL DISTRICT’S ANT I-MOSQU I TO CAMPAIGN THIS YEAR WAS LAUNCHED TODAY (MONDAY).
THE TEN-DAY DRIVE WILL CONCENTRATE ON BUILDINGS FROM THE MID-LEVELS TO CENTRAL.
HEALTH STAFF WILL BE GOING FROM HOUSE TO HOUSE INSPECTING ROOF TOPS, WATER STORAGE TANKS AND CONSTRUCTION SITES TO IDENTIFY AND TO ELIMINATE ALL POSSIBLE MOSQUITO BREEDING GROUNDS.
+THEY WILL ALSO DISTRIBUTE LEAFLETS AND POSTERS TO RESIDENTS ADVISING THEM ON VARIOUS WAYS TO PREVENT MOSQUITOES FROM BREEDING,+ SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CITY SERVICES DEPARTMENT.
/+AS THE .......
MONDAY, JULY 2, 1984
- 12 -
♦ as The weather is getting more humid these days .contractors OF BUILDING SITES ARE ESPECIALLY REMINDED OF THE NEED TO ENSURE --AT L_ STAGNANT WATER IS ACCUMULATED IN THE WORK AREAS.
+ THEY SHOULD INSTRUCT SITE WORKERS TO SPRAY AT LEAST ONCE A WEEK A LAYER OF LIGHT DIESEL OIL ON THE SURFACE OF WATER STORED IN TANKS.
♦UNDER The PUBLIC HEALTH AND URBAN SERVICES ORDINANCE |T IS AN OFFENCE TO ALLOW MOSQUITO BREEDING ON PREMISE^. U_ON QJNV? CT I ON, AN OFFENDER IS LIABLE TO A MAXIMUM FINE OF 000,♦ HE SAID.
- - 0 - -
PRIMARY MATHS SYLLABUS TO BE SHOWN
* * *
A THREE-DAY EXHIBITION AND SIX HALF-DAY SEMINARS ON THE NEW PRIMARY SCHOOL MATHEMATICS SYLLABUS WILL BE ORGANISED NEXT .ONTH FOR SCHOOL HEADS AND TEACHERS.
THE EXHIBITION AND SEMINARS WILL BE HELD FROM AUGUST 21 TO 23 AT GRANTHAM COLLEGE OF EDUCATION, GASCOIGNE ROAD, KOWLOON.
FOR SPACE REASONS, THE SEMINARS WILL BE LIMITED TO SCHOOL HEADS AND CONVENERS OF MATHEMATICS SUBJECT IN SCHOOLS.
APPLICATIONS SHOULD BE MADE TO THE MATHEMATICS SECTION, ADVISORY INSPECTORATE, EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, LEE GARDENS, HYSAN AVENUE, HONG KONG, BEFORE JULY 10.
ENQUIRIES SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE MATHEMATICS SECTION ON 5-8392488.
-----o-----
SHAU KEI WAN ROAD TO HAVE FOOTBRIDGE x a x
THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS PLANNING TO BUILD A 30-METRE-L0NG COVERED FOOTBRIDGE ACROSS SHAU KEI WAN ROAD AT THE JUNCTION OF SHING ON AND TAI ON STREETS.
IT WILL BE 2.75 METRES WIDE AND CONNECTED AT BOTH ENDS BY STAIRCASES.
AT PRESENT, THERE IS PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICULAR CONFLICT AT THIS JUNCTION AND THE SITUATION WILL WORSEN WHEN THE ISLAND LINE OF THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION STARTS OPERATION AND THE ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR EXTENDS TO SAI WAN HO IN MID-1985.
/CQNSTHUCTIQN OF .......
MONDAY, JULY 2, 1984
- 13 -
CONSTRUCTION OF THE BRIDGE WILL START TOWARDS THE END OF THIS YEAR AND BE READY IN TIME FOR THE ISLAND LINE OPENING.
A NOTICE CONCERNING THE PROPOSED WORKS HAS BEEN PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.
A PLAN CAN BE SEEN AT:
X CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST WING MAIN ENTRANCE;
* DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, HONG KONG NORTH, 12TH FLOOR, HARBOUR CENTRE, HARBOUR ROAD, HONG KONG; AND
* EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, 884-886, KING’S ROAD GROUND FLOOR, HONG KONG.
OBJECTIONS TO THE PROPOSAL SHOULD BE IN WRITING TO THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS BEFORE AUGUST 28.
-----o-----
HOS flat applications * * *
APPLICATIONS FOR The 6 616 FLATS PHASE VIA WILL CLOSE AT 7 PM TOMORROW
close tomorrow
OF HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME (TUESDAY).
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE HOUSING AUTHORITY TODAY STRESSED THAT THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO APPLY FOR PHASE VIA FLATS MUST SUBMIT COMPLETED APPLICATION FORMS TO THE HOME OWNERSHIP CENTRE BEFORE
7 PM TOMORROW.
HE ALSO SAID THAT HOME-SEEKERS SHOULD SUBMIT THE APPLICATION FORMS IN PERSON, IF POSSIBLE, SO AS TO FACILITATE CHECKING BY HOUSING STAFF.
THE HOME OWNERSHIP CENTRE WILL REMAIN OPEN UNTIL 7 PM TOMORROW TO RECEIVE APPLICATIONS. POSTAL APPLICATIONS WILL ALSO BE ACCEPTED PROVIDED THE POSTMARK SHOWS THEY ARE MAILED ON OR BEFORE JULY 3.
SO FAR, ABOUT 15 000 APPLICATIONS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED AND MORE ARE EXPECTED TO COME IN.
A PUBLIC BALLOT WILL BE HELD LATER THIS MONTH TO DECIDE SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS.
--------0
MONDAY, JULY 2, 1984.
- 14 -
LIFE-SAVING COURSE FOR YOUTHS * * * *
YOUNG PEOPLE ABOVE THE AGE OF 14 AND ABLE TO SWIM 200 METRES ARE INVITED TO JOIN A LIFE-SAVING COURSE TO START LATE THIS MONTH AT THE KWAI SHING PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL.
THE COURSE IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE (KWAI CHUNG OFFICE) OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT.
THE 20-SESSION COURSE WILL START ON JULY 27 AND BE HELD ON MONDAY, WEDNESDAY AND FRIDAY EVENINGS BETWEEN 6.30 PM AND 8 PM.
IT WILL LEAD TO AN EXAMINATION FOR THE ROYAL LIFE-SAVING SOCIETY BRONZE MEDALLION.
PRIORITY WILL BE GIVEN TO PEOPLE WHO LIVE, WORK OR STUDY IN KWAI CHUNG OR TSING Yl ISLAND, A NTSD SPOKESMAN SAID.
APPLICATION FORMS FOR THE COURSE ARE AVAILABLE AT THE OSMAN RAMJU SADICK MEMORIAL GAMES HALL, THE KWAI SHING SWIMMING POOL, THE KWAI CHUNG SPORTS GROUND AND THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE (KWAI CHUNG OFFICE) OF RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AT NO. 76-77 ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF KWAI SING CENTRE, 412 CASTLE PEAK ROAD, KWAI CHUNG.
-----o------
TAXI STAND WORK * * * *
FROM 10 AM ON WEDNESDAY (JULY 4), USE OF THE TAXI STAND IN LUEN SHING STREET, LUEN WO HUI, FANLING WILL BE SUSPENDED FOR ABOUT FOUR MONTHS FOR CONSTRUCTION WORK.
DURING THIS PERIOD, A NEW TAXI STAND WILL BE SET UP AT WO LUNG STREET.
--------0 ----------
MONDAY, JULY 2, 1984
- 15 -
WONG CHUK HANG TRAFFIC * * * *
’outside 5o«I
closed0™’trSJfIc uJmC further notice for road works.
-----o------
WATER STORAGE * * *
STORAGE IN HONG KONG’S RESERVOIRS AT 9 AM TODAY (MONDAY) STOOD AT 79.8 PER CENT OF CAPACITY OR 467.975 MILLION CUBIC IC TRES.
tui<4 TIME LAST YEAR THE RESERVOIRS CONTAINED 519.433 MILLION CUBIC’mETRES^OF^MATER, REPRESENTING 88.6 PER CENT Of CAPACITY.
----0-----
SALT WATER TAPS OFF * * * *
SALT WATER SUPPLY TO SOME PREMISES IN SHUM SHU I PO WILL BE SUSPENDED FOR EIGHT HOURS - FROM 8 AM TO 4 PM - ON THURSDAY (JULY 5) TO FACILITATE ROUTINE CLEANING OF THE BEACON HILL HIGH LEVEL SALT WATER SERVICE RESERVOIR.
THE AFFECTED PREMISES ARE ALONG THE NORTHERN SECTION LUNG CHEUNG ROAD, BETWEEN NAM CHEONG STREET AND LION ROCK TUNNEL ROAD, INCLUDING LUNG CHEUNG ROAD LOOKOUT.
- - 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
TOSSDAY, JULY 3, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
MAY MONETARY STATISTICS RELEASED ............................ 1
GOVERNOR LEAVES FOR LONDON .................................. 3
FACTORY OWNERS WARNED ABOUT BOILER USE....................... 3
INDUSTRY DIRECTOR TO SPEAK DI JAPAN ......................... 5
DB TO DISCUSS KORNHILL PROJECTS ............................. 5
ANTI-DRUG DRIVE STARTS SOON ................................. 6
MPR ENTRANCE FOR STATUE SQUARE............................... 7
19 000 APPLICANTS FOR HOS PROJECT ...........................
INJURED FISHERMAN AIRLIFTED ................................. 8
BOOK-KEEPING SEMINARS FOR SCHOOL CLERICS..................... 9
TRANSPORT SERVICES SURVEYED ................................. 9
$2 MILLION TO COOL DENTAL CLINIC ............................ 10
SECURITY IMPROVEMENT AT TAI LAM CENTRE....................... 11
PUBLIC TOILET CONTRACT AWARDED .............................. 11
MORE PARKING METERS ......................................... 12
VATER LEAKAGE TESTS ......................................... 12
TUESDAY, JULY 3, 1934
MAY
HONG KONG DOLLAR IN MAY THIS YEAR, BUT M2 AND M3, INCREASED, TODAY.
- 1 -
MONETARY STATISTICS RELEASED * * *
MONEY SUPPLY ON ALL DEFINITIONS DECLINED TOTAL MONEY SUPPLY ON THE BROADER DEFINITIONS, ACCORDING TO MONETARY STATISTICS PUBLISHED
WHILE LOANS TO FINANCE VISIBLE TRADE OF HONG KONG AGAIN GREW AT A SIGNIFICANT PACE, OTHER LOANS FOR USE IN HONG KONG RECORDED ONLY A MARGINAL RATE OF INCREASE.
DEPOSITS
HONG KONG DOLLAR DEPOSITS FELL BY 1.1 PER CENT IN MAY.
IN THE THREE MONTHS TO MAY, HONG KONG DOLLAR DEPOSITS DECLINED BY 3.3 PER CENT, BUT OVER THE 12 MONTHS INCREASED BY 26.5 PER CENT.
BY CONTRAST, FOREIGN CURRENCY DEPOSITS CONTINUED TO RISE SUBSTANTIALLY, BY 5.3 PER CENT. IN THE THREE MONTHS TO MAY, THE INCREASE WAS 16.5 PER CENT AND OVER THE 12 MONTHS, 36.7 PER CENT.
HONG KONG DOLLAR MONEY SUPPLY - r- _ -r--,--------
HONG KONG DOLLAR MONEY SUPPLY ON ALL DEFINITIONS FELL. WHILE HKSM1 (THE NARROWEST DEFINITION) DECREASED BY 5.6 PER CENT, HK$M2 FELL BY 3.5 PER CENT AND HK$M3 BY 1.2 PER CENT. THEIR CORRESPONDING DECREASES IN APRIL WERE 1.7 PER CENT, 3.4 PER CENT AND 1.6 PER CENT.
IN THE THREE MONTHS TO MAY, HK$M1, HK$M2 AND HK$M3 FELL BY 2.9 PER CENT, 7.2 PER CENT AND 3.4 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY. OVER THE 12 MONTHS, THEY SHOWED INCREASES OF 12.9 PER CENT, 21.9 PER CENT AND 24.3 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.
TOTAL MONEY SUPPLY
TOTAL Ml FELL BY 5.1 PER CENT FOLLOWING A MARGINAL DECREASE CF 0.5 PER CENT IN APRIL. TOTAL M2 SHOWED A SLIGHT INCREASE OF 0.4 PER CENT AFTER REMAINING UNCHANGED IN APRIL. TOTAL M3 GREW BY 1.7 PER CENT COMPARED WITH A GROWTH OF 1.4 PER CENT IN APRIL.
IN THE THREE MONTHS TO MAY, TOTAL Ml FELL BY 1.9 PER CENT BUT TOTAL M2 AND TOTAL M3 GREW BY 2.8 PER CENT AND 5 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.
OVER THE 12 MONTHS, THE CORRESPONDING GROWTH RATES WERE 14.6 PER CENT, 25.3 PER CENT AND 29.6 PER CENT.
/lOAN3_AND........
TUESDAY, JULY 3, 1984
2
LOANS AND ADVANCES
TOTAL LOANS AND ADVANCES EXTENDED BY BANKS AND DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES ROSE BY 0.8 PER CENT FOLLOWING A RISE OF 0.5 PER CENT IN APRIL. THE INCREASE IN THE THREE MONTHS TO MAY WAS 2.5 PER CENT AND OVER THE 12 MONTHS, 12.7 PER CENT.
LOANS TO FINANCE VISIBLE TRADE, RECORDING THE FOURTH CONSECUTIVE MONTHLY INCREASE, GREW BY 2.3 PER CENT. THIS WAS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ROBUST PERFORMANCE OF THE EXPORT SECTOR. IN THE THREE MONTHS TO MAY THE INCREASE WAS 9.1 PER CENT AND OVER THE 12 MONTHS, 12.7 PER CENT.
OTHER LOANS FOR USE IN HONG KONG, WHICH IS THE MAIN CATEGORY OF LENDING, ROSE BY A MARGINAL 0.3 PER CENT, AGAINST A SMALL DECREASE OF 0.2 PER CENT IN APRIL. IN THE THREE MONTHS TO MAY THE INCREASE WAS 0.6 PER CENT AND OVER THE 12 MONTHS THE INCREASE WAS 7 PER CENT.
FOREIGN CURRENCY ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
REFLECTING SOME SWITCH INTO FOREIGN CURRENCY DEPOSITS, THE NET SPOT FOREIGN CURRENCY LIABILITIES OF THE MONETARY SECTOR ROSE FURTHER TO $12.0 BILLION AT THE END OF MAY, FROM $8.9 BILLION AT THE END OF APRIL. BANKS AND DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES HAD NET SPOT FOREIGN CURRENCY LIABILITIES OF $9.8 BILLION AND $2.2 BILLION RESPECTIVELY.
STATISTICS COLLECTED (ON THE BASIS OF SLIGHTLY DIFFERENT DEFINITIONS) BY THE COMMISSIONER OF BANKING AND DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES SHOWED THAT NET FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY ASSETS OF THE MONETARY SECTOR ROSE TO $33.4 BILLION AT THE END OF MAY, FROM $31.9 BILLION AT THE END OF APRIL, SUGGESTING THAT PART OF THE SWITCH OF DEPOSITS MIGHT HAVE BEEN IN THE FORM OF FOREIGN CURRENCY SWAP DEPOSITS.
LIQUIDITY RATIO
THE AVERAGE LIQUIDITY RATIO (AS DEFINED IN S. 18 OF THE BANKING ORDINANCE) FOR ALL BANKS FELL TO 49.8 PER CENT FROM 51.9 PER CENT IN APRIL.
HOWEVER, THE AVERAGE LIQUIDITY RATIO (AS DEFINED IN S. 24
OF THE DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES ORDINANCES) FOR ALL DEPOSIT-TAKII^ COMPANIES CONTINUED TO RISE, TO 54.1 PER CENT FROM 53.6 PER CENT IN APR IL.
/NUMB£E_0F........
3
NUMBER OF REPORTING INSTITUTIONS
THE NUMBER OF LICENSED BANKS IN OPERATION ROSE BY ONE TO 135. THE NUMBER OF LICENSED DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES REMAINED UNCHANGED AT 30.
THE NUMBER OF REPORTING REGISTERED DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES, HOwEVER, FELL TO 315 AS TWO REGISTRATIONS WERE REVOKED AT THE COMPANIES’ OWN REQUEST BY THE COMMISSIONER OF DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES.
- - 0 - -
GOVERNOR LEAVES FOR LONDON * * * *
TH- GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, LEFT FOR LONDON TONIGHT (TUESDAY) FOR FURTHER CONSULTATION WITH MINISTERS ON THE PROGRESS of the talks on the future of hong kong.
HE WAS SEEN OFF AT THE AIRPORT BY THE ACTING CHIEF SECRETARY, PH DENIS BRAY, THE SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, SIR SZE-YUEN CHUNG, AND THE SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR ROGER LOBO.
- - 0 - -
FACTORY OWNERS WARNED ABOUT BOILER USE * * *
FACTORY PROPRIETORS WERE WARNED BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT TODAY THAT BOILERS SHOULD BE OPERATED ONLY UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF PERSONS HOLDING CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY ISSUED BY THE DEPARTMENT’S PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIVISION.
A DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THE MAXIMUM PENALTY FOR BREACH CF THIS REQUIREMENT UNDER THE BOILERS AND PRESSURE RECEIVERS ORDINANCE, HAD RECENTLY BEEN RAISED AND OFFENDERS WERE LIABLE TO A FINE OF UP TO $30 000.
HE SAID THAT BECAUSE OF THE POTENTIAL DANGER OF UNATTENDED BOILERS TO LIFE AND PROPERTY, THE DIVISION HAD STEPPED UP INSPECTIONS OF FACTORIES TO IDENTIFY OWNERS WHO FAILED TO COMPLY WITH THIS STATUTORY REQUIREMENT.
PROSECUTION HAD BEEN INITIATED AGAINST 379 OWNERS SINCE JANUARY 1983 FOR BREACH OF THIS LEGAL REQUIREMENT, HE SAID.
THE DIVISION HAS PREPARED A BOOKLET ENTITLED +GUIDE FOR BOILER OPERATORS FOR ELECTRICALLY HEATED BOILERS+, TO HELP OWNERo TRAIN THEIR EMPLOYEES TO ACQUIRE THE REQUIRED CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY.
/COPIES OF
TUESDAY, JULY 3, 1984
- 4 -
COPIES OF THIS BOOKLET MAY BE OBTAINED FREE FROM THE OFFICE CF THE PRINCIPAL SURVEYOR, PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIVISION, FOURTH FLOOR, CANTON ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES, KOWLOON.
FACTORY OWNERS ARE ADVISED TO OBTAIN THE GUIDE FOR ISSUE TO THEIR EMPLOYEES.
EXAMINATIONS FOR THESE CERTIFICATES ARE CONDUCTED DAILY ON ALL WORKING DAYS, APPOINTMENTS FOR SUCH EXAMINATION ARE MADE ON 4FIRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED BASIS*. AT PRESENT THERE IS NOT A LONG WAITING LIST, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
HE REMINDED FACTORY OWNERS THAT COURSES LEADING TO A CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY ARE BEING CONDUCTED AT THE HAKING WONG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE. A SHORTER TRAINING COURSE IS ALSO BEING CONDUCTED BY THE PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIVISON, LABOUR DEPARTMENT ON THE SAFE OPERATION OF THESE BOILERS.
THE SHORT COURSE IS OFFERED FREE OF CHARGE, AND IS OPEN TO EMPLOYEES WHO HAVE AT LEAST TWO MONTHS’ EXPERIENCE IN OPERATING MANUALLY CONTROLLED IRONING BOILERS.
THOSE WHO TAKE PART IN THE COURSE ARE REQUIRED TO ATTEND A TWO-HOUR LECTURE, GIVEN IN CANTONESE BY AN INSPECTOR OF THIS DIVISION ON THE ESSENTIALS FOR OPERATING A MANUALLY CONTROLLED ELECTRICAL IRONING BOILER.
CANDIDATES ARE THEN GIVEN A MULTIPLE-CHOICE TEST, AND
THOSE WHO ARE SUCCESSFUL ARE ALLOWED TO ATTEND TO SUCH BOILERS FOR A PERIOD OF 14 MONTHS UNDER AN EXEMPTION ORDER ISSUED BY THE PRINCIPAL SURVEYOR.
DURING THIS PERIOD, A CANDIDATE SHOULD OBTAIN A CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY BY PASSING THE NORMAL EXAMINATION AT THE DIVISION. FAILING THIS, HE WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO CONTINUE TO TAKE CHARGE OF THE BOILERS ON THE EXPIRATION OF THE EXEMPTION ORDER.
THE SPOKESMAN STRESSED THAT THE PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIVISION HAS TAKEN ALL POSSIBLE MEASURES SO FAR TO PROVIDE FOR THE ABOVE FACILITIES AND EXPECTS OWNERS TO MAKE USE OF THE FACILITIES ARRANGED FOR THEM.
+CONTINUED DISREGARD BY OWNERS OF THE RISK OF EXPLOSION OF THESE BOILERS, WITH POSSIBLE DISASTROUS CONSEQUENCES, CAN NO LONGER BE CONDONED AND ALL MEASURES PROVIDED BY THE LAW WILL BE TAKEN AGAINST THE OFFENDING OWNERS,* HE SAID.
OWNERS AND THE EMPLOYEES OF FACTORIES USING SUCH BOILERS ARE ADVISED TO CONTACT THE EXAMINATION CLERK OF THE PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIVISION ON THE FOURTH FLOOR OF CANTON ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 393 CANTON ROAD, YAU MA TEI (TEL. NO. 3-688111 EXT.352) FOR FURTHER INFORMATION AND ASSISTANCE.
--------o----------
/5 .......
TUESDAY, JULY
1
INDUSTRY DIRECTOR TO SPEAK II JAPAN * * * * *
the director of industry, mr john yaxley, will speak this «EEK ON The HONG KONG GOVERNMENT’S INDUSTRIAL INVESTMENT POLICY AT TWO SEMINARS IN JAPAN.
THE SEMINARS HAVE BEEN ARRANGED BY THE INDUSTRY DEPARTMENT AS PART OF ITS ONGOING WORLD WIDE CAMPAIGN TO ATTRACT OVERSEAS I 'IDUSTR I AL I STS TO HONG KONG.
MR YAXLEY, WHO ARRIVED IN TOKYO THIS (TUESDAY) AFTERNOON, WILL ADDRESS THE FIRST SEMINAR TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF JETRO IN THE JAPANESE CAPITAL.
ON THURSDAY, HE WILL MOVE ON TO YOKOHAMA WHERE HE wlLL CALL ON MR UENO, DIRECTOR-GENERAL OF THE ECONOMIC AFFAIRS BUREAU OF THE YOKOHAMA CITY GOVERNMENT. HE WILL ALSO VISIT THE YOKO^h INDUSTRIAL INSTITUTE WHERE HE wlLL DISCUSS ECONOMIC COPPER AT! O' BETWEEN HONG KONG AND YOKOHAMA.
ON FRIDAY, MR YAXLEY WILL BE IN OSAKA TO ADDRESS PARTI Cl PAT AT THE SECOND SEMINAR.
MR YAXLEY WILL ALSO VISIT THE OSAKA CHAMBER OF COMMERCE A;. INDUSTRY, WHICH CO-SPONSORS THE SEMINAR WITH JETRO, A .3 THE O-AK-, PREFECTURAL GOVERNMENT AND THE OSAKA FOREIGN TRADE INSTITUTE AS SUPPORTING ORGANISATIONS.
DURING THE TWO SEMINARS, MR YAXLEY AND THE HONG KONG GOVER -ENT PRINCIPAL INDUSTRIAL PROMOTION CONSULTANT IN JAPAN, MR MICHAEu KIKUCHI, WILL CONTACT LEADING INDUSTRIALISTS TO ENCOURAGE THEM TO INVEST IN HONG KONG.
- - 0 - -
DB TO DISCUSS KORNHILL PROJECTS
*****
EASTERN DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS WILL BE BRIEFED ON DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS AT KORNHILL AT THEIR MEETING ON THURSDAY (JULY 5) AFTERNOON.
AN ESTATE SURVEYOR FROM THE MASS TRANSIT OFFICE, MR N.P.T. ARCHER, WILL BRIEF MEMBERS ON THE PROJECTS WHICH INVOLVE THE BUILDING OF RESIDENTIAL BLOCKS AND COMMERCIAL COMPLEXES.
BOARD MEMBERS WILL ALSO STUDY A PROPOSAL TO EXTEND THE «ORK HOURS AT THE CONSTRUCTION SITE AT KORNHILL TO EXPEDITE EXCAVATION WORK.
THEY WILL COMMENT ON THE URBAN COUNCIL’S EXISTING POLICY FOR THE MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL OF HAWKERS, AND THE CONVERSION OF CROwN LAND LICENCES IN THE DISTRICT TO SHORT-TERM TENANCIES.
/other items
'TUESDAY, JULY 3, 1984
- 6 -
OTHER ITEMS ON THE AGENDA WILL INCLUDE DISCUSSION ON THE TERRITORY-WIDE CLEAN-UP CAMPAIGN AT WATERFRONTS, PUBL IC ..CARGO WORKING AREAS AND BEACHES, TO BE LAUNCHED THIS SUMMER BY THE URBAN COUNCIL, AND PROGRESS REPORTS OF THE BOARD’S COMMITTEES.
BEFORE THE MEETING, THE BOARD’S CHAIRMAN, MR LUI HAU-TUEN, WILL PRESENT PRIZES TO WINNERS OF THE EASTERN DISTRICT ROAD SAFETY CAMPAIGN SLOGAN COMPETITION.
THE COMPETITION, FOR PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS, WAS HELD IN JUNE AS PART OF THE ACTIVITIES IN THE MONTH-LONG ROAD SAFETY CAMPAIGN IN THE DISTRICT.
ON THE SAME AFTERNOON, KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS WILL DISCUSS THE REDEVELOPMENT OF THE EXISTING KOWLOON CITY MARKET INTO AN URBAN COUNCIL COMPLEX AT THEIR MEETING.
THE MARKET AND THE ADJACENT COOKED FOOD AND HAWKER BAZAAR, WITH A TOTAL AREA OF 4 756 SQUARE METRES, WERE BUILT IN 1951 AND ARE FOUND TO BE INADEQUATE TO COPE WITH THE GROWING NEEDS.
/ THE NEW COMPLEX WILL COMPRISE A MARKET, A COOKED FOOD CENTRE, ‘ A PUBLIC TOILET, A REFUSE COLLECTION POINT AND AN INDOOR GAMES HALL.
t i
CONSTRUCTION OF THE COMPLEX WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND TAKE ABOUT THREE YEARS TO COMPLETE.
MEMBERS WILL ALSO COMMENT ON A PROGRESS REPORT ON STREET SLEEPERS IN THE DISTRICT, AND THE INSTALLATION OF RAILINGS ALONG CHUNG HAU STREET.
------o-------
ANTI-DRUG DRIVE STARTS SOON * * * *
A TWO-WEEK ANTI-NARCOTICS CAMPAIGN WILL BE LAUNCHEp IN WONG TAI SIN FROM MONDAY (JULY 9) TO DRIVE HOME THE DRUG PREVENTION bESSAGE.
THE CAMPAIGN WILL FEATURE MOBILE THEATRE SHOWS AT 10 DIFFERENT LOCATIONS IN THE DISTRICT, A DISCO NIGHT ON BOARD A FERRY, AN EXHIBITION AND A VARIETY SHOW.
DETAILS OF THE CAMPAIGN WILL BE ANNOUNCED AT A PRESS CONFERENCE AT 2.30 PM TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) AT RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG HEADQUARTERS IN BROADCASTING HOUSE ON BROADCAST DR IVE,. KOWLOON TOwG.
THE CHAIRMAN OF THE CAMPAIGN’S ORGANISING COMMITTEE AND A DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER, MR MICHAEL CHENG, AND THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MR PAUL WONG, WILL BE PRESENT AT THE CONFERENCE.
THE CAMPAIGN IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE, RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG AND ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS AND SPONSORED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD. .
TUESDAY, JU_Y 3, 1984
7
MTR ENTRANCE FOR STATUE SQUARE * X X X *
TO ALLOW THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY TO COPE WITH DOUBLED PASSENGER TRAFFIC WHEN THE ISLAND LINE IS OPENED, THE URBAN COUNCIL HAS AGREED TO THE CONSTRUCTION OF A CAREFULLY DESIGNED MTR ENTRANCE AND EXIT ON THE WESTERN SIDE OF STATUE SQUARE, FACING PRINCE’S BUILDING.
ABOUT 160 SQUARE METRES WILL BE INVOLVED WHICH IS AT PRESENT OCCUPIED BY PLANTERS, A PAVILION AND BENCHES.
+THE PROPOSAL WAS AGREED AT TODAY’S MEETING OF THE STANDING COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE COUNCIL FOLLOWING EARLIER IN-DEPTH CONSIDERATION BY THE RECREATION SELECT COMMITTEE, AND TALKS BETWEEN THE MTR AND THE HONG KONG AND SHANGHAI BANKING CORPORATION,* SAID A COUNCIL SPOKESMAN.
♦ WITH THE OPENING OF THE ISLAND LINE SERVICE TO SHEUNG WAN THE MTR ESTIMATES THAT PASSENGER FLOWS IN CENTRAL STATION WILL DOUBLE FROM 250 000 TO HALF A MILLION PEOPLE A DAY, EXCEEDING THE DESIGNED CAPACITIES OF EXISTING AND ADDITIONAL ENTRANCES PRESENTLY UNDER CONSTRUCTION.
♦ THIS SITE IN STATUE .SQUARE IS CONSIDERED TO BE AN OPTIMUM LOCATION FOR PASSENGER ENTRY AND EXIT.*
IN COMPENSATION, SAID THE SPOKESMAN, THE MTR WOULD PAY FOR ALL THE WORK, RE-DESIGN THE WHOLE STRIP OF LAND ALONG THE WESTERN SIDE OF STATUE SQUARE, AND PROVIDE AN OPEN AND GLAZED GARDEN PERGOLA WITH PLANTS GROWING ON TOP TO PROVIDE SHADE TO THE ENTRANCE AND THE SITTING-OUT AREAS BELOW. ADDITIONALLY, THE MTR WOULD BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FUTURE MAINTENANCE OF THE NEW FACILITIES. FINALLY, NO MATURE TREES WOULD BE AFFECTED.
TODAY’S MEETING OF THE STANDING COMMITTEE WAS CHAIRED BY THE COUNCIL’S VICE CHAIRMAN, MR H.M.G. FORSGATE, IN THE ABSENCE OVERSEAS OF THE CHAIRMAN, MR HILTON CHEONG-LEEN.
-----o-----
/8........
TUESDAY, JULY 3, 1994
8
19 000 APPLICANTS FOR HOS PROJECT IKK
ABOUT 19 000 APPLICATIONS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED BY THE DEADLINE OF 7 PM TODAY FOR THE 6 616 FLATS IN FOUR HOME OWNERSHIP PROJECTS BEING OFFERED FOR SALE UNDER PHASE VIA OF THE SCHEME.
+0F THEM, 12 750 ARE WHITE FORMS FROM PRIVATE SECTOR .APPLICANTS AND 6 250 GREEN FORMS FROM HOUSING AUTHORITY AND HOUSING SOCIETY TENANTS,+ SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE AUTHORITY TODAY.
♦ THE TOTAL NUMBER OF APPLICATIONS IS NOT YET FINALISED AS MORE APPLICATIONS ARE EXPECTED TO COME IN BY POST IN THE NEXT FEW DAYS.
+A BALLOT WILL BE HELD LATER THIS MONTH TO DECIDE THE SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS,* HE ADDED.
-----o------
INJURED FISHERMAN AIRLIFTED * * M
A CRITICALLY INJURED CREW MEMBER OF A HONG KONG LICENSED FISHING VESSEL 120 MILES SOUTH OF HONG KONG, WAS LIFTED BY ROYAL HONG KONG AUXILIARY AIR FORCE HELICOPTER EARLY THIS (TUESDAY) MORNING FOR TREATMENT IN HOSPITAL.
THE EMERGENCY AIRLIFT WAS IN RESPONSE TO A CALL RECEIVED BY THE PORT COMMUNICATIONS CENTRE AT 9.30 PM YESTERDAY THAT THE 20-YEAR-0LD FISHERMAN HAD SUSTAINED HEAD INJURIES.
A MARINE DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT HMS YARNTON, WITH A NEDICAL OFFICER ON BOARD, WAS IMMEDIATELY DISPATCHED TO THE SCENE AND ARRIVED AT 4.25 AM TODAY. THE INJURED FISHERMAN WAS THEN TRANSFERRED TO HMS YARNTON.
THE RHKAAF WAS SENT TO THE SCENE AT FIRST LIGHT THIS
MORNING AND WINCHED THE INJURED SEAMAN ON BOARD AT 6.10 AM.
IT THEN PROCEEDED TO THE BRITISH MILITARY HOSPITAL, FROM WHERE THE FISHERMAN WAS TRANSFERRED TO QUEEN ELIZABETH HOSPITAL AT 6.30 AM.
AT ABOUT NOON TODAY, THE FISHERMAN WAS STILL IN A CRITICAL CONDITION.
--------o----------
/9 .......
TUESDAY, JULY 3, 1984
9
BOOK-KEEPING SEMINARS FOR SCHOOL CLERKS
* * *
A SERIES OF WEEKLY TWO-DAY SEMINARS ON BOOK-KEEPING WILL BE HELD FOR ONE YEAR FROM AUGUST FOR CLERICAL STAFF IN AIDED SECONDARY SCHOOLS.
IT IS INTENDED THAT AT THE END OF EACH SEMINAR, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ABLE TO MAINTAIN A SOUND ACCOUNTING SYSTEM BASED ON THE MODEL DEVELOPED BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, AND BE ACQUAINTED WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CODE OF AID, THE EDUCATION ORDINANCE AND RELEVANT CIRCULARS ON FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING IN AIDED SECONDARY SCHOOLS.
EACH SEMINAR WILL INCLUDE LECTURES, DISCUSSIONS AND EXERCISES. IT WILL BE CONDUCTED MAINLY IN CANTONESE, WITH THE USE OF ENGLISH TERMS WHERE NECESSARY.
ORGANISED BY THE ACCOUNTS DIVISION OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, THE SEMINARS WILL BE HELD AT THE LUI KEE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CENTRE AT 269 QUEEN’S ROAD EAST, HONG KONG.
HEADS OF AIDED SECONDARY SCHOOLS WHO WISH TO NOMINATE THEIR SCHOOL CLERKS TO ATTEND, SHOULD APPLY TO THE TREASURY ACCOUNTANT, AUDIT SECTION, ACCOUNTS DIVISION, EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, LEE GARDENS, 4/F, HYSAN AVENUE, HONG KOhlG, BY JULY 16.
OWING TO LIMITED CAPACITY, EACH SCHOOL CAN ONLY NOMINATE TWO SCHOOL CLERKS FOR THE SEMINARS, AND APPLICATIONS WILL BE ACCEPTED ON A FlRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED BASIS.
ENQUIRIES MAY BE MADE TO MR GREG F.H. LI, ACCOUNTING OFFICER (TRAINING), AUDIT SECTION, ON 5-8392413.
------0-------
TRANSPORT SERVICES SURVEYED * * *
A STATISTICAL REPORT, PROVIDING INFORMATION ON THE STRUCTURE, OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS AND PERFORMANCE OF THE TRANSPORT SECTOR IN 1982, HAS JUST BEEN PUBLISHED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
ENTITLED THE +1982 SURVEY OF TRANSPORT AND RELATED SERVICES* THE REPORT IS THE THIRD IN A SERIES OF REPORTS. A REPORT ON THE 1980 SURVEY OF TRANSPORT ESTABLISHMENTS AND A REPORT ON THE 1981 SURVEY OF TRANSPORT AND RELATED SERVICES, HAD EARLIER BEEN PUBLISHED.
/it contains........
TUESDAY, JULY 3, 1984
10 -
IT CONTAINS DESCRIPTIONS OF THE BACKGROUND AND METHODOLOGY OF THE SURVEY, AND INCLUDES ANALYTICAL TABLES SHOWING PRINCIPAL STATISTICS FOR ALL TRANSPORT ESTABLISHMENTS CLASSIFIED BY MAJOR GROUP AND ANALYSED BY NUMBER OF PERSONS ENGAGED, TYPE OF OWNERSHIP, INCOME AND RECEIPTS, AND VALUE ADDED.
DETAILED STATISTICS CLASSIFIED BY MAJOR GROUP ARE ALSO SHOWN.
IN ADDITION, THE REPORT CONTAINS A COMPARISON TABLE BETWEEN 1981 AND 1982 FOR PRINCIPAL STATISTICS CLASSIFIED BY MAJOR GROUP.
THESE STATISTICS, BESIDES PROVIDING INFORMATION JO THE GOVERNMENT FOR POLICY FORMULATION, ARE USEFUL TO THE PR IVA JE SECTOR FOR DECISION MAKING, ECONOMIC ANALYSIS AND MARKET RESEARCH.
THE REPORT IS ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, CONNAUGHT PLACE, AT $5 A COPY.
GENERAL POST OFFICE,
--------0 ---------
$2 MILLION TO COOL DENTAL CLINIC * * * *
THE GOVERNMENT IS SPENDING NEARLY $2 MILLION ON AIR-CONDITI ON I No THE CHILDREN’S DENTAL CLINIC IN ARGYLE STREET, KOWLOON, WHICH IS AT PRESENT HAVING THREE EXTRA FLOORS ADDED.
THE AIR-CONDITIONING CONTRACT HAS BEEN WON BY GENERAL ELECTRICAL COMPANY OF HONG KONG LTD, WHICH HAS ALSO BEEN AWARDED A $60 □□□-PLUS CONTRACT TO INSTALL UP-TO-DATE FIRE-FIGHTING EQUIPMENT.
BOTH WERE AWARDED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
THE ADDITION OF THREE FLOORS TO THE TWO-STOREY CLINIC WILL PROVIDE 3 300 MORE SQUARE METRES OF SPACE, WHICH WILL ENABLE TnE NUMBER OF TREATMENT SPACES TO BE DOUBLED TO 60 AND FOR TWO MORE DENTAL SUITES AS WELL AS AN X-RAY SECTION TO BE ADDED.
THERE WILL ALSO BE AN ORAL HEALTH EDUCATION UNIT WITH A LECTURE ROOM, AN EXHIBITION HALL, A DEMONSTRATION ROOM AND AN ORAL HEALTH CLINIC.
THE CLINIC WILL REMAIN FULLY OPERATIONAL THROUGHOUT THE 13 MONTHS OF THE EXTENSION WORK WHICH STARTED LAST MONTH.
--------o-----------
/11 ........
TUESDAY, JULY 3, 1984
11
SECURITY IMPROVEMENT AT TAI LAM CENTRE
XXX
A 6.1-METRE HIGH WALL WILL BE BUILT AT TAI LAM CENTRE FOR WOMEN TO IMPROVE SECURITY.
THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT HAS RECENTLY AWARDED $1.16 MILLION CONTRACT TO EXCEL ENGINEERING COMPANY LIMITED.
THE PROJECT INCLUDES CONSTRUCTION OF TWO GUARD TOWERS.
WORK STARTED EARLY THIS WEEK AND WILL BE COMPLETED IN MAY NEXT YEAR.
THE CENTRE, WHICH OPENED IN 1969, SERVES AS A PRISON FOR ADULT WOMEN AND AS A TREATMENT CENTRE FOR WOMEN DRUG DEPENDANTS.
IT HAS CAPACITY FOR 247 PRISONERS.
0 - -
PUBLIC TOILET CONTRACT AWARDED XXX
A $256 015 CONTRACT FOR BUILDING A PUBLIC TOILET AT YUEN LONG HAS BEEN AWARDED TO YEU CAN ENGINEERING COMPANY LIMITED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
IT WILL BE BUILT ON A 121-SQUARE-METRE SITE AT FUNG YAU STREET, CLOSE TO YUEN LONG EAST BUS TERMINUS.
THE SINGLE-STOREY STRUCTURE WILL HAVE 10 TOILET CUBICLES, INCLUDING TWO FOR THE DISABLED.
CONSTRUCTION WILL START IN MID-JULY AND BE COMPLETED IN SIX MONTHS.
- - 0 - -
TUESDAY, JULY 3, 1984
MORE PARKING METERS X X X
TWENTY-SIX PARKING METERS ARE BEING INSTALLED IN KO SHAN ROAD BETWEEN ITS JUNCTIONS WITH PAK KUNG STREET AND SHANSI STREET.
THE TWO-HOUR PARKING METERS WILL START TO OPERATE FROM THURSDAY (JULY 5) AT A CHARGE OF Si FOR EVERY 30 MINUTES.
- - 0 - -
WATER LEAKAGE TESTS * * *
FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO SOME PREMISES IN SHAU KEI WAN WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 11 PM ON FRIDAY (JULY 6) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR LEAKAGE TESTS.
THE AFFECTED PREMISES ARE BOUNDED BY SHAU KEI WAN ROAD, FROM SUN SING STREET TO TAI ON STREET, INCLUDING TAI ON BUILDING.
_ _ 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4» 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
HONG KONG TO HAVE MORE RECREATIONAL FACILITIES .......... 1
PORT EXPANSION 'WORK CONTINUING - DAVY................... 2
PUBLIC, MEDIA SUPPORT FOR DISABLED URGED ................ 4
PRICE, VOLUME MOVEMENTS OF APRIL EXTERNAL TRADE.......... 7
ADDITIONAL LEGCO MEETING................................. 10
DISTRICT BOARDS NEED SUPPORT ............................ 11
DRIVER TRAINING CENTRE TO BE DEVELOPED .................. 11
YUEN LONG BOARD WORK VIDEO-TAPED ........................ 12
JAPANESE SCHOLARSHIPS OFFERED ........................... 13
CHAI WAN TO GET $2.2 MILLION COOKED-FOOD CENTRE.......... 14
$8M FOR TWO TSUEN WAN PARKS ............................. 14
SEMINAR ON TEACHING OF ENGLISH........................... 15
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY AWARD ............................... 15
LIBRARY WEEK 1984........................................ 16
DB ON STUDY VISIT........................................ 16
SALES OF SHARES ANNOUNCED ............................... 17
LAM TIN ESTATE - HOMES FOR 28 000 ....................... 17
DTC SUSPENDED ........................................... 18
PT.AN TO IMPROVE EAST TSIM SHA TSUI TRAFFIC ............. 18
TSUEN WAN TRAFFIC CHANGES................................ 19
ROAD SECTION CLOSURE ....................................
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4, 1934
1
HONG KONG TO HAVE MORE RECREATIONAL FACILITIES * * * *
WITH THE FORMATION OF THE NEW REGIONAL COUNCIL, MORE RECREATIONAL FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES WOULD BE MADE AVAILABLE N THE COMING YEARS, THE DEPUTY TO THE GOVERNOR, MR DENIS BRAY, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).
HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE INAUGURATION CEREMONY OF THE HONG KONG RECREATION MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION, WHICH PROVIDES, AMONG OTHER THINGS, A FORUM FOR MEMBERS TO EXCHANGE INFORMATION, EXPERIENCE AND IDEAS ON THE PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF RECREATION MANAGEMENT IN HONG KONG AND ABROAD.
MR BRAY SAID THAT THE ASSOCIATION HAD BEEN FORMED AT THE RIGHT TIME AS THERE WOULD BE A GROWING DEMAND FOR THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES OF TRAINED RECREATION MANAGERS AND WORKERS.
WITH A LONG PERIOD OF SUSTAINED ECONOMIC GROWTH IN HONG KONG, PEOPLE HERE NOW HAD MORE LEISURE, HE SAID.
+IN RECENT YEARS GREAT PROGRESS HAS BEEN MADE IN PROVIDING A VARIETY OF RECREATIONAL FACILITIES FOR THE COMMUNITY,* MR BRAY POINTED OUT.
♦FOR THE FACILITIES TO BE USED PROPERLY, THE USERS MUST ALSO BE TAUGHT HOW TO USE THESE FACILITIES TO BEST ADVANTAGE.
+AN INDISPENSABLE ELEMENT OF DIRECTION AND GUIDANCE IS NEEDED TO OFFER A MEANINGFUL PROGRAMME WHICH WILL NOT ONLY ENCOURAGE BUT ALSO TRAIN PEOPLE TO MAKE THE MOST OF THE USE OF THESE RESOURCES,* HE SAID.
HE ADDED THAT ALTHOUGH RECREATION MANAGEMENT WAS A RELATIVELY NEW CONCEPT IN HONG KONG, PROGRESS HAD BEEN MADE IN THIS AREA OVER THE PAST 10 YEARS.
THIS WAS DUE MAINLY TO THE CONTRIBUTION MADE BY VOLUNTARY SPORTS ASSOCIATIONS, PUBLIC AUTHORITIES AND CIVIC-MINDED COMMERCIAL SPONSORS, AND, ABOVE ALL, TO THE EFFORTS OF DEDICATED RECREATION AND SPORTS WORKERS, HE SAID.
ON THE HONG KONG RECREATION MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION, MR BRAY SAID THAT WITH ITS GATHERING OF DIFFERENT TYPES OF EXPERTISE, HE WAS SURE IT WOULD BE A GREAT HELP IN MANY FIELDS RELATED TO THE PROVISION AND ENJOYMENT OF RECREATION.
-----o-----
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4, 1984
2
PORT EXPANSION WORK CONTINUING - DAVY * * * * *
PLANS ARE IN TRAIN FOR HONG KONG TO CONTINUE TO EXPAND ITS PORT AND OTHER FACILITIES TO SATISFY DEMANDS BETWEEN NOW AND THE END OF THE CENTURY, THE DIRECTOR OF MARINE, MR PERCY DAVY, SAID TODAY.
SPEAKING TO THE INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED SHIPBROKERS AT LUNCH TODAY, MR DAVY SAID:
+THE PORT’S FACILITIES CONTINUE TO EXPAND, AND THE PORT IS CURRENTLY UNDERGOING EXPANSION AND IS LIKELY TO CONTINUE TO DO SO FOR SOME TIME TO COME.
♦ACTION ON THE DRAFTING OF NEW LEGISLATION FOR SHIPS, SEAMEN AND THE PORT AND ITS SERVICES IS ALSO BEING ACTIVELY PURSUED.
♦STUDIES ARE UNDERWAY TO DEVELOP A STRATEGY WHICH WILL BE GEARED TO THE LIKELY DEMAND, AND, IF THE ADMINISTRATION SO DECIDES, THE PORT FACILITIES WILL CONTINUE TO SATISFY THE FUTURE DEMANDS, BOTH IN QUANTITY AND QUALITY.
♦ACTION IS ALSO IN HAND TO RETAIN HONG KONG’S STATUS AS A PORT OF BRITISH REGISTRY WHICH IN EVERY WAY WILL EQUATE TO THE UNITED KINGDOM REGISTRY, AND PROGRESS IS BEING MADE TOWARDS ENSURING A SUFFICIENT SUPPLY OF QUALIFIED OFFICERS AND SEAMEN,+ MR DAVY SAID.
MEANWHILE, MR DAVY SAID, THE GOVERNMENT HAD DECIDED TO UNDERTAKE A +PORT DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY STUDY+, WHICH WOULD COMPLETED BY AUGUST NEXT YEAR.
SUCH A STUDY, HE SAID, WOULD ASSESS THE OPTIMUM EFFICIENT OPERATIONAL CAPACITIES OF THE EXISTING PORT FACILITIES, AND IDENTIFY THE LONG-TERM GROWTH TRENDS IN CARGO IMPORTS AND EXPORTS, AS WELL AS TRAFFIC AND PASSENGER TRADE.
STRESSING THE NEED FOR SUCH A +PORT DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY PLAN+, MR DAVY SAID SUCH A PLAN IS FEASIBLE BECAUSE BY A CAREFUL ANALYSIS BEING GIVEN TO ALL THE DATA COLLECTED, IT SHOULD BE POSSIBLE TO PROJECT, WITH A GOOD CHANCE OF BEING ACCURATE, THE DEMAND, UP TO THE END OF THIS CENTURY, OF THE PORT FACILITIES NEEDED.
♦THE SHORTFALLS IN THE PRESENT AND CURRENTLY PLANNED FACILITIES COULD THEN BE IDENTIFIED AND OPTIONS DETERMINED ON WAYS AND MEANS CF ELIMINATING ALL OR ANY OF THOSE SHORTFALLS.+
THE STUDY, HE SAID, WOULD HAVE NO EFFECT ON THE MEDIUM TERM PROGRAMME OF EXPANSION UP TO 1989 CONCERNING THE KWAI CHUNG CONTAINER TERMINAL.
♦ IT WILL, HOWEVER, CONSIDER THE NEEDS OF THE CONTAINER TRADE AS WELL AS THE OTHERS MENTIONED UP TO THE YEAR 2001,+ HE SAID.
/MH DAVY .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4, 1984
3 -
MR DAVY SAID THAT IN 1983, ABOUT 11 400 OCEAN-GOING VESSELS ENTERED AND LEFT HONG KONG.
BY 1994 THE NUMBER WOULD INCREASE BY 45 PER CENT TO ABOUT 16 500.
+T0 MEET THE DEMAND, THE PRESENT PROVISION OF 72 CLASS A AND CLASS B BUOYS, WOULD HAVE TO BE INCREASED TO MORE THAN 130.
MR DAVY STRESSED THAT THE SAFETY OF NAVIGATION MUST BE PRESERVED, AND IN ANY CHANGES PLANNED FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF PORT FACILITIES, PRIOR CONSULTATION WOULD BE SOUGHT wITH THE PILOTAGE ADVISORY COMMITTEE.
HE SAID THAT A FEW YEARS AGO IT BECAME A REQUIREMENT THAT VESSELS OF 300 GROSS REGISTER TONS AND OVER SHOULD CARRY VERY HIGH FREQUENCY TELEPHONES WHEN ENTERING AND LEAVING HONG KONG.
THE NEXT REQUIREMENT WOULD BE THE INTRODUCTION OF COMPULSORY PILOTAGE AND AMENDING LEGISLATION WAS BEING PREPARED FOR THIS. INDICATIONS WERE THAT ON A PHASED BASIS, IT WOULD BE POSSIBLE TO INTRODUCE COMPULSORY PILOTAGE WITHIN THE NEXT TWELVE MONTHS, MR DAVY SAID.
MEANWHILE, A CONSULTANT STUDY COMMISSIONED BY THE GOVERNMENT TWO YEARS AGO ON AN ELECTRONIC VESSEL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SYSTEM TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC FLOW AND SAFETY AT SEA WOULD BE COMPLETED AT THE END OF THIS MONTH.
IF THE GOVERNMENT DECIDED TO PROCEED WITH THE SYSTEM, MR DAVY SAID, ALL SHIPPING ROUTES WOULD BE COVERED BY RADAR.
IT WAS MOST LIKELY THAT THE SITES WOULD BE AT SHEK KWU CHAU, NORTH EAST LANTAU, BLUFF HEAD, WAGLAN ISLAND, BLACK POINT AND OUTER ISLAND OF THE NEW MACAU FERRY TERMINAL.
+THESE WILL REQUIRE MICROWAVE RELAY SITES AT LUNG KWU CHAU AND VICTORIA PEAK. ALSO A VERY HIGH FREQUENCY DIRECTION FINDER WILL BE LOCATED TO COVER THE EASTERN AND SOUTHERN APPROACHES TO HONG KONG.+ HE SAID.
AND IN ORDER TO CONTINUE TO SATISFY THE DEMAND FOR CARGO AND PASSENGER FACILITIES MADE BY THE LONG ESTABLISHED RATE OF GROWTH IN BOTH THE RIVER TRADE AND LOCAL TRADE TRAFFIC, A NUMBER OF NEAR-TERM PROJECTS WERE EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED WITHIN THE NEXT FEW YEARS. THEY INCLUDE:
* THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE NEW WHARF ON HONG KONG ISLAND FOR CHINA MERCHANTS STEAM NAVIGATION COMPANY,
* THE NEW MACAU FERRY TERMINAL COMPLEX,
* THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE CHINA FERRY TERMINAL ON THE NORTHERN SIDE OF THE OCEAN CENTRE, AND
/* THE EXPANSION .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4» 1984
* THE EXPANSION OF THE PUBLIC CARGO WORKING AREAS AT CONNAUGHT ROAD WEST, APLICHAU, KOWLOON BAY, CHAI WAN AND TUEN MUN.
CONSIDERATION HAD ALSO BEEN GIVEN TO REDEVELOPING THE YAU MA TEI TYPHOON SHELTER AND EXPANDING THE QUARRY BAY PUBLIC CARGO WORKING AREA.
MR DAVY SAID THE UNITED KINGDOM WAS EXPECTED WITHIN THE NEXT FEW MONTHS TO EXTEND THE INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION ON THE STANDARDS OF TRAINING, CERTIFICATION AND WATCHKEEPING OF SEAFARERS TO HONG KONG.
+THE EXTENSION OF THE STCW CONVENTION IS ESSENTIAL TO RETAINING HONG KONG’S STATUS AS A BRITISH PORT OF REGISTRY. HONG KONG HAS CONFIRMED TO THE UK THAT IT INTENDS TO RETAIN ITS EQUIVALENT STATUS WITH THE UK AND THUS UNDERTAKES TO APPLY ALL THE RELEVANT INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS IN RESPECT OF HK REGISTERED SHIPS THAT THE UK DOES FOR UK REGISTERED SHIPS.
+HONG KONG WILL THEREFORE BE PLACED IN CATEGORY +A+ WHEN THE UNITED KINGDOM’S PROPOSED NEW SHIPPING ACT IS ENACTED WHICH CLASSIFIES HONG KONG AS A PORT OF REGISTRY IN WHICH VESSELS OF ALL TONNAGES MAY BE REGISTERED,+ HE SAID.
MR DAVY ALSO SAID THAT'HONG KONG’S GROWTH AS A PORT OF REGISTRY HAD SHOWN A MARKED INCREASE OVER THE PAST SEVEN YEARS. AT THE BEGINNING OF 1978, THE HONG KONG REGISTERED FLEET OF 500 GROSS REGISTERED TONS WAS 81, AND IN 1984 THE NUMBER WAS 250.
THE CURRENT INDICATIONS SUGGEST THAT THESE TRENDS WILL CONTINUE THUS PRESERVING THE DEMAND FOR QUALIFIED HONG KONG OFFICERS AND SEAMEN, HE SAID.
_ _ 0 - -
PUBLIC, MEDIA SUPPORT FOR DISABLED URGED X H *
THE COMMISSIONER FOR REHABILITATION TODAY (WEDNESDAY) CALLED UPON MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC, ESPECIALLY THE MEDIA, TO HELP CREATE AN ATMOSPHERE WHERE DISABLED PEOPLE ARE NATURALLY ACCEPTED INTO THE COMMUNITY.
MR MARTIN LEWIS, CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC EDUCATION IN REHABILITATION (COMPERE), WAS SPEAKING AT A TV API (ANNOUNCEMENT OF PUBLIC INTEREST) AWARD PRESENTATION CEREMONY HELD AT THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES THEATRE THIS AFTERNOON.
THE 30-SEC0ND FILM, WHICH WON THE FIRST PRIZE IN THE RECENT WORLD CONGRESS OF REHABILITATION INTERNATIONAL IN LISBON, WAS PRODUCED BY GIS FOR COMPERE AS PART OF ITS PUBLICITY AND PUBLIC EDUCATION PROGRAMME LAST YEAR.
/TEE API
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4, 1984
- 5 -
THE API CONVEYS THE THEME +FRIENDSHIP - A WAY TO INTEGRATION BY DEPICTING DISABLED AND ABLE CHILDREN PLAYING TOGETHER AT THE OCEAN PARK.
MR LEWIS SAID THAT THE SUCCESS OF THE API DEMONSTRATED THAT A THEME ON REHABILITATION, IF TACKLED SENSITIVELY WITH THE CLOSE CO-OPERATION BETWEEN MEDIA AND REHABILITATION PEOPLE, COULD GAIN INTERNATIONAL RECOGNITION.
+WE HAVE BEEN SUCCESSFUL ONCE, LET US HOPE WE CAN BE SUCCESSFUL AGAIN, THIS TIME ON THE PUBLIC EDUCATION OF THE MENTALLY ILL,+ HE SAID.
+PUBLIC EDUCATION CONCERNING THE REHABILITATION OF THE MENTALLY ILL IS STILL IN ITS INFANCY,+ MR LEWIS SAID, +AND THIS MUST RECEIVE A HIGH PRIORITY IN THE NEXT FEW YEARS.+
THERE WAS MUCH IGNORANCE ABOUT THE DIFFERENT FORMS OF MENTAL ILLNESS, AND ABOUT THE FACT THAT, COMPARATIVELY, MENTALLY ILL PEOPLE WERE NO MORE DANGEROUS THAN THOSE WHO WERE NOT, HE POINTED OUT.
+SINCE ONE IN NINE OF US IS THOUGHT TO SUFFER FROM MENTAL ILLNESS AT SOME STAGE DURING OUR LIVES, IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THERE IS SOME UNDERSTANDING AS TO HOW BEST PEOPLE CAN REINTEGRATE INTO NORMAL LIFE,* MR LEWIS SAID.
+WE MUST GET ACROSS THE MESSAGE THAT THE MENTALLY ILL, AFTER THEY HAVE BEEN TREATED IN HOSPITAL, WHERE THE RESPONSIBILITIES FOR LOOKING AFTER THEMSELVES ARE UNDERTAKEN BY OTHERS, MUST SOMEHOW ADJUST TO THE COMMUNITY AGAIN,* HE STRESSED.
THE HALF-WAY HOUSES, MR LEWIS POINTED OUT, ACT AS A BRIDGE BETWEEN HOSPITAL AND COMMUNITY LIFE, PROVIDING A READJUSTMENT PERIOD TO THE VARIOUS PRESSURES OF DAILY LIVING, AS WELL AS SOCIAL WORK COUNSELLING AND ASSISTANCE IN SOLVING PROBLEMS ARISING FROM A RETURN TO NORMAL COMMUNITY LIFE.
MR LEWIS SAID THAT ALTHOUGH STEADY PROGRESS HAD BEEN MADE OVER THE YEARS IN EDUCATING THE PUBLIC ABOUT REHABILITATION, A GREATER IMPACT WOULD NEED TO BE MADE, AND SUPPORT FROM THE MEDIA WAS IMPORTANT.
HE SUGGESTED THAT T.V. PRODUCERS SHOULD BRING MORE DISABLED PEOPLE INTO THE PROGRAMMES.
DURING THE CEREMONY, THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF INFORMATION SERVICES, MISS CHEUNG MAN-YEE, WAS PRESENTED WITH THE A* ARD BY MR M.B. LEE, NATIONAL SECRETARY OF HONG KONG TO REHABILITATION INTERNATIONAL.
IN HER VOTE OF THANKS, MISS CHEUNG STRESSED THAT THE HONOUR SHOULD BE SHARED BY ALL WHO HAD CONTRIBUTED TOWARDS THE PRODUCTION OF THE API.
/+ALTHOUGH GIS........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4, 19^4
6
♦ALTHOUGH GIS WAS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ORIGINAL CONCtPT, IT WAS ONE WHICH GAINED FIRM SUPPORT IN COMPERE AND WAS REALISED IN ITS FINAL FORM BY RTHK,+ SHE SAID.
MISS CHEUNG ADDED THAT THE FILM COULD NOT HAVE BEEN POSSIBLE WITHOUT THE PARTICIPATION OF SCHOOL CHILDREN AND TEACHERS.
THEY CAME FROM THE TSZ WAN SHAN KAIFONG WELFARE ASSOCIATION CHOI JUN SCHOOL, THE G.C.E. PAST STUDENTS ASSOCIATION TSZ WAN SHAN SCHOOL, THE CANOSSA SCHOOL FOR THE DEAF, THE CANOSSA SCHOOL FOR THE VISUALLY DISABLED, THE ST FRANCIS CANOSSIAN COLLEGE, AND THE MARGARET TRENCH RED CROSS SCHOOL.
SHE ALSO THANKED THE TWO COMMERCIAL TELEVISION STATIONS FOR PROVIDING FREE AIR-TIME FOR PUBLIC SERVICE MESSAGES OF THIS KIND.
MISS CHEUNG SAID THAT HER DEPARTMENT HAD NOT MADE THE FILM WITH ANY INTENTION OF PARTICIPATING IN AN INTERNATIONAL COMPETITION.
♦THE OBJECTIVE OF MAKING API’S IS TO WIN THE SUPPORT OF THE PEOPLE IN HONG KONG FOR PROGRAMMES WHICH SERVE TO IMPROVE THE CONDITION IN WHICH THEY LIVE. IN SHORT, NOT THE FAMILIAR COMMERCIAL THEME OF A MORE AFFLUENT LIFESTYLE FOR THE INDIVIDUAL, BUT CERTAINLY A BETTER LIFESTYLE FOR THE COMMUNITY AS A WHOLE,+ SHE SAID.
THE DEPARTMENT WILL CONTINUE TO PRODUCE API’S THAT DO THE JOB FOR WHICH THEY ARE INTENDED, SHE ADDED.
THE AWARD-WINNING FILM WAS AMONG SOME 60 API’S MADE LAST YEAR ON A WIDE VARIETY OF SUBJECTS.
♦THAT WORKS OUT AT MORE THAN ONE API PER WEEK, WHICH IS A REMARKABLE ACHIEVEMENT FOR ANY ORGANISATION AND ONE WHICH, I AM SURE, CANNOT BE MATCHED BY THE COMMERCIAL ADVERTISING AGENCIES HERE IN HONG KONG,+ SHE SAID.
AMONG THOSE WHO ATTENDED TODAY’S CEREMONY WERE DR HARRY FANG, CHAIRMAN OF REHABILITATION DEVELOPMENT CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE (RDCC); FATHER JOHN COLLINS, MEMBER OF THE ACCESS AND TRANSPORT SUB-COMMITTEE OF RDCC; MS BARBARA KOLUCKI, A MEDIA CONSULTANT ON REHABILITATION MATTERS; REPRESENTATIVES OF RTHK; PRINCIPALS OF PARTICIPATING SCHOOLS; AND MEMBERS OF COMPERE.
-----o-----
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4, 1934
PRICE, VOLUME MOVEMENTS OF APRIL EXTERNAL TRADE * * * *
APRIL 1984 PRICES OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS ROSE, ON AVERAGE, BY 16 PER CENT AND 17 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY SO THAT FOR TOTAL EXPORTS, PRICES WERE UP BY 17 PER CENT AS COMPARED WITH APRIL 1983 PRICES, ACCORDING TO STATISTICS RELEASED TODAY BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
PRICES OF IMPORTS ALSO ROSE BY 17 PER CENT.
AS A RESULT, THE TERMS OF TRADE INDEX (EXPRESSED AS A RATIO OF THE TOTAL EXPORT PRICE INDEX TO THE IMPORT PRICE INDEX) REMAINED AT THE LEVEL OF APRIL 1983.
THE VOLUME OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS ROSE BY 18 PER CENT AND 25 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY, SO THAT THE VOLUME OF TOTAL EXPORTS INCREASED BY 20 PER CENT. MEANWHILE, THE VOLUME OF IMPORTS INCREASED BY 17 PER CENT.
A COMPARISON OF FIGURES FOR THE FIRST FOUR MONTHS OF 1984 WITH THOSE FOR THE SIMILAR PERIOD OF LAST YEAR, SHOWED THAT DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS GREW BY 27 PER CENT AND 34 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY IN VOLUME TERMS. THE PRICES OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS BOTH INCREASED BY 16 PER CENT. AFTER ALLOWING FOR THE EFFECT OF AN INCREASE OF 17 PER CENT IN PRICES, IMPORTS GREW BY 21 PER CENT IN VOLUME TERMS, A DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID.
A COMPARISON OF FIGURES FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDING APRIL THIS YEAR WITH FIGURES FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDING APRIL 1983, SHOWED THE PRICES OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS, RE-EXPORTS AND IMPORTS ROSE, ON AVERAGE, BY 13 PER CENT, 14 PER CENT AND 16 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.
THE VOLUME OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS INCREASED BY 21 PER CENT AND 25 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY, THUS GIVING A 22 PER CENT INCREASE IN THE VOLUME OF TOTAL EXPORTS. MEANWHILE, THE VOLUME OF IMPORTS ROSE BY 16 PER CENT.
PRICES ARE BASED ON UNIT VALUES WHICH DO NOT TAKE INTO ACCOUNT CHANGES IN THE COMPOSITION OR QUALITY OF GOODS TRADED. CHANGES IN THE VOLUME OF TRADE ARE DERIVED FROM CHANGES IN TRADE VALUES, AFTER DISCOUNTING THE EFFECT OF PRICE CHANGES.
THE CHANGES IN THE VALUE, UNIT VALUE AND VOLUME OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY COMMODITY GROUP ARE SHOWN IN TABLE 1.
AS SEEN FROM TABLE 1, THE EXPORT PRICES OF ALL COMMODITY GROUPS INCREASED, FROM FOUR PER CENT FOR WATCHES AND CLOCKS TC 24 PER CENT FOR CLOTHING.
/the domestic .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4, 1984
8
THE DOMESTIC EXPORT VOLUME OF NEARLY ALL COMMODITY GROUPS INCREASED SIGNIFICANTLY, THE MORE SUBSTANTIAL ONES BEING ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS (+55 PER CENT), DOMESTIC ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES (+45 PER CENT), FOOTWEAR (+42 PER CENT), TEXTILE YARN AND THREAD (+28 PER CENT), RADIOS OF ALL KINDS (+22 PER CENT), TEXTILE MADE-UPS AND RELATED ARTICLES (+19 PER CENT), AND METAL MANUFACTURES (+16 PER CENT). HOWEVER, A DECREASE IN DOMESTIC EXPORT VOLUME WAS RECORDED FOR METAL ORES AND SCRAP (-8 PER CENT).
THE CHANGES IN THE VALUE, UNIT VALUE AND VOLUME OF IMPORTS BY END-USE CATEGORY ARE SHOWN IN TABLE 2.
AS PRESENTED IN TABLE 2, IMPORT PRICES OF ALL END-USE CATEGORIES INCREASED, RANGING FROM 12 PER CENT FOR CAPITAL GOODS TO 21 PER CENT FOR RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES.
MANY OF THE MAJOR IMPORTED FOODSTUFFS DECLINED IN VOLUME TERMS, THE MORE SIGNIFICANT ONES BEING CEREALS AND CEREAL PREPARATIONS OTHER THAN RICE, WHEAT AND FLOUR, VEGETABLES, FRUIT AND BOVINE ANIMALS. HOwEVER, THE IMPORT VOLUME OF TEA AND COFFEE, RICE, MILK, BUTTER, CHEESE AND EGGS AS wELL AS SOYA BEAN OIL, PEANUT OIL AND LARD INCREASED SIGNIFICANTLY.
IN THE CONSUMER GOODS‘CATEGORY, SIGNIFICANT INCREASES IN IMPORT VOLUME WERE REGISTERED FOR PASSENGER MOTOR CARS, HOUSEHOLD TYPE ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES, CLOTHING AND FOOTGEAR. HOWEVER, SLIGHT DECREASES IN IMPORT VOLUME WERE RECORDED FOR TOBACCO MANUFACTURES AND WATCHES.
THE IMPORT VOLUME OF MOST OF THE RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES ROSE, AMONG WHICH MAN-MADE FIBRES, COTTON YARN AND THREAD, LEATHER AND DRESSED FUR SKINS, RAw COTTON, THERMIONIC CATHODE VALVES AND TUBES, DIODES, TRANSISTORS AND ELECTRICAL MICROCIRCUITS, SPECIAL TEXTILE FABRICS FOR INDUSTRIAL PURPOSE, WOOD, LUMBER AND CORK, YARN OF MAN-MADE FIBRES AS 'WELL AS PAPER AND PAPERBOARD INCREASED SUBSTANTIALLY. HOWEVER, THE IMPORT VOLUME OF CRUDE ANIMAL AND VEGETABLE MATERIALS, *OOL AND OTHER ANIMAL HAIR AS WELL AS YARN OF WOOL AND MIXTURES DROPPED SIGNIFICANTLY.
IMPORTS OF FUELS DROPPED BY 14 PER CENT IN VOLUME TERMS.
IN THE CAPITAL GOODS CATEGORY, THE IMPORT VOLUME OF ALL COMMODITIES INCREASED SUBSTANTIALLY, THE MORE REMARKABLE ONEo BEING TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT, OFFICE MACHINES AND INDUSTRIAL MACHINERY.
THE CHANGES IN THE VALUE, UNIT VALUE AND VOLUME OF RE-EXPORTS BY END-USE CATEGORY ARE SHOWN IN TABLE 3.
AS DEPICTED IN TABLE 3, THE RE-EXPORT VOLUME OF ALL ENDUSE CATEGORIES INCREASED, RANGING FROM 13 PER CENT FOR CONSUMER GOODS TO 40 PER CENT FOR RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES.
/FURTHER DETAILS........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4, 1984
- 9 -
FURTHER DETAILS ARE CONTAINED IN THE APRIL 1984 ISSUE
OF THE + HONG KONG TRADE INDEX NUMBERS*, AVAILABLE LATER T>U MONTH AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE AT HK.J2 PER -OPY.
TABLE 1 : CHANGES COMPARING APRIL 1984 WITH APRIL l?d3 OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY COMMODITY GROUP
s * ' • *>•**•« COMMODITY GROUP EXPORT VALUE EXPORT UNIT VALUE EXHORT VOLU.-.E
CuCTr. I hG ♦ - \ 2
TEXTILE FABRICS +44% +23% + 17.
TEXTILE YARN AND THREAD + 50% +17% +26 -
TEXTILE MADE-UPS AND RELATED ARTICLES +34% + 12% + 19::
RADIOS OF ALL KINDS +36% +12% +22; ■
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS +64% + 5% +55%
FOOTWEAR +65% + 17%
METAL MANUFACTURES +41% +22% +16.
METAL ORES AND SCRAP 1 NS 1 GN IF 1 CANT + 8% — 8°'’
WATCHES AND CLOCKS + 17% + 4% +12%
TRAVEL GOODS, HANDBAGS AND SIMILAR ARTICLES +25% +20% + 4?:
DOMESTIC ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES +64% +13% +A5a
ALL COMMODITIES +37% + 16% + 1’8 a-
TABLE 2 : CHANGES COMPARING OF IMPORTS APRIL 1984 W ITH APR IL BY END-USE CATEGORY 19S3
END-USE CATEGORY IMPORT VALUE IMPORT UNIT VALUE TT VGUjn-
FOODSTUFFS +11% +17%
CONSUMER GOODS + 19% + 14% +
/HAW MATERIALS .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4, 1984
10
RAW MATERIALS AND ♦225c
SEMI-MANUFACTURES +48% +21%
FUELS - 1% + 15% -14^
CAPITAL GOODS +81% + 12% ♦62/0
ALL COMMODITIES + 37% + 17% ♦17J>
TABLE 3
CHANGES COMPARING APRIL 1984 WITH APRIL 1983 OF RE-EXPORTS BY END-USE CATEGORY
END-USE CATEGORY RE-EXPORT VALUE RE-EXPORT UNIT VALUE RE-EXPORT VOLUME
FOODSTUFFS +37% +21% ♦ 14%
CONSUMER GOODS +30% +15% +13%
RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES +69% +21% ♦43%
FUELS +43% +21% ♦18?
CAPITAL GOODS +38% +14% +21%
ALL COMMODITIES +46% +17% ♦25/i
ADDITIONAL LEGCO MEETING
OK*
IN RESPONSE TO PRESS QUESTIONS TODAY, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID AN ADDITIONAL MEETING OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL WILL BE HELD ON JULY 18 AS THERE IS STILL A SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNT OF BUSINESS TO BE CONSIDERED BY THE COUNCIL BEFORE IT ENDS ITS CURRENT SESSION.
HE ADDED THAT THE GREEN PAPER ON REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT WILL PROBABLY BE PRESENTED TO THE COUNCIL AT THIS MEETING.
THE PATTERN OF TALKS IN PEKING IN RECENT MONTHS HAS MEANT THAT THE GOVERNOR WAS UNABLE TO BE IN HONG KONG FOR SEVERAL MEETINGS. HOWEVER HE WILL BE PRESENT FOR THE MEETING ON JULY 18.
/11 ........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4, 1934
- 11 -
DISTRICT BOARDS NEED SUPPORT * * * *
THE FUTURE DISTRICT BOARDS WILL NEED THE SUPPORT AND ACTIVE PARTICIPATION OF MORE PEOPLE, THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG AND KOWLOON, MR ALBERT LAM, SAID THIS (WEDNESDAY) EVENING.
THIS IS BECAUSE THE NUMBER OF ELECTED SEATS IN THE DISTRICT BOARDS WILL BE RAISED FROM THE PRESENT 132 TO 236 AFTER NEXT YEAR’S ELECTIONS, HE SAID.
FURTHERMORE, DISTRICT BOARDS WILL NOT BE CHAIRED BY THE RESPECTIVE DISTRICT OFFICERS. INSTEAD, THE CHAIRMEN WILL BE ELECTED AMONG UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS.
+THESE CHANGES WILL MARK A NEW ERA IN THE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM,* HE SAID.
MR LAM WAS SPEAKING AT THE INAUGURATION CEREMONY OF THE EIGHTH TERM OFFICE-BEARERS OF THE KOWLOON REGIONAL SCOUT COUNCIL.
HE SAID TO PAVE WAY FOR NEXT YEAR’S DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS, A SIX-WEEK VOTER REGISTRATION EXERCISE WILL BE LAUNCHED FROM AUGUST 15.
HE URGED ALL PEOPLE AT THE AGE OF 21 AND ABOVE, AND WITH SEVEN YEARS’ RESIDENCE IN HONG KONG, TO REGISTER AS VOTERS AND VOTE ON THE ELECTION DAY ON MARCH 7.
+THE SUCCESS OF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION IS IN LINE WITH THE STABILITY AND PROSPERITY OF THE COMMUNITY,* HE SAID.
------o-------
DRIVER TRAINING CENTRE TO BE DEVELOPED * * * *
HONG KONG’S SECOND OFF-STREET DRIVER TRAINING CENTRE IS TO BE DEVELOPED AT SHA TIN.
IT WILL BE BUILT ON A PIECE OF CROWN LAND AT TIN SAM, WHICH IS MORE THAN 3.2 HECTARES IN AREA.
THE CENTRE WILL BE FOR TRAINING DRIVERS OF ARTICULATED VEHICLES, PRIVATE CARS, MOTOR CYCLES AND OTHER FORMS OF TRANSPORT.
APART FROM PREPARING THEM FOR THE DRIVING TEST, IT WILL ALSO PROMOTE ROAD SAFETY.
THE TENANCY ON THE SITE IS FOR FIVE YEARS INITIALLY, RENEwABLc. FOR QUARTERLY PERIODS.
THE CLOSING DATE FOR ACCEPTANCE OF TENDERS BY THE LANDS DEPARTMENT IS JULY 27.
/THE FIRST .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4, 1984
12
THE FIRST OUTDOOR DRIVER TRAINING CENTRE HAS BEEN OPERATING AT WONG CHUK HANG, ABERDEEN SINCE LAST YEAR.
ANOTHER SITE BEING OFFERED BY THE LANDS DEPARTMENT ON SHORT-TERM TENANCY IS AT FUNG CHEUNG ROAD, YUEN LONG.
IT MEASURES 2 754 SQUARE METRES AND IS TO BE USED FOR GROWING, STORING AND SELLING POTTED PLANTS, FLOWERS AND OTHER GARDEN PRODUCTS.
THE TENANCY IS FOR TWO YEARS, RENEWABLE FOR THREE-MONTHLY PERIODS, AND TENDERS MUST BE SENT IN BY JULY 20.
TENDER FORMS, NOTICES AND CONDITIONS FOR THE TWO SITES ARE AVAILABLE AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS:
* LANDS DEPARTMENT, MURRAY BUILDING, 5TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG;
* DISTRICT LANDS OFFICES (KOWLOON EAST AND WEST),
YAU MA TEI CAR PARK BUILDING, 10TH FLOOR,
250 SHANGHAI STREET, KOWLOON; AND
* DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE (SHA TIN) FOR THE SHA TIN SITE AND DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE (YUEN LONG) FOR THE YUEN LONG SITE.
TENDER PLANS CAN ALSO BE INSPECTED AT THE ABOVE LOCATIONS.
------0-------
YUEN LONG BOARD WORK VIDEO-TAPED
* * * X
A 15-MINUTE VIDEO TAPE OF THE WORK OF THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT BOARD WILL BE SHOWN IN THE LOBBY OF A LOCAL RESTAURANT ON KAU YUK ROAD FROM TOMORROW (THURSDAY) FOR THREE MONTHS.
THE VIDEO TAPE, PRODUCED BY THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD AT $20 000, IS ONE OF VARIOUS ACTIVITIES TO HELP PROMOTE THE BOARD AND ENCOURAGE LOCAL RESIDENTS TO PARTICIPATE IN NEXT YEAR’S ELECTION.
THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MR FREDERICK LAM, SAID OTHER COPIES OF THE TAPE WOULD BE SHOWN IN SCHOOLS, RURAL COMMITTEE OFFICES AND LOCAL ORGANISATIONS TO RALLY SUPPORT FOR NEXT MONTH’S REGISTRATION OF VOTERS.
A PREVIEW OF THE VIDEO TAPE WAS ARRANGED TODAY FOR THE LIAISON OFFICERS AND COMMUNITY ORGANISERS OF THE OFFICE.
MR LAM SAID THAT DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS HAD CONTRIBUTED A LOT TO A BETTER COMMUNITY.
♦IF YOU WANT TO HAVE A SAY IN HOW THE DISTRICT IS RUN YOU SHOULD REGISTER NOW,+ HE SAID.
THE REGISTRATION OF VOTERS WILL BE HELD BETWEEN AUGUST 15 AND OCTOBER 1, AND THE DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS ON MARCH 7 NEXT YEAR.
------o-------
/13......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4, 1934
- 13 -
JAPANESE SCHOLARSHIPS OFFERED * * * *
APPLICATIONS ARE INVITED FOR TWO JAPANESE GOVERNMENT SCHOLARSHIPS FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES IN SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HUMANITIES IN JAPAN.
THE AWARDS, OFFERED UNDER THE MONBUSHO SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAMME 1985, ARE NORMALLY TENABLE FOR FIVE YEARS FROM APRIL 1985 TO MARCH 1990. THEY WILL COVER TUITION, ACCOMMODATION, LIVING EXPENSES AND RETURN PASSAGE.
APPLICANTS MUST BE AT LEAST 17 BUT UNDER 22 YEARS OF AGE BY APRIL 1, 1985, AND HAVE COMPLETED EITHER THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG OR CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS, OR POSSESS HIGHER QUALIFICATIONS.
STUDENTS WHO HAVE PASSED IN TWO ADVANCED LEVEL AND THREE ORDINARY LEVEL SUBJECTS, OR IN THREE ADVANCED LEVEL AND ONE ORDINARY LEVEL SUBJECTS, AT THE GENERAL CERTIFICATE OF EDUCATION EXAMINATION OF THE UNITED KINGDOM MAY ALSO APPLY.
APPLICANTS NEED NOT HAVE PREVIOUS KNOWLEDGE OF JAPANESE, BUT THEY MUST BE WILLING TO RECEIVE UNIVERSITY EDUCATION IN THE MEDIUM OF JAPANESE.
SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS WILL BE ENROLLED AT THE JAPANESE LANGUAGE SCHOOL ATTACHED TO THE TOKYO UNIVERSITY OF FOREIGN STUDlEo, AND WILL BE GIVEN A ONE-YEAR COURSE ON THE JAPANESE LANGUAGE AND SUCH OTHER SUBJECTS AS ARE NECESSARY TO PREPARE THEM FOR THE +GAKUSHI+ (BACHELOR’S) DEGREE COURSE.
A GRANTEE WHO HAS COMPLETED THIS COURSE WILL GO ON TO A NATIONAL UNIVERSITY IF HE PASSES THE ENTRANCE EXAMINATION CONDUCTED BY THE UNIVERSITY.
MONBUSHO, IN CONSULTATION WITH THE UNIVERSITY CONCERNED AND THE JAPANESE LANGUAGE SCHOOL, WILL DECIDE ON THE UNIVERSITY TO WHICH A GRANTEE SHOULD APPLY FOR ADMISSION.
APPLICATION FORMS AND FURTHER INFORMATION ON THESE SCHOLARSHIPS AND THE COURSESOF STUDY AVAILABLE MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE OVERSEAS STUDENTS AND SCHOLARSHIPS SECTION, EDUCATION DEPARTMENT BRANCH OFFICE, ROOM 1522, LEIGHTON CENTRE, 77 LEIGHTON ROAD, CAUSEWAY BAY, HONG KONG.
COMPLETED FORMS SHOULD BE RETURNED TO THE SECTION BY JULY 13.
-----o------
WEDNESDAY, JULY A,
- 14 -
CHAI WAN TO GET <*2.2 MILLION COOKED-FOOD CENTRE
XXX
A $2,262 MILLION PROJECT TO BUILD A COOKED-FOOD CENTRE IN KUT SHING STREET, CTTTTl WAN, WAS APPROVED AT THE LAST MEETING OF THE STANDING COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE URBAN COUNCIL, CHAIRED BY MR H.M.G. FORSGATE.
THE CENTRE WILL BE ACCOMMODATED IN A TWO-STOREY BUILDING INCORPORATING 11 COOKED-FOOD STALLS AND ANCILLARY FACILITIES, INCLUDING OFFICES AND TOILETS.
ON COMPLETION ABOUT THE END OF NEXT YEAR THE CENTRE WILL BE JSED TO RE-SITE THOSE REMAINING COOKED-FOOD STALL OPERATORS DISPLACED FROM THE CHAI WAN ESTATE COOKED-FOOD BAZAAR TO MAKE WAY FOR REDEVELOPMENT OF THE ESTATE BY THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT. THESE OPERATORS ARE NOW WORKING FROM A TEMPORARY SITE IN 'AN TSUI ROAD.
-----o------
$8M FOR TWO TSUEN WAN PARKS
• * X X X
THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT HAS AWARDED A $7.98 MILLION CONTRACT TO CHEUNG KEE FUNG CHEUNG CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LIMITED TO BUILD TWO PARKS IN NORTHERN TSUEN WAN.
THE FIRST IS TO BE CONSTRUCTED ABOVE THE MASS TRANSIT RAILwAY STATION AT TAI WO HAU AND WILL REPLACE ONE WHICH EXISTED ON THE SITE BEFORE THE STATION WAS BUILT.
IT WILL BE EXTENDED TO INCLUDE A WATER FEATURE, A PUBLIC SQUARE, A GARDEN AREA, TOILET FACILITIES AND REFRESHMENT KIOSKS.
THE OTHER IS TO BE BUILT AROUND TIN HAU TEMPLE AT SAM TUNG UK, WHICH IS NOW BEING RESTORED BY THE TRUSTEES, AND WILL FEATURE A CHILDREN’S PLAYGROUND, A GAMES AREA WITH CHANGING FACILITIES AND GARDENS.
BOTH PARKS ARE TO BE COMPLETED BY JULY NEXT YEAR.
-----o------
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4, 1934
15 -
SEMINAR ON TEACHING OF ENGLISH * * * *
THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (INSTITUTE OF LANGUAGE IN EDUCATION), DR VERNER BICKLEY, WILL BE SPEAKING ON COMMUNICATIVE LANGUAGE TEACHING AT A SEMINAR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS ON JULY 21 (SATURDAY).
ORGANISED BY THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, THE SEMINAR IS ONE OF A SERIES OF SEMINARS ORGANISED FOR TEACHERS OF ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE.
IT WILL BE HELD AT THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE AT 9A BONHAM ROAD, HONG KONG.
HEADS OF SECONDARY SCHOOLS WHO WISH TO NOMINATE THEIR ENGLISH TEACHERS TO ATTEND THE SEMINAR SHOULD APPLY TO THE SENIOR INSPECTOR AT THE CENTRE BEFORE JULY 11.
ENQUIRIES ON THE SEMINAR MAY BE MADE TO THE CENTRE ON >482537.
-----0-----
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY AWARD * * * *
DETAILS OF THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY SAFETY AWARD SCHEhc WILL BE ANNOUNCED AT A PRESS CONFERENCE AT THE BUILDING CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION, 182 HENNESSY ROAD, 16TH FLOOR, WAN CHAI, AT j r. TOMORROW (THURSDAY).
THE AWARD SCHEME, DESIGNED FOR CONSTRUCTION WORKERS, IS ORGANISED BY THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY SAFETY SUB-uOMMITTEE AND SPONSORED BY SEVERAL COMMERCIAL COMPANIES.
SPEAKING AT THE CONFERENCE WILL BE MR CHEUNG LUN, CHAIRMAN OF THE WORKING PARTY ON CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY SAFETY AWARD SCHEMt.
DR JAMES HAYES, LOO, VICE-PRESIDENT ALSO PRESENT AT THE
ACTING COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR AND MR JOHN OF THE BUILDING CONTRACTORS’ ASSOCIATION w ILL PRESS CONFERENCE.
/16
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4, 1984
LIBRARY WEEK 1984 * * *
THE URBAN COUNCIL WILL PRESENT THE +LIBRARY WEEK 1934+ — A LARGE-SCALE EXHIBITION OF LIBRARY FACILITIES AND EXTENSION ACTIVITIES — IN THE CITY HALL EXHIBITION HALL FROM JULY 10 TO 16.
THERE WILL BE EXHIBITS ON THE LOCATIONS AND DEVELOPMENT OF PUBLIC LIBRARIES, HOW TO FIND A BOOK, LIBRARY LENDING SERVICES, REFERENCE SERVICE, AUDIO-VISUAL FACILITIES, NEWSPAPERS AND PERIODICALS SERVICE, MOBILE LIBRARY SERVICE, BOOK-BINDING AND LAMINATION, LIBRARIES EXTENSION ACTIVITIES, AND LIBRARY PUBLICATION.
IN ADDITION, TWO GAMES STALLS — HEAD FOR TALES AND REFERENCE QU |Z — WILL BE SET UP TO STIMULATE CHILDREN’S INTEREST IN READING. DEMONSTRATIONS, SLIDE SHOWS AND TALKS ON THE BOOK-BINDING AND LAMINATION WILL BE ARRANGED.
A HIGHLIGHT OF THE EXHIBITION WILL BE THE LAUNCHING OF A READING CLUB TO AROUSE YOUNG PEOPLE’S INTEREST IN READING. MEMBERS OF URBAN COUNCIL PUBLIC LIBRARIES WHO ARE UNDER 13 MAY JOIN THE CLUB BY COMPLETING AN APPLICATION FORM.
NEW MEMBERS WILL RECEIVE A MEMBERSHIP CARD AND A SOUVENIR UPON REGISTRATION. COPIES OF THE APPLICATION FORM ARE AVAILABLE AT ALL URBAN COUNCIL PUBLIC LIBRARIES.
DETAILS OF THE READING PROGRAMME CAN BE OBTAINED, AND GROUP VISITS TO THE LIBRARY WEEK EXHIBITION CAN BE ARRANGED, BY CALLING 5-227315 DURING OFFICE HOURS.
SOUVENIRS IN THE FORM OF SUBJECT BOOK LISTS, SCHOOL TIME-TABLE AND BOOKMARKERS Wl LL BE DISTRIBUTED FREE IN THE EXHIBITION.
OPENING HOURS WILL BE FROM 3 PM TO 6.30 PM ON JULY in AND FROM 10 AM TO 6.30 PM FOR THE REST OF THE EXHIBITION PERIOD.
- - 0
DB ON STUDY VISIT * * * *
KWUN TONG DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS WILL VISIT THE KWUN TONG HOSTEL ON FRIDAY (JULY 6) AFTERNOON TO SEE REHABILITATION SERVICES BEING PROVIDED FOR YOUNG PROBATIONERS.
THE HOSTEL -- THE ONLY ONE OF ITS KIND IN THE TERRITORY — IS MANAGED BY THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT TO PROVIDE ACCOMMODATION AND GUIDANCE TO PROBATIONERS BETWEEN 16 AND 21 YEARS OF •- £.
0
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4, 1984
- 17 -
SALES OF SHARES ANNOUNCED * * * *
THE CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE ON TAKEOVERS AND MERGERS, UNDER RULE 29 OF THE HONG KONG CODE ON TAKEOVERS AND MERGERS, ANNOUNCED TODAY (WEDNESDAY) THAT THE FOLLOWING DISCLOSURES HAD PEEN MADE TO HIM IN CONNECTION WITH THE CURRENT OFFER DY FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LIMITED TO ACQUIRE THE ISSUED SHARE CAPITAL OF FIRST PACIFIC FINANCE LTD:
(1) FIRST PACIFIC H.K. SECURITIES LTD SOLD ON JUNE 20, 1984 6 000 SHARES IN FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LIMITED AT $2.85 PER SHARE.
(2) FIRST PACIFIC H.K. SECURITIES LTD SOLD ON JUNE 25 1 000 SHARES IN FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LIMITED AT $2.80 PER SHARE.
(3) FIRST PACIFIC INVESTMENTS LTD PURCHASED ON JUNE 29 80 000 SHARES IN FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LIMITtD AT $2.70 PER SHARE.
-----0-----
LAM TIN ESTATE - HOMES FOR 28 000 X X X X X
A LARGE EXTENSION PROJECT IS ESTATE IN EAST KOWLOON TO PROVIDE PEOPLE.
FAST TAKING SHAPE AT LAM TIN MODERN HOMES FOR 28 000 MORE
♦CONSTRUCTION WORK IS TO BEGIN THIS MONTH ON THREE HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME BLOCKS InDER ITS FIRST PHASE, ♦ SA! D A SPOKESMAN FOR THE HOUSING AUTHORITY TODAY.
HE SAID SITE FORMATION HAD JUST BEEN COMPLETED FOR THREE RENTAL BLOCKS UNDER THE SECOND PHASE.
♦ON COMPLETION BY 1986-87, ™PE SI X BLOCKS WILL HOUSE 17 000 PEOPLE IN 1 680 HOS AND 2 443 RENTAL FLATS.♦
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE THIRD, AND FINAL, PHASE OF JHE EXTENSION PROJECT WOULD SEE MORE BLOCKS BUILT TO PROVIDE HOMEb FOR YET ANOTHER 11 000 PEOPLE BY 1990.
♦THE EXTENSION ESTATE WILL BE COMPLETE WITH A WIDE RANGc OF FACILITIES INCLUDING A COMMERCIAL CENTRE, A SECONDARY SCHOOL, CARPARKS, SHOPS, RECREATION AREAS AND MARKETS.+
-----o-----
/18 .
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4, 1984 .
- 18 -
DTC SUSPENDED * * *
THE COMMISSIONER OF DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES ANNOUNCED THAT HE HAS TODAY SUSPENDED THE REGISTRATION OF THE MALAYAN FINANCE COMPANY LIMITED AS a DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANY, ON THE GROUND THAT THE PAID-UP SHARE CAPITAL OF THE COMPANY IS LESS THAN THAT SPECIFIED IN THE DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
THE COMPANY HOLDS NO DEPOSITS FROM THE PUBLIC.
-----o------
PLAN TO IMPROVE EAST TSIM SHA TSUI TRAFFIC * * * *
SPECIAL TRAFFIC IMPROVEMENT ARRANGEMENTS IN EAST TSIM SHA TSUI WILL BE IMPLEMENTED FROM SATURDAY (JULY 7).
THE EXISTING RESTRICTED ZONE OPERATING FROM 7 AM TO 7 PM DAILY ON THF UNNAMED ROAD LINKING MODY ROAD AND AUTO PLAZA wILL BE EXTENDED TO:
* THE EASTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF THE UNNAMED ROAD BETWEEN PENINSULA CENTRE AND THE LAYBY FOR 60 METRES.
* THE WESTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF THE UNNAMED ROAD BETWEEN ROYAL GARDEN HOTEL AND THE LAYBY FOR 35 METRES.
WITHIN THE ABOVE RESTRICTED ZONES, DRIVERS OF ALL MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT THOSE AUTHORISED IN WRITING BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS; OR LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS.
THE EXISTING MAXICAB STANDS FOR ROUTE NO. 1, 7 AND 8 ON THE UNNAMED ROAD OUTSIDE PENINSULA CENTRE WILL BE CANCELLED, AND A NEW ONE WILL BE SET UP ON THE UNNAMED ROAD OUTSIDE HILTON TOwER, AT GRANVILLE ROAD.
MAXICAB CIRCULAR ROUTE NO. 1 WHICH RUNS BETWEEN TSIM SHA TSUI MTR STATION AND TSIM SHA TSUI EAST WILL OPERATE VIA HAIPONG ROAD, HUMPHREYS AVENUE, CARNARVON ROAD, CORNWALL AVENUE, MODY ROAD, SCIENCE MUSEUM ROAD, GRANVILLE ROAD, UNNAMED ROAD, GRANVILLE ROAD, CHATHAM ROAD SOUTH BEFORE RESUMING NORMAL ROUTE I NG.
MAXICAB CIRCULAR ROUTE NO. 7 PLYING BETWEEN KOWLOON CITY AND TSIM SHA TSUI EAST WILL OPERATE VIA SALISBURY ROAD, SCIENCE MUSEUM ROAD, GRANVILLE ROAD, UNNAMED ROAD, GRANVILLE ROAD, SCIENCE MUSEUM ROAD, MODY ROAD, CHATHAM ROAD SOUTH BEFORE RESUMING NORMAL ROUTE ING.
ON JOURNEYS TO MIDDLE ROAD, TSIM SHA TSUI, MAXICAB ROUTE NO. U OPERATING BETWEEN HO MAN TIN ESTATE AND MIDDLE ROAD WILL GO VIA CHATHAM ROAD SOUTH, GRANVILLE ROAD, UNNAMED ROAD, GRANVILLE ROAD, CHATHAM ROAD SOUTH BEFORE RESUMING NORMAL ROUTE I NG.
------o--------
/19......
^DNESDAY, JUuY 4,
- 19 -
TSUEN WAN TRAFFIC CHANGES * * *
SPECIAL TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED IN THE TSUEN WAN AREA, FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (JULY 6).
TWO-WAY TRAFFIC WILL BE INTRODUCED IN THE SECTION OF SAI LAU KOK ROAD BETWEEN ITS JUNCTION WITH CASTLE PEAK ROAD AND KWU UK LANE, AND THE SECTION OF CASTLE PEAK ROAD BETWEEN ITS EASTERN AND WESTERN JUNCTIONS WITH SAI LAU KOK ROAD.
A NEW SECTION OF TAI HO ROAD BETWEEN SAI LAU KOK ROAD AND CASTLE PEAK ROAD WILL BE OPEN TO TWO-WAY TRAFFIC.
THE SECTION OF SAI LAU KOK ROAD BETWEEN KWU UK LANE AND CASTLE PEAK ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC.
NO RIGHT TURN WILL BE ALLOWED FROM THE EASTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF CASTLE PEAK ROAD AND INTO THE SOUTHBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF lAI HO ROAD.
r EASTBOUND TRAFFIC ON CASTLE PEAK ROAD WILL BE ROUTED VIA THE EASTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF SAI LAU KOK ROAD AND DIRECTED TO TURN RIGHT AT THE NEW JUNCTION OF SAI LAU KOK ROAD AND TAI HO ROAD.
THE ROUTE I NG OF BUSES INTO AND OUT OF THE BUS TERMINUS AT NAM FUNG CENTRE IN SAI LAU KOK ROAD WILL BE REVERSED. BUSES WILL ENTER THE SAID TERMINUS FROM THE EASTERN END VIA THE NEW SECTION OF TAI HO ROAD.
ALL NEW TERRITORIES TAXIS WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING THE EASTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF CASTLE PEAK ROAD EAST OF ITS WESTERN JUNCTION WITH SAI LAU KOK ROAD, AND THE SOUTHBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF TAI HO ROAD SOUTH OF ITS JUNCTION WITH SAI LAU KOK ROAD.
THE SECTION OF TAI HO ROAD BETWEEN SAI LAU KOK ROAD AND CASTLE PEAK ROAD WILL BE DESIGNATED AS A 24-HOUR RESTRICTED ZONE.
WITHIN THIS RESTRICTED ZONE, ALL MOTOR VEHICLES, EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES AND THOSE AUTHORISED IN WRITING BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT, WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS, OR LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS.
THE FOLLOWING ROADS WILL BE DESIGNATED AS 24-HOUR PUBLIC LIGHT BUS RESTRICTED ZONES:-
* THE EASTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF CASTLE PEAK ROAD BETWEEN ITS JUNCTIONS WITH SAI LAU KOK ROAD AND SHING MUN ROAD.
K THE WESTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF CASTLE PEAK ROAD FROM OUTSIDE HOUSE NO. 135 TO A POINT ABOUT 60 METRES TO THE WEST.
/* THE WESTBOUND.......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4, 1%4
20
* THE WESTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF CASTLE PEAK ROAD FROM ITS JUNCTION WITH CHUNG ON STREET TO A POINT ABOUT 70 METRES WEST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH TAI HO ROAD.
* THE SECTION OF SAI LAU KOK ROAD BETWEEN CASTLE PEAK ROAD AND TAI HO ROAD.
WITHIN THE ABOVE RESTRICTED ZONES, ALL PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES, EXCEPT THOSE AUTHORISED IN WRITING BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT, WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS, OR LOADING CR UNLOADING GOODS.
THE SECTION OF SAI LAU KOK ROAD BETWEEN CASTLE PEAK ROAD AND KWU UK LANE WILL BE DESIGNATED A 24-HOUR TAXI RESTRICTED ZONE.
WITHIN THE ABOVE TAXI RESTRICTED ZONE, ALL TAXIS WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS, OR LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS.
THE FOLLOWING NEW TERRITORIES TAXI PROBHIBITION ZONES WILL BE CANCELLED:-
V
* THE WESTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF CASTLE PEAK ROAD FROM ITS JUNCTION WITH CHUNG ON STREET TO A POINT 40 METRES TO THE EAST.
* CHUNG ON STREET.
THE EXISTING 24-HOUR URBAN CLEARWAY ON SAI LAU KOK ROAD WILL BE CANCELLED.
THE EXISTING PUBLIC LIGHT BUS RESTRICTED ZONE ON THE WESTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF CASTLE PEAK ROAD FROM OUTSIDE HOUSE NO. 135 TO CHUNG ON STREET WILL BE SHORTENED AT THE WEST END, TO ALLOW PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES TO PICK UP AND SET DOWN PASSENGERS.
THE EXISTING NEW TERRITORIES RESTRICTED ZONE ON CASTLE PEAK ROAD BETWEEN ITS EASTERN AND WESTERN JUNCTION OF SAI LAU KOK ROAD WILL BE CANCELLED.
0 --------
ROAD SECTION CLOSURE
X * X
„ THE SECTI0N 0F NAM WAN ROAD, BETWEEN TING KOK ROAD AND TAI WO ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC BETWEEN 8 PM ON FRIDAY AND 3 AM ON SATURDAY (JULY 7), TO FACILITATE ROAD WORKS.
MOTORISTS HEADING TO AND FROM TING KOK ROAD SHOULD US" -A’ WAN ROAD AND TAI WO ROAD.
- - 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN - SUPPLEMENT
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG TEL 5-233191
WEDNESDAY, JULY 4, 1984
Speech by the Deputy to the Governor, Mr D.C. Bray., at the Hong Kong Recreation Management Association Inauguration Ceremony
,rMr President, Ladies and Gentlemen,
”1 am delighted to have the opportunity to address you today at the Inauguration Ceremony of the Hong Kong Recreation Management Association and I am honoured to have been invited to be your Patron.
’’One of the results of the long period of sustained economic growth that Hong Kong has enjoyed is that people have more leisure. With more leisure a whole new requirement has sprung up for activities not concerned with making a living. The demand for more recreational outlets is part of this and it is the recognition of this demand which has led to the increase in staff dedicated to providing and managing recreation.
”In recent years great progress has been made in providing a variety of recreational facilities for the community. Just to provide them is not enough. For the facilities to be used properly, the users must also be taught how to use these facilities to best advantage. An indispensable element of direction and guidance is needed to offer a meaningful programme which will not only encourage but also train people to make the most of the use of these resources. You, as recreation managers, are the people with the experience and the expertise in this area.
/’’Recreation management •••••••
2
’’Recreation management is a relatively new concept in Hong Kong but I know that progress has been made in this area over the last ten years or so, due mainly to the positive interest and contribution made by voluntary sports associations, by public authorities, by civic-minded commercial sponsors, and above all, by the efforts of dedicated recreation and sports workers.
‘’With the formation of the new Regional Council, more recreational facilities and activities will be made available in the coming years. There will be a growing demand for the professional services of trained recreation managers and workers. Expectations of higher standards of service, more imaginative and innovative approaches will also grow all the time. The formation of the Hong Kong Recreation Management Association has come at the right time.
’’One of the main objectives of the Association is to provide a forum for members of the Association to exchange information, experience and ideas on the principles and practice of recreation management in Hong Kong and abroad. I am sure that not only members of the Association will benefit from this exchange of ideas, but also the community at large as consumers will benefit. Members of the Association are experts coming from a variety of background - from the fields of sports and recreation, leisure and entertainment, architectural and town planning offices, and other related disciplines. With the gathering of different sorts of expertise, I am sure the Association will be a great help in many fields related to the provision of and enjoyment of recreation.
”In conclusion, I would like to wish the Association every success in the future.”
- - 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
THURSDAY, JULY 5, 1984
CONTENTS RAGS KO.
VR HUNGER STRIKE ENDS .......................................... 1
IMMIGRATION SERVICE EEES RAISED ................................ 1
US SECRETARY OE STATE TO VISIT HK............................... 3
FORUM ON DB WORK ............................................... 3
TWO NEV WHOLESALE MARKETS TO BE BUILT .......................... 4
TINDERS INVITED FOR TAXI LICENCES .............................. 5
LICENCE REMINDER ON PLB'S....................................... 6
LISTING RULES AND DISCLOSURE ................................... 7
TAX CERTIFICATE INTEREST RAISED .............................
+OUT+ SAYS APPEALS COMMITTEE.................................... 9
INTELPOST EXTENDS TO MACAU, QATAR.............................. 10
BRIEF RETURN ................................................
LAWCOURTS FOR TUEN MUN NEW TOWN ............................... 11
THIRD QUARTER RATE PAYMENTS DUE................................ 12
TRAINING GRANTS, LOANS OFFERED ................................ 13
SHARE PURCHASES DISCLOSED ..................................... 14
BASKETBALL TRAINING FOR YOUTHS................................. 15
SAFETY IN OUTDOOR PURSUITS DRIVE............................... 15
AWARD TO PROMOTE CONSTRUCTION WORK SAFETY ..................... 16
FUN AND GAMES TO PUBLICISE ROAD SAFETY ........................ 16
PLANTING FOR BEAUTY............................................ 17
FIVE NEW ROADS PLANNED FOR TUEN MUN ........................... 1®
12 YOUNG SINGERS IN FINALS .................................... 18
YOUTH ACTIVITY SCHEME STARTS SATURDAY ......................... 19
STEPPING THEIR WAY TO ROAD SAFETY.............................. 19
RESTRICTED ZONE IN KOWLOON .................................... 20
SHIP STREET ROAD WORK ......................................... 20
TRAM TRACK WORK ............................................... 20
THURSDAY, JULY 5, 1984
1
VR HUNGER STRIKE ENDS
X X * *
THE HUNGER STRIKE PROTEST, BEGUN BY THE MAJORITY OF THE REFUGEES AT THE HEI LING CHAU CLOSED CENTRE ON JULY 2, 1934 HAS NOW ENDED, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN ANNOUNCED TODAY.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THERE HAD BEEN SIGNS YESTERDAY THAT MOST REFUGEES AT THE CENTRE WISHED 10 END THEIR PROTEST AND RESUME EATING. HOWEVER, THEY HAD BEEN PREVENTED FROM DOING SO BY A RELATIVELY SMALL GROUP WHO WERE DETERMINED TO CONTINUE THE PROTEST,
IN VIEW OF THIS UNACCEPTABLE SITUATION, EARLY THIS MORNING THE GOVERNMENT MADE PREPARATIONS TO INTERVENE WITH ADEQUATE CORRECTIONAL SERVICES MANPOWER TO SEPARATE THE RING-LEADERS FROM THE REST OF THE CENTRE POPULATION AND THUS END INTIMIDATION IN THE CENTRE. IN THE LIGHT OF THESE VlSIBILE PREPARATIONS, AND FOLLOWING AN APPEAL FROM THE CHARGE DE MISSION OF THE UNHCR, MRS DOLORES LASAN, TO ALL REFUGEES IN THE CENTRE TO COOPERATE BY ENDING THEIR PROTEST, THE REFUGEE REPRESENTATIVES EARLY THIS AFTERNOON AGREED TO CONCLUDE THE STRIKE. AS A RESULT, THE CENTRE POPULATION ATE AN EARLY DINNER WHICH THE CORRECTIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT SUPPLIED TO THEM AT 5 PM.
THE GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT THE LATEST SITUATION WAS THAT CONDITIONS IN THE CLOSED CENTRE NOW APPEARED TO HAVE RETURNED TO NORMAL.
---0------
IMMIGRATION SERVICE FEES RAISED
X X X * X
FEES CHARGED FOR A NUMBER OF SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT ARE TO BE INCREASED.
THE REVISIONS ARE MADE ON THE BASIS OF A REVIEW MENTIONED BY THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY IN HIS BUDGET SPEECH EARLIER THIS YEAR.
THE NEW FEES WILL APPLY TO APPLICATIONS SUBMITTED ON OR AFTER JULY 6, 1984.
THE OLD FEES WILL BE CHARGED FOR APPLICATIONS SUBMITTED BEFORE THIS DATE.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT MOST OF THE FEcS HAD REMAINED UNCHANGED SINCE 1975 OR 1976 AND THAT EVEN WITH THE INCREASES, THE NEW FEES WOULD ONLY RECOVER ABOUT 83 PEF CENT OF THE TOTAL COST OF PROVIDING THE SERVICES.
/FUF.T":WiC:-; . "..........
THURSDAY, JULY 5,
2 -
FURTHERMORE, THE INCREASES IN FEES FOR SERVICES WHICH ARE USED MORE OFTEN BY LOWER-INCOME RESIDENTS HAVE BEEN KEPT TO THE MINIMUM.
THE REVISED FEES FOR TRAVEL DOCUMENTS AND IMMIGRATION SERVICES ARE AS FOLLOWS;
OLD FEE NEW FEE
* ORDINARY PASSPORT (30 PAGES) (VALID 10 YEARS) $120 $200
* JUMBO PASSPORT (92 PAGES) $240 $400
* ORDINARY VISA $48 $85
* TRANSIT VISA $18 $55
* ORDINARY CERTIFICATE OF IDENTITY (44 PAGES) $80 $140
* JUMBO CERTIFICATE OF IDENTITY (92 PAGES) $160 $280
MULTIPLE RE-ENTRY PERMIT (VALID 10 YEARS) $30 $50
* SINGLE RE-ENTRY PERMIT $6 $10
ENTRY PERMIT $50 $100
* VISITORS PERMITS FOR MACAU RESIDENTS:
MULTIPLE JOURNEY (VALID 1 YEAR) $30 $40
SINGLE JOURNEY $15 $20
* CHANGE OF CONDITION OF STAY OR $65 $85
EXTENSION OF LIMIT OF STAY
THE SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT THE FEE FOR A CERTIFICATE OF IDENTITY HAS BEEN SET AT ABOUT TWO-THIRDS OF THAT FOR A PASSPORT WHILE THE FEE FOR A MULTIPLE RE-ENTRY PERMIT IS ABOUT ONE-THIRD OF THAT FOR A CERTIFICATE OF IDENTITY.
THE FEE FOR REGISTRATION OF A MARRIAGE WILL REMAIN UNCHANGED BUT OTHER FEES CHARGED UNDER THE MARRIAGE ORDINANCE, WHICH HAVE NOT BEEN INCREASED SINCE 1974, WILL BE DOUBLED. THESE RANGE AT PRESENT FROM $5 FOR A SIMPLE SEARCH FOR RECORD AT THE MARRIAGE REGISTRY TO $500 FOR A SPECIAL LICENCE.
/other ■;...............
THURSDAY, JULY 5, 198U
5
OTHER INCREASES ARE PROPOSED TO FEES CHARGED UNDER THE BIRTHS AND DEATHS REGISTRATION ORDINANCE, THE FOREIGN MARRIAGE ORDINANCE AND THE LEGITIMACY ORDINANCE UNDER AMENDING BILLS TO BE PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE TOMORROW.
IF THE BILLS ARE APPROVED BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL THESE NEW FEES MAY BE INTRODUCED AT THE END OF JULY. UNDER THE PROPOSAL^ THE FEE FOR THE ISSUE OF A BIRTH CERTIFICATE WILL BE INCREASED FROM $5 TO $10 AND FEES FOR POST-REGISTRATION OF BIRTHS, SEARCH OF RECORDS AND ALTERATION OF ENTRIES IN REGISTERS UNDER THE BIRTHS AND DEATHS REGISTRATION ORDINANCE WILL ALSO BE DOUBLED. FEES FOR A CERTIFICATE AND FOR VARIOUS LICENCES UNDER THE FOREIGN MARRIAGE ORDINANCE ARE TO BE INCREASED FROM $1 AND $30 TO $5 AND $60 RESPECTIVELY. THOSE FOR RE-REGISTRATION OF BIRTH AND THE ISSUE OF CERTIFIED COPIES OF ENTRIES OF THE BIRTH OF LEGITIMATED PERSONS, UNDER THE LEGITIMACY ORDINANCE, ARE TO BE INCREASED FROM $15 AND $1.50 TO $30 AND $10 RESPECTIVELY.
US SECRETARY OF STATE TO VISIT HK * * *
THE UNITED STATES SECRETARY OF STATE, MR GEORGE SHULTZ, WILL VISIT HONG KONG BETWEEN JULY 7 AND 9 AS PART OF HIS PACIFIC TOUR.
MR SHULTZ IS SCHEDULED TO ARRIVE IN HONG KONG BY U.S. AIR FORCE SPECIAL FLIGHT AT 6.30 AM ON SATURDAY (JULY 7).
-------0---------
FORUM ON DB WORK
*****
TUEN MUN WILL
TUEN MUN WILL BE THE FIRST DISTRICT TO START A NEW RTHK RADIO PROGRAMME ON SATURDAY (JULY 7) TO P^OTE THE VOTERS REG ISTRAT ION CAMPAIGN AND TO ENHANCE PUBLIC AWARENESS OF THE DISTRICT
ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM.
THE 90-MINUTE +DISTRICT FORA+ PROGRAMME WILL TAKE THE FORM Or A DISCUSSION BY EIGHT PANELISTS ON VARIOUS PROBLEMS, FOLLOwcD cY QUESTIONS FROM THE AUDIENCE.
BESIDES THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR RICKY FUNG, THE PANELISTS WILL INCLUDE THREE DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS, MR ALFRED ToO, MR i-.G CHEUK-TAI AND MR YU HON-TIM THREE MEMBERS OF THE BOARD o C> I4< CHAN MO-PAU, MR YEUNG SUK-CHUEN AND MR TO KAM-CHO* mND m luCal RESIDENT, MR CHU WAI-BUN.
THURSDAY, JULY 5, 1984
4
THE FORUM WILL ENABLE THE PUBLIC TO EVALUATE THE WORK OF DISTRICT BOARDS THROUGH DISCUSSION AND QUESTIONS.
THE PROGRAMME IS PART OF A SERIES OF PUBLICITY ACTIVITIES TO ENCOURAGE MORE VOTERS TO REGISTER FOR NEXT YEAR’S TERR I TORY-wIDE DE ELECTIONS.
MORE THAN 600 PEOPLE ARE EXPECTED TO ATTEND THE FORUM, INCLUDING MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, THE URBAN COUNCIL AND THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT BOARD, AND REPRESENTATIVES OF LOCAL ORGANISATIONS, THE RURAL COMMITTEE, MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES, OWNERS’ CORPORATIONS AND SCHOOLS.
JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND RTHK, THE FORUM WILL BE OPENED AT 2.45 PM BY THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES, AT THE YAN Ol TONG COMMUNITY AND INDOOR SPORTS CENTRE.
THE FORUM WILL BE RECORDED AND BROADCAST AT RTHK’S RADIO 1 BETWEEN 8 AM AND 9.30 AM THE FOLLOWING SATURDAY (JULY 14) WHEN THERE WILL BE AN ADDITIONAL HALF AN HOUR OF PHONE-IN SESSION FOR LISTENERS TO EXPRESS THEIR VIEWS ON LOCAL MATTERS AND DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION.
FORUMS AT THE OTHER 17 DISTRICTS WILL BE HELD SEPARATELY ON SUNDAY AFTERNOONS IN THE NEXT FEW MONTHS UNTIL NOVEMBER 4.
RESIDENTS ARE WELCOME TO ATTEND THE FORUMS IN THEIR DISTRICTS AND DETAILS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM VARIOUS DISTRICT OFFICES AND THEIR SUB-OFFICES.
-----0------
TWO NEW WHOLESALE MARKETS TO BE BUILT * * * *
THE GOVERNMENT PLANS TO BUILD TWO WHOLESALE MARKET COMPLEXES FOR THE SALE OF VEGETABLES, POULTRY, FRUIT, FRESH WATER FISH AND EGGS.
THESE COMPLEXES ARE NEEDED TO REPLACE EXISTING WHOLESALE MARKETS BUILT A LONG TIME AGO, WHEN CONDITIONS WERE VERY DIFFERENT AND THE NUMBER OF CONSUMERS WAS MUCH SMALLER, THE SENIOR ECONOMICS AND MARKETING OFFICER OF THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT MR H.C. TSOI, SAID THIS EVENING.
SPEAKING TO THE KIWAN IS CLUB OF KOWLOON, HE SAID GOVERNMENT’S INVOLVEMENT IN MARKETING OF POULTRY HAD BEEN IN THE PROVISION OF WHOLESALE MARKETING FACILITIES AND IN THE PROVISION OF MARKETING INFORMATION WITH REGARD TO PRICES AND QUANTITY TRANSACTED EACH DAY.
GOVERNMENT’S INVOLVEMENT IN THE MARKETING OF LOCALLY PRODUCE^ VEGETABLES WAS MUCH GREATER, EMBRACING IN ASSEMBLY AND DISTRIBUTION.
THURSDAY, ■ ULY 5» 1?84
COLLECTION OF VEGETABLES FROM INDIVIDUAL FARMERS IS PERFORMED BY A NETWORK OF MARKETING COOPERATIVES WHICH HAD BEEN ESTABLISHED WITH ASSISTANCE FROM GOVERNMENT.
THESE COOPERATIVES DELIVER THE VEGETABLES COLLECTED TO A SEMI-GOVERNMENT WHOLESALE MARKET OPERATED BY THE VEGETABLE MARKETING ORGANISATION.
AT THE MARKET, VEGETABLES WILL BE SOLD WHOLESALE TO REGISTERED BUYERS.
+THIS CHANNEL WHICH HANDLED ABOUT 40 PER CENT OF LOCALLY PRODUCED VEGETABLES IS SO SUCCESSFUL THAT PROFIT EARNED BY THE VMO IS BEING PLOUGHED BACK TO AID THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE LOCAL VEGETABLE INDUSTRY,* MR TSOI SAID.
------0-------
TENDERS INVITED FOR TAXI LICENCES * * *
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT WILL BE INVITING TENDERS FOR 300 URBAN AND 150 NEW TERRITORIES TAXI LICENCES AS PART OF THE EXISTING TAXI POL ICY.
THIS IS IN LINE WITH THE DECISION TAKEN BY THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL ON JANUARY 31 THIS YEAR THAT TWO FURTHER ISSUES OF URBAN AND NEw TERRITORIES TAXI LICENCES, 300 AND 150 RESPECTIVELY, WOULD BE OFFERED IN MARCH AND JULY WHILE THE TAXI POLICY PROPOSALS WERE UNDER REVIEW.
THE TENDER EXERCISE WILL, THEREFORE, BE THE LAST ONE BEFORE THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL EXAMINES THE WHOLE PACKAGE OF TAXI POLICY PROPOSALS AFRESH, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY.
WHETHER FURTHER LICENCES SHOULD BE ISSUED AFTER THIS CALL FOR TENDER WOULD BE DECIDED BY THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, TOGETHER WITH OTHER ASPECTS OF THE POLICY ON TAXIS, HE SAID.
TENDER FORMS FOR THE NEW LICENCES WILL BE AVAILABLE TOMORROW (JULY 6) FROM THE DEPARTMENT’S PUBLIC VEHICLES SECTION AT ROOMS 906-909, HUTCHISON HOUSE, 10 HARCOURT ROAD, CENTRAL, OR FROM THE SECTION’S KOWLOON OFFICES AT 9TH FLOOR, PARK-IN COMMERCIAL CENTRE, 56 DUNDAS STREET, MONG KOK.
TENDER FORMS FOR URBAN TAXI LICENCES WILL BE PINK IN COLOUR, WHILE THOSE FOR NT TAXI LICENCES WILL BE BLUE.
TENDERERS MUST DEPOSIT $25 000 WITH THE DIRECTOR OF ACCOUNTING SERVICES FOR EACH URBAN TAXI LICENCE AND $15 030 FOR EACH NT TAXI LICENCE THEY SEEK.
THURSDAY, JULY 5, 1984
ONE TENDER FORM MAY BE SUBMITTED FOR ANY NUMBER OF TAXI LICENCES NOT EXCEEDING 300 IN THE CASE OF URBAN TAXIS AND 150 IN THE CASE OF NEW TERRITORIES TAXIS.
A PUBLIC BALLOT MAY BE HELD TO DETERMINE THE ACCEPTANCE OF TENDERS WHICH OFFER THE SAME UNIT PREMIUM.
COMPLETED TENDER FORMS, TOGETHER WITH ORIGINAL DEPOSIT RECEIPTS, SHOULD BE SUBMITTED IN DUPLICATE IN SEALED ENVELOPES, ADDRESSED TO THE CHAIRMAN, CENTRAL TENDER BOARD, AND PLACED IN THE TENDER BOX ON THE LOWER GROUND FLOOR OF THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES (EAST WING), LOWER ALBERT ROAD, HONG KONG, BEFORE NOON ON FRIDAY, JULY 20, 1984.
- - 0 - -
LICENCE REMINDER ON PLB’S
K K K
APPLICATION FORMS FOR PASSENGER SERVICE LICENCES, ISSUED TO ALL REGISTERED OPERATORS OF PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES AND GRANTEES OF MAXICAB SERVICES IN MAY THIS YEAR, HAVE LARGELY BEEN RETURNED TO THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT’S PUBLIC VEHICLES SECTION.
THE LICENCES ARE REQUIRED UNDER THE NEW ROAD TRAFFIC REGULATIONS, AND ABOUT 2 800 APPLICATIONS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED.
A DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN REMINDED PLB AND MAXICAB OPERATORS TODAY THAT COMPLETED FORMS MUST BE RETURNED BEFORE JULY 11, 1984 SO THAT PASSENGER SERVICE LICENCES CAN BE ISSUED TO THEM BEFORE THE NEW REGULATIONS COME INTO FORCE IN LATE AUGUST.
ANY OPERATOR WHO HAS DIFFICULTY IN COMPLETING THE APPLICATION FORMS MAY APPROACH THE PUBLIC VEHICLES SECTION IN PERSON OR TELEPHONE THE SECTION AT 5-249418.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT FOR MAXICAB SERVICES, A PASSENGER SERVICE LICENCE WILL BE ISSUED ONLY TO THE GRANTEE OF THE MAXICAB SERVICE. OTHER VEHICLE OWNERS PARTICIPATING IN THE SERVICE BY CONTRIBUTING THEIR VEHICLES WILL BE CONSIDERED AS PARTNERS.
HOWEVER, THE PARTNERS’ VEHICLES CAN BE TAKEN OUT FROM THE MAXICAB SERVICE ON THE REQUEST OF EITHER THE GRANTEE OR THE PARTNER.
THESE VEHICLES CAN ALSO BE USED AS PLB’S UPON THE ISSUE OF A SEPARATE PASSENGER SERVICE LICENCE, THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT.
HE ADDED THAT THE GRANTEE OF A MAXICAB SERVICE HAS THE RIGHT TO TERMINATE PARTNERSHIP WITH ANY PARTNER AS LONG AS HE CAN MAINTAIN THE LEVEL AND STANDARD OF SERVICE REQUIRED BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT.
/+THIS
THURSDAY, JULY 5, 198A
- 7 -
♦ THIS HAS BEEN A NORMAL FEATURE IN THE MAX I CAB SCHEME. PARTNERS IN THE SCHEME ARE THEREFORE ADVISED TO ENTER INTO FORMAL AGREEMENT WITH THE GRANTEE SO THAT THEIR INVESTMENT CAN BE PROTECTED. THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT IS NOT IN A POSITION TO INTERVENE IN PARTNERSHIP DISPUTES,+ HE SAID.
THE SPOKESMAN STRESSED THAT PLB AND MAXICAB OPERATORS NEED NOT WORRY ABOUT THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PASSENGER SERVICE LICENCES. THE CONDITIONS LAID DOWN IN SUCH LICENCES FOR THEIR OPERATION ARE BASICALLY THE SAME AS THOSE CURRENTLY IN FORCE.
QUERIES SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE ENQUIRY SERVICE OF THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT AT 5-249418.
-------0
LISTING RULES AND DISCLOSURE * * * * *
ON NOVEMBER 4, 1983, IT WAS ANNOUNCED THAT THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL HAD REQUESTED THE SECURITIES COMMISSION TO DRAFT LISTITQ RULES UNDER. SECTION 14 OF THE SECURITIES ORDINANCE. THE OBJECT OF THE RULES WOULD BE TO PROMOTE TIMELY DISCLOSURE BY PUBLIC LISTED COMPANIES OF SHAREHOLDING AND OTHER CORPORATE INFORMATION. ONCE DRAFTED IN PRELIMINARY FORM THE RULES WERE THEN TO BE DISCUSSED WITH INTERESTED PARTIES, INCLUDING STOCK EXCHANGES, MERCHANT BANKS, PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATIONS AND OTHERS.
SUBSEQUENTLY, ON APRIL 5, 1984 DRAFT RULES IN THESE TERMS, WITH A FULL EXPLANATORY GUIDE, WERE PREPARED AND FORWARDED 0 THOSE INTERESTED PARTIES FOR COMMENT AND SUGGESTION. MA<Y U3EFU_ SUBMISSIONS AND COMMENTS WERE RECEIVED, AND THE DRAFT RULES .'.ERE AMENDED IN THE LIGHT OF THEM.
AT ITS MEETING TODAY THE SECURITIES COMMISSION PROVISIONALLY APPROVED REVISED RULES SUBJECT TO LEGAL DRAFTING. AT THE SAM-TIME, the commission also decided to publish in due course a GUIDE TO THESE RULES AND OTHER STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING REQ'J IREME iTS IN HONG KONG.
BEFORE SUBMISSION TO THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL AND FORMAL ENACT'-'E THE FEDERATION OF THE STOCK EXCHANGES, THE LAW SOCIETY AND THE SOCIETY OF ACCOUNTANTS WILL BE CONSULTED ON THE REVISED DRAFT. IT IS ANTICIPATED THAT THE NEW RULES WILL COME INTO FORCE IN OCTOBER THIS YEAR.
CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE (CHAPTER 32?
ARE RELEVANT TO STOCK EXCHANGE REQUIREMENTS, AS WELL AS 0 CD ■>'- Y LAW GENERALLY. WHEN THE COMMISSION FORMULATED ITS INITIAL PROPOSALS FOR LISTING RULES, IT CONSIDERED THE DESIRABILITY or INCLUDING THESE PROVISIONS IN THEM, TO FORM A COMPOSITE DISCLOSURE REGIME. HOWEVER, IN THE LIGHT OF SUBMISSIONS RECEIVED F’-OP .'aRKu' INTERESTED PARTIES, AND ITS OWN FURTHER DELIBERATIONS, lT DECIDED AGAINST SUCH DUPLICATION. THE DRAFT RULES APPROVED 3Y T-E COMMISSION HAVE BEEN AMENDED ACCORDINGLY.
------o-------
THURSDAY, JULY 5, 1984
- 8 -
TAX CERTIFICATE INTEREST RAISED * * * *
FROM TOMORROW (JULY 6) THE NEW ANNUAL RATE OF INTEREST PAYABLE ON TAX RESERVE CERTIFICATES WILL BE INCREASED TO 10.08 PER CENT (TAX FREE) AS AGAINST THE CURRENT RATE OF 8.4 PER CENT (TAX FREE), THE COMMISSIONER OF INLAND REVENUE ANNOUNCED TODAY.
THE INCREASE, AUTHORISED BY THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, WILL BE PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE TOMORROW.
INTEREST ON TAX RESERVE CERTIFICATES IS CALCULATED IN MONTHLY STEPS AND THE NEW RATE WILL BE 84 CENTS PER MONTH PER $100. INTEREST WILL BE CREDITED AS BEFORE IN RESPECT OF COMPLETED MONTHS BETWEEN PURCHASE AND SURRENDER IN PAYMENT OF TAX.
INTEREST IS ONLY CREDITED WHEN CERTIFICATES ARE USED TO PAY TAX AND NO INTEREST IS DUE WHERE THE PRINCIPAL VALUE OF A CERTIFICATE IS REPAID BY A CHEQUE.
THE NEW RATE WILL APPLY TO ALL CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER JULY 6, 1984.
CERTIFICATES WHICH WERE ISSUED BEFORE JULY 6, 1984 WILL CONTINUE TO EARN INTEREST AS FOLLOWS:
PER CENT
14.4 PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER OCTOBER 16, 1981 AND BEFORE DECEMBER 4, 1981;
12 PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER
DECEMBER 4, 1981 AND BEFORE JUNE 4, 1982 ;
10.8 PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER JUNE 4, 1982 AND BEFORE AUGUST 27, 1982 ;
9 PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES AUGUST 27, 1982 AND BEFORE ISSUED ON OR AFTER DECEMBER 3, 1982;
7.8 PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES DECEMBER 3, 1982 AND BEFORE ISSUED ON MAY 27, OR AFTER 1983;
10.2 PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON MAY 27, 1983 AND BEFORE OCTOBER 28, OR AFTER 1983 ;
12 PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES OCTOBER 28, 1983 AND BEFORE ISSUED ON NOVEMBER OR 7, AFTER 1983;
9.6 PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES NOVEMBER 7, 1983 AND BEFORE ISSUED ON FEBRUARY OR 10 AFTER , 1984;
7.8 PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR FEBRUARY 10, 1984 AND BEFORE MARCH 23, AFTER 1984 ;
/5.16 ... ' ......
THURSDAY, JUL'.'
' 5, 1?8L
5.16 PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER MARCH 23, 1984 AND BEFORE MAY 18, 1984! AND
8.4 PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER MAY 18, 1984 AND BEFORE JULY 6, 1984.
BUT ALWAYS SUBJECT TO THE GENERAL RULE THAT INTEREST CEASES TO ACCRUE AFTER 36 COMPLETED MONTHS WITHOUT SURRENDER FOR PAYMENT OF TAX.
EXAMPLE : $1 OOO CERTIFICATES PURCHASED ON JULY 6, 1984, AUGUST 6, 1984 AND SEPTEMBER 6, 1984 RESPECTIVELY, SURRENDER IN PAYMENT OF TAX DUE ON OCTOBER 6, 1984 WILL HAVE INTEREST CALCULATED AS FOLLOWS:
ON $1 000, JULY 6, 1984 TO OCTOBER 6, 1984 3 COMPLETE MONTHS AT $8.4 PER MONTH -525.2
ON $1 000, AUGUST 6, 1984 TO OCTOBER 6, 1984, 2 COMPLETE MONTHS AT $8.4 PER MONTH -516.8
ON $1 000, SEPTEMBER 6, 1984 TO OCTOBER 6, 198*
1 COMPLETE MONTH AT $8.4 PER MONTH -S 8.4 $50.4
--------0---------
+OUT+ SAYS APPEALS COMMITTEE
X X X X X
THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT HAS FOILED THE ATTEMPTS BY TWO TENANTS TO HOLD ON TO THEIR ESTATE FLAT AND MARKET STALL WHICH THEY HAVE NOT PROPERLY OCCUPIED IN BREACH OF TENANCY CONDITIONS.
AND THEIR APPEALS AGAINST TERMINATION OF TENANCY WERE DISMISSED BY THE HOUSING AUTHORITY’S APPEALS COMMITTEE AT ITS LAST MEETING.
IN THE FIRST CASE, A FAMILY AT WANG TAU HOM ESTATE .MS FOUND TO HAVE LEFT THEIR FLAT TO LIVE IN A 1 800 SQUARE FEET SQUATTER STRUCTURE PARTLY USED AS A WORKSHOP.
+ THE CASE CAME TO LIGHT AFTER A SERIES OF OCCUPANCY CHECKS ON THE TENANT’S FLAT.+ SAID A HOUSING SPOKESMAN TODAY.
HE SAID NO ONE WAS ENCOUNTERED ON ALL OCCASIONS DURING THE ROOM CHECKS MADE OVER AN EIGHT-MONTH PERIOD.
+ SUBSEQUENT INVESTIGATIONS REVEALED THE TENANT AND HIS FAMuY HAD MOVED TO LIVE IN HIS SELF-OWNED WORKSHOP.+
THU.-iSDAY, JULI 5, 1984
- 10 -
IN THE OTHER CASE, THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE TENANT OF A MARKET STALL AT SAD MAU PING ESTATE WAS FOUND TO HAVE ILLEGALLY ASSIGNED HIS STALL TO ANOTHER PERSON.
♦THE APPELLANT ADMITTED HE HAD NOT OPERATED HIS STALL FOR SEVEN TO ElGHT YEARS.
+ IN BOTH CASES, THE APPEALS COMMITTEE IS SATISFIED THAT TERMINATION OF TENANCY WILL NOT CAUSE HARDSHIP TO THE PEOPLE INVOLVED.*
-----o------
INTELPOST EXTENDS TO MACAU, QATAR * * * *
INTELPOST - INTERNATIONAL ELECTRONIC POST - SERVICE WILL EE EXTENDED TO MACAU AND QATAR FROM MONDAY (JULY 9), THE POST OFFICE ANNOUNCED TODAY.
FROM THAT DAY, INTELPOST ITEMS WILL BE DELIVERED THE SAME DAY IN MACAU IF POSTED IN HONG KONG BEFORE 4 PM, AND THE SAME DAY IN QATAR IF POSTED BEFORE 6 PM, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
THE CHARGE FOR THE SERVICE WILL BE:
MACAU QATAR
X FOR THE FIRST SIDE OF AN A4 SHEET OF PAPER $15 $65
X FOR EACH SUBSEQUENT A4 SIDE SENT TO THE $ 5 $30
SAME ADDRESSEE AT THE SAME TIME
INTELPOST SERVICE NOW COVERS THE UNITED KINGDOM, THE UNITED STATES, FRANCE, THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY, THE REPUBLIC OF KOREA, THE NETHERLANDS, SWEDEN, AUSTRALIA, MALAYSIA AND BELGIUM.
PEOPLE WISHING TO USE THE SERVICE MAY POST THEIR DOCUMENTS AT EITHER THE GENERAL POST OFFICE OR THE TSIM SHA TSUI POST OFFICE AT 10 MIDDLE ROAD, TSIM SHA TSUI.
IF THEY ALREADY HAVE FACSIMILE MACHINES IN THEIR OFFICES ARRANGEMENTS CAN BE MADE TO TRANSMIT THEIR ITEMS DIRECT TO THi POST OFFICE INTELPOST TERMINAL IN THE GENERAL POST OFFICE.
FURTHER INFORMATION ON THE SERVICE MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE INTELPOST REPRESENTATIVE ON TELEPHONE 5-2671148.
------0-------
/11 .....
THURSDAY, JULY 5, 1984
11
BR IEF RETURN * * *
IN REPLY TO PRESS ENQUIRIES, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY THAT THE POLITICAL ADVISER, MR ROBIN MCLAREN, WILL RETURN TO HONG KONG FROM PEKING VERY BRIEFLY THIS WEEKEND.
WHILE IN HONG KONG, HE WILL HOLD DISCUSSIONS WITH OTHER HONG KONG GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS.
THE LAW DRAFTSMAN, MR GERRY NAZARETH, WILL RETURN TO MONG KONG FOR A SIMILAR BRIEF VISIT NEXT WEEKEND.
-----o------
LAWCOURTS FOR TUEN MUN NEW TOWN * * *
TUEN MUN WILL HAVE ITS OWN LAWCOURTS IN TWO-AND-A-HALF YEARS.
A $io.'4 MILLION PILING CONTRACT HAS BEEN AWARDED TO SUNLEY MIU’S ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LIMITED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
THE NINE-STOREY LAWCOURTS BUILDING WILL BE BUILT ADJACENT TO THE CIVIC AND CULTURAL COMPLEX UNDER CONSTRUCTION NEAR YAU Ol ESTATE.
IT WILL OCCUPY A 3 400-SQUARE-METRE SITE.
THERE WILL BE EIGHT COURTROOMS, COMPRISING TWO DISTRICT COURTS, A PLEA COURT, THREE MAGISTRATES’ COURTS, A JUVENILE COURT AND A SMALL CLAIMS COURT.
OTHER FACILITIES WILL INCLUDE A PRESS ROOM, TWO LIBRARIES, JUDGES’ AND MAGISTRATES’ CHAMBERS, A LEGAL AID REGISTRY, A SOLICITORS’ ROOM, A TEMPORARY CUSTODIAL AREA AND A CANTEEN.
THE WHOLE STRUCTURE WILL HAVE A TOTAL 15 820 SQUARE METRES CF FLOOR AREA.
FORTY-SIX CAR PARKING SPACES WILL BE PROVIDED ON THE GROUND FLOOR AREA.
THE LAWCOURTS BUILDING WILL INCLUDE A LANDSCAPED PODIUM CONNECTED TO THE PODIUM OF THE CIVIC AND CULTURAL COMPLEX.
PILING WORK WILL START NEXT MONTH AND BE COMPLETED IN SIX MONTHS.
TENDERS TO BUILD THE SUPERSTRUCTURE WILL BE INVITED EARLY NEXT YEAR.
------o-------
/12......
THURSDAY, JULY 5, 1934
12
THIRD QUARTER RATE PAYMENTS DUE * * * * *
RATEPAYERS ARE REMINDED THAT RATES FOR THE THIRD QUARTER CF 1984 MUST BE PAID BY 4 PM ON JULY 31.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TREASURY SAID TODAY (THURSDAY) THAT LATE PAYMENTS MAY BE SUBJECT TO A FIVE PER CENT SURCHARGE AND A FURTHER SURCHARGE OF 10 PER CENT ON ACCOUNTS STILL OUTSTANDING SIX MONTHS AFTER THE DUE DATE.
HE SAID RATEPAYERS SHOULD HAVE BY NOW RECEIVED DEMAND NOTES.
THOSE WHO HAVE NOT YET RECEIVED DEMAND NOTES SHOULD APPLY FOR A COPY AT THE RATES SECTION OF THE TREASURY, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES (WEST WING), NINTH FLOOR, 11 ICE HOUSE STREET, HONG KONG; THE YAU MA TEI SUB-TREASURY, FOURTH FLOOR, 405 NATHAN ROAD; OR THE KOWLOON CITY SUB-TREASURY, MAN SANG COMMERCIAL BUILDING, FIRST FLOOR, 348-352 PRINCE EDWARD ROAD (CORNER OF PRINCE EDWARD ROAD AND JUNCTION ROAD), KOWLOON.
♦WHETHER OR NOT THE DEMAND NOTE IS RECEIVED, IT DOES NOT ALTER THE REQUIREMENT THAT THE RATES SHOULD BE PAID BEFORE THE DUE DATE.+ -HE POINTED OUT.
THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT RATES ARE PAYABLE ON VACANT PREMISES BUT ARE REFUNDABLE UNDER CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE RATING ORDINANCE.
HOWEVER, THERE WILL BE NO REFUND IN THE CASE OF A VACANT TENEMENT LAST USED OR INTENDED TO BE USED WHOLLY OR PRIMARILY FOR DOMESTIC PURPOSES OR FOR THE PARKING OF VEHICLES, UNLESS IT IS VACANT BY REASON OF AN ORDER OF THE GOVERNMENT.
TO AVOID QUEUEING, RATEPAYERS ARE URGED TO PAY BY CHEQUE OR MONEY ORDER SENT BY POST OR BY EARLY PERSONAL ATTENDANCE AT ANY OF THE OFFICES LISTED ON THE BACK OF THE DEMAND NOTE.
RATEPAYERS WHO HAVE ALREADY SUBMITTED THEIR AUTOPAY FORMS SHOULD READ THEIR DEMAND NOTES CAREFULLY TO SEE IF THEY CONTAIN THE WORDING ’PAYMENT BY AUTOPAY AS AUTHORISED’.
THE ABSENCE OF SUCH WORDING MEANS THEIR FORMS HAVE NOT YET BEEN PROCESSED, IN WHICH CASE THEY SHOULD CONTINUE TO PAY THEIR RATES IN THE NORMAL WAY -- IN PERSON OR BY CHEQUE OR MONEY ORDER.
-----0------
THURSDAY, JULY 5, 1984
TRAINING GRANTS, LOANS OFFERED * * * *
ONLY ONE WEEK IS LEFT FOR THIS YEAR’S APPLICATIONS FOR SCHOLARSHIPS, GRANTS AND INTEREST-FREE LOANS FROM STUDENTS WISHING TO STUDY SUBJECTS RELATED TO THE AGRICULTURAL OR FISHING INDUSTRIES.
THE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE COMES FROM THE AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS SCHOLARSHIP FUND AND THE MARINE FISH SCHOLARSHIP FUND, ADMINISTERED BY THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY THAT APPLICATIONS WILL CLOSE ON JULY 13. f,
APPLICATION FORMS ARE AVAILABLE FROM tHE A.F.D. HEADQUARTERS ON THE 12TH FLOOR OF THE CANTON ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES AT 393 CANTON ROAD, KOWLOON.
THE AWARDS WILL BE TENABLE AT A UNIVERSITY IN HONG KONG, THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC, A TECHNICAL INSTITUTE OR AN ACCEPTABLE OVERSEAS INSTITUTION.
CANDIDATES SHOULD BE HONG KONG RESIDENTS, PREFERABLY UNDER 30 YEARS OF AGE, AND STUDENTS .WHO MAY BE EXPECTED TO MAKE A SIGNIFICANT CONTRIBUTION TO EITHER THE AGRICULTURAL OR FISHERIES INDUSTRIES OR THEIR MARKETING IN HONG KONG ON QUALIFICATION.
STUDENTS SHOULD NORMALLY STUDY COURSES APPROVED BY THE TRUSTEES OF THE FUNDS SUCH AS AGRICULTURE, VETERINARY SCIENCE, FISHERY SCIENCE, MARINE BIOLOGY, NAVAL ARCHITECTURE OR ANY APPLIED SCIENCES THAT ARE RELEVANT TO LOCAL AGRICULTURE OR FISHERY OR THEIR MARKETING INDUSTRIES.
APPLICATIONS ARE ALSO OPEN TO PEOPLE EMPLOYED IN AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES AS WELL AS MARKETING INDUSTRIES, THEIR FAMILIES AND DEPENDANTS WHO WISH TO PURSUE FURTHER EDUCATION OR TRAINING IN ANY SUBJECT APPROVED BY THE TRUSTEES OF THE FUNDS.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE IS ALSO OFFERED TO OUTSTANDING STUDENTS IN FORM FOUR TO SEVEN FROM FARMING AND FISHING FAMILIES WITH A VIEW TO PREPARING THEM FOR TERTIARY EDUCATION.
APPLICATIONS FOR SUCH ASSISTANCE WILL CLOSE ON AUGUST 23.
-------0----------
THURSDAY, JULY 5, 1984-
14
SHARE PURCHASES DISCLOSED * * * *
THE CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE ON TAKEOVERS AND MERGERS UNDER RULE 29 OF THE HONG KONG CODE ON TAKEOVERS AND MERGERS ADVISES THAT, IN CONNECTION 'WITH THE CURRENT OFFER BY FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LIMITED TO ACQUIRE THE ISSUED SHARE CAPITAL OF FIRST PACIFIC FINANCE LIMITED, THE FOLLOWING DISCLOSURES HAVE BEEN MADE TO HIM:
(1) ASEAN ENTERPRISES LIMITED PURCHASED ON JUNE 20, 1984 8 000 SHARES IN FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LIMITED AT $2.75 PER SHARE
(2) MAYWEATHER CORPORATION PURCHASED ON JUNE 20, 1984 20 000 SHARES IN FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LIMITED AT $2,775 PER SHARE.
(3) FIRST PACIFIC INVESTMENTS LIMITED PURCHASED ON
JUNE 20, 1984 21 000 SHARES, 16 000 SHARES AND 1 000 SHARES IN FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LIMITED AT $2.83, $2,775 AND $2,825 PER SHARE RESPECTIVELY.
(4) MR ROBERT L. MEYER PURCHASED ON JUNE 20, 1984 12 330 -SHARES IN FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LIMITED AT $2,775
PER SHARE.
(5) MAYWEATHER CORPORATION PURCHASED ON JUNE 21, 1984 43 003 SHARES IN FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LIMITED AT $2.75 PER SHARE.
(6) FIRST PACIFIC INVESTMENTS LIMITED PURCHASED ON JUNE 21, 1984 170 000 SHARES IN FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LIMITED AT $2.75 PER SHARE.
(7) MAYWEATHER CORPORATION PURCHASED ON JUNE 26, 1984
458 SHARES IN FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LIMITED AT ^.75 PER SHARE.
(8) FIRST PACIFIC INVESTMENTS LIMITED PURCHASED ON JUNE 26, 1984 50 000 SHARES IN FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LIMITED AT $2.75 PER SHARE.
(9) FIRST PACIFIC INVESTMENTS LIMITED PURCHASED ON JUNE 27, 1984 200 000 SHARES IN FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LIMITED AT $2.70 PER SHARE.
(10) FIRST PACIFIC H.K. SECURITIES LIMITED SOLD ON JULY 2, 1984 26 000 SHARES IN FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LIMITED AT $2.80 PER SHARE.
THURSDAY, JULY 5, 1934
- 15 -
BASKETBALL TRAINING FOR YOUTHS * * * *
AN INTERMEDIATE BASKETBALL TRAINING COURSE FOR YOUNG PEOPLE WILL BE HELD NEXT MONTH AT VARIOUS INDOOR GAMES HALLS THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY.
JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE CF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG AMATEUR BASKETBALL ASSOCIATION, THE COURSE WILL BE SPREAD OVER TEN SESSIONS FROM AUGUST 7 TO 30.
THE AIM IS TO PROMOTE BASKETBALL BY TRAINING MORE YOUNG PLAYERS AT A DISTRICT LEVEL, A SPOKESMAN FOR RSS SAID TODAY.
APPLICANTS SHOULD BE AT LEAST 14 YEARS OF AGE.
THE COURSE WILL BE LIMITED TO 40, AT A FEE OF $10 EACH.
A SERIES OF COMPETITIONS WILL BE HELD IN SEPTEMBER FOR THOSE WHO TOOK THE COURSE.
APPLICATION FORMS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE HEAD OFFICE ON THE 11/F OF WING ON CENTRE, HONG KONG AND THE HONG KONG AMATEUR BASKETBALL ASSOCIATION.
FOR ENQUIRIES, TELEPHONE 5-458511 OR 5-742881.
-------o---------
SAFETY IN OUTDOOR PURSUITS DRIVE * * *
DETAILS OF THIS YEAR’S SAFETY IN OUTDOOR PURSUITS CAMPAIGN WILL BE ANNOUNCED AT A PRESS CONFERENCE TOMORROW (FRIDAY) IN THE GIS THEATRE, 5/F, BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, CENTRAL, AT 2.30 PM.
DR S.F. LAM, CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE ON SAFETY IN OUTDOOR PURSUITS WILL CHAIR THE PRESS CONFERENCE.
MR J.A. FORTUNE, CHAIRMAN OF THE TECHNICAL ADVISORY SUBCOMMITTEE ON AQUATIC SPORTS/RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES WILL SPEAK ON THE 1984 WATER SPORTS SAFETY DAY SCHEDULED FOR SUNDAY (JULY 8).
MEMBERS OF THE WORKING PARTY ON THE 1984 WATER SPORT SAFETY DAY: MR WAN SING-FA I OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE FORCE, MR PAUL K.K. CHEUNG OF THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT, MR Y.K. LEUNG OF THE MARINE DEPARTMENT, AND MR Y.P. TSIN OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT WILL ALSO BE PRESENT TO ANSWER QUESTIONS FROM THE PRESS.
THURSDAY, JULY 5, 1984
- 16 -
AWARD TO PROMOTE CONSTRUCTION WORK SAFETY * * *
A SCHEME TO PROMOTE INDUSTRIAL SAFETY IN THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY, WILL BE HELD FROM JULY TO NOVEMBER THIS YEAR.
ANNOUNCING DETAILS OF THE +CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY SAFETY AWARD SCHEME+ AT A PRESS CONFERENCE TODAY, MR CHEUNG LUN, CHAIRMAN OF THE SCHEME’S WORKING PARTY, SAID IT WAS DIVIDED INTO FOUR CATEGORIES - A SAFETY SITE AWARD, A SAFETY SUB-CONTRACTOR AWARD, A SAFETY WORKER AWARD AND A SAFETY QUIZ AWARD.
THERE WILL BE THREE PRIZES EACH FOR THE SAFETY SUB-CONTRACTOR AWARD, THE SAFETY WORKER AWARD AND THE SAFETY QUIZ AWARD, AND THE WINNERS WILL BE GIVEN PACKAGE TOURS TO JAPAN, THAILAND AND GUILIN.
THE THREE WINNERS OF THE SAFETY SITE AWARD WILL BE PRESENTED WITH ROAST PIGS, A SYMBOL OF SAFETY TO CONSTRUCTION WORKERS.
THE SCHEME IS ORGANISED BY THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY SAFETY SUB-COMMITTEE AND SPONSORED BY SEVERAL COMMERCIAL FIRMS.
CLOSING DATE FOR ENTRIES IS JULY 31.
APPLICATION FORMS ARE-AVAILABLE AT THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT’S FACTORY INSPECTORATE DIVISION AND THE BUILDING CONTRACTORS’ ASSOCIATION.
ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE TO THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE DIVISION OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT AT 3-688111, EXT 454; BUILDING CONTRACTORS’ ASSOCIATION AT 5-724414 ; AND THE WORKERS’ UNIONS’ LIAISON OFFICE AT 3-942616 OR 3-968732.
- - 0 ------------
FUN AND GAMES TO PUBLICISE ROAD SAFETY * * * *
FOUR DECORATED COACHES CARRYING ROAD SAFETY MESSAGES WILL TOUR KWUN TONG ON SUNDAY (JULY 8) AFTERNOON.
FORTY MEMBERS FROM LOCAL SCHOOL PATROL TEAMS WILL TRAVEL IN THE COACHES AND DISTRIBUTE TO PASSERS-BY PAMPHLETS ON HOW TO USE ROADS PROPERLY.
BEFORE THE START OF THE PARADE FROM THE HONG NING ROAD PLAYGROUND AT 2.15 PM, THE COACHES WILL BE PRESENTED BEFORE A PANEL OF ADJUDICATORS WHO WILL SELECT THE BEST DECORATIONS WHICH CAN CONVEY THE ROAD SAFETY MESSAGE.
/SUNDAY'S COACH .......
THURSDAY, JULY
- 17 -
SUNDAY’S COACH PARADE IS PART OF A SEVEN-WEEK KWUN TONG DISTRICT ROAD SAFETY CAMPAIGN LAUNCHED LAST MONTH.
IN ADDITION, A ROAD SAFETY DAY, FEATURING A SAFE DRIVING DEMONSTRATION IN THE FORM OF A DRAMA, CYCLING AND FIRST-AID DEMONSTRATIONS, AND A VARIETY SHOW, WILL BE HELD AT THE PLAYGROUND AT THE SAME TIME.
CYCLING FANS CAN TAKE PART IN A SKILL TEST OR CYCLE THROUGH A ROAD SAFETY TOWN TO UNDERSTAND BETTER THE TRAFFIC REGULATIONS.
the vitality team from a local television station will be PRESENT TO TEACH PARTICIPANTS ON HOW TO DEVELOP STRONG AND GRACEFUL BODIES THROUGH EXERCISES.
OFFICIATING AT THE ROAD SAFETY DAY WILL BE THE ACTING DISTRICT OFFICER, MR CLAYMON LAI 5 THE DISTRICT COMMANDER, MR BRIAN WIGLEY’ THE SENIOR STAFF OFFICER OF TRAFFIC KOWLOON, MR R.M.A. HARPER’ AND A LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR, MR WONG LAM.
THE KWUN TONG DISTRICT ROAD SAFETY CAMPAIGN IS SPONSORED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD AND IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND THE POLICE.
PLANTING FOR BEAUTY * * * *
SAI KUNG COMMUNITY LEADERS AND STUDENTS WILL BE TAKING PART IN A TREE PLANTING DAY TOMORROW (FRIDAY).
THE ANNUAL EVENT IS ORGANISED BY THE NEW SERVICES DEPARTMENT TO AROUSE PUBLIC AWARENESS OF THE NEED TO BEAUTIFY THE ENVIRONMENT.
IT WILL BE THE LAST TO BE HELD AMONG VARIOUS DISTRICTS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES FOR THE YEAR, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NTSD SAID.
TO MARK THE OCCASION, SOME 100 STUDENTS WILL PLANT 50 EVERGREEN +SUNSHINE TREES+ AT THE TAI AU MUN PUBLIC CARPARK, CLEAR WATER BAY ROAD.
THE CHAIRMAN OF MEI FA WORKING GROUP OF THE CLEAN HONG KONG NEW TERRITORIES ADVISORY COMMITTEE, MR WAN HON-CHEUNG, THE DISTRICT OFFICER OF SAI KUNG, MR CHAN SUI-JEUNG AND THE URBAN SERVICES OFFICER OF SAI KUNG, MR CHIN YIU-CHEUNG, WILL JOINTLY OFFICIATE AT THE EVENT.
THURSDAY, JULY 5, 1984
- 18 -
FIVE NEW ROADS PLANNED FOR TUEN MUN
* * * *
THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT PLANS TO CONSTRUCT 2.1 KILOMETRES OF NEW ROADS ON RECLAIMED LAND NEAR PILLAR POINT, TUEN MUN, TO FORM PART OF THE CONTINUING PROGRAMME FOR DEVELOPING THE NEW TOWN.
THE ROADS WILL SERVE VARIOUS DEVELOPMENTS, INCLUDING A LOG STORAGE AREA FOR SAWMILL OPERATORS, BOATYARDS, MARINE WORKSHOPS AND A PUBLIC WATERFRONT.
A PLAN, SHOWING THE PROPOSED WORKS, CAN BE SEEN AT THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, CENTRAL ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST WING MAIN ENTRANCE LOBBY, HONG KONG, AND THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT LAND OFFICE AND THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICE, TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICE BUILDING, CASTLE PEAK ROAD, TUEN MUN.
DETAILS WILL APPEAR IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TOMORROW (FRIDAY).
OBJECTIONS IN WRITING SHOULD REACH THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS BY NOT LATER THAN SEPTEMBER 4.
12 YOUNG SINGERS IN FINALS *****
TWELVE YOUNG AMATEURS, SELECTED FROM MORE THAN 200 ENTRANTS, WILL COMPETE AT THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT SINGING CONTEST ON SATURDAY (JULY 7) EVENING.
THE SINGING CONTEST IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE, RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG AND SING TAO NEWSPAPERS LIMITED.
THE PANEL OF JUDGES WILL COMPRISE A REPRESENTATIVE FROM RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG, MISS TAM WAI-WAH, THE PRINCIPAL OF THE UNITED COLLEGE’S ACADEMY OF MUSIC, MR WONG KWONG-CHING, PRODUCTION MANAGER OF SING TAO PANSONIC, MR WAN LONG-YIN, AND A RECORD PRODUCER, MR CHU SUI-PING.
AMONG THE OFFICIATING GUESTS WILL BE THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR LAM KAM-KWONG, AND REPRESENTATIVES OF SING TAO NEWSPAPERS LIMITED AND POLYGRAM RECORD COMPANY.
THE CONTEST PROGRAMME WILL INCLUDE PERFORMANCE BY THE PIPERS’ TEAM OF THE DISTRICT GIRL GUIDES ASSOCIATION, AND PI-Pa AND POPULAR SONGS PLAYING.
/’’•?............
THURSDAY, JULY 5, 1934
19
YOUTH ACTIVITY SCHEME STARTS SATURDAY
* * * *
THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME, FEATURING NINE hEEKS OF ACTIVITIES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE, WILL BEGIN ON SATURDAY (JULY 7).
MORE THAN 50 ITEMS OF ACTIVITIES, INCLUDING TRAINING CAMPS AND COURSES, PAINTING AND DESIGN COMPETITIONS, OUTDOOR EXCURSIONS, VISITS TO HOMES FOR ELDERLY AND CHILDREN’S OLYMPICS, WILL BE HELD IN THE DISTRICT UNTIL SEPTEMBER 8.
THE DISTRICT’S SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME IS SPONSORED BY THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD AND JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE, THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT, AND SAI KUNG YOUTH AND COMMUNITY OFFICE OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT.
THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR CHAN SUI-JEUNG, AND THE CHAIRMEN OF SAI KUNG AND HANG HAU RURAL COMMITTEES, MR CHUNG PUN AND MR YAU KEI, .ILL OFFICIATE AT AN OPENING CEREMONY AT 2 PM ON SATURDAY IN THE TANG SHIU KIN SPORTS GROUND IN SAI KUNG TOWN CENTRE.
-------0---------
STEPPING THEIR WAY TO ROAD SAFETY * * * *
A CREATIVE DANCE COMPETITION WILL BE HELD AMONG SCHOOLS TO PROMOTE ROAD SAFETY AWARENESS, WITH EMPHASIS ON THE SAFETY OF PEDESTRIANS AND CYCLISTS.
YOUTH CLUB SECTION OF THE
ITION WILL BE DIVIDED INTO A JUNIOR A SENIOR DIVISION FOR SECONDARY
ORGANISED BY THE COMMUNITY EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, THE COMPET DIVISION FOR PRIMARY SCHOOLS AND
SCHOOLS.
ANY OF THE PROBLEMS OF ROAD THEME OF THE DANCE, WHICH SHOULD
SAFETY MAY BE CHOSEN AS THE BE ORIGINAL AND CREATIVE.
SCHOOLS WILL TAKE PART IN A PRELIMINARY COMPETITION. SIX SCHOOLS WILL BE SELECTED FROM EACH DIVISION FOR THE FINALS, TO BE HELD AT VICTORIA PARK ON SUNDAY, SEPTEMBER 30, WHICH HAS BEEN DESIGNATED ROAD SAFETY DAY.
THE WINNING TEAM FROM EACH DIVISION WILL BE AWARDED A TROPHY AND A BOOK TOKEN WORTH $500, WHILE SCHOOLS IN THE SECOND AND THIRD PLACES WILL RECEIVE TROPHIES AND BOOK TOKENS WORTH $300 AND $200 RESPECTIVELY.
SCHOOLS WISHING TO TAKE PART SHOULD RETURN THE APPLICATION FORM TO THE SENIOR INSPECTOR (COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB), EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, LEE GARDENS, CAUSEWAY BAY, HONG KONG NOT LATER THAN JULY 11.
ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE AT THE COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB SECTION ON 5-8392376.
THURSDAY, JULY 5, 19§4
2C
RESTRICTED ZONE IN KOWLOON * * *
FROM 10 AM ON SATURDAY (JULY 7), THE SECTION OF CHING PING STREET BETWEEN PUBLIC SQUARE STREET AND A POINT ABOUT 185 METRES TO THE NORTH OF ITS JUNCTION WITH PUBLIC SQUARE STREET, YAU MA TEI, WILL BE DESIGNATED A RESTRICTED ZONE. RESTRICTION HOURS WILL BE FROM 7 AM TO 10 AM AND FROM 4 PM TO 7 PM DAILY.
WITHIN THE RESTRICTED ZONE, ALL MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES AND THOSE AUTHORISED IN WRITING BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS, OR LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS.
FROM THE SAME DAY, CANTON ROAD BETWEEN PUBLIC SQUARE STREET AND A POINT ABOUT 185 METRES TO THE NORTH OF ITS JUNCTION WITH PUBLIC SQUARE STREET WILL BE RE-ROUTED FROM TWO-WAY TO ONE-WAY NORTHBOUND.
CHING PING STREET BETWEEN PUBLIC SQUARE STREET AND A POINT ABOUT 185 METRES TO THE NORTH OF ITS JUNCTION WITH PUBLIC SQUARE STREET WILL BE RE-ROUTED FROM TWO-WAY TO ONE-WAY SOUTHBOUND.
- - 0 - -
SHIP STREET ROAD WORK
* * X
A SECTION OF SHIP STREET, BETWEEN JOHNSTON ROAD AND QUEEN’S ROAD EAST, WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FOR ROAD RESURFACING WORK FROM 8 AM TO 5 PM ON SATURDAY (JULY 7).
DURING THE PERIOD, MOTORISTS SHOULD USE LEE TUNG STREET OR LANDALE STREET FOR ACCESS TO QUEEN’S ROAD EAST.
TRAM TRACK WORK * * *
THE EASTBOUND TRAM STOP OUTSIDE THE SUPREME COURT ON DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL WILL BE SUSPENDED FOR ABOUT FOUR WEEKS FROM ID AM ON SATURDAY (JULY 7) TO FACILITATE TRAM TRACK RENEWAL WORKS.
- - 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1984
CONTHUTS PAGE NO.
INCREASE IN FIREARMS PENALTY SOUGH? .......................... 1
GOVERNOR RETURNING FROM LONDON .............................. 2
TATTOO BILL SEEKS TO PROTECT YOUTHS ......................... 2
ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE TO MEET IN PUBLIC ........................ 3
OFFICIALS TO HAVE NO DB VOTING RIGHTS.........’.............. 4
BILL AIMS TO CLARIFY TAX SURCHARGE........................... 6
LEVY PLANNED FOR WAGE PROTECTION ............>.............. 7
BILL TO IMPROVE JURY SELECTION .............................. 8
BILL PROVIDES LICENSING EXEMPTIONS ON GOODS ................. 9
HK GROUP TO VISIT SHENZHEN .................................. 10
BILL WIDENS CLAIMS LIMITATION PROVISION ..................... 11
EXTENDED LEGAL AID SCHEME PROPOSED .......................... 11
OLYMPIC GESTURE FOR RADIO HAMS .............................. 12
PLAY SAFE, SPORTS LOVERS TOLD................................ 12
JOB, PAYROLL SURVEY GOING ON ................................ 15
THREE CROWN SITES FOR AUCTION THIS MONTH .................... 15
TEMPORARY MUSEUM TO BE BUILT................................. 17
NEW ID CARD TIME FOR WOMEN 24-25 ............................ 17
MOVING OFFICE................................................ 18
30-ST0REY COMPLEX FOR WAN CHAI .............................. 18
SHARE DISCLOSURES............................................ 19
TEMPORARY FERRY TERMINAL PLANNED ............................ 19
SEMINARS ON W1REFREE INDUCTION LOOP SYSTEM................... 20
SPORTS GROUP GETS DB SUPPORT ................................ 20
MORE TREES TO BEAUTIFY SAI KUNG ............................. 21
CAS TO HOLD FOOTDRILL CONTEST ............................... 22
ORIENTATION FOR VOLUNTEERS .................................. 22
WATER LEAKAGE TESTS.......................................... 22
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1984
1
INCREASE IN FIREARMS PENALTY SOUGHT
* * *
THE GOVERNMENT IS TAKING FURTHER STEPS TO CLAMP DOWN ON THE USE OF FIREARMS IN CRIME BY SEEKING TO INCREASE THE MAXIMUM PENALTIES FOR THREE SERIOUS FIREARM OFFENCES FROM 14 YEARS’ TO LIFE IMPRISONMENT.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE GOVERNMENT HAS ALSO PROPOSED TO INCREASE THE PENALTIES SUBSTANTIALLY FOR TWO SIMILAR OFFENCES OF A LESS SERIOUS NATURE.
THE NEW MAXIMUM PENALTIES, WHICH WERE RECOMMENDED BY A FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE WORKING GROUP FOLLOWING A REVIEW OF THE USE OF FIREARMS IN CRIME, ARE CONTAINED IN THE FIREARMS AND AMMUNITION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 WHICH IS PUBLISHED IN TODAY’S GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN STRESSED THAT THE BILL REFLECTED THE GOVERNMENT’S DETERMINATION TO HALT THE INCREASING USE OF FIREARMS IN CRIME BY MAKING THOSE WHO COMMIT SUCH OFFENCES LIABLE TO LONG TERMS OF IMPRISONMENT.
FURTHER LEGISLATIVE AMENDMENTS WERE UNDER PREPARATION WITH A VIEW TO INTRODUCING TIGHTER RESTRICTIONS ON THE AVAILABILITY OF IMITATION FIREARMS, HE ADDED.
HE POINTED OUT THAT LIFE IMPRISONMENT WAS PROPOSED FOR THE OFFENCES OF POSSESSING ARMS OR AMMUNITION WITH INTENT TO ENDANGER LIFE, USING ARMS OR AMMUNITION OR IMITATION FIREARMS ID RESIST ARREST, AND CARRYING ARMS OR AMMUNITION OR IMITATION FIREARMS WITH CRIMINAL INTENT.
IT WAS* ALSO PROPOSED THAT THE MAXIMUM PENALTY BE INCREASED FROM 10 YEARS*TO 14 YEARS’ IMPRISONMENT FOR POSSESSING ARMS OR AMMUNITION WITHOUT A LICENCE, AND FROM FIVE YEARS TO 14 YEARS FOR CONVERTING AN IMITATION FIREARM INTO A GENUINE FIREARM.
THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT THE BILL ALSO SOUGHT TO AMEND THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE SO THAT IF A DEFENDANT IS ACQUITTED OF POSSESSING AN IMITATION FIREARM WITH CRIMINAL INTENT, HE MAY BE CONVICTED OF THE LESSER ALTERNATIVE OFFENCE OF SIMPLE POSSESSION.
THE BILL ALSO PROPOSED TO AMEND THE MAGISTRATES ORDINANCE SO THAT CASES INVOLVING THE THREE SERIOUS FIREARM OFFENCES CAN BE TRANSFERRED TO THE DISTRICT COURT.
THE BILL IS SCHEDULED TO BE INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL FOR FIRST READING ON JULY 11 AND TO COMPLETE THE REMAINING LEGISLATIVE PROCEDURES ON JULY 25.
ANYONE WHO WISHES TO COMMENT ON THE PROVISIONS OF THE BILL MAY WRITE TO THE UMELCO AT SWIRE HOUSE, 12TH FLOOR, CHATER ROAD; OR THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY AT CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, MAIN WING, LOWER ALBERT ROAD, HONG KONG.
/2 .......
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1984
- 2 -
GOVERNOR RETURNING FROM LONDON *****
THE GOVERNOR, TOMORROW (SATURDAY) ON THE PROGRESS OF
SIR EDWARD YOUDE, WILL RETURN FROM LONDON AFTER FURTHER CONSULTATION WITH MINISTERS THE TALKS ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.
SIR EDWARD WILL BE ARRIVING ON FLIGHT BR 382, ETA 6.20 PM.
- - 0 - -
TATTOO BILL SEEKS TO PROTECT YOUTHS
* * *
IT WILL BE AN OFFENCE TO TATTOO A PERSON UNDER THE AGE OF 18, UNDER PROPOSED LEGISLATION PUBLISHED TODAY.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT THE PURPOSE OF THE LEGAL SANCTION WAS TO PROTECT YOUNG PEOPLE AGAINST MAKING AN IRREVERSIBLE DECISION THAT MIGHT RESULT IN THEM CARRYING A SOCIAL STIGMA FOR LIFE.
HE ISSUED A WARNING TO THOSE WHO MIGHT STILL TRY TO TATTOO THEMSELVES OR PERSUADE FRIENDS TO TATTOO THEM, IF THE BILL IJ PASSED INTO LAW.
♦THIS WOULD BE A VERY FOOLISH THING TO DO BECAUSE TATTOOS DONE UNPROFESS IONALLY CAN CAUSE A NUMBER OF DISEASES, INCLUDING SKIN INFECTIONS AND SERUM HEPATITIS,+ HE SAID.
k SURVEY OF SOME 400 BOYS AND GIRLS RESIDING IN CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTIONS UNDER THE CONTROL OF THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE SHOWED THAT NEARLY 40 PER CENT OF THEM HAD TATTOOS, WHICH WERE DONE ON AVERAGE WHEN THEY WERE AGED 13 AND 14.
ANOTHER SURVEY OF OVER 1 600 YOUNG OFFENDERS IN CORRECTIONAL SERVICES INSTITUTIONS SHOWED A SIMILAR PERCENTAGE OF PERSONS WITH TATTOOS. IN NEARLY NINE OUT OF TEN CASES (87.5 PER CENT) THE TATTOOS WERE DONE WHEN THEY WERE UNDER THE AGE OF 18.
+THESE SURVEYS AND THE EXPERIENCE OF MAGISTRATES CLEARLY INDICATE A TENDENCY FOR YOUNG OFFENDERS TO BE TATTOOED. THE ASSOCIATION BETWEEN TATTOOS AND YOUNG PERSONS WITH CRIMINAL OR ANTI-SOCIAL TENDENCIES MAKES THE REHABILITATION OF SUCH YOUTHS MORE DIFFICULT IN THAT TATTOOS ARE VERY DIFFICULT TO REMOVE, EVEN WITH THE LATEST LASER TECHNIQUES. THEY MAY THEREFORE HAVE TO BEAR THE CONSEQUENCE OF AN IMPULSIVE DECISION FOR THE REST OF THEIR LIVES,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
/the tattooing .......
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1984
- 3 -
THE TATTOOING OF YOUNG PERSONS BILL 1984 PUBLISHED TODAY IS BASED ON THE UK TATTOOING OF MINORS ACT 1969 WHICH MAKtS IT A CRIMINAL OFFENCE FOR A PERSON TO TATTOO ANOTHER WHO IS UND^R irit. Se OF 18 THE BILL PROPOSES TO CHARGE THE TATTOO ARTIST WITH THE RESPONSIBILITY OF CHECKING THE AGE OF HIS CLIENTS, SUCH AS b/ DEMANDING THE PRODUCTION OF AN IDENTITY CARD. THE ^GE RESTRIC ■ ION a ILL NOT APPLY TO TATTOOS PERFORMED FOR MEDICAL REASONS BY A REGISTERED MEDICAL PRACTITIONER.
THE BILL WILL BE INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON WEDNESDAY (JULY 11) AND IS EXPECTED TO RECEIVE ITS THIRD READING ON JULY 25.
ANYONE WHO WISHES TO COMMENT ON ITS PROVISIONS MAY "RITE TO UMELCO AT SWIRE HOUSE, 12TH FLOOR, CHATER ROAD, OR TO THE SECRETARY*FOR SECURITY, AT THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, LOWER ALBERT ROAD, HONG KONG.
- - 0 - -
ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE TO MEET IN PUBLIC M # * *
THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE, A STANDING COMMITTEE OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, IN FUTURE IS TO MEET IN PUBLIC WHEN CONTROLLING OFFICERS OF SECRETARIAT BRANCHES AND GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS ARE ASKED TO GIVE ACCOUNT OF SPENDINGS OR LOST REVENUE QUERIED BY THE DIRECTOR OF AUDIT.
THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE, CHAIRED BY MR S.L. CHEN AND COMPRISING SIX OTHER UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS, INTENDS TO HOLD ITS HEARINGS OF EVIDENCE IN PUBLIC WHEN IT RECONVENES LATER THIS YEAR TO CONSIDER THE AUDIT REPORT FOR 1983-84.
THIS FOLLOWS THE SUCCESSFUL EXPERIMENT IN MARCH THIS YEAR OF HOLDING PUBLIC MEETINGS OF THE FINANCE COMMITTEE, THE OTHER STANDING COMMITTEE OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, TO CONSIDER THE DRAFT ESTIMATES OF EXPENDITURE AND REVENUE FOR THE CURRENT FINANCIAL YEAR. THROUGH WIDE MEDIA COVERAGE OF THESE QUESTION AND ANSWER SESSIONS, THE PUBLIC WERE ABLE TO KNOW MORE ABOUT HOW THE GOVERNMENT INTENDED TO USE THE TAXPAYERS’ MONEY IN 1984-85.
THE OPEN MEETINGS OF THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE WILL FURTHER SHOW HOW THE CONTROLLING OFFICERS ARE ACCOUNTABLE FOR THE USE OF THIS MONEY. THE COMMITTEE MEETS IN NOVEMBER EACH YEAR TO CONSIDER THE DIRECTOR OF AUDIT’S REPORT ON THE ACCOUNTS OF THE GOVERNMENT. MOST OF ITS EXAMINATIONS ARE CONCERNED WITH THE VALUE FOR MONEY OBTAINED BY CONTROLLING OFFICERS IN SPENDING THE FUNDS ENTRUSTED TO THEM.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY THAT HAVING MEETINGS IN PUBLIC WAS ONE OF A NUMBER OF RECOMMENDATIONS MADE BY THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE TO ENHANCE ITS ROLE AS THE PUBLIC WATCHDOG •>’ GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTS.
/THE HECOIMBIDATIONS........
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1984
THE RECOMMENDATIONS WERE DRAWN FROM A REPORT SUBMITTED BY THE COMMITTEE ON HOW IMPROVEMENTS COULD BE MADE, MAKING COMPARISON WITH THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE IN BRITAIN WHICH HAS MET IN PUBLIC SINCE 1978.
THE SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT THE COMMITTEE WOULD RETAIN THE POWER TO EXCLUDE THE PUBLIC AND THE PRESS FROM ITS MEETINGS IN CASES WHERE IT THOUGHT THE PUBLIC INTEREST REQUIRED CONFIDENTIALITY.
TO CLEAR THE WAY FOR PUBLIC HEARINGS, IT WILL BE NECESSARY TO MAKE CHANGES TO THE STANDING ORDERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL AND TO RE-ORGANISE THE AUDIT CYCLE, SO THAT THE DIRECTOR OF AUDIT’S REPORT WOULD ALREADY BE A PUBLISHED DOCUMENT WHEN THE PAC MET TO CONSIDER IT IN PUBLIC SESSION. IN THE PAST THE DIRECTOR OF AUDIT S REPORT WAS ONLY TABLED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL WHEN THE REPORT OF THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE WAS READY FOR PRESENTATION.
THE AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDING ORDERS WILL BE MADE BY RESOLUTION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON JULY 18.
RE-ORGANISATION OF THE AUDIT CYCLE IS PROPOSED UNDER AN AUDIT (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE TODAY.
THE BILL IS EXPECTED TO RECEIVE ITS THIRD READING ALSO ON JULY 18, IN TIME FOR THE OPEN MEETINGS OF THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE ON THE NEXT REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR OF AUDIT.
ANYONE WHO WISHES TO COMMENT ON THE BILL MAY WRITE TO UMELCO, AT SWIRE HOUSE, 12TH FLOOR, CHATER ROAD, OR TO THE ATTORNEY GENERAL’S CHAMBERS, AT THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, LOWER ALBERT ROAD*, HONG KONG.
------0-------
OFFICIALS TO HAVE NO DB VOTING RIGHTS * * * *
GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS WILL CEASE TO BE FULL MEMBERS OF DISTRICT BOARDS AFTER THE ELECTIONS IN MARCH NEXT YEAR, BUT WILL CONTINUE TO ATTEND MEETINGS THOUGH THEY WILL HAVE NO VOTING RIGHTS.
THIS IS ONE OF THE MAIN PROVISIONS OF THE DISTRICT BOARDS AND URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS (MISCELLANEOUS AMENDMENTS) BILL PUBLISHED IN TODAY’S GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.
THE BILL FOLLOWS A RECENTLY COMPLETED REVIEW OF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION PROCEDURES AND ARRANGEMENTS, AND PAVES THE WAY FOR THE NUMBER OF ELECTED MEMBERS TO BE INCREASED FROM 132 TO 236 FOR THE MARCH 1985 ELECT IONS
/k SPOKESMAN .......
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1?84
- 5 -
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION SAID TODAY THAT DURING CONSULTATIONS WITH BOARD UNOFFICIALS IN JANUARY, MANY MEMBERS FAVOURED THE CONTINUED PRESENCE OF DEPARTMENTAL REPRESENTATIVES AT BOARD MEETINGS, BUT FELT THAT THEY SHOULD HAVE NO VOTING RIGHTS.
+THE GOVERNMENT ACCEPTS THIS, AND FROM NEXT APRIL DEPARTMENTAL REPRESENTATIVES WILL BE ’IN ATTENDANCE’ AT DISTRICT BOARD MEETINGS TO PRESENT PAPERS, ANSWER QUESTIONS AND EXPLAIN GOVERNMENT POLICIES,+ HE SAID.
THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD WILL BE AN UNOFFICIAL, ELECTED BY BOTH THE ELECTED AND APPOINTED MEMBERS. THE DISTRICT OFFICER WILL, HOWEVER, REMAIN AS CHAIRMAN OF THE DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE AND HEAD OF THE DISTRICT OFFICIAL TEAM.
IN LINE WITH THE INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF ELECTED SEATS, THE SPOKESMAN SAID, THE NUMBER OF DISTRICT BOARD CONSTITUENCIES FOR NEXT YEAR’S ELECTIONS WILL ALSO BE INCREASED FROM THE PRESENT 122 TO 145 — COMPRISING 83 CONSTITUENCIES IN THE URBAN AREAS AND 62 IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THERE WOULD BE A MIX OF SINGLE AND DOUBLE MEMBER CONSTITUENCIES, DEPENDING ON POPULATION DENSITIES IN THE RESPECTIVE AREAS.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID IT HAD ALSO BEEN DECIDED TO CREATE A NE* DISTRICT BOARD FOR KWAI CHUNG AND TSING Yl IN ADDITION TO THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT BOARD.
COMMENTING ON THE BILL, THE SPOKESMAN SAID A SERIES OF AMENDMENTS, MAINLY OF A TIDYING-UP NATURE, WOULD BE MADE TO EXISTING ELECTION PROCEDURES CONTAINED IN THE DISTRICT BOARDS ORDINANCE, THE URBAN COUNCIL ORDINANCE, THE ELECTORAL PROVISIONS ORDINANCE, AND THE CORRUPT AND ILLEGAL PRACTICES ORDINANCE.
THE AMENDMENTS WERE DESIGNED TO STREAMLINE ELECTION PROCEDURES AND GENERALLY TO IMPROVE THE ADMINISTRATION OF ELECTIONS, HE SAID.
ONE CLAUSE IN THE BILL PROVIDES FOR ANY PERSON WHO REACHES THE AGE OF 21 BY DECEMBER 31 IN A REGISTRATION YEAR TO REGISTER AS AN ELECTOR.
ANOTHER CLAUSE PROPOSES THE DISQUALIFICATION OF A DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER WHO IS ABSENT FROM MEETINGS FOR SIX CONSECUTIVE MONTHS WITHOUT REASONABLE EXCUSE. SIMILAR PROVISIONS ALREADY EXIST IN THE URBAN COUNCIL ORDINANCE.
THE BILL ALSO INTRODUCES A NEW CLAUSE IN THE DISTRICT BOARD ORDINANCE TO DISQUALIFY ANY MEMBER WHO IS CONVICTED OF OFFENCES UNDER THE CORRUPT AND ILLEGAL PRACTICES ORDINANCE AND THE PREVENTION OF BRIBERY ORDINANCE, NOT ONLY BEFORE BUT ALSO AFTER HIS ELECTION OR APPOINTMENT TO THE BOARD.
/SIMILAR DISQUALIFICATION .......
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1984
6
SIMILAR DISQUALIFICATION m/ILL APPLY UNDER THE URBAN COUNCIL ORD INANCE.
THE BILL ALSO SEEKS TO TIGHTEN CONTROL ON THE RETURN AND DECLARATION OF ELECTION EXPENSES.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT IN FUTURE A CANDIDATE IN AN URBAN COUNCIL ELECTION WOULD BE PERMITTED TO SPEND UP TO $35 OOO IN ELECTION EXPENSES, COMPARED WITH THE PRESENT $23 000.
THE MAXIMUM LEVEL FOR A CANDIDATE SEEKING ELECTION TO THE DISTRICT BOARD WOULD BE RAISED FROM $13 000 TO $20 000.
+THE AMOUNT FOR URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS IS HIGHER BECAUSE URBAN COUNCIL CONSTITUENCIES ARE GEOGRAPHICALLY LARGER AND HAVE A HIGHER POPULATION,* THE SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED.
CANDIDATES WILL BE REQUIRED TO GIVE A DETAILED ACCOUNT OF THEIR ELECTION EXPENSES WITHIN A SET TIME LIMIT.
THE BILL ALSO MAKES IT CLEAR THAT MONEY RECEIVED BY A CANDIDATE OR HIS AGENT FOR ELECTION PURPOSES SHALL ONLY BE USED FOR THAT PURPOSE.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT EXPERIENCE IN THE LAST DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS HAD SHOWN THAT VOTING WAS LIGHT IN THE EARLY MORNING AND HEAVIEST DURING THE EVENING.
+IN VIEW OF THIS, THE POLLING HOURS IN FUTURE HAVE BEEN ADJUSTED TO START AT 7.30 AM AND CLOSING AT 10.30 PM,+ HE SAID.
THE BILL WILL BE INTRODUCED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON WEDNESDAY (JULY 11) FOR FIRST AND SECOND READING, AND FOR THIRD READING ON JULY 25.
-----o------
BILL AIMS TO CLARIFY TAX SURCHARGE * * * * *
THE GOVERNMENT IS TO AMEND THE LAW TO STATE CLEARLY THAT THE INITIAL SURCHARGE OF FIVE PER CENT ON TAX OR RATES IN DEFAULT IS ALSO SUBJECT TO A FURTHER SURCHARGE IF NOT PAID WITHIN SIX MONTHS.
THESE AMENDMENTS ARE MADE UNDER THE INLAND REVENUE (AMENDMENT) (NO. 3) BILL 1984 AND THE RATING (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984 PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE TODAY.
COMMENTING ON THE AMENDMENTS, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT UNDER THE EXISTING LEGISLATION, A PERSON MAY HAVE TO PAY A SURCHARGE OF FIVE PER CENT ON TAX OR RATES UNPAID, BY THE DUE DATE AND A FURTHER SURCHARGE OF UP TO 10 PER CENT IF THE TOTAL AMOUNT IS STILL OUTSTANDING AFTER SIX MONTHS.
/the existing .......
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1984
- 7 -
THE EXISTING LEGISLATION IS, HOWEVER, UNCLEAR. THE AMENDMENTS ARE INTENDED TO SPELL OUT CLEARLY THAT, AT THE EXPIRY OF A PERIOD OF SIX MONTHS AFTER A DEFAULT IN PAYMENT, GOVERNMENT MAY IMPOSE A SURCHARGE OF IQ PER CENT ON THE OUTSTANDING AMOUNT OF BOTH THE ORIGINAL AMOUNT IN DEFAULT AND THE SURCHARGE OF FIVE PER CENT IMPOSED AT THE TIME OF DEFAULTl OR IF THE ORIGINAL AMOUNT IS NO LONGER IN DEFAULT (THAT IS IF THAT AMOUNT HAS BEEN PAID DURING THE SIX MONTHS PERIOD) ON THE OUTSTANDING AMOUNT OF THE INITIAL SURCHARGE.
+AS THE SURCHARGE IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO BE A DETERRENT AGAINST LATE PAYMENTS, IT IS AN ANOMALY NOT TO IMPOSE AN ADDITIONAL SURCHARGE ON THE INITIAL FIVE PER CENT SURCHARGE WHICH HAS REMAINED UNPAID*, HE EXPLAINED.
THE TWO BILLS WILL BE INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON WEDNESDAY (JULY 11) AND ARE EXPECTED TO COMPLETE THEIR THIRD READING ON JULY 25.
ANYONE WHO WISHES TO COMMENT ON THESE PROPOSED LEGISLATIVE AMENDMENTS MAY WRITE TO UMELCO, AT SWIRE HOUSE, 12/F, CHATER ROAD, HONG KONG OR TO THE COMMISSIONER OF INLAND REVENUE, AT WINDSOR HOUSE. 311 GLOUCESTER ROAD, CAUSEWAY BAY, HONG KONG, OR THE DIRECTOR OF ACCOUNTING SERVICES, AT CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST WING, 11 ICE HOUSE STREET, HONG KONG.
------0-------
LEVY PLANNED FOR WAGE PROTECTION
* * * *
I
THE GOVERNMENT INTENDS TO IMPOSE AN ANNUAL LEVY ON BUSINESS REGISTRATION CERTIFICATES FROM OCTOBER 1 THIS YEAR TO FINANCE THE OPERATION OF ITS PLANNED PROTECTION OF WAGES ON INSOLVENCY FUND.
THE BUSINESS REGISTRATION AMENDMENT BILL 1984, GAZETTED TODAY AND TO BE INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON WEDNESDAY (JULY 11) MAKES THE NECESSARY AMENDMENTS TO THE BUSINESS REGISTRATION ORDINANCE.
AS RECOMMENDED BY THE WORKING GROUP ON THE PROBLEMS EXPERIENCED BY WORKERS OF COMPANIES IN RECEIVERSHIP, WHOSE REPORT HAS BEEN ACCEPTED IN PRINCIPLE, THE GOVERNMENT INTENDS TO SET UP A PROTECTION OF WAGES ON INSOLVENCY FUND TO MAKE PROMPT PAYMENT CF WAGES OWED BY EMPLOYERS TO THE WORKERS OF COMPANIES IN RECEIVERSHIP. LEGISLATION TO ESTABLISH THE FUND IS CURRENTLY BEING DRAFTED AS A MATTER OF PRIORITY.
THE ANNUAL LEVY PROPOSED ON BUSINESS REGISTRATION CERTIFICATES TO FINANCE THE FUND’S OPERATION WILL INITIALLY BE SET AT $100, IN LINE WITH THE WORKING GROUP’S RECOMMENDATIONS.
/A SPOKESMAN .......
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1984
8
A SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE GOVERNMENT WAS ANXIOUS TO AVOID ANY DELAY IN PAYMENTS FROM THIS FUND, AND THE DECISION TO IMPOSE A LEVY ON BUSINESS REGISTRATION CERTIFICATES FROM OCTOBER 1 WOULD ALLOW WORKING CAPITAL TO BE ACCUMULATED WHILE LEGISLATION TO ESTABLISH THE FUND WAS BEING FINALISED.
+THIS WOULD ENABLE PAYMENTS TO BE MADE FROM THE FUND AS SOON AS IT IS ESTABLISHED. OTHERWISE THERE WOULD BE SOME MONTHS’ DELAY UNTIL THE FUND BUILT UP SUFFICIENT CAPITAL TO MEET DEMANDS FOR PAYMENT.*
THE LEVY WILL BE PAYABLE IN ADDITION TO THE NORMAL FEE FOR BUSINESS REGISTRATION CERTIFICATES HELD BY BOTH MAIN AND BRANCH OFFICES OF A BUSINESS. BUSINESSES CURRENTLY EXEMPTED FROM THE REQUIREMENT TO HOLD A BUSINESS REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE WILL NOT BE AFFECTED BY THE BILL.
ANYONE WHO WISHES TO COMMENT ON THE BILL’S PROVISIONS MAY WRITE TO UMELCO, AT SWIRE HOUSE, 12TH FLOOR, CHATER ROAD, OR TO THE SECRETARY FOR EDUCATION AND MANPOWER, AT THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, LOWER ALBERT ROAD, HONG KONG.
-----0-----
BILL TO IMPROVE JURY SELECTION
* * * *
THE METHODS OF SELECTING PERSONS FOR JURY SERVICE WILL BE IMPROVED IF A JURY (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 PUBLISHED TODAY IS ACCEPTED BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.
THE BILL PROPOSES TO AUGMENT THE LIST OF JURORS BY RETAINING THOSE WHO ARE AGED OVER 60 BUT UNDER 65, AND INCLUDING CIVIL SERVANTS AND TEACHERS.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT THE AGE LIMIT COULD BE RAISED TO 65 BECAUSE PEOPLE IN HONG KONG NOW ENJOY GREATER EXPECTATION AND QUALITY OF LIFE, AND IT WOULD BE A LOSS TO THE COMMUNITY IF OLDER BUT WIDELY EXPERIENCED PEOPLE WERE EXCLUDED FROM JURY SERVICE.
BY INCLUDING CIVIL SERVANTS AND TEACHERS AND ACADEMICS, IT WOULD BE POSSIBLE TO RELIEVE THE BURDEN OF JURY SERVICE ON THE EXISTING JURORS AND MAKE THE JURY PANEL MORE REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMUNITY, HE SAID.
THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT SHOULD TEACHERS BE SELECTED FOR JURY SERVICE, AT A TIME DETRIMENTAL TO THEIR STUDENTS, SUCH AS SHORTLY BEFORE EXAMINATIONS, THEY COULD APPLY FOR TEMPORARY EXEMPTION TO +A LESS CRITICAL TIME* AND WOULD BE GIVEN SYMPATHETIC CONSIDERATION.
EXEMPTIONS WILL BE GRANTED, TO PEOPLE WHOSE PROFESSION OR EMPLOYMENT IS INCOMPATIBLE WITH JURY SERVICE, SUCH AS MEMBERS OF LAW ENFORCING AGENCIES, AS WELL AS TO FULL-TIME STUDENTS OF ALL EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS, REGARDLESS OF THEIR LEVEL OF STUDY, AND MEMBERS OF RELIGIOUS ORDERS.
/THE bill .......
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1984
9
THE BILL FURTHER PROPOSES TO ALLOW FOR MORE MODERN METHODS OF SELECTING JURORS.
INSTEAD OF DRAWING CARDS FROM BALLOT BOXES AS AT PRESENT, IT WILL BE POSSIBLE TO FORM A PANEL OF JURORS BY RANDOM SELECTION WITH THE HELP OF A COMPUTER.
ANOTHER AMENDMENT SET OUT IN THE BILL EMPOWERS THE REGISTRAR OF THE SUPREME COURT AND THE COMMISSIONER OF REGISTRATION TO REQUIRE ANY PERSON TO SUPPLY INFORMATION FOR THE COMPILATION OF A FULL JURY LIST. UNDER THIS STATUTORY REQUIREMENT, FOR EXAMPLE, THE HONG KONG EXAMINATIONS AUTHORITY WILL BE ASKED TO SUPPLY DETAILS OF ALL PEOPLE WHO HAVE PASSED ENGLISH LANGUAGE EXAMINATIONS AT THE REQUISITE LEVEL.
THE DETERRENT AGAINST EMPLOYERS DISCRIMINATING AGAINST THEIR EMPLOYEES BECAUSE OF THEIR JURY SERVICE WILL BE STRENGTHENED.
THE EXISTING PENALTY OF $5 OOO IS TO BE RAISED TO A FINE OF »25 000 AND IMPRISONMENT FOR THREE MONTHS.
A JUROR WHO, HAVING ANSWERED A SUMMONS FOR JURY SERVICE, FAILS TO A°PEAR OR WHO WITHDRAWS HIMSELF, AFTER HE IS EMPANELLED, WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF THE JUDGE MAY ALSO BE CHARGED WITH CONTEMPT OF COURT. i
THE JURY (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, WHICH HAS THE SUPPORT OF THE JUDICIARY, IS TO BE INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON WEDNESDAY (JULY 11) AND IS EXPECTED TO RECEIVE ITS THIRD READING ON JULY 25.
ANYONE WHO WISHES TO COMMENT ON ITS PROVISIONS MAY WRITE TO UMELCO, AT SWIRE HOUSE, 12TH FLOOR, CHATER ROAD, OR TO THE REGISTRAR OF THE SUPREME COURT, AT QUEENSWAY, HONG KONG.
- - - - 0 --------
BILL PROVIDES LICENSING EXEMPTIONS ON GOODS * X K X
THE GOVERNMENT IS INTRODUCING LEGISLATIVE AMENDMENTS TO ENABLE CERTAIN ARTICLES TO BE EXEMPT FROM IMPORT AND EXPORT LICENSING REQUIREMENTS WHEN THEY ARE TRANSHIPPED THROUGH HONG KONG BY ELIGIBLE PERSONS.
THE IMPORT AND EXPORT (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984 AND THE RESERVED COMMODITIES (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 GAZETTED TODAY (FRIDAY), SEEK TO EMPOWER THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE TO GRANT EXEMPTIONS FROM LICENSING REQUIREMENTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TRANSHIPMENT OF CARGO.
ANNOUNCING THIS TODAY, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRADE DEPARTMENT EXPLAINED THAT TO FACILITATE THE TRANSHIPMENT OF CARGO SUBJECT TO IMPORT AND EXPORT LICENSING, THE DEPARTMENT HAS FOR THE PAST FEW YEARS SIMPLIFIED THE LICENSING PROCEDURES, ON AN INTERIM BASIS, FOR FOUR TYPES OF TRANSHIPMENT CARGO: TEXTILES, PROCESSED AND MANUFACTURED FOODSTUFFS, ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS POWERED BY MAINS SUPPLY, PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS AND MEDICINES.
/THE PRESENT .......
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1984
- 10 -
THE PRESENT PROPOSALS W ILL REPLACE THE INTERIM LICENSING ARRANGEMENTS AND EXTEND THE TYPES OF TRANSHIPMENT CARGO COVERED.
+SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS BEING MET, SHIPPING AND AIRLINE COMPANIES AND THEIR AGENTS REGISTERED WITH THE TRADE DEPARTMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SCHEME, ARE EXEMPT FROM IMPORT-EXPORT LICENSING REQUIREMENTS IN RESPECT OF TRANSHIPMENTS OF TEXTILES, PROCESSED AND MANUFACTURED FOODSTUFFS, ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS POWERED BY MAINS SUPPLY, PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS AND MEDICINES, RESERVED COMMODITIES AND AGRICULTURAL PESTICIDES, IF TRANSHIPPED WITHIN THE PREMISES OF THE HONG KONG AIR CARGO TERMINALS LIMITED (HACTL),+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
DEBATETH§NF|SfT^A?|LNLGsA7“ gMK HELD
COMMFTTEEDSTArrU4m1TicA?5.IJE RESUKED SECOND READING DEBATE, COMMITTEE STAGE AND THE THIRD READING ON JULY 25.
-----0-----
HK GROUP TO VISIT SHENZHEN * * * *
A DELEGATION OF HONG KONG GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS WILL VISIT SHENZHEN AT THE INVITATION OF MR ZHEN XIPEI, DEPUTY MAYOR OF SHENZHEN ON JULY 11 AND 12.
THE PURPOSE OF THE VISIT IS TO REVIEW PROGRESS MADE IN THE HONG KONG/SHENZHEN JOINT WORKING GROUPS WHICH WERE SET UP IN ACCORDANCE WITH AN AGREEMENT SIGNED ON APRIL 30, 1982.
THE HONG KONG DELEGATION WILL BE LED BY THE ACTING POLITICAL ADVISER, MR RICHARD MARGOLIS. THE OTHER MEMBERS OF THE DELEGATION ARE:
MR A HSU
MR J YUE
MR C LEEKS
MR H C YEUNG
MR H L KWONG
MR J A KESSLER
MISS VIVIEN FONG
(ACTING REGIONAL SECRETARY, NEW TERRITORIES)
(DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT)
(PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT SECRETARY
FOR SECURITY)
(ASSISTANT DIRECTOR, IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT)
(SENIOR SUPERINTENDENT, CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT)
(CHIEF ENGINEER HIGHWAYS, HIGHWAYS OFFICE)
( INTERPRETER)
IN ADDITION TO THE REVIEW MEETING, THE HONG KONG DELEGATION WILL VISIT PLACES OF INTEREST IN THE SHENZHEN SPECIAL ECONOMIC ZONE.
------0-------
PR I DAY, JULY 6, 1984
- 11 -
BILL WIDENS CLAIMS LIMITATION PROVISION
* * * *
A PROPOSAL TO VALIDATE CERTAIN PARAGRAPHS IN TWO EXISTING RULES OF THE SUPREME COURT WHICH, IN SPECIFIED CIRCUMSTANCES, ALLOW NE'* CLAIMS TO BE MADE IN ACTIONS AFTER THE EXPIRY OF LIMITATION PERIODS AFFECTING THE CLAIMS, IS PUBLISHED TODAY UNDER AN AMENDMENT BILL.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT THE COURT OF APPEAL RECENTLY HELD THAT ONE PARAGRAPH OF THESE RULES WAS VOID, AND IT FOLLOWED FROM THE DECISION THAT THE OTHER RULES WERE ALSO VOID BECAUSE THERE WAS NO AUTHORITY TO SUPPORT THEM.
THE PARAGRAPHS IN QUESTION WERE COPIED FROM THE UK RULES OF THE SUPREME COURT WHICH ARE SPECIFICALLY AUTHORISED BY THE LIMITATION ACT 1980.
SIMILAR AUTHORISATION OF THE RULES IN HONG KONG IS NOW PROPOSED UNDER A LIMITATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, WHICH HAS THE SUPPORT OF THE LAW SOCIETY AND THE BAR ASSOCIATION, HE SAID.
THE BILL IS TO BE INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON WEDNESDAY (JULY 11) AND IS EXPECTED TO RECEIVE ITS THIRD READING ON JULY 25. -
ANYONE WHO WISHES TO COMMENT ON IT MAY WRITE TO UMELCO, AT SWIRE HOUSE, 12TH FLOOR, OR TO THE REGISTRAR OF THE SUPREME COURT, AT QUEENSWAY, HONG KONG.
-----o------
EXTENDED LEGAL AID SCHEME PROPOSED * * * *
SEVERAL CHANGES TO THE ADMINISTRATION OF LEGAL AID ARE CONTAINED IN THE LEGAL AID (AMENDMENT) BILL, WHICH WILL BE INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON WEDNESDAY (JULY 11).
THE BILL, PUBLISHED TODAY IN THE GAZETTE, ALSO SEEKS TO ESTABLISH THE SUPPLEMENTARY LEGAL AID SCHEME WHEREBY LEGAL AID IS TO BE EXTENDED TO APPLICANTS WITH AN INCOME NOT EXCEEDING $15 000 A MONTH AND CAPITAL AFTER ALLOWANCES OF $100 000.
THE SCHEME IS LIMITED TO CASES BROUGHT BY PLAINTIFFS IN THE HIGH COURT FOR DAMAGES FOR PERSONAL INJURIES OR DEATH BUT EXCLUDES MEDICAL NEGLIGENCE CLAIMS.
0
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1984
- 12 -
OLYMPIC GESTURE FOR RADIO HAMS
XXX
AS A CONCESSION TO MARK THE OLYMPICS IN LOS ANGELES, LICENSED RADIO AMATEURS IN THE UNITED STATES AND HONG KONG MAY — SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS — EXCHANGE MESSAGES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS WITH THIRD PARTIES BETWEEN NOW AND AUGUST 31, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE POST OFFICE SAID TODAY.
THIS FOLLOWS AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE U.S. AND HONG KONG GOVERNMENTS COVERING THE PERIOD JULY 1 TO AUGUST 31, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
NORMALLY, AMATEUR STATIONS ARE PERMITTED TO EXCHANGE MESSAGES WITH OTHER AMATEUR STATIONS WORLD-WIDE, ALTHOUGH THE LICENCE CONDITIONS REQUIRE THAT THE MESSAGES BE LIMITED TO TOPICS WHICH ARE THE DIRECT CONCERN OF ONE OF THE PARTIES.
+THE CONCESSION WILL ALLOW LICENSED HONG KONG AMATEUR RADIO STATIONS TO RELAY MESSAGES TO AND FROM FRIENDS AND RELATIVES OF THOSE WHO ARE IN THE U.S. EITHER PARTICIPATING OR WATCHING THE GAMES DURING THIS PERIOD,+ HE SAID.
THE SPOKESMAN SET OUT THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS THIRD PARTY TRAFFIC MAY BE CARRIED OUT:
(I) NO PAYMENT OR COMPENSATION OF ANY FORM MAY BE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY MADE ON SUCH MESSAGES OR COMMUNICATIONS,
(II) SUCH COMMUNICATIONS SHALL BE MADE IN PLAIN LANGUAGE AND LIMITED TO CONVERSATIONS OR MESSAGES OF A TECHNICAL OR PERSONAL NATURE FOR WHICH, BY REASON OF THEIR UNIMPORTANCE, RECOURSE TO THE PUBLIC TELECOMMUNICATION SERVICE IS NOT JUSTIFIED,
(III) THIS ARRANGEMENT SHALL BE APPLICABLE
WITH RESPECT TO ALL AMATEUR RADIO STATIONS DULY LICENSED BY APPROPRIATE AUTHORITIES OF U.S. OR HONG KONG.
-----o-----
PLAY SAFE, SPORTS LOVERS TOLD * * *
PEOPLE WHO ENGAGE IN SPORTS AND ENJOY THE BENEFITS, SHOULD NOT FORGET THE NEED FOR SAFETY AS WELL.
THIS WAS THE MESSAGE SPELT OUT AT A PRESS CONFERENCE TODAY TO LAUNCH THIS YEAR’S SAFETY IN OUTDOOR PURSUITS CAMPA IGN.
DR.S.F. LAM, CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE ON SAFETY
IN OUTDOOR PURSUITS +SOP+ ADVISED PEOPLE TO OBSERVE SAFETY RULES WHILE ENGAGING IN OUTDOOR SPORTS AND GAMES.
/+IN THE.........
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1964
♦IN THE MIDST OF OUR ENJOYMENT, WE MUST NOT FORGET OUR OWN SAFETY, OR ELSE WHAT STARTS OUT TO BE A HEALTHY AND HAPPY VENTURE MAY END IN DISASTER,+ HE SAID.
WITH HIM AT THE PRESS CONFERENCE WAS MR JOHN FORTUNE, CHAIRMAN OF THE TECHNICAL ADVISORY SUB-COMMITTEE ON AQUATIC SPORTS OF +SOP+. MR FORTUNE SPOKE ON WATER SPORTS SAFETY.
DR LAM SAID THAT THERE HAD BEEN A RAPID GROWTH OF SPORTING ACTIVITIES IN THE PAST DECADE, AND MORE PEOPLE WERE BECOMING INTERESTED IN SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES.
♦IT IS IMPORTANT FOR THIS DEVELOPMENT TO GO HAND IN HAND WITH THE PROMOTION OF SAFETY IN OUTDOOR PURSUITS SO THAT AS PEOPLE ARE INTRODUCED TO THE VARIOUS KINDS OF SPORTS AND RECREATION, THEY WILL ALSO BE EDUCATED AND REMINDED OF THE NECESSARY SAFETY PRECAUTIONS,+ HE SAID.
THE SOP COMMITTEE, UNDER THE COUNCIL FOR RECREATION AND SPORT, HAD BEEN GIVEN THE JOB OF PROMOTING SPORTS SAFETY.
THE COMMITTEE ORGANISES TWO MAJOR COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT SAFETY PROJECTS EACH YEAR, ONE ON WATER SPORTS AND THE OTHER ON LAND SPORTS.
DR LAM SA IDs +THE VITAL MESSAGE WE TRY TO PUT ACROSS IS: IF PEOPLE CAN JUST EXERCISE MORE COMMON SENSE AND CARE, A LOT OF ACCIDENTS AT SEA OR ON LAND CAN WELL BE AVOIDED.+
SAFETY IN OUTDOOR PURSUITS WAS MAINLY AMATTER OF COMMON SENSE, GOOD PLANNING, THE USE OF CORRECT EQUIPMENT, AWARENESS OF THE CHANGING ENVIRONMENT AND KNOWING ONE’S LIMITATIONS, HE SAID.
IN ADDITION TO TWO PUBLICITY EVENTS IN THE FORM OF WATER SPORTS PLAY SAFE DAY AND LAND SPORTS PLAY SAFE DAY, THE COMMITTEE IS PLANNING TO PRODUCE A TV API (ANNOUNCEMENT OF PUBLIC INTEREST) ON RECREATIONAL CYCLING SAFETY AND A POSTER ON AQUATIC SPORTS SAFETY.
EDUCATIONAL FILMS ON LAND AND WATER SPORTS SAFETY COVERING CYCLING, CAMPING, HILLWALKING, SWIMMING, ROWING AND CANOEING HAVE ALSO BEEN PRODUCED AND ARE AVAILABLE FOR LOAN TO INTERESTED PARTIES.
COPIES OF A BOOKLET, ENTITLED +STEPPING OUT+, WHICH COVERS SAFETY HINTS ON A WIDE RANGE OF SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES, ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE AT THE SECRETARIAT, COUNCIL FOR RECREATION AND SPORT.
SPEAKING ABOUT WATER SPORTS SAFETY, MR JOHN FORTUNE SAID THAT THE ACCIDENT RATE IN WATER ACTIVITIES HAD INCREASED OVER THE YEARS.
/there were .......
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1984
- 14 -
THERE WERE 1 610 ACCIDENTS INVOLVING SWIMMING LAST YEAR, 14 OF THEM FATAL, ACCORDING TO URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT STATISTICS.
MR FORTUNE HAD THE FOLLOWING ADVICE FOR SWIMMERS*.
, * LEARN TO SWIM PROPERLY
* USE COMMON SENSE
M SWIM WITH OTHERS
* LEARN BASIC LIFE SAVING
* STUDY THE SEA MOVEMENT BEFORE ENTERING
* EAT A LIGHT MEAL AN HOUR BEFORE SWIMMING
* LEAVE ALCOHOL AT HOME
M WHEN IN DANGER, SHOUT FOR HELP
X IF CAUGHT IN A STRONG CURRENT, SWIM ACROSS THE CURRENT AT AN ANGLE, DON’T SWIM AGAINST IT
* DO NOT PANIC.
SERVING AS THE CHAIRMAN OF THE 1984 WATER SPORTS SAFETY DAY. MR FORTUNE SAID THAT THE WATER SPORTS PLAY SAFE DAY WILL BE HELD ON SUNDAY (JULY 8) FROM 10 AM TO 5 PM AT THE TSIM SHA TSUI EAST PROMENADE.
IT WILL BE OPENED BY THE DIRECTOR OF MARINE, MR PERCY DAVY.
THE EVENT IS BEING ORGANISED BY THE SOP COMMITTEE WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF WATER SPORTS BODIES AND GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT TO DRIVE HOME THE +PLAY SAFE* MESSAGE.
THERE WILL BE A SERIES OF SAFETY DEMONSTRATIONS ON SUCH POPULAR SPORTS AS WINDSURFING, CANOEING, SAILING, LIFE SAVING AND WATER SK I ING.
MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ARE WELCOME TO ATTEND THE EVENT.
-----0-----
/15 .......
FR(DAY, JULY 6, 193
- 15 -
JOB, PAYROLL SURVEY GOING ON * * * *
THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT IS THIS MONTH CONDUCTING A SURVEY OF EMPLOYMENT, VACANCIES AND PAYROLL IN MAJOR SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY AMONG 140 000 ESTABLISHMENTS.
THE FIRMS ARE DRAWN FROM VARIOUS SECTORS INCLUDING THE INDUSTRIAL SECTOR (MINING AND QUARRYING, MANUFACTURING, ELECTRICITY AND GAS) AND THE SERVICES SECTOR (TRANSPORT, STORAGE AND COMMUNICATION, FINANCING, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES, COMMUNITY, SOCIAL AND PERSONAL SERVICES) WITH FULL ENUMERATION OF ESTABLISHMENTS IN THE DISTRIBUTIVE TRADE SECTOR (WHOLESALE, RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT, RCSTADRANT AND HOTELS).
QUESTIONNAIRES WERE MAILED TO INDIVIDUAL SAMPLE FIRMS AT THE END OF JUNE, AND REMINDERS ARE NOW BEING SENT TO THOSE NOT RESPONDING TO THE INITIAL QUESTIONNAIRES.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT SAID, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS ORDER 1982 (LEGAL NOTICE NO. 69 OF 1982, GAZETTED ON MARCH 5, 1982), ESTABLISHMENTS RECEIVING QUESTIONNAIRES ARE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THEM TO THE- DEPARTMENT WITHIN THE SPECIFIED PERIOD.
INFORMATION IS BEING SOUGHT ON THE NUMBER OF PERSONS ENGAGED AND EXISTING VACANCIES ON JUNE 29 FROM EACH ESTABLISHMENT. SOME 10 000 ESTABLISHMENTS HAVE BEEN SELECTED FROM THE SAMPLE TO PRCVIDc ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON PAYROLL IN EACH OF THE THREE MONTHS DURING THE REFERENCE PERIOD OF APRIL - JUNE 1984.
RESPONDENTS WHO FIND DIFFICULTY IN COMPLETING THE FORMS SHOULD CONTACT THE DEPARTMENT FOR HELP AT THE FOLLOWING TELEPHONE NUMBERS: 5-436551, 5-444301, 5-455661 AND 5-455668.
THREE CROWN SITES FOR AUCTION THIS MONTH * * * *
THREE PIECES OF CROWN LAND WILL BE AUCTIONED ON JULY 30, IN ADDITION TO THE SITE AT SCIENCE MUSEUM ROAD, TSIM SHA TSUI EAST, WHICH THE GOVERNMENT ANNOUNCED LAST WEEK WOULD BE FOR SALE.
TWO OF THE SITES ARE ON HONG KONG ISLAND, WHILE THE OTHER IS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THE FIRST ISLAND SITE, FOR NON-1NDUSTRI AL USE, IS AT THE JUNCTION OF QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL AND POSSESSION STREET.
UNDER SALES CONDITIONS, THE DEVELOPER WILL HAVE TO COMPLETE AT LEAST 8 500 SQUARE METRES OF GROSS FLOOR AREA BEFORE SEPTEMBER 30. 1988.
/the site.......
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1984
- 16 -
THE SITE AREA IS 1 176 SQUARE METRES.
THE SECOND SITE, AT KA YIP STREET, CHAI WAN, MEASURES 1 400 SQUARE METRES AND IS FOR INDUSTRIAL AND GODOWN PURPOSES.
THE BUILDING COVENANT ON THIS SITE IS COMPLETION OF 12 600 SQUARE METRES OF GROSS FLOOR AREA WITHIN 48 MONTHS.
THE REMAINING SITE, ALSO FOR INDUSTRIAL AND GODOWN USES, IS AT TUI MIN HOI, SAI KUNG.
IT HAS AN AREA OF 2 052 SQUARE METRES AND THE DEVELOPER MUST COMPLETE 4 924 SQUARE METRES OF GROSS FLOOR AREA WITHIN 36 MONTHS.
THE +MOST VALUABLE* SITE AT TSIM SHA TSUI EAST IS FOR NON-INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT AND HAS AN AREA OF 5 067 SQUARE METRES.
THE GOVERNMENT SAYS IT EXPECTS THE BIDDING TO BE COMPETITIVE FOR THIS LOT.
THE PURCHASER WILL HAVE THE OPTION TO BUY IT WITH MONETISED LAND EXCHANGE ENTITLEMENTS (LETTERS A/B).
THE AUCTION WILL TAKE'PLACE IN THE SHOUSON THEATRE OF THE HONG KONG ARTS CENTRE AT 2.30 PM.
PARTICULARS AND SALES CONDITIONS FOR ALL FOUR SITES ARE AVAILABLE AT :
* LANDS DEPARTMENT,MURRAY BUILDING, 5TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG;
* DISTRICT LANDS OFFICES (KOWLOON EAST AND WEST), YAU MA TEI CAR PARK BUILDING, 10TH FLOOR, 250 SHANGHAI STREET, KOWLOON; AND
M THE DISTRICT LANDS OFFICES OF SHA TIN, TUEN MUN, YUEN LONG, TSUEN WAN, TAI PO, NORTH, SAI KUNG, AND ISLANDS.
THE SALES PLANS CAN ALSO BE INSPECTED AT THE SAME PLACES.
- - 0 - -
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1934
- 17 -
TEMPORARY MUSEUM TO BE BUILT
* * *
A TEMPORARY MUSEUM OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY IS TO BE BUILT ON A 9 1OO-SQUARE-METRE SITE IN TSIM SHA TSUI EAST.
THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS TO CONSTRUCT THE MUSEUM, WHICH WILL BE LOCATED AT THE JUNCTION OF GRANVILLE ROAD AND SCIENCE MUSEUM ROAD.
COMPRISING A TOTAL FLOOR AREA OF 6 700 SQUARE METRES, THE SINGLE-STOREY BUILDING WITH A MEZZANINE FLOOR WILL INCLUDE EXHIBITION HALLS, A LECTURE THEATRE, WORKSHOPS, DEMONSTRATION ROOMS, OFFICES AND SERVICING AREAS.
THERE WILL ALSO BE A PAVED EXTERNAL SERVICING AREA OF ABOUT 3 000 SQUARE METRES.
THE MUSEUM BUILDING, TO BE BUILT WITH REINFORCED CONCRETE WALLS AND A STEEL TRUSS ROOF, IS TO BE EITHER AIR-CONDITIONED OR MECHANICALLY VENTILATED.
CONSTRUCTION WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN SEPTEMBER AND BE COMPLETED IN ONE YEAR. .
-----o------
NEW ID CARD TIME FOR WOMEN 24-25
* * *
WOMEN BORN IN 1959 AND I960 WILL BE REQUIRED TO APPLY FOR NEw IDENTITY CARDS AS FROM JULY 16, THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY.
OVER 110 000 WOMEN WITHIN THESE TWO AGE GROUPS ARE EXPECTED TO TURN UP AT THE EIGHT NEW I.D. CARD ISSUE OFFICES, DURING THE FIVE WEEKS UP TO AUGUST 18.
THE OFFICES WILL BE OPEN BETWEEN 8 AM AND 9.30 PM FROM MONDAY TO SATURDAY.
+BY MAKING USE OF THE MAIL-IN APPOINTMENT SERVICE, APPLICANTS MAY ARRANGE TO VISIT A PARTICULAR ISSUE OFFICE AT A SPECIFIED TIME BETWEEN 10 AM AND 5.30 PM ON ANY NORMAL WORKING DAY, EXCEPT MONDAYS,* A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID.
+BUT THEIR APPLICATION FORMS MUST REACH THE OFFICE OF THEIR CHOICE 10 DAYS BEFORE THE CLOSE OF THE PHASE,* HE ADDED.
MEANWHILE, WOMEN BORN IN 1961 AND 1962 ARE REMINDED THAT THEY HAVE ONLY ONE WEEK LEFT TO APPLY FOR NEW I.D. CARDS, BY JULY 14.
- - 0 - -
/18
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1984
- 18 -
MOV ING OFFICE
* * *
THE COMMUNITY RELATIONS CO-ORDINATOR’S OFFICE OF THE JUDICIARY WILL MOVE FROM THE OLD SUPREME COURT AT JACKSON ROAD TO THE NEW ONE AT 38 QUEENSWAY THIS SUNDAY (JULY 8).
THE OFFICE WILL START OPERATION AT THE NEW ADDRESS FROM NEXT MONDAY (JULY 9). THE COMMUNITY RELATIONS CO-ORDINATOR, MRS MUSE LAM’S TELEPHONE NUMBER WILL CHANGE FROM 5-257863 TO 5-8214661.
-----0------
3O-STOREY COMPLEX FOR WAN CHAI
XXX
GOVERNMENT IS TO BUILD A 30-STOREY COURTS AND OFFICES COMPLEX AT HARBOUR ROAD, WAN CHAI.
THE 30-STOREY TOWER BLOCK, OCCUPYING A SITE OF 3 816 SQUARE METRES, WILL BE PART OF THE HARBOUR ROAD DEVELOPMENT SCHEME.
THE 28 DISTRICT AND MAGISTRATES’ COURTS WILL OCCUPY 30 000 SQUARE METRES OF SPACE ON THE LOWER FLOORS OF THE BLOCK.
THE REMAINING FLOORS, WITH A TOTAL AREA OF 27 000 SQUARE METRES, WILL BE FOR USE AS GOVERNMENT OFFICES.
WORK ON BUILDING THE COMPLEX IS EXPECTED TO START IN SEPTEMBER AND BE COMPLETED IN THREE PHASES BETWEEN MARCH AND SEPTEMBER, 1986.
THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS TO BE SUBMITTED BY AUGUST 17.
THE HARBOUR ROAD DEVELOPMENT SCHEME COVERS A 20 000-SQUARE-METRE SITE.
IT IS BOUNDED BY HARBOUR ROAD TO THE NORTH, NEW MERCURY HOUSE TO THE WEST, GLOUCESTER ROAD TO THE SOUTH AND OTHER DEVELOPMENTS TO THE EAST.
MORE GOVERNMENT PROJECTS ARE BEING PLANNED IN THE AREA.
THE COST OF THE DEVELOPMENT AT CURRENT PRICES IS ESTIMATED AT $1.5 BILLION.
-----0------
/19........
FR IDAY, JULY b, 1°8^
- 19 -
SHARE DISCLOSURES * * * *
THE CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE ON TAKEOVERS AND MERGERS UNDER RULE 29 OF THE HONG KONG CODE ON TAKEOVERS AND MERGERS ADVISES THAT, IN CONNECTION WITH THE CURRENT OFFER BY FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LIMITED TO ACQUIRE THE ISSUED SHARE CAPITAL OF FIRST PACIFIC FINANCE LIMITED THAT THE FOLLOWING DISCLOSURES HAVE BEEN MADE TO HIM:
(1) FIRST PACIFIC H.K. SECURITIES LTD PURCHASED ON 3RD JULY 1984 26 OOO SHARES IN FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LTD AT $2.70 PER SHARE.
(2) MR MANUEL V. PANG IL INAN PURCHASED ON 4TH JULY 1984 2 000 SHARES IN FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LTD AT $2.75 PER SHARE.
--------0----------
TEMPORARY FERRY TERMINAL PLANNED * * *
PREPARATIONS ARE BEING MADE FOR THE OPENING OF A TEMPORARY FERRY TERMINAL IN SHA TIN WHICH WILL PROVIDE FACILITIES FOR FERRY SERVICES BETWEEN HONG KONG AND THE BEACH RESORT OF DA MEISHA AND XIAO MEISHA ON THE NORTHERN SHORE OF MIRS BAY.
THE HK AND YAUMATI FERRY COMPANY HAS EXPRESSED INTEREST IN OPERATING THIS ROUTE, ALTHOUGH IT HAS YET TO MAKE A FINAL DECISION.
THE TEMPORARY FERRY TERMINAL WILL BE READY FOR USE LATER THIS MONTH OR EARLY IN AUGUST AND WILL SERVE THE TRAVELLING PUBLIC UNTIL AT LEAST 1988 WHEN THE PERMANENT PIER AT MA LIU SHU I IS COMPLETED.
AMENDMENTS TO THE SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL (HONG KONG -CHINA AND MACAU FERRY TERMINALS) REGULATIONS ARE PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE TODAY TO ADD THIS PIER TO THE SCHEDULE OF TERMINALS WHERE VESSELS CAN BE CHARGED BERTHING FEES FOR USING THE TERMINAL FACILITIES.
-----o-----
/20........
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1984
20
SEMINARS ON WIREFREE INDUCTION LOOP SYSTEM * * * *
FOUR SEMINARS ON THE USE OF THE WIREFREE INDUCTION LOOP SYSTEM FOR TEACHERS OF ENGLISH IN PRIMARY SCHOOLS WILL BE HELD NEXT MONTH.
ORGANISED BY THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, THE TWO-HOUR SEMINARS WILL BE HELD ON AUGUST 1, 2, 30 AND 31 AT THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE AT 9A BONHAM ROAD, HONG KONG.
THEY WILL CONSIST OF SHORT TALKS ON THE DIFFERENT MODES OF UTILISING THE LOOP SYSTEM TO PROMOTE PUPILS’ LISTENING SKILLS, MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT AND ADMINISTERING A TAPED PROGRAMME IN AN ENGLISH LESSON.
THERE WILL BE PLACES FOR 40 TEACHERS AT EACH SEMINAR AND APPLICATIONS WILL BE TREATED ON A FIRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED BASIS.
HEADS OF PRIMARY SCHOOLS WHO WISH TO NOMINATE THEIR TEACHERS TO ATTEND THE SEMINARS SHOULD APPLY TO THE SENIOR INSPECTOR OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE, NOT LATER THAN JULY 12.
ENQUIRIES ON THE SEMINARS MAY BE MADE TO THE CENTRE ON 5-482537.
-----0-----
SPORTS GROUP GETS DB SUPPORT * * * *
THE DISTRICT BOARDS WILL CONTINUE TO PROMOTE CULTURAL, RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS ACTIVITIES TO HELP BUILD A HEALTHY COMMUNITY, THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG AND KOWLOON, ALBERT LAM SAID THIS EVENING.
SPEAKING AT THE JOINT INAUGURATION OF THE EIGHTH TERM OFFICE-BEARERS OF THE KWUN TONG SPORTS PROMOTION ASSOCIATION AND ITS 12 AREA BRANCHES, HE SAID THAT $160 000 HAD BEEN ALLOCATED BY THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD TO THE ASSOCIATION FOR ACTIVITIES THIS YEAR.
+1 AM SURE THE ASSOCIATION CAN ACHIEVE ITS AIM OF PROMOTING SPORTS ACTIVITIES MORE EXTENSIVELY AND INTENSIVELY THROUGH THE DIRECT INVOLVEMENT OF THE BOARD AND LOCAL COMMUNITY LEADERS,* HE SAID.
+SINCE ITS INCEPTION, THE ASSOCIATION HAS BEEN ORGANISING CLASSES TO TRAIN UP POTENTIAL SPORTSMEN AND PROMOTE RESIDENTS’ INTEREST IN SPORTS ACTIVITIES, AS WELL AS OPEN COMPETITIONS TO PROVIDE OPPORTUNITIES FOR LOCAL ATHLETES TO LEARN FROM OTHERS.*
THIS YEAR, THE ASSOCIATION AND ITS AREA BRANCHES HAVE PLANNED TO ORGANISE 47 SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES FOR THE LOCAL RESIDENTS.
/the activities .......
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1984
- 21 -
THE ACTIVITIES WILL INCLUDE A SWIMMING GALA, AN ATHLETIC NEET, CAMPINGS FOR YOUTHS AND WORKING PEOPLE, TRAINING COURSES ON CANOE, ROLLER-SKATING AND FOOTBALL, AND COMPETITIONS.
ALSO SPEAKING AT THE CEREMONY, THE ASSOCIATION’S CHAIRMAN, MR LAM HANG-FAI, DISCLOSED THAT THE LANDS AND WORKS BRANCH HAD AGREED TO GRANT A 9OO-SQUARE-METRE SITE IN YAN Ol COURT, ON A SHORT-TENANCY BASIS, TO THE ASSOCIATION TO SET UP ITS OWN OFFICE PREMISES.
+AS THE SITE IS CENTRALLY LOCATED IN KWUN TONG TOWN CENTRE, THE NEW OFFICE WILL SURELY PROVIDE A BETTER BASE FOR US TO COORDINATE AND PROMOTE ACTIVITIES,+ HE SAID.
-----0------
MORE TREES TO BEAUTIFY SAI KUNG
* * * *
SAI KUNG RESIDENTS WERE URGED TODAY TO TRY THEIR BEST TO MAKE THE ENVIRONMENT +BEAUTIFUL AND ENJOYABLE+. •A
THE APPEAL WAS MADE BY THE CHAIRMAN OF THE MEI FA WORKING GROUP OF CLEAN HONG KONG NEW TERRITORIES ADVISORY COMMITTEE, NR WAN HON-CHEUNG AT A TREE PLANTING CEREMONY AT THE TAI AU MUN PUBLIC CAR PARK IN CLEARWATER BAY ROAD.
THE SAI KUNG TREE PLANTING DAY WAS ORGANISED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT IN CONNECTION WITH THE CURRENT MEI FA (BEAUTIFICATION) PHASE OF THE CLEAN HONG KONG DRIVE.
MR WAN SAID THAT THOUGH TREE PLANTING SEEMED TO BE A SIMPLE ACTION, OR EVEN A ROUTINE MATTER, IT, IN FACT, HAD A LASTING EFFECT.
TREE PLANTING WAS ONE OF THE MANY OBJECTIVES OF THE CLEAN HONG KONG DRIVE.
+TODAY EACH ONE OF US PLANTS A TREE} TOMORROW WE WILL HAVE TOGETHER A LARGER AREA UNDER THE SHADE OF TREES, IN WHICH PEOPLE MAY ENJOY THE BREEZE WHEN THE WEATHER GETS WARM.+ MR WAN SAID.
HE PAID TRIBUTE TO THOSE TAKING PART IN PLANTING TREES TODAY, FOR THEIR CONCERN AND SUPPORT FOR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT IN SAI KU NG.
LATER, MR WAN, ACCOMPANIED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICER OF SAI KUNG, MR CHAN SUI-JEUNG, AND THE URBAN SERVICES OFFICER OF SAI KUNG, NR CHIN YIU-CHEUNG, PLANTED A YOUNG TREE TO HIGHLIGHT THE EVENT.
SOME 100 COMMUNITY LEADERS AND STUDENTS, ALSO HELPED NTSD STAFF IN PLANTING 50 YOUNG EVERGREENS AT THE PUBLIC CARPARK.
-------o
FRIDAY, JULY 6, 1984
22
CAS TO HOLD FOOTDRILL CONTEST * * *
THE CIVIL AID SERVICES WILL HOLD ITS ANNUAL INTER-UNIT FOOTDRIL COMPETITION ON SUNDAY (JULY 8) AT THE CAS KOWLOON TRAINING CENTRt IN ARGYLE STREET, STARTING AT 8.30 AM.
♦THE COMPETITION IS INTENDED TO IMPROVE THE STANDARD IN TURNOUT AND SENSE OF DISCIPLINE AMONG CAS MEMBERS,* A CAS SPOKESMAN bAID.
SEVENTEEN TEAMS WILL COMPETE IN THE EVENT, AND THE WINNER WILL BE AWARDED THE +KAN YUET-KEUNG CHALLENGE CUP*.
MR LEE HOK-SEE, CAS TACTICAL FORCE COMMANDER, WILL PRESENT THE TROPHY AT 12.50 PM.
-----0-----
ORIENTATION FOR VOLUNTEERS * * *
AN ORIENTATION COURSE WILL BE HELD ON SUNDAY (JULY 8) FOR SOME 70 VOLUNTEERS WHO HAVE JOINED THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S 1984/85 VOLUNTEER SCHEME FOR PROBATIONERS.
THE SCHEME IS AIMED AT PROMOTING GREATER COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT IN THE REHABILITATION OF OFFENDERS.
A PSYCHOLOGIST, MRS EYELINA BARTON, WHO IS VERY INTERESTED IN VOLUNTEER WORK, HAS BEEN INVITED TO DELIVER A TALK ON +PERSONALITY STRUCTURE*.
TWO SWD OFFICERS WILL SPEAK ON THE WORK OF PROBATION OFFICERS AND RESIDENTIAL WORK FOR YOUNG OFFENDERS. THEY ARE MRS BEATRICE LEE, PROBATION OFFICER, AND MR HO WING-FAT, SUPERINTENDENT OF A BOY’S HOME.
THE REGIONAL SOCIAL WELFARE OFFICER (EAST KOWLOON), MR KWOK KA-CHI, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING OF THE SESSION.
-------0----------
WATER LEAKAGE TESTS
* * *
FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN CAUSEWAY BAY WILL BE STOPPED FROM 11 PM ON MONDAY (JULY 9), TO 6 AM THE NEXT DAY FOR LEAKAGE TESTS.
THE AFFECTED PREMISES ARE BOUNDED BY LOCKHART ROAD, CANAL ROAD EAST, HENNESSY ROAD AND EAST POINT ROAD.
-----o------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191
SATURDAY, JULY 7, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
DISMISS RUMOURS, SAYS GOVERNOR .................................. 1
US SECRETARY OF STATE ARRIVES ................................... 1
GREATER IMPETUS TO DB WORK ...................................... 2
RESIDENTS URGED TO SUPPORT DB'S ................................. 3
VOLUNTEERS NEEDED FDR PUBLICITY WORK ............................ 4
NEW SEMINAR FORMAT WELCOMED ..................................... 4
FARMING CO-OPS PLAYING IMPORTANT ROLE ........................... 6
ANTI-LITTER FIGHTER PRAISED ..................................... 7
LANTERN DESIGN COMPETITION FDR STUDENTS ......................... 7
YOUNG MOTHERS COMPLETE SCHOOLING ................................ 8
TRAFFIC MEASURES FOR SHAU KEI WAN ............................... 9
TEMPORARY STREET CLOSURE ........................................ 9
CAR PARK TO BE SUSPENDED ........................................ 9
TURNING MOVEMENTS BANNED ....................................... 10
SWIMMERS WARNED TO STAY CLEAR OF REFUSE BOOM ................... 10
SATURDAY, JULY 7, 1984
1 DISMISS RUMOURS SAYS GOVERNOR * * *
THE SINO-BRITISH DISCUSSIONS ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG ARE PROCEEDING NORMALLY AND OTHER RUMOURS SHOULD BE DISMISSED, SAID THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, ON HIS RETURN FROM LONDON TONIGHT (SATURDAY).
SIR EDWARD WAS GREETED AT THE AIRPORT BY THE ACTING CHIEF SECRETARY, MR DENIS BRAY, SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, SIR S.Y. CHUNG, AND SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR ROGER LOBO.
SPEAKING TO REPORTERS, SIR EDWARD SAID* +l HAVE HAD THREE DAYS IN LONDON ENGAGED IN DISCUSSIONS WITH THE PRIME MINISTER, THE SECRETARY OF STATE, MR LUCE, AND SIR RICHARD EVANS WHO ALSO CAME BACK FROM PEKING TO TAKE PART IN THEM. THESE DISCUSSIONS ARE OF COURSE PART OF THE REGULAR SERIES OF CONSULTATIONS WHICH WE HAVE BEEN HAVING ON THE PROGRESS OF THE TALKS IN PEKING.
+ONCE AGAIN THE MINISTERS IN LONDON REITERATED THEIR DETERMINATION TO PURSUE THE NEGOTIATIONS TO A SUCCESSFUL CONCLUSION AND WE SHALL BE WORKING HARD TO THAT END.
♦I HEARD, JUST BEFORE I LEFT, THAT THERE HAD BEEN CERTAIN DEVELOPMENTS IN THE FOREIGN EXCHANGE MARKET AND OF COURSE I WILL EE GETTING A FULL REPORT ON THAT, AND ON OTHER MATTERS, OVER THE WEEKEND FROM THE CHIEF SECRETARY AND FROM THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY. I WAS GLAD TO HEAR THAT THINGS SEEM TO HAVE SETTLED DOWN A BIT.
+FOR THE REST, AS YOU KNOW MR SCHULTZ IS HERE THIS WEEKEND AND I AM LOOKING FORWARD TO HAVING A CHAT WITH HIM AND THEN NEXT WEEK I SHALL BE GOING BACK TO PEKING WHERE THE DISCUSSIONS ARE PROCEEDING ENTIRELY NORMALLY. IF YOU HAVE HEARD OTHER RUMOURS MAY I SUGGEST YOU DISMISS THEM. THINGS ARE GOING ON NORMALLY AND THERE ARE NO DRAMATIC DEVELOPMENTS.+
------0-------
US SECRETARY OF STATE ARRIVES
X * *
THE UNITED STATES SECRETARY OF STATE, MR GEORGE SHULTZ, ARRIVED IN HONG KONG THIS (SATURDAY) MORNING FOR A VISIT AS PART OF HIS PACIFIC TOUR.
MR SHULTZ WAS MET AT THE AIRPORT BY THE DIRECTOR OF PROTOCOL, SIR JOHN CURLE, THE CONSUL-GENERAL OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, MR BURTON LEVIN AND MRS LEVIN, AND THE ACTING POLITICAL ADVISER, MR RICHARD MARGOLIS.
THE SECRETARY OF STATE AND HIS PARTY WILL LEAVE HONG KONG ON MONDAY (JULY 9).
-----o-------
SATURDAY, JULY 7, 1984
2
GREATER IMPETUS TO DB WORK
* * * *
DISTRICT BOARDS WILL BE ABLE TO ENTER INTO A +NEW ORBIT OF OPERATION AND GIVE AN EVEN GREATER IMPETUS TO THEIR WORK* FOLLOWING THE RECENT CHANGES, THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES, SAID TODAY (SATURDAY).
THE CHANGES INCLUDE THE DOUBLING OF ELECTED SEATS, THE ELECTION OF DISTRICT BOARD CHAIRMEN FROM AMONG UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS, AND THE CHANGE IN STATUS OF GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT REPRESENTATIVES WHO WILL CEASE TO BE MEMBERS BUT CONTINUE TO BE IN REGULAR ATTENDANCE AT BOARD MEETINGS.
+THE BOARDS WILL UNDOUBTEDLY BE ABLE TO DO EVEN MORE FOR THE RESIDENTS IN THE DISTRICT,* HE SAID.
MR AKERS-JONES WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE +TUEN MUN DISTRICT FORUM+ - THE FIRST OF THE 18 DISTRICTS’ RADIO PROGRAMMES TO DISCUSS WITH LOCAL RESIDENTS PROBLEMS OF THEIR DISTRICTS AND ACHIEVEMENTS OF THE BOARDS IN RECENT YEARS.
+IT IS NOW WIDELY RECOGNISED THAT DISTRICT BOARDS HAVE ENABLED THE RESIDENTS AND GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS TO WORK HAND IN HAND IN SOLVING PROBLEMS OF THE DISTRICT, AND HAVE ENCOURAGED ACTIVE PARTICIPATION OF RESIDENTS IN THE MANAGEMENT OF DISTRICT AFFAIRS,* HE SAID.
+THE AIM IS TO FOSTER A SF IRIT OF MUTUAL CARE AND CONCERN SO THAT WE CAN LOOK CRITICALLY BUT POSITIVELY AT OUR COMMUNITY, AND MAKE SUGGESTIONS FOR IMPROVEMENT.*
THE 9O-MINUTE +DISTRICT FORA* PROGRAMME, ORGANISED BY THE 18 DISTRICT OFFICES AND PRODUCED BY RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG, TAKES THE FORM OF A DISCUSSION BY EIGHT PANELISTS ON VARIOUS LOCAL PROBLEMS, FOLLOWED BY QUESTIONS FROM THE AUDIENCE.
THE FORUMS WILL BE HELD IN THE OTHER 17 DISTRICTS ON THE FOLLOWING SUNDAYS UNTIL NOVEMBER 4.
EACH FORUM WILL BE RECORDED AND BROADCAST AT RTHK’S RADIO 1 BETWEEN 8 AM AND 9.30 AM ON THE FOLLOWING SATURDAYS, TOGETHER WITH A HALF-HOUR PHONE-IN SESSION FOR LISTENERS TO EXPRESS THEIR VIEWS.
MR AKERS-JONES SAID THAT THE PROGRAMME WAS PLANNED TO STIMULATE GREATER PUBLIC INTEREST IN, AND UNDERSTANDING OF, THE WORK OF DISTRICT BOARDS.
*YOUR PARTICIPATION, BOTH AS LISTENERS AND AS COMMENTATORS, IS ESSENTIAL FOR THE SUCCESS OF THIS PROGRAMME,* HE SAID.
/-THE .-iADIC ..............
SATURDAY, JULY ?,
- 3 -
+THE RADIO IS AN EXCELLENT MEDIA FOR DISSEMINATING INFORMATION, AND I HOPE 'DISTRICT FORA’ WILL ENHANCE YOUR UNDERSTANDING OF THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN YOU AND YOUR DISTRICT BOARD AND SUCCEED IN PERSUADING YOU TO TAKE AN ACTIVE PART IN DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION,*
MR AKERS-JONES ADDED THAT THE MOST DIRECT AND EFFECTIVE WAY OF PARTICIPATION WAS TO REGISTER AS VOTERS AND TO VOTE IN THE NEXT DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS.
+THIS IS THE RIGHT AS WELL AS THE DUTY OF EVERY ADULT CITIZEN,* HE STRESSED.
------o-------
RESIDENTS URGED TO SUPPORT DB’S
* * * K- K *
VOTING IN NEXT YEAR’S DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS IS AN INDICATION OF ONE’S ACTIVE SUPPORT TO FUTURE COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT, THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT OFFICER, MR LAM KAM-KWONG, SAID THIS (SATURDAY) EVENING.
SPEAKING AT THE DISTRJCT’S AMATEUR SINGING CONTEST, HE CALLED ON ELIGIBLE VOTERS TO REGISTER AND VOTE FOR CANDIDATES OF THEIR CHOICE.
+THE FUTURE SUCCESS OF THE DISTRICT BOARDS DEPENDS GREATLY ON THE SUPPORT AND PARTICIPATION OF LOCAL RESIDENTS,* HE SAID.
FOR THE PAST TWO YEARS, MR LAM SAID, THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT BOARD HAD BEEN DOING MUCH TO IMPROVE THE LIVELIHOOD OF LOCAL RESIDENTS.
SOME OF THE EXAMPLES WERE THE IMPLEMENTATION OF +MEET-THE-PUBLIC+ SESSIONS TO ENABLE BOARD MEMBERS TO HAVE A BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF LOCAL PROBLEMS, ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS, AS WELL AS ADVICES AND SUGGESTIONS ON IMPROVING TRAFFIC FLOW IN THE DISTRICT.
HE SAID THAT THE SINGING CONTEST WAS ORGANISED NOT ONLY TO EXPLORE LOCAL TALENTS, BUT ALSO TO FOSTER DISTRICT IDENTITY AND A SENSE OF BELONGING AMONG THE RESIDENTS.
+THROUGH ACTIVITIES SUCH AS THE CONTEST, WE HOPE TO ENCOURAGE RESIDENTS TO PARTICIPATE IN COMMUNITY AFFAIRS, CONTRIBUTE IDEAS AND SUGGESTIONS TO THE DISTRICT BOARD, AND SERVE THE COMMUNITY,* HE SAID.
WAN CHAI IS THE 15TH DISTRICT TO HOLD THE TERRITORY-WIDE CONTEST BEING ORGANISED TO PROMOTE THE COMING REGISTRATION OF VOTERS.
THE SIX-WEEK REGISTRATION EXERCISE WILL BEGIN ON AUGUST 15 AND THE ELECTIONS WILL TAKE PLACE ON MARCH 7 NEXT YEAR.
------o-------
/4.......
SATURDAY, JULY 7, 1984
4
VOLUNTEERS NEEDED FOR PUBLICITY WORK
* * *
YOUNG PEOPLE IN YUEN LONG WERE TODAY (SATURDAY) CALLED UPON TO HELP IN THE DISTRICT OFFICE’S PUBLICITY WORK TO ENCOURAGE MORE VOTERS FOR NEXT YEAR’S DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS.
THE APPEAL CAME FROM THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, hfi FREDERICK LAM, DURING A TALK TO 60 PARTICIPANTS ATTENDING A TWO-MONTH TRAINING COURSE FOR YOUTH LEADERS AND VOLUNTEERS.
HE SAID HOUSEHOLD VISITS WOULD BE CONDUCTED BETWEEN AUGUST 15 AND OCTOBER 1 IN BOTH THE TOWN AND RURAL AREAS TO ENCOURAGE ELIGIBLE RESIDENTS TO REGISTER, AND YOUNG VOLUNTEERS WERE NEEDED FOR SUCH VISITS.
DURING THE VISITS, MR LAM SAID, VOLUNTEERS WOULD BE REQUIRED TO EXPLAIN TO RESIDENTS AND VILLAGERS THE WORK, FUNCTIONS AND ACHIEVEMENTS OF LOCAL DISTRICT BOARDS.
+ INDUCTION COURSES WILL BE GIVEN TO THE VOLUNTEERS PRIOR TO MAKING THE VISITS AND CASH PAYMENT WOULD BE AWARDED TO THEM,* HE SAID.
ANYONE INTERESTED IN TAKING UP THE WORK CAN WRITE TO THE DISTRICT OFFICE AT YUEN LONG DISTRICT BRANCH OFFICES BUILDING, 269 CASTLE PEAK ROAD.
-------o----------
NEW SEMINAR FORMAT WELCOMED * * * *
YEAR’S SEMINARS ON UNRULY WELCOMED BY PARTICIPANTS,
OF FORMAT IN THIS
THE CHANGE
BEHAVIOUR AMONG STUDENTS HAD BEEN --------c*'m
MR T.L. LAM, ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (SCHOOLS), SAID
TODAY (SATURDAY)
HE SAID PARTICIPANTS FELT THAT THEY COULD DEVOTE MORE TIME TO PROBLEMS OF THEIR INDIVIDUAL DISTRICT AT THE SEMINARS, WHICH WERE ORGANISED FOR SCHOOL HEADS.
MR LAM WAS SPEAKING AT THE CLOSING CEREMONY OF THE SEMINARS HELD AT LOK SIN TONG WONG CHUNG MING SECONDARY SCHOOL IN SAN PO KONG.
+PARTICIPANTS OF PAST SEMINARS HAVE EXPRESSED THE VIEW THAT EACH DISTRICT HAS ITS OWN TYPES OF PROBLEMS WHICH MAY NOT NECESSARILY APPLY TO SCHOOLS IN OTHER AREAS,* MR LAM SAID.
SATURDAY, JUL'.' ?, " £ ’<
BASED ON THESE VIEWS, THE SEMINARS THIS YEAR WERE CHANGED TO INVOLVE SCHOOL HEADS TAKING AN ACTIVE ROLE, IN ADDITION TO SPEAKERS FROM THE POLICE, SOCIAL WELFARE AND EDUCATION DEPARTMENTS.
THIS YEAR, SCHOOLS THROUGHOUT HONG KONG HAVE BEEN GROUPED INTO 13 DISTRICTS, AND SEPARATE SEMINARS HAVE BEEN CONDUCTED FOR MORE THAN 1 200 PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL HEADS BETWEEN JUNE 19 AND JULY 7.
LAST YEAR DISTRICT SEMINARS WERE CONDUCTED SIMULTANEOUSLY ON THE SAME DAY FOR SCHOOL HEADS IN HONG KONG, KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES.
+RESPONSE FROM PARTICIPANTS THIS YEAR HAS BEEN FAVOURABLE, AND THEY FEEL THEY HAVE MORE TIME TO AIR THEIR INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS AND EXCHANGE VIEWS WITH SCHOOL HEADS FROM THE SAME DI STR ICT.
+SPECIAL THANKS MUST BE GIVEN TO THOSE SCHOOL PRINCIPALS WHO TOOK TIME OUT TO ADDRESS THE SEMINARS,* MR LAM SAID.
HE ALSO THANKED PARTICIPANTS WHO EXPRESSED THEIR VIEWS AT THE SEMINARS AND SHARED THEIR EXPERIENCE WITH OTHER SCHOOL HEADS.
MR LEUNG HUNG-WAI, POLICE COMMUNITY RELATIONS OFFICER, WONG TAI SIN, WHO ALSO SPOKE ON THE OCCASION REFUTED CERTAIN REPORTS THAT TRIADS HAD INFILTRATED INTO SOME SCHOOLS AND USED THEM AS OPERATIONAL BASES FOR CRIMINAL ACTIVITIES.
+WE COULD FIND NO EVIDENCE TO SUBSTANTIATE THIS, AND THE SO-CALLED TRIAD ACTIVITIES IN SCHOOL ARE MOSTLY UNRULY AND DELINQUENT BEHAVIOUR OF STUDENTS,* HE SAID.
MR LEUNG EXPRESSED CONFIDENCE THAT WITH THE STRENGTHENED POLICE-SCHOOL LIAISON AT DISTRICT LEVEL, IT WOULD FURTHER DISCOURAGE ANY SUCH ACTIVITIES.
SINCE LAST MONTH, 75 NEWLY CREATED NEIGHBOURHOOD POLICE CO-ORDINATORS HAVE BEEN DEPLOYED TO ALL THE 17 POLICE DISTRICTS TO REPLACE THE ORIGINAL SCHOOL LIAISON OFFICER OF EACH DISTR ICT.
+THESE CO-ORDINATORS ARE RESPONSIBLE, AMONG OTHER THINGS, FOR CONDUCTING FREQUENT VISITS TO SCHOOLS AND GIVING TALKS AND ADVICE WHERE NECESSARY IN A BID TO STRENGTHEN POLICE-SCHOOL LIAISON,* MR LEUNG SAID.
FEEDBACKS FROM SEMINARS IN PAST YEARS SHOWED THAT THE SCHOOL HEADS CONSIDERED SUCH SEMINARS USEFUL IN PROVIDING A CONVENIENT FORUM FOR SCHOOL HEADS TO EXCHANGE VIEwS AND TO HAVE MATTERS RELATING TO UNRULY BEHAVIOUR CLARIFIED BY REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.
/6.......
SATURDAY, JULY 7, 1984'
6
FARMING CO-OPS PLAYING IMPORTANT ROLE
*****
DESPITE THE WET WEATHER AND THE HAVOC CAUSED BY TYPHOON ELLEN, VEGETABLE MARKETING CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES SUPPLIED MORE THAN 60 PER CENT OF ALL VEGETABLES SOLD THROUGH THE VEGETABLE MARKETING ORGANISATION LAST YEAR, THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, DR JOHN RIDDELL-SWAN, SAID THIS (SATURDAY) EVENING.
DR RIDDELL-SWAN WAS SPEAKING AT A DINNER RECEPTION, ATTENDED BY REPRESENTATIVES OF LOCAL CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES, TO MARK THE 62ND INTERNATIONAL CO-OPERATIVE DAY.
+THE FEDERATION OF VEGETABLE MARKETING CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES CONTINUED TO PLAY AN IMPORTANT ROLE IN HELPING THEIR MEMBERS TO INCREASE PRODUCTIVITY THROUGH MODERN FARMING TECHNIQUES.
+WITH A GRANT OF $100 000 FROM THE VEGETABLE MARKETING ORGANISATION, THE FEDERATION WAS ABLE TO EXTEND ITS BULK PURCHASE SCHEME WHICH SUPPLIES FARMERS WITH GOOD QUALITY PESTICIDES AT REASONABLE PRICES,* HE SAID.
HE POINTED OUT THAT THE FEDERATION OF PIG RAISING SOCIETIES WAS ALSO ACTIVE.
THE IMPORTATION OF PEDIGREE PIGS FROM OVERSEAS, ORGANISED BY THE FEDERATION, HELPED TO UPGRADE THE LOCAL BREEDING STOCK.
LAST YEAR, SOME $6 MILLION LOANED TO PIG FARMERS FROM DEPARTMENTALLY-ADMINISTERED LOAN FUNDS WAS DISTRIBUTED THROUGH CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES.
DR RIDDELL-SWAN SAID THAT ALL FARMERS’ CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES CONTINUED TO PLAY A VALUABLE PART IN THE PROVISION OF CREDIT AND TO HELP DESERVING STUDENTS TO FURTHER THEIR STUDIES ON AGRICULTURE.
ON FISHERMEN’S CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES, HE SAID $4 MILLION FROM THEIR OWN FUNDS AND $8.5 MILLION FROM FUNDS ADMINISTERED BY THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT WERE LOANED TO THE FISHING COMMUNITY LAST YEAR.
FUNDS WERE ALSO MADE AVAILABLE FROM THE MARINE FISH SCHOLARSHIP FUND TO ENABLE STUDENTS TO STUDY SUBJECTS RELATED TO THE FISHING INDUSTRY AT LOCAL AND OVERSEAS UNIVERSITIES.
IN THE URBAN SECTOR, DR RIDDELL-SWAN SAID, CONSUMERS’ CO-OPERATIVES HAD A GOOD YEAR WITH SALES TOTALLING $5.9 MILLION AND GROSS SURPLUSES EXCEEDING $1.4 MILLION.
HE EXPRESSED CONFIDENCE THAT THESE CONSUMERS’ CO-OPERATIVES WOULD CONTINUE TO THRIVE AND WOULD SERVE THE NEEDS OF THEIR MEMBERS IN THE YEARS AHEAD.
AT THE DINNER, DR RIDDELL-SWAN PRESENTED CERTIFICATES TO THE CHAIRMAN OF THE TA KWU LING VEGETABLE MARKETING AND CREDIT CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETY, MR HO SHU-WAN5 AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE HANG HAU FISHERMEN’S BETTER LIVING CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETY, MR CHEUNG TAO, IN RECOGNITION OF THEIR DEDICATED SERVICE TO THE CO-OPERATIVE MOVEMENT.
------o ------
/?......
SATURDAY, JULY 7, 1984
7
ANT I-LITTER FIGHTER PRAISED * * * *
A SUPERVISOR OF THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT WAS COMMENDED TODAY FOR CATCHING THE LARGEST NUMBER OF LITTERBUGS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
RECEIVING THE COMMENDATION FROM THE DIRECTOR OF NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES, MR JOHN HEYWOOD, WAS MR LI KWO IG-KAN, A FOREMAN ATTACHED TO THE CLEANSING SECTION OF THE TSUEN WAN URBAN SERVICES OFFICE.
MR LI BROUGHT TO COURT 309 LITTERBUGS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES FOR THE SIX MONTHS TO APRIL THIS YEAR.
THIS WAS THE LARGEST NUMBER OF PROSECUTIONS TAKEN BY ANY SINGLE OFFICER OF NTSD FOR THE PERIOD. MR LI HAD EARNED A SIMILAR COMMENDATION IN DECEMBER LAST YEAR.
PRESENTING THE COMMENDATION AT THE NTSD HEADQUARTERS, MR HEYWOOD PRAISED MR LI FOR HIS VIGILANCE AND DEVOTION TO DUTY.
+SADLY, WE HAVE FAILED TO GET THE MESSAGE ACROSS BY WAY OF EDUCATION,+ MR HEYWOOD SAID. +WE THEREFORE NEED TO MAINTAIN A VIGILANT LAW ENFORCEMENT FORCE OR WE WILL QUICKLY END UP IN A SEA OF RUBBISH.+
HE DESCRIBED MR LI’S ACHIEVEMENT AS A CREDIT TO THE DEPARTMENT AS WELL AS A GOOD EXAMPLE TO ITS LAW ENFORCEMENT STAFF.
ALSO ATTENDING THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY WERE THE STAFF OFFICER (CLEANSING) OF NTSD, MR LAM CHUNG-HUEN, AND THE DEPUTY URBAN SERVICES OFFICER OF TSUEN WAN, MR LAI CHUNG-KUEN.
-------o----------
LANTERN DESIGN COMPETITION FOR STUDENTS * * * *
STUDENTS ARE INVITED TO PARTICIPATE
IN A LANTERN DESIGN COMPETITION ORGANISED AS PART OF THE ACTIVITIES TO CELEBRATE THE MID-AUTUMN FESTIVAL IN SEPTEMBER THIS YEAR.
WINNING ENTRIES WILL BE DISPLAYED AT AN EXHIBITION TO BE HELD AT THE CITY HALL FROM SEPTEMBER 5 TO 9.
THE EXHIBITION, ORGANISED BY THE 1984 LANTERN CARNIVALS ORGANISING COMMITTEE OF THE URBAN COUNCIL, AIMS AT REV VI NG INTEREST IN THE TRADITIONAL CHINESE ART OF LANTERN DESIGN.
THE COMPETITION WILL BE DIVIDED INTO TWO SECTIONS - ONE FOR PRIMARY SCHOOL PUPILS AND THE OTHER FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS. ANY NUMBER OF ENTRIES MAY BE SUBMITTED BY ONE PARTICIPANT.
SATURDAY, JULY 7, 19?A
- 8 -
LANTERNS SUBMITTED SHOULD NOT BE LARGER THAN ONE METRE IN ANY DIMENSION AND ANY MATERIAL MAY BE USED.
APPLICATIONS SHOULD BE MADE THROUGH HEADS OF SCHOOLS. THERE WILL BE 30 PRIZES IN THE FORM OF CERTIFICATES OF MERIT FOR SPONSORING SCHOOLS WHICH SUBMIT LANTERNS OF OUTSTANDING DESIGN.
THERE WILL ALSO BE 100 INDIVIDUAL PRIZES FOR OUTSTANDING ENTRIES. EACH OF THESE PRIZES WILL INCLUDE A CERTIFICATE OF MERIT AND A BOOK TOKEN WORTH $250.
APPLICATIONS FOR PARTICIPATION SHOULD BE MADE TO THE ENTERTAINMENT OFFICE OF THE CULTURAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT, ROOM 1109, NEW WORLD OFFICE BUILDING, 18-24 SALISBURY ROAD, TSIM SHA TSUI, KOWLOON, BY JULY 13.
ALL LANTERNS SHOULD BE SUBMITTED TO THE RECEPTION DESK OF THE LANTERN DESIGN COMPETITION AT THE EXHIBITION HALL, LOW BLOCK, CITY HALL, HONG KONG, BETWEEN 10 AM AND 5 PM ON SEPTEMBER 3 AND 4.
ENQUIRIES MAY BE MADE TO THE ENTERTAINMENT OFFICE OF THE CULTURAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT ON 3-667043.
- - 0 - -
YOUNG MOTHERS COMPLETE SCHOOLING X * * *
EIGHTY YOUNG MOTHERS LIVING IN TUEN MUN HAVE COMPLETED A THREE-MONTH PROGRAMME DESIGNED TO RAISE THEIR EDUCATIONAL LEVEL TO ENABLE THEM TO SUPERVISE THEIR CHILDREN’S HOMEWORK.
THE PROGRAMME, WHICH INCLUDED FAMILY-LIFE EDUCATION, WAS ORGANISED BY THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S ON TING-YAU 01 COMMUNITY CENTRE AND THE CARITAS CENTRE FOR FURTHER AND ADULT EDUCAT ION-CAINE ROAD DAY SCHOOL.
+THIS WAS OUR FIRST ATTEMPT AND THE RESULT HAS BEEN VERY ENCOURAGING,* MR LIU KWONG-YUEN, WARDEN OF THE COMMUNITY CENTRE, SAID.
+THE MOTHERS HAVE. WORKED VERY HARD, NOT ONLY FOR THEIR OWN BENEFIT BUT ALSO FOR THE GOOD OF THEIR CHILDREN AND FAMILIES. THEIR MORALE AND ATTEMDANCE RATE WERE EXTREMELY HIGH,* HE SAID.
IN VIEW OF THE FAVOURABLE RESPONSE, ANOTHER PROGRAMME FOR 200 PARENTS HAS BEEN PLANNED FOR EARLY AUGUST. THOSE WHO ARE INTERESTED CAN APPLY HOW TO THE ON TING-YAU 01 COMMUNITY CENTRE.
THE 80 PROUD MOTHERS TURNED UP AT A CEREMONY LAST (FRIDAY) NIGHT TO RECEIVE THE I Fl CERTIFICATES IN FRONT OF THEIR HUSBANDS AND CHILDREN, AS WELL AS PROMINENT GUESTS AND LOCAL DIGNITARIES.
- 0 -
SATURDAY, JULY 7, 1984
3
TRAFFIC MEASURES FOR SHAU KEI WAN * * * *
FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (JULY 9), THE FOLLOWING TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED IN SHAU KEI WAN:
* THE WESTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF FACTORY STREET BETWEEN SHAU KEI WAN ROAD AND ALDRICH STREET WILL BE MADE AN URBAN CLEARWAY FOR PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES FROM 7 AM TO MIDNIGHT DAILY. WITHIN THE RESTRICTED ZONE, ALL PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM STOPPING FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS. THE SAME ROAD SECTION WILL BE AN URBAN CLEARWAY FOR ALL VEHICLES, EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES, FROM 7 AM TO 10 AM AND FROM 4 PM TO 7 PM DAILY.
* THE EXISTING MEASURE BANNING PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES FROM ENTERING ALDRICH STREET BETWEEN FACTORY STREET AND PO MAN STREET WILL BE LIFTED.
* THE WESTERN KERBSIDE LANE OF ALDRICH STREET FROM FACTORY STREET TO ABOUT 10 METRES NORTH OF KAM WAH STREET WILL BE MADE A DAILY 24-HOUR URBAN CLEARWAY FOR ALL VEHICLES OTHER THAN FRANCHISED BUSES.
------o-------
TEMPORARY STREET CLOSURE
* * * *
FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (JULY 9), THE SECTION OF CHURCH STREET BETWEEN CHURCH LANE AND SHAU KEI WAN ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FOR ABOUT SIX WEEKS TO FACILITATE ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR CONSTRUCTION WORK.
DURING THE PERIOD, THE SECTION OF CHURCH STREET BETWEEN CHURCH LANE AND FACTORY STREET WILL BE OPEN TO TWO-WAY TRAFFIC.
-------o---------
CAR PARK TO BE SUSPENDED * * * *
PAK SHA WAN CAR PARK IN SAI KUNG WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 3 AM ON MONDAY (JULY 9) TO 10 PM ON JULY 20 TO FACIL TATE CHINESE u. cRA PERFORMANCES IN CELEBRATION OF THE KUN YAM FESTIVAL.
- - 0 - -
SATURDAY, JULY 7, 1984
10 -
TURNING MOVEMENTS BANNED
* * * *
FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (JULY 9), THE FOLLOWING TRAFFIC MEASURES WILL BE IMPLEMENTED :-
M THE RIGHT-TURNING MOVEMENT FROM CHEUNG SHA WAN ROAD SOUTHBOUND INTO HING WAH STREET WESTBOUND WILL BE BANNED FOR ABOUT FOUR MONTHS TO FACILITATE CONSTRUCTION WORK.
THE LEFT-TURNING MOVEMENT FROM HING WAH STREET WESTBOUND INTO CHEUNG SHA WAN ROAD SOUTHBOUND w ILL BE PERMANENTLY BANNED.
--------o----------
SWIMMERS WARNED TO STAY CLEAR OF REFUSE BOOM * * *
THE URBAN COUNCIL TODAY WARNED THAT SWIMMERS WHO CLIMB ONTO THE NEWLY-ERECTED REFUSE BOOM LINE AT REPULSE BAY BEACH ARE RI SKING THE I R LIVES.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE COUNCIL SAID THAT DESPITE WARNING SIGNS ERECTED ON THE BOOM, THERE WERE INCIDENTS OVER THE PAST FEW DAYS WHEN SWIMMERS WERE FOUND CLIMBING ONTO THE BOOM, THUS CAUSING SERIOUS DAMAGE TO THE BOOM NET.
+THE REFUSE BOOM IS LAID OUTSIDE THE DEMARCATED BOOM-LINE AS
A TRIAL TO PREVENT FLOATING REFUSE DRIFTING INTO THE SWIMMING AREA SO THAT SWIMMERS CAN ENJOY A CLEANER ENVIRONMENT,* SAID THE SPOKESM AN.
+SWIMMERS ARE PUTTING THEIR OWN LIVES AT RISK IF THEY CONTINUE TO IGNORE THE WARNINGS BECAUSE THEY COULD BE ENMESHED BY THE NETTING AND DROWNED.*
THE REFUSE BOOM, STRETCHING SOME 300 METRES, HAS BEEN INSTALLED AT A COST OF ABOUT «250 000 AND THE SCHEME WILL BE EXTENDED TO OTHER BEACHES IN THE URBAN AREA IF PROVED SUCCESSFUL.
- - 0
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
SUNDAY, JULY 8, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
YOUNGSTERS FIGHT DRUG EVIL....................................... 1
SECRETARY OF STATE CALLS ON GOVERNOR ........................... 2
PLACEMENT UNIT GETS JOBS FOR YOUNGSTERS.......................... 2
MUI WO BEING FURTHER DEVELOPED................................. 3
LABOUR LAW OFFENDERS FINED....................................... 4
ANOTHER SWIMMING POOL FOR KWAI CHUNG ............................ 5
GRADUATES TO RECEIVE CERTIFICATES ............................... 5
MORE CROSS-BORDER PERMITS ....................................... 6
MARKET FOR YUEN LONG............................................. 6
FOOTBRIDGE mCROSS CASTLE PEAK ROAD .............................. 7
NEW ADDRESS FOR CLERK OF COURT’S OFFICE........................ 7
NEW OFFICE FOR YUEN LONG URBAN SERVICES ......................... 7
SPECIAL TRAFFIC MEASURES ANNOUNCED .............................. 8
PROHIBITED ZONE FOR PLB’S........................................ 8
SUNDAY, JULY 8, 1984
1
YOUNGSTERS FIGHT DRUG EVIL * * * *
PREVENTIVE EDUCATION IS THE MAIN EMPHASIS OF THIS YEAR’S ANTI-NARCOTICS DRIVE AND MORE YOUNG PEOPLE WILL BE ABLE TO GET THE MESSAGE.
♦YOUNG PEOPLE CAN LEARN THE EVILS OF DRUG ABUSE AND TRAFFICKING THROUGH PARTICIPATION IN ACTIVITIES DESIGNED TO GET THE ANTI-NARCOTICS MESSAGE ACROSS. THE MORE SO IF THEY ARE THE ONES WHO INITIATE THEM,+ MR BOB TONG, EXECUTIVE OFFICER (DRUG EDUCATION) OF THE NARCOTICS DIVISION, GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT, SAID.
AND THIS IS JUST WHAT THE YOUTH AGAINST DRUGS SCHEME (YADS) IS ALL ABOUT.
THE SCHEME, RUN BY THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS, PROVIDES AN OPPORTUNITY FOR YOUNG PEOPLE AGED 15 OR ABOVE TO DESIGN, PLAN AND IMPLEMENT ANTI-NARCOTICS EDUCATIONAL AND PUBLICITY PROJECTS.
MR TONG SAID THAT YOUNG PEOPLE AT THIS AGE GROUP ARE THEIR TARGET AS THEY ARE MOST VULNERABLE TO DRUG ABUSE UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF THEIR PEERS, OUT OF CURIOSITY OR FROM THE NEED FOR ESCAPE RESULTING FROM'FRUSTRATIONS, PARTICULARLY IF THEY DO NOT HAVE THE RIGHT FORM OF DIVERSIONS.
+IN PLANNING, ORGANISING AND RUNNING THESE PROJECTS, THEY CAN EXERCISE THEIR IMAGINATION AND CREATIVITY TO PROMOTE THE ANTI-NARCOTICS MESSAGE,+ HE SAID.
♦BUT MORE IMPORTANTLY, THEY CAN GAIN INSIGHT INTO THE CAUSES OF DRUG ABUSE AND ADOPT THE RIGHT ATTITUDE TOWARDS THE PROBLEM,+ MR TONG ADDED.
♦ALSO, THROUGH THE ACTIVITIES THEY ORGANISE, THOUSANDS OF YOUTHS WILL RECEIVE THE ANTI-NARCOTICS MESSAGE,* MR TONG SAID.
UNDER THE SCHEME, GROUPS OF YOUNG PEOPLE, EACH OF 10 MEMBERS OR MORE, CAN LODGE PROPOSALS FOR CONSIDERATION AND FUNDING.
A SELECTION BOARD, COMPRISING SEVEN STAFF MEMBERS OF THE NARCOTICS DIVISION, WILL ASSESS THEIR PROPOSED PROJECTS BASED ON SUCH CRITERIA AS APPLICABILITY, PUBLICITY VALUE, INNOVATION, COST EFFECTIVENESS AND ESTIMATED EXPENDITURE.
♦ONCE THE PROPOSALS ARE APPROVED, FUNDS UP TO A MAXIMUM OF ’ $3 000 EACH WILL BE GRANTED AND THE GROUPS WILL BE GIV.EN A FREE HAND TO IMPLEMENT THEIR PROJECTS, WITH GUIDANCE FROM THE NARCOTICS DIVISION STAFF,+ MR TONG SAID.
THE MAJORITY OF THE GROUPS COME FROM YOUTH CENTRES, COMMUNITY CENTRES AND SCHOOLS. TO HELP THEM CARRY OUT THEIR PROJECTS SUCCESSFULLY, A BRIEFING SESSION ON THE SKILLS REQUIRED FOR ORGANISING ACTIVITIES AND ON THE DRUG ABUSE PROBLEM IN HONG KONG IS ARRANGED.
/♦NORMALLY IT.....
SUNDAY, JULY 8, 1984
2
♦NORMALLY IT IS IN THE FORM OF A TRAINING CAMP OR SEMINAR AND THE PARTICIPANTS HAVE FOUND IT TO BE MOST USEFUL,* MR TONG SAID.
SINCE THE SCHEME WAS LAUNCHED IN AUGUST 1981, 46 SELF-INITIATED PROJECTS ORGANISED BY DIFFERENT YOUTH GROUPS HAVE BEEN IMPLEMENTED.
THESE INCLUDE A WIDE RANGE OF ANTI-NARCOTICS PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES, SUCH AS SEMINARS, EXHIBITIONS, GAMES DAYS, TELEMATCHES, CAMPING, CONCERTS, DRAMAS, FILM SHOWS, HIKING, MASS JOGGING AND VARIOUS COMPETITIONS.
THIS YEAR, ABOUT 30 PROJECTS ARE PLANNED FOR THE SCHEME AND THE TOTAL EXPENDITURE IS ESTIMATED AT $100 000.
♦FUNDS AND MANPOWER PERMITTING, WE HOPE TO HAVE 10 MORE PROJECTS, EACH WITH AN INCREASED MAXIMUM GRANT OF $3 500 TO $4 000, TO BE IMPLEMENTED NEXT YEAR,* MR TONG SAID.
APART FROM THE YADS, A THREE-MAN TEAM WAS SET UP BY NARCOTICS DIVISION EARLY THIS YEAR TO STRENGTHEN ANTI-NARCOTICS EDUCATION IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS.
THE TEAM WILL GIVE ANTI-NARCOTICS TALKS TO STUDENTS IN FORM ONE TO FORM THREE IN OVER 500 SCHOOLS.
+WE HOPE TO COVER 200 SECONDARY SCHOOLS IN ONE YEAR SO THAT THE FIRST CYCLE OF THE WHOLE PROGRAMME CAN BE COMPLETED BY 1987,+ l*F TONG SAID.
------0-------,
SECRETARY OF STATE CALLS ON GOVERNOR
XXX
THE VISITING UNITED STATES SECRETARY OF STATE, MR GEORGE SHULTZ, AND MRS SHULTZ THIS (SUNDAY) EVENING PAID A COURTESY CALL ON THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE.
THEY LATER HAD DINNER TOGETHER AT GOVERNMENT HOUSE.
----o------
PLACEMENT UNIT GETS JOBS FOR YOUNGSTERS X * X
THE PLACEMENT SERVICE UNIT OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL (VTC) LAST YEAR HELPED SOME 1 000 YOUNGSTERS FIND EMPLOYERS WHO OFFERED PROPER APPRENTICESHIP TRAINING.
ABOUT 800 OF THEM HAVE BEEN UNDERGOING ON-THE-JOB TRAINING AT CRAFT LEVEL AND THE OTHER 200 AT TECHNICIAN LEVEL.
/♦THIS YEAH ........
SUNDAY, JULY 8, 1984
+THIS YEAR THE PLACEMENT UNIT CONTINUES TO ASSIST EMPLOYERS IN INDUSTRY TO RECRUIT APPRENTICES AND SET UP PROPER TRAINING SCHEMES,* A COUNCIL SPOKESMAN SAID.
TRAINING OPPORTUNITIES ARE AVAILABLE IN MAJOR INDUSTRIES, INCLUDING AUTOMOBILE REPAIRS AND SERVICING, BUILDING AND CIVIL ENGINEERING, CLOTHING, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONICS, MACHINE SHOP AND hETAL WORKING, PLASTICS, PRINTING, SHIPBUILDING AND SHIP REPAIRS, AND TEXTILES.
♦FROM THIS YEAR, APPRENTICESHIP TRAINING IS ALSO AVAILABLE IN THE JEWELLERY INDUSTRY, AS WELL AS IN THE COMMERCE AND SERVICE SECTORS,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
THE TRAINEESHIP SCHEMES FOR THE INSURANCE AND ACCOUNTING FIELDS, INTRODUCED IN JANUARY, CONSIST OF PRACTICAL ON-THE-JOB TRAINING AND COMPLEMENTARY EDUCATION AT TECHNICAL INSTITUTES.
TO SOLICIT EMPLOYERS’ SUPPORT FOR THE APPRENTICESHIP AND TRAINEESHIP SCHEMES, STAFF OF THE COUNCIL VISITED ABOUT 750 ESTABLISHMENTS LAST YEAR AND ASSISTED SOME 200 IN SETTING UP TRAINING SCHEMES OR IMPROVING EXISTING ONES.
+FROM TIME TO TIME, TALKS ON TRAINING OPPORTUNITIES AND CAREER PROSPECTS IN INDUSTRY, COMMERCE AND SERVICE SECTORS WERE GIVEN TO SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS.
♦SCHOOL-LEAVERS ARE ENCOURAGED TO MAKE USE OF THE PLACEMENT SERVICE OF THE COUNCIL TO FIND TRAINING PLACES,* HE SAID.
FURTHER INFORMATION ON APPRENTICESHIP AND TRAINEESHIP SCHEMES MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE PLACEMENT SERVICE UNIT OF THE COUNCIL AT 14/F, HARBOUR CENTRE, 25 HARBOUR ROAD, WAN CHAI, OR AT 5-8932341, EXT. 298.
-----o--------
MUI WO BEING FURTHER DEVELOPED # # # #
A SERIES OF ENGINEERING WORKS WILL START AT MUI WO SOON TO PREPARE THE TOWN FOR A THREEFOLD INCREASE IN POPULATION TO 13 000 BY THE 1990’S.
A RETAINING WALL WILL BE BUILT ON THE NORTH BANK OF THE MAIN RIVER CHANNEL WHICH, TOGETHER WITH ONE ON THE SOUTH BANK, WILL COMPLETE THE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT FOR THE MAIN RIVER COURSE.
A MINI-SHELTER WITH A RIVER WALL AND A PROTECTIVE BREAKWATER WILL ALSO BE BUILT FOR MOORING SMALL CRAFT IN THE RIVER.
UNDER THE DEVELOPMENT PLAN, RECLAMATION OF 2.23 HECTARES CF LAND NORTH OF THE RIVER WILL PROVIDE SITES FOR A MARKET, DISTRICT OPEN SPACE, CAR PARKS AND GOVERNMENT AND PRIVATE PROJECTS.
/TC ALLO'* ..........
SUNDAY, JULY 8, 1984
TO ALLOW/ EASY ACCESS FROM THE FERRY PIER AND SOUTH LANTAU ROAD, A 7.3-METRE-WIDE DUAL HIGHWAY BRIDGE WITH A FOOTPATH ON BOTH SIDES, TOGETHER WITH A PEDESTRIAN-CYCLE BRIDGE, WILL BE BUILT OVER THE MAIN RIVER CHANNEL.
ADDITIONAL ROADS AND DRAINS AND A SEWAGE PUMPING STATION WILL BE CONSTRUCTED TO COMPLETE THE SEWAGE TREATMENT SYSTEM.
THERE WILL ALSO BE AN EXTENSION OF THE SEAWALL AND RECLAMATION FURTHER SOUTHEAST OF THE HEUNG YEE KUK SECONDARY SCHOOL TO INCLUDE SITES FOR AN INCINERATOR, A SAND DEPOT AND A HELIPAD.
WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN SEPTEMBER AND TAKE TWO YEARS TO COMPLETE.
TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT ARE BEING INVITED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
THE DEADLINE FOR SUBMISSION IS AUGUST 3.
- - 0 -
LABOUR LAW OFFENDERS FINED * * *
THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT TOOK OUT 817 PROSECUTIONS FOR BREACHES OF LABOUR LAWS IN MAY.
OF THESE, 789 CASES RESULTED IN CONVICTION, WITH FINES TOTALLING $792 900.
MOST OF THE CASES RELATED TO BREACHES OF THE FACTORIES AND INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS ORDINANCE AND ITS VARIOUS SUBSIDIARY REGULATIONS, THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE AND THE WOMEN AND YOUNG PERSONS (INDUSTRY) REGULATIONS.
THERE WERE 312 CASES CONCERNING VIOLATIONS OF SAFETY REGULATIONS, WITH $483 550 IN FINES. THEY INCLUDED 166 CASES (WITH $261 750 IN FINES) FOR BREACH OF THE FACTORIES AND INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS (GUARDING AND OPERATION OF MACHINERY) REGULATIONS AND 43 CASES (WITH $103 650 IN FINES) FOR BREACH OF THE CONSTRUCTION SITES (SAFETY) REGULATIONS.
THERE WERE 405 CASES RELATING TO BREACHES OF THE WOMEN AND YOUNG PERSONS (INDUSTRY) REGULATIONS, WHICH RESULTED IN $254 930 IN FINES.
OF THE OTHER PROSECUTIONS, NINE CASES WERE RELATED TO FAILURE TO KEEP RECORD OF EMPLOYEES, LEADING TO $3 570 IN FINES.
SUNDAY, JULY 8, 1984
- 5 -
ANOTHER SWIMMING POOL FOR KWAI CHUNG
THE SECOND PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX FOR KWAI CHUNG AND TSUEN WAN RESIDENTS WILL BE OPEN FROM THURSDAY (JULY 12).
THE NORTH KWAI CHUNG JOCKEY CLUB PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL, BUILT ON A 1.5-HECTARE SITE AT WO YI HOP ROAD, IS LOCATED NEXT TO THE EXISTING WO Yl HOP ROAD SPORTS GROUND AND TO AN INDOOR GAMES HALL NOW UNDER CONSTRUCTION.
THESE THREE FACILITIES WILL FORM A LARGE RECREATION NETWORK SERVING NORTH KWAI CHUNG, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID.
THE $26.4 MILLION SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX IS JOINTLY FINANCED BY THE GOVERNMENT AND THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB.
DESIGNED AND BUILT BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT, THE COMPLEX WILL BE MANAGED BY NTSD.
IT COMPRISES AN OLYMPIC-SIZED MAIN POOL, WHICH CAN ALSO BE USED FOR WATER-POLO MATCHES, A DIVING POOL, A TRAINING POOL AND A PADDLING POOL FOR YOUNG CHILDREN, WITH A COMBINED CAPACITY FOR 1 200 BATHERS.
CHANGING ROOMS WITH SHOWERS AND A GENERAL RESTAURANT ARE HOUSED IN A TWO-STOREY SERVICE BUILDING.
PURPOSE-BUILT CHANGING FACILITIES AND RAMPS LEADING TO THE POOL SITE ARE ALSO PROVIDED FOR THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED.
OFFICIATING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE NEW SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX WILL BE THE DEPUTY CHAIRMAN OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB, MR LI FOOK WO; THE DIRECTOR OF URBAN SERVICES, MR GRAHAM BARNES5 THE DIRECTOR OF NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES, MR JOHN HEYWOOD! AND THE ACTING COMMISSIONER FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE, KR CLIVE OXLEY.
--------0
GRADUATES TO RECEIVE CERTIFICATES * * * *
A TOTAL OF 873 GRADUATES OF THE THREE COLLEGES OF EDUCATION ■HIS YEAR WILL RECEIVE THEIR TEACHER CERTIFICATES AT A CEREMONY TO BE HELD ON THURSDAY (JULY 12).
OF THESE, 508 HAVE SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED A THREE-YEAR TEACHER TRAINING COURSE (ENGLISH) OFFERED BY THE THREE INSTITUTIONS — GRANTHAM, NORTHCOTE AND SIR ROBERT BLACK COLLEGES OF EDUCATION.
/A TOTAL........
SUNDAY, JULY 8, 1984
6
A TOTAL OF 141 OTHERS HAVE COMPLETED A THREE-YEAR COURSE (CHINESE) AT THE GRANTHAM COLLEGE OF EDUCATION, WHILE 165 COMPLETED A TWO-YEAR TRAINING COURSE (ENGLISH) AT NORTHCOTE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION.
THE REMAINING 59 ARE GRADUATES OF A ONE-YEAR IN-SERVICE ADVANCED COURSE OF TEACHER EDUCATION OFFERED BY THE THREE COLLEGE^.
MISS MARIA TAM, AN UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS, WILL ADDRESS THE GRADUATES AND PRESENT CERTIFICATES AND PRIZES.
THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR MICHAEL LEUNG, WILL CHAIR THE CEREMONY.
------0-------
MORE CROSS-BORDER PERMITS * * * *
FOLLOWING THE SUCCESSFUL EXPERIMENT IN THE PAST TWO YEARS TO ALLOW PRIVATE CARS TO CROSS THE BORDER AT MAN KAM TO FOR BUSINESS, THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT INTENDS TO ISSUE A LIMITED NUMBER OF ADDITIONAL PERMITS FOR THE SAME PURPOSE.
BUSINESSMEN WITH SUBSTANTIAL INTERESTS IN THE SHENZHEN SPECIAL ECONOMIC ZONE WHO WISH TO TAKE ADVANTAGE OF THIS FACILITY, SHOULD APPLY TO THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT HEADQUARTERS, CROSS BORDER PERMIT OFFICE, AT 61 MODY ROAD, 2ND FLOOR BY AUGUST 3.
APPLICATION FORMS ARE AVAILABLE AT THE INFORMATION OFFICE ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT HEADQUARTERS.
ENQUIRIES MAY BE MADE AT 3-7333111.
-----0------
MARKET FOR YUEN LONG * * *
A COOKED FOOD MARKET IS TO BE BUILT IN YUEN LONG ON A 980-SQUARE-METRE SITE AT TAI TONG ROAD NEAR YUEN LONG NEW STREET.
THE SINGLE-STOREY BUILDING WILL HOUSE 16 COOKED FOOD STALLS, TWO FRUIT STALLS, AN OFFICE AND STOREROOMS.
THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT.
WORK WILL START IN SEPTEMBER AND BE COMPLETED IN JULY NEXT YEAR.
------0-------
SUNDAY, JULY 8, 1984
7
FOOTBRIDGE ACROSS CASTLE PEAK ROAD * * * *
TENDERS FOR BUILDING A FOOTBRIDGE ACROSS CASTLE PEAK ROAD NEAR CHUNG SHAN TERRACE, KWAI CHUNG, ARE BEING INVITED BY THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE OF THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
THE FOOTBRIDGE OF ABOUT 21 METRES IN LENGTH WILL SEPARATE PEDESTRIANS FROM THE MAIN TRAFFIC TO ENSURE GREATER PEDESTRIAN SAFETY.
WORK WILL BEGIN IN OCTOBER AND BE COMPLETED IN FIVE MONTHS.
THE CLOSING DATE FOR SUBMITTING TENDERS IS JULY 27.
-------o --------
NEW ADDRESS FOR CLERK OF COURT’S OFFICE * * *
THE CLERK OF COURT’S OFFICE OF THE SUPREME COURT, NOW LOCATED AT THE OLD SUPREME COURT AT JACKSON ROAD, CENTRAL, WILL MOVE TO THE NEW COURTHOUSE AT 38 QUEENSWAY, WANCHAI ON JULY 14.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE JUDICIARY SAID TODAY (SUNDAY) THAT THE CLERK OF COURT’S OFFICE WILL BE CLOSED ON FRIDAY (JULY 13) AND SATURDAY (JULY 14) TO FACILITATE THE MOVE.
+ALSO MOVING FROM THE JACKSON ROAD PREMISES TO THE NEW COURT BUILDING THE SAME DAY WILL BE THE CHIEF JUSTICE, THE JUSTICES OF APPEAL AND HIGH COURT JUDGES, THE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR (COURTS) OFFICE, HONG KONG LAW REPORTS EDITORIAL OFFICE AND THE COMMUNITY RELATIONS CO-ORDINATOR’S OFFICE.
+THEY WILL COMMENCE BUSINESS AT THE NEW ADDRESS FROM MONDAY (JULY 16),+ HE SAID.
THE TELEPHONE NUMBER FOR GENERAL ENQUIRIES IS 5-202203.
--------0----------
NEW OFFICE FOR YUEN LONG URBAN SERVICES * * * *
THE YUEN LONG URBAN SERVICES OFFICE WILL MOVE FROM THE THIRD FLOOR OF DISTRICT OFFICE BUILDING, MAIN ROAD, YUEN LONG, TO THE SECOND AND THIRD FLOORS OF YUEN LONG GOVERNMENT OFFICES AND TAI KIU MARKET AT 2 KIU LOK SQUARE, YUEN LONG.
THE NEW OFFICE WILL BE OPERATIONAL FROM MONDAY (JULY 9), A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID.
ENQUIRIES ON LICENSING, ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE AND OTHER URBAN SERVICES MAY BE MADE BY DIALLING 0-753433 DURING OFFICE HOURS.
-----0-----
/f>..............
SUNDAY, JULY 8, 1984
8
SPECIAL TRAFFIC MEASURES ANNOUNCED * * * *
FROM TUESDAY (JULY 10) TO JULY 17, THE SLIP ROAD LEADING FROM COTTON TREE DRIVE FLYOVER TO QUEENSWAY WILL BE CLOSED FOR 5-1/2 HOURS DAILY FOR ROAD WORKS.
DURING THE CLOSURE, FROM 12.30 AM TO 6 AM THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD, THE FOLLOWING TRAFFIC MEASURES WILL BE IMPLEMENTED:
X TRAFFIC ON COTTON TREE DRIVE FLYOVER HEADING FOR QUEENSWAY WILL BE DIVERTED VIA COTTON TREE DRIVE, THE SLIP ROAD BETWEEN ST. JOHN’S BUILDING AND HELENA MAY INSTITUTE AND GARDEN ROAD.
* TRAFFIC ON HARCOURT ROAD WESTBOUND HEADING FOR CENTRAL DISTRICT MAY PROCEED VIA HARCOURT ROAD FLYOVER AND CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL.
* TRAFFIC ON COTTON TREE DRIVE NORTHBOUND HEADING FOR CENTRAL DISTRICT MAY PROCEED VIA CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL.
FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (JULY 10), THE SECTION OF FORTRESS HILL ROAD BETWEEN HOUSE NO. 32 AND TIN HAU TEMPLE ROAD WILL BE REROUTED ONE-WAY NORTHBOUND FOR ABOUT TWO MONTHS TO FACILITATE WATER MAINS WORK.
DURING THE CLOSURE, SOUTHBOUND TRAFFIC WILL BE DIVERTED VIA KING'S ROAD AND TIN HAU TEMPLE ROAD.
ALSO FROM 10 AM THE SAME DAY, NO VEHICLES ON CLEAR WATER BAY ROAD OUTSIDE CHOI WAN ESTATE WILL BE ALLOWED TO TURN LEFT INTO NEW CLEAR WATER BAY ROAD EASTBOUND.
THE MEASURE IS RELATED TO THE OPERATION OF THE NEW CROSSING FACILITIES RECENTLY PROVIDED AT THE JUNCTION.
TRAFFIC FROM CLEAR WATER BAY ROAD SOUTHBOUND HEADING FOR NEW WATER BAY ROAD EASTBOUND WILL HAVE TO PROCEED VIA CHOI HUNG INTERCHANGE.
- - 0 - -
PROHIBITED ZONE FOR PLB’S * * *
FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (JULY 10), PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING THE SECTION OF LOWER SHING MUN ROAD WEST OF TAI PO ROAD, UNLESS THEY HAVE WRITTEN AUTHORISATION FROM THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT.
- o - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191
MONDAY, JULY 9, 1984
CONTBITS PAGE no.
REPORT ON SHIPPING OUT ......................................... 1
GOVERNOR LEAVING FOR PEKING .................................... 2
FIRST ANTI-SMOKING AWARDS PRESENTED TO 20 ...................... 3
ALARM system for revenue office................................. 5
FACTORY BUILDING OFFERS ’WIDE CHOICE.........................
BUILDING DANGER FEARED ......................................... 6
SUMMER FUN FOR YOUTHS .......................................... 7
YOUNG SINGERS WANTED ........................................... 7
SUMMER RECESS FOR MEDIA UNIT ................................... 8
PEST CONTROL SAFEGUARDS PUBLIC ................................. 8
SAFER CROSSING ................................................. 9
CENTRAL, TUEN MUN WATER CUT .................................... 9
TAI PO MARKET STALLS FOR RENT ................................. 10
WATER FIGURES.................................................. 10
FOUR-MONTH TRAFFIC CHANGE
10
MONDAY, JULY 9, 1934
- 1 -
REPORT ON SHIPPING OUT * * * *
LAST YEAR, 11 195 SHIPS WITH A TOTAL CAPACITY OF MORE THAN 68 MILLION NRT (NET REGISTERED TONS) ARRIVED IN HONG KONG, ACCORDING TO THE 1983 ANNUAL REPORT ON +HONG KONG SHIPPING STATISTICS* JUST PUBLISHED.
TWENTY PER CENT OF THEM SET OUT FROM CHINA WHILE 31 PER CENT CARRIED THE PANAMANIAN FLAG, THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT’S REPORT SHOWS.
ABOUT 71 PER CENT OF THE INCOMING SHIPS WERE LINERS AND 23 PER CENT WERE TRAMPS. SOME 60 PER CENT OF THE CARGO DISCHARGED IN HONG KONG WAS CARRIED BY SHIPS COMING FROM CHINA, JAPAN, SINGAPORE AND U.S.A.
BUT IN TERMS OF CARGO TONNAGE, 47 PER CENT OF THE CARGO WAS DISCHARGED FROM LINERS AND 40 PER CENT FROM TRAMPS.
CONTAINER VESSELS CARRIED 27 PER CENT OF THE CARGO DISCHARGED, AND DRY BULK CARRIERS CARRIED 25 PER CENT.
LAST YEAR, 11 202 SHIPS LEFT HONG KONG, WITH A TOTAL CAPACITY OF 68 MILLION NRT.
TWENTY PER CENT OF THEM LEFT FOR TAIWAN AND 18 PER CENT FOR CHINA.
SOME 19 PER CENT OF THE CARGO LOADED IN HONG KONG WAS CARRIED BY SHIPS DEPARTING FOR U.S.A. AND 18 PER CENT BY THOSE BOUND FOR TAIWAN.
ABOUT 94 PER CENT OF THE CARGO LOADED IN HONG KONG WAS CARRIED BY LINERS.
ABOUT 53 PER CENT OF THE DEPARTING VESSELS STAYED IN HONG KONG FOR LESS THAN ONE AND A HALF DAYS.
IN TERMS OF GROSS WEIGHT, 91 PER CENT OF THE INWARD CARGO WAS IMPORTS AND NINE PER CENT WAS FOR TRANSHIPMENT.
SIXTY-TWO PER CENT OF THE OUTWARD CARGO WAS EXPORTS (INCLUDING RE-EXPORTS) AND 38 PER CENT WAS FOR TRANSHIPMENT.
THE MAJOR COUNTRIES OF LOADING FOR SEABORNE IMPORTS WERE JAPAN (21 PER CENT IN TERMS OF GROSS WEIGHT), SINGAPORE (17 PER CENT) AND CHINA (15 PER CENT), AND THE MAJOR COUNTRIES OF DISCHARGE FOR SEABORNE EXPORTS WERE U.S.A. (21 PER CENT), TAIWAN (15 PER CENT) AND INDONESIA (EIGHT PER CENT).
TRANSHIPMENT CARGO WAS MAINLY LOADED FROM CHINA (34 PER CENT) AND U.S.A. (24 PER CENT), AND TRANSHIPPED TO U.S.A. (16 PER CENT), PHILIPPINES (NINE PER CENT) AND OTHER ASIAN COUNTRIES.
/THE PRINCIPAL........
MMDA.T, JULI ?, 1984
2 -
THE PRINCIPAL COMMODITIES IMPORTED INTO HONG KONG BY SEA WERE PETROLEUM AND PETROLEUM PRODUCTS (24 PER CENT IN TERMS OF GROSS WEIGHT), COAL, COKE AND BRIQUETTES (15 PER CENT), MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURES OF METAL AND NON-METALLIC MINERALS, INCLUDING CEMENT AND CEMENT CLINKER (14 PER CENT).
SEABORNE EXPORTS WERE MORE DIVERSIFIED, THE PRINCIPAL COMMODITIES BEING CRUDE ANIMAL AND VEGETABLE MATERIALS (11 PER CENT), METALLIFEROUS ORES AND METAL SCRAP (SIX PER CENT), TOYS (FIVE PER CENT), PETROLEUM AND PETROLEUM PRODUCTS (FOUR PER CENT), AND COTTON GARMENTS (FOUR PER CENT).
THESE STATISTICS WERE COMPILED PRIMARILY FROM GENERAL DECLARATIONS SUBMITTED TO THE MARINE DEPARTMENT BY SHIPMASTERS OR AUTHORISED SHIPPING AGENTS, AND FROM CARGO MANIFESTS SUPPLIED BY SHIPPING COMPANIES OR AGENTS TO THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
THE SHIPPING STATISTICS COVER OCEAN-GOING VESSELS ENTERING AND LEAVING HONG KONG, EXCLUDING YACHTS AND PLEASURE CRAFT, ON A FULL ENUMERATION BASIS.
HOWEVER, BECAUSE OF RESOURCE CONSTRAINTS, A 20 PER CENT SAMPLE OF ALL CONSIGNMENTS LISTED IN THE MANIFEST IS USED FOR COMPILING PORT AND CARGO STATISTICS IN 1983.
MORE DETAILS ARE CONTAINED IN THE +HONG KONG SHIPPING STATISTICS, 1983+, WHICH IS NOW ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE, CONNAUGHT PLACE, AT $19 PER COPY.
ENQUIRIES MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE SHIPPING STATISTICS SECTION OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT, AT 5-452701 OR 5-455422.
-----0-----
GOVERNOR LEAVING FOR PEKING * * * *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, WILL LEAVE FOR PEKING TOMORROW (TUESDAY) TO TAKE PART IN ANOTHER ROUND OF SINO-BRITISH TALKS ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.
SIR EDWARD WILL BE TRAVELLING ON FLIGHT CA 106, ETD 1.50 PM.
-----0------
MONDAY, JULY 9, 1984
- 3 -
FIRST ANTI-SMOKING AWARDS PRESENTED TO 20 *****
HONG KONG’S FIRST ANTI-SMOKING AWARD CERTIFICATES WERE TODAY PRESENTED TO 20 PUBLIC-SPIRITED CITIZENS AND REPRESENTATIVES OF ORGANISATIONS.
IN MAKING THE PRESENTATIONS, LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR DR THE HON HARRY FANG DESCRIBED THE PEOPLE RECEIVING THE AWARDS AS HAVING CONTRIBUTED TO MAKING HONG KONG +A HEALTHIER SOCIETY AND A PLEASANTER PLACE TO LIVE IN+.
THEY HAD ALL, IN SOME WAY, TAKEN A STAND AGAINST SMOKING, DR FANG SAID.
HE CONGRATULATED THEM AND EXPRESSED THE HOPE THAT THEIR EXAMPLE WOULD BE FOLLOWED BY OTHERS.
INDIVIDUAL RECIPIENTS WERE: MR DAVID GRIFFITHS, HONG KONG’S FIRST ATHLETE TO PUBLICLY DENOUNCE SMOKING; DR CONRAD LAM KUI-SHING, SUPERINTENDENT OF OUR LADY OF MARYKNOLL HOSPITAL} MR LAM WAI-KEUNG, ISLANDS DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER AND CHAIRMAN OF PING CHAU RURAL COMMITTEE} MR LAM SHIA-LUN, PASSENGER CONTROL SUPERVISOR OF THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION; MR CHRIS HILTON, MR JOHN LAW AND MR CHEUNG MAN-SUN OF RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG.
GROUPS RECIPIENTS WERE: THE HONG KONG HILTON, THE MARCO POLO HONG KONG, MCDONALD’S RESTAURANTS (HK) LTD., READER’S DIGEST, THE HONG KONG ADVENTIST HOSPITAL, THE KWUN TONG COMMUNITY HEALTH PROJECT, THE ANTI-CANCER SOCIETY, THE ANTI-TUBERCULOSIS AND HEART AND CHEST DISEASES ASSOCIATION, THE CONSUMER COUNCIL, THE HONG KONG COUNCIL OF WOMEN, THE HONG KONG HEART FOUNDATION, AND THE HONG KONG NATIONAL TABLE TENNIS TEAM.
THE AWARD PRESENTATION COINCIDED WITH THE OPENING OF A THREE-DAY ANTI-SMOKING HEALTH EDUCATION EXHIBITION, AT THE OCEAN TERMINAL, KOWLOON.
REFERRING TO THE GOVERNMENT’S ANTI-SMOKING PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN AS A SUCCESS, f)R FANG EXPLAINED:
+1 SAY THIS BECAUSE IN 1981 A SURVEY SHOWED THAT ONLY 52 PER CENT OF THE COMMUNITY WERE AWARE OF THE GOVERNMENT’S ANTI-SMOKING PUBLICITY, WHEREAS, BY THE END OF 1983, THIS FIGURE HAD INCREASED TO 95 PER CENT.
♦AT THE SAME TIME, WITH THE HELP OF AN INCREASE IN DUTY IN CIGARETTES IN THE 1983 BUDGET, THE NUMBER OF CIGARETE SMOKERS IN HONG KONG FELL BY 11 PER CENT, FROM 888 000 IN 1982 TO 784 300 IN 1983.
/+CIGARETTE IMPORTS
MONDAY, JUDY 9, 1984
+CIGARETTE IMPORTS FELL BY 37 PER CENT, FROM 5.6 MILLION KILOGRAMS IN 1982 TO 3.5 MILLION KILOGRAMS IN 1983, AND LOCALLY MANUFACTURED CIGARETTES FELL BY 23 PER CENT FROM 2.1 MILLION KILOGRAMS IN 1982 TO 1.6 MILLION KILOGRAMS IN 1983.
+LET US HOPE THAT THESE TRENDS CONTINUE. WE MUST CERTAINLY DO WHAT WE CAN TO ENSURE THAT THEY DO,+ HE SAID.
HOWEVER, HE FELT THAT THE IMPORTANCE OF NOT SMOKING SHOULD NOT BE MEASURED ONLY IN KILOGRAMS AND PERCENTAGES, +BUT BY THE LIVES SAVED FROM LUNG CANCER, HEART DISEASE AND BRONCHITIS, BY FREEING HOSPITAL BEDS, BY SAVING IN VALUABLE MEDICAL RESOURCES, BY LESS DISEASE, LESS DIRT AND LESS DISTRESS, AND BY A TRULY HEALTHIER SOCIETY,* HE SAID.
ALSO OFFICIATING AT THIS MORNING’S CEREMONY WERE THE CHAIRMAN OF THE 1983-84 ANTI-SMOKING PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN STEERING COMMITTEE, NR GEOFFREY BARNES AND HEADS OF GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS INVOLVED IN THE CAMPAIGN. THEY INCLUDED MR HENRY CHING, SECRETARY FOR FEALTH AND WELFARE; MISS CHEUNG MAN-YEE, ACTING DIRECTOR OF INFORMATION SERVICES; DR RUDY KHOO, ACTING DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES; MR STUART WILKINSON. DIRECTOR OF BROADCASTING; NR ADOLF HSU, ACTING REGIONAL SECRETARY (NEW TERRITORIES); MR ALBERT LAM, ACTING REGIONAL SECRETARY (HONG KONG AND KOWLOON) AND MR JOHN WINFIELD, ACTING SENIOR ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION.
IN HIS ADDRESS, MR BARNES EXPRESSED THE HOPE THAT THE PRESENTATION OF THE CERTIFICATES WOULD BECOME A REGULAR FEATURE CF THE GOVERNMENT AND THE COMMUNITY’S MEASURES AGAINST SMOKING.
HE SAID THAT THOUGH THE 1983-84 MAJOR PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN HAD ENDED, IT DID NOT MEAN ANY LESSENING OF GOVERNMENT’S RESOLVE IN PURSUING ITS ANTI-SMOKING POLICIES.
+THERE WILL BE OTHER MAJOR PUBLICITY CAMPAIGNS IN THE FUTURE, AND IN BETWEEN THESE, NORMAL ANTI-SMOKING PUBLICITY WILL CONTINUE,* HE SAID, ADDING THAT TIGHTER CONTROLS COULD BE EXPECTED IN FUTURE.
THE ANTI-SMOKING HEALTH EDUCATION EXHIBITION IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE STEERING COMMITTEE AND THE CENTRAL HEALTH EDUCATION UNIT OF THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT.
IT SHOWS A WIDE RANGE OF MATERIALS, GRAPHS AND CHARTS DEPICTING THE HEALTH HAZARDS OF CIGARETTE SMOKING. THE DISPLAY WILL BE OPEN DAILY BETWEEN 10 AM AND 5 PM UNTIL WEDNESDAY (JULY 11).
--------o----------
MONDAY, JULY 9, 1^84
ALARM SYSTEM FOR REVENUE OFFICE ******
A BURGLAR AND SECURITY ALARM SYSTEM COSTING 534 300 IS TO EE INSTALLED IN THE YUEN LONG BRANCH OFFICE OF THE INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT, WHICH WILL OCCUPY THE FIFTH FLOOR OF THE RECENTLY-COMPLETED TAI KIU GOVERNMENT OFFICE BUILDING.
THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT HAS AWARDED THE CONTRACT FOR THE SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF THE SYSTEM TO SECUR ICOR HONG KONG LIMITED.
THE 15-STOREY COMPLEX AT SAU FU STREET IS IN THE HEART OF THE NEW TOWN. THERE IS A MARKET ON THE GROUND FLOOR, TWO SQUASH COURTS ON THE MEZZANINE FLOOR AND AN OPEN SPACE WITH FLOWER BEDS, ARBOURS, FACILITIES FOR TABLE TENNIS AND TWO BADMINTON COURTS ON THE FIRST FLOOR.
THE MARKET WITH A FLOOR AREA OF 4 300 SQUARE METRES HAS SPACE FOR 420 STALLS COVERING A WIDE RANGE OF TRADES.
IT WILL BE THE FIRST PERMANENT PUBLIC MARKET IN YUEN LONG AND WILL TAKE IN TRADERS NOW OPERATING IN PAU CHEUNG STREET TEMPORARY MARKET AND HAWKER BAZAAR.
FACTORY BUILDING OFFERS WIDE CHOICE X X X X X *
MANUFACTURERS LOOKING FOR VERY SMALL TO VERY LARGE FACTORY UNITS BETWEEN NOW AND SEPTEMBER WILL FIND THEMSELVES WELL CATERED FOR BY THE HOUSING AUTHORITY.
FOR RENTAL UNITS AVAILABLE FROM PRIVATE DEVELOPERS DURING Thio PERIOD WILL BE MORE SUITABLE FOR BIGGER SET-UPS.
THIS WAS INDICATED IN A RECENT SURVEY BY A REAL ESTATE COMPANY WHICH FOUND THAT AMONG THE NINE INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS IN SIX DIFFERENT DISTRICTS AVAILABLE FOR RENT, UNITS ARE EITHER MEDIUM OR LARGE IN SIZE.
UNIT AREAS RANGE FROM 241.7 SQ.M. IN A TAI KOK TSUI BUILDING TO 650.6 SQ.M. IN ONE IN SHAM SHU I PO. RENTAL PRICES FOR ThEo_ BUILDINGS VARY FROM 514/SQ.M. TO 537/SQ.M. WITH THE SMALLEST IN SIZE BEING THE MOST EXPENSIVE IN RENT PER SQ.M.
/THE NEW
MONDAY, JULY 9» 1984
THE NEW GOVERNMENT INDUSTRIAL FACTORY, WANG CHEONG FACTORY ESTATE, WITH UNITS RANGING FROM 25 SQ.M. TO OVER 2 5QO SQ.M. -AND ANY SIZE IN BETWEEN WILL ALSO BE CONSIDERED - OFFERS MANUFACTURERS a wide range OF CHOICE.
MONTHLY RENTS, INCLUDING RATES AND MANAGEMENT CHARGES, START FROM $833 EACH UNIT. TENANTS RENTING MORE THAN SIX UNITS WILL ENJOY DI SCOUNTS.
THE BUILDING IS IN ONE OF THE ESTABLISHED INDUSTRIAL AREAS -CHEUNG SHA WAN - AND A FEW MINUTES WALK FROM AN MTR STATION. IT IS ALSO SERVED BY FRANCHISED BUSES AND MINI-BUSES.
THE VAST POPULATION IN CHEUNG SHA WAN, TOGETHER WITH THE PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD, PROVIDE A LARGE SOURCE OF LABOUR.
THE FLAT-SLAB CONSTRUCTION DESIGN OF THE BUILDING VIRTUALLY DISPENSES WITH BEAMS AND INCREASES USABLE SPACE IN THE FACTORY PREMISES, WHICH ARE FULLY EQUIPPED FOR INDUSTRIAL/FACTORY USE WITH MODERN FACILITIES LIKE LOADING AND UNLOADING PLATFORMS, AMPLE CARGO AND PASSENGER LIFTS, AUTOMATIC FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER^, COMMUNAL TV AERIAL SYSTEM, AND PROVISION OF A FLUE SYSTEM.
- 0 - -
BUILDING DANGER FEARED
*****
THE BUILDING AUTHORITY TODAY (MONDAY) DECLARED THE BUILDING AT 325 QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL, AS LIABLE TO BECOME DANGEROUS.
THE PRINCIPAL GOVERNMENT BUILDING SURVEYOR SAID THE THREE-STOREY, PRE-WAR BUILDING OVER A BASEMENT WAS CONSTRUCTED wITri LOAD-BEARING BRICK WALLS, TIMBER FLOORS AND A REINFORCED CONCRETE ROOF.
IT HAD BEEN UNDER OBSERVATION SINCE 1967, TOGETHER WITH ADJOINING BUILDINGS AT 327 AND 329 QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL.
THE PRINCIPAL GOVERNMENT BUILDING SURVEYOR SAID A RECENT INSPECTION OF THE BUILDINGS INDICATED SIGNIFICANT DETERIORATION. IN PARTICULAR, THE BRICKWORK IN THE PARTY WALL BETWEEN 327 AND 329 QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL, WAS SEVERELY FRACTURED AND HAD BULGED. AS THERE WAS AN IMMEDIATE DANGER OF THE TWO BUILDINGS COLLAPSING, THEY WERE CLOSED UNDER AN EMERGENCY CLOSURE ORDER ON JUNE 25.
HE SAID, DUE TO THE WEAKNESS OF THE FRONT VERANDAH STRUCTURE CF 325 QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL, AND TO THE FACT THAT THE BUILDING WOULD BE LEFT FREE-STANDING WHEN THE ADJOINING BUILDINGS „tkE DEMOLISHED, IT WAS ALSO CONSIDERED NECESSARY TO CLOSE AND DEMOLISH IT. NOTICES OF INTENTION TO APPLY FOR A CLOSURE ORDER IN VICTOR Im DISTRICT COURT ON AUGUST 6 wERE POSTED TODAY.
- 0 -
MONDAY, JULY 9, 1984
- 7 -
SUMMER FUN FOR YOUTHS * * * *
THE SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME IN TAI PO WILL OPEN ON WEDNESDAY (JULY 11) WITH A TELEVISION SHOW AT TVB’S +ENJOY YOURSELF TONIGHT*, FEATURING SONGS, DANCES AND A CONCERT BY YOUNG PEOPLE IN TAI PO.
THE SHOW WILL ALSO FEATURE LATEST DEVELOPMENTS IN THE NEW TOWN.
APART FROM THE SHOW, ABOUT 150 ITEMS OF RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES WILL BE HELD THROUGHOUT THE SUMMER HOLIDAYS, CATERING NOT ONLY FOR YOUTHS BUT ALSO FOR THEIR FAMILIES.
A BOOKLET ON THE EVENTS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS BRANCH OFFICES.
THE BUDGET FOR THE PROGRAMME IS $130 003 - $90 000 FROM THE HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB AND THE REST FROM LOCAL DONATIONS.
A PREPARATORY COMMITTEE COMPRISING DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS, COMMUNITY LEADERS, SCHOOL HEADMASTERS AND REPRESENTATIVES FROM GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ORGANISING THE SUMMER ACTIVITIES.
----o------
YOUNG SINGERS WANTED * * *
THE MUSIC OFFICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT IS RECRUITING CHILDREN WHO ARE INTERESTED IN SOLO OR CHORAL SINGING.
SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS WILL HAVE THE CHANCE TO PERFORM IN A CHILDREN’S OPERA +CAPTAIN NOAH AND HIS FLOATING Z00+, WHICH WILL EE JOINTLY PRESENTED WITH THE HONG KONG ARTS CENTRE DURING THE HONG KONG CHILDREN’S FESTIVAL IN EARLY JANUARY 1985, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE OFFICE SAID TODAY.
CHILDREN BETWEEN SEVEN AND 15, WHO CAN READ MUSIC CAN APPLY EITHER AS SOLOISTS OR CHOIR MEMBERS IN THE OPERA BY MICHAEL FLANDERS AND JOSEPH HOROVITS, HE SAID.
APPLICATION FORMS ARE NOW AVAILABLE FROM ALL MUSIC CENTRES OF THE MUSIC OFFICE AND COMPLETED FORMS SHOULD BE RETURNED TO THE YAU MA TEI MUSIC CENTRE, GOLDEN GATE COMMERCIAL BUILDING, 138 AUSTIN ROAD, THIRD FLOOR, KOWLOON, NOT LATER THAN JULY 20, 1984.
FURTHER DETAILS CAN BE OBTAINED BY CALLING 3-7226240 OR 5-741622.
0 --------
/8........
MONDAY, JULY 9, 1934
- 8 -
SUMMER RECESS FOR MEDIA UNIT
X X * *
THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S MEDIA PRODUCTION SERVICES UNIT WILL GO INTO SUMMER RECESS FROM JULY 27 TO AUGUST 12.
+THE UNIT WILL OPEN AGAIN TO TEACHERS ON AUGUST 13 FOR SEVEN DAYS A WEEK - FROM 9 AM TO 5 PM, AND ON FRIDAYS UP TO 7 PM,+ A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID.
SITUATED AT 182 CANTON ROAD, THE UNIT WAS SET UP IN 1973 FOR TEACHERS TO PRODUCE THEIR OWN TEACHING AIDS, AND AS A VENUE FOR THEM TO SHARE THEIR EXPERIENCES WITH EACH OTHER.
IT HAS A MICROCOMPUTER, SCREEN PRINTING, TAPE DUPLICATING AND MODEL MAKING EQUIPMENT, AND PHOTOGRAPHIC AND REPROGRAPHIC, AS WELL AS BOOK BINDING AND PICTURE PRESERVATION FACILITIES.
--------o----------
PEST CONTROL SAFEGUARDS PUBLIC XXX
THE URBAN COUNCIL TODAY LAUNCHED ITS ANNUAL FOOD HYGIENE CAMPAIGN WHICH IS AIMED AT RAISING THE HYGIENIC STANDARD OF FOOD PREMISES SO AS TO PREVENT THE INCIDENCE OF FOOD-BORNE AND OTHER GASTRO-INTESTINAL DISEASES.
IN A CEREMONY LAUNCHING THIS YEAR’S CAMPAIGN, MISS MARIA TAN WHO IS THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE COUNCIL’S FOOD HYGIENE SELECT COMMITTEE, SAID THAT IT HAS ALWAYS BEEN THE GOAL OF THE URBAN COUNCIL TO PROMOTE FOOD HYGIENE AND TO PROTECT PUBLIC HEALTH.
HONG KONG WITH ITS SUB-TROPICAL LOCATION AND DENSE POPULATION IS LIABLE TO PEST INFESTATION.
+PEST CONTROL IS THEREFORE MOST ESSENTIAL AND FOOD PREMISES IN PARTICULAR MUST BE ALERTED AGAINST INFESTATION OF PESTS THAT SPREAD DISEASES,*- MISS TAM SAID.
+IN VIEW OF THIS, ’PEST CONTROL IN FOOD PREMISES’ IS MADE THE THEME OF THIS YEAR’S CAMPAIGN WITH THE AIM OF EDUCATING THE MANAGERIAL AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL OF LICENSED FOOD PREMISES, CANTEENS AND COOKED FOOD STALLS ON THE PRINCIPLES OF FOOD HYGIENE.+
DURING THE CAMPAIGN PERIOD WHICH WILL LAST UNTIL THE END OF THIS MONTH, SENIOR OFFICERS OF THE CITY SERVICES DEPARTMENT WILL CONDUCT 16 SEMINARS FOR MANAGERIAL AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL OF FOOD PREMISES THROUGH SLIDES, FILM SHOWS AND OPEN DISCUSSIONS.
AS AN INCENTIVE, CERTIFICATES OF ATTENDANCE WILL 3E ISSUED Tj ALL PARTICIPANTS OF THE CAMPAIGN.
-------o----------
/9........
MONDAY, JULY 9, 1904
9
SAFER CROSSING
* * * *
PEDESTRIANS CAN LOOK FORWARD TO SAFER CROSSINGS OF YEE WO STREET, PENNINGTON STREET AND SUGAR STREET, CAUSEWAY BAY, WHEN A S6.6 MILLION COVERED FOOTBRIDGE SYSTEM IS COMPLETED IN 15 MONTHS.
THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE OF THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT HAS AWARDED THE CONTRACT FOR THE WORK TO HOI SHING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LIMITED. THE SYSTEM WILL SPAN THE JUNCTIONS OF THE THREE STREETS, THUS HELPING TO IMPROVE THE FLOW OF TRAFFIC IN THE BUSY AREA.
UNDER
WIDENED IN
THE SAME PROJECT, THE STREETS WILL BE RE-ALIGNED AND PARTS.
- - 0 - -
CENTRAL, TUEN MUN WATER CUT ******
FRESH ' ON THURSDAY
WATER SUPPLY TO TWO AREAS WILL BE TEMPORARILY SUSPENDED (JULY 12) FOR MAINS WORK.
«
IN CENTRAL DISTRICT FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO SOME PREMISES WILL BE TURNED S FrSm 15 PM'lO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR LEAKAGE TEST.
THE AFFECTED PREMISES .“^JO^^J^JKeNTRAu’ ““
VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL, JACKSON
AND IN TUEN MUN, FRESH BE TURNED OFF FROM 10 PM TO WORK.
THE AFFECTED AREAS ARE TO TAI LAM CHUNG, INCLUDING SHING HUI.
WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES WILL 7 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR WATtR MA I Na
ALONG CASTLE PEAK ROAD FROM PUI TO ROAD TAI LAM, SIU LAM, SO KWUN WAT AND SAM
- - 0 - -
/10
MONDAY, JULY 9, 1984
10
TAI PO MARKET STALLS FOR RENT XXX
TWENTY-ONE VACANT STALLS IN TAI PO MARKET AND TAI PO TEMPORARY MARKET WILL BE PUT UP FOR LEASE BY AUCTION ON FRIDAY (JULY 13).
THE AUCTION WILL BE HELD AT THE FIRST FLOOR OF TAI PO RURAL COMMITTEE AT NO. 1 HEUNG SZE WUI STREET TAI PO AT 10 AM, SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT.
THERE ARE EIGHT VACANT STALLS AT TAI PO MARKET - TWO FOR FISH TWO FOR SIU MEI AND LO MEI, TWO FOR FRUITS, ONE FOR FRESH NEAT*AND^ONE FOR VEGETABLES. THE UPSET MONTHLY RENTAL OF THE STALLS RANGES FROM $700 TO $1 100.
THERE ARE 13 VACANT STALLS IN TAI PO TEMPORARY MARKET - THREE FOR WET GOODS, FOUR FOR DRY GOODS AND SIX FOR POULTRY, AT UPS_T MONTHLY RENTALS OF $550 TO $1 550.
THE LEASES ARE FOR THREE YEARS, STARTING FROM AUGUST 1.
FURTHER DETAILS MAY BE OBTAINED SECTION OF TAI PO URBAN SERVICES OFF I
FROM THE HAWKERS AND MARKETS CE, TELEPHONE 0-6577111
EXT. 158.
--------o----------
WATER FIGURES
KU*
STORAGE IN HONG KONG’S RESERVOIRS AT 9 AM TODAY (MONDAY) STOOD AT 80.5 PER CENT OF CAPACITY OR 471.935 MILLION CUBIC NE TRES.
THIS TIME LAST YEAR THE RESERVOIRS CONTAINED 515.652 MILLION CUBIC METRES OF WATER, REPRESENTING 88 PER CENT OF CAPACITY.
FOUR-MONTH TRAFFIC CHANGE XXI
FROM 10 AM ON WEDNESDAY (JULY 11), A 90-METRE SECTION OF TAI HANG ROAD NORTH OF ITS JUNCTION WITH TAI HANG DRIVE WILL BE RESTRICTED TO ONE LANE FOR TWO-WAY TRAFFIC FOR ABOUT FOUR MONTHS TO FACILITATE ROAD WORKS.
-----o-----
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1984
CONTBITS PAGE NO.
BUSY DAY FOR LEGCO TOMORROW ............................... 1
RICHARD LUCE TO VISIT...................................... 2
GOVERNOR LEAVES FOR PEKING................................. 3
GOVERNMENT PRESSING ON WITH PUBLIC WORKS .................. 3
FACTORIES PROVIDE 869 300 JOBS IN MARCH.................... 4
OPEN SELECTION FOR MAXICAB SERVICE........................ 12
JUNE WEATHER 'RATHER NORMAL' ............................. 12
CONVERSION CARDS TO PROMOTE METRICATION .................. 15
RESCUE STAR FOR 35 ....................................... 15
BETTER CARE FOR PRIVATE STREETS .......................... 16
EMPLOYMENT AGENCIES REMINDED TO SUBMIT RETURNS ........... 17
YOUTHS SEEN AT CAMP WORK ................................. 17
NEW OFFICE TO TAKE OVER DRIVING TESTS .................... 18
SUMIER FUN FOR TUEN MUN YOUTHS ........................... 19
ALL ABOUT 'SWINGING SUMMER' .............................. 19
COMPETITIONS TO PROMOTE MORAL EDUCATION .................. 20
STREETS IN CENTRAL TO BE IMPROVED ......................
TRAFFIC MEASURES IN SHA TIN .............................. 21
SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS OFFERED .............................. 21
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1984
1
BUSY DAY FOR LEGCO TOMORROW * * *
LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLORS WILL HAVE A BUSY TIME TOMORROW, DEALING WITH 17 BILLS, FOUR MOTIONS AND 14 QUESTIONS, AND DEBATING +THE ECONOMIC SYSTEM AND THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG+.
MUCH WORK HAS STILL TO BE DONE BEFORE THE COUNCIL ENDS ITS CURRENT SESSION, AND AN ADDITIONAL MEETING WILL BE HELD ON WEDNESDAY NEXT WEEK (JULY 18), APART FROM THE SCHEDULED MEETING ON JULY 25, AND A POSSIBLE AUGUST 1 MEETING.
AS INDICATED BY A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN EARLIER, THE GREEN PAPER ON REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT WILL LIKELY BE PRESENTED TO THE COUNCIL AT THE JULY 18 MEETING.
AT TOMORROW’S MEETING, 14 NEW BILLS WILL BE INTRODUCED AND READ A SECOND TIME, WHILE DEBATE WILL RESUME ON THREE OTHERS PR IOR TO F INAL READING.
THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON THE ECONOMIC SYSTEM WILL BE RAISED BY UNOFFICIAL MEMBER, THE HON ALLEN LEE.
AT THE SAME MEETING, AN AFFIRMATION AND OATHS WILL BE TAKEN BY THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR. THE HON RUDY KHOO, THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS, THE HON. EDDY SHORT AND THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON G.L. MORTIMER.
DUE FOR FIRST AND SECOND READING ARE: INLAND REVENUE (AMENDMENT) (NO. 3) BILL 1984; RATING (AMENDMENT) (NO.2) BILL 19841 AUDIT (AMENDMENT) BILL 19841 LEGAL AID (AMENDMENT) BILL 19841 DISTRICT BOARDS AND URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS (MISCELLANEOUS AMENDMENTS) BILL 1984; ROAD TRAFFIC (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984 IMPORT AND EXPORT (AMENDMENT) (NO.2 ) BILL 1984; RESERVED COMMODITIES (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984; BUSINESS REGISTRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984; BIRTHS AND DEATHS REGISTRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984; FOREIGN MARRIAGE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1884; LEGITIMACY (ANENDMENT) BILL 1984; FIREARMS AND AMMUNITION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984; TATTOOING OF YOUNG PERSONS BILL 1984.
DUE FOR COMMITTEE STAGE AND THIRD READING ARE : COMPANIES (AMENDMENT) (NO.2) BILL 1984j BANKRUPTCY (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984; EMPLOYMENT (AMENDMENT) (NO.3) BILL 1984.
-----o------
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1984
- 2 -
RICHARD LUCE TO VISIT * * *
the following was issued by the foreign and commonwealth
OFFICE TODAY;
+MR RICHARD LUCE, MINISTER OF STATE AT THE FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH OFFICE, WILL PAY A VISIT TO HONG KONG BETWEEN 12 AND 14 JULY. HIS VISIT IS PART OF THE REGULAR PATTERN OF VISITS BY MINISTERS TO ENABLE THEM TO KEEP IN DIRECT TOUCH WITH OPINION IN HONG KONG TO WHICH THEY ATTACH GREAT IMPORTANCE. WHILE HE IS IN HONG KONG, MR LUCE WILL ATTEND A MEETING OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, AND WILL ALSO MEET UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL AND OTHER REPRESENTATIVES OF THE COMMUNITY.*
IN ANSWER TO PRESS QUESTIONS ON THE VISIT OF MR RICHARD LUCE TO HONG KONG A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN GAVE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION;
MR LUCE WILL HAVE VERY LITTLE TIME IN HONG KONG AND THE DETAILED ARRANGEMENTS FOR HIS STAY HAVE NOT YET BEEN FINALISED. IT IS NOT, THEREFORE, KNOWN WHETHER OR NOT HE WILL HOLD A PRESS CONFERENCE.
AS STATED, HE WILL MEET EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL MEMBERS AND COMMUNITY REPRESENTATIVES. HE WILL ALSO ATTEND A RECEPTION AT GOVERNMENT HOUSE.
HIS VISIT TO HONG KONG IS, AS STATED, PART OF THE NORMAL SERIES OF VISITS TO THE TERRITORY BY MINISTERS.
MR LUCE WILL BE ACCOMPANIED BY HIS PRIVATE SECRETARY, MR HAYDEN WARREN-GASH, AND MR CHRISTOPHER HUM, ASSISTANT HEAD OF THE HONG KONG DEPARTMENT IN THE FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH OFFICE.
AS STATED BY THE GOVERNOR THIS WEEK THE SINO-BRITISH TALKS ON THE FUTURE OF the TERRITORY ARE CONTINUING NORMALLY.
MR LUCE WILL BE RETURNING TO LONDON AFTER HIS VISIT TO HONG KONG.
THERE ARE NO PLANS AT PRESENT FOR SIR RICHARD EVANS OR MEMBERS OF THE WORKING PARTY TO BE IN HONG KONG DURING MR LUCE’S VISIT.
0 --------
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1984
- 3 -
GOVERNOR LEAVES FOR PEKING m *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, LEFT FOR PEKING THIS (TUESDAY) AFTERNOON TO TAKE PART IN ANOTHER ROUND OF SI NO— BRITISH TALKS ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.
SIR EDWARD WAS SEEN OFF AT THE AIRPORT BY THE ACTING CHIEF SECRETARY, MR DENIS BRAY, THE SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, SIR SZE-YUEN CHUNG, THE SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR ROGER LOBO AND THE VICE-CHIEF EDITOR OF THE XINHUA NEWS AGENCY (HONG KONG BRANCH), MR TAN GAN.
----o------
GOVERNMENT PRESSING ON WITH PUBLIC WORKS
X X X
EXPENDITURE FOR THE FISCAL YEAR 1984-85 ON CAPITAL WORKS IN THE PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME WAS ESTIMATED AT $6 800 MILLION, THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS, MR EDDY SHORT, SAID THIS (TUESDAY) EVENING.
SPEAKING AT THE BUILDING CONTRACTORS’ ASSOCIATION’S DINNER, MR SHORT POINTED OUT THAT THIS FIGURE EXCLUDED SPENDING ON THE BUILDING OF PUBLIC HOUSING AND CAPITAL EXPENDITURE UNDER THE DEFENCE COSTS AGREEMENT.
IN THE CURRENT FISCAL YEAR, THE GOVERNMENT HAD INJECTED S3 600 MILLION WORTH OF NEW PUBLIC WORKS, HE SAID, AND EXPRESSED CONFIDENCE THAT THIS LEVEL OF NEW COMMITMENTS WOULD BE MAINTAINED OR INCREASED IN 1985-86.
+THIS IS A FIRM INDICATION OF THE GOVERNMENT’S COMMITMENT TO THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG AND I HOPE, BY IMPLICATION, THE CONTINUING WELL BEING OF YOUR MEMBERS,* MR SHORT SAID.
HE SAID THE INJECTION OF FUNDS WOULD ALLOW WORK TO BE STARTED ON 120 NEW ITEMS.
THE $3 600 MILLION COMPRISES $745 MILLION FOR BUILDINGS, $47 MILLION FOR PORT WORKS, $648 MILLION FOR SEWAGE-REFUSE DISPOSAL, $510 MILLION FOR ROADS, $162 MILLION FOR TRANSPORT PROJECTS OTHER THAN ROADS, $296 MILLION FOR RECLAMATION AND LAND FORMATION, AND $ 1 192 MILLION FOR WATER SUPPLIES WORKS.
IN ADDITION, THERE WERE MANY MAJOR ON-GOING PROJECTS ON WHICH THE EXPENDITURE WOULD TOTAL ABOUT $8 760 MILLION.
+1 HAVE SO FAR ONLY MENTIONED PUBLIC WORKS, BUT THERE
ARE ALSO SOME VERY LARGE PRIVATE BUILDING PROJECTS DUE TO START PRESENTLY, SUCH AS KORNHILL, REDHILL AND THE NEW BANK OF CHINA BUILDING,* MR SHORT SAID.
/major private ......
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1984
MAJOR PRIVATE PROJECTS UNDER CONSTRUCTION INCLUDE THE PERFORMING ARTS CENTRE, EXCHANGE SQUARE AND THE HONG KONG BANK BUILDING.
HE SAID THAT OVER THE PAST FEW MONTHS, THERE HAD BEEN A SMALL BUT STEADY INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF BUILDING PLAN SUBMISSIONS TO THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE OFFICE.
IN HIS VIEW, THE INCREASE WAS A CLEAR INDICATION OF AN EARLY REKINDLING OF INTEREST IN THE PRIVATE SECTOR.
ON CONSTRUCTION SITE SAFETY, MR SHORT EXPRESSED HIS APPRECIATION TO ASSOCIATION MEMBERS FOR THEIR EFFORTS IN TRYING TO MAKE CONSTRUCTION SITES SAFER PLACES ON WHICH TO WORK.
+THE EFFORTS OF YOUR MEMBERS ARE REFLECTED IN THE NUMBER OF CONSTRUCTION SITE ACCIDENTS WHICH HAVE CONTINUED TO FALL WITH THE RESULT THAT THE NUMBER OF WORKERS KILLED AND INJURED IN 1983 WAS LESS THAN THE FIGURES FOR 1981 AND 1982,+ MR SHORT SAID.
AS A RESULT OF DISCUSSIONS BETWEEN THE ASSOCIATION AND THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT, THE DRAFT SAFETY OFFICER REGULATIONS ARE BEING PREPARED.
THESE REGULATIONS MORE,ACCURATELY REFLECTED THE VIEWS OF THE ASSOCIATION, AND A COMMON ACCORD WITH THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT ON HOW BEST TO TACKLE THE PROBLEMS OF SITE SAFETY HAD BEEN REACHED, MR SHORT SAID.
THE GOVERNMENT ATTACHED GREAT IMPORTANCE TO THIS TYPE OF CONSULTATION AS IT WAS AN EFFECTIVE MEANS OF SOLICITING THE VIEWS OF THE INDUSTRY.
IN PARTICULAR HE THANKED THOSE WHO SERVED ON THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT ADVISORY COMMITTEE AND ITS SUB-COMMITTEES.
THEIR VIEWS WERE ALWAYS GIVEN CAREFUL CONSIDERATION AND WOULD PLAY A LARGE PART IN FORMULATING POLICY FOR THE FUTURE, HE SAID.
0 -------
FACTORIES PROVIDE 869 300 JOBS IN MARCH * * * *
THERE WERE 869 300 PEOPLE EMPLOYED IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR IN MARCH THIS YEAR, AND THIS WAS 2.4 PER CENT MORE THAN THE MARCH 1983 FIGURE OF 848 700, ACCORDING TO FIGURES PUBLISHED TODAY BY THE CENSUS AND ^TATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
AT THE SAMlt TIME THE WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES, AND THE RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR EMPLOYED 533 100 PERSONS, OR 3.1 PER CENT MORE THAN THE 517 200 FOR MARCH 1983.
/EMPLOYMENT IN .......
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1984
5
EMPLOYMENT IN THE FINANCE, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR, AT 165 000, INCREASED BY 0.4 PER CENT OVER THE MARCH 1983 FIGURE OF 164 500.
ON THE OTHER HAND, EMPLOYMENT ON BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION SITES, AT 71 600, DECREASED BY 6.2 PER CENT COMPARED WITH THE MARCH 1983 FIGURE OF 76 400.
A DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THE STATISTICS FOR MAJOR SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY IN MARCH 1984 WERE DERIVED FROM THE SURVEY OF EMPLOYMENT, VACANCIES AND PAYROLL CONDUCTED EVERY QUARTER BY THE DEPARTMENT, COVERING THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR, THE WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES, AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR, AND THE FINANCE, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR.
A SEPARATE EMPLOYMENT SURVEY COVERS BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION SITES. THE OVERALL FIGURES BY MAJOR ECONOMIC SECTORS, TOGETHER WITH A COMPARISON WITH THE CORRESPONDING FIGURES FOR MARCH 1983 AND DECEMBER 1983, ARE AS FOLLOWS:
SELECTED MAJOR SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY PERSONS ENGAGED (EMPLOYMENT) IN 84 PERCENTAGE MAR. 84 ON MAR. 83 CHANGE X MAR. 84 ON DEC. 83
MAR. 83 DEC. 83 MAR.
MANUFACTURING 848 700 855 400 869 300 + 2.4 + 1.6
BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION (MANUAL WORKERS ON SITES ONLY) 76 400 70 600 71 600 - 6.2 + 1.4
WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES, AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS 517 200 532 000 533 100 + 3.1 + 0.2
FINANCE, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERV ICES 164 500 161 700 165 000 + 0.4 + 2.1
K BASED ON UNROUNDED EMPLOYMENT FIGURES
ALL
TO DECEMBER 1983, EMPLOYMENT INCREASED IN THE INCREASES FOR THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR,
OF THE
RELATIVE
bu^lding^and^constructIon s!tes7 the'wholesale and retail,'import AND EXPORT TRADES, AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR, AND THE FINANCE, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR WERE 1.6 PER CENT, 1.4 PER CENT, 0.2 PER CENT AND 2.1 PER CtNT
RESPECTIVELY.
/the survey .......
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1964
6
THE SURVEY ALSO PROVIDED VACANCY STATISTICS FOR THESE MAJOR SECTORS, OTHER THAN FOR BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION. THE OVERALL FIGURES BY MAJOR ECONOMIC SECTORS, TOGETHER WITH A COMPARISON WITH THE CORRESPONDING FIGURES FOR MARCH 1983 AND DECEMBER 1983, ARE AS FOLLOWS:
SELECTED MAJOR SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY NUMBER OF REPORTED VACANCIES IN PERCENTAGE CHANGE *
MAR. 83 DEC. 83 MAR. 84 MAR. 84 ON MAR. 83 MAR. 84 ON DEC. 83
MANUFACTURING 38 550 32 530 49 060 +27.3 + 50.3
WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES, AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS 4 750 4 820 6 580 +38.4 +36.4
FINANCE, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES 1 930 1 780 2 500 +29.9 +40.8
* BASED ON UNROUNDED VACANCY FIGURES
COMPARED WITH THE CORRESPONDING MONTH IN 1983, INCREASES OF 27.3 PER CENT, 38.4 PER CENT AND 29.9 PER CENT IN THE NUMBER OF REPORTED VACANCIES WERE RECORDED FOR THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR, THE WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES, AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR AND THE FINANCE, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR RESPECTIVELY.
RELATIVE TO DECEMBER 1983, INCREASES OF 50.8 PER CENT, 36.4 PER CENT AND 40.8 PER CENT IN THE NUMBER OF REPORTED VACANCIES WERE REGISTERED FOR THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR, THE WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR AND THE FINANCE, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR RESPECTIVELY.
ALSO AVAILABLE FROM THE SURVEY ARE STATISTICS ON MONTHLY PAYROLL OUTLAYS IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR, THE WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES, AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR, AND THE FINANCE, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR. QUARTERLY TOTALS FOR EACH OF THESE SECTORS ARE SHOWN IN THE FOLLOWING TABLE:
/TOTAL QUARTERLY .......
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1984
TOTAL QUARTERLY PAYROLL IN % CHANGE *
SELECTED MAJOR SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY 1ST QTR. 1983 1ST QTR. 1984 1ST QTR. 1984 ON 1ST QTR. 1983
HK$ MN HK$ MN
MANUFACTURING 6 011 7 006 + 16.6
WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES, AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS 4 185 4 793 + 14.5
FINANCE, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERV ICES 2 128 •J* 2 421 + 13.8
* BASED ON UNROUNDED PAYROLL FIGURES
RELATIVE TO THE SAME QUARTER A YEAR AGO, PAYROLL OUTLAYS IN THE ABOVE THREE SECTORS INCREASED BY 16.6 PER CENT, 14.5 PER CENT AND 13.8 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.
BY ADJUSTING FOR VARIATIONS IN TOTAL PAYROLL OUTLAYS ARISING FROM CHANGES IN THE LEVEL OF EMPLOYMENT, A NOMINAL INDEX OF PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED IS OBTAINED. TO ALLOW FOR THE EFFECTS OF PRICE CHANGES, THE NOMINAL INDEX IS DEFLATED BY THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEX (A) TO GIVE THE REAL INDEX OF PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED. VALUES OF THESE TWO INDICES ARE GIVEN IN THE TABLES BELOWs-
NOMINAL INDEX OF
PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED
(JUNE 1980 - 100) % CHANGE
SELECTED MAJOR MAR- 84
SECTORS OF ,
THE ECONOMY MAR. 83 MAR. 84 MAR. 83
MANUFACTURING 149.2 171.5 + 14.9
WHOLESALE AND
RETAIL, IMPORT
AND EXPORT
TRADES, AND
RESTAURANTS _
AND HOTELS 149.3 166.8 +11.7
/FINANCE, INSURANCE
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1984
8
FINANCE, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERV ICES 150.8 164.0 + 8.8
REAL INDEX OF PAYROLL PER PERSON (JUNE 1980 - ENGAGED 100) % CHANGE
SELECTED MAJOR SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY MAR. 83 MAR. 84 MAR. 84 ON MAR. 83
MANUFACTUR ING 107.6 113.6 + 5.6
WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES, AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS 107.7 110.5 + 2.6
FINANCE, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERV ICES 108.8 108.6 - 0.2
CENT, 11.7 PER
INDEX OF
COMPARED WITH MARCH 1983, INCREASES OF 14.9 PER CENT AND 8.8 PER CENT WERE REGISTERED IN THE NOMINAL PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR, THE wHOLESALc AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES, AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR AND THE FINANCE, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR RESPECTIVELY. OVER THE SAME PERIOD, THE REAL INDEX OF PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED SHOWED INCREASES OF 5.6 PER CENT AND 2.6 PER CENi AND A NEGLIGIBLE DECREASE OF 0.2 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY IN THE ABOVt
SECTORS.
EMPLOYMENT FIGURES FOR SELECTED INDIVIDUAL INDUSTRIES WITHIN THE FOUR SECTORS ARE GIVEN IN THE TABLES ATTACHED. FURTHER DETAILS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE FOLLOWING OFFICERS OF THE EMPLOYMENT AND EARNINGS STATISTICS SECTION OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT: NR AU HOO-KIT - 5-434185j MR NG KUNG-TAK - 5-455661, AND MR CHIU FOOK-CHING - 5-446720.
/DETAILS OF........
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1984
- 9
DETAILS OF EMPLOYMENT IN SELECTED INDUSTRIES
INDUSTRY GROUP 1. MANUFACTURING SECTOR PERCENTAGE CHANGE *
EMPLOYMENT IN*
DEC. 83 MAR. 84 MAR. 84 ON DEC. 83
WEARING APPAREL (EXCLUDING KNITWEAR FROM YARN) 253 300 257 600 + 1.7
TEXTILES (INCLUDING KNITWEAR FROM YARN) 111 300 112 000 + 0.6
ELCTRICAL MACH INERY, APPL IANCES AND SUPPL IES, INCLUDING ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS 131 600 129 900 - 1.3
PLASTIC PRODUCTS 80 100 88 300 * 8.9
FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS 66 100 67 800 + 2.5
+ CONCURRENT WITH THE SEPTEMBER 1982 ROUND OF THE SURVEY, AN INDUSTRY UPDATING EXERCISE WAS PERFORMED. RESULTS OF THIS EXERCISE HAVE BEEN USED TO UPDATE INFORMATION ON BUSINESS ACTIVITIES OF EACH AND EVERY ESTABLISHMENT IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR (I.E. ISIC MAJOR DIVISION 3) AS FROM THE THIRD QUARTER OF 1983. STATISTICS SINCE THIS QUARTER ANVALYSED BY INDUSTRY ARE, THEREFORE, NOT STRICTLY COMPARABLE WITH THOSE IN THE PREVIOUS QUARTERS. IT IS FOR THIS REASON THAT THE FIGURES FOR MARCH 1983 ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE ABOVE TABLE.
K BASED ON UNROUNDED FIGURES
/II. BUILDING AND .......
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1984
10 -
II. BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION SECTOR (MANUAL WORKERS ON SITES ONLY)
CONTRACTING PARTY MAR. EMPLOYMENT IN PERCENTAGE CHANGE *
83 DEC. 83 MAR. 84 ON MAR. 83 MAR. 84 ON DEC. 83
MAR. 84
HOUSING DEPARTMENT 15 900 14 600 13 200 -17.2 - 9.4
OTHER GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT* 17 800 17 600 18 500 + 3.9 + 5.4
RA ILWAY CONSTRUCTION++ 5 800 7 000 6 000 + 4.9 -13.7
PRIVATE SECTOR*** 36 800 31 500 33 800 - 8.1 + 7.6
+ ALL SITES UNDER THE CHARGE OF BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT, ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT, NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT AND WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT; ALSO INCLUDING KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION SITES NOT REGISTERED WITH THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE OFFICE, FOR WHICH CONSTRUCTION WORK WAS COMMITTED, CONTRACTED OR STARTED BEFORE FEBRUARY 1, 1983.
++ CONSTRUCTION SITES CONTRACTED OUT BY MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION AND KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION THAT ARE NOT REGISTERED WITH THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE OFFICE. IN THE CASE OF KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION SITES, ONLY THOSE CONTRACTED OUT AFTER FEBRUARY 1, 1983 ARE INCLUDED. THOSE CONTRACTED OUT BEFORE FEBRUARY 1, 1983 ARE INCLUDED UNDER OTHER GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT.
+++ INCLUDING THOSE SUPER-STRUCTURES ON SITES ABOVE THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY STATIONS OR THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY STATIONS WHICH WERE REGISTERED WITH THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE OFFICE, E.G. THOSE REAL-ESTATE DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS DEVELOPED JOINTLY WITH PRIVATE DEVELOPERS.
* BASED ON UNROUNDED FIGURES
/ill. WHOLESALE AND ......
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1984
III. WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES, AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR
EMPLOYMENT IN PERCENTAGE CHANGE *
MAR. 84 MAR. 84
ON ON
INDUSTRY GROUP MAR. 83 DEC. . 83 MAR. 84 MAR. 83 DEC. 83
WHOLESALE TRADE 58 000 59 800 60 400 + 4.0 + 1.0
RETAIL TRADE 165 300 165 900 163 500 — 1.1 — 1.5
IMPORT/EXPORT BUSINESS 133 200 140 200 142 900 + 7.3 ♦ 1.9
RESTAURANTS, CAFES AND BARS 138 100 143 400 143 900 + 4.3 ♦ 0.4
HOTELS AND BOARDING HOUSES 22 600 22 700 22 400 — 1.1 — 1.5
* BASED ON UNROUNDED FIGURES
IV. FINANCE, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR
INDUSTRY GROUP MAR. EMPLOYMENT IN PERCENTAGE CHANGE *
83 DEC. 83 MAR. 84 ON MAR. 83 MAR. 84 ON DEC. 83
MAR. 84
MONETARY INSTITUTIONS INCLUDING BANKS 52 500 50 000 52 100 - 0.8 + 4.2
REAL ESTATE COMPANIES 26 800 26 400 27 500 + 2.7 + 4.2
OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS 24 900 22 900 23 800 - 4.7 + 3.9
ACCOUNTING AND AUD IT ING FIRMS 6 300 6 900 6 600 + 6.0 — 3.4
ENGINEER ING, ARCHITECTURAL AND TECHNICAL SERV ICES 10 400 9 700 9 700 - 7.3 — 0.8
* BASED ON UNROUNDED EMPLOYMENT FIGURES
- • •“ “ 0 - - - - /12
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 193h
- 12 -
OPEN SELECTION FOR MAXICAB SERVICE * * *
THE SELECTION OF OPERATORS FOR ANY NEW MAXICAB SERVICE IS BY OPEN SELECTION, AND ALL EXISTING PLB OPERATORS ARE ELIGIBLE TO APPLY.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SAID THIS TODAY IN THE LIGHT OF RECENT PUBLIC CONCERN OVER THE SELECTION OF MAXICAB OPERATORS.
IN SUBMITTING THEIR APPLICATIONS, PLB OPERATORS MUST GIVE INFORMATION ABOUT THEIR EXPERIENCE IN THE PLB AND MAXICAB TRADE, THE NUMBER OF VEHICLES THEY CAN APPLY, AND THEIR FINANCIAL SITUATION.
THESE APPLICATIONS ARE FIRST VETTED BY TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT STAFF AND ASSESSED ON A POINTS SYSTEM. THOSE OBTAINING HIGHER POINTS ARE THEN INVITED TO APPEAR BEFORE THE MAXICAB SELECTION BOARD.
THE BOARD IS CHAIRED BY THE DEPUTY COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT AND HAS AS MEMBERS, AN UNOFFICIAL OF THE TRANSPORT ADVISORY COMMITTEE, AND REPRESENTATIVES FROM ICAC, CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION,- TRANSPORT BRANCH AND THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT.
IN MAKING ITS FINAL DECISION, THE BOARD TAKES ALL FACTORS INTO ACCOUNT, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
BUT THE MOST IMPORTANT ASPECT THE BOARD HAS TO BEAR IN MIND IS WHETHER THE SUCCESSFUL APPLICANT WILL BE CAPABLE OF PROVIDING A DEPENDABLE AND ADEQUATE SERVICE TO THE LOCAL RESIDENTS, HE POINTED OUT.
THE SPOKESMAN EMPHASISED THAT THE DELIBERATIONS OF THE BOARD ARE FAIR AND HAVE THE OVERALL PUBLIC INTEREST IN MIND.
------o--------
JUNE WEATHER ’RATHER NORMAL’ * * *
JUNE’S RAINFALL AND TEMPERATURE WERE +RATHER NORMAL+, THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY REPORTS.
HOWEVER, THE CUMULATIVE RAINFALL FOR THE FIRST SIX MONTHS OF
■DIE YEAR OF 1 148.7 MM, WAS STILL ABOUT 16 PER CENT MORE THAN
AVERAGE. AND THE MONTHLY MEAN ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE OF 1 004.3
MILLIBARS WAS THE SEVENTH LOWEST ON RECORD FOR JUNE.
THERE WERE ISOLATED SHOWERS SHOWERS ON JUNE 2.
ON JUNE 1 AND A FEW THUNDERY
SQUALLY THUNDERSTORMS, WITH GUSTS REACHING 50 KNOTS AND 3q KNOTS AT TSIM BE I TSUI AND CHEUNG CHAU RESPECTIVELY, OCCURRED IN THE AFTERNOON ON JUNE 3.
/UNSETTLED WEATHER
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1984
13
UNSETTLED WEATHER CONTINUED ON THE NEXT TWO DAYS, AND THERE WERE OCCASIONAL SHOWERS AND THUNDERSTORMS WHICH LED TO MINOR FLOODING IN PLACES.
TWO LANDSLIPS OCCURRED ON JUNE 5, ONE IN THE MORNING AT TAI PO ROAD NEAR TAI PO KAU, AND THE OTHER IN THE AFTERNOON IN A SQUATTER AREA IN KWUN TONG.
FROM JUNE 6 TO 9, IT WAS SUNNY AND HOT.
FROM TIME TO TIME BETWEEN JUNE 10 AND 15, SHOWERS OCCURRED. APART FROM AN OVERCAST DAY ON JUNE 12, SUNNY PERIODS WERE ALSO EXPERIENCED DURING THE PERIOD.
HOWEVER, A TROUGH OF LOW PRESSURE BROUGHT UNSTABLE WEATHER TO THE COASTAL REGIONS OF SOUTHERN CHINA FROM JUNE 16 TO 21.
THERE WERE TORRENTIAL DOWNPOURS AND WIDESPREAD THUNDERSTORMS ON JUNE 16, AND A TOTAL OF 174.7 MM OF RAIN WAS RECORDED AT THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY. THE HEAVY RAIN, WHICH OCCURRED MAINLY IN THE MORNING, RESULTED IN 41 INCIDENTS OF FLOODING. THE WORST-HIT AREA WAS SAI TAU TSUEN IN KOWLOON CITY WHERE FLOOD WATER WAS REPORTED TO BE NEARLY TWO METRES DEEP. FOUR LANDSLIPS WERE REPORTED, THREE IN SQUATTER AREAS AT WONG TAI SIN, NGAU CHI WAN AND SAU MAU PING AND ONE AT LION ROCK TUNNEL ROAD NEAR SHA TIN.
ON JUNE 17 AND 18, ONLY ISOLATED SHOWERS WERE RECORDED. CONDITIONS DETERIORATED AGAIN ON JUNE 19 AND THERE WERE OCCASIONAL SHOWERS UP TO JUNE 21.
JUNE 22 WAS A FINE DAY APART FROM SOME ISOLATED SHOWERS IN THE MORNING.
THE WEATHER REMAINED FINE AND SUNNY ON JUNE 23. IT BECAME VERY HOT ON JUNE 24 WHEN TEMPERATURES ROSE TO A MAXIMUM OF 32.9 DEGREES CELSIUS, THE HIGHEST TEMPERATURE OF THE MONTH. THERE WERE SOME THUNDERY SHOWERS IN THE AFTERNOON, AND AT ABOUT 2.30 PM ON THE SAME DAY, A WATERSPOUT LASTING ABOUT 10 MINUTES WAS SIGHTED OVER THE WEST LAMMA CHANNEL.
EARLY ON JUNE 25, SEVERE TROPICAL STORM WYNNE APPROACHED FROM THE EAST AND CAME CLOSE TO HONG KONG. LOCAL WINDS STRENGTHENED FROM THE NORTHEAST AT FIRST AND REACHED GALE FORCE IN EXPOSED PLACES FOR A SHORT DURATION DURING THE MORNING. THEY TURNED EASTERLY AND MODERATED IN THE AFTERNOON AS WYNNE MOVED AWAY FROM HONG KONG. FREQUENT SHOWERS WERE RECORDED DURING THE CLOSE APPROACH OF WYNNE. CONDITIONS IMPROVED IN THE EVENING AND THERE WERE ONLY ISOLATED SHOWERS ON JUNE 26.
DURING THE REST OF THE MONTH, THERE WERE SCATTERED SHOWERS AND SUNNY PERIODS. ISOLATED THUNDERSTORMS WERE ALSO RECORDED ON JUNE 28.
TWO TROPICAL CYCLONES DEVELOPED OVER THE WESTERN NORTH PACIFIC AND THE SOUTH CHINA SEA DURING THE MONTH.
TROPICAL STORM VERNON WAS THE FIRST TROPICAL CYCLONE OF THE YEAR. IT FORMED NEAR NANSHA ON JUNE 8 AND DISSIPATED ABOUT 6J NAUTICAL MILES SOUTHEAST OF VIENTIANE ON JUNE 11.
/severe tropical .......
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1?84
- 14 -
SEVERE TROPICAL STORM WYNNE DEVELOPED ABOUT 730 NAUTICAL MILES SOUTHEAST OF TAIBEI ON JUNE 19. IT SKIRTED THE SOUTHERN (,/sllTU TIP OF TAIWAN ON JUNE 24 AND PASSED ABOUT 70 NAUTICAL MILES aOUTH OF HONG KONG EARLY ON JUNE 25. WYNNE DISSIPATED NEAR HANOI ON JUNE 26.
SIX AIRCRAFT WERE DIVERTED FROM HONG KONG DUE TO ADVERSE WEATHER. THUNDERSTORM WARNINGS WERE IN EFFECT ON JUNE 2 TO 5, 16 AND 28. FLOOD WARNINGS WERE ISSUED ON JUNE 4, 5, 16 AND 25 AND A LANDSLIP WARNING WAS IN EFFECT ON JUNE 16.
SIGNALS HOISTED DURING THE MONTH WERE AS FOLLOWS :
DATE AND TIME DATE AND TIME
WEATHER SYSTEM SIGNAL OF HOISTING OF LOWERING^
SEVERE TROPICAL 1 JUNE 24 3.20 AM JUNE 24 3.30 PM
STORM WYNNE 3 JUNE 24 3.30 PM JUNE 25 4.30 AM
8 NE JUNE 25 4.30 AM JUNE 25 7.10 AM
3 . JUNE 25 7.10 AM JUNE 25 1.32 PM
THE MONTH’S FIGURES AND DEPARTURES FROM NORMAL WERE :
SUNSHINE
RA INFALL
CLOUDINESS
RELATIVE HUMIDITY
169.0 HOURS - 9.8 HOURS ABOVE NORMAL
445.7 MM - 13.9 MM ABOVE NORMAL
77 % - .2 % MORE THAN NORMAL
86 % - 2 % HIGHER THAN NORMAL
MEAN MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE
MEAN TEMPERATURE
NEAN MINIMUM TEMPERATURE
MEAN DEW POINT
30.4 DEGREES CELSIUS
27.9 DEGREES CELS IUS
26.1 DEGREES CELSIUS
25.2 DEGREES CELSIUS
- NORMAL
- 0.2 DEGREE
NORMAL
- 0.5 DEGREE
- 0.7 DEGREE
CELSIUS ABOVE
CELSIUS ABOVE NORMAL
CELSIUS ABOVE NORMAL
TOTAL EVAPORATION 113.4 MM
39.2 MM BELOW NORMAL
MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 32.9 DEGREES CELSIUS WAS RECORDED ON JUNE 24
MINIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 23.3 DEGREES CELSIUS WAS RECORDED ON JUNE 4
0 --------
/15 .......
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1934
15
CONVERSION CARDS TO PROMOTE METRICATION *****
A USEFUL METRIC CONVERSION CARD IS NOW AVAILABLE TO HELP SALES STAFF AND CUSTOMERS TO UNDERSTAND THE COMMON CONVERSION FACTORS FOR EVERYDAY ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES.
THE CARD, PRODUCED BY THE METRICATION COMMITTEE, FEATURES COMMON CONVERSION FACTORS OF SIZES OF TV SCREENS AND ELECTRIC FAN BLADES, REFRIGERATOR VOLUME, AND CAPACITIES OF AIR CONDITIONERS, DEHUMIDIFIERS, WASHING MACHINES AND WATER HEATERS.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE METRICATION COMMITTEE SAID THAT THE 100 000 CONVERSION CARDS PRODUCED WOULD HELP PROMOTE METRICATION IN THE DOMESTIC ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES TRADE.
+IN THE PAST, MOST ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES WERE SPECIFIED IN METRIC UNITS AT THE IMPORT-WHOLESALE LEVEL. TO SUIT LOCAL DEMAND, THEY WERE THEN CONVERTED BY RETAILERS TO IMPERIAL UN ITS,+ HE POINTED OUT.
+DUAL LABELLING IS BEING USED IN THE PRESENT TRANSITIONAL PERIOD. WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF THESE CONVERSION CARDS, IT IS HOPED THAT THE PUBLIC WOULD BECOME MORE FAMILIAR WITH THE METRIC SYSTEM SO THAT A COMPLETE CHANGEOVER COULD BE ACHIEVED SOON,+ HE ADDED.
THE CONVERSION CARDS HAVE BEEN DISTRIBUTED THROUGH THE FOUR MAJOR TRADE ASSOCIATIONS TO RETAIL SHOPS THROUGHOUT HONG KONG.
THEY ARE ALSO AVAILABLE AT ALL DISTRICT OFFICES; THE CONSUMER COUNCIL AND ITS BRANCH OFFICES; GIS MARKETING OFFICE AT BASKERVILLE HOUSE, ICE HOUSE STREET, CENTRAL; AND THE METRICATION COMMITTEE SECRETARIAT AT 31/F, UNITED CENTRE, 95 QUEENSWAY.
------0-------
RESCUE STAR FOR 35 * * * *
THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, DR. JOHN RIDDELL-SWAN WILL PRESENT THE RESCUE STAR TO 35 PEOPLE, INCLUDING SEVEN FISHERMEN, AT A CEREMONY TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY).
THE RESCUE STAR IS PRESENTED TO PEOPLE WHO HAVE HELPED SAVE LIFE AT SEA, IN SWIMMING POOLS OR AT PUBLIC BEACHES.
TOGETHER, THE RECIPIENTS RESCUED A TOTAL OF 110 PEOPLE IN DANGER AND IN DISTRESS LAST YEAR.
-----0-----
/16........
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1984
- 16 -
BETTER CARE FOR PRIVATE STREETS * * *
ILLEGAL STRUCTURES AND CANOPIES WERE DEMOLISHED AT SAM PAN STREET, WAN CHAI TODAY, IN THE FIRST CLEARANCE UNDER A PILOT SCHEME TO RESUME AND REPAIR SEVEN PRIVATE STREETS IN THE URBAN AREA.
THE OPERATION WILL ENABLE REPAIR WORK TO BE DONE, INCLUDING RECONSTRUCTION OF PART OF THE CARRIAGEWAY AND FOOTPATHS, AND IMPROVEMENT TO THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM.
TODAY’S CLEARANCE WAS CONDUCTED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE, TOGETHER WITH THE URBAN AREA DEVELOPMENT ORGANISATION, HIGHWAYS OFFICE AND THE URBAN SERVICES AND LANDS DEPARTMENTS.
THE REPAIR AND IMPROVEMENT WORKS WOULD BEGIN SHORTLY AND BE COMPLETED IN MID-SEPTEMBER, SAID THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT OFFICER, MR LAM KAM-KWONG.
HE SAID THAT THE GOVERNMENT HAD FOR MANY YEARS RECOGNISED THAT PRIVATE STREETS POSED SPECIAL MANAGEMENT PROBLEMS.
+BECAUSE OF THEIR MULTIPLE OWNERSHIP, MOST OF THE 384 PRIVATE STREETS THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY ARE NOT PROPERLY MANAGED AND WERE IN SEVERELY DILAPIDATED CONDITION.
+ THE SITUATION HAS GIVEN RISE TO SERIOUS ENVIRONMENTAL AND TRAFFIC PROBLEMS AND COMPLAINTS FROM LOCAL RESIDENTS.
+T0 ALLEVIATE THESE PROBLEMS, EFFECTIVE STREET MANAGEMENT OPERATIONS ARE ESSENTIAL. THESE INVOLVE THE RESUMPTION OF THE STREETS, IMPLEMENTING REPAIR AND IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS AND THEREAFTER MAINTAINING THE ROADS AND DRAINAGE IN A PROPER MANNER BY THE GOVERNMENT,* HE SAID.
HOWEVER, DUE TO THE HIGH COST INVOLVED IN REPAIRING THE LARGE NUMBER OF STREETS SCATTERED THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY, MR LAM SAID, THE PILOT SCHEME WAS BEING LAUNCHED FOR THE SEVEN STREETS, AT A TOTAL COST OF $1.44 MILLION.
♦THE MAIN PURPOSE OF THE SCHEME IS TO ASSESS THE EXTENT OF WORK INVOLVED, THE IMPLICATION FOR STAFF RESOURCES AND OTHER ASSOCIATED PROBLEM,* HE SAID.
+THE INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE GAINED FROM THE PILOT SCHEME WILL HELP FUTURE PLANNING.*
RESUMPTION AND IMPROVEMENT WORK IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED WITHIN SIX MONTHS ON THE OTHER SIX STREETS - YUET YUEN STREET AND COMFORT TERRACE IN NORTH POINT, AND HOK LING STREET, SHIM LUEN STREET, TSUN FAT STREET AND YIN ON STREET IN KOWLOON CITY.
--------o
/17........
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1984
17
EMPLOYMENT AGENCIES REMINDED TO SUBMIT RETURNS
XXX
THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT TODAY (TUESDAY) REMINDED OPERATORS OF EMPLOYMENT AGENCIES THAT THEY ARE REQUIRED BY LAW TO SUBMIT ID THE DEPARTMENT QUARTERLY RETURNS SUMMARISING THEIR ACTIVITIES.
A DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT FOUR EMPLOYMENT AGENCIES HAD BEEN PROSECUTED RECENTLY FOR FAILING TO SUBMIT SUCH RETURNS WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME. ALL OF THEM WERE CONVICTED AND FINED.
THE SPOKESMAN REITERATED THAT FAILURE TO SUBMIT QUARTERLY RETURNS BY A LICENSEE OF AN EMPLOYMENT AGENCY IN THE PRESCRIBED MANNER IS AN OFFENCE UNDER THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE AND THE EMPLOYMENT AGENCY REGULATIONS, AND IS LIABLE, ON CONVICTION, TO A MAXIMUM FINE OF $10 000.
ENQUIRIES ON THE OPERATION OF EMPLOYMENT AGENCIES MAY BE MADE TO THE DEPARTMENT’S OVERSEAS EMPLOYMENT SERVICES ON TELEPHONE 5-767420 OR 5-767311.
- 0 - -
YOUTHS SEEN AT CAMP WORK * * *
THE SECRETARY FOR CIVIL SERVICE, MR MARTIN ROWLANDS TODAY (TUESDAY) SAW HOW YOUNGSTERS BENEFITED FROM THE SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME.
HE SPENT THE AFTERNOON TOURING A TRAINING CAMP IN SAI KUNG ORGANISED BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT AND THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT FOR STUDENT CONSERVATION LEADERS.
ON ARRIVAL AT THE SAI KUNG OUTDOOR RECREATION CENTRE AT 2 PM, HE WAS MET BY MRS RUBY LAU, ACTING ASSISTANT DIRECTOR (CHIEF INSPECTOR OF SCHOOLS) OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT;
M.K. CHEUNG, CONSERVATION OFFICER OF THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT; DR. YIP LAI-LAN, SENIOR LECTURER OF SIR ROBERT BLACK COLLEGE OF EDUCATION, AND MR K.S. YIP, INSPECTOR, EDUCATION DEPARTMENT.
AFTER BEING BRIEFED ON THE BACKGROUND OF THE TRAINING CAMP, MR ROWLANDS JOINED A GROUP OF 50 STUDENTS, AGED BETWEEN 15 AND 20, IN ANALYSING THE QUALITY OF WATER SAMPLES AT THE FIELD STUDY CENTRE, TO DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF POLLUTION.
THE AIM OF ORGANISING SUCH CAMPS IS TO ENABLE STUDENTS TO HAVE A BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF CONSERVATION PRINCIPLES AND MANAGEMENT PRACTICES AND TO BECOME EFFICIENT LEADERS IN THIS FIELD.
/activities offered
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1984
18 -
ACTIVITIES OFFERED IN THE ONE-WEEK TRAINING PROGRAMME INCLUDE LECTURES,- DEMONSTRATIONS, VISITS, LABORATORY EXERCISES, FIELD WORK AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES.
MR ROWLANDS WAS IMPRESSED THAT THE PROGRAMME WAS ABLE TO STRIKE A GOOD BALANCE BETWEEN RECREATION AND EDUCATION, FITTING IN VERY WELL WITH THE +HEALTH, HELP, HAPPINESS+ THEME OF THIS YEAR’S SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME.
VISITORS TALKED TO THE PARTICIPANTS, INSPECTED THE DORMITORY AND OTHER FACILITIES. THEY LEFT THE CAMP AT 4 PM.
NEW OFFICE TO TAKE OVER DRIVING TESTS
X X X X X
DRIVING TEST APPOINTMENTS FOR GOODS VEHICLES, BUSES AND PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES IN KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES WILL BE HANDLED BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT’S SHA TIN DRIVING TEST OFFICE WHEN IT OPENS ON JULY 23.
SITUATED ON THE FIFTH FLOOR OF THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY HOUSE, SHA TIN RAILWAY STATION, ADJOINING THE DEPARTMENT’S SHA TIN LICENSING OFFICE, THE NEW OFFICE WILL TAKE OVER THE TEST APPOINTMENT FUNCTIONS FROM THE KOWLOON DRIVING TEST OFFICE AT DUNDAS STREET.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY THAT APPOINTMENTS FOR THESE COMMERCIAL VEHICLE DRIVING TESTS SHOULD EE MADE WITH THE SHA TIN OFFICE AS FROM JULY 23.
+HOWEVER, THE VENUES FOR THE TESTS WILL NOT BE AFFECTED BY THE HANDOVER,+ HE SAID.
■•■APPLICANTS OF COMMERCIAL VEHICLE DRIVING TESTS WHO WISH TO BE TESTED ON HONG KONG ISLAND SHOULD APPLY TO THE HONG KONG DRIVING TEST OFFICE AT 2 MURRAY ROAD, CENTRAL.+
THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT PRIVATE CAR DRIVING TEST APPOINTMENTS WILL CONTINUE TO BE HANDLED BY THE DUNDAS STREET AND MURRAY ROAD OFF ICES ONLY.
ENQUIRIES SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE KOWLOON DRIVING TEST CFFICE ON 3-317723, OR THE SHA TIN DRIVING TEST OFFICE ON 0-6061676 AFTER JULY 20, 1984.
/19.......
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1984
19
SUMMER FUN FOR TUEN MUN YOUTHS
* * *
THIS YEAR’S TUEN MUN SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME, FEATURING MORE THAN 410 ITEMS OF RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS ACTIVITIES, WILL BEGIN ON THURSDAY (JULY 12).
AN OPENING CEREMONY WILL BE HELD AT 4 PM AT THE TUEN MUN PLAYGROUND WITH GAMES STALLS AND A TELEMATCH FOR MORE THAN 2 000 LOCAL YOUNGSTERS.
THE OFFICIATING GUESTS WILL BE THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MR CHRISTOPHER WONG, AND THE DISTRICT SOCIAL WELFARE OFFICER, MR MUI KAN-KIT.
A PREPARATORY COMMITTEE, COMPRISING REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD, GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, SCHOOLS AND 32 LOCAL ORGANISATIONS, HAVE BEEN FORMED TO ORGANISE THIS YEAR’S PROGRAMME.
ABOUT $200 000 WILL BE SPENT ON THE PROGRAMME. OF THESE, $110 000 WILL COME FROM THE JOCKEY CLUB, $25 000 FROM THE DISTRICT BOARD, AND THE REST FROM LOCAL DONATIONS.
A LEAFLET GIVING DETAILS OF THE EVENTS IS AVAILABLE FROM THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS SUB-OFFICES AND THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE (TUEN MUN OFFICE).
- 0 --------
ALL ABOUT 'SWINGING SUMMER’ * * *
DETAILS OF THE 1984 +SWINGING SUMMER* TV SERIES WILL BE ANNOUNCED AT A PRESS CONFERENCE ON THURSDAY (JULY 12), STARTING AT 2.30 PM AT RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG, BROADCASTING HOUSE, 30 BROADCAST DRIVE, KOWLOON.
MISS MARIA WAN, ACTING ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF BROADCASTING, AND MRS BETTY SHUM, ACTING CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER WILL BE CHAIRING THE PRESS CONFERENCE.
ALSO ATTENDING THE CONFERENCE WILL BE THE TWO MASTERS OF CEREMONY OF THE TV SERIES, MISS CONNIE MAK AND MR WAN CHI-KEUNG, AS WELL AS SINGERS AND TV ARTISTES WHO WILL BE TAKING PART IN THE PROGRAMME.
-----o-----
/20 .......
TUESDAY, JULY 10, 1984
20
COMPETITIONS TO PROMOTE MORAL EDUCATION
* * *
STUDENTS IN NORTH DISTRICT ARE TAKING PART IN ESSAY, DRAWING AND LOGO COMPETITIONS BEING HELD AT MORE THAN 60 PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS IN CONNECTION WITH A MORAL EDUCATION CAMPAIGN.
AN EXHIBITION OF THE WINNING AND OUTSTANDING ENTRIES WILL BE HELD ON SATURDAY (JULY 14) FROM 2.30 PM TO 5 PM IN THE NORTH DISTRICT TOWN HALL WHERE LOCAL STUDENTS WILL FOLLOW UP THE EXHIBITION WITH A VARIETY SHOW AT 7.30 PM THE SAME DAY.
THE CAMPAIGN WAS INITIATED BY THE SOCIAL SERVICES COMMITTEE CF THE DISTRICT BOARD WITH THE SUPPORT OF ALL SCHOOLS IN THE DISTR ICT.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE EXHIBITION AND THE VARIETY SHOW TO BE HELD AT THE NORTH DISTRICT TOWN HALL IN LUNG SUM ROAD, SHEUNG SHU I, ON SATURDAY (JULY 14).
-----o--------
STREETS IN CENTRAL TO BE IMPROVED
* * *
WORK TO IMPROVE D’AGUILAR STREET, LAN KWAI FONG AND WING WAH LANE IN CENTRAL WILL START NEXT WEEK.
THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE OF THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT HAS AWARDED A $2 MILLION CONTRACT TO CHUEN HING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LTD TO RECONSTRUCT THE EXISTING PEDESTRIAN LANES AT LAN KWAI FONG AND WING WAH LANE SO THAT VEHICLES CAN USE THEM TO GAIN ACCESS TO D’AGUILAR STREET.
D’AGUILAR STREET WILL ALSO BE WIDENED AND ITS LEVEL RAISED TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC CIRCULATION.
THE CONTRACT ALSO INCLUDES PROVISION OF BENCHES AND FLOWER BEDS AT LAN KWAI FONG AND WING WAH LANE TO IMPROVE: THE ENVIRONMENT.
THE WORK IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY APRIL NEXT YEAR.
-----o------
TUESDAY, JULY IQ, 1984
- 21 -
TRAFFIC MEASURES IN SHA TIN
*****
FROM 13 AM ON THURSDAY (JULY 12), THE SECTION OF ROAD T1 BETWEEN SHA TIN WAI ROAD AND TAI PO ROAD, ALONG WITH ITS oLIP roaSI, will be made restricted roads where vehicles are subject TO A SPEED LIMIT OF 40 MILES PER HOUR.
PER HOUR.
THE SLIP ROADS INVOLVED CONNECT SHA TIN WAI ROAD, TAI CHUNG ROAD AND YUEN WO ROAD.
ALSO FROM THURSDAY, THE SAME SECTION OF ROAD T1 AND ITS SLIP ROADS WILL BE MADE DAILY 24-HOUR RESTRICTED ZONES.
WITHIN THESE ZONES, ALL MOTOR VEHICLES WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS, OR FROM LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS.
-----o-----
SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS OFFERED * * * *
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT WILL HOLD ITS 92ND AUCTION OF SPECIAL CAR REGISTRATION NUMBERS ON SATURDAY (JULY 14) STARTING AT 10 AM IN THE CITY HALL RECITAL HALL.
THE FOLLOWING 35 SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS WILL BE UP FOR BIDDING:
DC 662 DC 1288 DC 668 DC 771 CJ 105
DC 1368 DC 1638 DC 1 DC 2 DC 911
DC 172 CN 678 DC 991 DC 368 CC 838
DC 6663 DC 938 DC 728 DC 168 DC 8636
DC 289 BW 8888 DC 6282 DB 8 CW 3
CX 25 DC 338 HK 2000 AD 339 DC 8328
DC 155 DC 328 DC 790 DC 928 AA 77
A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN REMINDED BIDDERS THAT THE
VEHICLE REGISTRATION NUMBER WOULD BE i ASSIGNED ONLY TO A VEH 1CLE
REGISTERED IN TH! OF THE AUCTION. E NAME OF THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER WITHIN 12 MONTHS
PROCEEDS OF LOTTERIES FUND. THE AUCTION WILL, AS USUAL, GO TO THE GOVERNMENT
AUCTIONS BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT HAVE BEEN HELD SINCE MAY 1973.
- - 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984 ’ CONTENTS• ■ ■ PAGE NO.
LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL .MEETING:
FREE ENTERPRISE SYSTEM MIST CONTINUE - BLYE................... 1
WORD SOUGHT ON HK'S FUTURE TRADING STATUS ....-............... 2
FORMAL LINK WITH GATT URGED................................... 4
SYSTEM ALSO DIFFERS -IN PRINCIPLES - SO ...................... 5
LAND LEASE POLICY DETAILS CALLED FOR.......................... 7
INDUSTRIALISTS- URGED TO- KEEP- -INVESTING.................... 8
♦DISMANTLE BARRIERS OF MSTRUST+ - CHEONG...................... 9
NEED FOR. CONTINUED. PROGRESS STRESSED .................... 11
CHANGES IN LEGAL AID PROPOSED .............................. -jj
EMPLOYMENT.BILL GETS BROAD SUPPORT ........................
NEW RULES -FOR ELECTIONS-PROPOSED........................... -jg
TRAFFIC LAW TIDIED UP .....................................
PUBLIC TO SEE WHERE THE MONEY-GOES ........................ 19
$100 LEVY ON BUSINESS REGISTRATION PROPOSED.................. 20
GOVERNMENT TACKLES GANG PROBLEMS ............................ 21
MORE YEARS IN JAIL FOR FIREARMS OFFENDERS ................... 22
PRIVATE SECTOR ABLE TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE ELECTRICITY........ 23
DOUBLED FEES WILL BRING IN $1 MTT.T.TON ..................... 25
POLICE UNITS REORGANISED .................................... 26
MOVE TO IMPROVE CARGO FLOW .................................. 27
HIGH RECOVERY RATE OF STOLEN VEHICLES ....................... 28
NO PLANS TO CONTROL CHINESE MEDICAL PRACTICE................. 29
NSW RULES ON LEGAL AID ...................................... 29
DANGEROUS SIGNS: NO PROSECUTIONS IN THREE YEARS ............. 30
FEWER VEHICLES USE HARBOUR TUNNEL ........................... 31
/YOUNG PROTECTED .......
YOUNG PROTECTED FROM TATTOOS ............................... 32
RULES UNDER COMPANIES ORDINANCE APPROVED ................... 32
FEE CALCULATION EXPLAINED ...........»...................... 33
TWO BILLS ON SURCHARGES INTRODUCED ......................... 33
CORRIDOR CUTS JOURNEY TIMES............................. 34
TYPHOON SHELTERS FOR FISHING CRAFT ......................... 34
HOW GRANTS ARE GIVEN ....................................... 35
HIRE CAR PERMIT RULES TIGHTENED............................. 36
NAI PO MARSH PROJECT DEVELOPING............................. 37
MOTORCYCLES TO THE RESCUE................................... 37
FERRY BY-LAWS APPROVED ................................. 38
TUNG WAH LOAN REQUEST CONSIDERED ........................... 38
THREE BILLS PASSED ......................................... 39
MINISTER ARRIVING TOMORROW EVENING............................ 40
GOVERNOR RETURNS TOMORROW ..................................... 40
DEPUTY TO.GOVERNOR MEETS OLYMPIC TEAM.......................... 41
DEPUTY NEW. YORK MAYOR ARRIVING ............................... 42
86 980 GET FREE SECONDARY SCHOOL PLACES ....................... 42
EPCOM GEARED TO TACKLING POLLUTION PROBLEMS.................... 45
RETURNED HOS FLATS ON . SALE .TOMORROW ........................ 46
HOUSING MANAGEMENT .MEANS MORE THAN RENT COLLECTION ........... 47
TEACHER CERTIFICATES EOR.873 ................................. 48
SHARE DISCLOSURES ....................................... 48
RESCUE STAR FOR 35 ............................................ 49
NEW FISH MARKET ............................................... 49
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
1
FREE ENTERPRISE SYSTEM MUST CONTINUE - BLYE ******
FOR HONG KONG’S PROSPERITY TO ENDURE, ITS FREE ENTERPRISE ECONOMIC SYSTEM MUST BE ALLOWED TO CONTINUE, THE ACTING FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON DOUGLAS BLYE, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
+HONG KONG’S SIZE AND MEAGRE ENDOWMENT MEAN THAT CONTINUED ECONOMIC SUCCESS WILL DEPEND ON STEADILY EXPANDING TRADE WITH OTHER ECONOMIES.
+THIS REQUIRES THAT THE GOODS AND SERVICES PRODUCED HERE REMAIN INTERNATIONALLY COMPETITIVE, THAT BUSINESSMEN REMAIN EAGER AND ABLE TO SEIZE ANY TRADING OPPORTUNITIES THAT PRESENT THEMSELVES, AND THAT THE LABOUR FORCE REMAINS HIGHLY MOTIVATED AND HARD-WORKING,* MR BYLE SAID IN THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON ’ECONOMIC SYSTEM AND THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG’.
FUNDAMENTAL TO THE HONG KONG SYSTEM IS THE PEOPLE’S RIGHT TO OWN PROPERTY AND TO USE THEIR SKILLS, ABILITIES AND CAPITAL AS THEY CHOOSE.
+IT IS THESE RIGHTS AND THE INTERNATIONAL CHARACTER OF HONG KONG AS A CENTRE OF TRADE AND BUSINESS THAT GENERATE THE ENTERPRISE AND MOTIVATION OF OUR COMMUNITY,* HE STRESSED.
HONG KONG’S ECONOMY, MR BLYE SAID, WAS FUNDAMENTALLY GOOD AT PRESENT, AND WOULD BE ABLE TO DEVELOP AND COPE WITH DEMANDS PLACED UPON IT IN THE FUTURE.
WHILE SHARING THE CONCERN ABOUT INDUSTRIAL INVESTMENT, HE POINTED OUT THAT RETAINED IMPORTS OF CAPITAL GOODS IN THE FIRST FOUR MONTHS OF THIS YEAR INCREASED BY 30 PER CENT IN REAL TERMS OVER LAST YEAR’S CORRESPONDING PERIOD.
ON INTERNATIONAL TRADING PRACTICES AND RELATIONSHIPS, HE ASSURED THE COUNCIL THAT THE GOVERNMENT WOULD DO EVERYTHING NECESSARY TO ENSURE THAT HONG KONG WOULD CONTINUE TO BE ABLE TO IMPORT THE TECHNOLOGY APPROPRIATE TO ITS NEEDS.
+IN THIS CONNECTION, THE REPORTED LIBERALISATION OF U.S. EXPORTS OF HIGH TECHNOLOGY PRODUCTS TO CHINA IS AN ENCOURAGING SIGN,* HE SAID.
ON THE NEED TO CLARIFY THE TERRITORY’S STATUS AS AN INTERNATIONAL TRADING ENTITY, MR BLYE SAID, +l CAN PERHAPS BEST DEMONSTRATE THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT’S RECOGNITION THAT HONG KONG’S STABILITY AND PROSPERITY BEYOND 1997 REQUIRES OUR CONTINUING PARTICIPATION AND STATUS IN INTERNATIONAL ORGANISATIONS BEING MA INTA I NED.*
/WHILE STRESSING........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 19&4
- 2 -
*HILE STRESSING IT IS VITAL FOR HONG KONG TO MAINTAIN ITS GATT e '.HTS, MR BL YE NOTED THAT THE GATT OPERATES BY CONSENSUS AND THE -CLOPMENT OF A CONSENSUS AGAINST HONG KONG COULD EFFECTIVELY IS=OSSESS IT OF ITS STATUS IN THAT BODY.
BUT HE ADDED, +IN THIS CONNECTION, WE CAN ALL BE ENCOURAGED Y THE RECENT PUBLIC STATEMENTS MADE SEPARATELY BY THE CONSULS GE NERAL OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND JAPAN THAT THEIR GOVERNMENTS — GOVERNMENTS OF TWO OF OUR LARGEST TRADING PARTNERS -- SUPPORT HONG KONG'S CONTINUED PARTICIPATION IN oATT AND OTHER INTERNATIONAL ORGANISATIONS.*
HE ALSO STRESSED THE NEED TO RETAIN AN INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK WHICH IS FLEXIBLE AND WHICH DOES NOT STIFLE ENTERPRISE.
+IT IS NOT EASY TO BE PRECISE ABOUT WHAT IS NECESSARY TO ENSURE OUR CONTINUED ECONOMIC PROSPERITY AND STABILITY AND TO PRESERVE THE SPECIAL MAGIC THAT IS HONG KONG.
+BUT WE HAVE A STRONG FOUNDATION AND, PROVIDED THE ECONOMIC SYSTEM THAT HAS SERVED US SO WELL CONTINUES, WE HAVE AMPLE CAUSE FOR OPTIMISM,* MR BLYE STATED.
-----o------
WORD SOUGHT ON HK’S FUTURE TRADING STATUS
*****
THE GOVERNMENT WAS URGED TODAY TO SET UP A WORKING GROUP TO OBTAIN CLARIFICATION FROM THE UNITED STATES, JAPAN AND THE EEC ON WHETHER THEY WOULD CONTINUE TO TREAT HONG KONG AS AN INTERNATIONAL FREE TRADING PORT IN 1997.
THE CALL WAS MADE BY UNOFFICIAL MEMBER THE HON ALLEN LEE, IN MOVING THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON THE +ECONOMIC SYSTEM AND THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG* IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.
HE SAID IT WAS IMPORTANT TO MAKE IT ABSOLUTELY CLEAR THAT +AS WE MOVE INTO THE FUTURE THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG WILL BE GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY TO ENJOY CONTINUED ECONOMIC SUCCESS RATHER THAN GETTING INVOLVED IN WORLD POLITICAL ENTANGLEMENTS WHICH ARE TOTALLY OUT OF OUR CONTROL AND WHICH WOULD AFFECT OUR ECONOMIC SURVIVAL.*
THERE WAS NO QUESTION TODAY, HE SAID, THAT THE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY WAS THE MAINSTAY OF THE ECONOMY. IT ACCOUNTED FOR ABOUT 25 PER CENT OF GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT AND EMPLOYED ABOUT 36 PER CENT OF THE TOTAL LABOUR FORCE.
+THE CONTRIBUTION OF THE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY SHOULD ALSO BE ASSESSED IN TERMS OF ITS SUPPORTIVE EFFECTS ON OTHER SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY, SUCH AS SHIPPING, INSURANCE, BANKING AND COMMERCE,* SAID MR LEE.
/+! WOULD........
WBMSSDAY, JULY 11, 1984
+ l WOULD EXPECT THAT THE DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY WOULD AMOUNT TO AS HIGH AS 50 PER CENT OF GDP. THEREFORE, I NEED NOT STRESS THE IMPORTANCE OF THE CONTINUED DEVELOPMENT OF OUR INDUSTRY.+
WHEN THE GARMENT AND TEXTILE SECTOR, WHICH IS THE LARGEST SECTOR OF THE INDUSTRY, WAS RESTRICTED BY QUOTAS, HONG KONG WAS FORCED TO DIVERSIFY INTO OTHER INDUSTRIES WITH GROWTH POTENTIAL.
+JUDGING FROM THE EXPORT PERFORMANCE OF THE ELECTRONICS INDUSTRY, THERE IS NO DOUBT IN MY MIND THAT THIS INDUSTRY POSSESSES THE POTENTIAL OF BECOMING THE LARGEST INDUSTRY IN THE EARLY 1990’S, PROVIDED THAT WE MOVE UP-MARKET WITH TECHNICAL IMPROVEMENTS, FURTHER STRENGTHENING OF OUR TECHNOLOGY BASE COMPLEMENTED BY BETTER DESIGN AND QUALITY IMPROVEMENT OF CONSUMER ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS,+ HE SAID.
+THE ELECTRONICS INDUSTRY IS A TECHNOLOGY INTENSIVE INDUSTRY. SO FAR, THE GROWTH RATE HAS INDICATED THAT WE ARE MOVING IN THE RIGHT DIRECTION ALTHOUGH MUCH MORE SUPPORT IS NEEDED FROM OUR GOVERNMENT TO ENHANCE THE GROWTH OF THIS KEY INDUSTRY AND TO ENABLE US TO COMPETE WITH OUR COMPETITORS.*
ONE OF THE MAIN REASONS FOR HONG KONG’S TREMENDOUS ECONOMIC SUCCESS WAS ITS STATUS AS A FREE TRADING PORT IN THE INTERNATIONAL COMMUNITY.
WHEN THE QUESTION OF 1997 SURFACED, SAID MR LEE, HE FOUND HIMSELF GIVING MUCH THOUGHT TO HONG KONG’S FUTURE STATUS.
+WILL OUR TRADING PARTNERS GIVE HONG KONG THE SAME STATUS AS WE ENJOY TODAY? WILL HONG KONG BE ABLE TO ATTRACT FOREIGN TECHNOLOGY AND INVESTMENT? WILL HONG KONG COME UNDER THE +COCOM+ EMBARGO,* HE SAID.
HE EXPLAINED THAT COCOM WAS THE COORDINATING COMMITTEE FOR MULTILATERAL EXPORT CONTROLS, FORMED IN NOVEMBER 1949.
THE PURPOSE WAS TO CONTROL THE EXPORT OF TECHNOLOGY AND STRATEGIC COMMODITIES FROM CAPITALIST COUNTRIES TO COMMUNIST OR SOCIALIST COUNTRIES PARTICULARLY DEALING WITH THE EXPORT OF COMMODITIES THAT HAVE TO DO WITH ECONOMIC GROWTH, TECHNOLOGY IMPROVEMENTS AND DEFENCE.
IT CONSISTS OF 15 COUNTRIES, NAMELY: USA, CANADA, UNITED KINGDOM, FRANCE, WEST GERMANY, ITALY, JAPAN, HOLLAND, BELGIUM, LUXEMBOURG, NORWAY, DENMARK, PORTUGAL, TURKEY AND GREECE.
THESE ARE OUR MAJOR TRADING PARTNERS, HE SAID, AND ALTHOUGH HONG KONG DOES NOT COME UNDER THE COCOM EMBARGO, WE MUST HOWEVER, ADHERE TO THE REQUIREMENT OF NOT EXPORTING OR RE-EXPORTING COMMODITIES UNDER THE COCOM EMBARGO.
AS THE UNITED STATES WAS HONG KONG’S BIGGEST TRADING PARTNER, MR LEE USED IT AS AN EXAMPLE TO STATE CLEARLY THE COMPLICATED PROCEDURE WHICH HONG KONG MUST FOLLOW.
/a HONG .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 4
A HONG KONG COMPANY MUST COMPLETE AN I-629 FORM AND SEND IT TO THE US DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE FOR APPROVAL TO EXPORT FROM USA. THE US DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE MUST THEN OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM THE US DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCE, THE CIA, SECURITY COUNCIL, AIR FORCE, ARMY, NAVY AND THE JOINT CHIEFS OF STAFF.
+ IF ANY OF THE ABOVE ORGANISATIONS REJECTS AN APPLICATION, THEN THE COMMODITIES CANNOT BE SOLD.
+MY PERSONAL EXPERIENCES IN THE PAST HAVE BEEN FRUSTRATING,* SAID MR LEE.
+BEFORE AN APPLICATION IS APPROVED, IT TAKES MONTHS, SOMETIMES YEARS, JUST TO PROCESS THE APPLICATION. OF COURSE, SOME APPLICATIONS NEVER RECEIVE APPROVAL.*
MR LEE, REFERRING TO THE IMPORTANCE OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE TECHNOLOGY INTENSIVE INDUSTRY, SAID ITS IMPLICATIONS OF THE FUTURE ECONOMIC SURVIVAL AND VIABILITY WAS +UNI MAG INABLE + .
THEREFORE HE SUGGESTED THE SETTING UP OF THE WORKING GROUP WHICH SHOULD COMPRISE THREE TO FOUR PERSONS. THE TERMS OF REFERENCE SHOULD BE TO SEEK THE NECESSARY CLARIFICATION FROM THE UNITED STATES, JAPAN AND THE EEC.
+WE MUST TAKE THE INITIATIVE NOW,+ HE SAID.
-----o------
FORMAL LINK WITH GATT URGED
* K * *
INTERNATIONAL LINKAGE WITH THE WORLD WAS A MAJOR FACTOR BY WHICH HONG KONG WOULD KEEP ITS TRADE CONNECTIONS AND EXPORT GROWTH, DR THE HON FRANCIS TIEN SAID TODAY IN THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON ECONOMIC SYSTEM AND THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.
+THEREFORE, FIRST AND FOREMOST, HONG KONG SHOULD FIGHT FOR THE STATUS OF BEING A FORMAL MEMBER OF GATT SO THAT HONG KONG COULD BE ABLE TO TAKE CARE OF HER INTERNATIONAL TRADE AGREEMENTS INDEPENDENTLY,* HE SAID.
HE CONCEDED THAT THE TECHNICALITIES INVOLVED IN ACHIEVING THIS MIGHT BE COMPLICATED, BUT HE FELT THAT THE TWO GOVERNMENTS NEGOTIATING ON OUR FUTURE WOULD BEAR IN MIND THE CONSEQUENCES THAT MIGHT ARISE SHOULD OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH GATT BE CUT OFF AFTER 1997.
NOTING THE IMPORTANCE OF THE GOOD REPUTATION OF THE TEXTILE AND GARMENT INDUSTRIES TO HONG KONG’S INTERNATIONAL EXPORTS, HE EXPRESSED HOPE THAT THE TWO GOVERNMENTS WOULD BEAR TWO POINTS IN MIND -
/FIRST, WHETHER ........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 5 -
FIRST, WHETHER OVERSEAS BUYERS STILL HAVE TRUST ON THE QUALITY OF OUR PRODUCTS, AND,
SECOND, WHETHER THE CIRCUMSTANCES IN HONG KONG AFTER 1997 WILL AFFECT THE ESTABLISHMENT OF COMMERCIAL CONTRACTS.
+ AS REGARDS THE QUALITY OF PRODUCTS, HUMAN INVESTMENT WOULD BE THE SOLUTION,+ HE SAID.
+ HONG KONG NEEDS AN AMPLE SOURCE OF SK ILLED LABOUR TO KEEP UP WITH THE EVER-PROGRESSING TRENDS IN THE WORLD.+
HE SAID THAT HONG KONG HAD DEVELOPED A MANPOWER TRAINING SYSTEM WITH GOOD TRAINING FACILITIES OVER THE YEARS, BUT HE WARNED THAT THIS DID NOT MEAN THAT THE EXISTING SYSTEM COULD COPE WITH ALL OUR FUTURE MANPOWER PROBLEMS.
+WE SHOULD CONTINUE TO DEVELOP OUR TRAINING SYSTEM AND TO IMPROVE OUR TRAINING FACILITIES FOR THE FUTURE,* HE STRESSED.
ON THE QUESTION OF COMMERCIAL CONTRACTS, DR TIEN SAID THAT THIS WAS RELATED TO THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE IWO GOVERNMENTS ON HONG KONG’S FUTURE.
+1 BELIEVE THAT IF THE•AGREEMENT IS ACCEPTABLE TO THE PEOPLE IN HONG KONG, OVERSEAS TRADERS WILL BE SATISFIED THAT THE ECONOMIC SYSTEM IN HONG KONG WILL REMAIN UNCHANGED AND HENCE THEY WILL BE WILLING TO ENTER INTO COMMERCIAL CONTRACTS WITH OUR LOCAL TRADERS WITH TRUST IN THE FUTURE,* HE SAID.
+1, IN MY PERSONAL CAPACITY, SHALL BE LEADING A GROUP OF HONG KONG GARMENT MANUFACTURERS AND EXPORTERS TO BEIJING TOMORROW.
+THE GROUP CONSISTS OF BOTH LOCAL AND FOREIGN INVESTORS, OLD HANDS AS WELL AS UP-AND-COMING YOUNG EXECUTIVES IN THE INDUSTRY. WE SHALL MEET THE CHINESE LEADERS AND IT IS MY INTENTION TO REFLECT THE ABOVE VIEWS AT THESE MEETINGS,* HE SAID.
-----o------
SYSTEM ALSO DIFFERS IN PRINCIPLES - SO * * * *
THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE EXISTING ECONOMIC SYSTEM OF CHINA AND THAT OF HONG KONG DOES NOT LIE ONLY IN ECONOMIC POLICY, BUT ALSO IN PHILOSOPHICAL PRINCIPLES, THE HON ANDREW SO SAID TODAY.
SPEAKING IN THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON +ECONOMIC SYSTEM AND THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG* IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR SO CAUTIONED THAT POLITICAL PRESSURE COULD ERODE AND CHANGE AN ECONOMIC SYSTEM AT ANY TIME.
+ THEREFORE, WE NEED A DETAILED S I NO-BR ITISH AGREEMENT,* HE STRESSED.
/NOTING THAT .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984 •
6
NOTING THAT HONG KONG’S ECONOMIC SYSTEM WAS BASICALLY CAPITALISTIC, MR SO SAID THE FOUNDATION OF THE SYSTEM WAS BUILT ON ITS BELIEF IN FREEDOM, HUMAN DIGNITY, HUMAN VALUE AND THE PEOPLE’S CREATIVITY.
+APART FROM ACCEPTING THE RIGHT TO PRIVATE PROPERTY IN A CAPITALISTIC SOCIETY AND THE PRINCIPLES OF FREE ENTERPRISE AND THE REFRAINING OF GOVERNMENT FROM COMPETING AGAINST HER PEOPLE, HONG KONG OWES ITS SUCCESS TO THE FACT THAT THE PEOPLE ARE ALLOWED TO GIVE FULL PLAY TO THEIR ABILITY AND WISDOM AS WELL AS THEIR ENTERPRISING SPIRIT, THUS WINNING OVERSEAS MARKETS AND INTERNATIONAL INVESTMENT,* HE SAID.
HE SAID THAT FREE ENTERPRISE WAS NOT THE SOLE FACTOR TO OUR ECONOMIC SUCCESS.
+WHAT IS MORE IMPORTANT IS THAT WE UNEQUIVOCALLY RESPECT THE HUMAN DIGNITY.
+THE GOVERNMENT, BESIDES PROVIDING FAVOURABLE ECONOMIC CLIMATE FOR ECONOMIC GROWTH, ALSO CATERS TO THE NEED OF THE YOUNG, THE AGED, THE HANDICAPPED AND THE SICK, AND SEES TO THE RIGHTS AND INTERESTS OF THE WORKERS WHO HAVE BEEN MAKING TREMENDOUS CONTRIBUTION TO THE ECONOMY,* HE ADDED.
HE SAID THAT WHILE HONG KONG HAD MADE MISTAKES IN THE PAST, IT HAD MADE GOOD ITS MISTAKES AND HAD BECOME STRONGER THEREAFTER.
ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG, MR SO SAID BOTH CHINA AND BRITAIN WERE DETERMINED THAT ITS PROSPERITY AND STABILITY SHOULD BE MAINTAINED AND THE LEADERS EVEN GAVE THE PROMISE THAT THE SYSTEM WOULD REMAIN UNCHANGED FOR 50 YEARS.
+THE LEADERS OF CHINA ALSO REALISE THAT THE EXISTING ECONOMIC SYSTEM OF HONG KONG IS INCOMPATIBLE WITH THAT CURRENTLY OPERATING IN CHINA, THENCE COMES THE PROPOSAL — ’TWO SYSTEMS WITHIN ONE NATION’,* HE SAID.
+l FERVENTLY HOPE THAT THERE WILL BE A PEACEFUL AND UNITED CHINA AND I DO NOT DOUBT THE SINCERITY OF THE CURRENT LEADERS OF BOTH CHINA AND BRITAIN ON MAINTAINING THE PROSPERITY AND STABILITY OF HONG KONG,* HE SAID.
_----o------
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 7 -
LAND LEASE POLICY DETAILS CALLED FOR * * * *
SUFFICIENT DETAILS ON FUTURE POLICY ON LAND LEASES SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE SINO-BRITISH AGREEMENT, THE HON F.K. HU SAID TODAY.
SPEAKING IN THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE, HE SAID, + IF SUFFICIENT DETAILS ON LEASES OF LAND ARE SPELLED OUT IN THE AGREEMENT WITH POLICY AND PROCEDURE FULLY CLARIFIED, DEVELOPERS WILL BE AT EASE TO INVEST IN REAL ESTATE BUSINESS AND THE USERS, INCLUDING MANUFACTURERS, WILL HAVE NO HESITATION IN BUYING OR RENTING LAND PROPERTIES AND THERE WILL BE NO DOUBT FOR HONG KONG TO ACHE IVE STABILITY AND PROSPERITY BOTH BEFORE 1997 AND AFTER 1997. +
+AS PROSPERITY OF THE PROPERTY MARKET PLAYS AN IMPORTANT PART IN THE PROSPERITY OF THE ECONOMY OF HONG KONG, AND THE PROSPERITY OF HONG KONG AS A WHOLE IS THE POST-1997 YEARS RELIES ON OUR EFFORTS TO MAINTAIN PROSPERITY FOR THE NEXT 13 YEARS WHICH AGAIN DEPENDS ON HOW MUCH ASSURANCE WE CAN GET OUT OF THE AGREEMENT WHICH IS TO BE ANNOUNCED, I SUBMIT THAT IT IS OF UTMOST IMPORTANCE THAT THE AGREEMENT SHOULD CONTAIN SUFFICIENT DETAILS ON HOW THE FUTURE POLICY OF LAND AND LEASES WILL BE IMPLEMENTED,+ HE SAID.
MR HU SAID DEVELOPERS WERE HESITANT ABOUT PUTTING THEIR MONEY INTO REAL ESTATE BECAUSE OF MARKET UNCERTAINTY.
SLUGGISHNESS OF THE PROPERTY MARKET WOULD EVENTUALLY AFFECT HONG KONG’S POSITION AS AN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL, TRADE AND INDUSTRIAL CENTRE.
THESE WERE ALL IMPORTANT FACTORS IN ENSURING THE PROSPERITY OF HONG KONG, HE SAID.
ON THE FUTURE POLICY ON THE LAND LEASES, MR HU PROPOSED THAT:
* FOR HONG KONG ISLAND AND KOWLOON SOUTH OF BOUNDARY STREET INCLUDING LAND SOLD BY THE GOVERNMENT AFTER THE CONCLUSION OF THE SINO-BRITISH AGREEMENT, IF THE LEASE IS VALID BEYOND 50 YEARS AFTER 1997, THE OWNER SHOULD CONTINUE TO ENJOY THE USE OF THE LAND AND PROPERTY UNTIL THE END OF THE LEASE.
* FOR HONG KONG ISLAND AND KOWLOON SOUTH OF BOUNDARY STREET, IF THE LEASE EXPIRES BEFORE 50 YEARS AFTER 1997, AND FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES NORTH OF BOUNDARY STREET, WHERE LEASES EXPIRE IN 1997, THEY SHOULD ALL BE EXTENDED UP TO 2047 UPON EXPIRY OF LEASES ON PAYMENT OF A NOMINAL LAND TAX SIMILAR TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE CROWN LEASES ORDINANCE 1973 WHICH REQUIRED PAYMENT OF THREE PER CENT PER ANNUM OF THE RATEABLE VALUE OF THE PREMISES AT THE DATE OF RENEWAL.
X FOR ANY LAND IN NEW TERRITORIES SOLD BY THE GOVERNMENT AFTER THE CONCLUSION OF THE SINO-BRITISH AGREEMENT, THE LEASE SHOULD BE UP TO 2047.
- - 0----------
/8........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 19-84
8
INDUSTRIALISTS URGED TO KEEP INVESTING
* * * *
THE HON WONG PO-YAN URGED INDUSTRIALISTS TO HAVE FAITH IN HONG KONG’S FUTURE AND TO GET ON WITH INVESTING AND RE-INVESTING IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR.
+NOW IS THE CRUCIAL TIME FOR OUR INDUSTRIALISTS TO EXPEDITE THE PROCESS OF RE-INVESTMENT IN PLANT AND EQUIPMENT AS WELL AS IN MANPOWER AND HIGH TECHNOLOGY,+ HE SAID.
MR WONG WAS SPEAKING IN THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON +ECONOMIC SYSTEM AND THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG+ IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
HE POINTED OUT THAT HONG KONG’S DOMESTIC EXPORTS FOR THE FIRST QUARTER OF 1984 WERE UP 30 PER CENT IN REAL TERMS OVER LAST YEAR’S CORRESPONDING QUARTER.
BUT HE ADDED THAT THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR’S RE-INVESTMENT WAS FAR BEHIND THE EXPORT PERFORMANCE.
♦ IF THIS SITUATION CONTINUES, THE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY WILL NOT BE ABLE TO BENEFIT>FURTHER FROM THE RECOVERY OF WORLD TRADE. THIS IS A REAL THREAT TO OUR ECONOMY,+ HE STRESSED.
HE SAID THAT MANY INDUSTRIALISTS FELT THAT THEIR FUTURE WAS NOT CLEAR WHILE THE NEGOTIATION ON HONG KONG’S FUTURE WAS STILL GOING ON CONFIDENTIALLY.
HE CONSIDERED IT ESSENTIAL THAT BOTH SIDES TO THE NEGOTIATION MAKE EVERY POSSIBLE EFFORT TO MAINTAIN CONFIDENCE OF THE INDUSTRIALISTS IN HONG KONG.
+IN THIS CONNECTION, I BELIEVE THAT INDUSTRIALISTS WOULD LIKE TO SEE AN AGREEMENT WITH ENOUGH DETAILS TO ENSURE. THAT THE PRESENT ECONOMIC SYSTEM WILL NOT CHANGE IN FUTURE,+ HE SAID.
HE EXPRESSED THE BELIEF THAT BOTH SIDES WERE TRYING THEIR BEST TO CONVINCE INDUSTRIALISTS.
BUT THE PROBLEM WAS THAT INDUSTRIALISTS WERE NOT YET CONVINCED, HE ADDED.
♦MORE DETAILED AND CONCRETE INDICATIONS SHOULD BE FORTHCOMING AND AGREED REGARDING THE ECONOMIC SYSTEM THAT WOULD BE PRACTISED IN HONG KONG IN 1997 AND AFTER,+ HE SAID.
ON THE OTHER HAND, HE SUGGESTED THAT INDUSTRIALISTS SHOULD KEEP THEIR NERVES.
+SINCE IT IS CERTAIN THAT OUR PRESENT SYSTEMS WILL NOT CHANGE BEFORE 1997 AND THAT WE HAVE AT LEAST 13 MORE YEARS TO DO BUSINdSo UNDER RULES WE ARE FAMILIAR WITH, WE SHOULD GET ON WITH OUR BUSINESS,* HE SAID.
/MR WONG .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 9 -
MR WONG ADDED THAT 13 YEARS WERE LONG ENOUGH FOR ANY BUSINESSMAN TO COMPLETE AT LEAST ONE CYCLE, AND PROBABLY TWO, CF INVESTMENT AND TO RECOUP ANY INVESTMENT.
+FOR THE PERIOD AFTER 1997, CONSIDERING THAT BOTH GOVERNMENTS HAVE MUTUAL INTEREST IN AND COMMON OBJECTIVES ABOUT HONG KONG, PLUS THE EFFORT THAT WE, THE HONG KONG PEOPLE, ARE EXPRESSING CLEARLY OUR OPINION CONCERNING OUR FUTURE, WE CAN BELIEVE IN GOOD FAITH THAT THE AGREEMENT WILL BE ACCEPTABLE TO US.
+ON THAT BELIEF, WE SHOULD NOT DRAG OUR FOOT ANY LONGER REGARDING INVESTMENT OR RE-1NVESTMENT,+ HE SAID.
-----0------
+DISMANTLE BARRIERS OF MISTRUST* - CHEONG * * *
BARRIERS OF MISTRUST BETWEEN BRITAIN, CHINA AND THE PEOPLE CF HONG KONG SHOULD BE DISMANTLED TO BRING REAL STABILITY AND PROSPERITY TO HONG KONG, SAID THE HON STEPHEN CHEONG.
HE MADE THIS PLEA WHEN'SPEAK I NG IN THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON ECONOMIC SYSTEM AND THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).
_FELT THAT WITH AN UNDERSTANDING ALREADY REACHED OVER THE MAJOR PRINCIPLE OF SOVEREIGNTY, AND IF BOTH GOVERNMENTS WERE REALLY SINCERE IN WISHING HONG KONG WELL, THERE SHOULD BE NO PLACE FOR FURTHER UNNECESSARY MISUNDERSTANDINGS THROUGH MISINTERPRETATION
AND MISTRUST.
HE SAID: +1 URGE AGAIN TODAY THAT RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBLE PERSONS, WHO MAY HAVE A HAND IN SHAPING OF THE FUTURE OF THIS TERRITORY, SHOULD TRY TO WORK TOGETHER WITH A PRAGMATIC, REALISTIC AS WELL AS MUTUALLY RESPECTFUL SPIRIT, SO THAT WHATEVER PROBLEMS THAT MAY ARISE CAN BE MET WITH A VIGOROUS SENSE OF COMMON PURPOSE.*
THAT WH0 D0UBTED THE SERIOUSNESS OF DAMAGE
THAT A CONFIDENCE CRISIS MIGHT DO TO THE STABILITY AND
THF^pf a J K0NG’ T0 L00K HARD AND MORE OBJECTIVELY AT
THE REALIiY OF HONG KONG. FOR THESE PROBLEMS WERE REAL AND NOT
IMAGINARY.
THE OTHER HAND, HE ASKED THOSE WHO HAD DOUBTS AND FEARS ABOUT THE PRACTICABILITY OF THE +ONE COUNTRY TWO SYSTEMS* accept eirst THE SINCERITY and good Intent ions ^..THE PROPONENTS BEHIND SUCH A CONCEPT. SECONDLY, THE CONCEPT MJST BE EVALUATED IN A MORE POSITIVE LIGHT, HE ADDED.
/+0N A........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, "1984
- 10 -
+0N A LESS CONCEPTUAL NOTE, AS A PRACTICAL STEP TOWARDS DISMANTLING THE BARRIERS OF MISTRUST, I BELIEVE THAT IT WOULD BE HELPFUL AND USEFUL IF THE LEADERS OF CHINA CAN BE PERSUADED TO PAY VISITS TO HONG KONG.+ HE SAID.
+SUCH VISITS CERTAINLY WILL PROVIDE THE OPPORTUNITY TO ENABLE CHINA'S LEADERS TO OBTAIN FIRST HAND IMPRESSIONS ABOUT HONG KONG.
+IT WILL ALSO PROVIDE MORE PEOPLE IN HONG KONG AN OPPORTUNITY TO MEET AND TALK TO THE LEADERS OF CH INA,+ HE SAID.
TURNING TO THE ISSUE OF THE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS, HE SAID HE WAS OF THE VIEW THAT ITS CONTINUED WELL BEING FROM NOW TO 1997 AND BEYOND WAS THE MOST VITAL KEY TO OUR FUTURE.
+THIS IS ALSO THE KEY UPON WHICH THE FUTURE SUCCESSES OF THE ONE COUNTRY TWO SYSTEMS CONCEPT HINGES 0N,+ HE ADDED.
HE POINTED OUT THAT TO SECURE THE FUTURE WELL BEING OF HONG KONG. THERE MUST BE A FRAMEWORK WHEREBY HONG KONG WOULD BE ABLE TO MAINTAIN ALL ITS PRESENT AUTONOMY IN THE HANDLING OF EXTERNAL COMMERCIAL RELATIONS.
HE FELT THAT HONG KONG MUST BE GIVEN THE AUTHORITY TO PARTICIPATE INDEPENDENTLY IN GATT, MFA AND ALL THE RELATED ORGANISATIONS AND MUST BE GIVEN COMPLETE AUTONOMY TO NEGOTIATE BE SIGNATORY TO AND TO IMPLEMENT ANY MULTI-LATERAL OR BILATERAL TRADE RELATED AGREEMENTS WITH THE OUTSIDE WORLD.
+SUCH A FRAMEWORK NEEDS TO BE SPELT OUT CLEARLY AND IN DETAIL IN THE FUTURE SINO-BRITISH AGREEMENT AND THE AGREEMENT MUST CONFIRM THAT HONG KONG WOULD BE GIVEN FULL AUTONOMY TO OPERATE WITHIN SUCH FRAMEWORK,+ HE SAID.
THE REASON FOR SPELLING IT OUT CLEARLY AND IN DETAIL WAS NOT SIMPLY TO GIVE A POSITIVE SIGNAL TO THE BUSINESS COMMUNITY IN HONG KONG. +IT IS NECESSARY BECAUSE IT WILL NOT BE ENOUGH FOR EITHER BRITAIN OR CHINA OR BOTH TO SIMPLY PROCLAIM TO THE WORLD THAT HONG KONG HAS BEEN GIVEN SUCH AUTONOMY.
♦OTHER TRADING PARTNERS MUST BE PERSUADED TO ACCEPT HONG KONG’S AUTHORITY IN SUCH MATTERS AS WE ARE NOW BEING SO ACCEPTED,+ HE SA ID.
VITAL INDEPENDENT LINK WITH GATT, HE SAID THE
APART FROM OUR ------ ------
AGREEMENT MUST ENSURE THAT WE WOULD BE ABLE TO MAINTAIN OUR
STATUS IN OTHER INTERNATIONAL ORGANISATIONS SUCH AS THE
ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK, THE ASIAN PRODUCTIVITY ORGANISATION AND THt INTERNATIONAL LABOUR ORGANISATION - FOR THEY TOO HAD AN IMPORTANT BEARING ON THE FUTURE DEVELOPMENT OF OUR ECONOMY.
HE SAID THAT LAST, BUT NOT LEAST, THE AGREEMENT MUST GIVE HONG KONG THE AUTONOMY AND AUTHORITY TO ENABLE IT TO CONTINUE THE CLOSE WORKING RELATIONSHIP WITH DEVELOPING COUNTRIES W'E HAD DEVcL0Pc-> OVER THE YEARS REGARDING A NUMBER OF INTERNATIONAL TRADE ISSUES.
/♦THIS IS........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
+THIS IS IMPORTANT BECAUSE, AS A RESULT OF WORKING CLOSELY AND JOINTLY WITH DEVELOPING COUNTRIES, THE COLLECTIVE STRENGTH IS AN EFFECTIVE DETERRENT TO THE HARSH DEMANDS BY THE STRONGER DEVELOPED IMPORTING COUNTRIES FOR LARGER DOSES PROTECTIONISM, NOT ONLY IN TEXTILES BUT ALSO IN OTHER MOVES TOWARDS MORE STRINGENT INTERNATIONAL TRADE RESTRICTIVE PRACTICES SUCH AS THE PROPOSED CODES OF SELECTIVE SAFEGUARDS,+ HE SAID.
HE SAID THAT IT WAS IMPORTANT FOR THE WELL BEING OF HONG KONG S ECONOMY THAT - FIRST, THE NEED TO ALLOW TOTAL FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT CF CAPITAL AND PEOPLE IN AND OUT OF HONG KONG AND, SECOND, THE CONTINUED MAINTENANCE OF HONG KONG’S STATUS AS A FREE PORT.
+THE IMPORTANCE OF BOTH SUBJECTS NEEDS NO FURTHER ELABORATION. YET IF BOTH SUBJECTS WERE NOT EMBODIED IN THE FUTURE AGREEMENT, IT WOULD HAVE A VERY DAMAGING EFFECT ON FOREIGN AS WELL AS LOCAL INVESTMENTS ON NEW TECHNOLOGIES AND INDUSTRIES IN HONG KONG,* HE WARNED.
+IT IS HOPED THAT BOTH BRITAIN AND CHINA WOULD RECOGNISE THE IMPORTANCE OF MAINTAINING A VIABLE ECONOMY IN HONG KONG AND THAT THOSE AREAS MENTIONED BRIEFLY ABOVE WOULD BE COVERED IN DETAIL iS THE SI NO-BRITISH AGREEMENT, SO THAT HONG KONG WILL BE PROVIDED WITH THE NECESSARY FRAMEWORK TO ENABLE OUR ECONOMY TO PROGRESS Ie™ INTO THE 21ST CENTURY THEREBY PROVING TO THE WORLD THROUGH REAL ACTIONS AND RESULTS THAT THE CONCEPT OF +ONE COUNTRY TWO IS INDEED PRAGMATIC AS WELL AS VIABLE,* HE CONCLUDED.
SYSTEMS*
0 -------
NEED FOR CONTINUED PROGRESS STRESSED * * * *
HONG KONG’S OBJECTIVE FOR ITS FUTURE MUST BE NOT ONLY STABILITY AND PROSPERITY BUT STABILITY AND PROSPERITY WITH CONTINUED PROGRESS, THE HON BILL BROWN SAID IN THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON +ECONOMIC SYSTEM AND THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG* IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
+CONTINUED PROGRESS WITH IMPROVEMENTS IN OUR SOCIAL SERVICES, OUR EDUCATION SYSTEM, HOUSING, TRANSPORT SYSTEMS AND THE ENVIRONMENT, IN WHICH WE LIVE IN GENERAL, AND AN IMPROVEMENT IN OUR SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE TO ACHIEVE LESS INCOME DISPARITY AND A MORE EVEN DISTRIBUTION OF WEALTH IN PARTICULAR,* HE SAID.
+SUCH PROGRESS WILL HAVE TO BE PAID FOR, BUT THIS WILL NOT BE POSSIBLE UNLESS WE MAINTAIN THE HIGH RATE OF ECONOMIC GROWTH THAT WE HAVE ACHIEVED OVER RECENT DECADES,* HE ADDED.
HE SAID THAT +WE SHOULD BE PLEASED* AT THE RECENT DECISION BY THE GOVERNMENT TO ACCEPT IN PRINCIPLE THE DEVELOPMENT PROPOSALS EMANATING FROM THE COMPLETED TERRITORIAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY.
/+THESE PROPOSALS........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1?84
12
♦THESE PROPOSALS WILL NECESSITATE TRULY ENORMOUS AMOUNTS OF INVESTMENT BY THE PUBLIC SECTOR IN INFRASTRUCTURE} INFRASTRUCTURE. WHICH MUST GO AHEAD IF THAT NECESSARY HIGH GROWTH RATE OF WHICH I HAVE JUST SPOKEN, AND THE PROGRESS OF WHICH THE GOVERNOR SPOKE LAST AUTUMN, IS TO BE ACHIEVED,+ HE SAID.
♦THE AGREEMENT SOON TO EE SIGNED BETWEEN CHINA AND THE UNITED KINGDOM MUST BE SUFFICIENTLY DETAILED TO GIVE CONFIDENCE TO OUR BUSINESS COMMUNITY - BOTH INDIGENOUS AND FOREIGN — SO THAT WE CAN STOP WORRYING ABOUT THE FUTURE AND GET ON WITH THE JOB,+ HE SAID.
HE NOTED IT WAS OF PARTICULAR IMPORTANCE THAT THIS IN TURN SHOULD BREATHE NEW LIFE INTO THE PROPERTY MARKET AND THUS RESTIMULATE THE DEMAND FOR LAND.
IN PRESENT MARKET CONDITIONS THE +WAIT AND SEE+ ATTITUDE TOWARDS CONTINUED INVESTMENT IN LAND MADE IT IMPOSSIBLE TO JUDGE THE EXTENT TO WHICH SALES COULD BE ACHIEVED, HE SAID.
♦IT IS IMPORTANT, FOR OUR ABILITY TO FINANCE THE PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME WILL DEPEND IN NO SMALL DEGREE ON THE PROCEEDS OF LAND LEASES,+ HE ADDED.
♦THIS IS ALL THE MORE SO AS WE ARE PROBABLY NOW QUITE CLOSE TO THE CEILING AT WHICH TAX- LEVELS CAN BE RAISED WITHOUT DAMAGING OUR SUCCESSFUL ECONOMIC SYSTEM, AND THERE IS A LIMIT TO WHICH WE CAN ISSUE BONDS OR RAISE DEBT WHICH HAS TO BE SERVICED AND REPAID EITHER BY THIS ADMINISTRATION OR ITS SUCCESSOR.
♦HOWEVER IT IS FINANCED, THE INFRASTRUCTURE WE CREATE IN THE NEXT DECADE WILL BE VITAL TO THE CONTINUED WELL-BEING OF THIS COMMUNITY WELL BEYOND 1997.
♦AND NOT ONLY THIS COMMUNITY, FOR CHINA HERSELF ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE STONES OF THE MOUNTAIN HONG KONG REMAIN IMPORTANT FOR POLISHING THE JADE OF HER MODERNISATION PROGRAMME - PARTICULARLY IN THE NEARBY SPECIAL ECONOMIC ZONES,+ MR BROWN SAID. .
HE STATED THAT WERE THE ADMINISTRATION OF HONG KONG TO BE HANDED OVER TO A NEW AUTHORITY TODAY, THE PRESENT GOVERNMENT COULD DO SO WITHOUT SHAME OF ITS STEWARDSHIP.
♦IT IS THE DUTY OF THIS COUNCIL TO SEE THAT OUR ECONOMIC POLICIES IN THE PERIOD AHEAD ARE DESIGNED AND IMPLEMENTED IN SUCH A WAY THAT WHOEVER HANDS OVER IN 1997 IS ABLE TO DO SO WITH A RECORD THAT REMAINS UNBLEMISHED AND PREFERABLY IMPROVED IN REGARD TO ALL THOSE MATTERS ON WHICH I HAVE SPOKEN,+ HE STRESSED.
HE SAID THAT NATURALLY POLICIES AIMED IN THIS DIRECTION WOULD RECEIVE THE SUPPORT OF UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNC IL.
♦WE HOPE THAT BOTH CHINA AND THE UNITED KINGDOM WILL ALSO SUPPORT US BY REACHING AN AGREEMENT THAT IS ACCEPTABLE AND HELPFUL TO THE ACHIEVEMENT OF WHAT IS QUITE CLEARLY AN OBJECTIVE COMMON TO ALL PART IES,+ HE SAID.
-----0------
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1934
- 13 -
CHANGES IN LEGAL AID PROPOSED * * * *
PROPOSED CHANGES IN THE LEGAL AID SYSTEM WERE A SIGNIFICANT FIRST STEP TOWARDS PLACING LEGAL SERVICES WITHIN THE GRASP OF THE SO-CALLED ’SANDWICH’ CLASS, THE ATTORNEY-GENERAL, THE HON MICHAEL THOMAS, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
MR THOMAS WAS MOVING THE SECOND READING OF THE LEGAL AID (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984.
HE SAID HONG KONG COULD BE JUSTLY PROUD OF THE EXTENT OF LEGAL AID AVAILABLE TO LITIGANTS, BUT THE FACILITIES REQUIRED CONSTANT REVIEW IF THEY WERE TO CONTINUE TO MEET THE PUBLIC NEED.
♦MUCH HAS BEEN SAID OF LATE OF THE IMPORTANCE OF THE RULE OF LAW. EQUALLY AS IMPORTANT IS THE PRINCIPLE THAT ACCESS TO THE COURTS SHOULD BE AVAILABLE TO ALL.+ MR THOMAS SAID.
+THIS BILL REPRESENTS AN IMPORTANT DEVELOPMENT IN THE PROVISION OF LEGAL SERVICES TO THOSE IN NEED AND AS SUCH I AM CONFIDENT THAT IT WILL BE WIDELY WELCOMED.+
MR THOMAS SAID THAT THE BILL WAS THE RESULT OF THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF A WORKING PARTY ESTABLISHED IN JUNE 1981 MADE UP OF PEOPLE CLOSELY INVOLVED WITH THE ADMINISTRATION OF LEGAL AID IN HONG KONG.
HE SAID THAT WHILE THE IMPOSITION OF A MEANS TEST ON APPLICANTS FOR LEGAL AID WAS CLEARLY JUSTIFIED, THE LIMITS INEVITABLY HAD TO BE ARBITRARY AND THERE WERE FEARS THAT SOME APPLICANTS WHO FAILED THE MEANS TEST MIGHT NEVERTHELESS BE HARD PRESSED TO PAY FOR THE SERVICES OF A PRIVATE LAWYER.
+IT IS TO MEET, AT LEAST IN PART, THIS NEED, THAT THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SUPPLEMENTARY LEGAL AID SCHEME IS PROPOSED,+ NR THOMAS SAID.
♦ IN ESSENCE, THE BENEFITS OF THE SCHEME ARE TO BE MADE AVAILABLE TO ALL APPLICANTS WHO SATISFY THE DIRECTOR OF LEGAL AID THAT THEY HAVE REASONABLE GROUNDS FOR TAKING PROCEEDINGS IN THE HIGH COURT FOR DAMAGES FOR PERSONAL INJURIES OR DEATH, ALTHOUGH AT THIS STAGE CLAIMS FOR MEDICAL NEGLIGENCE ARE EXCLUDED.
♦FINANCIAL LIMITS WILL APPLY, HIGHER THAN THOSE FOR THE EXISTING LEGAL AID SCHEME. THEY ARE TO BE FIXED AT A GROSS MONTHLY INCOME NOT EXCEEDING $15 □□□ AND DISPOSABLE CAPITAL OF $130 000 OR LESS,+ MR THOMAS SAID.
HE SAID THAT WHEN UNOFFICIAL MEMBER MISS MARIA TAM HAD CALLED LAST OCTOBER FOR SUCH A SCHEME TO BE INTRODUCED, HE HAD INDICATED THAT FINANCING OF THE SCHEME WAS BEING DISCUSSED.
/♦IT WAS .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 14 -
+ IT WAS ALWAYS INTENDED THAT THE SCHEME SHOULD BE SELFFINANCING AND THAT THOSE WHO ARE SUCCESSFUL IN LITIGATION SHOULD PAY A PROPORTION OF THEIR DAMAGES TO THE SCHEME. THOSE WHO ARE UNSUCCESSFUL LITIGANTS SHOULD NOT BE EXPECTED TO CONTRIBUTE AT ALL, ALTHOUGH ALL APPLICANTS WILL BE CALLED UPON TO PAY $300 ON THEIR APPLICATION AND A FURTHER $400 IF THE APPLICATION IS SUCCESSFUL,+ MR THOMAS SAID.
ANY COSTS RECOVERED FROM THE DEFENDANT WOULD BE DEDUCTED FROM THE PLAINTIFF’S CONTRIBUTION. NO CONTRIBUTION WOULD EXCEED THE VALUE OF THE AMOUNT RECOVERED, AND THE DIRECTOR OF LEGAL AID COULD WAIVE CONTRIBUTIONS IF HE CONSIDERED THAT PAYMENT WOULD CAUSE SERIOUS HARDSHIP.
MR THOMAS SAID THAT WHILE IT WAS ENVISAGED THAT THE SCHEME WOULD BE SELF-FINANCING, AN INITIAL LOAN WAS REQUIRED TO SET UP THE FUND AND PUT THE SCHEME INTO OPERATION.
THE LOTTERIES FUND HAD DECIDED IN PRINCIPLE TO SET ASIDE $1 MILLION AS A LOAN TO BE DRAWN UPON AS AND WHEN REQUIRED.
+N0 DOUBT THERE ARE THOSE WHO WILL THINK THAT THE JUXTAPOSITION CF LOTTERIES AND THE LEGAL PROCESS IS SIGNIFICANT, BUT THE PHILOSOPHY OF THE SCHEME IS THAT THE LOSSES OF THE UNSUCCESSFUL LITIGANTS WILL BE MADE UP BY THE CONTRIBUTIONS OF THOSE WHO ARE SUCCESSFUL. ALL BEING WELL, THERE WILL BE NO LOSERS,+ MR THOMAS SAID.
+IT IS ESTIMATED THAT IT WILL TAKE SOME FIVE YEARS TO REPAY THE LOAN AND INTEREST AND THAT THE SCHEME SHOULD ACHIEVE AN OPERATING SURPLUS WITHIN SOME TWO YEARS.+
MR THOMAS SAID THAT THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SCHEME WAS A BOLD INITIATIVE WHICH PROVIDED THE OPPORTUNITY TO MAKE SOME MINOR AMENDMENTS TO THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE.
HE SAID HE WANTED TO DRAW ATTENTION TO FOUR POINTS:
* THE DIRECTOR OF LEGAL AID WOULD HAVE DISCRETION TO REFUSE LEGAL AID IF HE CONSIDERED IT WOULD BE UNREASONABLE TO GRANT IT,
* THE LEGAL AID DEPARTMENT WOULD NO LONGER BE PRECLUDED FROM ACTING FOR MORE THAN ONE PARTY WHEN TO DO SO WOULD UNNECESSARILY HOLD UP THE CONDUCT OF THE LITIGATION,
* THE BENEFITS TO AN AIDED PERSON AND THE COSTS FOR WHICH HE COULD BE LIABLE HAD BEEN CLARIFIED IN THE LIGHT OF EXPERIENCE, AND
* IT HAD BEEN MADE AN OFFENCE FOR AN ASSIGNED SOLICITOR OR COUNSEL TO TAKE ADDITIONAL FEES FROM AN AIDED PERSON.
/MR THOMAS .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 15 -
MR THOMAS SAID THAT THE INTRODUCTION OF THE SUPPLEMENTARY LEGAL AID SCHEME AND THE ADDITIONAL AMENDMENTS TO THE LEGAL AID ORDINANCE WERE A GREAT STEP FORWARD.
+ SOME MAY SAY THAT THE SCHEME IS STILL UNDULY RESTRICTED IN ITS APPLICATION BUT IT SHOULD BE VIEWED AS AN EXPERIMENT ON *HICH FURTHER EXTENSIONS CAN BE BUILT ONCE IT HAS BECOME ESTABLISHED AND IS OPERATING SMOOTHLY,* HE SAID.
DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.
-----o-----
EMPLOYMENT BILL GETS BROAD SUPPORT
******
EMPLOYERS AND EMPLOYEES IN GENERAL SUPPORTED THE EMPLOYMENT (AMENDMENT) (NO. 3) BILL 1984 IN PRINCIPLE, THE HON ALLEN LEE SAID TODAY.
SPEAKING IN SUPPORT OF THE BILL IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, NR LEE SA IDs +THIS BILL CONTAINS SOME AMENDMENTS WHICH CAUSE CONCERN TO A MULTITUDE OF'EMPLOYERS AND EMPLOYEES.*
HE POINTED OUT THAT THE FOUR EMPLOYERS’ ORGANISATIONS WOULD LIKE TO DRAW ATTENTION TO SECTION 11B OF PART HA CONCERNING THE END OF YEAR PAYMENT.
IN HIS VIEW, THE CONSEQUENCES OF A CONTRACT BETWEEN EMPLOYER AND EMPLOYEE BY VIRTUE OF +ORAL + , +EXPRESSED+ OR + IMPLIED* MEANS MIGHT CAUSE UNNECESSARY DISPUTE OVER THE INTERPRETATION OF THE CONTRACT.
+1 KNOW THAT THE ADMINISTRATION HAD NOTED THIS POINT BUT I UNDERSTAND THAT AMENDMENT IS NOT FEASIBLE BECAUSE THE LAW HAS LONG ALLOWED FOR SUCH CONTRACTS TO BE RECOGNISED,* MR LEE SAID.
HE ADDED THAT HE AND OTHER MEMBERS HAD A DISCUSSION WITH NINE WORKERS’ UNIONS OVER THE BILL.
+A FEW POINTS REGARDING PAYMENT OF MATERNITY LEAVE, DEFINITION OF ’WAGES’, SUB-CONTRACTORS AND MAIN CONTRACTORS OVER THE PAYMENT OF WAGES AND THE ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA FOR THE END OF YEAR PAYMENT HAD BEEN RAISED.
+THESE POINTS HAD BEEN PASSED ON TO THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR TO CONSIDER WHILE SOME POINTS WERE CLARIFIED WITHOUT FURTHER MISUNDERSTANDING,* HE SAID.
TO AVOID ANY DELAY OF THE BILL, MR LEE EXPRESSED THE HOPE THAT IT WOULD BE PASSED AS EARLY AS POSSIBLE, LEAVING OTHER SUGGESTIONS TO BE CONSIDERED AND, IF APPLICABLE, INCORPORATED INTO THE ORDINANCE IN THE FUTURE.
/THANKING ME........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 16
THANKING MR LEE FOR HIS SUPPORT, THE ACTING COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, DR THE HON JAMES HAYES SAID, THE GOVERNMENT INTENDS TO BRING THE NEw LEGISLATION CONCERNING END OF YEAR PAYMENT INTO OPERATION ON THE FIRST DAY OF THE 1985 LUNAR YEAR.
THIS MEANS THAT THIS PART OF THE LEGISLATION WILL TAKE EFFECT FROM THE BEGINNING OF A NEW PAYMENT PERIOD.
DR HAYES SAID: + THIS SHOULD HELP ALL CONCERNED TO AVOID THE COMPLICATIONS WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE ARISE FROM THE CALCULATION OF CURRENT END OF YEAR PAYMENTS, WHETHER PRO-RATA OR IN FULL, WERE THIS PART TO BE APPLIED IN THE INTERIM.*
IT WAS ALSO PROPOSED THAT THE REMAINING PROVISIONS OF THE BILL SHOULD COME INTO OPERATION ON AUGUST 1, 1984.
DR HAYES POINTED OUT THAT UNDER CLAUSE 25 OF THE BILL, WHICH AMENDED SECTION 44 OF THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE, EMPLOYERS WERE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE INFORMATION ON END OF YEAR PAYMENT TO THEIR EMPLOYEES BEFORE THEY ENTERED THEIR EMPLOYMENT.
HE SAID THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT HAD PREPARED A SHORT GUIDE ON THE LEGISLATIVE PROVISIONS ON END OF YEAR PAYMENT, IN CHINESE AND ENGLISH. THE GUIDE WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR FREE DISTRIBUTION AT ALL OFFICES OF THE DEPARTMENT FROM FRIDAY (JULY 13).
DR HAYES SAID THAT IN ORDER TO ENSURE THAT ALL REGISTERED APPRENTICES AS WELL AS ALL THOSE EMPLOYEES COVERED BY THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE BENEFIT FROM THE NEW PROVISIONS, HE WOULD MOVE AT THE COMMITTEE STAGE A CONSEQUENTIAL AMENDMENT TO THIS EFFECT TO SECTION 48 OF THE APPRENTICESHIP ORDINANCE.
+IT HAS NOT BEEN NECESSARY TO MAKE CHANGES TO THE BILL THOUGH, AS MR LEE HAS SAID, SOME OF THE POINTS MADE WILL BE THE SUBJECT CF FURTHER CONSIDERATION,* DR HAYES ADDED.
-----0--------
NEW RULES FOR ELECTIONS PROPOSED * * *
AMENDMENTS TO THE ARRANGEMENTS FOR DISTRICT BOARD AND URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS WERE PROPOSED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, THE HON DAVID AKERS-JONES, MOVED THE SECOND READING OF THE DISTRICT BOARDS AND URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS (MISCELLANEOUS AMENDMENTS) BILL 1984.
+FOLLOWING THE LAST ROUND OF DISTRICT BOARD AND URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS, THE GOVERNMENT HAS COMPLETED A REVIEW OF THE LEGISLATION RELATING TO ELECTORAL AND ASSOCIATED ADMINISTRATIVE ARRANGEMENTS,* HE SAID.
/+AS A........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
+AS A RESULT, THE BILL BEFORE THE COUNCIL SEEKS AMENDMENTS TO THE RELEVANT ORDINANCES, WHICH ARE MOSTLY OF A TIDYING UP NATURE AND DESIGNED TO IMPROVE PROCEDURES AND FACILITATE THE BETTER ADMINISTRATION OF ELECTIONS.+
AMONG THE PROPOSED PROVISIONS ARE 1
* AFTER DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS IN 1985 GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT REPRESENTATIVES WILL CEASE TO BE BOARD MEMBERS, THOUGH THEY WILL CONTINUE TO ATTEND MEETINGS.
* A DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER WHO FAILS TO ATTEND MEETINGS FOR SIX CONSECUTIVE MONTHS WITHOUT A REASONABLE EXCUSE WILL BE DISQUALIFIED FROM HOLDING OFFICE.
* A DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER CONVICTED OF OFFENCES RELATING TO BRIBERY AND CORRUPT PRACTICES AFTER HIS ELECTION OR APPOINTMENT WILL BE DISQUALIFIED.
* THE ELECTORAL TIMETABLE WILL BE MOVED FORWARD BY ABOUT TWO WEEKS TO ALLOW MORE TIME FOR ELECTIONEERING.
* TWO NEW PROVISIONS TO PREVENT BRIBERY AND INTIMIDATION IN RELATION TO STANDING AS A CANDIDATE, AND TO PROVIDE THAT MONEY RECEIVED FOR ELECTION ACTIVITIES SHALL BE USED ONLY FOR THAT PURPOSE.
* CANDIDATES WILL BE REQUIRED TO GIVE A DETAILED ACCOUNT OF THEIR ELECTION EXPENSES WITHIN A SET TIME LIMIT.
* THE MINIMUM AGE OF AN ELECTION, POLLING OR COUNTING AGENT SHOULD BE 21 YEARS.
X ELECTIONS WILL FINISH LATER - AT 10.30 PM AS PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE PROVED VOTING WAS HEAVIEST IN THE EVENING.
* THE MAXIMUM LEVEL OF PERMITTED EXPENSES FOR A CANDIDATE FOR DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERSHIP SHOULD BE RAISED TO $20 000 FROM THE PRESENT $13 000- AND FOR URBAN COUNCIL MEMBERSHIP TO $35 000 FROM $23 000.
DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.
0 -
/18
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 18 -
TRAFFIC LAW TIDIED UP
*****
A BILL TO CORRECT SHORTCOMINGS AND ERRORS IN THE ROAD TRAFFIC ORDINANCE 1982 BEFORE IT IS IMPLEMENTED AT THE END OF NEXT MONTH WAS GIVEN A SECOND READING BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THE BILL, THE ROAD TRAFFIC (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984 WAS MOVED BY THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, THE HON ALAN SCOTT.
CLAUSES OF THE BILL PROVIDE FOR THE FOLLOWING :
* THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT CAN REQUIRE THE PRODUCTION OF A DESIGN PLAN FOR A VEHICLE. THIS IS ESSENTIAL FOR VEHICLE EXAMINATIONS, PARTICULARLY IF INTERNAL MODIFICATIONS ARE INVOLVED.
* TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS TO ALLOW THE GRADUAL IMPLEMENTATION OF THE NEW LEGISLATION. IN PARTICULAR, IT WILL TAKE SOME YEARS TO INTRODUCE ALL THE NEW ROAD TRAFFIC SIGNS AND MARKINGS AND EXISTING ONES WILL CONTINUE TO HAVE EFFECT UNTIL REPLACED.
* A PRIVATE BUS CAN 'STILL BE USED FOR DRIVER TRAINING PURPOSES AND A NON-FRANCHISED PUBLIC BUS CAN STILL BE HIRED FOR RECREATIONAL OUTINGS.
* THE OFFENCE OF FAILURE TO PRODUCE A DRIVING LICENCE IS EXTENDED FROM ITS APPLICATION ONLY WHERE A PERSON IS DRIVING A MOTOR VEHICLE TO INCLUDE PERSONS SUSPECTED OF BEING INVOLVED IN AN ACCIDENT, COMMITTING TRAFFIC OFFENCES OR MAKING FALSE STATEMENTS TO OBTAIN DRIVING LICENCES.
* THE PLACING OF CERTAIN SIGNS OR ROAD MARKINGS COVERED BY THE ROAD USERS’ CODE. IN PARTICULAR TO ALLOW THE USE OF A PORTABLE TRIANGULAR SIGN TO GIVE ADVANCE WARNING OF A BREAKDOWN.
* THE REQUIREMENT UPON DRIVERS OF MOTOR VEHICLES TO STOP AND EXCHANGE PARTICULARS IN THE EVENT OF PERSONAL INJURY ACCIDENTS IS EXTENDED TO THE DRIVERS OF ALL VEHICLES. THUS A CYCLIST WHO CAUSED INJURY TO A PEDESTRIAN WOULD BE INCLUDED. A DRIVER WOULD ALSO HAVE TO REPORT TO THE POLICE NOT ONLY WHEN AN ACCIDENT INVOLVES PERSONAL INJURY, BUT ALSO WHEN DAMAGE IS INVOLVED AND PARTICULARS ARE NOT EXCHANGED AT THE SCENE.
* THE POWERS OF A POLICE OFFICER TO REQUIRE THE OWNER OR PERSON IN CHARGE OF A VEHICLE TO DISCLOSE THE IDENTITY OF THE DRIVER WHEN THE VEHICLE HAS BEEN INVOLVED IN AN ACCIDENT ARE EXTENDED. AT PRESENT THE POWER APPLIES ONLY WHEN TRAFFIC OFFENCES HAVE BEEN COMMITTED. THE THREE MONTH TIME LIMIT FOR SUCH A DEMAND OF DISCLOSURE IS REMOVED.
/* IF A........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
* IF A VEHICLE FAILS AN EXAMINATION, THE FEE FOR A FURTHER EXAMINATION SHOULD BE DOUBLE, UNDER THE PRESENT PROVISIONS. THIS IS TO BE DELETED AS THE PAYMENT OF A SECOND FEE AND THE INCONVENIENCE OF RE-PRESENTING A VEHICLE SHOULD BE SUFFICIENT TO DETER MISUSE OF THE EXAMINATION AS A DIAGNOSTIC CHECK TO GET BY WITH MINIMUM REPAIRS.
* IT WILL BE AN OFFENCE TO FORGE A DRIVING LICENCE OR MAKE FALSE STATEMENTS ABOUT CANCELLATION, TRANSFER OR RETENTION OF A REGISTRATION MARK.
* CERTAIN OTHER MINOR AMENDMENTS ARE ALSO MADE.
DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.
- 0 - -
PUBLIC TO SEE WHERE THE MONEY GOES
******
UNDER A BILL GIVEN A SECOND READING BY THE COUNCIL TODAY, THE DIRECTOR OF AUDIT’S REPORT MUST, IN FUTURE, BE LAID BEFORE THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL AND PUBLISHED BEFORE THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE HOLDS PUBLIC SESSIONS.
THE AUDIT (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 WAS MOVED BY THE ATTORNEY GENERAL, THE HON MICHAEL THOMAS.
+SINCE 1971, UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THIS COUNCIL, ACTING THROUGH THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE, HAVE BECOME ALERT WATCHDOGS OVER PUBLIC EXPENDITURE.
+EACH YEAR THE DIRECTOR OF AUDIT SCRUTINISES THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS LOOKING BOTH FOR IRREGULARITIES AND ALSO VALUE FOR MONEY.
+THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE THEN CALLS THE CONTROLLING OFFICERS BEFORE IT AND FOLLOWS UP THE DIRECTOR’S QUERIES BY TAKING EVIDENCE,* MR THOMAS SAID.
HE SAID THE COMMITTEE REACHED ITS OWN CONCLUSIONS ON THE QUERIES RAISED BY THE DIRECTOR. THE COMMITTEE AND THE DIRECTOR’S REPORTS WERE THEN PUBLISHED AT THE SAME TIME.
THE COMMITTEE HAD DECIDED ITS HEARINGS SHOULD TAKE PLACE IN PUBLIC WITH FULL MEDIA COVERAGE, AND THE ADMINISTRATION FULLY SUPPORTED THIS DECISION, HE SAID.
♦ NOW TO THE BILL AND WHY IT IS NECESSARY. TO ACCOMPLISH OPEN SESSIONS MEANS CHANGING THE LAW GOVERNING AUDIT PROCEDURES.
/+WHAT IS
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 20 -
+WHAT IS NEEDED IS A CHANGE IN THE RULES SO THAT THE DIRECTOR’S REPORT MUST BE LAID BEFORE COUNCIL AND PUBLISHED BEFORE THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE HOLDS ITS PUBLIC SESSIONS. THE BILL ACCOMPLISHES THAT SIMPLE OBJECTIVE,* HE SAID.
MR THOMAS SAID THAT THE PUBLIC SHOULD BE GRATEFUL TO THE UNOFFICIALS ON THE PAC FOR ADVOCATING THIS MOVE IN THE DIRECTION OF MORE OPEN GOVERNMENT AND THAT THE REFORM WOULD COMPLEMENT THE SUCCESSFUL EXPERIMENT EARLIER THIS YEAR WHEN THE FINANCE COMMITTEE HELD MEETINGS IN PUBLIC.
+THAT REFORM HELPS PUBLIC UNDERSTANDING OF HOW THE ADMINISTRATION SEEKS FUNDS FROM THE REVENUE FOR PUBLIC PURPOSES.
+THIS LATEST CHANGE ADMINISTRATION IS CALLED FUNDS,* HE SAID.
WILL HELP PUBLIC UNDERSTANDING OF HOW THE UPON TO ACCOUNT FOR ITS USE OF THOSE
-----0-----
$100 LEVY ON BUSINESS REGISTRATION PROPOSED * * * *
A BILL SEEKING TO IMPOSE AN ANNUAL LEVY ON BUSINESS REGISTRATION CERTIFICATES TO FINANCE A PROTECTION OF WAGES ON INSOLVENCY FUND, WAS INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THE COUNCIL HEARD THE SECRETARY FOR EDUCATION AND MANPOWER, THE HON J.N. HENDERSON, SPEAK ON THE BUSINESS REGISTRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984.
HE EXPLAINED THAT THE NEW FUND WOULD BE USED TO MAKE PROMPT PAYMENT OF WAGES OWED TO WORKERS BY EMPLOYERS WHO BECOME INSOLVENT.
THE BILL IS IN LINE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE WORKING GROUP ON THE PROBLEMS EXPERIENCED BY WORKERS OF COMPANIES IN RECEIVERSHIP, HE SAID.
THE GROUP’S REPORT WAS ACCEPTED IN PRINCIPLE BY THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, AND ITS MAIN RECOMMENDATION WAS THAT THE INSOLVENCY FUND SHOULD BE ESTABLISHED, AND FINANCED BY AN INCREASE IN THE BUSINESS REGISTRATION TAX.
AT PRESENT MANY WORKERS HAVE TO WAIT SEVERAL MONTHS BEFORE RECEIVING WAGES OWED TO THEM WHILE PROCEDURES ARE COMPLETED. ONCE THE FUND IS ESTABLISHED IT WILL BE ABLE TO STEP IN IMMEDIATELY.
THE MAIN LEGISLATION IS BEING DRAFTED AS A MATTER OF PRIORITY, SAID MR HENDERSON.
/THE BUSINESS .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
21
THE BUSINESS REGISTRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 PROVIDES FOR THE IMPOSITION OF A $100 LEVY ON BUSINESS REGISTRATION CERTIFICATES FOR THE PROTECTION OF WAGES ON INSOLVENCY FUND.
THIS IS A HOLDING FUND UNTIL LEGISLATION IS FINALISED.
THE PROPOSAL IS FOR THE LEVY TO TAKE EFFECT FROM OCTOBER 1 THIS YEAR.
MR HENDERSON SAID THE LEVY WOULD ESTABLISH A WORKING CAPITAL FOR THE FUND.
DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.
- - 0 - -
GOVERNMENT TACKLES GANG PROBLEMS * * * * *
THE GOVERNMENT WAS TACKLING THE PROBLEMS OF GANGS AND JUVENILE DELINQUENCY IN HONG KONG, THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL WAS TOLD TODAY.
THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON G.L. MORTIMER, SAID THAT THE BANDING TOGETHER OF YOUNG PEOPLE INTO GANGS WAS A WORLDWIDE PHENOMENON.
THE GOVERNMENT’S OBJECTIVE WAS TO DO ALL THAT WAS POSSIBLE TO REDUCE THE MORE DISTURBING ASPECTS OF THE PHENOMENON -- IN PARTICULAR THE VIOLENCE AND ORGANISED CRIME TO WHICH GANG ACTIVITY INVOLVING STUDENTS COULD LEAD IF IT WAS NOT CHECKED AS EARLY AS POSSIBLE.
MR MORTIMER WAS REPLYING TO QUESTIONS FROM DR THE HON HO KAM-FAI ABOUT THE NUMBER OF GANG FIGHTS AND THE ACTION BEING TAKEN TO REDUCE THE INCIDENCE OF CRIMINAL ACTIVITY INVOLVING STUDENTS.
MR MORTIMER SAID THAT THERE WERE NO SEPARATE STATISTICS FOR GANG FIGHTS INVOLVING STUDENTS. AN EXAMINATION OF ALL GANG FIGHTS REPORTED IN THE FIRST SIX MONTHS OF 1982, 1983 AND 1984 REVEALED THAT IN 1982 THERE WERE ON AVERAGE 95 GANG FIGHTS PER MONTH, IN 1983 THERE WERE 136 AND IN 1984 THERE WERE 185.
HE SAID THESE GANG FIGHTS INVOLVED ALL INCIDENTS INVOLVING FOUR OR MORE PEOPLE, AND RANGED FROM SCHOOL BULLYING-TYPE ACTIVITY TO SERIOUS, PRE-PLANNED FIGHTS WITH WEAPONS.
MR MORTIMER SAID THAT IN DECEMBER IT HAD BEEN ANNOUNCED THAT THE FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE WAS PREPARING TO RE-EXAMINE THE SITUATION IN THE LIGHT OF AN APPARENT INCREASE IN GANG AND TRIAD ACTIVITY. A WORKING GROUP ON GANGS HAD SINCE BEEN ESTABLISHED, CHAIRED BY THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, AND WAS REVIEWING GANG ACTIVITY, INCLUDING STUDENTS INVOLVEMENT, WITH A VIEW TO DEVISING AN OVERALL STRATEGY TO COMBAT SUCH ACTIVITY.
/HE SATT!
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
HE SAID THE POLICE MAINTAINED A NETWORK OF CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE UNITS WHICH COLLECTED AND COLLATED INFORMATION ABOUT GANG AND TRIAD ACTIVITY. EACH POLICE DISTRICT HAD AN ANTI-TRIAD UNIT WHICH CONCENTRATED ON TRIAD-RELATED ACTIVITIES, INCLUDING GANG FIGHTS. ANTI-GANG OPERATIONS WERE REGULARLY MOUNTED, BASED ON THIS INTELLIGENCE.
ON THE SUBJECT OF STUDENT INVOLVEMENT IN GANG FIGHTS AND GANG CRIME GENERALLY, MR MORTIMER SAID THAT THE STANDING COMMITTEE ON UNRULY AND DELINQUENT BEHAVIOUR IN SCHOOLS HAD RECENTLY BEEN ASKED TO REVIEW EXISTING GOVERNMENT SERVICES AIMED AT COMBATING JUVENILE DELINQUENCY.
♦THESE SERVICES ARE PROVIDED BY THE EDUCATION AND SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENTS AND VOLUNTARY AGENCIES,* HE SAID.
+THE POLICE ALSO HAVE WELL-ESTABLISHED LINKS WITH SCHOOLS THROUGH JUNIOR POLICE CALL, POLICE COMMUNITY RELATIONS OFFICERS AND CRIME PREVENTION UNITS, ALL OF WHICH HELP TO PROVIDE AND ENCOURAGE HEALTHY LAWFUL PURSUITS FOR STUDENTS.*
MR MORTIMER SAID THE REVIEW HAD FOUND THAT THE RANGE OF THESE SERVICES WAS ADEQUATE, BUT THAT IN SOME AREAS A SHORTAGE OF RESOURCES MEANT THAT SERVICES WERE NOT OPERATING AS EFFECTIVELY AS THEY MIGHT.
HE SAID THAT THE LAST FIGHT CRIME CAMPAIGN, BETWEEN JULY 1983 AND MARCH 1984, HAD BEEN AIMED AT THE 14-20 YEAR AGE GROUP TO WARN SUCH PEOPLE OF THE DANGER OF BEING DRAWN INTO GANG AND CRIMINAL ACTIVITY.
_ _ 0 - -
MORE YEARS IN JAIL FOR FIREARMS OFFENDERS ******
A BILL TO INCREASE THE PENALTIES FOR OFFENCES INVOLVING THE USE OF FIREARMS WAS GIVEN ITS SECOND READING IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THE BILL, THE FIREARMS AND AMMUNITION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, WAS MOVED BY THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON G.L. MORTIMER.
HE EXPLAINED THAT PENALTIES WOULD BE INCREASED FROM 14 YEARS TO LIFE IMPRISONMENT FOR RESISTING ARREST WHILE IN POSSESSION OF ARMS, AMMUNITION OR AN IMITATION FIREARM; AND FOR CARRYING ARMS, AMMUNITION OR AN IMITATION FIREARM WITH CRIMINAL INTENT; AND FOR POSSESSING ARMS OR AMMUNITION WITH INTENT TO ENDANGER LIFE.
/THE PENALTY
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 23 -
THE PENALTY FOR POSSESSING ARMS OR AMMUNITION WITHOUT A LICENCE WILL BE INCREASED FROM 10 TO 14 YEARS’ IMPRISONMENT, AND THAT FOR CONVERTING AN IMITATION FIREARM INTO A FIREARM, FROM FIVE TO 14 YEARS’ IMPRISONMENT.
SECONDLY, SAID MR MORTIMER, THE BILL WILL INTRODUCE A TECHNICAL AMENDMENT SO THAT IF THE PROSECUTION FAILS TO PROVE A CHARGE OF CARRYING AN IMITATION FIREARM WITH CRIMINAL INTENT, THE PERSON CHARGED MAY STILL BE CONVICTED OF THE LESSER ALTERNATIVE OFFENCE CF SIMPLE POSSESSION.
+CRIME STATISTICS SHOW AN INCREASING USE OF FIREARMS IN CRIME GENERALLY AND IN SUCH CRIMES AS GOLDSMITH ROBBERIES IN PARTICULAR,* SAID MR MORTIMER.
+THE WORKING GROUP ON THE USE OF FIREARMS IN CRIME, WHICH WAS ESTABLISHED UNDER THE AUSPICES OF THE FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE, RECOMMENDED THE INCREASED PENALTIES PROPOSED IN THIS BILL, HAVING TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT THE RECENT TRENDS IN CRIME STATISTICS AND THE HIGH LEVEL OF PENALTIES FOR SUCH OFFENCES PREVAILING ELSEWHERE IN THE SOUTH EAST ASIAN REGION.*
THE GOVERNMENT IS DETERMINED, HE SAID, TO HALT THE INCREASING USE OF FIREARMS IN CRIME BY MAKING OFFENDERS LIABLE TO VERY LONG TERMS OF IMPRISONMENT.
DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.
------o-------
PRIVATE SECTOR ABLE TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE ELECTRICITY
*****
THE RECORD SUPPORTS THE VIEW THAT THE TASK OF PROVIDING ELECTRICITY THROUGHOUT HONG KONG IS BEST LEFT TO THE PRIVATE SECTOR, THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, THE HON PIERS JACOBS, SAID TODAY.
THIS IS SUBJECT TO ADEQUATE MONITORING ARRANGEMENTS THROUGH THE SCHEMES OF CONTROL, MR JACOBS SAID.
+ONE OF THE PURPOSES OF THE SCHEMES OF CONTROL IS TO ENSURE THAT COMSUMERS ENJOY A RELIABLE AND EFFICIENT SERVICE, AND THAT THE CAPITAL INVESTMENT NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THIS SERVICE IS MADE,* HE SAID.
MR JACOBS WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON ANDREW SO.
thf SCHEMES REQUIRE THE POWER COMPANIES TO SUBMIT PLANS TO THE GOVERNMENT OUTLINING THEIR PROPOSALS FOR CAPITAL EXPANSION ™LE?ST oScE EVERY FIVE YEARS, AND SPECIFICALLY WHENEVER THERc IS TO BE ANY MAJOR NEW CAPITAL INVESTMENT.
/+IF IT........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 24 -
+IP IT APPEARED THAT A PLAN wAS INADEQUATE TO ENSURE A CONTINUED RELIABLE SUPPLY OF ELECTRICITY, WE WOULD IN DISCUSSION WITH THE COMPANY CONCERNED REQUIRE AMENDMENTS TO THE PLAN UNTIL WE WERE ABLE TO RECOMMEND TO THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL THAT IT BE APPROVED,* MR JACOBS SAID.
IN 1983 TECHNICAL CONSULTANTS RETAINED BY THE GOVERNMENT CONFIRMED THAT THE EXPANSION PLANS OF BOTH POWER COMPANIES WERE ADEQUATE TO MEET THE RISING DEMAND FOR ELECTRICITY IN HONG KONG, KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES, INCLUDING THE NEW TOWNS.
MR JACOBS TOLD THE COUNCIL THAT AS ADDITIONAL ASSURANCE, THE CONSULTANTS WOULD BE ASKED TO ADVISE ON THE ADEQUACY AND EFFICIENCY OF THE TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS OF BOTH POWER COMPANIES, EVEN THOUGH EXPERIENCE HAD SHOWN THESE NETWORKS TO BE RELIABLE.
ON THE SALE OF ELECTRICITY TO CHINA, MR JACOBS SAID THAT ITS MAXIMUM ANTICIPATED DEMAND WAS AMONG THE FACTORS TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT IN THE PREPARATION BY CHINA LIGHT AND POWER OF ITS REGULAR F INANC ING PLANS.
+FURTHERMORE, IT IS A CONDITION OF THE AGREEMENTS IN RELATION TO THE SUPPLY OF ELECTRICITY TO CHINA THAT IN THE EVENT OF ANY UNEXPECTED SHORTAGE, HONG KONG CONSUMERS SHOULD HAVE PRIORITY,* HE POINTED OUT.
BUT HE ADDED THAT AN UNEXPECTED SHORTAGE WAS UNLIKELY, AS THE PEAK LOAD TIMES OF HONG KONG AND GUANGDONG WERE DIFFERENT.
ON TOWN GAS, MR JACOBS REPORTED A SECOND PRODUCTION PLANT WAS BEING PLANNED BY THE HONG KONG AND CHINA GAS COMPANY.
THIS WAS PARTLY TO MEET THE CONTINUING GROWTH IN DEMAND, AND PARTLY TO PROVIDE TOWN GAS TO NEW DEVELOPMENT AREAS.
+WORK ON EXTENDING THE EXISTING TOWN GAS TRANSMISSION SYSTEM IS NOW IN PROGRESS IN PARALLEL WITH THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE NEW TERRITORIES CIRCULAR ROAD,* MR JACOBS SAID.
--------0----------
/25 .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 25 -
DOUBLED FEES WILL BRING IN $1 MILLION ******
FEES FOR VARIOUS SERVICES PROVIDED UNDER THE BIRTHS AND DEATHS REGISTRATION ORDINANCE ARE TO BE GENERALLY INCREASED BY 1OO PER CENT.
THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON MR G.L. MORTIMER MOVED THE SECOND READING IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY OF THE BIRTHS AND DEATHS REGISTRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984.
HE EXPLAINED THAT THE SERVICES WERE PROVIDED BY THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT AND INCLUDED THE POST-REGISTRATION OF BIRTHS, THE SEARCH OF BIRTHS AND DEATHS RECORDS, AND THE ISSUE OF CERTIFICATES OF REGISTRATION OF ADDITIONS OR ALTERATIONS TO THE NAME OF A CHILD.
+THE FEES WERE LAST REVISED IN 1975,+ SAID MR MORTIMER. +THE OBJECT OF THE REVISIONS NOW PROPOSED IS TO RECOVER A GREATER PROPORTION OF THE COST OF THE SERVICES.*
HE EXPLAINED THE REVISIONS WERE BASED ON A COST STUDY AND TOOK INTO ACCOUNT THE IMPACT ON USERS OF THE SERVICES.
+MOST OF THE FEES ARE-TO BE INCREASED BY 100 PER CENT. IT IS ESTIMATED THAT ADDITIONAL REVENUE OF NOT MORE THAN $1 MILLION PER ANNUM WILL BE GENERATED.+
MR MORTIMER ALSO MOVED THE SECOND READING OF THE FOREIGN MARRIAGE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984. THIS BILL REVISES FEES FOR THE ISSUE OF CERTIFICATES AND LICENCES IN RESPECT OF FOREIGN MARRIAGES. THE CHARGES HAVE REMAINED UNCHANGED SINCE 1950.
IT IS PROPOSED THEY BE INCREASED FROM SI AND $30 TO $5 AND $63 RESPECTIVELY.
A THIRD SET OF FEE INCREASES WAS CONTAINED IN THE LEGITIMACY (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, ALSO MOVED FOR A SECOND READING BY MR MORTIMER.
THIS PROPOSES REVISIONS IN FEES FOR THE RE-REGISTRATION OF THE BIRTH OF LEGITIMATED PERSONS AND THE ISSUE OF CERTIFIED COPIES OF ENTRIES OF THE BIRTH OF SUCH PERSONS.
THE FEES HAVE NOT CHANGED SINCE 1971 AND IT IS PROPOSED THEY GO UP FROM $1.50 AND $15 TO $10 AND $30 RESPECTIVELY.
DEBATE ON THE BILLS WAS ADJOURNED.
- 0 ----------
/26........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1934
26
POLICE UNITS REORGANISED * * *
NEIGHBOURHOOD POLICE UNITS HAD BEEN REORGANISED TO GIVE GREATER FLEXIBILITY IN THE USE OF MANPOWER AND TO IMPROVE AND STRENGTHEN POLICE COMMUNITY RELATIONS, THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON G.L. MORTIMER, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
HE WAS REPLYING TO QUESTIONS FROM THE HON PAULINE NG ON THE REASONS FOR THE REORGANISATION AND ITS PROGRESS.
MR MORTIMER SAID THAT A DISADVANTAGE OF THE ORIGINAL NEIGHBOURHOOD POLICE UNIT SCHEME HAD BEEN THAT, REGARDLESS OF LOCAL CRIME LEVELS, THE UNITS HAD BEEN GIVEN MANPOWER ACCORDING TO FIXED MANNING SCALES.
AS MANY AS 42 PER CENT OF ESTABLISHED NEIGHBOURHOOD POLICE UNITS MANNED ON A 24-HOUR BASIS HAD BEEN RECEIVING FEWER THAN THREE REPORTS A DAY.
+WHEN THE SCHEME WAS INTRODUCED 10 YEARS AGO, THERE WAS A REAL NEED FOR EASY ACCESS TO POLICE SERVICES AND THE NEIGHBOURHOOD POLICE UNIT MET THAT NEED,+ MR MORTIMER SAID.
+HOWEVER, SINCE THAT TIME THE BEAT RADIO SCHEME HAS BEEN INTRODUCED AND BEAT PATROLS ARE IN THEMSELVES EFFECTIVELY MOBILE NEIGHBOURHOOD POLICE UNITS AND, AS A RESULT OF THIS REORGANISATION, THIS MOBILITY CAN BE EXPLOITED TO THE FULL.+
MR MORTIMER SAID THAT THE OFFICER IN CHARGE OF A NEIGHBOURHOOD POLICE UNIT ORIGINALLY HAD THE DUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF MONITORING ALL POL ICE WORK IN HIS AREA AND OF FOSTERING POLICE COMMUNITY RELATIONS.
+IN THE NEW SCHEME, NEIGHBOURHOOD POLICE CO-ORDINATORS WILL BE FREE TO DEVOTE ALL THEIR TIME TO COMMUNITY RELATIONS WORK WITHIN THEIR GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS OF RESPONSIBILITY. MOREOVER, THE SCHEME WILL NOW COVER THE WHOLE TERR(TORY,+ |VR MORTIMER SAID.
WHILE THE SPEED OF INTRODUCTION OF THE NEW SCHEME HAD NATURALLY VARIED FROM DISTRICT TO DISTRICT, MR MORTIMER SAID, IT WAS EXPECTED THAT THE FULL REORGANISATION WOULD BE COMPLETED IN ALL DISTRICTS IN THE VERY NEAR FUTURE.
-----o------
/27 .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
27
MOVE TO IMPROVE CARGO FLOW
******
A BILL TO HELP IMPROVE THE FREE FLOW OF TRANSHIPMENT CARGO THROUGH HONG KONG WAS READ A SECOND TIME IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THE SECRETARY FOR TRADE AND INDUSTRY, THE HON ERIC HO, MOVED THE SECOND READING OF THE IMPORT AND EXPORT (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) B ILL .
MR HO SAID THAT WHENEVER THE IMPORT AND EXPORT OF ANY ARTICLE IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT UNDER LICENCE, THESE LICENSING REQUIREMENTS ALSO APPLY TO CARGO BEING TRANSHIPPED THROUGH HONG KONG AND INVOLVING A CHANGE OF CARRIER - WHETHER TRAIN, SHIP OF AIRCRAFT.
+THIS HINDERS AN ELEMENT OF OUR ENTREPOT TRADE, PARTICULARLY FOR OUTWARD AIR CARGO WHICH OFTEN HAS TIGHT SCHEDULES NORMALLY INVOLVING A STOP-OVER IN HONG KONG OF NOT MORE THAN A FEW HOURS.+
THE BILL WOULD EMPOWER THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE TO EXEMPT ANY PERSON FROM LICENSING REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO TRANSHIPMENT THROUGH THE TERRITORY OF CERTAIN PROHIBITED CARGO AND RESERVED COMMODITIES, AND TO IMPOSE CONDITIONS UPON WHICH SUCH EXEMPTION WILL BE GRANTED OR REVOKED.
THIS WAS A DEVELOPMENT OF INTERIM ARRANGEMENTS INTRODUCED IN 1975, MR HO EXPLAINED.
+1 WOULD LIKE TO ASSURE THIS COUNCIL THAT SAFEGUARDS WILL BE BUILT IN TO MAINTAIN HONG KONG’S INTEGRITY IN THE EYES OF OUR TRADING PARTNERS IN RESPECT OF INTERNATIONAL UNDERTAKING WE HAVE GIVEN.
+IN PARTICULAR
OF DETERRENTS TO, AND EXPORT FRAUD. TRANSHIPMENT TRADE ENTREPOT.+
I WOULD STRESS THAT THERE WOULD BE NO DILUTION
OR ENFORCEMENT AGAINST, SMUGGLING AND IMPORT THE AIM IS TO FACILITATE HONG KONG’S
, AND THUS IMPROVE ITS FUNCTIONING AS AN
MOVING THE SECOND READING OF THE RESERVED COMMODITIES (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, MR HO SAID THAT IT TOO WOULD FACILITATE THE TRANSHIPMENT TRADE IN THE COMMODITIES WITHIN THE AMBIT OF THE REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE.
+IT WILL THUS IMPROVE HONG KONG’S FUNCTIONING AS AN ENTREPOT,+ HE SAID.
DEBATE ON THE TWO BILLS WAS ADJOURNED.
- - 0 - -
/26
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
28
HIGH RECOVERY RATE OF STOLEN VEHICLES * * *
THE RECOVERY RATE OF STOLEN VEHICLES IN HONG KONG WAS EXTREMELY HIGH BY WORLD STANDARDS, THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL WAS TOLD TODAY.
THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON G.L. MORTIMER, SAID THE RECOVERY RATE HAD REMAINED CONSTANT AT ABOUT 70 PER CENT FOR THE PAST THREE YEARS AND THE FIRST HALF OF THIS YEAR.
HE SAID THIS COMPARED WITH A RATE OF SOME 14 PER CENT IN THE UNITED STATES AND 40 PER CENT IN JAPAN.
ANSWERING A QUESTION FROM THE HON CHEUNG YAN-LUNG, MR MORTIMER ------------------------------------------- .... HE COULD N0T
SAID THERE REMAINED SOME SCOPE FOR IMPROVEMENT AND SAY THAT THE GOVERNMENT WAS TOTALLY SATISFIED WITH RATE.
MR MORTIMER SAID THAT IN 1983, 4 901 VEHICLES MISSING AND 3 527, OR 72 PER CENT, WERE RECOVERED.
THE DETECTION
WERE REPORTED
IN 1982, 3 777, OR 70.6 PER CENT, WERE RECOVERED, OUT OF 5 353 VEHICLES REPORTED MISSING AND IN 1981, 2 547, OR 70.2 PER CENT, WERE RECOVERED OUT OF 3 626.
STEPS BEING TAKEN TO COUNTER VEHICLE THEFT INCLUDED CRIME PREVENTION PUBLICITY AND POLICE OPERATIONS AIMED AT NEUTRALISING GANGS INVOLVED, HE SAID.
+THROUGH THE USE OF ROAD BLOCKS, THE CHECKING OF VEHICLES PARKED IN REMOTE OR UNUSUAL PLACES, AND VISITS TO BACK-STREET GARAGES, REPAIR SHOPS AND SPARE PARTS OUTLETS, THE POLICE ARE CONSTANTLY RECOVERING STOLEN VEHICLES,* MR MORTIMER SAID.
+VEHICLE MANUFACTURERS AND RETAILERS HAVE BEEN ASKED TO CONSIDER WAYS OF MAKING IT MORE DIFFICULT FOR CRIMINALS TO CHANGE THE REGISTRATION AND OTHER IDENTIFYING MARKS ON VEHICLES AND OF IMPROVING THE SECURITY OF LOCKS AND IGNITION SYSTEMS.*
MR MORTIMER SAID THAT ONE OF THE MAIN TARGETS OF THE 1984 FIGHT CRIME CAMPAIGN, WHICH WILL SOON BE ANNOUNCED, WOULD BE TO ADVISE THE PUBLIC ABOUT PRECAUTIONS THAT SHOULD BE TAKEN TO AVOID VEHICLE THEFT.
+1 AM SURE THAT THIS TYPE OF CRIME IS BEST COMBATED BY THIS MULTI-FACETED APPROACH INVOLVING A JOINT EFFORT ON THE PART CF THE PUBLIC, THE POLICE AND THOSE DIRECTLY INVOLVED IN THE MOTOR TRADE,* MR MORTIMER SAID.
-----0------
/29........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1934
29
NO PLANS TO CONTROL CHINESE MEDICAL PRACTICE * * *
THE GOVERNMENT AT PRESENT DOFS NOT SEE THE NEED TO INTRODUCE LEGISLATIVE CONTROLS ON PRACTITIONERS OF CHINESE TRADITIONAL I^DICINE, ACCORDING TO THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR THE HON RUDY KHOO.
DR KHOO WAS REPLYING IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY TO DR THE HON HENRIETTA IP, WHO ASKED IF THE GOVERNMENT WOULD CONSIDER SETTING STANDARDS FOR, AND REQUIRING, MEDICAL DEPARTMENT REGISTRATION OF ACUPUNCTURISTS, CHINESE HERBALISTS AND BONESETTERS.
HE POINTED OUT THAT THE MEDICAL REGISTRATION ORDINANCE ACKNOWLEDGES THE RIGHT OF ANY PERSON OF CHINESE RACE TO PRACTISE hEDICINE OR SURGERY ACCORDING TO PURELY CHINESE METHODS.
♦THEREFORE, GOVERNMENT HAS NO JURISDICTION IN THIS MATTER, NOR DOES IT SEE THE NEED TO INTRODUCE LEGISLATIVE CONTROLS AT THIS TIME,* HE SAID.
DR KHOO ALSO RECALLED THAT A QUESTION ALONG SIMILAR LINES WAS ASKED IN THE COUNCIL IN JULY 1974 AT WHICH TIME THE REPLY GIVEN WAS IN THE NEGATIVE. .
+THE POSITION TODAY REMAINS UNCHANGED IN REGARD TO ACUPUNCTURISTS, CHINESE HERBALISTS AND BONESETTERS, WHO CAN BE REFERRED TO AS PRACTITIONERS OF CHINESE TRADITIONAL MEDICINE,* HE SAID.
-----o------
NEW RULES ON LEGAL AID
* * *
NEW RULES AND CLARIFICATIONS ON LEGAL AID WERE DETAILED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
MOVING THE LEGAL AID IN CRIMINAL CASES (AMENDMENT) RULES 1984, THE ACTING LAW DRAFTSMAN, MR J.J. O’GRADY, SAID THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE ORDINANCE EMPOWERS THE CHIEF JUSTICE TO MAKE RULES, SUBJECT TO LEGCO APPROVAL, FOR THE GRANTING OF LEGAL AID IN CR IMINAL CASES.
• -i . ,/Jlc J,-': ■. . . jO1TQM < jyri
A NEW PROCEDURE FOR THE COMMITTAL OF ACCUSED PERSONS FOR HIGH COURT TRIAL WAS BROUGHT INTO EFFECT AT THE START OF 1984. THE CHIEF JUSTICE HAS NOW MADE RULES WHICH WILL ENABLE LEGAL AID TO BE GRANTED TO ACCUSED PERSONS WHO HAVE BEEN COMMITTED FOR TRIAL UNDER THE NEW PROCEDURE AND SEEK TO BE DISCHARGED ON THE GROUND CF INSUFFICIENT EVIDENCE, OR WHO APPLY FOR BAIL IN CONNEXION WITH COMMITTAL PROCEEDINGS.
/THE »ew .......
WEMiSSDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 30 -
THE NEW RULES ALSO CLARIFY THE POWER OF THE DIRECTOR OF LEGAL AID TO REFUSE LEGAL AID IN CRIMINAL CASES, AND ENLARGE THE POWER OF THE COURTS TO GRANT SUCH AID WHERE THE DIRECTOR HAD REFUSED IT.
ALSO CLARIFIED ARE THE DUTIES OF LEGAL PRACTITIONERS ASSIGNED TO ACT FOR LEGALLY AIDED PERSONS, WITH PARTICULAR REFERENCE TO THE SETTLING OF APPEALS AND FEES PAYABLE.
+THESE AMENDING RULES REPRESENT A MODEST BUT WELCOME IMPROVEMENT TO THE PROCEDURES WHICH APPLY TO LEGAL AID IN CRIMINAL CASES,+ SAID MR O’GRADY.
-----0-----
DANGEROUS SIGNS: NO PROSECUTIONS IN
*****
THREE YEARS
IN THE PAST THREE YEARS, NO PROSECUTIONS HAD BEEN BROUGHT AGAINST OWNERS OF DANGEROUS SIGNS, THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, THE HON IAN MACPHERSON SAID TODAY.
THE REASON, HE SAID, WAS THAT WHERE OWNERS HAD BEEN LOCATED, THEY HAD EITHER REMOVED OR REPAIRED THE DANGEROUS SIGNS THEMSELVES. WHERE THE OWNER COULD NOT BE TRACED, THE AUTHORITIES HAD HAD TO REQUEST THE BUILDING AUTHORITY TO REMOVE THE SIGNS AND NO PROSECUTION COULD BE INSTITUTED, HE SAID.
REPLYING TO A QUESTION BY THE HON CHEUNG YAN-LUNG, W MACPHERSON SAID THAT ADVERTISING SIGNS AND THEIR ASSOCIATED HOARDINGS, SCAFFOLDINGS OR OTHER STRUCTURES ARE CONTROLLED BY SECTION 105 OF THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND URBAN SERVICES ORDINANCE, CHAPTER 132.
THE AUTHORITIES FOR CONTROL ARE THE URBAN COUNCIL IN THE URBAN AREAS, AND THE DIRECTOR OF LANDS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
AS REGARDS MEASURES TAKEN TO ENSURE PUBLIC SAFETY, HE SAID THE PRESENT PROCEDURE WAS THAT ALL SIGNS CONSIDERED DANGEROUS WERE REFERRED EITHER BY THE RELEVANT AUTHORITY OR THE PUBLIC TO THE BUILDING AUTHORITY FOR INSPECTION.
IF THE BUILDING AUTHORITY CONSIDERED THE SIGN TO BE DANGEROUS, A CERTIFICATE WOULD BE SERVED ON THE RELEVANT AUTHORITY WHICH WOULD IN TURN SERVE A NOTICE ON THE OWNER OF THE SIGN, REQUIRING THE OWNER TO EFFECT REPAIRS OR REMOVAL IN A SPECIFIED PERIOD CF TIME.
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 31 -
IF THE OWNER COULD NOT BE FOUND, OR IF THE SPECIFIED PERIOD EXPIRED WITHOUT ANY REMOVAL OR REPAIRS BEING EFFECTED, THE AUTHORITY THEN REQUESTED THE BUILDING AUTHORITY TO HAVE THE SIGN REPAIRED OR REMOVED.
IN URGENT CASES, THE BUILDING AUTHORITY HAD DELEGATED POWER TO REMOVE DANGEROUS SIGNS IMMEDIATELY.
OWNERS OF ADVERTISEMENT SIGNS WERE ALSO REMINDED IN TROPICAL CYCLONE ADVISORY BULLETINS ISSUED OVER THE RADIO AND TELEVISION THAT THE FASTENINGS AND FRAMEWORK OF SIGNBOARDS WHICH OVERHANG PUBLIC THOROUGHFARES OR SITUATE ON TOP OF BUILDINGS SHOULD BE SECURE, AND THAT ELECTRICITY SUPPLY TO THE SIGNS, IF ANY, SHOULD BE CUT OFF AS SOON AS TYPHOON SIGNAL NO.-8 WAS HOISTED, HE SAID.
-----o------
FEWER VEHICLES USE HARBOUR TUNNEL * * *
A TOTAL OF 2 676 150 VEHICLES USED THE CROSS HARBOUR TUNNEL IN JUNE THIS YEAR, FOLLOWING THE START OF THE CROSS-HARBOUR (PASSAGE TAX) ORDINANCE ON JUNE 1, THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, THE HON ALAN SCOTT, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THIS FIGURE WAS DOWN FROM THE 3 285 858 VEHICLES USING THE TUNNEL IN MAY.
THE TOTAL COMPRISED THE FOLLOWING, WITH THE MAY FIGURES IN BRACKETSi 1 967 621 PRIVATE CARS AND TAXIS (2 465 685), 109 368 MOTORCYCLES (140 286), 57 591 LIGHT BUSES AND DUAL-PURPOSE VEHICLES (61 381), 37 633 SINGLE-DECKER BUSES (38 548), 111 591 DOUBLE-DECKER BUSES (116 565), AND 392 346 GOODS VEHICLES (463 393).
MR SCOTT WAS GIVING THE DETAILED FIGURES AS REQUESTED BY THE HON PETER POON.
THE DAILY AVERAGE NUMBER OF VEHICLES USING THE TUNNEL IN JUNE WAS 89 205, DOWN FROM THE AVERAGE OF 105 994 IN MAY, MR SCOTT SAID.
THIS WAS BROKEN DOWN INTO THE FOLLOWING, WITH THE MAY FIGURES IN BRACKETS: 65 587 PRIVATE CARS AND TAXIS (79 538), 3 646 MOTORCYCLES (4 525), 1 920 LIGHT BUSES AND DUAL-PURPOSE VEHICLES (1 980), 1 254 SINGLE-DECKER BUSES (1 243), 3 720 DOUBLE-DECKER BUSES (3 760), AND 13 078 GOODS VEHICLES (14 948).
-----o-----
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 32 -
YOUNG PROTECTED FROM TATTOOS
******
FORTY PER CENT OF YOUNG PERSONS IN CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTIONS ARE TATTOOED, ACCORDING TO RECENT SURVEYS.
THIS WAS SAID TODAY BY THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON G.L. MORTIMER, AS HE MOVED THE SECOND READING IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL OF THE TATTOOING OF YOUNG PERSONS BILL 1984.
+THE PURPOSE OF THIS LEGISLATION IS TO PROHIBIT THE TATTOOING OF ANY PERSON UNDER THE AGE OF 18 YEARS EXCEPT FOR MEDICAL REASONS BY A REGISTERED MEDICAL PRACTITIONER,* HE SAID.
+RECENT SURVEYS CONDUCTED BY THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND THE COMMISSIONER OF CORRECTIONAL SERVICES OF YOUNG PERSONS RESIDING IN CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTIONS UNDER THEIR CONTROL HAVE SHOWN THAT APPROXIMATELY FORTY PER CENT OF THE INMATES WERE TATTOOED. MAGISTRATES SITTING IN THE JUVENILE COURT IN HONG KONG HAVE ALSO NOTED THAT IT IS NOT UNUSUAL FOR JUVENILE OFFENDERS TO BE EXTENSIVELY TATTOOED.
+THIS ASSOCIATION BETWEEN TATTOOS AND CRIMINAL OR DELINQUENT BEHAVIOUR MAKES THE REHABILITATION OF SUCH YOUNG PERSONS ALL THE MORE DIFFICULT, SINCE PROFESSIONALLY EXECUTED TATTOOS ARE ALMOST IMPOSSIBLE TO REMOVE.
+A WAYWARD YOUNG PERSON IS THUS LIABLE TO BEAR THIS PHYSICAL REMINDER OF AN ILL-SPENT YOUTH FOR THE REST OF HIS LIFE.*
THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLYING WITH THE NEW RULES WILL BE ON THE TATTOO 1ST RATHER THAN THE YOUNG PERSON, HE SAID.
DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.
-----0------
RULES UNDER COMPANIES ORDINANCE APPROVED * * * *
THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL CONCURRED TODAY WITH SECTION 296 CF THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE, EMPOWERING THE CHIEF JUSTICE TO MAKE GENERAL RULES CONCERNING THE WINDING-UP OF COMPANIES.
UNDER THE SECTION, THE CHIEF JUSTICE IS ALSO EMPOWERED TO MAKE RULES FOR THE PURPOSES OF THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE, INCLUDING RULES ON COSTS, THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, THE HON PIERS JACOBS, SAID IN MOVING A RESOLUTION UNDER THE SECTION OF THE ORD INANCE.
+THESE AMENDMENTS ARE CONSEQUENTIAL UPON THE ENACTMENT CF THE COMPANIES (AMENDMENT) ORDINANCE 1984, AND ARE REQUIRED TO BRING THE SUBSIDIARY LEGISLATION INTO LINE WITH THE NEW PROVISIONS CF THE PRINCIPAL COMPANIES ORDINANCE,* MR JACOBS EXPLAINED.
/33........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 33 -
FEE CALCULATION EXPLAINED * * *
THE WAY GOVERNMENT DETERMINES THE LEVEL OF FOREBEARANCE FEES PAYABLE WHERE BREACHES OF LEASE CONDITIONS OCCUR WAS OUTLINED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY BY THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS, THE HON EDDY SHORT.
ANSWERING A QUESTION FROM THE HON SELINA CHOW, MR SHORT SAID IN LEASE ENFORCEMENT CASES INVOLVING A BREACH OF LEASE CONDITIONS, INCLUDING THE USE OF RESIDENTIAL PREMISES FOR INDUSTRIAL PURPOSES, THE LESSEE IS NORMALLY GIVEN 28 DAYS TO PURGE THE BREACH.
IF THIS CANNOT BE ACCOMPLISHED AND IF THE LESSEE CAN PUT FORWARD ACCEPTABLE REASONS, AN EXTENSION OF THIS PERIOD MAY BE GRANTED SUBJECT TO THE PAYMENT OF A FOREBEARANCE FEE.
+FOREBEARANCE FEES ARE INTENDED TO ENSURE THAT BREACHES OF LEASE CONDITIONS ARE CORRECTED WITHIN THE SHORTEST PRACTICAL TIME AND HAVE THEREFORE BEEN SET WITH THIS OBJECTIVE IN MIND,+ MR SHORT SAID.
WHERE RESIDENTIAL PREMISES ARE USED FOR INDUSTRIAL PURPOSES, FOREBEARANCE FEES TAKE ACCOUNT OF THE AVERAGE RENTAL FOR INDUSTRIAL ACCOMMODATION, HE SAID.
FOR THE FIRST THREE MONTHS, THE FOREBEARANCE FEES ARE CALCULATED AT A MONTHLY RATE OF $21 PER SQUARE METRE ON THE AREA IN BREACH.
FOR THE NEXT THREE MONTHS, THE FEE CHARGED IS EITHER ON THE SAME BASIS OR AT THE RATE OF ONE PER CENT PER MONTH OF THE CAPITAL VALUE OF THE AREA IN BREACH, WHICHEVER IS THE HIGHER.
-----0------
TWO BILLS ON SURCHARGES INTRODUCED
Z Z Z
TWO BILLS CONCERNING SURCHARGES WERE MOVED THROUGH THE SECOND READING BY THE ACTING FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON DOUGLAS BLYE, IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THEY ARE THE INLAND REVENUE (AMENDMENT) (NO. 3) BILL 1984 AND THE RATING (AMENDMENT)(NO. 2) BILL 1984.
BOTH BILLS MAKE IT CLEAR THAT THE INITIAL SURCHARGE OF FIVE PER CENT ON AMOUNTS NOT PAID BY THE DUE DATE IS SUBJECT TO A FURTHER SURCHARGE OF 10 PER CENT ON AMOUNTS IN DEFAULT NOT LESS THAN SIX MONTHS AFTER THE DUE DATE, MR BLYE EXPLAINED.
CLAUSE 2 OF EACH BILL ALSO SEEKS TO VALIDATE THE ADDITIONAL SURCHARGES IMPOSED UNDER THE EXISTING PROVISIONS ON OUTSTANDING SURCHARGES, THE TAX OR RATES IN RESPECT OF WHICH HAD BEEN PAID AT THE TIME THE ADDITIONAL SURCHARGES WERE IMPOSED.
DEBATE ON BOTH BILLS WAS ADJOURNED.
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 34 -
CORRIDOR CUTS JOURNEY TIMES * * * *
PEAK HOUR JOURNEY TIMES ALONG KING’S BY UP TO 40 PER CENT SINCE THE OPENING OF CORR IDOR.
ROAD HAVE BEEN REDUCED THE ISLAND EASTERN
THIS WAS SAID TODAY BY THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, ALAN SCOTT, IN REPLY TO QUESTIONS FROM THE HON PETER C. RELATING TO THE OPENING OF THE NEW ROAD LAST MONTH.
THE HON WONG
MR SCOTT SAID THAT JOURNEY TIMES ALONG KING’S ROAD FROM SHAU KEI WAN TO CAUSEWAY BAY IN THE PEAK HOURS HAD BEEN REDUCED BY UP TO 40 PER CENT - OR NINE MINUTES OFF A 22-1/2 MINUTE JOURNEY. TRAFFIC FLOW IN ROADS TO RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENTS OFF KING’S ROAD WAS ALSO MUCH IMPROVED, HE SAID.
THE DAILY TRAFFIC VOLUME WAS 20 000 VEHICLES AND THERE HAD BEEN FOUR REPORTED ACCIDENTS. POLICE RADAR DETECTED 496 CASES WHICH HAD BEEN REPORTED FOR PROSECUTION BY WAY OF SUMMONS.
THERE ARE THREE INTERCHANGES IN ADDITION TO ENTRY AND EXIT POINTS, SAID MR SCOTT.
ROADS THROUGH TAI KOO SHING HAVE HAD TO BEAR A HEAVIER VOLUME OF TRAFFIC. BUT THIS IS TEMPORARY AND THROUGH TRAFFIC WILL NOT NEED TO PA$S THROUGH THE ESTATE WHEN THE CORRIDOR IS EXTENDED TO SHAU KEI WAN IN THE MIDDLE OF NEXT YEAR.
THE MAXIMUM SPEED LIMIT FOR THE CORRIDOR OF 40 MPH (OR 70 KM/H) IS REALISTIC, SAID MR SCOTT, BEARING IN MIND SUCH FACTORS AS THE WEAVING REQUIRED AT INTERCHANGES. POLICE REPORT THAT MOST MOTORISTS ARE COMPLYING WITH THE LIMIT.
0 --------
TYPHOON SHELTERS FOR FISHING CRAFT
* * * *
GOVERNMENT PLANS TO STUDY THE NEED FOR ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR TYPHOON SHELTERS AND SHELTERED ANCHORAGES FOR FISHING CRAFT AND OTHER VESSELS, THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, THE HON PIERS JACOBS, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
AFTER THE STUDY WAS COMPLETED, IT WOULD BE POSSIBLE TO DECIDE WHAT PRACTICAL STEPS COULD BE TAKEN TO DEAL WITH THE SHORTFALL IN TYPHOON SHELTERS AND SHELTERED ANCHORAGES, MR JACOBS SAID.
REPLYING TO QUESTIONS FROM THE HON CHAN YING-LUN, MR JACOBS SAID HONG KONG HAD 8 038 LICENCED MOTORISED FISHING VESSELS. TYPHOON SHELTERS AND SHELTERED ANCHORAGES WERE PROVIDED FOR ALL TYPES OF CRAFT.
/+0VEHALL WE .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 35 -
♦ OVERALL WE HAVE APPROXIMATELY 454 HECTARES OF GAZETTED TYPHOON SHELTER SPACE AND SHELTERED ANCHORAGES TO CATER FOR 25 195 LOCAL CRAFT OF ALL CLASSES,* MR JACOBS SAID.
♦ ON THE BASIS OF THE FORMULA ADOPTED FOR CALCULATING THE AREA REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE ALL LOCAL CRAFT, THERE IS A SHORTFALL OF ABOUT 106 HECTARES.*
MR JACOBS SAID TWO FACTORS HAD TO BE CONSIDERED:
FIRST, ALL THE CRAFT THAT MIGHT USE THE TYPHOON SHELTERS AND SHELTERED ANCHORAGES WOULD NOT NECESSARILY BE IN HONG KONG WHEN A STORM THREATENED, AND
SECOND, AT LEAST SOME OF THE FAIRWAY SPACE IN THE SHELTERS
AND SHELTERED ANCHORAGES WOULD ALMOST CERTAINLY BE OCCUPIED BY CRAFT SEEKING SHELTER - ALTHOUGH IT WAS DESIRABLE THAT THE FAIRWAY SPACE BE KEPT OPEN.
* S0, WHILE THERE IS A SHORTFALL, IN PRACTICE THIS SHORTFALL IS NOT AS LARGE AS IT MAY APPEAR,* MR JACOBS SAID.
-----0-----
HOW GRANTS ARE GIVEN * * *
THE PROCEDURES FOR DEALING WITH APPLICATIONS FOR CAPITAL ALLOCATIONS FROM THE LOTTERIES FUND WERE DESCRIBED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THE SECRETARY FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE, THE HON HENRY CHING, SAID APPLICATIONS FOR CAPITAL GRANTS FROM THE FUND ARE DEALT WITH BY THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT.
SPEAKING IN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON SELINA CHOW, MR CHING EXPLAINED THAT AN INFORMAL APPROACH IS FOLLOWED BY DISCUSSIONS BETWEEN THE DEPARTMENT AND THE VOLUNTARY AGENCY CONCERNED TO SEE WHETHER THE PROJECT WILL ATTRACT THE GOVERNMENT’S SUPPORT.
WHEN BROAD AGREEMENT HAS BEEN REACHED, THE AGENCY IS INVITED TO MAKE A FORMAL APPLICATION.
THIS IS EXAMINED BY THE DEPARTMENT AND OTHER RELEVANT DEPARTMENTS WITH FURTHER DISCUSSIONS WITH THE APPLICANT, IF NECESSARY.
WHEN THIS STAGE HAS BEEN SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED APPROVAL FOR THE GRANT IS SOUGHT.
/THE SUPPORT........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 36 -
THE SUPPORT OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE ADVISORY COMMITTEE IS REQUIRED BEFORE APPROVAL CAN BE GIVEN TO ANY GRANT OVER $100 000.
FINANCE COMMITTEE APPROVAL IS ALSO REQUIRED WHERE THE ESTIMATED RECURRENT FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS EXCEED $500 000 A YEAR.
SUBJECT TO THESE TWO REQUIREMENTS, THE AUTHORITY TO APPROVE A GRANT RESTS WITH THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, UNLESS IT IS OVER $1.5 MILLION WHEN THE APPROVAL OF THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY IS NECESSARY, SAID MR CHING.
-----o-----
HIRE CAR PERMIT RULES TIGHTENED
K X *
A PROVISION TO ENSURE EFFECTIVE CONTROL OF THE HIRE CAR PERMIT SYSTEM WAS APPROVED BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, THE HON ALAN SCOTT, SOUGHT MEMBERS* ENDORSEMENT OF THE PROVISION IN SECTION 21(3) OF THE ROAD TRAFFIC (PUBLIC SERVICES VEHICLES) REGULATIONS 1983.
+THIS SECTION PROVIDES THAT, IN ANY PROCEEDINGS AGAINST A HIRE CAR PERMIT HOLDER FOR AN OFFENCE, THE ONUS IS PLACED UPON THE PERMIT HOLDER TO SATISFY THE COURT OR MAGISTRATE THAT HE WAS NOT AWARE, AND HAD NO REASONABLE GROUNDS FOR BELIEVING, THAT THE HIRE CAR WAS BEING DRIVEN OR USED IN CONTRAVENTION OF PERMIT CONDITIONS.
♦THIS PROVISION IS ESSENTIAL FOR EFFECTIVE CONTROL OF THE HIRE CAR PERMIT SYSTEM.
+WITHOUT THIS PROVISION, ENFORCEMENT ACTION WOULD IN PRACTICE BE LARGELY LIMITED TO THE DRIVERS OF HIRE CARS AND NOT THE ACTUAL PERMIT HOLDERS,+ MR SCOTT SAID.
HE EXPLAINED THAT THE PROVISION WAS NOT NEW, HAVING BEEN MADE BY THE GOVERNOR-IN-COUNCIL.
HOWEVER, THE APPROVAL OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL WAS REQUIRED.
-----o-----
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
37
MAI PO MARSH PROJECT DEVELOPING
IXI
GENERAL GOVERNMENT SUPPORT IS BEING GIVEN TO THE ESTABLISHMENT CF THE MAI PO MARSH CENTRE, SAID THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, THE HON DAVID AKERS-JONES, TODAY.
HE WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL FROM THE HON CHARLES YEUNG WHO WISHED TO KNOW THE EXTENT OF GOVERNMENT CAPITAL AND RECURRENT EXPENDITURE ON THE ESTABLISHMENT CF THE CENTRE, THE DATE OF OPENING TO THE PUBLIC AND THE CONDITIONS OF ADMISSION.
+SO FAR THE GOVERNMENT HAS NOT DIRECTLY CONTRIBUTED TO THE CAPITAL AND RECURRENT EXPENDITURE OF THE MAI PO MARSHES EDUCATION CENTRE.
+THOUGH GOVERNMENT HAS GIVEN ITS GENERAL SUPPORT TO THE PROJECT WHICH IS BEING DEVELOPED BY THE WORLD WILD LIFE FUND, HONG KONG,+ SAID MR AKERS-JONES.
HE SAID THE ACQUISITION OF TIDAL PONDS, THE CONSTRUCTION OF PATHS, HIDES AND A SMALL, TEMPORARY, EDUCATION CENTRE HAVE BEEN FINANCED BY DONATIONS FROM THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB AND PRIVATE DONATIONS.
THE AREA IS A SCHEDULED AREA UNDER THE WILD ANIMALS PROTECTION ORDINANCE AND IS THEREFORE PATROLLED BY RANGERS OF THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT.
INDIVIDUAL AND GROUP PERMITS MAY BE GRANTED BY THE DEPARTMENT FOR VISITS. STEPS ARE ALSO BEING TAKEN BY THE WORLD WILD LIFE FUND TO BUILD UP A SMALL STAFF OF EXPERTS SO AS TO DEVELOP THE CENTRE AND EXPAND ITS ROLE, HE SAID.
-----o------
MOTORCYCLES TO THE RESCUE
K K *
MOTORCYCLES HAVE TAKEN AMBULANCEMEN AND EQUIPMENT TO NEARLY 2000 EMERGENCIES SINCE A PILOT SCHEME WAS SET UP IN DECEMBER 1982, SAID THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON G.L. MORTIMER, TODAY.
HE WAS ANSWERING A QUESTION FROM DR THE HON HENRIETTA IP ABOUT THE OUTCOME OF THE EXPERIMENTAL SCHEME TO USE MOTORCYCLES TO TRANSPORT AMBULANCEMEN AND EQUIPMENT TO ACCIDENTS. SHE ALSO ASKED WHETHER THE GOVERNMENT INTENDED TO MAINTAIN AND POSSIBLY EXPAND THE SYSTEM.
/IN REPLY.........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 38 -
IN REPLY, MR MORTIMER, SAID THE MOTORCYCLES ALLOWED FOR STABILISING TREATMENT TO BE PROVIDED TO CASUALTIES OR PATIENTS WHERE THE ARRIVAL OF A STANDARD AMBULANCE WAS DELAYED. SINCE DECEMBER 1982, TWO MOTORCYCLES HAVE BEEN DEPLOYED AND THEY HAVE BEEN USED IN NEARLY 2 OOO EMERGENCIES.
THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT HAS ENDORSED THE CONCEPT AND THE DIRECTOR OF FIRE SERVICES IS NOW SEEKING FUNDS TO CONTINUE AND EXPAND THE SERVICE ON A PERMANENT BASIS.
+THE IDEA IS THAT INITIALLY SIX AMBULANCE AID MOTORCYCLES WOULD BE DEPLOYED IN VARIOUS PARTS OF THE TERRITORY,* HE SAID.
FERRY BY-LAWS APPROVED
* * K
THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY APPROVED THE STAR FERRY CO LTD BY-LAWS 1984.
THESE BY-LAWS RELATE TO THE CONDUCT OF THE PUBLIC AND PASSENGERS, REGULATIONS ON LUGGAGE, MONTHLY TICKETS, LOST PROPERTY AND PENALTIES FOR THEIR CONTRAVENTION.
SUCH BY-LAWS ARE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY THE COUNCIL.
-----o-----
TUNG WAH LOAN REQUEST CONSIDERED
* * * *
THE GOVERNMENT WAS CONSIDERING A REQUEST FROM THE TUNG WAH GROUP OF HOSPITALS FOR AN INTEREST-FREE OR LOW-INTEREST LOAN TO ASSIST THE GROUP TO RE-ORGANISE ITS STAFF RETIREMENT SCHEMES.
THIS WAS STATED BY THE HON IAN MACPHERSON, ACTING SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY, IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON CHAN KAM-CHUEN.
--------0-----------
/39 .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 39 -
THREE BILLS PASSED * * *
THREE BILLS WERE PASSED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THEY ARE: THE COMPANIES (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984, THE BANKRUPTCY (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 AND THE EMPLOYMENT (AMENDMENT) (NO. 3) BILL 1984.
FOURTEEN BILLS WERE READ A SECOND TIME AND DEBATE ON THEM WAS ADJOURNED.
THEY AREt THE INLAND REVENUE (AMENDMENT) (NO. 3) BILL 1984, THE RATING (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984, THE AUDIT (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, THE LEGAL AID (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, THE DISTRICT BOARDS AND URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS (MISCELLANEOUS AMENDMENTS) BILL 1984, THE ROAD TRAFFIC (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984, THE IMPORT AND EXPORT (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984, THE RESERVED COMMODITIES (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, THE BUSINESS REGISTRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, THE BIRTHS AND DEATHS REGISTRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, THE FOREIGN MARRIAGE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, THE LEGITIMACY (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, THE FIREARMS AND AMMUNITION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 AND THE TATTOOING OF YOUNG PERSONS BILL 1984.
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 40 -
MINISTER ARRIVING TOMORROW EVENING
* # fc
THE MINISTER OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS, M? RICHARD LUCE, WILL VISIT HONG KONG FROM JULY 12 TO 14 AS PART CF THE NORMAL SERIES OF VISITS TO THE TERRITORY BY MINISTERS.
THIS WILL BE MR LUCE’S THIRD VISIT SINCE TAKING UP HIS APPOINTMENT AS MINISTER OF STATE WITH SPECIAL RESPONSIBILITIES FOR HONG KONG. HE VISITED THE TERRITORY IN FEBRUARY THIS YEAR AND SEPTEMBER LAST YEAR.
MR LUCE IS SCHEDULED TO ARRIVE TOMORROW (THURSDAY) EVENING.
ON FRIDAY (JULY 13) MORNING, HE WILL ATTEND A MEETING OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL.
THIS WILL BE FOLLOWED BY LUNCH WITH THE BUSINESS COMMUNITY.
IN THE AFTERNOON, HE WILL MEET MEMBERS OF UMELCO AND ATTEND A RECEPTION IN GOVERNMENT HOUSE FOR COMMUNITY REPRESENTATIVES. HE WILL HAVE DINNER WITH UMELCO MEMBERS IN THE SAME EVENING.
MR LUCE WILL SPEND SATURDAY HOLDING MEETINGS AND DISCUSSIONS IN FANLING LODGE. HE WILL .RETURN TO THE UK ON SATURDAY EVENING.
ARRANGEMENTS ARE NOW BEING FINALISED FOR MR LUCE TO MEET MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES BEFORE HIS DEPARTURE.
- - - - 0 ---------
GOVERNOR RETURNS TOMORROW * * #
THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, WILL RETURN FROM PEKING TOMORROW (THURSDAY) AFTER ATTENDING ANOTHER ROUND OF SI NO-BRITISH TALKS ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.
SIR EDWARD WILL BE TRAVELLING ON FLIGHT BA 20, ETA 7.45 PM.
- - 0 - -
/41
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
41
DEPUTY TO GOVERNOR MEETS OLYMPIC TEAM * * *
THE DEPUTY TO THE GOVERNOR, MR DENIS BRAY, THIS EVENING (WEDNESDAY) ATTENDED A RECEPTION FOR THE HONG KONG OLYMPIC TEAM WHICH WILL BE LEAVING FOR LOS ANGELES LATER THIS MONTH.
THE RECEPTION AT THE CLUB LUS ITANO WAS HOSTED BY THE AMATEUR SPORTS FEDERATION AND OLYMPIC COMMITTEE.
MR BRAY WAS MET BY THE PRESIDENT, MR A.DE 0. SALES AND MR RAMON YOUNG, SECRETARY GENERAL OF THE ASF AND OC (HONG KONG).
ALSO ATTENDING WERE MR IAN MACPHERSON, ACTING SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS} MR CLIVE OXLEY, COMMISSIONER FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE, AND MR HILTON CHEONG-LEEN, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE URBAN COUNCIL.
MR SALES CONGRATULATED THE TEAM ON ITS SELECTION AND ZEAL IN TRAINING. HE SAID THAT THIS WAS THE MOST REPRESENTATIVE HONG KONG TEAM EVER SENT TO THE OLYMPIC GAMES AND IT REFLECTED THE GROWING INTEREST IN SPORT AND PHYSICAL RECREATION IN THE TERR ITORY. *
+THIS IS DUE TO THE WIDESPREAD SPORTS FACILITIES NOW AVAILABLE, TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT SCHEMES OF SPORTS ASSOCIATIONS, AND THE NUMEROUS REGIONAL COMPETITIONS HERE AND ABROAD IN WHICH HONG KONG TEAMS NOW TAKE PART,+ HE SAID.
+IT IS THE RESULT OF THE PARTNERSHIP BETWEEN THE FEDERATION -FOR SPORT AS A WHOLE - THE GOVERNMENT, THROUGH THE COUNCIL FOR RECREATION AND SPORT, AND THE URBAN COUNCIL.
+THIS IS A SURE AND HAPPY FORMULA FOR SUCCESS,* HE SAID.
HONG KONG IS FIELDING 65 SPORTSMEN, SPORTSWOMEN AND OFFICIALS IN THE OLYMPICS WHICH WILL OPEN IN LOS ANGELES ON JULY 28.
ALSO PRESENT WILL BE THE PRESIDENT AND THE HONORARY SECRETARY GENERAL OF THE ASF AND OC AND THREE OTHER SPORTS OFFICIALS CHOSEN BY THE INTERNATIONAL FEDERATIONS TO OFFICIATE THERE.
THE AQUATIC SQUAD HAS ALREADY LEFT FOR THE U.S. AND THE CYCLING TEAM, NOW COMPETING IN EUROPE, WILL FLY TO THE WEST COAST LATER.
-----0------
/42
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 42 -
DEPUTY NEW YORK MAYOR ARRIVING * * * *
THE DEPUTY MAYOR OF NEW YORK, MR KEN LIPPER WILL ARRIVE IN HONG KONG TOMORROW (THURSDAY) FROM SHANGHAI FOR A SHORT VISIT AND LEAVE ON SUNDAY (JULY 15).
DURING HIS VISIT, MR LIPPER WILL ATTEND A RECEPTION TO BE HOSTED BY SIR S.Y. CHUNG, WHO IS CHAIRMAN OF THE HK-US ECONOMIC CO-OPERATION COMMITTEE, AND ATTEND BRIEFINGS BY THE AMERICAN CHAMBER OF COMMERCE AND THE HONG KONG TRADE DEVELOPMENT COUNCIL.
MR LIPPER WILL ALSO HAVE LUNCH WITH THE ACTING FINANCIAL SECRETARY, MR DOUGLAS BLYE AND VISIT A TYPICAL OLD URBAN RESIDENTIAL AREA IN SHAM SHUI PO AS WELL AS A GOVERNMENT HOUSING ESTATE AND SHA TIN NEW TOWN.
-----0-----
86 980 GET FREE SECONDARY SCHOOL PLACES
*****
ALL 86 980 PUPILS TAKING PART IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL PLACES ALLOCATION SYSTEM HAVE BEEN ALLOCATED FORM I OR MIDDLE I PLACES IN GOVERNMENT, AIDED OR PRIVATE SECONDARY SCHOOLS, AN EDUCATION DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).
♦ALL PLACES ALLOCATED ARE THREE-YEAR PLACES FOR WHICH NO TUITION FEES WILL BE CHARGED,+ HE ADDED.
RESULTS OF ALLOCATION WILL BE RELEASED TO ALL PARTICIPATING PRIMARY SCHOOLS ON FRIDAY (JULY 13).
WHEN INQUIRING ABOUT THEIR RESULTS OF ALLOCATION, PUPILS SHOULD FOLLOW THE ARRANGEMENTS SET DOWN BY THEIR PRIMARY SCHOOLS. THEY SHOULD ALSO TAKE ALONG WITH THEM THEIR PRIMARY 6 IDENTIFICATION FORMS SO THAT THEIR ALLOCATION SLIPS MAY BE ATTACHED TO THE FORMS.
+ALL PUPILS SHOULD REPORT DURING THE FIRST REGISTRATION PERIOD TO THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS TO WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN ALLOCATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DATES AND TIMES SPECIFIED,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
+THIS INFORMATION HAS BEEN SUPPLIED TO ALL PARTICIPATING SCHOOLS,* HE ADDED.
WHEN REPORTING TO THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS FOR INTERVIEW AND REGISTRATION, PUPILS MUST BRING THE FOLLOWING s
(A) PRIMARY 6 IDENTIFICATION FORMS, TO WHICH THEIR INDIVIDUAL ALLOCATION SLIPS HAVE BEEN STAPLED OR GLUED,
/(B) the admission ........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 43 -
(B) THE ADMISSION SLIPS,
(C) BIRTH CERTIFICATES OR OTHER DOCUMENTARY EVIDENCE OF THEIR DATE OF BIRTH AND THEIR STATUS AS PERMANENT RESIDENTS OF HONG KONG,
(D) LATEST SCHOOL REPORTS, IF ANY, AND
(E) TWO RECENT PASSPORT-SIZE PHOTOGRAPHS.
PUPILS WHO FAIL TO REPORT TO THEIR SECONDARY SCHOOLS ALLOCATED DURING THE FIRST REGISTRATION PERIOD ON JULY 17 AND 18. 1984 WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE CHOSEN NOT TO TAKE UP THE PLACES ALLOCATED, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
PUPILS OR THEIR PARENTS WHO HAVE GENUINE DIFFICULTY IN REPORTING TO THEIR ALLOCATED SECONDARY SCHOOLS DURING THE FIRST REGISTRATION PERIOD SHOULD CONTACT THE SECONDARY SCHOOL PLACES ALLOCATION SECTION BEFORE JULY 17 SO THAT OTHER ARRANGEMENTS MAY BE MADE.
+THE SECOND REGISTRATION DAY (JULY 25) IS MAINLY FOR PUPILS WHO HAVE TO SEEK TRANSFER DUE TO HOME-MOVING OR REASONS OF ACCESSIBILITY,* THE SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED.
♦THEY OR THEIR PARENTS SHOULD CONTACT THE DISTRICT COUNCIL SECRETARY OR HIS ASSISTANT, OR THE DISTRICT EDUCATION OFFICER OF THE NET/AREA TO WHICH THEY WISH TO TRANSFER.
♦THE SECRETARY OR HIS ASSISTANT. UPON BEING SATISFIED WITH THE GENUINE NATURE OF THE CASE, MAY THEN GRANT APPROVAL FOR TRANSFER AND ASSIST THEM IN SECURING PLACES IN THE NETS CONCERNED,* HE ADDED.
ALTERNATIVELY, THE PUPILS OR THEIR PARENTS MAY CONTACT A SECONDARY SCHOOL OF THEIR CHOICE IN THE NET TO WHICH THEY WISH TO TRANSFER, AND THE PRINCIPAL OF THE SCHOOL SHOULD THEN SEEK APPROVAL FROM THE DISTRICT COUNCIL SECRETARY OF HIS NET ON BEHALF CF THE PUPILS BEFORE ADMITTING THE PUPILS.
*IN THE CASES OF A TYPHOON AFFECTING HONG KONG DURING THE REGISTRATION PERIODS, HEADS OF SCHOOLS AND PARENTS ARE ADVISED TO WATCH OUT FOR ANNOUNCEMENTS IN THE MEDIA FOR ANY NECESSARY SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
ENQUIRIES CONCERNING THE ALLOCATION RESULTS SHOULD BE REFERRED TO THE SECONDARY SCHOOL PLACES ALLOCATION SECTION OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT AT TELEPHONE NUMBER 5-8912200.
THE NAMES, OFFICE ADDRESSES AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS OF THE DISTRICT COUNCIL SECRETARIES ARE AS FOLLOWS t
/(l) DISTBICT COUNCIL ........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
SCH NET/AREA
(A) DISTRICT COUNCIL SECRETARIES
SECRETARY ADDRESS
TEL NO. EXT
HK 1 cws MR W.T. WONG
2 wc MR K.K. TSANG
3 E MRS i JOYCE LUI
4 CWS MS K.F. LAM
K 1 YMT MS Y.C. LAM
2 MK MR T.T. LIU
3/F LEE GARDENS, HYSAN AVENUE, HK
5-8392356 5-8392342
5-8392334
5-8392353
3 KC MRS C.M. KWAN
4 SSP MR S.K. HO
5 SSP MRS K.L. LI
6 KC MR P.K. CHIU
7 WTS MR P.w. TAM
8 WTS MS L.F. CHOI
ANITA
9 KT MRS i Y.S. CHOW
10 KT MRS i C.Y. YIH
11 KT MS Y.Y. YEUNG
ANN
NT 1 TW MRS ; l.k. CHEUNG
2 TW MS F.P. LAM
3 TW MR C.C. TAI
4 TM MR C.K. TAM
5 YL MS W. Y. YEUNG
6 TP MR S.L. LEE
KOWLOON GOVT. OFF ICES, 405 NATHAN RD, 6/F AND 7/F, KLN 3-834111 3-884111 264 263
TO KWA WAN MARKET AND GOVT. OFFICES, 8/F, 165 MA TAU WAI RD, KLN 3-7140444
KOWLOON GOVT. 3-884111 262
OFFICES, 405 NATHAN RD, 6/F AND 7/F, KLN 3-884111 236
TO KWA WAN MARKET AND GOVT. OFFICES, 8/F, 165 MA TAU WAI RD, KLN 3-7140835
KOWLOON GOVT. 3-884111 252
OFF ICES, 405 NATHAN RD, 6/F 3-884111 256
AND 7/F, KLN 3-884111 298
3-884111 297
3-884111 253
KWAI HING GOVT. 0-215625
OFFICES, 7/F, 0-215617
166-174 HING FONG 0-213279
RD, KWAI CHUNG,
NT
FAR EAST BANK 0-4989758
BLDG, 1/F, 135-143
CASTLE PEAK RD, 0-4989294
TSUEN WAN, NT
ROOM 400-401, 4/F, 0-6981817 KCR HOUSE, SHA TIN, NT
/7 ST
o •
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 45 -
7 ST MR T.K. AU 3/F, KCR HOUSE, SHA TIN, NT 0-6981076
8 SK MR H.F. LEE SAN PO KONG GOVT. OFFICES, 6/F, (SOUTH WING) 692 PRINCE EDWARD RD, KLN 3-226320
9 1 MR S.N. LAU RM 707-709, YU YUET LAI BLDG, 43-55 WYNDHAM ST, HK 5-231719
10 N MR W.M. CHOI RM 400-401, 4/F, KCR HOUSE, SHA TIN NT 0-6981774 >
(B) SECONDARY SCHOOL PLACES ALLOCATION SECTION
LUI KEE EDUCATION SERVICES CENTRE 269 QUEEN’S ROAD EAST, 5/F, WAN CHAI, HONG KONG
TEL NO. • 5-8912200
-----o------
EPCOM GEARED TO TACKLING POLLUTION PROBLEMS * * * *
MEMBERS OF
MEMBERS OF THE NEWLY RECONSTITUTED ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION ADVISORY COMMITTEE HAD AN INAUGURAL SESSION TODAY AT WHICH THEY WERE BRIEFED ON THE FOUR MAJOR AREAS OF POLLUTION CONTROL WATER QUALITY, WASTE MANAGEMENT, AIR QUALITY AND NOISE
POLLUTION.
IN HIS INTRODUCTORY SPEECH, THE SECRETARY FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE MR HENRY CHING POINTED OUT THAT WHILE THE GOVERNMENT WOULD NORMALLY TAKE THE INITIATIVE AND SEEK EPCOM’S ADV CE, -EPCOM MIGHT AND INDEED WAS EXPECTED TO TAKE THE INITIATIVE AS WtLL.
♦THIS IT CAN DO IN A VARIETY OF WAYS. IT CAN ASK FOR PAPERS TO BE PREPARED ON SPECIFIC ISSUES, IT CAN ASK FOR INFORMATION AND FOR PROGRESS REPORTS, IT CAN BRING MATTERS TO THE GOVERNMENT i ATTENTION AND IT CAN EXPRESS UNSOLICITED VIEWS, PARTICULARLY WHERE IT PERHAPS IS UNHAPPY WITH WHAT THE GOVERNMENT IS DOING OR IS’NOT DOING,+ HE SAID.
during THE SESSION MEMBERS WERE ALSO BRIEFED ON THE IMPORTANT ROLE Sf EPwI AS THE SOURCE OF AUTHORITATIVE ADVICE ON POLLUTION MATTERS.
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
46
THE COMMITTEE WAS RETITLED, STRENGTHENED AND GIVEN WIDER RESPONSIBILITIES FOR ITS NEW TERM OF OFFICE BEGINNING ON JULY 1 TO FUNCTION AS A WELL-BALANCED BODY IN WHICH ALL THE IMPLICATIONS AND ASPECTS OF POLLUTION CONTROL POLICY MAY BE WEIGHED AND CONS IDERED.
PRESENT AT THE BRIEFING WERE THE CHAIRMAN, MR GERALD FORSGATE, WHO MADE THE CLOSING REMARKS, AND MEMBERS DR HENRIETTA IP, PROFESSOR BRIAN MORTON, MR S.L. WAN, DR ALBERT CHEUNG, MR HOWARD YOUNG, M? AUGUSTINE NG, DR D.J. JOHNS, MR S.H. SUNG, DR PHILIP LAI AND FR STAN H.Y. FUNG.
THE BRIEFING SESSION WAS CONDUCTED BY MR CHING; THE COMMISSIONER FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION, DR STUART REED; THE DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE, MR CRISPIN HAIN-COLE; AND THE PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT SECRETARY FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE/ POLLUTION, MR IAN HOWARD, WHO IS THE SECRETARY OF EPCOM.
----o------
RETURNED HOS FLATS ON SALE TOMORROW O * *
THE SIXTH BATCH OF RETURNED HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME FLATS WILL BE PUT ON SALE FROM TOMORROW (THURSDAY) UNDER THE NEW MONTHLY INCOME LIMIT OF $7 500 AT THE HOME OWNERSHIP CENTRE IN HO MAN TIN.
+LOCATED IN VARIOUS PARTS OF URBAN AREAS AND THE NEW TOWNS, THE FLATS ON 10 ESTATES ARE OFFERED TO APPLICANTS FROM BOTH THE PRIVATE SECTOR AND TENANTS OF HOUSING AUTHORITY AND HOUSING SOCIETY ESTATES ON A FIRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED BAS IS,+ A SPOKESMAN FOR THE HOUSING AUTHORITY SAID TODAY.
HE ADDED THAT THE GROSS AREAS OF THE FLATS RANGED BETWEEN 42.7 AND 65.1 SQUARE METRES WITH PRICES VARIED FROM $151 ^00 TO $358 700. SOME OF THEM WERE LAND-VALUE-FREE.
+T0 ESTABLISH ELIGIBILITY, APPLICANTS SHOULD BRING ALONG THEIR IDENTITY CARDS, COPIES OF FAMILY MEMBERS’ IDENTITY CARDS, HOUSEHOLD INCOME PROOF AND OTHER RELEVANT DOCUMENTS.
+APPLICANTS FROM PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES WILL HAVE TO PRODUCE THEIR TENANCY CARDS AS WELL,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
FULL DETAILS OF THE FLATS ON SALE, TOGETHER WITH APPLICATION FORMS AND COPIES OF AN HOS GUIDE, ARE NOW OBTAINABLE DURING OFFICE HOURS AT THE HOME OWNERSHIP CENTRE.
/the spokesman .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 19*4
- 47 -
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE COMPLETED APPLICATION FORMS SHOULD BE SUBMITTED IN PERSON FROM TOMORROW (THURSDAY) TO THE CENTRE WHEN cLIGIBLE APPLICANTS WOULD BE INVITED TO SELECT THEIR FLATS AND
COMPLETE THE NECESSARY FORMALITIES.
THOSE INTERESTED IN PURCHASING HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME FLATS ARE ALSO REMINDED THAT SOME NEW FLATS AT SIU SHAN COURT AND SIU HONG COURT ARE ALSO CURRENTLY ON SALE AT THE CENTRE WHERE DETAILS OF THE FLATS ARE AVAILABLE.
+THEY ARE PRICED FROM $129 700 TO $190 000 WITH GROSS AREAS RANGING BETWEEN 43.3 AND 62.2 SQUARE METRES.+
-----o-----
HOUSING MANAGEMENT MEANS MORE THAN RENT COLLECTION
******
A SENIOR HOUSING DEPARTMENT OFFICIAL SAID TODAY PUBLIC HOUSING MANAGEMENT MEANT A LOT MORE THAN RENT COLLECTION OR CLEANSING, AND ITS MAIN OBJECTIVE WAS TO FOSTER HAPPIER HOMES FOR TENANTS.
ADDRESSING A LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE ROTARY CLUB OF SHA TIN, DEPUTY DIRECTOR (ESTATE MANAGEMENT), MR FUNG TUNG, SAID ESTATE MANAGEMENT HAD WIDE-RANGING RESPONSIBILITIES.
♦FOR NEW ESTATE PROJECTS, THEY COLLABORATE CLOSELY WITH DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STAFF BY PROVIDING FEEDBACK, WITH A VIEW TO FINE-TUNING ESTATE PROVISIONS. j
♦ON EXISTING ESTATES, THEY KEEP IMPROVING FACILITIES AND AMENITIES WHERE NECESSARY TO ENABLE TENANTS ENJOY THE BEST POSSIBLE STANDARDS OF LIVING.
♦WHEN ESTATES OPEN IN NEW TOWNS, THEY HELP INCOMING TENANTS BETTER UNDERSTAND AND QUICKLY ADJUST TO NEW ENVIRONMENTS AS WELL AS DEVELOP A GREATER SENSE OF BELONG ING.+
MR FUNG EMPHASISED THAT ESTATE MANAGEMENT STAFF WERE THERE TO SERVE THE TENANTS, AND NOT TO SUPERVISE THEM.
♦THEY FOSTER BETTER RELATIONSHIP WITH TENANTS AND PROVIDE READY ASSISTANCE IN SOLVING INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS.
♦FOR EXAMPLE, THEY MEDIATE IN FAMILY DISCORDS OR, IF NECESSARY, REFER THE CASES FOR FURTHER ASSISTANCE BY THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT OR VOLUNTARY AGENCIES.
♦WHERE PARTICULAR FACILITIES ARE CONSIDERED NECESSARY, SAY A SOCIAL CENTRE FOR THE ELDERLY, THEY TAKE IT UP AND LIAISE WITH THE DEPARTMENTS CONCERNED.+
/MH ITOJG ..........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1?84
MR FUNG SAID OTHER ASPECTS OF ESTATE MANAGEMENT INCLUDED 3NSULTATION WITH MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES AND DISTRICT BOARDS ON UBLIC HOUSING MATTERS.
+AT PRESENT, ESTATE STAFF ARE MANAGING MORE THAN 500 000 “UBLIC HOUSING UNITS, PLUS SOME 23 000 COMMERCIAL UNITS.
+WITH PUBLIC HOUSING DEVELOPMENT ENTERING ITS 30TH YEAR, OVER 45 PER CENT OF HONG KONG’S POPULATION ARE PUBLIC HOUSING TENANTS.
+THE ACHIEVEMENTS OF THE HOUSING AUTHORITY HAVE BEEN INTERNATIONALLY RECOGNISED, AND REPRESENTATIVES FROM COUNTRIES OVER THE WORLD HAVE BEEN COMING TO HONG KONG TO VISIT OUR ESTATES AND LOOK INTO OUR ESTATE MANAGEMENT.+
- - 0 -
TEACHER CERTIFICATES FOR 873 * X *
A TOTAL OF 873 GRADUATES OF THE GRANTHAM, NORTHCOTE AND SIR ROBERT BLACK COLLEGES OF EDUCATION WILL RECEIVE THEIR TEACHER CERTIFICATES THIS YEAR AT A CEREMONY TO BE HELD TOMORROW (THURSDAY).
MISS MARIA TAM, UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS, WILL ADDRESS THE GRADUATES AND DISTRIBUTE CERTIFICATES AND PRIZES.
THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR MICHAEL LEUNG, WILL CHAIR THE CEREMONY.
- - 0 - -
SHARE DISCLOSURES * * X
THE CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE ON TAKEOVERS AND MERGERS UNDER RULE 29 OF THE HONG KONG CODE ON TAKEOVERS AND MERGERS ADVISES THAT IN CONNECTION WITH THE CURRENT OFFER BY FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LIMITED TO ACQUIRE THE ISSUED SHARE CAPITAL OF FIRST PACIFIC FINANCE LIMITED THAT THE FOLLOWING DISCLOSURES HAVE BEEN MADE TO HIM:
X MR MANUEL V. PANGILINAN PURCHASED ON JULY 9, 1984 2 000 SHARES IN FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LIMITED AT $2.65 PER SHARE.
X ASEAN ENTERPRISES LTD. PURCHASED ON JULY 9, 1984 5 000 SHARES IN FIRST PACIFIC HOLDINGS LIMITED AT $2.65 PER SHARE.
- - 0 - -
/49
WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 1984
- 49 -
RESCUE STAR FOR 35 X * *
THIRTY-FIVE PERSONS TODAY RECEIVED THE RESCUE STAR FOR HAVING HELPED IN SAVING LIVES AT SEA, IN SWIMMING POOLS AND AT BEACHES LAST YEAR.
MAKING THE PRESENTATION AT THE HONG KONG LIFE GUARD CLUB IN REPULSE BAY TODAY, THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, DR JOHN RIDDELL-SWAN SAID THAT IN 1983 MORE THAN 8 500 MEMBERS OF THE CLUB CARRIED OUT LIFE GUARD DUTIES ON 1 611 SEPARATE OCCASIONS.
♦DURING THESE DUTIES THEY RESCUED 683 PEOPLE IN DISTRESS, BRINGING THE TOTAL NUMBER OF PEOPLE SAVED BY MEMBERS OF THE CLUB SINCE ITS INCEPTION IN 1956 TO OVER 17 212,+ HE SAID.
+THIS IS AN OUTSTANDING ACHIEVEMENT AND DEMONSTRATES BEYOND ALL DOUBT THE VALUE OF THE SERVICES THE HONG KONG LIFE GUARD CLUB PROVIDES TO THE PUBL IC.+
HE SAID THAT SINCE 1962, THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT AND THE CLUB HAD BEEN WORKING CLOSELY TO PROMOTE THE SAVING OF LIFE ON THE HIGH SEAS.
IT WAS GRATIFYING THAT FISHERMEN FIGURED PROMINENTLY AMONG THE 654 RESCUE STARS AWARDED BY-THE CLUB, HE SAID.
RESCUE STAR RECIPIENTS WEREi SEVEN FISHERMEN, SEVEN POLICEMEN, 10 MEMBERS OF THE CITY SERVICES DEPARTMENT, FIVE MEMBERS OF THE OCEAN PARK, FOUR HONG KONG LIFE GUARD CLUB MEMBERS AND TWO MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC. TOGETHER THEY HAD SAVED 110 PEOPLE IN DANGER AND DISTRESS AT SEA OR WHILE SWIMMING IN POOLS OR PUBLIC BEACHES.
- - 0
NEW FISH MARKET XII
A NEW TEMPORARY WHOLESALE FISH MARKET AT SHAU KEI WAN OPERATED BY THE FISH MARKETING ORGANISATION, WILL BE OFFICIALLY OPENED TOMORROW (THURSDAY).
THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, DR JOHN RIDDELL-SWAN WILL OFFICIATE AT THE CEREMONY.
- - 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
THURSDAY, JULY 12, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
LUCE CONFIDENT OF PROGRESS TOWARDS SATISFACTORY AGREEMENT ... 1
PRESS COVERAGE ARRANGEMENTS .................................. 2
GOVERNOR RETURNS ............................................. 2
FEWER PEOPLE CHANGE JOBS ..................................... 3
GRADUATES' ROLE IN COMMUNITY STRESSED ........................ 5
TAX RESERVE INTEREST RATE RISES .............................. 6
COMPUTER HELPS TEACH ROAD SAFETY ............................. 7
NEW SWIMMING POOL IN KWAI CHUNG OPENS ........................ 8
NEV FISH MARKETS TO MEET DEMAND .............................. 9
LANGUAGE TRAINING FOR JOURNALISTS ............................ 10
SINGING CONTEST NEARS FINALS ................................. 10
CRIME PREVENTION SEMINAR FOR GEM MERCHANTS ................... 11
USE-OF-COMPUTER SESSION FOR INDUSTRIALISTS ................... 12
BOARD TO STUDY SWIMMING FACILITIES ........................... 12
WORK STARTS ON CON TROLLED TIP ............................... 13
EXTRA LIFT FOR QUEEN MARY HOSPITAL ........................... 13
OVERNIGHT ROAD WORKS ......................................... 14
THURSDAY, JULY 12, 1984
1 -
LUCE CONFIDENT OF PROGRESS TOWARDS SATISFACTORY AGREEMENT * * * *
SOLID PROGRESS TOWARDS A SATISFACTORY AGREEMENT FOR THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG WILL CONTINUE TO BE MADE, SAID MINISTER OF STATE AT THE FOREIGN OFFICE, MR RICHARD LUCE, ON ARRIVAL IN THE TERRITORY TONIGHT (THURSDAY).
THE FOLLOWING IS THE FULL TEXT OF HIS REMARKS:
♦ GOOD EVENING, IT IS VERY NICE TO SEE YOU ALL AGAIN AND I AM VERY GLAD INDEED TO BE BACK IN HONG KONG. THIS IS THE THIRD TIME I HAVE BEEN ABLE TO COME TO HONG KONG IN THE LAST 13 MONTHS AND I AM DELIGHTED TO BE HERE.
+MY VISIT, I MUST, EXPLAIN, IS PART OF THE REGULAR AND ROUTINE PATTERN OF CONSULTATIONS WHICH WE IN THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT ARE HAVING WITH THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG. AND OF COURSE IT FLOWS FROM THE MEETINGS WHICH YOU KNOw TOOK PLACE LAST WEEK IN LONDON WITH THE GOVERNOR, THE AMBASSADOR AND WITH THE PRIME MINISTER IN LONDON.
+1 MUST JUST STRESS THAT BRITISH MINISTERS ATTACH VERY GREAT IMPORTANCE INDEED TO THE CONTACT WITH THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG AND THE VIEWS OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG. AND THEREFORE IN THE NEXT TWO DAYS I LOOK FORWARD ENORMOUSLY TO MY DISCUSSIONS WITH THE GOVERNOR, WITH THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, WITH UMELCO AND v> I Tri LEADERS OF A CROSS SECTION OF THE COMMUNITY OF HONG KONG.
+NOW THE TALKS ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG INEVITABLY ARE LONG AND COMPLEX, EVERYBODY KNOWS THAT AND IT IS NATURAL THAT THERE ARE DIFFICULTIES TO OVERCOME. BUT, WE ARE MOVING FORWARD IN THESE TALKS. INDEED, AS YOU KNOW, ANOTHER ROUND OF THESE TALKS HAS JUST TODAY BEEN CONCLUDED AND THE GOVERNOR IS ABOUT TO RETURN FROM PEKING. AND I AM CONFIDENT THAT WE WILL CONTINUE TO MAKE SOLID PROGRESS TOWARDS A SATISFACTORY AGREEMENT FOR THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.
+1 WOULD LIKE ALSO TO STRESS THAT MINISTERS IN LONDON ARE FULLY AWARE OF THE STRAINS THAT UNCERTAINTY ABOUT THE FUTURE CREATES FOR THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG. AND IT IS PERHAPS NOT SURPRISING IN THESE CIRCUMSTANCES THAT THE PENDULUM SWINGS, FROM TIME TO TIME, FROM AN ATMOSPHERE OF OPTIMISM ON THE ONE HAND TO AN ATMOSPHERE OF ANXIETY ON THE OTHER, AND THEN PERHAPS AGAIN TO AN ATMOSPHERE OF OPTIMISM. THAT IS NATURAL.
+BUT I WOULD SAY THIS, WE NEED TO KEEP A SENSE OF PERSPECTIVE. AND WE NEED TO AVOID TALKING OURSELVES INTO A MOOD OF CRISIS. LET US KEEP OUR NERVE.+
-----o------
THURSDAY, JULY 12, 1934
2
PRESS COVERAGE ARRANGEMENTS
*****
THE FOLLOWING ARE ARRANGEMENTS FOR PRESS COVERAGE OF MR RICHARD LUCE’S PROGRAMME FOR TOMORROW (FRIDAY):
AT 10 AM, MR RICHARD LUCE, MINISTER OF STATE AT THE FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH OFFICE, WILL ATTEND A MEETING OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL AT THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES. THERE WILL BE A FIXED PRESS POSITION AT THE MAIN ENTRANCE TO THE CGO FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS AND CAMERAMEN TO FILM MR LUCE’S ARRIVAL AND DEPARTURE.
AFTER THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL MEETING, MR LUCE WILL ATTEND A LUNCH WITH THE BUSINESS COMMUNITY HOSTED BY THE SECRETARY FOR TRADE AND INDUSTRY AT THE GRAND BALLROOM OF THE HILTON HOTEL. THERE WILL BE FIXED PRESS POSITIONS BOTH AT THE MAIN ENTRANCE TO THE HOTEL TO COVER HIS ARRIVAL AND INSIDE THE BALLROOM FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC COVERAGE OF THE COCKTAIL RECEPTION FOR ABOUT 10 MINUTES BEFORE THE LUNCH. PHOTOGRAPHERS AND CAMERAMEN WILL HAVE TO LEAVE THE BALLROOM BEFORE THE LUNCH STARTS.
AT 3 PM, THE MINISTER OF STATE WILL ATTEND A MEETING WITH UMELCO AT SWIRE HOUSE. THERE WILL BE A FIXED POSITION AT THE PEDDER STREET ENTRANCE OF SWIRE HOUSE FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS AND CAMERAMEN TO COVER HIS ARRIVAL AND DEPARTURE.
IN THE EARLY EVENING, MR LUCE WILL ATTEND A RECEPTION AT GOVERNMENT HOUSE FOR COMMUNITY REPRESENTATIVES. PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE RECEPTION WILL BE ISSUED BY GIS.
AT ABOUT 7.45 PM, THE MINISTER OF STATE WILL HAVE DINNER WITH UMELCO MEMBERS IN THE UMELCO OFFICE. PRESS ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE THE SAME AS THAT OF THE UMELCO MEETING EARLIER IN THE AFTERNOON.
ARRANGEMENTS FOR SATURDAY WILL BE ANNOUNCED LATER.
-----0------
GOVERNOR RETURNS
XXX
THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, RETURNED TO HONG KONG TONIGHT AFTER A +NORMAL WORKING SESSION+ AT THE SI NO-BRITISH TALKS IN PEKING.
SPEAKING TO REPORTERS AT THE AIRPORT HE SAID:
+1 AM BACK FROM THE USUAL TWO DAYS, THE ONLY DIFFERENCE THIS TIME WAS THAT THE WORKING GROUP WAS IN SESSION AT THE SAME TIME AS THE PLENARY, SO YOU MAY HAVE MISSED SOME OF TH^ USUAL FACES AT THE TABLE IN THE PLENARY SESSIONS.
/+IT WAS .......
THUKSDAY, JULY 12, 1$£4
+IT WAS A NORMAL WORKING SESSION AND I MUST SAY, AS FAR AS I CAN SEE, THERE IS MORE EXCITEMENT IN THE PRESS THAN THERE IS IX THE TALKS THEMSELVES.
+MR LUCE HAS, MEANWHILE ARRIVED AND I THINK HE HAS ALREADY TOLD YOU OF HIS VIEWS AND WHY HE HAS COME. IT IS ONE OF THE PATTERN OF VISITS WHICH MINISTERS ARE PAYING TO KEEP IN TOUCH WITH OPINION IN HONG KONG.
♦I AM NOW LOOKING FORWARD TO HAVING DINNER WITH HIM THIS EVENING AND BRINGING HIM UP TO DATE ON THE STATE OF OPINION IN HONG KONG. AND, OF COURSE, I CAN TAKE THE OPPORTUNITY, COMING STRAIGHT FROM PEKING, TO TELL HIM OF THE PROGRESS OF THE TALKS.+
----o------
FEWER PEOPLE CHANGE JOBS
* * * *
OVER 13 PER CENT OF HONG KONG’S EMPLOYED POPULATION CHANGED JOBS DURING THE 12-MONTH PERIOD TO LAST SEPTEMBER, ACCORDING TO A RECENT SURVEY ON LABOUR MOBILITY CONDUCTED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
THIS MEANS THERE WERE 324 800 JOB-CHANGERS, OUT OF ABOUT 2 462 000 PERSONS EMPLOYED.
BY COMPARISON, A 1982 SURVEY SHOWED THAT 375 200 PEOPLE, OR 15.6 PER CENT OF THE EMPLOYED POPULATION AT THE TIME, SWITCHED JOBS DURING THE 12 MONTHS TO MARCH 1982.
THE 1983 SURVEY SHOWED THAT 210 000 PERSONS, OR 8.5 PER CENT OF THE EMPLOYED POPULATION, CHANGED JOBS WITHIN THE SAME INDUSTRY (INTRA-INDUSTRY MOBILITY), AND 114 800, OR 4.7 PER CENT, SWITCHED FROM ONE INDUSTRY TO ANOTHER (INTER-INDUSTRY MOBILITY). THE CORRESPONDING FIGURES IN THE 1982 SURVEY WERE 219 300 (9.1 PER CENT) AND 155 900 (6.5 PER CENT).
WITH 65 600 JOB-CHANGERS, CONSTRUCTION HAD THE HIGHEST INTRA-INDUSTRY MOBILITY DURING THE 12 MONTHS TO LAST SEPTEMBER, FOLLOWED BY 45 200 IN THE TEXTILES-APPAREL MANUFACTURING SECTOR, AND BY 34 000 IN THE WHOLESALE-RETAIL TRADE, RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR.
AS FOR INTER-INDUSTRY MOBILITY, MANUFACTURING AS A WHOLE LOST 19 400 IN THE 12 MONTHS TO MARCH 1982 AND ONLY 7 600 IN THE 12 MONTHS TO LAST SEPTEMBER.
CONSTRUCTION GAINED 3 500 WORKERS IN THE FIRST 12-MONTH PERIOD BUT LOST 6 800 WORKERS IN THE SECOND, WHEREAS THE SERVICto SECTOR GAINED 11 500 AND 15 200 WORKERS FOR THE TWO COMPARATIVE PERIODS.
/THE LATEST .......
THURSDAY, JULY 12, 1984
- 4
THE LATEST SURVEY DISCOVERED TWO MAIN REASONS FOR THE MANPOWER MOBILITY: UNSATISFACTORY EARNINGS, ACCOUNTING FOR 32 PER CENT OF THOSE WHO HAD CHANGED JOBS, AND DISMISSAL OR COMPLETION OF CONTRACT, ACCOUNTING FOR 28.8 PER CENT.
+ABOUT TWO-THIRDS OF THE JOE-CHANGERS WERE IN PRODUCTION OCCUPATIONS, ONE-SEVENTH IN SERVICES AND ONE-EIGHTH IN CLERICAL POSITIONS. THE TENDENCY TO CHANGE JOBS WAS ALSO HIGHER FOR THESE OCCUPATIONS,* A DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID.
ALMOST HALF OF THE WORKERS CHANGING EMPLOYMENT WERE BETWEEN 20 AND 29 YEARS OF AGE, WITH MEN ACCOUNTING FOR A SMALLER PROPORTION THAN WOMEN. BUT IN THE 30 TO 59 AGE GROUPS, THERE WERE THREE TIMES MORE MEN THAN WOMEN CHANGING JOBS. OVERALL, THE SEX RATIO WAS ABOUT TWO MALES TO ONE FEMALE.
♦HOWEVER, THE PROPORTION OF PEOPLE WHO REPORTED A CHANGE OF EMPLOYMENT DROPPED WITH RISING AGE FOR BOTH SEXES,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
THE MAJORITY OF JOB-HOPPERS HAD PRIMARY OR SECONDARY EDUCATION. BY CONTRAST, ONLY SIX PER CENT OF UNIVERSITY GRADUATES REPORTED EMPLOYMENT CHANGES.
ABOUT THREE-QUARTERS OF THE WORKERS WHO HAD CHANGED JOBS EARNED BETWEEN $1 000 AND $3 000 A MONTH, WHEREAS HIGH-INCOME EMPLOYEES HAD A LOW TENDENCY TO SWITCH EMPLOYMENT.
ALSO COVERED WERE TWO OTHER MOBILITY ASPECTS: NEw ENTRANTS TO THE LABOUR MARKET AND ECONOMICALLY ACTIVE PERSONS WHO LEFT THE LABOUR FORCE.
THE LATEST SURVEY SHOWED THERE WERE 138 000 NEW ENTRANTS, COMPARED WITH 164 100 IN THE PREVIOUS SURVEY.
THE EDUCATIONAL ATTAINMENT OF NEW ENTRANTS WAS GENERALLY HIGHER THAN THAT OF THE ECONOMICALLY ACTIVE POPULATION, AND MOST CF THEM WERE IN PRODUCTION, CLERICAL AND SERVICES OCCUPATIONS.
EIGHTY-FIVE PER CENT OF THESE ENTRANTS EARNED LESS THAN $2 000 A MONTH, AND ABOUT FOUR PER CENT, MORE THAN 34 000.
THE NUMBER OF LEAVERS SHOWN IN THE RECENT SURVEY WAS 47 900, COMPARED WITH 76 100 IN THE 1982 SURVEY.
ONLY ONE PER CENT OF THOSE WHO LEFT THE LABOUR FORCE GAVE ♦EMPLOYMENT NOT AVAILABLE* AS THE REASON.
THREE-FIFTHS OF THE LEAVERS GAVE INCREASING HOUSEWORK, RETIREMENT OR DETERIORATING HEALTH AS REASONS FOR THEIR WITHDRAWAL.
-----0----------
THURSDAY, JULY 12, 1934
- 5 -
GRADUATES’ ROLE IN COMMUNITY STRESSED * * * *
4
I
SECONDARY SCHOOL-LEAVERS WERE TODAY (THURSDAY) URGED BY A SENIOR GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL TO HELP BUILD A GOOD LIFE FOR HONG KONG PEOPLE.
THE CALL CAME FROM THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, NR DAVID AKERS-JONES, WHEN HE ADDRESSED GRADUATES AT THE FIRST SPEEC DAY OF THE YAN CHAI HOSPITAL LIM POR YEN SECONDARY SCHOOL.
+1 HOPE THAT SOME OF YOU HAVE ACQUIRED IN SCHOOL THAT LOVE OF LEARNING WHICH WILL GIVE YOU A SOURCE OF PLEASURE THROUGHOUT YOUR LIVES, WHICH WILL ENRICH YOUR LIVES AND THE LIFE OF THE COMMUNITY IN WHICH YOU LIVE,* HE SAID.
+YOUR FUTURE IS HERE AND WE MUST CONTINUE TO BUILD A FULL AND HAPPY LIFE FOR OUR PEOPLE BY USING THE IMAGINATION, ENTERPRISE, DETERMINATION AND KNOWLEDGE THAT HAVE BROUGHT HONG KONG TO THE PRE-EMINENT POSITION WE ENJOY TODAY.*
MR AKERS-JONES STRESSED THAT THE GOVERNMENT WAS DETERMINED TO ENSURE THAT THE TRAINED MINDS AND SKILLS NECESSARY FOR THE MOMENTUM OF GROWTH IN ALL SECTORS OF OUR SOCIETY WERE AVAILABLE AND THAT THE PACE OF PROGRESS AND IMPROVEMENT WAS MAINTAINED.
IN THIS YEAR ALONE 16 NEW PRIMARY AND 13 SECONDARY SCHOOLS WOULD BE OPENED, THOUGH THESE FIGURES WERE ONLY +ONE SMALL FRAGMENT OF THE WHOLE PICTURE*, HE SAID.
HE LISTED SOME OF THE PROBLEMS FACING HONG KONG’S EDUCATION SYSTEM: WHAT IS BEST FOR THE STUDENTS AND FOR HONG KONG; HOw TO SOLVE THE COMPLEXITIES OF THE LANGUAGE ISSUE; AND HOW TO FIND THE CAPITAL RESOURCES TO SATISFY THE INSATIABLE THIRST FOR KNOWLEDGE.
+THESE AND MANY OTHER PROBLEMS ARE NOW IN THE HANDS OF OUR EDUCATION COMMISSION AND THERE WILL, NO DOUBT, BE MANY DIFFICULT DECISIONS TO MAKE AS WE MOVE FORWARD.
+BUT IN CONSIDERING THESE PROBLEMS, WE SHOULD DRAW STRENGTH FROM THE KNOWLEDGE OF HOW MUCH HAS BEEN ACHIEVED IN THE 13 YEARS SINCE UNIVERSAL PRIMARY EDUCATION WAS INTRODUCED IN 1971.
+AND WE SHOULD DRAW STRENGTH AND CONFIDENCE FROM THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF OUR EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS,* HE SAID.
MR AKERS-JONES ALSO PAID TRIBUTE TO THE HOSPITAL’S BOARD OF DIRECTORS WHOSE SPIRIT OF SERVICE HAD BEEN AND WOULD REMAINA CONSTANT SOURCE OF ENCOURAGEMENT TO THOSE WHO WORKED FOR THE COMMUNITY.
+FROM THE CONSTRUCTION, MANAGEMENT AND EXPANSION OF THE HOSPITAL TO THE MANAGEMENT OF THIS SCHOOL AND MANY OTHER COMMUNITY FACILITIES, IT HAS BEEN A BIG STEP FORWARD FOR THE YAN CHAI DIRECTORS WHO, THROUGH MANY DIFFICULT YEARS, HAVE MAINTAINED THEIR COMMITMENT TO TSUEN WAN,* HE SAID.
------o-------
/6......
THURSDAY, JULY 12, 1984
6
TAX RESERVE INTEREST RATE RISES * * *
FROM TOMORROW (FRIDAY), THE NEw ANNUAL RATE OF INTEREST PAYABLE ON TAX RESERVE CERTIFICATES WILL BE 12.84% (TAX FREE) AS AGAINST THE CURRENT RATE OF 10.08% (TAX FREE).
NOTICE OF THIS WILL BE GAZETTED TOMORROW, AN INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY.
+INTEREST ON TAX RESERVE CERTIFICATES IS CALCULATED IN MONTHLY STEPS AND THE NEW RATE WILL BE $1.07 PER MONTH PER $100. INTEREST WILL BE CREDITED AS BEFORE IN RESPECT OF COMPLETED MONTHS BETWEEN PURCHASE AND SURRENDER IN PAYMENT OF TAX.
+INTEREST IS ONLY CREDITED WHEN CERTIFICATES ARE USED TO PAY TAX AND NO INTEREST IS DUE WHERE THE PRINCIPAL VALUE OF A CERTIFICATE IS REPAID BY A CHEQUE,+ HE SAID.
THE NEW RATE WILL APPLY TO ALL CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER JULY 13, 1984.
CERTIFICATES WHICH WERE ISSUED BEFORE JULY 13, 1984 WILL CONTINUE TO EARN INTEREST AS FOLLOWS
14.4% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER OCTOBER 16, 1981 AND BEFORE DECEMBER 4, 1981;
12% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER DECEMBER 4, 1981 AND BEFORE JUNE 4, 1982;
13 8% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER JUNE 4, 1982 AND BEFORE AUGUST 27, 1982;
9%
PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER AUGUST 27, 1982 AND BEFORE DECEMBER 3, 1982;
7.8% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER DECEMBER 3, 1982 AND BEFORE MAY 27, 1983;
13.2% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER MAY 27, 1983 AND BEFORE OCTOBER 28, 1983;
12% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER OCTOBER 28, 1983 AND BEFORE NOVEMBER 7, 1983;
9.6% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER NOVEMBER 7, 1933 AND BEFORE FEBRUARY 10, 1984;
7.8% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER FEBRUARY 10, 1984 AND BEFORE MARCH 23, 1934;
5.16% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER MARCH 23, 1984 AND BEFORE MAY lc, 1984;
/8.4% PER .......
THURSDAY, JULY 12, 19&4
8.4% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER MAY 18, 1984 AND BEFORE JULY 6, 1984;
10.08% PER ANNUM FOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED ON OR AFTER JULY 6, 1984 AND BEFORE JULY 13, 1984.
BUT ALWAYS SUBJECT TO THE GENERAL RULE THAT INTEREST CEASES TO ACCRUE AFTER 36 COMPLETED MONTHS WITHOUT SURRENDER FOR PAYMENT OF TAX.
EXAMPLE
: $1 000 CERTIFICATES PURCHASED ON JULY 13, 1984, AUGUST 13, 1984 AND SEPTEMBER 13, 1984 RESPECTIVELY, SURRENDER IN PAYMENT OF TAX DUE ON OCTOBER 13, 1984 WILL HAVE INTEREST CALCULATED AS FOLLOWS:-
ON $1 000, JULY 13, 1984 TO OCTOBER 13, 1984 3 COMPLETE MONTHS AT $10.7 PER MONTH
ON $1 000, AUGUST 13, 1984 TO OCTOBER 13, 1984, 2 COMPLETE MONTHS AT $10.7 PER MONTH
ON $1 000, SEPTEMBER 13, 1984 TO OCTOBER 13, 1984, 1 COMPLETE MONTH AT $10.7 PER MONTH
$32.1
$21.4
$10.7
$64.2
-----0-----
COMPUTER HELPS TEACH ROAD SAFETY
*******
FOR THE FIRST TIME IN HONG KONG, ROAD SAFETY MESSAGES WILL BE TAUGHT BY COMPUTER.
STUDENTS VISITING THE ROAD SAFETY BUS RUN BY THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE WILL SOON BE ABLE TO LEARN MORE ABOUT TRAFFIC SIGNS AND ROAD SAFETY MESSAGES BY PLAYING GAMES ON AN +APPLE II E+ COMPUTER.
THE COMPUTER HAS BEEN DONATED BY GILMAN OFFICE MACHINES AS A COMMUNITY SERVICE.
AT A PRESENTATION CEREMONY TODAY, MR LI KWAN-HA, ACTING DEPUTY COMMISSIONER OF POLICE (OPERATIONS) AND ACTING CHAIRMAN OF THE ROAD SAFETY COUNCIL, RECEIVED THE EQUIPMENT FROM MS DEBORAH O’HARA, MANAGERESS OF APPLE COMPUTER DIVISION, GILMAN OFFICE MACHINES.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE ROAD SAFETY CAMPAIGN PUBLICITY COMMITTEE SAID, +THIS ADDITIONAL ATTRACTION TO THE ROAD SAFETY BUS IS AN ATTEMPT TO IMPART SAFETY KNOWLEDGE THROUGH A FORM OF GAME THAT HAS PROVED VERY POPULAR AMONG SCHOOL CHILDREN.*
/THE GAMES .......
THURSDAY, JULY 12, 1984
8
THE GAMES ADOPTED FOR THE ROAD SAFETY BUS WILL BE SELECTED FROM ENTRIES TO A TERRITORY-WIDE ROAD SAFETY COMPUTER PROGRAMME DESIGN COMPETITION TO BE HELD LATER IN THE YEAR.
MS O’HARA SAID THE GILMAN OFFICE MACHINES HOPED THE USE OF THE APPLE COMPUTER IN THE ROAD SAFETY CAMPAIGN WOULD HELP REDUCE TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS IN HONG KONG.
AT PRESENT, THE ROAD SAFETY BUS IS INSTALLED WITH A NUMBER OF ROAD SAFETY DISPLAYS, A VIDEO-RECORDER TO SHOW ROAD SAFETY FILMS AND SOME ELECTRONIC GAMES AIMED AT DRIVING HOME THE MESSAGE — +SAFETY COMES FIRST ON THE ROAD+.
THE BUS IS A MAJOR FEATURE OF DISTRICT ROAD SAFETY ACTIVITIES. IT REGULARLY VISITS SCHOOLS, FACTORY AREAS, HOUSING ESTATES AS WELL AS DISTRICT ROAD SAFETY FUNCTIONS, ATTRACTING OVER 1OO 000 VISITORS A YEAR.
-----0------
NEW SWIMMING POOL IN KWAI CHUNG OPENS K * * * M *
FUNDS FROM THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB HAVE HELPED TO KEEP THE SWIMMING POOL CONSTRUCTION PROGRAMME GOING IN BOTH THE URBAN AREAS AND THE NEW TERRITORIES, THE DIRECTOR OF URBAN SERVICES, MR GRAHAM BARNES, SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).
SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE NORTH KWAI CHUNG JOCKEY CLUE PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL, MR BARNES SAID THE CLUB HAD BEEN RESPONSIBLE FOR FINANCING THE CONSTRUCTION OF 10 SWIMMING POOL COMPLEXES.
HE SAID THE NEW POOL WILL BE MANAGED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT FROM TODAY.
BUT HE ADDED THAT NTSD AMENITIES STAFF WILL COME UNDER THE GUIDANCE OF THE NEW PROVISIONAL REGIONAL COUNCIL FROM APRIL NEXT YEAR.
♦MOREOVER, WE WILL BE WORKING TOGETHER WITH THE STAFF OF THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICES AS COLLEAGUES WITHIN THE SAME DEPARTMENT TO PROMOTE AND IMPROVE SWIMMING ACTIVITIES AT THE POOL,+ IE SAID.
IN 1986 SWIMMING POOLS AND THEIR MANAGEMENT WILL COME UNDER THE NEW REGIONAL COUNCIL.
+WE MAY EXPECT TO WISH TO SHARE SOME OF ITS RESPONSIBILITIES FOR SUPERVISION WITH MEMBERS OF THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD — AND I UNDERSTAND THERE WILL THEN BE A SEPARATE KWAI CHUNG DISTRICT BOARD -- AND OTHER INTERESTED PEOPLE,* HE ADDED.
/THEBE would.......
THURSDAY, JULY 12, 1984
THERE WOULD BE MUCH POPULAR PARTICIPATION IN THE MANAGEMENT OF THE NEw POOL, AND THE NTSD WOULD BE RECEPTIVE TO IDEAS ON HO* TO USE IT BETTER, PARTICULARLY WITH REGARD TO THE SAFETY ASPECio,
HE SAID.
MR BARNES LATER ACCOMPANIED THE DEPUTY CHAIRMAN OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB, MR LI FOOK WO, TO UNVEIL A MEMORIAL PLAwUE TO MARK THE OFFICIAL OPENING OF THE SWIMMING POOL.
ALSO PRESENT WERE THE DIRECTOR OF NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES, MR JOHN HEYWOODl THE ACTING COMMISSIONER OF RECREATION AND CULTURE, MR CLIVE OXLEYj THE DISTRICT OFFICER OF KWAI CHUNG AND TSI NG Yl, MR TAM WING-PONG.
EVENTS HELD TODAY TO MARK THE OPENING OF THE POOL INCLUDED SYNCHRONISED SWIMMING, SAFETY SWIMMING AND CANOE POLO DEMONSTRAT IONo, AN INTER-DEPARTMENT RELAY COMPETITION AND AN EXCITING WATER
BASKETBALL MATCH.
- - 0 ----------
NEW FISH MARKETS TO MEET DEMAND * * *
NEW MARKETS FOR THE WHOLESALE OF FISH WILL BE BUILT TO CATER FOR INCREASED DEMAND, THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, DR JOHN RIDDELL-SWAN SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).
SPEAKING AT THE OFFICIAL OPENING OF THE NEW $3.5 MILLION TEMPORARY FISH MARKETING ORGANISATION WHOLESALE FISH MARKET AT SHAU KEI WAN, DR RIDDELL-SWAN SAID SHAU KEI WAN WAS ONE OF THE LARGEST FISHING PORTS IN HONG KONG AND DESERVED AN EFFICIENT FISH MARKET TO HANDLE THE CATCHES.
THE OLD MARKET BUILT OVER 30 YEARS AGO COULD NOT MEET THE INCREASED DEMAND FOR MARINE FISH AS A RESULT OF THE GROWTH IN POPULATION OF EASTERN DISTRICT.
DR RIDDELL-SWAN SAID: +THE NEW MARKET IS PART OF A SERIES CF DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS BEING CARRIED OUT BY THE FMO.+
ANOTHER TEMPORARY FISH MARKET AT CHEUNG SHA WAN WILL BE READY FOR OPERATION LATER THIS YEAR, WHILE A NEW IMPROVED FISH MARKET IN TAI PO WILL BE OPERATIONAL BY MAY NEXT YEAR.
+THESE PROJECTS WILL REPLACE EXISTING MARKETS BUT ADDITIONAL NEW MARKETS WILL ALSO BE BUILT TO CATER FOR INCREASED NEEDS.+
+CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW FISH MARKET IN KwUN TONG, WHICH WILL BRING THE TOTAL NUMBER OF MARKETS OPERATED BY THE FMO TO EIGHT, WILL START SOON AND REPROVISIONING OF OTHER EXISTING FISH MARKETS IS BEING PLANNED,+ HE SAID.
- - - 0 --------
/10 ........
THURSDAY, JULY 12, 1984
10 -
LANGUAGE TRAINING FOR JOURNALISTS XXX
WORKING JOURNALISTS ARE NOW । NG <NV I TED TO APPLY FOR TWO COURSES - TRANSLATION AND PUTUNGHUA, TO BE OFFERED BY THE POLYTECHNIC NEXT MONTH.
THESE FOUR-WEEK COURSES ARE PART OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL SUBSIDY SCHEMES TO UPGRADE THE LANGUAGE SKILLS OF LOCAL JOURNALISTS.
LECTURES FOR BOTH COURSES WILL BE HELD IN THE MORNINGS, FROM AUGUST 20 TO SEPTEMBER 20.
FEES ARE $750 FOR TRANSLATION COURSES AND $875 FOR PUTUNGHUA, RUT SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS NEED PAY ONLY $100, WITH THE BALANCE BE ING BORNE BY THE VTC.
APPLICATION FORMS ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE OFFICE OF VTC HF ADOUARTERS AT HARBOUR CENTRE 14/F. ENQUIRIES SHOULD BE DIRcCTcl) T(? MR FRANK NG, SECRETARY OF THE JOURNALISM TRAINING BOARD DURING OFFICE HOURS ON 5-8932341 EXT. 283.
CLOSING DATE FOR APPLICATION FOR THE JULY 30 AND FOR THE TRANSLATION COURSt IS
PUTUNGHUA COURSE IS AUGUST 7.
-----o------
SINGING CONTEST NEARS FINALS
XXX
THREE REMAINING DISTRICTS WILL BE HOLDING THEIR PRELIMINARIES OF A TERRITORY-WIDE SINGING CONTEST AIMED AT ENCOURAGING PEOPLE TO REGISTER AS VOTERS.
ON SATURDAY (JULY 14) EVENING, WONG TAI SIN WILL HOLD ITS PRELIMINARY CONTEST IN A LOCAL SCHOOL HALL, WITH 12 CONTESTANTS COMPETING.
EASTERN AND NORTH DISTRICTS WILL THEN HOLD THEIR PRELIMINARY CONTESTS ON THE TWO FOLLOWING SATURDAYS.
FIFTEEN DISTRICTS HAVE, SINCE APRIL, ALREADY HELD THEIR PRELIMINARY CONTESTS, WHICH ARE JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICES, RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG AND SING TAO NEWSPAPERS LIMITED.
/a semi-final .......
THUHSDAY, JULY 12, 1984
A SEMI-FINAL OF THE OVERALL SINGING CONTEST wILL BE HELD ON AUGUST 11, WHEN A WINNER FROM EACH OF THE 18 DISTRICTS a ILL COMPETE.
THE GRAND FINAL WILL BE ON SEPTEMBER 1.
SATURDAY’S CONTEST WILL ALSO FEATURE A GUEST PERFORMANCE BY A SINGER, MISS LAM CHI-MEI.
THE ACTING DISTRICT OFFICER, MR STEPHEN FISHER, WILL OFFICIATE AT AN OPENING CEREMONY.
FREE ADMISSION TICKETS TO THE CONTEST ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS SUB-OFFICES ON A FIRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED BASIS.
0 - -
CRIME PREVENTION SEMINAR FOR GEM MERCHANTS * * * *
A SEMINAR ON CRIME PREVENTION FOR JEWELLERY SHOP OPERATORS IN CENTRAL AND WESTERN WILL BE HELD TOMORROW (FRIDAY) AFTERNOON.
STARTING AT 4 PM, THE TWO-HOUR SEMINAR WILL FEATURE A TALK, A DISCUSSION SESSION AND A SLIDE SHOW.
THE CHIEF INSPECTOR OF CRIME PREVENTION BUREAU, MR NG TAK-LEUNG, WILL TALK ON SECURITY MEASURES, WITH PARTICULAR REFERENCE TO THE JEWELLERY TRADE.
THE SEMINAR IS ONE OF A SERIES OF ACTIVITIES ORGANISED EY THE DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE THIS YEAR. OTHER ACTIVITIES WILL INCLUDE ESSAY AND DRAMA COMPETITIONS, VISITS, EXHIBITIONS, VARIETY SHOWS AND TALKS.
THE COMMITTEE IS CHAIRED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR LAM KAM-KWONG, AND COMPRISES MEMBERS OF DISTRICT BOARD AND LOCAL ARE* COMMITTEES, AND REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE POLICE AND THE DISTRICT OFF ICE.
- - 0 - -
THURSDAY, JULY 12, 1984
12
USE-OF-COMPUTER SESSION FOR INDUSTRIALISTS * * * * *
INDUSTRIALISTS AMD BUSINESSMEN IN EASTERN DISTRICT WILL BE ABLE TO LEA'RN ABOUT THE USE OF COMPUTERS AT A TWO-HOUR SEMINAR ON SATURDAY (JULY 14) AFTERNOON.
THE SEMINAR, ENTITLED +COMPUTER AND ITS APPLICATION TO INDUSTRY AND COMMERCE*, HAS BEEN ORGANISED BY THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD’S COMMUNITY BUILDING COMMITTEE AND THE HONG KONG TRADE FACIL ITATION COUNCIL.
A SENIOR LECTURER OF THE COMPUTER SECTION OF CITY POLYTECHNIC, MR WANBIL W. LEE, WILL GIVE A 2O-MINUTE TALK ON THE SUBJECT, AND WILL ALSO ANSWER QUESTIONS.
TWO FILMS ON SIMPLIFIED DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES, PROVIDED BY THE COUNCIL, WILL ALSO BE SHOWN.
THE SEMINAR WILL BE HELD IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF THE DISTRICT OFFICE STARTING AT 3 PM, AND WILL BE CHAIRED BY AN UNOFFICIAL EASTERN BOARD MEMBER, MR PAUL YIN. ALSO PRESENT WILL BE THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER (CHAI WAN), MR STEPHEN NG.
SATURDAY’S SEMINAR IS THE FIRST OF A SERIES OF SUCH ACTIVITIES BEING ORGANISED BY THE COMMITTEE FOR LOCAL INDUSTRIALISTS AND BUSINESSMEN AT BI-MONTHLY INTERVALS IN THE CURRENT FINANCIAL YEAR.
--------o----------
BOARD TO STUDY SWIMMING FACILITIES
* * * *
THE EXISTING AND FUTURE PROVISION OF SWIMMING POOLS IN SHAM SHUI PO WILL BE DISCUSSED AT THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD MEETING TOMORROW (FRIDAY) AFTERNOON.
MEMBERS WILL ALSO COMMENT ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF LEISURE POOLS IN THE SHEK KIP MEI PARK (STAGE III) PROJECT BEING PLANNED BY THE URBAN COUNCIL.
AT THE MEETING, MEMBERS WILL BE BRIEFED ON THE CONVERSION OF CROWN LAND LICENCES TO SHORT-TERM TENANCIES.
OTHER ITEMS ON THE AGENDA WILL INCLUDE ALLOCATION OF DISTRICT BOARD FUNDS FOR 1984-85, A PROGRESS REPORT ON THE +MEET-THE-PUBLIC+ SESSIONS, AND PROGRESS REPORTS OF THE THREE COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD.
-----o-----
THURSDAY, JULY 12, 1984
- 13 -
WORK STARTS ON CONTROLLED TIP
* * * *
WORK HAS JUST STARTED ON BUILDING A CONTROLLED TIP AT JORDAN VALLEY, KOWLOON, TO PROVIDE LAND FOR RECREATIONAL AND OTHER USES.
THE WORK IS BEING UNDERTAKEN BY MITSUI CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LIMITED WHICH HAS BEEN AWARDED A $22.8 MILLION CONTRACT BY THE CIVIL ENGINEERING OFFICE OF THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
IT INCLUDES CONSTRUCTING AN ACCESS ROAD TO THE TIP AS wELL AS 400 METRES OF DRAINAGE TO DIVERT STORM WATER FROM THE AREA.
WORK WILL TAKE 29 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
THE SANITARY LANDFILL METHOD WILL BE USED TO BUILD THE TIP TO MINIMISE THE IMPACT ON THE ENVIRONMENT. IT WILL HAVE A DAILY CAPACITY OF 680 TONS OF REFUSE.
ONE MILLION TONS OF REFUSE WILL HAVE BEEN DEPOSITED, WHEN THE TIP IS FULLY FORMED IN 1989.
THE SEVEN HECTARES OF LAND PROVIDED WILL THEN BE DEVELOPED TO PROVIDE RECREATIONAL AND AMENITY FACILITIES.
0 --------
EXTRA LIFT FOR QUEEN MARY HOSPITAL
XXX
THE GOVERNMENT WILL SPEND NEARLY $834 000 ON BUILDING A LIFT SHAFT IN BLOCK B'OF QUEEN MARY HOSPITAL AS PART OF AN EXTENSIVE IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMME.
A CONTRACT FOR THIS SUM HAS JUST BEEN AWARDED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT TO KIN MING AND COMPANY FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE SEVEN-STOREY DEEP SHAFT.
WORK ON THE PROJECT IS EXPECTED TO TAKE 14 MONTHS.
AN ADDITIONAL LIFT WILL THEN BE INSTALLED TO IMPROVE SERVICES TO PATIENTS AND VISITORS.
EXISTING LIFTS WILL ALSO BE REFURBISHED AS PART OF THE PROGRAMME.
/SflEEN MARY..........
THURSDAY, JULY 12, 1984
QUEEN MARY HOSPITAL IS TO BE EXTENDED TO PROVIDE A WIDER RANGE OF MEDICAL FACILITIES.
LAST MONTH THE GOVERNMENT INVITED CONTRACTORS TO TENDER FOR THE WORK, BUT THEY HAD TO PRE-QUALIFY FIRST BECAUSE OF THE SPECIALIST NATURE OF THE PROJECT.
IT IS EXPECTED THAT TENDERS WILL BE CALLED IN A FEW MONTHS FROM CONTRACTORS WITH THE REQUIRED EXPERTISE.
TWO BUILDINGS, ONE 29 STOREYS HIGH AND THE OTHER RISING 12 FLOORS, ARE TO BE CONSTRUCTED TO PROVIDE AN EXTRA 76 OOO SQUARE METRES OF SPACE FOR THE HOSPITAL.
- - 0 - -
OVERNIGHT ROAD WORKS * * *
PART OF THE KOWLOON-BOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF TUEN MUN ROAD WILL Be CLOSED OVERNIGHT FROM TOMORROW UNTIL THE MORNING OF JULY 25.
THE CARRIAGEWAY BETWEEN SIU LAM AND SHAM TSENG WILL BE CLOSED FOR ROAD WORKS FROM 10.30 PM TOMORROW (JULY 13) UNTIL 6 AM THt FOLLOWING DAY. THIS ARRANGEMENT WILL BE REPEATED EACH NIGHT UNTIL JULY 25.
DURING THE CLOSURE, KOWLOON-BOUND VEHICLES WILL BE DIVERTED VIA CASTLE PEAK ROAD AS FAR AS SHAM TSENG WHERE THEY MAY REJOIN TUEN MUN ROAD.
- - 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
FRIDAY, JULY 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
SIR GEOFFREY TO VISIT ............................................ 1
MR LUCE CONFIDENT OF SATISFACTORY AGREEMENT ...................... 1
VALUABLE DISCUSSIONS WITH UMELCO ................................. 2
UNEMPLOYMENT STABLE AT J. 8 PER CENT ............................. 2
SUMMER EUN FOR YOUTHS IN TEN DISTRICTS ........................
BUSES HELP SPREAD THE VOTING MESSAGE...............-.............. 6
GETTING PEOPLE TO VOTE ........................................... 6
HELP FOR TIN SHU I WAI VILLAGERS ................................. 7
MORE FLOCK TO PUBLIC POOLS ....................................... 8
HOI PONG VILLAGERS REHOUSED ..................................... 9
NEW FACTORY BUILDING INTRODUCED ................................. 10
HOME OWNERSHIP BALLOT TV SHOW ON MONDAY ......................... 11
RECLAMATION FOR CONTROLLED TIP .................................. 11
NEW ROADS TO BE BUILT IN YUEN LONG .............................. 12
NORTH DISTRICT TO HOLD WATER CARNIVAL............................ 13
PRISON WORK SEEN................................................. 13
NEW ROADS FOR KOWLOON BAY RECLAMATION ........................... 14
BOAT SLIPWAY TO BE BUILT AT KELLET BAY .......................... 14
CHILDREN'S CHOIR TO GIVE FIRST CONCERT .......................... 15
SUMMER CAMP FUN AND GAMES FOR 800 CHILDREN ...................... 15
- WORKERS ASKED TO NAME BOARD CANDIDATES ......................... 16
•JING YING' TO TOUR U.K......................................... 16
TEACHERS INVITED TO MORAL EDUChTIQN DISPLAY ..................... 17
EVENING COURSE FOR PART-TIME LECTURERS .......................... 17
WATER SPORTS DAY SET FOR SUNDAY.................................. 18
FRESH, SALT-WATER CUTS .......................................... 18
FRIDAY, JULY 13, t98^
1
SIR GEOFFREY TO VISIT XXX
THE FOLLOWING WAS ISSUED BY THE FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH OFFICE TODAY (13 JULY, 1984):
♦SIR GEOFFREY HOWE WILL VISIT PEKING BETWEEN 27 AND 31 JULY AT THE INVITATION OF MR WU XUEQIAN, STATE COUNCILLOR AND FOREIGN MINISTER. HE WILL CONTINUE HIS SERIES OF DISCUSSIONS WITH PR WU AND OTHER CHINESE LEADERS ON ALL ASPECTS OF HONG KONG’S FUTURE AS WELL AS OTHER INTERNATIONAL AND BILATERAL ISSUES.
SIR GEOFFREY HOWE WILL VISIT HONG KONG ON HIS WAY TO AND FROM PEKING. THIS WILL GIVE HIM THE OPPORTUNITY TO LISTEN TO THE VIEWS OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG. HE WILL MEET THE GOVERNOR AND MEMBERS OF EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS, AND OTHER REPRESENTATIVES OF THE HONG KONG COMMUNITY.*
A HONG KONG GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN STATED THAT SIR GEOFFREY HOWE WILL ARRIVE IN HONG KONG ON 26 JULY AND LEAVE HONG KONG FOR PEKING ON 27 JULY. HE WILL ARRIVE BACK IN HONG KONG FROL PEKING ON 31 JULY AND LEAVE FOR LONDON ON 1 AUGUST.
------0-------
MR LUCE CONFIDENT OF SATISFACTORY AGREEMENT
X X X X X X
MR RICHARD LUCE SAID AFTER MEETING WITH THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL TODAY THAT HE WAS CONFIDENT A SATISFACTORY AGREEMENT ON HONG KONG o
FUTURE WOULD BE REACHED.
THE FOLLOWING IS THE FULL TEXT OF HIS REMARKS:
+CAN I SAY THAT WE HAVE AS YOU KNOW HAD A MEETING UNDER THE CHAIRMANSHIP OF THE GOVERNOR THIS MORNING OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL. AND I WOULD LIKE TO SAY TO YOU THAT THE MEETING FROM MY POINT OF VIEW HAS BEEN VALUABLE, HAS BEEN COMPREHENSIVE, AND IT HAS BEEN VERY HELPFUL. I REGARD THOSE DISCUSSIONS AS HAVING BEEN MOST
USEFUL THIS MORNING.
+WE HAVE REVIEWED THE PROGRESS OF THE TALKS WHICH HAVE BEtN GOING ON IN PEKING, WHICH ARE, AS YOU KNOW, AS I SAID LAST NIGHT, MOVING AHEAD STEADILY.
+FROM ALL THIS, I AM MOST ENCOURAGED BY THESE DEVELOPMENTS. I REMAIN CONFIDENT THAT WE WILL REACH A SATISFACTORY AGREEMENT ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.+
FRIDAY, JULY 13, 1984
2
VALUABLE DISCUSSIONS WITH UMELCO * * *
MINISTER OF STATE AT THE FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH OFFICE, NR RICHARD LUCE SPOKE TO REPORTERS AFTER MEETING WITH UMELCO MEMBERS THIS AFTERNOON. THE FOLLOWING IS THE FULL TEXT OF HIS REMARKS:
+WE HAVE HAD TWO VERY USEFUL HOURS OF DISCUSSIONS WITH UMELCO UNDER THE CHAIRMANSHIP OF SIR S.Y. AND YOU KNOW OF THE IMPORTANCE WHICH THE PRIME MINISTER, SIR GEOFFREY HOWE AND I ATTACH TO THE VIEWS OF UMELCO, A BODY OF SIGNIFICANCE AND IMPORTANCE. I MUCH VALUE THIS AFTERNOON’S DISCUSSIONS AND LOOK FORWARD TO SEEING THEM AGAIN ON A MORE INFORMAL BASIS THIS EVENING.*
-----o------
UNEMPLOYMENT STABLE AT 3.8 PER CENT * * *
THE UNEMPLOYMENT SITUATION REMAINED STABLE WHILE THE UNDEREMPLOYMENT SITUATION IMPROVED SIGNIFICANTLY, ACCORDING TO THE LATEST LABOUR FORCE STATISTICS RELEASED TODAY BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
THE SEASONALLY ADJUSTED UNEMPLOYMENT RATE FOR MARCH -MAY 1984 WAS 3.8 PER CENT, WHICH COMPARES WITH 4.0 PER CENT FOR THE PREVIOUS QUARTER (DECEMBER 1983 - FEBRUARY 1984) AND 5.0 PER CENT FOR THE SIMILAR QUARTER OF 1983.
THE DECREASE IN THE RATE OF 1.2 PERCENTAGE POINTS OVER THE YEAR WAS STATISTICALLY SIGNIFICANT (THAT IS, THE CHANGE WAS GREATER THAN MIGHT BE EXPECTED FROM SAMPLING VARIATION). HOWEVER, THE DECREASE OF 0.2 PERCENTAGE POINT OVER THE PREVIOUS QUARTER WAS NOT STATISTICALLY SIGNIFICANT, THE COMMISSIONER FOR CENSUS AND STATISTICS SAID.
THE NUMBER OF UNEMPLOYED PERSONS IN THE QUARTER ENDING MAY 1984 WAS ESTIMATED TO BE 98 300, AS COMPARED WITH 100 900 FOR THE QUARTER ENDING FEBRUARY 1984 AND 125 100 FOR THE SAME QUARTER OF LAST YEAR.
THE UNDEREMPLOYMENT RATE FOR MARCH - MAY 1984 WAS 0.9 PER CENT WHILE THAT FOR DECEMBER 1983 - FEBRUARY 1984 WAS 1.6 PER CENT.
THE DIFFERENCE WAS STATISTICALLY SIGNIFICANT.
THE RATE FOR THE SIMILAR QUARTER OF 1983 WAS 2.2 PER CENT.
/THE ESTIMATED .......
FRIDAY, JULY 15, 1984
THE ESTIMATED NUMBER OF UNDEREMPLOYED PERSONS WAS 24 3OO FOR THE QUARTER ENDING MAY 1934, AS COMPARED WITH 41 400 FOR THE QUARTER ENDING FEBRUARY 1984, HE SAID.
CONSISTENT WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL LABOUR ORGANISATION, PERSONS WHO WORKED LESS THAN 35 HOURS A WEEK WERE REGARDED AS UNDEREMPLOYED ONLY IF THEY WERE SEEKING MORE WORK OR WERE NOT SEEKING MORE WORK BECAUSE THEY BELIEVED MORE WORK WAS NOT AVAILABLE.
THE COMMISSIONER ALSO SAID THAT BECAUSE THE PROPORTION OF FIRST-TIME JOB-SEEKERS (E.G. PEOPLE WHO HAVE JUST LEFT SCHOOL) VARIES FROM MONTH TO MONTH, THE UNEMPLOYMENT RATES WHICH HAD BEEN SEASONALLY ADJUSTED FOR THE VARIATION IN FIRST-TIME JOBSEEKERS SHOULD BE USED IN MAKING COMPARISONS OVER TIME.
+BASED ON A SYSTEM OF MANUAL EXTRACTION OF INFORMATION FROM SURVEY QUESTIONNAIRES FOR THE LATEST MONTH, PROVISIONAL UNEMPLOYMENT AND UNDEREMPLOYMENT RATES COVERING THE LATEST MOVING THREE-MONTH PERIOD COULD BE MADE AVAILABLE WITHIN TWO WEEKS AFTER THE SURVEY,+ HE SAID.
+AFTER TESTING THIS SYSTEM FOR A NUMBER OF MONTHS, HE WAS CONFIDENT THAT THE PROVISIONAL RATES WOULD NOT BE SIGNIFICANTLY DIFFERENT FROM THE FINAL RATES AND COULD BE SEEN AS AN EARLIER INDICATION OF THE LATEST UNEMPLOYMENT AND UNDEREMPLOYMENT SITUATION,+ HE SAID.
THE PROVISIONAL UNEMPLOYMENT RATE (NOT SEASONALLY ADJUSTED) FOR APRIL - JUNE 1984 WAS 3.6 PER CENT, AND THE PROVISIONAL UNDEREMPLOYMENT RATE WAS 1.0 PER CENT. THE UNADJUSTED UNEMPLOYMENT RATE FOR MARCH - MAY 1984 WAS ALSO 3.6 PER CENT.
THE UNEMPLOYMENT AND UNDEREMPLOYMENT STATISTICS WERE OBTAINED FROM A CONTINUOUS GENERAL HOUSEHOLD SURVEY CONDUCTED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
THIS SURVEY COVERS A QUARTERLY SAMPLE OF SOME 15 003 HOUSEHOLDS OR 55 000 PERSONS, SELECTED SCIENTIFICALLY TO REPRESENT THE LAND-BASED CIVILIAN NON-INSTI TUTIONAL POPULATION IN HONG KONG. PERSONAL AND LABOUR FORCE DATA WERE OBTAINED IN THE SURVEY BY INTERVIEWING EACH INDIVIDUAL MEMBER IN THE HOUSEHOLDS SAMPLED.
DETAILED ANALYSIS OF THE LABOUR FORCE CHARACTERISTICS IS GIVEN IN THE REPORT ON THE GENERAL HOUSEHOLD SURVEY WHICH IS PUBLISHED FOUR TIMES A YEAR. THE NEXT REPORT COVERING THE QUARTER ENDING JUNE 1984 WILL BE AVAILALBLE FROM THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE LATE IN SEPTEMBER.
- - 0 -
A
FR IDAY, JULY 13, 1934
4
SUMMER FUN FOR YOUTHS IN TEN DISTRICTS * * * *
TWO MONTHS OF RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS ACTIVITIES WILL BEGIN IN 10 DISTRICTS TOMORROW AND ON SUNDAY FOR YOUNGSTERS TO ENJOY A SUMMER OF +HEALTH, HELP AND HAPPINESS*.
THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME WILL START WITH A FANFARE OF SONGS AND DANCES AT THE ARGYLE STREET PLAYGROUND STARTING AT 2 PM TOMORROW.
PROGRAMMES AT THE OPENING CEREMONY WILL INCLUDE SONGS BY MR ALBERT AU, A BICYCLE DEMONSTRATION BY THE SOUTH CHINA ATHLETIC ASSOCIATION, A TRAMPOLINE PERFORMANCE BY STUDENTS OF THE DELIA MEMORIAL SCHOOL, AND A FOLK DANCE BY STAFF OF THE HOLY CARPENTER CHURCH COMMUNITY CENTRE.
THIS YEAR $261 000 WILL BE SPENT ON ORGANISING MORE THAN 230 INDOOR AND OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES FOR RESIDENTS OF KOWLOON CITY.
AT THE NEW WORLD CENTRE PLAZA AT 2.15 PM, YAU MA TEI RESIDENTS WILL CELEBRATE THEIR OPENING CEREMONY WITH PERFORMANCES ON CHINESE ORCHESTRAL MUSIC, SINGING AND FOLK DANCES.
ON THE SAME AFTERNOON, SOUTHERN DISTRICT RESIDENTS WILL EE TREATED TO TWO HOURS OF FUN AND GAME AT THE BASKETBALL COURT OUTSIDE WAH CHING HOUSE IN WAH FU ESTATE STARTING AT 2.30 PM.
IN SOUTHERN, SOME 140 RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS ACTIVITIES WILL BE HELD DURING THE SUMMER VACATION.
IN THE EVENING, A TWO-HOUR VARIETY PERFORMANCES WILL EE STAGED AT THE SCHOOL HALL OF ST PAUL’S CONVENT SCHOOL ON TUNG LO *AN ROAD TO MARK THE OPENING OF THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME.
ABOUT 150 EVENTS WILL BE HELD IN THE DISTRICT TO PROVIDE HEALTHY TRAINING AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE AGED BETWEEN SIX AND 24 AND TO ENHANCE A SPIRIT OF COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT.
ON SUNDAY, A SAMPAN ROWING COMPETITION ALONG THE SHING MUN RIVER AT 9 AM WILL KICK OFF THE SHA TIN DISTRICT SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME.
THE STARTING POINT FOR THE COMPETITION, WITH MORE THAN 50 CONTESTANTS, WILL BE AT THE SAND MARTINS BRIDGE NEAR THE SHA TIN RURAL COMMITTEE ROAD.
ABOUT $170 000 WILL BE SPENT ON PROVIDING SOME 450 ACTIVITIES FOR SHA TIN RESIDENTS THIS SUMMER.
/IN KWUN .......
FRIDAY, JULY 1$, 1984
- 5 -
IN KHUN TONG, THE OPENING CEREMONY wILL BE IN THE FORM OF A FIlM ABOUT FATHER-SON RELATIONSHIP TO BE SHOWN AT THE COSMOS THEATRE IN TELFORD GARDEN AT 9.30 AM.
K*UN TONG YOUNGSTERS * ILL BE ABLE TO ATTEND A +YOUTH AMBASSADOR* TRAINING SCHEME THIS SUMMER TO LEARN ABOUT THE STRUCTURE OF HONG KONG’S ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM THROUGH VISITo TO GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, COMMUNITY ORGANISATIONS AND THE LOCAL DISTR ICT BOARD.
ANOTHER TRAINING PROGRAMME, ENTITLED +VENTURE+, HAS ALSO BEEN ORGANISED TO AROUSE YOUNG PEOPLE’S INTEREST IN THE LOCAL POLITICAL STRUCTURE AND AWARENESS OF THEIR CIVIC DUTIES.
OTHER ACTIVITIES WILL INCLUDE PERFORMANCES BY THE KWUN TONG DRAMA GROUP, VARIETY SHOWS, OUTINGS AND SPORTS COMPETITIONS.
AT 1.45 PM, A THREE-HOUR VARIETY SHOW, FEATURING BAND PERFORMANCE, CHINESE BOXING, SINGING AND DANCING, WILL BE STAGED AT THE CHATER ROAD PEDESTRIAN PRECINCT FOR CENTRAL AND WESTERN RESIDENTS.
A COUNTER WILL BE PUT UP THERE AND STAFF FROM THE DISTRICT OFFICE WILL HELP ELIGIBLE RESIDENTS TO REGISTER AS VOTERS FOR NEXT YEAR’S DISTRICT BOARD. ELECT IONS.
THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMMES’ OPENING WILL TAKE THE FORM OF A VARIETY SHOW AT 2 PM AT THE MORSE PARK.
THIS YEAR, THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD HAS ALLOCATED $30 000 TOWARDS THE COST OF $185 000 FOR THE ACTIVITIES.
MORE THAN 400 ACTIVITIES, INCLUDING A CROSSWORD PUZZLE FOR ALL YOUTHS UNDER 18, HOLIDAY AND TRAINING CAMPS, SEMINARS AND TRAINING CLASSES, VISITS AND COMMUNITY SERVICES, OUTINGS AND LAUNCH PICNICS, AND CARNIVALS WILL BE HELD IN THE DISTRICT.
AT 4 PM, THE SHAM SHU I PO DISTRICT SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMMES WILL GET OFF THE GROUND WITH A VARIETY SHOW AT THE MAPLE STREET PLAYGROUND.
FEATURING ABOUT 700 EVENTS, THE $200 000 PROGRAMME HAS BEEN FUNDED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD, THE JOCKEY CLUB AND LOCAL DONATIONS.
MEANWHILE, IN NORTH DISTRICT, MEMBERS OF FOUR LOCAL RURAL COMMITTEES AND TWO RELIGIOUS BODIES WILL FROM SUNDAY ORGANISE A NUMBER OF RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE DURING THE SUMMER VACATION.
THE ACTIVITIES WILL INCLUDE CHILDREN’S FUN DAY, VARIETY SHOWS, TRAINING COURSES AND CAMPS, CHESS AND DRAWING COMPETITIONS, AND SPORTS CONTESTS.
THE PROGRAMME COSTS $80 000.
o -
/6........
FRIDAY, JULY 13, 1984
BUSES HELP SPREAD THE VOTING MESSAGE
******
A thrII-ISn?2U?LoEtE?E“e"s?rSatoo!:A^i?1EstPartoIEgDt?«RR?wS(sIwrFd??) IN YUEN LONG.
TUP Rll^FS BEAR THE DISTRICT’S CAMPAIGN SLOGAN : +REGISTER AS VOTERS ?olE “r t“ DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS* TOGETHER WITH DETAILS OF VOTER ELIGIBILITY.
THEY WILL COVER AREAS FROM YUEN LONG TOWN CENTRE TO LAU FAU SHAN, SHEUNG TSUEN, SAN TIN AND KAM TIN.
THE BUSES WERE AMONG VARIOUS WAYS OF SPREADING THE REGISTRATION MESSAGE^ THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MR FREDRICK LAM SAID TODAY.
+LEAFLETS AND POSTERS CARRYING THE SAME CARTOON DESIGN AND SLOGAN WILL ALSO BE USED IN OUR PUBLICITY DRIVE,+ HE SAID.
tuc ppst WAY TO SUPPORT THE DISTRICT BOARD WAS FOR THE PEOPLE TO ReIiItER AS TOTERS AND TO EXERCISE THEIR VOTING RIGHT, HE SAID.
-----o-----
GETTING PEOPLE TO VOTE * * *
UNOFFICIAL LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR, MR WONG LAM, WILL CALL ON RESIDENTS IN KWAI HING ESTATE IN KWAI CHUNG TOMORROW (SATURDAY) AFTERNOON TO ENCOURAGE ELIGIBLE VOTERS TO REGISTER FOR NEXT YEAR’S DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS.
THE VISIT MARKS THE START OF A 10-WEEK REGISTRATION CAMPAIGN BY THE LOCAL DISTRICT OFFICE.
ACCOMPANIED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR TAM WING-PONG, A BOARD MEMBER, MR CHENG WING-CHUN, AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE CENTRAL KWAI CHUNG AREA COMMITTEE, MR CHAK CH IK-CHEONG, MR WONG WILL FIRST VISIT HOUSEHOLDS IN BLOCK 2 OF THE ESTATE AT 3 PM.
-----0------
FRIDAY, JULY 13, 198^
HELP FOR TIN SHU I WAI VILLAGERS
* * * X
TO FURTHER ASSIST TIN SHU I WAI VILLAGERS DUE TO BE CLEARED TO PREPARE FOR A NEW LIFE, A LIAISON OFFICE WILL BE SET UP FOR A WEEK FROM MONDAY (JULY 16) AT THE PING SHAN RURAL COMMITTEE OFFICE.
ANY FAMILIES WITH INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS ARE URGED TO MAKE FULL USE OF THE OFFICE WHICH WILL BE MANNED BY OFFICERS FROM THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT, THE DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, AND THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT, AND CO-ORDINATED BY THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT OFFICE.
THE LIAISON OFFICE WILL BE OPEN BETWEEN 9.30 AM AND 12 NOON EACH DAY.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DISTRICT OFFICE POINTED OUT THAT DURING THE PAST FEW MONTHS, INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS HAD BEEN IN CLOSE CONTACT WITH THE VILLAGERS CONCERNED.
♦HOWEVER, THE LIAISON OFFICE WILL MAKE IT MORE CONVENIENT FOR THEM TO SEE REPRESENTATIVES OF DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS TOGETHER
IN ONE PLACE,+ HE SAID.
THE SPOKESMAN ALSO URGED THE SMALL GROUP OF 12 PEOPLE NOW CAMPING OUTSIDE THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES TO RETURN TO YUEN LONG AND MAKE USE OF THIS ADDITIONAL FACILITY.
♦APART FROM HANDLING ENQUIRIES ABOUT EX-GRATIA ALLOWANCES, REHOUSING ARRANGEMENTS AND APPLICATIONS FOR RESITING, THE LIAISON OFFICE WILL TRY TO FIND OTHER MEANS TO ASSIST THE VILLAGERS, FOR EXAMPLE, IN OBTAINING EMPLOYMENT, SOCIAL WELFARE BENEFITS AND SO 0N.+
CONCERNED DEPARTMENTS HAVE ASSESSED AND REVIEWED ALL CASES ELIGIBLE FOR EX-GRATIA ALLOWANCES IN THE AFFECTED AREA OF TIN SHU I WAI WHICH WILL EVENTUALLY BE DEVELOPED INTO A NEW TOWN PROVIDING HOMES AND EMPLOYMENT FOR SOME 135 000 PEOPLE.
THE GOVERNMENT HAS OFFERED 38 MILLION IN EX-GRATIA ALLOWANCES FOR CROPS, FISHPONDS, PIGGERIES AND OTHER UNDERTAKINGS.
THE RATES OF ALLOWANCES ARE SET DOWN BY THE FINANCE COMMITTEE OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL AND ARE APPLIED UNIFORMLY IN ALL DEVELOPMENT CLEARANCES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
OF THE 233 FAMILIES INVOLVED IN THE COMING CLEARANCE, THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT HAS COMPLETED REHOUSING ARRANGEMENTS FOR 113 FAMILIES OF 415 PEOPLE. THE MAJORITY OF THEM, TOTALLING 91 FAMILIES WITH 369 PEOPLE, HAVE ALREADY PAID RENT FOR THEIR NEW HOMES.
/AMONG THOSE .......
FRIDAY, JULY 13, 1984
8
AMONG THOSE HAVING PAID RENTS, 222 PEOPLE FROM 56
-AMILIES HAVE MOVED OUT FROM TIN SHUI WAI. ALSO GONE ARE 21 -AMIllES WHO HAVE OPTED FOR EX-GRATIA ALLOWANCES IN EXCHANGE -OR REHOUSING.
ONLY 30 FAMILIES WERE FOUND INELIGIBLE FOR REHOUSING EITHER BECAUSE THEY HAVE ALTERNATIVE ACCOMMODATION OR MOVED IN AFTER THE INITIAL SURVEY. BUT EIGHT OF THESE INELIGIBLE FAMILIES +RAVE ALREADY MOVED OUT THEMSELVES.
FURTHERMORE, THE GOVERNMENT HAS APPROVED SEVEN APPLICATIONS PROM SEVEN FAMILIES TO RESITE THEIR HOMES AND AGRICULTURAL ACTIVITIES ELSEWHERE.
ANOTHER U7 APPLICATIONS FOR RESITING HAVE ALSO BEEN APPROVED, BUT THE APPLICANTS HAVE NOT YET INDICATED THEIR ACCEPTANCE.
THE SPOKESMAN APPEALED TO VILLAGERS WHO HAD NOT UP OFFERS OF REHOUSING, ALLOWANCE PAYMENTS OR RESITE TO MAKE EARLY DECISIONS SO THAT THEIR CASES COULD BE WITHOUT FURTHER DELAY.
YET TAKEN ARRANGEMENTS PROCESSED
- - - - 0 ---------
MORE FLOCK TO PUBLIC POOLS
*****
MORE AND MORE PEOPLE ARE TAKING TO PUBLIC SWIMMING POOLS TO ESCAPE FROM THE CURRENT HEAT WAVE.
THE SENIOR AMENITIES OFFICER (SWIMMING) OF THE CITY SERVICES DEPARTMENT, MR PAUL CHEUNG, SAID THAT OVER 632 000 PEOPLE FLOCKED TO TEN URBAN COUNCIL SWIMMING POOLS IN JUNE ALONE, AND THERE HAD BEEN NO SIGN OF A LET-UP THIS MONTH.
HE SAID THE TOTAL REPRESENTED A TREMENDOUS INCREASE OVER THE FIGURES FOR THE PREVIOUS MONTHS -- 38 46^ IN MARCH, 72 654 IN APRIL AND 242 307 IN MAY.
OF THE TOTAL ADMISSION RECORDED IN JUNE, 291 519 WERE ADULTS, 272 520 WERE CHILDREN AND THR REST WERE THOSE EITHER TAKING THE COUNCIL’S +LEARN-TO-SWIM+ COURSES OR SWIMMING LESSONS ORGANISED BY SCHOOLS.
The pools most heavily patronised were the newly-opened lai CHI KOK PARK SWIMMING POOL (104 692), KWUN TONG SWIMMING POOL (100 766), MORSE PARK SWIMMING POOL (79 427). LEI CHENG UK SWIMMING POOL (71 673) AND VICTORIA PARK SWIMMING POOL (b5 0^2).
/MORRISON HILL .......
FRIDAY, JULY 1J, 1984
- 9 -
MORRISON HILL SWIMMING POOL WAS CLOSED FOR MAINTENANCE DURING THE MONTH BUT HAS BEEN RE-OPENED TO THE PUBLIC EARLY THIS WEEK.
ALTOGETHER 72 SWIMMERS GOT INTO DIFFICULTIES AND HAD TO BE RESCUED BY LIFEGUARDS IN JUNE. THERE WERE NO DROWNINGS.
-------0--------
HOI PONG VILLAGERS REHOUSED X X X X X X
THE FINAL MOVE OF PEOPLE FROM HOI PONG VILLAGE IN MOUNT DAVIS TOOK PLACE TODAY FOLLOWING A NINE-MONTH OPERATION TO REHOUSE ALL THE FAMILIES INVOLVED.
♦TODAY’S CLEARANCE MARKS THE SMOOTH COMPLETION OF THE MOVE FROM THE SQUATTER AREA AND WE ARE VERY PLEASED THAT THE PEOPLE LIVING THERE, A MAJORITY OF THEM FOR MANY YEARS, HAVE BEEN HAPPILY REHOUSED, + SAID THE SPOKESMAN OF THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT.
♦ALTOGETHER SOME 610 FAMILIES TOTALLING 2 270 PEOPLE HAVE MOVED TO PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES OR TEMPORARY HOUSING AREAS; 70 PER CENT OF THOSE INVOLVED CHOSE TO MOVE TO NEW ESTATES IN KOWLOON AND SHA TIN RATHER THAN STAY ON HONG KONG ISLAND,* THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.
THE DECISION TO CLEAR HOI PONG VILLAGE WAS TAKEN LAST SEPTEMBER WHEN TYPHOON ELLEN WASHED SOME HUTS INTO THE SEA AND A FIREMAN DIED IN A BRAVE ATTEMPT TO RESCUE VILLAGERS. THE VILLAGE HAD BEEN IN EXISTENCE FOR OVER 25 YEARS AND, WITH ITS HUTS CLINGING TO THE HILLSIDE OF WESTERN DISTRICT, WAS A WELL-KNOWN LANDMARK FOR FERRY AND LAUNCH TRAVELLERS.
♦THE LANDS DEPARTMENT CONTRACTOR WILL SHORTLY MOVE IN TO CLEAR UP THE AREA WHICH WILL BE TURNED INTO A GREEN BELT AND POSSIBLY DEVEOPED INTO A PARK IN THE LONGER TER!*,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
♦THE REHOUSING EXERCISE HAS PROGRESSED WELL SINCE LAST SEPTEMBER AND BY APRIL THE MAJORITY OF FAMILIES HAD ACCEPTED THE REHOUSING OFFERS AND MOVED OUT.
♦THE LAST GROUP OF FAMILIES LEFT RECENTLY AND MOVED INTO CHUK YUEN AND SHUN TIN ESTATES.
♦FAMILIES HAVE RECEIVED OVER $800 000 IN DOMESTIC REMOVAL ALLOWANCES AND, IN ADDITION, OPERATORS OF 41 SMALL SHOPS AND LARGE WORKSHOPS HAVE BEEN GIVEN EX-GRATlA ALLOWANCES TOTALLING $2.8 MILLION,* THE SPOKESMAN CONCLUDED.
— — o---------
/10......
FRIDAY, JULY 13, 1984
10 -
NEW FACTORY BUILDING INTRODUCED X X X * X *
THE HOUSING AUTHORITY TODAY INITIATED A DIRECT MAIL EXERCISE AIMED AT FACTORY OWNERS TO INTRODUCE A NEWLY COMPLETED GOVERNMENT FACTORY BUILDING IN CHEUNG SHA WAN.
OVER 40 090 LETTERS AND LEAFLETS WILL BRIEF POTENTIAL TENANTS ON WANG CHEONG FACTORY ESTATE, WHICH WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR LETTING FROM JULY 18 AND WILL BE READY FOR OCCUPANCY IN SEPTEMBER.
THE MAILING LIST WHICH WAS COMPILED WITH THE AID OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT IS CONSIDERED TO BE COMPREHENSIVE IN ITS COVERAGE OF THE POTENTIAL MARKET. PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE TENANTS ARE ALSO TAKEN CARE OF IN THIS CAMPAIGN AS LETTERS WERE ALSO SENT TO SOME 50 000 OF THEM WHO ARE SMALL FACTORY OWNERS AND WHO WOULD PROBABLY FIND SMALL FACTORY UNITS MORE SUITABLE FOR THEIR PURPOSES.
POTENTIAL TENANTS NOT COVERED IN THE SAMPLED MAILING LIST, ARE WELCOME TO CONTACT THE WANG CHEONG FACTORY ESTATE OFFICE AT TELEPHONE 3-611006. IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT A +DIRECT APPLICATION* SYSTEM WILL BE USED TO RENT OUT SPACE TO APPLICANTS ON A +FIRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED+ BASIS.
WANG CHEONG FACTORY ESTATE WITH ITS RANGE OF SIZES OF UNITS FROM 25 SQ.M. UP TO OVER 2 500 SQ.M. -- CAN SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS OF BOTH SMALL MANUFACTURERS AND LARGE FACTORY OPERATORS.
MONTHLY RENTS OF THE BUILDING START AT 1135.5 PER SQ.M., INCLUSIVE OF RATES AND MANAGEMENT FEE, WHICH MEANS THE SMALLEST UNIT OF 25 SQ.M. WILL COST LESS THAN $888 A MONTH. THOSE RENTING MORE THAN SIX UNITS WILL ENJOY A DISCOUNT.
THE BUILDING IS IDEALLY LOCATED IN CHEUNG SHA WAN AND IS WITHIN SIGHT OF AN MTR STATION. IT IS ALSO SERVED BY NUMEROUS BUS ROUTES AND MINIBUS ROUTES.
EXPORTERS WILL FIND IT PARTICULARLY CONVENIENT AS IT IS ONLY MINUTES AWAY FROM KWAI CHUNG CONTAINER TERMINAL, WHICH MAKES DELIVERY OR SHIPPING OF GOODS EASY.
ANOTHER ADVANTAGE OF THE LOCATION IS THE LARGE SUPPLY OF MANPOWER, AS IT IS IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF SEVERAL LARGE PUBLIC HOUSI NG ESTATES.
TENANTS, AS WELL AS THEIR EMPLOYEES, WILL APPRECIATE THE FACT THAT BANKS, RESTAURANTS, MARKETS, SHOPS AND A PLAYGROUND ARE ALL Wl THI N WALKI NG DI STANCE.
THE BUILDING ITSELF IS FULLY EQUIPPED FOR INDUSTRIAL OR FACTORY USE, WITH MODERN FACILITIES LIKE LOADING AND UNLOADING PLATFORMS, AMPLE CARGO AND PASSENGER LIFTS, AUTOMATIC FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLERS, COMMUNAL TV AERIAL SYSTEM AND PROVISION OF A FLUE SYSTEM.
------o-------
/11 .......
FRIDAY, JULY 13, 1984
HOME OWNERSHIP BALLOT TV SHOW ON MONDAY X X 4 X X X
THE HOUSING AUTHORITY WILL HOLD A BALLOT ON MONDAY (JULY 16) TO DECIDE SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS FOR THE 6 616 HOME OWNERSHIP FLATS ON SALE UNDER PHASE VIA OF THE SCHEME.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE AUTHORITY SAID TODAY THAT OF THE 20 598 APPLICATIONS REGISTERED, 13 447 WERE FROM WHITE-FORM PRIVATE SECTOR APPLICANTS AND 7 151 FROM GREEN-FORM APPLICANTS WHO WERE HOUSING AUTHORITY OR HOUSING SOCIETY TENANTS.
+ANY APPLICANT WHO STILL HAS NOT RECEIVED A RECEIPT SHOULD IMMEDIATELY CONTACT THE HOME OWNERSHIP CENTRE AT 01 MAN COMMERCIAL CENTRE OR TELEPHONE 3-7119147,+ HE ADDED.
THE BALLOT WILL BE THE HIGHLIGHT IN A TV PROGRAMME, +WOMEN TODAY+, TO BE STAGED AND TELECAST BY TVB JADE ON MONDAY (JULY 16) AT 2.10 PM.
MR CHARLES SIN, CHAIRMAN OF THE HOUSING AUTHORITY’S HOME OWNERSHIP COMMITTEE, AND M.R TSO SHIU-WAI, MEMBER OF THE COMMITTEE, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE BALLOT IN THE PRESENCE OF AN I CAC RE°RESENTATIVE.
ApART FROM THE 1 632 TRIDENT FLATS AT MAY SHING COURT IN SHA TIN, WHICH WILL FIRST BE SOLD TO THE GREEN-FORM APPLICANTS, THE REMAINING 4 984 FLATS IN THE FOUR PHASE VIA PROJECTS WILL BE DIVIDED EQUALLY BETWEEN THE TWO CATEGORIES OF APPLICANTS,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
+A COMPUTER WILL BE USED TO DECIDE SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS’ PRIORITY IN THE SELECTION OF FLATS.
+RESULTS OF THE BALLOT WILL BE PUBLISHED ON TUESDAY (JULY 17) WHILE THE LISTS OF SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS AND THEIR ORDER OF PRIORITY WILL BE POSTED FROM TUESDAY AFTERNOON AT THE HOME OWNERSHIP CENTRE, ALL HOUSING AUTHORITY/HOUSING SOCIETY ESTATE OFFICES AND DISTRICT OFFICES.+
- 0 - -
RECLAMATION FOR CONTROLLED TIP X X X X
THE GOVERNMENT INTENDS TO RECLAIM ABOUT 8.2 HECTARES OF FORESHORE AND SEA BED AT JUNK BAY OFF TAI CH IK SHA FOR CONTRUCTING STAGE II OF JUNK BAY CONTROLLED TIP.
WORK WILL ALSO INCLUDE BUILDING A SEAWALL OF ABOUT 300 METRES.
THE EXTENT OF THE AREA INVOLVED IS DESCRIBED IN A NOTICE IN TODAY’S GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.
/OBJECTIONS TO
FRIDAY, JULY 13, 1984
12
OBJECTIONS TO THE PROPOSAL OR CLAIMS FOR COMPENSATION SHOULD EE MADE IN WRITING TO THE DIRECTOR OF LANDS WITHIN TWO MONTHS.
BOARDS
*
*
*
THE NOTICE AND ITS RELATED PLAN CAN BE SEEN ON NOTICE POSTED NEAR THE SITE AND AT:
THE LANDS DEPARTMENT SURVEY DIVISION, 5TH FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG j
SAI KUNG DISTRICT OFFICE, SAN PO KONG GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING, 1ST FLOOR, 692 PRINCE EDWARD ROAD, SAN PO KONG, KOWLOON; AND
SAI KUNG BRANCH OFFICE OF THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT OFFICE, 63 MAN NIN STREET, SAI KUNG.
- - 0 - -
NEW ROADS TO BE BUILT IN YUEN LONG
*****
A ROAD PROJECT IS TO BE CARRIED OUT IN YUEN LONG AS PART OF THE PROGRAMME OF NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT.
TENDERS FOR THE WORK ARE BEING INVITED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT BRANCH OF THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
A 5OO-METRE LONG DUAL CARRIAGEWAY ROAD WILL BE BUILT ALONG THE NORTH-WESTERN BOUNDARY OF LONG PING ESTATE WHICH IS NOW UNDER CONSTRUCTION AND ANOTHER 250-METRE LONG SINGLE CARRIAGEWAY ROAD WILL BE BUILT ALONG THE SOUTH-WESTERN BOUNDARY OF THE ESTATE.
AN EXISTING SINGLE CARRIAGEWAY ROAD LEADING TO YUEN LONG INDUSTRIAL ESTATE WILL BE WIDENED TO DUAL CARRIAGEWAY. THE LENGTH OF THE ROAD IS 400 METRES.
ALL THE ROADS WILL BE PROVIDED WITH CYCLE TRACKS AND FOOTPATHS. WHEN COMPLETED, THEY WILL GIVE ACCESS TO LONG PING ESTATE, IMPROVE ACCESS TO YUEN LONG INDUSTRIAL ESTATE AND EVENTUALLY BE PART OF A LINK TO THE PLANNED TIN SHU I WAI DEVELOPMENT.
THE PROJECT INCLUDES CONSTRUCTING A SEWAGE PUMPING STATION AND LAYING A SEWAGE MAIN TO SERVE LONG PING ESTATE AND ADJACENT AREAS.
IN ADDITION, WORKS WILL BE CARRIED OUT AT PAU CHEONG SQUARE, WITHIN THE ESTATE, TO TURN IT INTO AN AMENITY AREA.
WORK WILL START IN OCTOBER AND TAKE ABOUT 17 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
------o-------
/1J......
FRIDAY, JULY 13, 1984
- 13 -
NORTH DISTRICT TO HOLD WATER CARNIVAL
*****
A CARNIVAL TO PROMOTE WATER SPORTS IN THE NORTH DISTRICT, !-.W TERRITORIES, WILL BE HELD AT THE FANLING PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL TOMORROW (SATURDAY).
THE NORTH DISTRICT WATER CARNIVAL IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICES OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT.
THE CARNIVAL WILL FEATURE A SERIES OF PERFORMANCES, INCLUDING AN INVITATION RELAY, SYNCHRONISED SWIMMING, LIFE-SAVING AND FIRST AID DEMONSTRATIONS AND A CANOE POLO MATCH, SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NTSD.
FOR THE YOUNGER SET, THERE WILL BE FOUR EXCITING WATER GAMES, AFTER WHICH SOUVENIRS WILL BE AWARDED TO INDIVIDUAL WINNERS.
THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR (OPERATIONS) OF NTSD, MR DAVID WEEKS, THE CHAIRMAN OF RECREATION AND SPORTS COMMITTEE OF NORTH DISTRICT BOARD, MR CHONG KAM-NING, AND THE CHAIRMAN OF HONG KONG LIFE GUARD CLUB (NT DIVISION), MR LAU HON-WAH, WILL JOINTLY OFFICIATE AT A RIBBON-CUTTING CEREMONY TO HIGHLIGHT THE EVENT.
--------0----------
PRISON WORK SEEN * * *
THE COMMISSIONER FOR REHABILITATION, MR MARTIN LEWIS, VISITED THE SIU LAM PSYCHIATRIC CENTRE AND THE STANLEY PRISON TODAY TO SEE SOME OF THE WORK OF THE CORRECTIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT.
IN THE MORNING, HE HELD DISCUSSIONS WITH THE ACTING COMMISSIONER OF CORRECTIONAL SERVICES, MR CHAN WA-SHEK, AT THE DEPARTMENT’S HEADQUARTERS BEFORE THEY DEPARTED FOR THE SIU LAM PSYCHIATRIC CENTRE IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
AT THE PSYCHIATRIC CENTRE, MR LEWIS WAS BRIEFED ABOUT THE REHABILITATION PROGRAMMES PROVIDED FOR THE PRISONERS WHO REQUIRE PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENT OR ASSESSMENT THERE. HE SAW PRISONERS ENGAGING IN VARIOUS OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY ACTIVITIES INCLUDING TAILORING, SEWING, RATTAN WEAVING, RUG-MAKING, CARPENTRY, GARDENING AND DOMESTIC SERVICES.
HE THEN WENT TO THE STANLEY PRISON WHERE HE TOURED THE CELLS, KITCHEN, HOSPITAL AND VARIOUS WORKSHOPS.
-----0 - -
FR IDAY, JULY 13, 1^84
14
NEW ROADS FOR KOWLOON BAY RECLAMATION * * * *
EIGHT NEW ROADS ARE TO BE BUILT ON KOWLOON BAY RECLAMATION TO IMPROVE ACCESS IN THE AREA.
THE ROADS, TOTALLING TWO «ITH ROADS LEADING TO KAI TAK
KILOMETRES IN LENGTH, WILL LINK AIRPORT CARGO COMPLEX.
LANDSCAPING OF THE AREA WILL ALSO BE CARRIED OUT.
THE PROJECT WILL INCLUDE BUILDING NEW DRAINAGE SYSTEMS.
WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN SEPTEMBER AND TAKE ABOUT 20 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
TO BE SUBMITTED BY AUGUST 3 ARE OFFICE OF THE ENGINEERING
TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT FEI NG INVITED BY THE HIGHWAYS DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
-----o------
BOAT SLIPWAY TO BE BUILT AT KELLET BAY X K K *
A SLIPWAY FOR LOADING AND UNLOADING BOATS WILL BE BUILT AT ।ELLET BAY, HONG KONG ISLAND.
IT WILL BE INCLUDED IN A SITE THE LANDS DEPARTMENT WILL BE OFFERING ON A THREE-YEAR SHORT TERM TENANCY.
THE SITE, CONSISTING OF 700 SQUARE METRES OF FORESHORE AND SEABED AND 1 180 SQUARE METRES OF LAND AREA, CAN ALSO BE USED FOR STORING LOGS AND BOATS.
THE EXTENT OF AREA AFFECTED IS DESCRIBED IN A NOTICE IN THE LATEST GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.
ANY OBJECTIONS TO THE PROPOSAL AND CLAIMS FOR COMPENSATION SHOULD REACH THE DIRECTOR OF LANDS WITHIN TWO MONTHS.
THE NOTICE AND RELATED PLAN CAN BE SEEN ON NOTICE BOARDS NEAR THE SITE AND AT THE LANDS DEPARTMENT, MURRAY BUILDING, 5TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONGS AND AT SOUTHERN DISTRICT OFFICE, 7-11 NAM NING STREET, 2ND FLOOR, ABERDEEN CENTRE, HONG KONG.
- o
/15
FRIDAY, JULY 13, 1984
15
CHILDREN’S CHOIR TO GIVE FIRST CONCERT
*****
THE EASTERN DISTRICT CHILDREN’S CHOIR WILL GIVE ITS FIRST ANNUAL CONCERT ON SUNDAY (JULY 15) EVENING.
FORMED IN MAY LAST YEAR UNDER THE AUSPICES OF THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD, THE CHOIR EVOLVED FROM THE FORMER CHAI WAN CHILDREN’S CHOIR OF 20 MEMBERS.
ITS MEMBERSHIP HAS NOW RISEN TO MORE THAN 100 YOUNG PEOPLE, AGED BETWEEN EIGHT AND 12.
ON SUNDAY NIGHT, THE JUNIOR AND SENIOR SECTIONS OF THE CHOIR WILL PUT ON AN HOUR-LONG PERFORMANCE WHICH WILL INCLUDE TWO OPERAS, +THE KING AND THE NIGHTINGALE* AND +THE SOUND OF MUSIC*.
BEFORE THE CONCERT, THE FIRST-TERM OFFICE-BEARERS OF THE CHOIR’S MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE WILL TAKE THEIR OATHS AT A CEREMONY.
THE DISTRICT BOARD CHAIRMAN AND DISTRICT OFFICER, NR LUI HAU-TUEN, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE CEREMONY.
- - 0 - -
SUMMER CAMP FUN AND GAMES FOR 800 CHILDREN
******
FOUR DAYS OF OUTDOOR FUN AND ACTIVITIES CAME TO A CLOSE TODAY FOR 800 CHILDREN FROM 14 FISH MARKETING ORGANISATION SCHOOLS.
THE CHILDREN HAD BEEN SENT TO THE ANNUAL SUMMER CAMP AT WU KWAI SHA YOUTH VILLAGE, NEW TERRITORIES, TO ENABLE THEM TO WORK, PLAY AND LEARN TOGETHER IN A COMPLETELY DIFFERENT SETTING FROM THEIR NORMAL CLASSROOMS, THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, DR JOHN RIDDELL-SWAN, SAID TODAY.
VISITING THE CAMP TO SEE THE CHILDREN IN THEIR ACTIVITIES, DR RIDDELL-SWAN SAID IT WAS THE SIXTEENTH ORGANISED SINCE 1969 AND HAD BECOME PART OF THE VERY SUCCESSFUL SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME.
HE THANKED ALL THOSE WHO HAD CONTRIBUTED TO MAKING THE CAMP SUCCESSFUL, INCLUDING A WORKING TEAM OF 180 MEMBERS OF THE TEACHING STAFF WHO HAD TAKEN UP DUTIES OF SUPERVISION OF THE CHILDREN’S DAILY ACTIVITIES.
HE LATER PRESENTED PRIZES TO WINNERS OF THE VARIOUS GAMES HELD DURING THE FOUR-DAY SUMMER CAMP.
CAMP EXPENSES CAME TO $130 000, OF WHICH $90 000 HAD BEEN DONATED BY THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB AND THE REST BY THE FISH MARKETING ORGANISATION.
- - 0 -
FR IDAY, JULY 13,1984
Or.KERS ASKED TO NAME BOARD CANDIDATES
*****
LL REGISTERED EMPLOYEES’ UNIONS ARE BEING INVITED BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT TO NOMINATE CANDIDATES FOR ELECTION AS EMPLOYEES’ REPRESENTATIVES TO THE LABOUR ADVISORY BOARD.
ELECTED CANDIDATES WILL BE APPOINTED TO THE BOARD FOR THE TWO YEARS OF 1985 AND 1986, A LABOUR DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY.
THE BOARD IS A NON-STATUTORY BODY WHICH ADVISES THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR ON LABOUR MATTERS, INCLUDING LEGISLATION AND THE APPLICATION OF INTERNATIONAL LABOUR CONVENTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONo. IT COMPRISES SIX EMPLOYERS’ REPRESENTATIVES AND SIX EMPLOYEES’ REPRESENTATIVES, WITH THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR AS CHAIRMAN.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID THAT STARTING FROM 1985, THE NUMBER OF ELECTED EMPLOYEES’ REPRESENTATIVES WILL BE INCREASED "ROM THREE TO FOUR, WHILE THE NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES’ REPRESENTATIVES TO BE DIRECTLY APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR WILL BE REDUCED FROM THREE TO TWO.
HOWEVER, THE TOTAL NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES’ REPRESENTATIVES WILL REMAIN AT SIX.
ALSO FROM JANUARY 1, 1985, ALL MEMBERS OF THE LABOUR ADVISORY BOARD WILL BE APPOINTED FOR A PERIOD OF TWO YEARS INSTEAD OF ONE YEAR.
THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT IF MORE THAN FOUR CANDIDATES ARE NOMINATED, AN ELECTION WILL TAKE PLACE BY SECRET BALLOT IN LATE AUGUST OR EARLY SEPTEMBER THIS YEAR.
- - 0 - -
’JING YING’ TO TOUR U.K * * *
DETAILS OF THE 1984 HONG KONG JING YING’S OVERSEAS TOUR TO THE UNITED KINGDOM AND THE 1984 HONG KONG YOUTH MUSIC CAMP WILL EE ANNOUNCED AT A PRESS CONFERENCE TO BE HELD AT 2 PM ON TUESDAY (JULY 17) IN THE GIS THEATRE, FIFTH FLOOR, BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, CENTRAL.
PRESENT WILL BE THE COMMISSIONER FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE, MR CLIVE OXLEY! THE DEPUTY COMMISSIONER, MR DICKEN YUNG; THE MUSIC ADMINISTRATOR, MRS DORIS HO AND THE CHAIRMAN OF PO LEUNG KUK, MRS CECILIA LEE.
MEMBERS OF THE HONG KONG JING YING WILL ALSO BE PRESENT IN THEIR UNIFORMS AND WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR INTERVIEWS.
- - 0 - -
FRIDAY, JULY 13, 1984
17
TEACHERS INVITED TO MORAL EDUCATION DISPLAY * * *
AN EXHIBITION WHICH AIMS TO FAMILIARISE TEACHERS WITH MORAL EDUCATION MATERIAL WILL BE HELD NEXT WEEK.
A VARIETY OF PROJECTS WILL BE DISPLAYED. THE THEMES INCLUDE : PROMOTION OF MORAL AND ETHICAL EDUCATION, MORAL EDUCATION TROUGH SOCIAL STUDIES, A PERSPECTIVE OF MORAL AND ETHICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMES, MONEY AND THE SIMPLE LIFE, PUBLIC MORALS, AND HONOURING PARENTS AND ELDERLY.
THE TWO-DAY EXHIBITION IS ORGANISED BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S ADVISORY INSPECTORATE, IN CO-ORDINATION WITH THE INDEPENDENT COMMISSION AGAINST CORRUPTION, THE EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES CO-ORDINATORS’ ASSOCIATION, THE COLLEGES OF EDUCATION, SEVEN PRIMARY SCHOOLS AND 14 SECONDARY SCHOOLS.
THE ACTING SENIOR ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT), MR JOHN WINFIELD, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE RIBBON-CUTTING CEREMONY AND WILL PRESENT SOUVENIRS TO PARTICIPATING
ORGANISATIONS.
TEACHERS ARE WELCOME TO VISIT THE EXHIBITION WHICH WILL BE HELL ON JULY 18 AND 19, AT' THE QUEEN ELIZABETH SCHOOL HALL, oA I YEE STREET, KOWLOON.
ENQUIRIES ON THE EXHIBITION MAY BE MADE TO THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S RELIGIOUS/ETHICAL EDUCATION SECTION ON 5-8392481.
-------o---------
EVENING COURSE FOR PART-TIME LECTURERS * * * *
THE HONG KONG TECHNICAL TEACHERS’ COLLEGE IS TO OFFER A ONE-YEAR EVENING COURSE FOR PRACTISING OR INTENDING PART-TIME FURTHER EDUCATION LECTURERS.
THE AIM OF THE COURSE IS TO RAISE THE GENERAL STANDARD OF PART-TIME TEACHING IN HONG KONG. IT WILL PROVIDE INSTRUCTION IN THE PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF TEACHING. IN ADDITION TO THEORETICAL STUDIES, EMPHASIS WILL BE PLACED ON PRACTICAL TEACHING.
SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS WILL BE REQUIRED TO ATTEND CLASSES TWO EVENINGS A WEEK FOR 30 WEEKS. THE TUITION FEE FOR THE COURSE IS $175. APPLICANTS SHOULD HAVE APPROPRIATE TECHNICAL OR ACADEMIC QUALIFICATIONS, PLUS A GOOD COMMAND OF WRITTEN AND SPOKEN ENGLISH.
APPLICATION FORMS ARE AVAILABLE FROM THE HONG KONG TECHNICAL TEACHERS’ COLLEGE, 373 QUEEN’S ROAD, EAST, HONG KONG. COMPLETED APPLICATION FORMS SHOULD BE RETURNED TO THE COLLEGE NOT LATER THAN JULY 23.
FRIDAY, JULY 13, 1984
18
WATER SPORTS DAY SET FOR SUNDAY
* * *
THE 1984 WATER SPORTS SAFETY DAY WILL BE HELD ON SUNDAY (JULY 15) AT TSIM SHA TSUI EAST PROMENADE TO REMIND THE PUBLIC CF THE IMPORTANCE OF OBSERVING SAFETY RULES IN AQUATIC ACTIVITIES.
THE EVENT, ORGANISED BY THE COMMITTEE ON SAFETY IN OUTDOOR PURSUITS WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF WATER SPORTS BODIES AND GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, WILL BE OPENED BY THE DIRECTOR OF MARINE, MR PERCY DAVY.
THERE WILL BE SAFETY DEMONSTRATIONS ON WINDSURFING, CANOEING, SAILING, LIFE SAVING AND WATER SKIING, AND A COLOURFUL SEA PARADE.
THERE WILL ALSO BE AN EXHIBITION ON THE +DOS+ AND +DON’TS+ IN AQUATIC SPORTS.
THE PUBLIC ARE WELCOME TO ATTEND THE EVENT, WHICH WILL BE OPEN FROM 10 AM TO 5 PM.
-------o---------
FRESH, SALT WATER CUTS K X If
FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN CAUSEWAY BAY WILL BE CUT OFF FROM 11 PM ON MONDAY (JULY 16) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR LEAKAGE TESTS.
THE AFFECTED PREMISES ARE BOUNDED BY YEE WO STREET, GLOUCESTER ROAD AND EAST POINT ROAD, EXCLUDING THE EXCELSIOR HOTEL.
AND FROM 9 AM ON THE SAME DAY TILL NOON ON TUESDAY SALT WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN KWAI CHUNG WILL BE TURNED OFF FOR WATER MAINS WORK.
AFFECTED ARE PREMISES BOUNDED BY CHUNG ON STREET, MA TAU PA ROAD, TEXACO ROAD AND CASTLE PEAK ROAD, AS WELL AS TAI WO HAU, INCLUDING TAI WO HAU ESTATE BLOCK 1 - 19, KWAI SHING ESTATE, AND KWAI HOP STREET.
-------0---------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
SATURDAY, JULY 14, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
MINISTER OF STATE LEAVES ...................................... 1
MINISTER OF STATE MEETS PRESS ................................. 1
TALKS ON CALLS WITH U.S. END .................................. 7
RESIDENTS URGED TO SUPPORT DISTRICT BOARD ..................... 8
LOW-COST MEDICAL PLAN FOR OLD FOLK...........................
PROMOTION CONTEST ............................................ 10
RADIO FORUM TO AIR VIEWS ..................................... 10
'ELECTORAL ENVOYS' TO WOO VOTERS ............................. 11
WOMEN REMINDED ABOUT I.D. CARDS .............................. 11
KINDERGARTEN TEACHERS' WORK ON DISPLAY ....................... 12
SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS AUCTIONED................................. 13
THEY LIKE SWIMUNG TOO ......................................... U
NT MARKET STALLS FOR LEASE.................................... 14
TAPS OFF IN TUEN MUN, TAI PO ................................. 15
ROAD SECTION TO BE REOPENED .................................. 15
SALT WATER CUT IN TSUEN WAN .................................. 1$
TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF COMFORT TERRACE.......................... 16
SATURDAY, JULY 14, 1984
1 -
MINISTER OF STATE LEAVES * * * *
THE MINISTER OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS, MR RICHARD LUCE, LEFT HONG KONG THIS (SATURDAY) EVENING A^TER A TWO-DAY VISIT.
HE WAS SEEN OFF AT THE AIRPORT BY THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE.
MR LUCE MET WITH STAFF SIDE REPRESENTATIVES OF THE SENIOR CIVIL SERVICE COUNCIL IN GOVERNMENT HOUSE THIS MORNING.
HE THEN WENT TO FANLING LODGE WHERE HE HELD FURTHER DISCUSSIONS WITH MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL.
MR LUCE GAVE A PRESS CONFERENCE AT THE AIRPORT BEFORE LEAVING FOR THE UK THIS EVENING.
-----o------
MINISTER OF STATE MEETS PRESS * * *
FOLLOWING IS THE TEXT OF THE STATEMENT BY MR RICHARD LUCE, MINISTER OF STATE AT THE FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH OFFICE, JUST BEFORE HE LEFT FOR THE UNITED KINGDOM TONIGHT:
+CAN I JUST REMIND YOU ALL OF THE REASON WHY I AM HERE - AS I EXPLAINED WHEN I ARRIVED - IS THAT THIS IS PART OF WHAT HAS NOW BECOME A REGULAR AND NATURAL PATTERN OF CONSULTATION BETWEEN MINISTERS IN LONDON, THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, UMELCO AND THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG, AND PART OF THE PROCESS OF CONTINUING CONSULTATION THAT WE LIKE TO HAVE WITH THE PEOPLE HERE ABOUT THEIR FUTURE.
DURING MY VISIT IN THE LAST FEW DAYS I HAVE HAD, AS YOU KNOW, A VERY LONG AND VERY CONSTRUCTIVE MEETING WITH THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL YESTERDAY MORNING, AND I HAVE HAD FURTHER INFORMAL TALKS with them today lasting for some three hours or so.
I HAVE HAD a VERY GOOD DISCUSSION WITH UMELCO YESTERDAY AND I HAVE MET A CROSS SECTION OF BUSINESSMEN, LEADERS IN COMMERCE AND LEADERS OF THE COMMUNITY OF HONG KONG.
I HAVE NOTICED IN THE LAST FEW DAYS THAT THESE HAVEN’T BEEN THE ONLY DEMONSTRATIONS OF FEELING IN HONG KONG - WHEN I LOOK BACK TO A PARTICULAR DEMONSTRATION YESTERDAY MORNING-
NOW THE NEXT STAGE, OF COURSE AS YOU ARE AWARE, IT WAS ANNOUNCED YESTERDAY, IS THAT SIR GEOFFREY HOWE, THE FOREIGN SECRETARY, WILL PAY A VISIT TO PEKING AND HONG KONG AT THE END OF JULY - THE WEEK AFTER NEXT IN FACT. AS YOU KNOW, HE wILL COME TO HONG KONG BOTH BEFORE AND AFTER HIS VISIT TO PEKING, AND THE PURPOSE OF THIS WILL BE TO CARRY FORWARD THE IMPORTANT TALKS WHICH HAVE TAKEN PLACE AT THE HIGHEST LEVEL.
/AS I .......
SATURDAY, JULY 14, 19?4
2
AS I HAVE SAID BEFORE THERE IS STILL SOME WAY-TO GO TO ACHIEVE THIS AGREEMENT BUT THE TALKS ARE CONTINUING TO MOVE - "AD AND I REMAIN CONFIDENT THAT AN AGREEMENT CAN BE REACHED WE CAN HONOURABLY RECOMMEND TO THE PEOPLE OF HONG -ONG T' ULTIMATELY, TO THE BRITISH PARLIAMENT.
AS THE PACE OF THE TALKS SPEEDS UP, AND YOU HAVE NOTICED IN THE LAST FEW WEEKS THAT WE HAVE HAD A WORKING GROUP IN PEKING WHICH HAS BEEN OPERATING EVERY DAY VIRTUALLY, SO THE PACE OF VISITS INEVITABLY SPEEDS UP AS WELL TO REFLECT THAT FACT.
NOW I KNOW THAT MANY PEOPLE IN HONG KONG ARE WORRIED NOT JUST ABOUT THE ARRANGEMENTS FOR THEIR FUTURE AFTER 1997 BUT ABOUT WHAT MAY HAPPEN BETWEEN NOW AND 1997. THEREFORE I WOULD LIKE TO TAKE THIS OPPORTUNITY WHICH YOU HAVE GIVEN ME TO REAFFIRM VERY CLEARLY TO YOU, AS INDEED THE SECRETARY OF STATE HAS DONE IN THE PAST WHEN HE WAS LAST HERE IN APRIL, THAT IT IS THE FIRM I iTENTION OF The BRITISH GOVERNMENT TO RETAIN RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ADMINISTRATION OF HONG KONG IN THE 13 YEARS TO 1997.+
- END OF STATEMENT, QUESTIONS FOLLOW.
DURING YOUR VISIT, CONCERN HAS BEEN EXPRESSED VERY FORCIBLY AS TO HOW THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT CAN EFFECTIVELY TEST THE ACCEPTABILITY OF THE AGREEMENT ON HONG KONG’S FUTURE. WE ARE GIVEN TO UNDERSTAND THAT THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT IS, IN FACT, MAKING VERY LITTLE PROGRESS ON THIS ISSUE. HAS YOUR VISIT GIVEN YOU GROUNDS FOR REASSURING PARLIAMENT BEFORE IT GOES INTO RECESS THAT THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG WILL ACCEPT THE SORT OF AGREEMENT WHICH IS ENVISAGED?
ANSWER:
WELL, I THINK YOU ASKED A QUESTION, AS I UNDERSTOOD IT ABOUT THE TEST OF THE OPINION OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG. I WANT YOU TO KNOW THAT WE HAVE THIS VERY FULLY ON BOARD. WE HAVE BEEN GIVING, OVER SEVERAL WEEKS, THE CLOSEST POSSIBLE CONSIDERATION TO THIS - THE MECHANICS OF OBTAINING THE VIEWS OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG.
YOU KNOW, OF COURSE, THAT WE ARE FULLY COMMITTED TO DOING THIS FROM THE QUEEN’S SPEECH OF 1983 AND EVER SINCE. IT IS SOMETHING WE WILL CARRY OUT. WE WOULD LIKE TO BE IN A POSITION, AND WE HOPE TO BE IN A POSITION, TO ANNOUNCE TO THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG, LET ALONE TO THE BRITISH PARLIAMENT, WHAT OUR PLANS WILL BE FOR THE ARRANGEMENTS FOR TESTING HONG KONG OPINION. I WOULD HOPE THAT WE WOULD BE ABLE TO DO THAT PRETTY SOON.
/QPSSTICN WO: ........
SATORBAY, JULY U, 1?S4
' rSTION TWO:
• LUCE TpE UMELCO MEMBERS AND PEOPLE YOU MET IN THE PAST
■AYS DID EXPRESS THE V IEw ON SETTING UP A JOINT WOR NG GROUP
I TOR THE 13 YEARS’ TRANSITIONAL PERIOD. DID YOU FIND
■--> FAVOUR OR DISFAVOUR THE VIEW AND WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO
EPOR" TO SIR GEOFFREY AND THE PRIME MINISTER?
A NS*ER:
WELL I ALWAYS FIND, AND THIS IS AS YOU KNOW MY THIRD V' .IT TO HONG KONG, THAT EVERY TIME I COME I INVITE PEOPLE TO EXPRESS THEIR VIEWS TO ME AND THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG DON’T EVER uESITATE TO EXPRESS THEIR VIEWS TO ME. THEY DIDN’T FAIL TO DO -0 THIS TIME AND, OF COURSE, I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE ISSUE THAT YOU HAVE JUST RAISED WAS ONE OF A NUMBER OF ISSUES WHICH BOTH THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, UMELCO AND A CROSS REPRESENTATION OF .EADERS THAT I MET WERE ANXIOUS TO RAISE.
IT IS IN CONNECTION WITH THAT, AND BECAUSE OF THAT, THAT I ANTED TO SAY TO YOU VERY, VERY CLEARLY THIS EVENING, AND THAT .as the reason for my opening remarks, quite clearly, that this ISCUSSION MUST BE SEEN AGAINST THE BACKGROUND OF A CLEAR AND r|RM INTENTION ON THE PART OF THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT TO MAINTAIN BRITISH GOVERNMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR HONG KONG UNTIL 1997.
I DON’T THINK THIS CAN BE STATED OFTEN ENOUGH. THAT IS OUR VERY FIRM INTENTION.
QUESTION THREE:
YOU SAY YOU ARE WORKING ON SOME KIND OF PLANS WHEN IT COMES TO ACCEPTABILITY. WE ARE ALREADY HEARING REPORTS FROM LONDON THAT HMG IS CONSIDERING SETTING UP SOME KIND OF BUREAU OR OFFICE IN HONG KONG AFTER SEPTEMBER WHERE PEOPLE CAN PUT THEIR VIEWS FORWARD. COULD YOU TELL US WHETHER THIS IS ONE OF THE OPTIONS?
ANSWER:
I CAN TELL YOU THAT WHAT WE ARE ANXIOUS TO DO IS TO ENSURE THAT WE SET UP MACHINERY WHICH IS ADEQUATE TO ENABLE US TO CARRY OUT A TEST OF ACCEPTABILITY AND A CHANNEL WHEREBY PEOPLE CAN QUITE CLEARLY EXPRESS ThEIR VIEWS AND HAVE THEM CAREFULLY ASSESSED, AND INDEPENDENTLY ASSESSED.
BUT WE HAVE, AS I HAVE ALREADY SAID, DONE AN INTENSE AMOUNT OF WORK ON THIS. WE HAVE BEEN CONSULTING THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG, INDEED THIS IS ONE OF THE ISSUES, I CAN SAY, THAT HAS BEEN DISCUSSED VERY FULLY IN THE LAST FEW DAYS THAT I HAVE BEEN HERE. WE ARE GOING TO BE IN A POSITION VERV SHORTLY TO ANNOUNCE OUR PLANS AND OUR PROPOSALS. I AM SORRY, I CAN’T BE MORE SPECIFIC THAN THAT.
/CPESTIUN FOUR:
SATUBliAY, JULY 14,
- 4 -
,'E3~!0N FOUR;
DO THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT ACCEPT DENG’S SUGGESTION N ■I IPLE AND IF YES, UNDER WHAT CONDITIONS THE BRITISH D7ERNMENT WILL ACCEPT THAT SUGGESTION?
ANSWER:
I AM SORRY I WILL HAVE TO ASK YOU TO READ THAT AGAIN ECAUSE I MISSED THE FIRST PART OF YOUR QUESTION.
I MEAN DENG’S SUGGESTION TO ESTABLISH THE JOINT WORKING group, does the British government accept it in principle and, IF YES, UNDER what CONDITIONS.
ANSWER:
♦ NOW LET’S JUST GO BACK AGAIN TO WHAT I HAVE ALREADY SAID. j\j ITE APART FROM THE FACT THAT THE TALKS REMAIN CONFIDENTIAL, ALTHOUGH WE HAVE, AND THE SECRETARY OF STATE DID BACK IN APRIL, EVEAL SOMETHING OF THE APPROACH TO OUR TALKS, THE KEY PART O’7 THE AlaWER TO THAT QUESTION MUST BE, WHAT I HAVE SAID NOW, I THINK AT LEAST TWICE IF NOT THREE TIMES, IT MUST BE SEEN AGAINST THE BACKGROUND OF OUR FIRM INTENTION TO MAINTAIN AUTHORITY UNTIL 1997. THIS IS REALLY A KEY FACTOR AND I ASK YOU TO UNDERSTAND THE IMPORTANCE OF WHAT I AM SAYING.
QUESTION FIVE:
I AM NOT SURE THAT PEOPLE IN HONG KONG WILL BE GREATLY COMFORTED TO LEARN THAT THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT WILL ACCEPT RESPONSIBILITY FOR HONG KONG BETWEEN NOW AND 1997. AFTER ALL, there is such a thing as responsibility without power and POWER WITHOUT RESPONSIBILITY. PEOPLE HERE WANT TO KNOW WHETHER THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT WILL MAINTAIN POWER AS WELL AS RESPONSIBILITY BETWEEN NOW AND 1997?
ANSWER:
EVERYTHING THAT GOES WITH RESPONSIBILITY. IT IS OUR OBLIGATION, IT IS OUR RESPONSIBILITY UNTIL 1997. THERE MUSN’T BE ANY DOUBTS ABOUT THAT. I SHOULD JUST SAY IN PASSING THAT, OF COURSE, VERY SHORTLY, YOU WILL BE GETTING, ALTHOUGH THIS IS NOT DIRECTLY RELATED TO YOUR QUESTION, YOU WILL BE GETTING ON WEDNESDAY THE PLAN IS, THE ANNOUNCEMENT THROUGH A GREEN PAPER OF THE PROPOSALS FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF MORE REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT. NOW THIS IS ALL TO BE DONE DURING THE COURSE OF THE PERIOD OF BRITISH RESPONSIBILITY. AND WE ARE TALKING ABOUT the period of the next 13 years, that will be another important STAGE where PEOPLE CAN EXPRESS THEIR VIEWS. I DO ATTACH, AND SO DOES SIR GEOFFREY HOWE, IMPORTANCE TO THAT PARTICULAR ISSUE OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT.
/QUESTION SIX: .......
SATURDAY, JULY 14, 1984
5 -
QUESTION SIX:
WOULD IT BE TRUE TO SAY THAT SIR GEOFFREY HOWE WILL BE TAKING A NUMBER OF COUNTER PROPOSALS TO BEIJING WITH HIM TO TRY AND CLEAR THE STUMBLING BLOCKS THAT REMAIN TO THE SIGNING OF A DRAFT AGREEMENT IN SEPTEMBER.
ANSWER:
WELL, OF COURSE, AS I HAVE SAID, THE PURPOSE OF THE VISIT IS TO CARRY FORWARD THESE TALKS, THE TALKS WHICH ARE CONTINUING. THERE IS, INDEED ANOTHER ROUND BEFORE HE GOES THERE - JUST BEFORE HE GOES THERE THE WEEK AFTER NEXT AS YOU KNOW.
BUT, HIS PURPOSE, AS HE DID BACK IN APRIL, IS TO CARRY FORWARD THESE TALKS AT A VERY HIGH LEVEL AND NATURALLY I WOULD HAVE THOUGHT ALL OF YOU WHO ARE CLOSE OBSERVERS OF THE SCENE WOULD NOT FIND IT SURPRISING THAT A SENIOR MINISTER OF THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT, THE FOREIGN SECRETARY, SHOULD FIND IT SENSIBLE TO MAKE THIS KIND OF CONTACT AT VARIOUS STAGES IN THE TALKS, AND THIS MAY WELL BE ONE OF OTHER VISITS THAT COULD BE PAID AT LATER STAGES.
QUESTION SEVEN:
WHAT ABOUT THE CHANCE OF OF THIS YEAR. HOW DETAILED DO
HAVING A DRAFT AGREEMENT IN SEPTEMBER YOU THINK THE AGREEMENT SHOULD BE ?
ANSWER :
THIS IS A VERY IMPORTANT POINT, THE LAST PART OF YOUR QUESTION AS YOU KNOW. IT REFLECTS VERY MUCH AS I ANSWER IT, THE VIEWS I BELIEVE OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG, AND THAT IS THAT WE MUST WORK FOR AND WE ARE CONTINUING TO WORK VERY HARD FOR, A DETAILED AND BINDING AGREEMENT.
IF YOU ASK FOR DETAILS AND BINDING - OR TO OBTAIN AGREEMENT THAT IS DETAILED AND BINDING - THAT CLEARLY REQUIRES A GREAT DEAL OF WORK. THAT IS ONE OF THE REASONS THEREFORE WHY THERE IS A WORKING GROUP ESTABLISHED IN PEKING, WORKING LITERALLY OR VIRTUALLY EVERY DAY. IT IS BECAUSE WE ARE WANTING TO ACHIEVE IN THE AGREEMENT AS MUCH DETAIL AS WE POSSIBLY CAN. WHY? BECAUSE THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG NEED THE ASSURANCE THAT THEIR WAY OF LIFE WILL CONTINUE BEYOND 1997; THE FREEDOMS THEY HAVE GOT USED TO; THE LEGAL SYSTEM THEY HAVE GOT USED TO; EVERYTHING THAT GOES TO MAKE UP THE STABILITY AND PROSPERITY. THAT IS WHY WE ARE AIMING AND WE CONTINUE TO AIM, IT IS A MAJOR PART OF IT, FOR A DETAILED AND BINDING AGREEMENT.
QUESTION:
YOU DIDN’T ANSWER THE FIRST PART OF MY QUESTION. HOW ABOUT THE CHANCE OF HAVING A DRAFT AGREEMENT IN SEPTEMBER THIS YEAR?
/ANSWER : ........
SATURDAY, JULY 14, 1964
ANSWER :
HOW ABOUT THE CHANCE OF IT? WELL WE HAVE TO SEE HOW THIS GOES. OBVIOUSLY WE TAKE INTO ACCOUNT BOTH CHINESE WISHES ON ALL THIS AS WELL AS OUR REQUIREMENTS. BUT ALL I CAN DO IS TO ASSURE YOU WE ARE WORKING AS HARD AS WE POSSIBLY CAN. WE WANT AN AGREEMENT, W'E BELIEVE THE CHINESE WANT AN AGREEMENT, WE BELIEVE THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG WANT AN AGREEMENT. WE DON’T WANT TO DELAY ANY LONGER THAN IS NECESSARY BUT WE MUST WORK AS HARD AS POSSIBLE FOR A DETAILED AND BINDING AGREEMENT.
QUESTION EIGHT:
DOES THE FACT THAT THE SINO-BRITISH AGREEMENT HAS TO BE IN GREAT DETAIL MEAN THERE IS A DISCREPANCY OF VIEWS BETWEEN THE TWO SIDES AND HOW FAR IS THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT INSISTING ON DETAILS.
ANSWER :
IT GOES WITHOUT SAYING THAT IF YOU ARE WORKING FOR A DETAILED AGREEMENT THEN THERE IS A GREAT DEAL TO DISCUSS, AND THAT IS ONE OF THE REASONS WHY YOU CANNOT RUSH THE TALKS. INDEED, IF YOU LOOK BACK OVER THE MONTHS THE TALKS HAVE NOT BEEN RUSHED. I THINK IT HAS BEEN AT A REASONABLE PACE. BUT IF YOU WANT DETAIL ON EVERY FACET OF THE LIFE OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG. KONG AND TO GIVE AS MUCH ASSURANCE THAT THAT WAY OF LIFE CAN CONTINUE THEN IT REQUIRES A VERY GREAT DEAL OF DISCUSSION WITH THE CHINESE. IT IS NOT FOR ME TO REVEAL AREAS OF AGREEMENT AND DISAGREEMENT. WE ARE TRYING OUR UTMOST TO IRON OUT THE DIFFERENCES OF APPROACH SO THAT WE CAN REACH A COMMON UNDERSTANDING AT THE END OF THE DAY AND AS SOON AS IS POSSIBLE.
QUESTION NINE:
TALKS ON HONG KONG’S FUTURE HAVE BEEN GOING ON FOR OVER 12 MONTHS AND ALL THIS TIME THE HONG KONG PEOPLE ARE KEPT IN THE DARK. IS THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT AWARE THAT PATIENCE IN HONG KONG IS RUNNING OUT ? HOW MUCH LONGER DO WE HAVE TO WAIT FOR YOU TO TAKE US INTO YOUR CONFIDENCE AND LET US KNOW WHAT IS GOING ON ON SOMETHING THAT IS, AFTERALL, AFFECTING OUR FUTURE?
ANSWER :
I CAN SAY CERTAINLY THAT, SINCE I HAVE BEEN HERE THREE TIMES IN 10 MONTHS, I AM VERY WELL AWARE OF THE SENSE OF FRUSTRATION THAT PEOPLE HAVE WHEN THEY DON’T KNOW THE DETAILS OF WHAT IS BEING DISCUSSED ABOUT THEIR FUTURE.
I THINK ALWAYS THE TEST WHEN ONE HOLDS RESPONSIBILITY IS TO TRY AND PUT ONESELF INTO THE POSITION OF OTHER PEOPLE. IF I WERE LIVING HERE I WOULD CONTINUE TO FEEL UNCERTAIN UNTIL I HAD MORE KNOWLEDGE ABOUT WHAT ARE THE POSSIBILITIES FOR MY LONGER TERM FUTURE HERE.
/SO, OF.........
SATUHDAY, JULY 14. 1984
SO, OF COURSE, THAT SENSE OF FRUSTRATION IS FULLY UNDERSTOOD, NOT JUST 3Y ME BUT BY THE PRIME MINISTER AND BY SIR GEOFFREY HOWE.
NOW WE HAVE TO JUDGE TWO THINGS. ONE IS THE NEED TO MAINTAIN CONFIDENTIALITY IN THE TALKS BECAUSE IF YOU DON’T DO THAT IT WILL MAKE IT THAT MUCH MORE DIFFICULT TO ACHIEVE AN AGREEMENT WHICH EVERYBODY ACTUALLY WANTS. BUT, ON THE OTHER HAND, WE ARE ANXIOUS TO TRY AND REVEAL SOMETHING ABOUT OUR APPROACH TO THESE TALKS IN ORDER TO HELP THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG. THAT IS WHY, FOR EXAMPLE, LAST APRIL, THE SECRETARY OF STATE MADE A FAIRLY LENGTHY STATEMENT OF OUR APPROACH TO THE TALKS. THAT IS WHY IN MAY WHEN WE HAD A DEBATE IN PARLIAMENT THE SECRETARY OF STATE REVEALED A LITTLE BIT MORE ABOUT OUR APPROACH TO THE TALKS. AND WHAT WE HAVE TO DO IS TO BALANCE THESE TWO FACTORS - THE REAL ANXIETY TO KNOW MORE WITH THE NEED TO MAINTAIN CONFIDENCE IN THESE TALKS. AND THIS IS A FACTOR WE MAINTAIN ALL THE TIME. WE HAVE TO CONSIDER WHETHER BY giving MORE INFORMATION, WHICH IS AN UNDERSTANDABLE ASPIRATION BY THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG, THAT ACTUALLY HELPS THE PROCESS OF THE TALKS. THIS IS A MATTER WHICH I CAN ASSURE YOU THAT NOT JUST I, BUT THE FOREIGN SECRETARY, CONSIDER AT EVERY STAGE AND CERTAINLY WHEN WE MAKE OUR VISITS TO HONG KONG-
-----o------
TALKS ON CALLS WITH U.S. END
K * *
CONSULTATIONS HAVE ENDED IN WASHINGTON BETWEEN HONG KONG AND AMERICAN OFFICIALS ON EXPORT AUTHORISATION (EA) CALLS BY THE UNITED STATES FOR CONTROLS ON SIX TEXTILES CATEGORIES.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRADE DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY (SATURDAY) THAT DURING THE DISCUSSIONS IT WAS AGREED THAT 1984 EXPORTS FROM HONG KONG IN PART OF CATEGORY 359 (COTTON OUTER VESTS) WOULD BE LIMITED TO 1 980 000 LBS, AND IN PART OF CATEGORY 605 (MAN-MADE FIBRE SEWING THREAD) WOULD BE LIMITED TO 471 956 LBS. THESE LIMITS ARE ABOVE THE LIMITS OF 1 961 213 LBS AND 468 696 LBS RESPECTIVELY PROVIDED FOR UNDER THE UNITED STATES - HONG KONG BILATERAL TEXTILES AGREEMENT.
NO AGREEMENT WAS REACHED ON CATEGORY 637 (MAN-MADE FIBRE PLAYSUITS ETC) AND THE UNITED STATES REQUESTED THAT HONG KONG LIMIT ITS EXPORTS IN 1984 IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THc UNITED STATES - HONG KONG BILATERAL TEXTILES AGREEMENT. THE LIMITS SO IMPOSED IS 107 954 DOZEN.
THIS WAS THE SECOND CALL THIS YEAR ON CATEGORY 637. THE FIRST CALL WAS WITHDRAWN BY THE UNITED STATES ON MAY 15 FOLLOWING CONSIDERATION OF THE CASE AT HONG KONG’S REQUEST BY THE TEXTILES SURVEILLANCE BODY IN GENEVA. THE LIMIT IMPOSED UNDER THE FIRST CALL WAS 45 502 DOZEN.
SATURDAY, JULY 14, 1984
8 -
ON PART OF CATEGORY 659 (MAN-MADE FIBRE OVERALLS, COVERALLS ETC), PART OF CATEGORY 359 (COTTON OVERALLS, COVERALLS, ETC), AND PART OF CATEGORY 659 (MAN-MADE FIBRE PULLOVER JACKETS), THE CONSULTATIONS WERE DEFERRED FOR FURTHER CONSIDERATION OF THE CASES. MEANWHILE, PENDING FURTHER CONSIDERATION, HONG KONG HAS AGREED TO HOLD EXPORTS OF THESE CATEGORIES IN 1984 AT 950 000 LBS, 788 385 LBS AND 222 508 LBS RESPECTIVELY.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRADE DEPARTMENT SAID THAT ON CATEGORY 637 (MAN-MADE FIBRE PLAYSUITS ETC), EXPORT AUTHORISATIONS HAD ALREADY BEEN ISSUED TO THE IMPOSED LIMIT WHILE ON PART OF CATEGORY 359 (COTTON OUTER VEST) AND PART OF CATEGORY 605 (MAN-MADE FIBRE SEWING THREADS), OUTSTANDING APPLICATIONS WILL ABSORB THE REMAINING AVAILABLE EXPORT AUTHORISATIONS WITHIN THE 1984 LIMIT.
AS FOR PART OF CATEGORY 659 (MAN-MADE FIBRE OVERALLS, COVERALLS ETC) AND PART OF CATEGORY 359 (COTTON OVERALLS, COVERALLS ETC), THE EXPORT LEVELS WHICH HONG KONG HAS AGREED TO HOLD PENDING FURTHER CONSULTATIONS REPRESENT THE TOTAL QUANTITY CF EXPORT AUTHORISATIONS APPROVED AND PART OF THE OUTSTANDING EXPORT AUTHORISATIONS.
IN PART OF CATEGORY 659 (MAN-MADE FIBRE PULLOVER JACKETS), A SPECIAL EXPORT AUTHORISATION SCHEME IS LIKELY TO BE HELD TO DISPOSE OF THE BALANCE OF EXPORT AUTHORISATIONS UP TO THE LEVEL HONG KONG HAS AGREED TO HOLD, AND AN ANNOUNCEMENT WILL BE MADE TO THE TRADE IN THE NORMAL WAY.
-----0------
RESIDENTS URGED TO SUPPORT DISTRICT BOARD * * * *
RESIDENTS’ SUPPORT AND ENCOURAGEMENT ARE ESSENTIAL TO ENSURE THAT THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT BOARD FUNCTIONS MORE EFFECTIVELY. THE ACTING DISTRICT OFFICER, MR STEPHEN FISHER, SAID THIS (SATURDAY) EVENING.
HE CALLED ON RESIDENTS TO REGISTER AND VOTE FOR A MEMBER OF THEIR CHOICE IN THE SECOND DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS TO BE HELD NEXT MARCH.
MR FISHER WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE DISTRICT’S AMATEUR SINGING CONTEST, ORGANISED TO PROMOTE CULTURAL INTEREST AND A SENSE OF BELONGING AMONG THE RESIDENTS.
+A SENSE OF BELONGING COULD BE FOSTERED THROUGH TAKING PART IN COMMUNITY BUILDING ACTIVITIES,-*- HE SAID.
/+T0 THIS........
SATURDAY, JULY 14, 1984
- 9 -
♦TO THIS END, THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD HAS BEEN CARRYING OUT VARIOUS ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS AND ORGANISING MANY RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL EVENTS SINCE ITS ESTABLISHMENT IN 1981.
+THE BOARD HAS ALSO FINANCED NUMEROUS COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT PROGRAMMES AND CONDUCTED SURVEYS TO FIND OUT RESIDENTS’ NEEDS.
+ALL THESE ACTIVITIES HAVE HELPED OUR DISTRICT ACQUIRE A NEW LOOK AND VITALITY.*
HOWEVER, MR FISHER STRESSED, THE BOARD WAS IN NEED OF MORE PUBLIC SUPPORT AND ENCOURAGEMENT IF IT WERE TO ADVANCE FURTHER.
TONIGHT’S CONTEST WAS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE, RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG AND SING TAO NEWSPAPERS LIMITED.
TWELVE AMATEUR SINGERS TOOK PART IN THE CONTEST AND THE CHAMPION WILL REPRESENT THE DISTRICT TO COMPETE IN A SEMI-FINAL ON AUGUST 11.
-----0-----
LOW-COST MEDICAL PLAN FOR OLD FOLK
* * *
MORE THAN 6 OOQ OLD PEOPLE IN TUEN MUN WILL BE ABLE TO BENEFIT FROM A LOW-COST MEDICAL SCHEME BEGINNING NEXT WEEK.
TWENTY-TWO PRIVATE DOCTORS, EIGHT DENTISTS, AND OPERATOR OF 13 DISPENSARIES IN THE DISTRICT WILL TAKE PART IN THE +TUEN MUN DISTRICT COMMUNITY MEDICAL SERVICE SCHEME FOR THE ELDERLY*.
SPONSORED BY THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT BOARD AT $10 000, THE SCHEME IS BEING ORGANISED BY A COMMITTEE COMPRISING REPRESENTATIVES FROM VARIOUS LOCAL ORGANISATIONS, GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, VOLUNTARY AGENCIES AND DISTRICT BOARD.
DETAILS OF THE SCHEME WILL BE ANNOUNCED AT A PRESS CONFERENCE TO BE HELD AT 2.30 PM ON MONDAY (JULY 16) IN THE DANCE STUDIO OF THE YAN 01 TONG COMMUNITY AND INDOOR SPORTS CENTRE IN TUEN MUN.
-----0-----
/10........
SATURDAY, JULY 14, 1934
10
PROMOTION CONTEST * * *
THE FIRST SEGMENT OF A SEVEN-PART SERIES TELEVISION PROGRAMME AIMED AT PROMOTING THE SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME WILL BE AIRED ON SUNDAY AFTERNOON.
KNOWN AS THE SWINGING SUMMER 84 EPISODE ONE, THE TAPED PROGRAMME WILL SHOW REPRESENTATIVES FROM SEVERAL GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS TAKING PART IN A SERIES OF CONTESTS.
TEAMS TAKING PART WERE FROM THE EDUCATION, SOCIAL WELFARE, AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENTS, CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION, RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE AND THE MUSIC OFFICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT, AND THE HONG KONG COUNCIL OF SOCIAL SERVICE.
THE SIX BOYS AND TWO GIRLS FIELDED BY THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE SCORED THE MOST POINTS TO BE DECLARED WINNER.
THEY COMPETED IN THREE DIFFERENT CONTESTS TO HIGHLIGHT THIS YEAR’S THEME OF +HELP, HEALTH AND HAPPINESS.*
THE EPISODE WILL BE ON TVB’S JADE CHANNEL AT 12 NOON.
-----0------
RADIO FORUM TO AIR VIEWS * * * *
SOUTHERN DISTRICT RESIDENTS ARE BEING INVITED TO AIR THEIR VIEWS ON LOCAL ISSUES AT AN OPEN FORUM TOMORROW (SUNDAY) AFTERNOON.
THE ISSUES WILL RANGE FROM THE MANAGEMENT OF BATHING BEACHES AND DRUG ABUSE AMONG YOUTHS TO THE FISHING COMMUNITY AND THE PROMOTION OF DISTRICT IDENTITY AMONG RESIDENTS.
JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG, THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT FORUM WILL START AT 3 PM AT THE ABERDEEN CENTRE SQUARE.
THE PANEL OF THE 90-MINUTE FORUM WILL COMPRISE THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR K.C. KWONG, THREE DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS AND FOUR REPRESENTATIVES FROM LOCAL ORGANISATIONS.
THE FORUM WILL BE RECORDED AND BROADCAST ON RTHK RADIO I FROM 8 AM TO 10 AM THE FOLLOWING SATURDAY (JULY 21), TOGETHER WITH A LIVE PHONE-IN SESSION TO DRAW INSTANT REACTIONS FROM THE PUBLIC.
SOUTHERN IS THE SECOND DISTRICT TO HOLD THE FORUM WHICH IS AIMED AT AROUSING RESIDENTS’ CONCERN TOWARDS THE ADMINISTRATION OF THEIR DISTRICT AND THE WORK OF THE DISTRICT BOARDS.
SIMILAR FORUMS WILL BE HELD ON THE FOLLOWING SUNDAYS IN THE OTHER 16 DISTRICTS UNTIL EARLY NOVEMBER.
/11 ........
SATURDAY, JULY 14, 1984
11
’ELECTORAL ENVOYS’ TO WOO VOTERS * * *
EIGHTY +ELECTORAL AMBASSADORS* WILL JOIN STAFF OF THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT OFFICE NEXT WEEK TO ENCOURAGE RESIDENTS TO REGISTER AS VOTERS FOR NEXT YEAR’S DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS.
TOGETHER WITH THE LIAISON OFFICERS, THE +AMBASSADORS+ WILL CALL ON POTENTIAL VOTERS IN THE DISTRICT DURING HOUSEHOLD VISITS IN THE EVENINGS AND AT WEEKENDS.
THE YOUNG +AMBASSADORS+ ARE FROM VARIOUS COMMUNITY ORGANISATIONS IN THE DISTRICT AND WILL BE WORKING ON A VOLUNTARY BASIS.
AT A RECEPTION PARTY FOR THE +AMBASSADORS* TODAY, THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR ROGER GARCIA THANKED THEM FOR THEIR ASSISTANCE AND EFFORT IN PROMOTING DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION WORK.
+1 AM SURE WE WILL ACHIEVE ENCOURAGING RESULTS IN OUR VOTER REGISTRATION DRIVE,* HE SAID.
MR GARCIA SAID THE COMING ELECTIONS WOULD BE VERY MEANINGFUL, FOR AFTER NEXT YEAR THE DISTRICT BOARDS WOULD HAVE MORE ELECTED MEMBERS AND UNOFFICIAL CHAIRMEN.
+THE MORE VOTERS WE HAVE WILL MEAN THE DISTRICT BOARD IS AN ORGANISATION FOR ALL,* HE SAID.
THE DISTRICT OFFICE WILL SPEND $155 OOO ON THE PUBLICITY PROGRAMME WHICH WILL INCLUDE PUTTING UP MOBILE EXHIBITIONS AND REGISTRATION COUNTERS, DISPLAY OF BANNERS AND DISTRIBUTION OF PUBLICITY LEAFLETS.
THE VOTER REGISTRATION EXERCISE WILL BE HELD FROM AUGUST 15 TO OCTOBER 1.
- - 0
WOMEN REMINDED ABOUT I.D. CARDS X * *
WOMEN BORN IN 1959 AND I960, INCLUDING GREEN-SEAL CARD HOLDERS, WERE TODAY (SATURDAY) REMINDED TO APPLY FOR NEW I.D. CARDS BETWEEN JULY 16 AND AUGUST 18.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT SAID, +APPLICANTS SHOULD PRODUCE THEIR OLD I.D. CARDS WHEN THEY VISIT THE ISSUE OFFICES, AND THOSE WHO WISH TO ALTER THEIR LAST NAMES AS A RESULT GF A CHANGE IN MARITAL STATUS SHOULD ALSO BRING ALONG THEIR MARRIAGE OR DIVORCE CERTIFICATES.*
/THE EIGHT
SATURDAY, JULY 14. 19^4
- 12 -
THE EIGHT NEW I.D. CARD ISSUE OFFICES WILL BE OPEN FROM 8 AM TO 9.30 PM DAILY, EXCEPT SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS.
+THE NUMBER OF VISITORS TO THE OFFICES TEND TO INCREASE SIGNIFICANTLY AFTER 5 PM. IN ORDER TO AVOID THE EVENING RUSH, THOSE WHO DO NOT HAVE TO OBSERVE THE NORMAL OFFICE HOURS ARE ADVISED TO COME IN THE DAY TIME.+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
♦APPLICANTS ARE WELCOME TO USE THE MAIL-IN APPOINTMENT SERVICE. ALL THEY HAVE TO DO IS TO OBTAIN AN APPLICATION FORM FROM ANY DISTRICT OFFICE OR IMMIGRATION OFFICE AND RETURN IT TO WHICHEVER OFFICE THEY CHOOSE TO VISIT AT LEAST 10 DAYS BEFORE AUGUST 18,+ HE ADDED.
APPOINTMENTS CAN BE MADE FOR ANY TIME BETWEEN 10 AM AND 5.30 PM ON A NORMAL WORKING DAY, EXCEPT MONDAYS.
-----o-----
KINDERGARTEN TEACHERS’ WORK ON DISPLAY
AN EXHIBITION OF COURSE WORK PRODUCED BY KINDERGARTEN TEACHERS UNDERGOING TWO YEARS’ IN-SERVICE TRAINING AT GRANTHAM COLLEGE OF EDUCATION WILL BE HELD FROM JULY 17 TO 19.
CONTENTS OF THE EXHIBITION WILL COVER TWO SELECTED THEMES: +MYSELF+ AND +OUR NATURAL ENVIRONMENT+.
THE EXHIBITION, TO BE STAGED AT GRANTHAM COLLEGE OF EDUCATION ANNEXE, 9/F, ARGYLE CENTRE, PHASE I, 688 NATHAN ROAD, KOWLOON, WILL BE OPEN FROM 9.30 AM TO 4.30 PM DAILY.
ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE EXHIBITION MAY BE MADE WITH THE COLLEGE ON 3-910012.
-----0-----
SATURDAY, JULY 14, 1984
- 13 -
SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS AUCTIONED
* * *
THIRTY-FIVE SPECIAL VEHICLE REGISTRATION NUMBERS WERE SOLD BY AUCTION THIS MORNING (SATURDAY) FOR A TOTAL OF $394 7OO WHICH WILL GO INTO THE GOVERNMENT LOTTERIES FUND FOR CHARITY PURPOSES.
THE AUCTION HELD AT THE CITY HALL RECITAL HALL SAW THE REGISTRATION NUMBER CW3 FETCH THE HIGHEST PRICE OF $60 000.
NUMBER DC1 WAS SOLD AT THE SECOND HIGHEST PRICE OF $50 000 WHILE THE LOWEST PRICE WAS $1 000 FOR DC155, DC79O, DC991, AND DC8636.
THE OTHER SPECIAL REGISTRATION NUMBERS WERE SOLD AT THE FOLLOWING PR ICES:
$ $ $
DC 662 2 800 DC 338 15 000 DC 168 20 030
DC1368 1 800 DC 328 12 000 DB 8 30 300
DC 172 2 500 DC 668 6 500 AD 339 9 000
DC6663 2 000 CJ 105 4 000 DC 928 4 600
DC 289 4 100 ex 25 4 500 DC 728 3 300
DC 911 5 000 DC6282 2 000 CC 838 17 030
DC1288 1 800 HK2000 15 000 DC1638 2 200
CN 678 4 500 DC 771 1 800 DC8328 3 800
DC 938 1 500 DC 2 30 000 AA 77 40 033
BW8888 28 000 dc : 368 6 000
THE NUMBERS AUCTIONED WILL BE ASSIGNED ONLY TO VEHICLES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDERS WITHIN 12 MONTHS OF THE DATE OF AUCTION.
TODAY’S SALE, THE 92TH ORGANISED BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SINCE MAY 1973, BROUGHT THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF MONEY FOR CHARITY REALISED SO FAR TO $30 711 532.
----0------
SATURDAY, JULY 14, 1984
- - 14 -
THEY LIKE SWIMMING TOO
IIX
THE FANLING PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL HAS BEEN DRAWING ABOUT 4000 SWIMMERS ON SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS SINCE THE FIRST WEEK OF JUNE, THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR (OPERATIONS) OF THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES, MR DAVID WEEKS, SAID TODAY.
THIS SHOWED THAT PEOPLE IN NORTH DISTRICT WERE AS KEEN ON SWIMMING AS PEOPLE IN OTHER PARTS OF HONG KONG, HE SAID.
MR WEEKS WAS OFFICIATING AT A RIBBON-CUTTING CEREMONY TO OPEN THE WATER CARNIVAL AT THE FANLING SWIMMING POOL THIS (SATURDAY) AFTERNOON.
THE NORTH DISTRICT WATER CARNIVAL WAS ORGANISED TO PROMOTE WATER SPORTS AS WELL AS SWIMMING SAFETY. IT IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT.
MR WEEKS SAID THAT PEOPLE IN NORTH DISTRICT COULD ENJOY SWIMMING IN SUMMER AND IN WINTER BECAUSE THE POOL WAS THE ONLY COVERED HEATED POOL IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
HE SAID THAT THE TWO DEPARTMENTS WOULD SOON BE ORGANISING TWO LIFE-SAVING TRAINING COURSES AND URGED YOUNGSTERS TO ENROL.
SOME 1 000 RESIDENTS WHO ATTENDED THE CARNIVAL SAW VARIOUS PERFORMANCES WHICH INCLUDED AN INVITATION RELAY, SYNCHRONISED SWIMMING, LIFE-SAVING AND FIRST AID DEMONSTRATIONS AND A CANOE POLO MATCH.
- - - - 0 ----
NT MARKET STALLS FOR LEASE * * K
SIXTY-FOUR STALLS IN TSUEN WAN MARKET AND TWO IN CHAI WAN KOK COOKED FOOD MARKET IN THE NEW TERRITORIES WILL BE PUT UP FOR PUBLIC AUCTION ON TUESDAY (JULY 17).
THE AUCTION WILL BE HELD AT THE CHILDREN’S PLAYGROUND ON THE SECOND FLOOR OF TSUEN WAN MARKET, STARTING AT 9.30 AM, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID.
THE UPSET MONTHLY RENTALS OF THE STALLS AT TSUEN WAN MARKET RANGE FROM $550 TO $3 300, WHILE THAT FOR THE TWO COOKED FOOD STALLS AT CHAI WAN KOK IS $6 200 EACH.
SUCCESSFUL BIDDERS MAY START BUSINESS FROM AUGUST 1 ON A THREE-YEAR CONTRACT, AND MUST PAY THE RENTAL QUARTERLY.
BIDDERS SHOULD BRING ALONG THEIR IDENTITY CARDS AND FIVE RECENT PHOTOGRAPHS.
ENQUIRIES MAY BE MADE WITH THE HAWKERS AND MARKETS SECTION OF TSUEN WAN URBAN SERVICES OFFICE ON 0-444281, EXT. 361.
/15 .......
SATURDAY, JULY 14, 1934
15
TAPS OFF IN TUEN MUN, TAI PO * * *
WATER MAINS WORK WILL BE CARRIED OUT IN TUEN MUN AND TAI PO ON TUESDAY AND WEDNESDAY (JULY 17 AND 18).
TO FACILITATE THIS WORK, FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO THE PREMISES ALONG A SECTION OF CASTLE PEAK ROAD IN TUEN MUN WILL BE TURNED OFF FROM 10 PM ON TUESDAY TO 7 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY.
THE SECTION IS FROM CASTLE PEAK ROAD’S JUNCTION WITH PUI TO ROAD TO TAI LAM CHUNG, INCLUDING TAI LAM, SIU LAM, SO KWUN WAT AND SAM SHING HUI.
IN TAI PO, FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES WILL ALSO BE SUSPENDED FROM 9 PM ON TUESDAY TO 5 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY.
ALL PREMISES ALONG KWONG FUK ROAD FROM TING KOK ROAD TO TAI PO KAU WILL BE AFFECTED.
THESE INCLUDE: TAI PO MARKET, KAM SHAN TSUEN, PAN CHUNG, PAN CHUNG SAN TSUEN, MA WO, PAK KIU TSUEN, TO YUEN TUNG, YIU TSZ KIN, LAI CHI SHAN, TAI PO KCR STATION, KWONG FUK ESTATE, WANG FUK COURT, ISLAND HOUSE, WONG Yl AU, MEI WOON SAN TSUEN, YIN TSZ LANE, TAI PO KAU, TAI PO KAU SAN WAI, LOOKOUT LANE, AND ST CHRISTOPHER’S HOME:
-----o------
ROAD SECTION TO BE REOPENED * * *
THE SECTION OF ANDERSON ROAD BETWEEN THE ACCESS ROAD TO PIONEER SARwZ YA? ™G SUNNYSIDE CHILDREN’S HOSTEL 2 ILL BE REOPENED TO TWO-WAY TRAFFIC, FROM MONDAY (JULY 16).
Knt2?r!ETN0, 90 AND NEW TERRITORIES MAXICAB ROUTES NO. 10 AND PPVPP? DAcJE™T?>.,nrnr^E V,A THE NEW P0 LAM R0AD EXTENSION, WILL REVERT BACK TO ANDERSON ROAD.
- - 0 - -
SATURDAY, JULY 14, 1984
16
SALT WATER CUT IN TSUEN WAN * * * *
SALT WATER SUPPLY TO SOME PREMISES IN TSUEN WAN WILL BE TURNED CFF FROM 9 AM ON TUESDAY (JULY 17) TO 9 AM ON THURSDAY (JULY 19) TO ALLOW MAINS CONNECTION WORKS.
YUEN TUN CIRCUIT
, TAI PA TAI CHUNG
THE AFFECTED PREMISES ARE THOSE ALONG
STREET, HEUNG WO STREET, FU YUNG STREET, HEUNG CHE STREET ROAD, CHAI WAN KOK STREET, PUN SHAN STREET, PAK TIN PA STREET, ON YUK ROAD, TSUEN KING CIRCUIT, ON YAT STREET AND ON YIN STREET
THE SUSPENSION WILL ALSO AFFECT PREMISES ALONG HOI PA STREET, SHA TSUI ROAD AND CASTLE PEAK ROAD BETWEEN CHAI WAN KWOK STREET AND TAI HO ROAD.
0 --------
TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF COMFORT TERRACE * * *
TO FACILITATE ROAD WORKS, COMFORT TERRACE IN CAUSEWAY BAY WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC BETWEEN 10 AM TO 4 PM DAILY FOR ABOUT FOUR WEEKS FROM MONDAY (JULY 16).
DURING THE CLOSURE, TRAFFIC WILL BE DIVERTED VIA TIN HAU TEMPLE ROAD, FORTRESS HILL ROAD AND KING’S ROAD.
-----0-----
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
SUNDAY, JULY 15, 1984
CONTENTS SEMINARS FOR DB MEMBERS ..............
1982 BUSINESS SERVICE REPORT PUBLISHED ...............
PAGE NO.
1
SAFETY MESSAGES FOR WATER SPORTS ENTHUSIASTS
ROBOT TO HELP DRaW VOTERS
LIGHTING FOR NEW CHECKPOINT
22 MARKET STALLS FOR LEASE ................
SEAWALL TO BE BUILT IN ABERDEEN ..............,
TO BE FITTED OUT ...............
LUNCH-TIME STUDY TOUR ................
ON WATER HYGIENE LAUNCHED .................
SUMMER YOUTH PLAN STARTING ............
EARLY MORNING MTR WORK ...............
BOARD ON
CAMPAIGN
S4OO OOO
SPECIALISTS TO TALK ON MUSIC ...................
MORNING DELIVERY
2
3
4
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
8
8
8
SUNDAY, JULY 15, 1984
1
SEMINARS FOR DB MEMBERS * * * *
UNOFFICIAL DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS WILL BE ABLE TO KNOW MORE ABOUT THE GOVERNMENT MACHINERY AND LOCAL DEVELOPMENTS FROM FOUR ONE-DAY SEMINARS BEGINNING ON TUESDAY (JULY 17).
THEY WILL ALSO BE ABLE TO SHARE THEIR EXPERIENCE AND EXCHANGE IDEAS ON DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION WORK AT THE SEMINARS BEING ORGANISED BY THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION.
A CNTA SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (SUNDAY) THAT ABOUT 260 MEMBERS WOULD ATTEND THE SEMINARS TO BE HELD FROM TUESDAY TO FRIDAY.
+THEY CAN SELECT ANY ONE OF THE SEMINARS TO SUIT THEIR OwN CONVENIENCE. THE TOPICS ON EACH WILL BE THE SAME THOUGH THE GUEST SPEAKERS MAY DIFFER,* HE SAID.
IN THE MORNING SESSIONS, MEMBERS WILL BE BRIEFED ON THE CONSTITUTIONAL ASPECTS OF THE GOVERNMENT MACHINERY SUCH AS THE WORK OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL AND UMELCO AND THE ROLE OF THE JUDICIARY. SOMETHING ON THE GREEN PAPER ON REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT W.ILL ALSO BE OFFERED FROM THURSDAY, JULY 19.
THE PRINCIPLE OF SEPARATION OF JUDICIAL AND EXECUTIVE POWERS WILL ALSO BE EXPLAINED.
IN THE AFTERNOONS, THEY WILL PARTICIPATE IN DISCUSSION ON THE HONG KONG ECONOMY AND THE WAYS IN WHICH THE PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME OPERATES AND HOW THE PRIORITIES ARE DETERMINED.
THE TERRITORIAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY FOR THE 1990’S WILL ALSO BE DISCUSSED.
♦EACH PROGRAMME WILL TAKE THE FORM OF A TALK BY AN AUTHORITATIVE SPEAKER, FOLLOWED BY A PANEL DISCUSSION,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
+EACH SPEAKER WILL TALK FOR ABOUT 20 MINUTES ON A SELECTED TOPIC, FOLLOWED BY 75 MINUTES OF QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS.*
GUEST SPEAKERS WILL INCLUDE GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS, UNIVERSITY LECTURERS, ENGINEERS AND UMELCO MEMBERS. THE TOPICS TO BE DISCUSSED ARE:
* +GOVERNMENT MACHINERY* BY DR LAU SIU-KAI, ASSISTANT DIRECTOR, CENTRE OF HK STUDIES OF THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY, AND MR MAYER NG, ACTING DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS;
M +JUDICIAL SYSTEM* BY MR S.Y. CHAN, SENIOR CROWN COUNSEL, ATTORNEY GENERAL’S CHAMBERS;
* WORK OF THE +UMELCO+ , BY MISS MARIA TAM, AND MR PETER C.
WONG ;
/• +HONG KONG
SUNDAY, JULY 15, 198*
2
* + HONG KONG ECONOMY*, BY MR K.Y. TANG, ACTING DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, AND MRS A. JONG, PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES;
* • +PUBLIC wORkS PROGRAMME*, BY DR K.F. NIP, DIRECT OF ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT, AND MR KENNETH KwOK, DE^ TY DIRECTOR OF NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT; AND
* +TERRITORIAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY*, BY DR Y.L. CHOI, GOVERNMENT HIGHWAY ENGINEER.
THE SEMINARS WILL BE HELD FROM 10 AM TO 4.45 PM AT
CNTA HEADQUARTERS.
-----o-----
1982 BUSINESS SERVICE REPORT PUBLISHED
******
A STATISTICAL REPORT ENTITLED THE +1982 SURVEY OF STORAGE, COMMUNICATIONS, FINANCING, INSURANCE AND BUSINESS SERVICES* HAS JUST BEEN PUBLISHED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
IT IS THE SECOND REPORT IN THE SERIES, THE FIRST BEING THE REPORT ON THE 1980 CENSUS OF STORAGE, COMMUNICATIONS, FINANCING, INSURANCE AND BUSINESS SERVICES, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID.
FIELD WORK FOR THIS SURVEY WAS UNDERTAKEN BETWEEN MAY 1983 AND JANUARY 1984.
THE REPORT CONTAINS DESCRIPTIONS OF THE BACKGROUND AND METHODOLOGY OF THE SURVEY, AND PROVIDES INFORMATION ON THE STRUCTURE, OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS AND PERFORMANCE OF THE FIVE SERVICES SECTORS IN 1982.
PRINclpAl’U?T?T|lqrTre REP0RT ARE ANALyTICAL TABLES SHOWING £™L STATISTICS FOR ALL ESTABLISHMENTS CLASSIFIED ry QPouircc
OF%WNERSH?P ABUSINFS?SpPCFlpTeMBER 0F PERS0NS ENGAGED, TYPE
UwNtnonlr, BUSINESS RECEIPTS AND OTHER I Kirnwc Akin wai nr ANALYSED^? TYPEI0FU?N'5raNCFTpSi’ i?yArcTICS °N PREM <PMS~CLA IMS, AMALTbtu BY TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY ARE ALSO INCLUDED IN THE
N THE
REPORT.
IN ADDITION, THE REPORT CONTAINS A COMPARISON BETWEEN 1980 AND 1982 FOR SOME SELECTED PRINCIPAL STATISTICS CLASSIFIED BY SECTOR.
BESIDES FORMULATION, FOR DECISION
PROVIDING INFORMATION TO THE GOVERNMENT FOR POLICY THE STATISTICS ARE USEFUL TO THE PRIVATE SECTOR MAKING, ECONOMIC ANALYSIS AND MARKET RESEARCH.
IT IS ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE, CONNAUGHT PLACE, AT $6 A COPY.
-----0------
/5
SUNDAY, JULY 15, 1984
SAFETY MESSAGES FOR WATER SPORTS ENTHUSIASTS *****
+COMMON SENSE AND CARE+ wERE THE KEY WORDS IN THE SAFETY JPEAL MADE BY MR PERCY DAVY, DIRECTOR OF MARINE, AT THE 1984 nATER SPORTS SAFETY DAY TODAY (SUNDAY).
SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE EVENT HELD AT THE TSIM SHA TSUI EAST PROMENADE, MR DAVY SAID, +REGRETTABLY WITH THE INCREASE IN ACTIVITIES IN THE SEA AROUND US, ACCIDENTS WILL INCREASE UNLESS COMMON SENSE AND CARE ARE EXERCISED BY PARTICIPANTS AT ALL TIMES.+
+WE ARE NOW WELL INTO THE SUMMER SEASON WHEN MANY PEOPLE DURING THEIR LEISURE TIME CONCENTRATE ON OUTDOOR SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES. IT IS THEREFORE A MOST OPPORTUNE AND APPROPRIATE TIME TO REMIND EVERYONE OF THE NECESSITY TO OBSERVE THE BASIC SAFETY RULES,+ HE ADDED.
IN HIS WELCOME ADDRESS TO MR DAVY, MR JOHN FORTUNE, CHAIRMAN CF THE TECHNICAL ADVISORY SUB-COMMITTEE ON AQUATIC SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES, POINTED OUT THAT HONG KONG’S RECREATIONAL ACCIDENTS RATE WAS MUCH TOO HIGH.
HE SAID THE WATER SPORTS SAFETY DAY WAS NOT ONLY AIMED AT THE SPORTING ENTHUSIASTS WHO ALREADY UNDERSTAND SAFETY ON THE oEa BUT ALSO AT THE FAMILY OR GROUPS OF YOUNG PEOPLE WHO GO OUT ON A SUNDAY OR HOLIDAY FOR A SWIM OR BARBECUE AT A BEACH.
+IT IS THESE GROUPS OF PEOPLE WHO ARE MOST LIKELY TO INCUR ACCIDENTS IN THE SEA AND IN THE SWIMMING POOLS,+ HE SAID.
THE 1984 WATER SPORTS SAFETY DAY WAS ORGANISED BY THE COMMITTEE ON SAFETY IN OUTDOOR PURSUITS WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF EIGHT WATER SPORTS BODIES AND VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS CONCERNED.
THE HIGHLIGHT OF THE DAY WAS A SEA PARADE BY THE HONG KONG LIFE GUARD CLUB, THE HONG KONG WATER SKI ASSOCIATION, THE HONG KONG UNDERWATER FEDERATION, THE HONG KONG POWER BOAT ASSOCIATION LTD, THE OUTWARD BOUND TRUST OF HONG KONG, THE SAIL TRAINING ASSOCIATION AND THE WINDSURFING ASSOCIATION OF HONG KONG.
IT WAS FOLLOWED BY A SERIES OF SAFETY DEMONSTRATIONS ON WINDSURFING, SYNCHRONISED SAILING, CANOE-TO-SWIMMER RESCUE, LIFE-SAVING, SAILING PRACTICE, CANOEING, SCULLING AND WATER-SKIING.
THERE WERE ALSO STATIC DISPLAYS, VIDEO TAPE SHOWS AND A QUIZ ON SAFETY IN OUTDOOR SPORTS TO DRIVE HOME THE SAFETY MESSAGES.
-----o-----
SUNDAY, JULY 15, 1984
4
ROBOT TO HELP DRAW VOTERS * * *
A ROBOT WILL SOON BE PUT UP OUTSIDE THE KWUN TONG DISTRICT h NCH OFFICES BUILDING TO DRAW RESIDENTS’ ATTENTION TO THE ING DISTRICT BOARD’S VOTER REGISTRATION EXERCISE.
♦ WE CAME UP WITH THIS IDEA BECAUSE A ROBOT SYMBOLISES INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT AND MODERNISATION, WHICH ARE THE CHARACTERISTICS OF KWUN TONG,+ THE ACTING DISTRICT OFFICER, NR CLAYMON LAI, SAID TODAY.
HE ADDED THAT A 2O-MINUTE VIDEO TAPE ON THE WORK OF THE DISTRICT BOARD WILL ALSO BE SHOWN ON A TELEVISION SET INSTALLED INSIDE THE ROBOT.+
SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE DISTRICT’S SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME, MR LAI SAID THE DISTRICT OFFICE HAD ALLOCATED $150 000 TO PROMOTE THE REGISTRATION AND ELECTION DRIVE.
TWENTY-FOUR TEMPORARY COMMUNITY ORGANISERS WILL BE RECRUITED TO HELP WITH DOOR-TO-DOOR REGISTRATION VISITS, HE SAID.
♦ WE WILL ALSO DISTRIBUTE REGISTRATION FORMS THROUGH THE SCHOOL LIAISON COMMITTEE, VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL ORGANISATION AS WELL AS OTHER GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.+
POSTERS AND BANNERS WILL ALSO BE PUT UP IN PROMINENT SPOTS IN THE D ISTRICT.
♦ WE ARE ALSO PREPARING A PAMPHLET ENTITLED ’KWUN TONG IN FOCUS’ FOR FREE DISTRIBUTION TO LOCAL RESIDENTS TO LET THEM KNOW MORE ABOUT THEIR OWN DISTRICT AND DISTRICT BOARD,+ HE ADDED.
♦ THE SLOGAN WE WILL BE USING THIS YEAR IS 'REGISTER TO IMPROVE KWUN TONG’ TO REMIND ALL THE ELIGIBLE RESIDENTS THAT BY REGISTERING AS VOTERS, THEY WILL GET THE RIGHT TO ELECT THE CANDIDATES WHO CAN BEST REPRESENT THEIR INTERESTS AND HELP IMPROVE THEIR LIVELIHOODS
MR LAI NOTED THAT ONE OF THE ACTIVITIES IN THE DISTRICT’S SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME - THE +YOUTH AMBASSADORS TRAINING SCHEME +-WOULD BE LAUNCHED LATER THIS MONTH TO CULTIVATE A COMMUNITY AND CIVIC SENSE AMONG YOUNG PEOPLE.
♦ AS ADULT MEMBERS OF THE COMMUNITY, WE SHOULD ALSO OBSERVE OUR CIVIC DUTY AND REGISTER AS VOTERS,+ HE SAID.
THE SIX-WEEK VOTER REGISTRATION EXERCISE WILL BEGIN ON AUGUST 15.
-----o------
/5........
SUNDAY, JULY 15, 1°34
5
LIGHTING FOR NEW CHECKPOINT * * *
LIGHTING IS TO BE INSTALLED TO ILLUMINATE THE 3.5-METRE-HIGH SECURITY FENCE ROUND THE NEW CHECKPOINT AREA BEING BUILT AT SHA TAU KOK.
THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT HAS AWARDED A $183 340 CONTRACT TO EMPIRE ENGINEERING COMPANY LTD TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL IT.
AS PART OF THE BORDER CONTROL POINT PROJECT, A NEW 800-METRE-LONG TWO-LANE CARRIAGEWAY IS ALSO BEING CONSTRUCTED. IT WILL LINK SHA TAU KOK ROAD WITH THE NEW SHA TAU KOK BRIDGE.
THE CARRIAGEWAY WILL HAVE TWO-METRE-WIDE FOOTPATHS ON EACH SIDE.
ABOUT HALF OF ITS LENGTH WILL BE 7.3 METRES WIDE, WITH THE REMAINING HALF BEING 70 METRES WIDE TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEw CHECKPOINT AREA AND ITS CUSTOMS AND IMMIGRATION FACILITIES.
TWO PEDESTRIAN SUBWAYS AND ASSOCIATED DRAINAGE AND SITE FORMATION WORK ARE ALSO BEING CONSTRUCTED AS PART OF THE PROJECT.
WHEN THE NEW ROAD IS COMPLETED EARLY NEXT YEAR, IT WILL PROVIDE ANOTHER BORDER CROSSING FACILITY IN ADDITION TO THE ONE AT MAN KAM TO.
0
22 MARKET STALLS FOR LEASE * * *
TWENTY-TWO STALLS AT THREE MARKETS IN SHEUNG SHU I NEW TERRITORIES WILL BE PUT UP FOR THREE-YEAR LEASE BY AUCTION ON WEDNESDAY (JULY 18).
IN THE PUBLIC
HUI MARKET, SHEK WU HUI TEMPORARY MARKET II, SAID SERVICES DEPARTMENT.
THE THREE MARKETS ARE SHEK WU TEMPORARY MARKET I AND SHEK WU HUI A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES
THE AUCTION WILL BE HELD AT THE OFFICE OF THE HAWKERS AND MARKETS SECTION OF NORTH URBAN SERVICES OFFICE (ADJACENT TO SHEK WU HUI PLAYGROUND) AT FU HING STREET IN SHEUNG SHU I AT 10.30 «•’».
OF THE 12 STALLS AT SHEK WU HUI TEMPORARY MARKET I, SEVEN ARE FOR GROCERIES AND FIVE FOR FRUITS. THE UPSET MONTHLY RtNTAL RANGES FROM $450 TO $550.
THE UPSET RENTAL FOR THE VACANT MEAT STALL AT SHEK wU HUI MARKET IS $1 000, WHILE THAT FOR THE NINE VEGETABLES STALLS AT SHEK WU HUI TEMPORARY MARKET II RANGES FROM $800 TO $1 000.
INTERESTED PERSONS MAY CONTACT THE HAWKERS AND MARKETS SECTION OF NORTH URBAN SERVICES OFFICE ON TELEPHONt 0-6577016 FOR FURTHER DETAILS.
------0-------
/6
SUNDAY, JULY 15, 1934
6
SEAWALL TO BE BUILT IN ABERDEEN
* * * K
TENDERS ARE BEING INVITED TO CONSTRUCT A SEAWALL FRONTING AP LEI CHAU EAST RECLAMATION AT ABERDEEN CHANNEL.
BESIDES THE 17O-METRE LONG SEAWALL, THE PROJECT WILL INCLUDE RECLAMATION AND ROAD FORMATION WORK.
WORK WILL BEGIN IN OCTOBER AND BE COMPLETED BY MID-1935.
TENDERS ARE TO BE SUBMITTED BEFORE AUGUST 3.
CONSTRUCTION WILL BE SUPERVISED BY THE PORT WORKS DIVISION OF THE CIVIL ENGINEERING OFFICE OF THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT. THE DIVISION WAS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR DESIGNING THE WORKS.
-----o--------
WORKSHOP TO BE FITTED OUT
XXX*
A $584 000 CONTRACT FOR FITTING OUT A SHELTERED WORKSHOP AT BUTTERFLY ESTATE, TUEN MUN, HAS BEEN AWARDED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
THE WORKSHOP, WHICH OCCUPIES THE GROUND FLOOR OF TIP YEE HOUSE, MEASURES 1 300 SQUARE METRES.
WORK WILL INVOLVE PARTITIONING, PAINTING, AND CARPETING THE WORKSHOP, AS WELL AS INSTALLING VENETIAN BLINDS AND SANITARY FITTINGS.
IT WILL START.NEXT WEEK AND TAKE FIVE MONTHS.
THE CONTRACT WAS AWARDED TO HONG KONG KWONG TAI BUILDERS LTD.
-----0--------
BOARD ON LUNCH-TIME STUDY TOUR
* * * *
MEMBERS OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT BOARD AND ITS COMMUNITY BUILDING COMMITTEE WILL TOUR WONG CHUK HANG INDUSTRIAL AREA DURING LUNCH-TIME TOMORROW (MONDAY) TO SEE THE OPERATION OF THE NEWLY-INTRODUCED FAST FOOD VANS.
THE LICENSING OF FOUR FAST FOOD VANS TO OPERATE IN THE AREA WAS INITIATED BY THE BOARD AS ONE OF THE INTERIM MEASURES TJ SOLVE EATING PROBLEM OF WORKERS DURING LUNCH-TIME BEFORE THE COMPLETION OF A COOKED-FOOD CENTRE AT NAM LONG SHAN ROAD.
MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES WISHING TO COVER THE TOUR SHOULD ASSEMBLE AT THE SITTING-OUT AREA AT THE JUNCTION OF WONG CHUK HANG ROAD AND NAM LONG SHAN ROAD AT 12 NOON.
-----o--------
/?......
SUNDAY, JULY 15, 1934
7
CAMPAIGN ON WATER HYGIENE LAUNCHED
*****
THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT IS LAUNCHING AN EDUCATION CAMPAIGN TO URGE PEOPLE TO OBSERVE HYGIENE IN DRINKING WATER.
TO SPREAD THE HYGIENE MESSAGE NTSD HEALTH INSPECTORS ARE VISITING REMOTE AREAS AND OUTLYING ISLANDS.
WHERE MAINS WATER IS SUPPLIED, VILLAGERS AND HOLIDAY-MAKERS ARE BEING URGED NOT TO DRINK WATER FROM OTHER LOCAL SOURCES.
BUT WHERE THERE IS NO MAINS WATER, WELL OR STREAM WATER SHOULD BE BOILED BEFORE CONSUMPTION, AN NTSD SPOKESMAN SAID.
THE HEALTH INSPECTORS ARE ALSO DISTRIBUTING INFORMATION LEAFLETS ON HOW TO CHLORINATE WELL AND STREAM WATER.
TO SAFEGUARD THE PUBLIC, STAFF OF THE NTSD ARE CARRYING OUT REGULAR CHLORINATION OF WELLS IN NT AREAS WHERE WELL WATER.IS BE ING USED FOR DR INK ING.
THE SPOKESMAN ALSO URGED VILLAGERS TO KEEP THEIR LIVING SURROUNDINGS CLEAN TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF STREAM AND WELL WATER.
-------o---------
$400 000 SUMMER YOUTH PLAN STARTING
* * *
THIS YEAR’S SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME IN TSUEN WAN WILL BEGIN TOMORROW (MONDAY), PROVIDING 900 ITEMS OF ACTIVITIES FOR ABOUT 50 000 PARTICIPANTS.
THE $400 000 - PROGRAMME, FUNDED BY THE ROYAL HONG KONG nrKEY CLUB THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD AND ORGANISATIONS, wILL INCLUDE TRAINING COURSES, SPORTS COMPETITIONS, CAMPING, SEMINARS AND VISITS.
AN OPENING CEREMONY FEATURING A VARIETY SHOW WILL BE HELD AT 8 PM AT THE TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL.
_ _ 0 - -
/8
SUNDAY, JULY 15, 1984
8
EARLY MORNING MTR WORK * * *
GREAT GEORGE STREET BETWEEN YEE WO STREET AND PATERSON STREET IN CAUSEWAY BAY, WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 1 AM TO 6 AM ON TUESDAY (JULY 17) TO FACILITATE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CONSTRUCTION 'WORKS.
DURING THE CLOSURE, EASTBOUND TRAFFIC ON YEE WO STREET HEADING FOR GREAT GEORGE STREET WILL BE DIVERTED VIA SUGAR STREET, Gloucester road, Kingston street and paterson street to rejoin GREAT GEORGE STREET.
- - 0 - -
SPECIALISTS TO TALK ON MUSIC * * * *
THREE LECTURERS FROM THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG WILL GIVE TALKS FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL MUSIC TEACHERS AT A TWO-DAY SUMMER COURSE, BEGINNING TOMORROW (MONDAY).
THE LECTURERS ARE ALL SPECIALISTS IN CHINESE MUSIC.
MR BENNY TSAO WILL SPEAK ON +CHINESE MUSIC IN HISTORY:
A BRIEF OUTLINE+ AND +THE SINGING-NARRATIVES OF CHINA: A HISTORICAL REVIEW+; DR YIP MING-MEI WILL TALK ABOUT THE +THEORY OF CHINESE MUSIC+; AND DR LEUNG PUI-KAM WILL SPEAK ON +APPRECI AT I ON OF CHINESE MUSIC DRAMA+.
THE COURSE IS DESIGNED TO FAMILIARISE TEACHERS WITH VARIOUS TOPICS ON CHINESE MUSIC SELECTED FROM THE MUSIC SYLLABUS FOR FORMS 1 TO 3.
ORGANISED BY THE MUSIC SECTION OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S ADVISORY INSPECTORATE, THE COURSE WILL BE HELD AT ST. PAUL’S SECONDARY SCHOOL, VENTRIS ROAD, HAPPY VALLEY, HONG KONG.
- 0 - -
MORNING DELIVERY XX**
THE SECTION OF CHI WO STREET BETWEEN PAK HOI REET AND SAIGON STREET IN YAU MA TEI WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 1 AM TO 5 AM ON TUESDAY (JULY 17) TO FACILITATE THE DELIVERY OF A TRANSFORMER TO THE CHI WO STREET ELECTRICITY SUBSTATION.
DURING THE CLOSURE, TRAFFIC ON NATHAN ROAD SOUTHBOUND HEADING FOR GASCOIGNE ROAD EASTBOUND WILL BE DIVERTED VIA NANKING STREET, CHI WO STREET AND JORDAN ROAD.
- - 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
MONDAY, JULY 16, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
LIGHT HAIL DECISION WARMLY V.'ELCOMED .......................... 1
OVER 50 000 GET AIDED FORM 4 PLACES ............................ 1
MARCH NOMINAL WAGE INDEXES RISE................................. 4
PERCENTAGE OF SMOKERS DROPS..................................... 8
LADY YOUDE TOURS TUEN MJN ...................................... 9
MORE SEEKING FREE LEGAL ADVICE................................... 10
FLATS LUCKY NUMBERS DRAWN ....................................... 11
LOW-COST MEDICaL CARE FOR ELDERLY................................ 12
CHILDREN'S ARTWORK ON DISPLAY.................................... 13
NEW MARKET OPENS................................................. 14
TEACHING DISABLED TO SWIM........................................ 15
YOUNG PART-TIME LIFE GUARDS NEEDED .............................. 15
LIGHTING UP MORE PARKS .......................................... 1$
SCHOOL WORK...................................................... 16
MORE PARKING METERS ............................................. 17
NO RIGHT TURN ................................................... 17
MONG KOK TAPS OFF ............................................... 17
WATER FIGURES ................................................... 17
MONDAY, JULY 16, 1934
1
LIGHT RAIL DECISION WARMLY WELCOMED XXX
THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, MR ALAN SCOTT, HAS WARMLY WELCOMED THE DECISION BY THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION TO BUILD AND OPERATE THE TUEN MUN/YUEN LONG LIGHT RAIL TRANSIT SYSTEM.
REFERRING TO THE ANNOUNCEMENT BY THE KCRC THAT IT HAS IN PRINCIPLE ACCEPTED THE GOVERNMENT’S INVITATION TO BUILD AND OPERATE THE LRT SYSTEM, MR SCOTT SAID THAT THE LRT SYSTEM WOULD CONSTITUTE THE CORE TRANSPORT SYSTEM FOR THE FUTURE DEVELOPMENT OF THE NORTH-WEST NEW TERRITORIES. EXPECTED TO BEGIN OPERATIONS IN 1988, THE LRT SYSTEM IS DESIGNED TO SERVE A POPULATION OF ABOUT THREE-QUARTER OF A MILLION BY THE TURN OF THE CENTURY, HE NOTED.
+THE LRT SYSTEM IS A SUBSTANTIAL AND IMPORTANT COMMUNITY INVESTMENT AND A VITAL COMPONENT IN THE GOVERNMENT’S LONG TERM PLANS FOR AN INTEGRATED AND BALANCED SYSTEM OF TRANSPORT FACILITIES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES. A CAREFUL PLAN HAS BEEN DEVISED TO ENSURE THAT THE DIFFERENT MODES OF PUBLIC TRANSPORT PROVIDE ADEQUATE AND COMPLEMENTARY SERVICES, SO THAT RESIDENTS IN THE NORTH-WEST WILL HAVE A CONVENIENT, EFFICIENT, AND REASONABLY PRICED TRANSPORT SYSTEM*, SAID MR SCOTT.
THE KCRC’S LRT PROPOSALS, TOGETHER WITH THE GOVERNMENT’S GENERAL TRANSPORT PLANS FOR THE REGION, WILL BE PUT TO THE TUtN MUN AND YUEN LONG DISTRICT BOARDS IN THE NEAR FUTURE, AS A JOINT AND COMPREHENSIVE PRESENTATION.
-----o-----
OVER 50 000 GET AIDED FORM 4 PLACES
. tatai nr 660 STUDENTS WHO TOOK PART IN THE JUNIOR
SAID TODAY.
ORIGINALLY 75 580 PUPILS ENTERED FOR THE SYSTEM THIS
OUT DURING THE YEAR.
OF THE REMAINING 71 727 PUPILS, 72 PER CENT HAVE BEEN ALLOCATED SUBSIDISED FORM FOUR PLACES.
/THE SPOKESMAN
MONDAY, JULY 16, 1984
2
THE SPOKESMAN SAID MORE THAN 81.9 PER CENT OF THE CHILDREN HAVE BEEN ALLOCATED BACK TO THEIR OWN ’FEEDER’ SCHOOLS.
84.6 PER CENT OF THE PUPILS WERE ALLOCATED TO SCHOOLS OF_ THEIR FIRST CHOICE (82.3 PER CENT IN 1983 AND 81.1 PER CENT ------------------------------------ WERE ALLOCATED TO SCHOOLS
CENT
CENT
IN 1982). A TOTAL OF 97.3 PER WITHIN THEIR CHOICES (96.5 PER CENT IN 1982).
IN 1933 AND 95.4 PER
THE RESULTS OF ALLOCATION WILL BE RELEASED TO ALL PARTICIPATING SCHOOLS FOR COLLECTION BY PUPILS TOMORROW (TUESDAY).
REGISTRATION OF FEEDER PUPILS (I.E. PUPILS ALLOCATtD PLACES IN THEIR OWN SCHOOLS) WILL TAKE PLACE ON THE SAME DATE THE ALLOCATION RESULTS ARE RELEASED. FOR THIS PURPOSE PUPILS ARE REMINDED THAT THEY SHOULD LEAVE THEIR REGISTRATION FORMS WITH THE SCHOOL OFFICE.
PUPILS WHO HAVE BEEN ALLOCATED TO OTHER SCHOOLS SHOULD REPORT FOR REGISTRATION ON WEDNESDAY (JULY 18). WHEN REPORTING FOR REGISTRATION, THEY SHOULD BRING THE FOLLOWING:
(A) PUPIL IDENTIFICATION FORM, OR IDENTIFICATION DOCUMENT PREPARED BY THE SCHOOL AND ENDORSED BY THE JSEA SECTION’OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT;
(B) REGISTRATION FORM-
(C) INDIVIDUAL RESULT SLIP;
(D) PUPIL’S HONG KONG IDENTITY CARD; AND
(E) TWO RECENT PASSPORT-SIZE PHOTOGRAPHS WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE SCHOOL.
PUPILS WHO HAVE ACCEPTED A PLACE OFFERED BY A TECHNICAL INSTITUTE SHOULD REPORT FOR REGISTRATION ON WEDNESDAY, JULY 18.
IF A PUPIL IS UNABLE TO COLLECT HIS ALLOCATION RESULT OR GO FOR REGISTRATION BY JULY 18, HE SHOULD AUTHORISE, IN WRITING, A REPRESENTATIVE TO COLLECT THE RESULT OR REPORT TO THE SCHOOL FOR REGISTRATION ON HIS BEHALF. THE LETTER OF AUTHORISATION MUST HAVE BEEN ENDORSED BY THE ORIGINAL SCHOOL. IT SHOULD BE PRODUCED AT THE TIME OF COLLECTION OR REGISTRATION BY THE APPOINTED REPRESENTATIVE.
IN REGISTERING WITH A SCHOOL, A PUPIL MUST SURRENDER HIS REGISTRATION FORM TO THE SCHOOL. IN THE EVENT OF A SUBSEQUENT TRANSFER, THE PUPIL MUST RETRIEVE HIS REGISTRATION FORM FROM THE ORIGINAL SCHOOL WHICH WILL THEN CANCEL HIS REGISTRATION IN THAT SCHOOL.
/'SCHOOLS MAY........
MONDAY, JULY 16, 1984
’SCHOOLS MAY NOT ADMIT ANY PUPIL WITHOUT HIS REG I STR AT 10.. FORM’. THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
ANY PUPIL WHO HAS MOVED TO ANOTHER DISTRICT AND WH^ WISHES 'RANSFER TO A SCHOOL NEARER TO HIS NEw RESIDENCE AFTEn ALLOCATION MUST COMPLETE AN APPLICATION FORM WHICH IS AVAILABLE FROi- THE SCHOOL IN WHICH HE COMPLETED FORM THREE.
THE COMPLETED FORM MUST BE RETURNED TO THE SCHOOL FOR ONWARD TRANSMISSION TO THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT. APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER WILL CLOSE ON THURSDAY, JULY 19 AND ALL APPLICATIONS MUST EE SUPPORTED EY DOCUMENTARY EVIDENCE.
PUPILS REALLOCATED TO OTHER SCHOOLS WILL BE NOTIFIED BY PHONE ON JULY 22 OR 23, BETWEEN 9 AM AND 9 PM. REGISTRATION CF TRANSFERRED PUPILS WILL TAKE PLACE ON WEDNESDAY, JULY 25.
PUPILS WHO ARE NOT ALLOCATED A SUBSIDISED FORM FOUR PLACE WILL BE PROVIDED BY THEIR SCHOOLS WITH AN INFORMATION SHEET OUTLINING THE ALTERNATIVE LEARNING OPPORTUNITIES OPEN TO THEM. THE SHEET CONTAINS ADDRESSES AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS FROM WHICH PUPILS MAY OBTAIN FURTHER INFORMATION.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION INTO GOVERNMENT EVENING SECONDARY CLASSES WILL CLO.SE ON THURSDAY, JULY 19. APPLICANTS MUST CALL IN PERSON AT THE ADULT EDUCATION SECTION OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, ASIAN HOUSE, 12TH FLOOR, 1 HENNESSY ROAD, WAN CHAI (TEL: 5-295708), BRINGING WITH THEM THEIR JSEA RESULT SLIPS AND A PHOTOCOPY OF THE SLIP FOR RETENTION PURPOSE.
SHOULD TYPHOON SIGNAL NO. 8 OR ABOVE BE HOISTED DURING THE REGISTRATION PERIODS, HEADS OF SCHOOLS AND PUPILS SHOULD WATCH OUT FOR SPECIAL ANNOUNCEMENTS IN THE MEDIA.
ALL ENQUIRIES CONCERNING ALLOCATION RESULTS SHOULD BE REFERRED TO THE JUNIOR SECONDARY EDUCATION ASSESSMENT SECTION OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT AT TELEPHONE NUMBER 5-8919099.
-----0------
/4.......
MONDAY, JULY 16, 1 ‘>84
- 4 -
MARCH NOMINAL WAGE INDEXES RISE
******
THE OVERALL MARCH 198A. NOMINAL wAGE INDEX, AT 117, .OWo ; •■CREATES OF 4.4 PER CENT wrtEN COMPARED WITH DECEMBtR 19«3 ANu PER CENT aHEN COMPARED wI TH THE MARCH 1983 INDEXES, ACCO-jING TO RESULTS PUBLISHED TODAY BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
A COMPARISON OF MARCH 1984 WITH DECEMBER 1983 INDEXES SHOWS THAT THE NOMINAL WAGE INDEXES FOR THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR AND THE TRANSPORT SERVICES SECTOR EACH INCREASED BY 4.6 PER CENT, FOR THE wHOLESALE/RETAIL, IMPORT/EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR BY 3.6 PER CENT, FOR THE BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR BY 5.3 PER CENT AND FOR THE PERSONAL SERVICES SECTOR BY 2.6 PER CENT.
A COMPARISON OF THE MARCH 1984 WITH MARCH 1983 INDEXES SHO^S THAT THE NOMINAL WAGE INDEXES FOR THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR INCREASED BY 8.6 PER CENT, FOR THE WHOLESALE/RETAIL, IMPORT/ EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR BY 6.9 PER CENT FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICES SECTOR BY 10.2 PER CENT, FOR THE BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR BY 7.9 PER CENT, AND FOR THE PERSONAL SERVICES SECTOR BY 6.5 PER CENT.
THE NOMINAL WAGE INDEXES FOR THE PERIOD MARCH 1983 TO MARCH 1984 FOR SELECTED MAJOR ECONOMIC SECTORS ARE GIVEN IN TABLE 1. DETAILED BREAKDOWNS FOR THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR ARE GIVEN IN TABLE 2.
THE OVERALL REAL WAGE INDEX, AT 97 IN MARCH 1984, SHOWS A.v INCREASE OF 2.1 PER CENT WHEN COMPARED WITH THE DECEMBER 1983 FIGURE, BUT A DECREASE OF 0.6 PER CENT WHEN COMPARED WITH MARCH 1983.
A COMPARISON OF THE MARCH 1984 FIGURE WITH THE DECEMBER 193j FIGURE, SHOWS THAT THE REAL WAGE INDEXES FOR THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR INCREASED BY 2.3 PER CENT, FOR THE WHOLESALE/RETAjL, IMPORT/ EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR BY 1.3 PeR CENT, FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICES SECTOR BY 2.4 PER CENT, AND FOR THE BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR BY 3.1 PER CENT, WHILE THAT FOR THE PERSONAL SERVICES SECTOR SHOWED NO CHANGE.
A COMPARISON OF MARCH 1984 WITH MARCH 1983 INDEXES SHOWS THAT THE REAL WAGE INDEX FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICES SECTOR INCREASED BY 1.3 PER CENT, WHILE THAT FOR THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR REMAINED RELATIVELY STABLE.
HOWEVER, THOSE FOR THE WHOLESALE/RETA IL, I MPORT/EXPOnT TRADco AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR, THE BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR AND THE PERSONAL SERVICES SECTOR DECLINED BY 2.0 PER CENT, 0.9 PER CENT AND 2.2 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.
/THE REAL .......
MONDAY, JULY 16, 19&4
THE REAL WAGE INDEXES FOR THE PERIOD MARCH 1983 TO MARCH 1984 FOR SELECTED MAJOR ECONOMIC SECTORS ARE GIVEN IN TABLE 3.
THESE WAGE INDEXES ARE DERIVED FROM THE SURVEY OF WAGES, SALARIES AND EMPLOYEE BENEFITS CONDUCTED EVERY QUARTER BY THE DEPARTMENT COVERING BOTH MANUAL AND NON-MANUAL WORKERS (EXCLUDING WORKERS AT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROFESSIONAL LEVELS) IN SELECTED INDUSTRIES IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR, THE WHOLESALE/ RETAIL, IMPORT/EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR, THE TRANSPORT SERVICES SECTOR, THE BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR AND THE PERSONAL SERVICES SECTOR.
SUCH INDEXES MEASURE CHANGES IN WAGE RATES BY HOLDING THE STRUCTURAL PATTERN OF THE LABOUR FORCE WITH RESPECT TO INDUSTRY, OCCUPATION, SEX AND MODE OF PAYMENT THE SAME AS THAT OF MARCH 1982, WHICH IS THE BASE PERIOD OF THE WAGE INDEXES.
WHILE THE NOMINAL WAGE INDEX MEASURES CHANGES IN WAGE RATEo IN MONEY TERMS, THE REAL WAGE INDEX, WHICH IS OBTAINED BY DEFLATING THE NOMINAL WAGE INDEX BY THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEX (A), MEASURES CHANGES IN THE PURCHASING POWER OF WAGES (ALTHOUGH THE SAME DEFLATOR IS USED FOR EACH INDUSTRY TO DERIVE THE REAL WAGE INDEX FROM ITS NOMINAL COUNTERPART, THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE MOVEMENTS OF THE NOMINAL WAGE INDEX AND THE REAL WAGE INDEX BETWEEN ANY TWO TIME PERIOD MAY VARY SLIGHTLY FROM INDUSTRY TO INDUSTRY DUE TO ROUNDING).
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT DRE* ATTENTION TO THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE WAGE INDEXES AND TnE INDEXES OF PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED WHICH ARE ALSO PUBLISHED AT QUARTERLY INTERVALS.
HE POINTED OUT THAT WHILE WAGE RATES PROVIDE A MEASURE OF THE UNIT PRICE OF LABOUR, PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED IS A MEASURE OF PER CAPITA EARNINGS.
WAGE RATES REPRESENT THE AMOUNT OF REMUNERATION FOR NORMAL HOURS OF WORK, AND ARE DEFINED TO INCLUDE BASIC WAGES AND SALARIES, COST OF LIVING ALLOWANCE, MEAL BENEFITS, COMMISSIONS AND TIPS, GOOD ATTENDANCE BONUS AND NIGHT SHIFT ALLOWANCE.
IN ADDITION, YEAR-END BONUS AND OTHER GUARANTEED AND REGULAR BONUSES AND ALLOWANCES THAT ARE PAID LESS FREQUENTLY THAN MONTHLY, ARE CONVERTED TO AN EQUIVALENT MONTHLY RATE WHEN COMPILING THE WAGE RATE INDEXES.
TOTAL PAYROLL, ON THE OTHER HAND, IS THE AMOUNT OF DIRECT CASH PAYMENTS THAT EMPLOYEES RECEIVE FROM EMPLOYERS. APART FROM THE ABOVE MENTIONED CASH RECEIPTS, IT ALSO INCLUDES OVERTIME PAY AND OTHER NON-GUARANTEED AND IRREGULAR BONUSES AND ALLOWANCES.
HENCE, STATISTICS ON PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED TEND TO BE SENSITIVE TO CHANGES IN THE NUMBER OF HOURS ACTUALLY WORKED, THE TIMING OF THE PAYMENT OF BONUSES AND BACK-PAY, AND THE COMPOSITION OF THE LABOUR FORCE.
/AS A........
MONDAY, JULY 16, 1984
6
AS A RESULT, MOVEMENTS IN WAGE RATES DO NOT NECESSARILY CONFORM WITH THOSE IN PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED.
THE SURVEY FINDINGS ARE PUBLISHED IN THE REPORT OF WAGES, SALARIES AND EMPLOYEE BENEFITS STATISTICS VOL. I, MARCH 1984 WHICH WILL BE ON SALE SHORTLY AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE.
THE VOL. II ISSUE OF THE REPORT CONTAINING DETAILED OCCUPATIONAL STATISTICS, SUCH AS WAGE RATES, NUMBER OF NORMAL HOURS OF WORK AND NUMBER OF STANDARD WORKING DAYS IS EXPECTED TO BE AVAILABLE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE IN EARLY AUGUST 1984.
FOR ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE WAGE INDEXES, PLEASE CONTACT THE WAGES AND LABOUR COSTS STATISTICS SECTION OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT AT TELEPHONE NOS. 5-455774 OR 5-416062.
TABLE 1 : NOMINAL WAGE INDEXES BY SELECTED MAJOR ECONOMIC SECTuRS
INDEXES (MARCH 1982 = 100)
SELECTED MAJOR ECONOMIC SECTORS ---------------------------
MAR. 1983 JUNE 1983 SEPT 1983 DEC. 1983 ns 4
MANUFACTURING 108 110 111 112 117
WHOLESALE/RETAIL, 1MPORT/EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS 106 107 108 110 114
TRANSPORT SERVICES 114 118 119 120 125
BUSINESS SERVICES 108 109 110 111 117
PERSONAL SERVICES 107 106 111 111 113
ALL SECTORS ABOVE 108 110 111 112 117
/TABLE 2..........
MONDAY, JULY 16, 1984
- ? “
TABLE 2 : NOMINAL WAGE INDEXES FOR MAJOR INDUSTRIES IN THE
MANUFACTURING SECTOR
INDUSTRY INDEXES (MARCH 1982 = 133)
MAR. 1983 JUNE 1983 SEPT 1983 DEC. 1983 MAR • 1934
GARMENTS 106 108 109 110 113
GLOVES 107 107 107 113 113
HANDBAGS 105 136 107 137 113
COTTON SP INN ING/WEAVING 138 111 111 111 113
KNITTING 138 112 113 '115 Id
BLEACHING AND DYE ING 137 1Q9 111 112 117
PR INTING 108 113 113 112 116
PLASTIC PRODUCTS 137 110 111 112 118
f-ETAL PRODUCTS 137 110 113 113 119
ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES 106 109 113 115 126
ELECTRONICS 109 110 112 113 123
WATCHES AND CLOCKS 111 112 113 113 121
- ■ _ _ —- MM MW ^W —“ MW «W — WV W*MW
MANUFACTURING 108 113 111 112 • 117
van wa mbm flHl a^B
/TABLE 3 : .......
MONDAY, JULY 16, 1984
- 8 -
TAELE 3 : REAL WAGE INDEXES BY SELECTED MAJOR ECONOMIC SECTORS
SELECTED MAJOR ECONOMIC SECTORS INDEXES (MARCH 1932 - 103)
MAR. 1983 JUNE 1983 SEPT 1983 DEC. 1983 MAR. 1934
MANUFACTURING 97 98 96 94 97
WHOLESALE/RETAIL, IMPORT/EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS 96 95 93 93 94
TRANSPORT SERVICES 103 135 103 131 134
BUSINESS SERVICES 97 97 95 94 96
PERSONAL SERVICES 96 95 96 94 94
ALL SECTORS ABOVE 97 98 96 95 n7
-----o------
PERCENTAGE OF SMOKERS DROPS
K K K H
ABOUT 20 PER CENT OF THE POPULATION AT THE AGE OF 15 AND ABOVE WERE HABITUAL CIGARETTE SMOKERS, ACCORDING TO A SURVEY CARRIED OUT BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT IN MARCH LAST YEAR.
THIS WAS DOWN FROM 23 PER CENT ESTIMATED BY A SIMILAR SURVEY CONDUCTED A YEAR EARLIER.
THE NUMBER OF HABITUAL SMOKERS DROPPED FROM 888 500 TO 783 900 OVER THE 12-MONTH PERIOD.
THE HABIT WAS MORE COMMON AMONG MALES THAN FEMALES: 34 PER CENT OF MALES AGED 15 AND OVER WERE SMOKERS, COMPARED WITH FIVE PER CENT FOR FEMALES. THE CORRESPONDING FIGURES IN THE PREVIOUS SURVEY WERE 40 PER CENT AND SIX PER CENT.
HOWEVER, THE NUMBER OF WOMEN SMOKERS AGED 20-39 INCREASED^ BY NEARLY 17 PER CENT OVER THE SAME PERIOD, FROM 15 900 TO 18 c''..
THE SURVEY ALSO INDICATED THAT THE TENDENCY TO SMOKE INCREASED WITH AGE FOR BOTH SEXES.
/THE PERCHKTAGE.......
MONDAY, JI oY 16, 1984
9
THE PERCENTAGE OF MALE SMOKERS AGED 20 AND OVER SHOwED AN AF L'-T INCREASE, WHILE ALMOST ONE IN EVERY TwO MEN AGED -j AND A' vE WAS A SMOKER.
THE PERCENTAGE OF FEMALE SMOKERS INCREASED FROM BELOW ONE PER CENT AMONG THOSE AGED 15-19 TO 13 PER CENT AMONG THOSE AGED 63 AND OVER.
HEAVY SMOKERS WERE MORE COMMON AMONG MEN THAN WOMEN.
FOR INSTANCE, OVER HALF OF THE MALE SMOKERS CONSUMED 11 TO 20 CIGARETTES A DAY, WHEREAS ABOUT THE SAME PERCENTAGE OF FEMALE SMOKERS CONSUMED 1 TO 10 CIGARETTES A DAY.
ON AVERAGE, MALE SMOKERS CONSUMED 14 CIGARETTES A DAY, AND FEMALE SMOKERS, 11. THE CORRESPONDING FIGURES IN THE PREVIOUS SURVEY WERE 17 AND 11.
OLDER SMOKERS CONSUMED MORE CIGARETTES THAN YOUNGER ONES. 01 AVERAGE THOSE AGED 40-59 CONSUMED 15 CIGARETTES A DAY, COMPARED WITH 11 FOR THOSE AGED 15-19. THE COMPARATIVE FIGURE^ IN THE PREVIOUS SURVEY WERE 18 AND 12.
AMONG ECONOMICALLY ACTIVE PERSONS, FARMERS AND FISHERMEN WERE MORE LIKELY TO SMOKE: 41 OUT OF 100.
CLERICAL WORKERS HAD THE LOWEST SMOKING RATE: 11 OUT OF 100.
THE RATES FOR PROFESSIONALS AND TECHNICAL WORKERS, AT 12 PER CENT, WERE ALSO LOW.
AMONG ECONOMICALLY INACTIVE PERSONS, FULL-TIME STUDENTS HAD THE LOwEST RATE OF SMOKING: 0.6 PER CENT.
----0-----
LADY YOUDE TOURS TUEN MUN
*****
LADY YOUDE THIS (MONDAY) MORNING HAD A GLIMPSE OF THE OLD AND NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN TUEN MUN DURING A VISIT THERE.
ACCOMPANIED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR RICKY FUNG, LADY YOUDE FIRST WENT TO THE ROOFTOP OF 01 HEI HOUSE IN YAU 01 ESTATE FOR A PANORAMIC VIEW OF THE NEW TOWN, BEFORE TAKING A STROLL ROUND THE LIVE FISH STALLS AT THE CASTLE PEAK BAY WATERFRONT.
THE PARTY THEN VISITED THE YKK ZIPPER COMPANY (HONG KONG) LIMITED, A JAPANESE FIRM WHICH HAS BEEN IN OPERATION IN TUEN MUN FOR YEARS. IN RECENT YEARS, THE COMPANY HAS DIVERSIFIED INTO MANUFACTURING ALUMINIUM PRODUCTS AND IS PLANNING TO BUILD ANOTHtR 20-ST0REY FACTORY BUILDING ADJACENT TO ITS PRESENT PLANT IN TUEN MUN AT A COST OF >150 MILLION.
/AT TUE» .......
J'JTY 16, 1984
10 -
AT TUEN CHI WAI, A WALLED VILLAGE OF THE TO C^AN BUILT SOME 30 YEARS AGO, LADY YOUDE TOURED THE ANCESTRAL HALL AND^THER CILLARY STRUCTURES. SHE ALSO HAD A BRIEF DISCUSSION W 4 THt ._AGE REPRESENTATIVE, MR TO KAM-CHOW.
LADY YOUDE THEN WENT TO SEE THE . ' T<- - SIU HONG COURT HOME OWNERSHIP COMPREHENSIVE RANGE OF RECREATIONAL, AND COMMERCIAL FACILITIES THERE.
MODERN RESIDENTIAL BLOCKS SCHEME AS WELL AS THE EDUCATIONAL, SOCIAL
BEFORE LEAVING, SHE VISITED THE FAMOUS TAOIST MONASTERY THE CHING CHUNG KOON - AND ITS HOME FOR THE AGED AND HAD A VEGETARIAN LUNCH THERE.
0 --------
MORE SEEKING FREE LEGAL ADVICE
*****
MORE PEOPLE ARE SEEKING ADVICE ON CIVIL LEGAL MATTERS FROM THE VOLUNTARY LAWYERS SERVING UNDER THE FREE LEGAL ADVICE SCHEME, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION SAID TODAY (MONDAY).
LAST FINANCIAL YEAR, 22 062 ENQUIRIES AND CASES CONCERNING THE SCHEME WERE RECEIVED BY STAFF AT THE CNTA’S 63 PUBLIC ENQUIRY SERVICE CENTRES, REPRESENTING A 30 PER CENT INCREASE AS COMPARED WITH THE PREVIOUS YEAR.
+0F THESE, 2 954 CASES WERE REFERRED TO THE DUTY LAWYERS UNDER THE SCHEME,* HE ADDED.
THE FIVE MOST POPULAR TOPICS OF THE CASES WERE ON MONEY AND OTHER COMMERCIAL MATTERS (23.5 PER CENT), MATRIMONIAL MATTERS (19.9 PER CENT), COMPENSATION (12.1 PER CENT), LANDLORD AND TENANT (CONSOLIDATION) ORDINANCE (11.4 PER CENT), AND CRIMINAL CASES (6.9 PER CENT).
THE SCHEME, IMPLEMENTED IN NOVEMBER 1978, IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY CNTA AND THE LAW SOCIETY ON A DISTRICT BASIS TO PROVIDE FREE LEGAL ADVICE TO THOSE WHO CANNOT AFFORD IT.
THROUGH THE PUBLIC ENQUIRY SERVICE CENTRES, APPLICANTS ARE REFERRED TO MEET THE DUTY LAWYERS ATTENDING THE EIGHT EVENING BUREAUS SITUATED AT THE DISTRICT OFFICES OF WAN CHAI, EASTERN, MONG KOK, WONG TAI SIN, YAU MA TEI, KWUN TONG, TSUEN WAN AND SHA TIN.
LAST YEAR, MORE THAN 270 VOLUNTEER LAWYERS DRAWN FROM THE BAR, PRACTISING SOLICITORS AND GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS ATTENDED THE SCHEME.
/+ANY0NE WISHING .......
MONDAY, JULY 16, 1984
- 11 -
+ANYONE WISHING TO SEE THE DUTY LAWYERS MAY APPROACH ANY OF THE 63 PUBLIC ENQUIRY SERVICE CENTRES. AFTER AN INTERVIEW, STAFF OF THE CENTRES WILL IDENTIFY THEIR NEEDS AND MAKE REFERRALS WHERE NECESSARY,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
+DETAILS OF THE LEGAL PROBLEM WILL THEN BE FORWARDED TO THE DUTY LAWYER SO THAT PREPARATION WORK CAN BE TAKEN BEFORE THE APPOINTMENT.
+NORMALLY, AN APPOINTMENT WITH THE DUTY LAWYERS WILL BE ARRANGED WITHIN 10 DAYS AT ONE OF THE CENTRES OF THE APPLICANTS’ OWN CHOICE.+
FLATS LUCKY NUMBERS DRAWN ******
A BALLOT WAS HELD TODAY IN THE +WOMEN TODAY+ PROGRAMME OF HK-TVB TO DECIDE THE SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS FOR THE 6 616 FLATS TO BE SOLD UNDER PHASE VIA OF'THE HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME.
FOR THE 7 151 GREEN-FORM APPLICANTS FROM THE HOUSING AUTHORITY AND HOUSING SOCIETY TENANTS, THE LUCKY NUMBERS REPRESENTING THE LAST DIGIT OF THEIR REGISTRATION NUMBERS WERE 8, 0, 1, 6 AND 3, WHILE FOR THE 13 447 WHITE-FORM PRIVATE SECTOR APPLICANTS, THE LUCKY NUMBERS REPRESENTING THE LAST TWO DIGITS WERE 45, 51, 22, 00, 25, 98, 48, 73, 52, 17, 10, 92, 39, 44, 07, 93, 69 AND 18.
IN ADDITION, A PROPORTION OF APPLICATIONS WITH REGISTRATION NUMBERS ENDING IN 7 (GREEN FORM) AND 46 (WHITE FORM) WERE ALSO SUCCESSFUL.
THE REMAINDER OF THESE NUMBERS PLUS 9, 5, 2 AND 4 (GREEN FORM) AND 79, 63, 33, 01, 66, 12, 04. 27, 34, 65, 59, 54, 85 11. 37. 38. 97. 99. 60. 47. 31. 86. 49. 83. 71. 30, 68, 08,
7 MNU OJ, JJ9 'Jit Wj At, 9 J-r9 ^>9
. 37, 38, 97, 99, 60, 47, 31, 86, 49, 83, 71, 30.
13, 02, 95, 75, 03, 94, 19, 20, 32, 78, 42, 41, 70, 61,
21, 06, 62, 58, 57, 67, 53, 87, 29, 35, 91, 77, 09, 24,
72, 90, 64, 16. 05, 50, 82, 28, 40, 43, 80, 26, 88, 56,
96 84 AND 89 (WHITE FORM) WILL FORM THE RESERVE LIST.
55
23
74
76, 81
36
15
14
9
9
9
9
9
A COMBINED PRIORITY LIST OF SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS IN THE GREEN-FORM AND WHITE-FORM CATEGORIES WAS LATER PRODUCED BY COMPUTtR AT THE HOUSING AUTHORITY HEADQUARTERS.
PERFORMING THE BALLOT WERE MR CHARLES C.C. SIN, CHAIRMAN OF THE HOUSING AUTHORITY’S HOME OWNERSHIP COMMITTEE, AND MR TSO SHIU-WAI, MEMBER OF THE COMMITTEE, AND THE DRAW WAS WITNESSED BY AN ICAC REPRESENTATIVE, MR CHAN TUNG-SHAN.
/RESULTS of .......
MONBAY, JULY 16, 1984
- 12 -
RESULTS OF THE BALLOT WILL BE PUBLISHED TOMORROW (TUESDAY) . AND LISTS OF SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS WITH THEIR ORDER OF PRIORITY WILL BE POSTED FROM TOMORROW AFTERNOON AT THE HOME OWNERSHIP CENTRE, ALL HOUSING AUTHORITY AND HOUSING SOCIETY ESTATE OFFICES, AND DISTRICT OFFICES.
A COMPLETE LIST OF SUCCESSFUL REGISTRATION NUMBERS WILL ALSO BE PUBLISHED IN GOVERNMENT GAZETTE ON NEXT FRIDAY (JULY 27).
THE 6 616 PHASE VIA FLATS ARE LOCATED AT TAI PO PLAZA IN TAI PO, SIU HONG COURT IN TUEN MUN, CHOI PO COURT IN SHEK WU HUI AND MAY SHING COURT IN SHA TIN. THEIR GROSS AREAS VARY BETWEEN 41.3 AND 64.3 SQUARE METRES WITH PRICES RANGING FROM $98 TO $248 800.
-----0------
LOW-COST MEDICAL CARE FOR ELDERLY * * * *
OLD PEOPLE IN TUEN MUN WILL BE ABLE TO RECEIVE PRIVATE MEDICaL TREATMENT AT A REDUCED FEE FROM TODAY (MONDAY).
SPONSORED BY THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT BOARD AT $10 000, THE ■►COMMUNITY MEDICAL SERVICE SCHEME FOR THE ELDERLY* ALREADY HAS THE SUPPORT OF 22 PRIVATE MEDICAL PRACTITIONERS, EIGHT DENTISTS, AND OPERATORS OF 10 DISPENSARIES IN THE DISTRICT.
UNDER THE SCHEME PEOPLE AGED 60 AND ABOVE CAN RECEIVE MEDICAL CONSULTATION AT A REDUCED FEE, OR EVEN FREE OF CHARGE AT THE DISCRETION OF INDIVIDUAL DOCTORS.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE SCHEME’S ORGANISING COMMITTEE SAID TODAY THAT ABOUT 3 000 OLD PEOPLE HAD ALREADY REGISTERED.
♦ THEY HAVE ALL BEEN ISSUED WITH REGISTRATION CARDS WHICH THEY WILL HAVE TO BRING WITH THEM WHEN THEY SEE A DOCTOR,+ HE SAID.
+WITH THE CARD, THEY CAN ALSO BUY MEDICINE AT A CHEAPER PRICE AT THE 10 DISPENSARIES.*
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THOSE WHO HAD NOT YET REGISTERED FOR THE SCHEME WERE WELCOME TO DO SO.
+ALL THEY HAVE TO DO IS TO BRING ALONG WITH THEM THEIR IDENTITY CARDS AND APPLY FOR THE REGISTRATION CARD AT THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS SUB-OFFICES,* HE SAID.
*A LIST OF THE DOCTORS PARTICIPATING IN THE SCHEME WILL BE SHOWN TO THE APPLICANTS AND THEY WILL BE FREE TO CHOOSE ANY DOCTOR THEY LIKE.
+A REVIEW OF THE SCHEME WILL BE CARRIED OUT AFTER SIX MONTHS.*
MEMBERS IN,THE ORGANISING COMMITTEE COMPRISE REPRESENTATIVES FROM LOCAL ORGANISATIONS, GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, VOLUNTARY AGENCIES AND THE DISTRICT BOARD.
------0-------
/13......
MONDAY, JULY 16, 1984
- 13 -
CHILDREN’S ARTWORK ON DISPLAY
*****
THE ACTING CHIEF SECRETARY, MR DENIS BRAY, TOURED AN ART EXHIBITION AT THE HENRY G. LEONG YAU MA TEI COMMUNITY CENTRE TODAY TO SEE SOME OF THE 300 PIECES OF WORK PRODUCED BY MENTALLY RETARDED CHILDREN.
ON ARRIVAL AT THE DISPLAY, WHICH WAS ENTITLED +MY ART PIECES*, BRAY WAS MET BY MR ALEXANDER FUNG, REGIONAL OFFICER (WEST KOWLOON) OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT, AND REPRESENTATIVES CF OTHER ORGANISING BODIES.
MR BRAY SAW A WIDE VARIETY OF HANDWORK, INCLUDING PAINTING, POTTERY, PLASTER AND SCULPTURE. THE EXHIBITS WERE PRODUCED BY CHILDREN FROM THE ACTIVITIES CENTRES, SPECIAL EDUCATION SCHOOLS AND SHELTER WORKSHOPS.
LATER, HE WENT TO SEE AN ART CARNIVAL, WHERE HE WATCHED A GROUP OF MENTALLY RETARDED CHILDREN LEARNING SILK SCREENING, CARVING AND OTHER HANDICRAFT SKILLS UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF VOLUNTEER WORKERS.
MR BRAY ALSO CHATTED WITH SOME OF THE CHILDREN THERE.
THE TWO-DAY EXHIBITION, WHICH STARTED YESTERDAY (JULY 15), PROVIDED AN OPPORTUNITY FOR HUNDREDS OF MENTALLY HANDICAPPED CHILDREN TO DEMONSTRATE THEIR SKILLS THROUGH A SERIES OF STRUCTURED ACTIVITIES. IT HAS ATTRACTED THOUSANDS OF VISITORS, INCLUDING THE FAMILIES OF HANDICAPPED CHILDREN, SCHOOL TEACHERS, SOCIAL WORKERS AND PROFESSIONALS FROM OTHER RELATED FIELDS.
IT WAS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY : THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT HENRY G. LEONG YAU MA TEI COMMUNITY CENTRE, HONG KONG MENTALLY HANDICAPPED CHILDREN SCHOOL TEACHER’S ASSOCIATION, VOLUNTEER SERVICE DEVELOPMENT ASSOCIATION AND YAU MA TEI/TSIM SHA TSUI CULTURE AND ARTS ASSOCIATION FOR THE MENTALLY RETARDED CHILDREN AS PART OF THIS YEAR’S SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME.
TODAY’S VISIT WAS THE SECOND IN A SERIES ARRANGED FOR SENIOR GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS AND UMELCO MEMBERS DURING THE SUMMER TO GAIN BETTER INSIGHT INTO THIS YEAR’S SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME.
APART FROM OFFERING A GREAT VARIETY OF HEALTHY RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES TO YOUNGSTERS IN HONG KONG, THE SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME ALSO LOOKS AFTER THE INTEREST OF SPECIAL TARGET GROUPS SUCH AS THE DISABLED, ORPHANS AND UNDERPRIVILEGED CHILDREN.
- - 0 - -
/14........
MONDAY, JULY 16, 1984
- 14 -
NEW MARKET OPENS * * *
THERE HAS BEEN A MARKED IMPROVEMENT IN THE ENVIRONMENT OF TO KWA WAN FOLLOWING THE OPENING OF A MARKET COMPLEX IN AN AREA ONCE CLUTTERED WITH HAWKERS.
THE URBAN COUNCIL’S TO KWA WAN MARKET, BOUNDED BY LOK SHAN ROAD, KOWLOON CITY ROAD AND MA TAU WEI ROAD, OPENED FOR BUSINESS A FEW MONTHS AGO, AND NOW PROVIDES CENTRALISED RETAIL MARKET FACILITIES FOR THE 137 OOO RESIDENTS OF THE AREA.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE COUNCIL SAID THE NEARBY STREETS, PARTICULARLY LOK SHAN ROAD AND KOWLOON CITY ROAD, WHICH WERE ONCE CLUTTERED WITH HAWKERS, NOW HAD A CLEAN AND FRESH LOOK.
+THE OLD TO KWA WAN MARKET WAS BUILT IN 1928 AND HAD ONLY 13 STALLS,* SAID THE SPOKESMAN. +BECAUSE OF CONSTANT COMPLAINTS ABOUT ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION CAUSED BY THE THOUSANDS OF HAWKERS IN THE AREA, PLANNING BEGAN IN THE 7O’S TO REDEVELOP THE SITE.*
THE NEW MARKET OCCUPIES THE BASEMENT, GROUND AND FIRST FLOORS CF THE TO KWA WAN MARKET AND GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING.
THERE ARE 406 MINI-STALLS, 20 MEAT STALLS, EIGHT POULTRY STALLS, 30 FISH STALLS, ONE ICE STALL, TWO NEWSPAPER KIOSKS AND 18 COOKED-FOOD STALLS, WITH THE GROUND AND FIRST FLOORS OF THE MARKET INTER-CONNECTED BY ESCALATORS.
FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF SHOPPERS, THERE ARE THREE SEPARATE ENTRANCES TO THE MARKET FROM LOK SHAN ROAD, MA TAU WEI ROAD AND KOWLOON CITY ROAD.
CONSTRUCTION OF THE BUILDING, COSTING ABOUT $45 MILLION, BEGAN IN JANUARY 1982 AND WAS COMPLETED LAST DECEMBER.
APART FROM THE MARKET, OTHER URBAN COUNCIL FACILITIES IN THE BUILDING INCLUDE A CHILDREN’S PLAY AREA, A VOLLEYBALL COURT, TWO BASKETBALL COURTS AND AN INDOOR BADMINTON COURT. THE BUILDING ALSO HOUSES THE URBAN COUNCIL’S TO KWA WAN PUBLIC LIBRARY ON THE FIFTH AND SIXTH FLOORS.
THE OFFICIAL OPENING OF THE MARKET WILL BE HELD AT 11 AM ON FRIDAY, JULY 20, AND WILL BE PERFORMED BY THE CHAIRMAN OF THE COUNCIL’S MARKETS AND STREET TRADERS SELECT COMMITTEE, MR SHUM CHOI-SANG.
-----o-----
MONDAY, JULY io, 19b4
- 15 -
TEACHING DISABLED TO SWIM
■ * * * *
two swimming courses for disabled children are bei.»u organised ■y TH: recreation and sports service (rss) of the recreation and culture department.
the two courses for cerebral palsied children and phab JUN IGES, CO-ORGANISED * I TH THE HONG KONG PHAB ASSOCIATION AND nELD AT THE LADY MACLEHOSE POKFULAM PHAB CENTRE GOT OFF GROUND ON JULY 14.
EACH COURSE w ILL BE SPREAD OVER 10 SESSIONS AND LAST UNTIL SEPTEMBER 22.
TWENTY CHILDREN AGED BETWEEN 6 AND 12 HAVE TAKEN PART IN EACH COURSE.
+IT IS OUR FIRST TIME TO TEACH CEREBRAL PALSIED CHILDREN HOw TO SwlM,+ A SPOKESMAN FOR RSS SAID.
+THE AIM IS TO IMPROVE THEIR PHYSICAL FITNESS AND LET THEM ENJOY THE FUN IN SwIMM I NG.
+WHEN IN WATER, A CEREBRAL PALSIED CHILD CAN FEEL THE MOBILITY AND FREEDOM AND WILL BENEFIT EMOTIONALLY AND PSYCHOLOGICALLY.*
+IF THE COURSE PROVES TO BE SUCCESSFUL, WE SHALL ORGANISE MORE TO CATER FOR A LARGER NUMBER OF CEREBRAL PALSIED CHILDREN |N THE FUTURE,* SHE ADDED.
-----0------
YOUNG PART-TIME LIFE GUARDS NEEDED
III
YOUNG PEOPLE HOLDING APPROVED LIFE SAVING QUALIFICATION ARE INVITED TO APPLY FOR JOBS AS PART-TIME LIFEGUARDS TO SERVE THE COMMUNITY.
STUDENTS ARE ALSO WELCOME TO TAKE UP THE TEMPORARY WORK AND EARN MORE THAN $2 000 A MONTH DURING THE PRESENT SUMMER HOLIDAYS, SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT.
THE NTSD IS NOW LAUNCHING ITS ANNUAL PART-TIME LIFEGUARD RECRUITMENT DRIVE TO STRENGTHEN ITS NORMAL LIFE SAVING SERVICES IN THE CURRENT PEAK SWIMMING SEASON.
THE PART-TIME LIFEGUARDS WILL EITHER BE EMPLOYED ON A SHORT-CONTRACT TERM WITH A MONTHLY SALARY OF $2 755, OR ON A $109-A-DAY BASIS.
/THEY WILL .......
MONDAY, JULY 16, 1984
- 16 -
THEY WILL BE DEPLOYED AT VARIOUS GAZETTED BEACHES AND PUBLIC SWIMMING POOLS THROUGHOUT THE NEW TERRITORIES.
APPLICANTS SHOULD AT LEAST HOLD A BRONZE MEDALLION AWARDED BY THE ROYAL LIFE-SAVING SOCIETY AND BE UNDER 35.
THEY SHOULD ALSO HAVE STRONG PHYSIQUE AND GOOD EYE-SIGHT WITHOUT WEARING SPECTACLES.
PRIORITY WILL BE GIVEN TO THOSE WHO HAVE ACTUAL EXPERIENCE OR POSSESS HIGHER LIFE-SAVING QUALIFICATION, SUCH AS AN AWARD OF MERIT, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
APPLICATION FORMS GF 340 ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT ALL DISTRICT OFFICES AND PERSONNEL SECTIONS OF GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS IN BOTH THE URBAN AREA AND THE NEW TERRITORIES.
COMPLETED FORMS SHOULD BE SENT TO THE NTSD HEADQUARTERS ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF SWIRE AND MACLAINE HOUSE (AUSTIN CENTRE) AT 19-23 AUSTIN AVENUE, TSIM SHA TSUI, BEFORE AUGUST 6 (MONDAY).
-----0------
LIGHTING UP MORE PARKS * * * *
LIGHTING WORK IS BEING CARRIED OUT AT NINE PARKS AND PLAYGROUNDS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE HARBOUR. AN $828 888-CONTRACT FOR THE WORK HAS BEEN AWARDED BY THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT TO EMPIRE ENGINEERING COMPANY LIMITED TO CARRY OUT THE WORK.
IT INCLUDES SUPPLYING AND INSTALLING LIGHTING WHERE THERE IS NONE AT PRESENT, AND IMPROVING THE LIGHTING IN OTHER PARKS AND PLAYGROUNDS.
THE WORK IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY FEBRUARY NEXT YEAR.
-----o------
SCHOOL WORK H K M
WORK STARTED TODAY (MONDAY) ON REFURBISHING KWUN TONG GOVERNMENT PRIMARY SCHOOL IN NGAU TAU KOK ROAD.
A $162 000 CONTRACT FOR THE WORK HAS BEEN AWARDED TO HUNG YUE AND COMPANY BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
THE SCHOOL OPENED IN 1959 AND HAS 24 CLASSROOMS, FOUR SPECIAL ROOMS, A STAFF ROOM, OFFICES, A COVERED PLAY AREA AND A PLAYGROUND.
-----0-----
/17 .......
MONDAY, JULY 16, 1984
17
MORE PARKING METERS X X I
THIRTY-FOUR, TWO-HOUR PARKING METERS WILL BE INSTALLED IN HAU WONG ROAD BETWEEN CARPENTER ROAD AND NGA TSIN WAI ROAD.
THE PARKING METERS WILL START TO OPERATE FROM WEDNESDAY (JULY 18) AT A CHARGE OF $1 FOR EVERY 30 MINUTES.
- - - - 0 ---------
NO RIGHT TURN
* * *
FROM 10 AM ON WEDNESDAY (JULY 18), VEHICLES ON AUSTIN ROAD EASTBOUND WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM TURNING RIGHT INTO NATHAN ROAD SOUTHBOUND.
THE MEASURE WILL LAST FOR ABOUT TWO MONTHS TO FACILITATE WATER MAINS WORK.
TRAFFIC ON AUSTIN ROAD EASTBOUND HEADING FOR NATHAN ROAD SOUTHBOUND SHOULD PROCEED VIA PINE TREE HILL ROAD AND HILLWOOD ROAD DURING THE PERIOD.
------o-------
MONG KOK TAPS OFF
XXX
FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN MONG KOK WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 11 PM ON THURSDAY (JULY 19) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR LEAKAGE TESTS.
THE AFFECTED PREMISES ARE BOUNDED BY YIM PO FONG STREET, WATERLOO ROAD, SHANGHAI STREET, NELSON STREET AND DUNDAS STREET, INCLUDING NATHAN ROAD, PITT STREET AND KWONG WA STREET.
0 -------
WATER FIGURES
* * *
STORAGE IN HONG KONG’S RESERVOIRS AT 9 AM TODAY (MONDAY) STOOD AT 81.5 PER CENT OF CAPACITY OR 477.788 MILLION CUBIC METRES.
THIS TIME LAST YEAR THE RESERVOIRS CONTAINED 510.715 MILLION CUBIC METRES OF WATER, REPRESENTING 87.1 PER CENT OF CAPACITY.
-----0------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
TUESDAY, JULY 17, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
GOVERNOR TO SPEAK ON GREEN PAPER AT LEGCO ....................... 1
SOUNDS TO HELP BLIND CROSS ROADS ................................ 2
EXTERNAL TRADE ON THE RISE....................................... 4
YOUTH MUSIC CAMP STARTS SOON ................................... 10
DANCE TEAM PERFORMS TO FULL AUDIENCE............................ 11
IMPROVEMENT FOR POLICE STATION ................................. 12
TALENTED +JING YTNG+ TO VISIT U.K............................... 13
STEPPED-UP ACTION ON HAiflCERS ................................. 14
+FLOATETG+ SOUND AT COLISEUM.................................... 15
RECREATION GROUND ON CAR PARK................................... 16
STUDENTS' DESIGNS FOR DISPLAY................................... 16
CAREERS PROJECT OPENS FRIDAY.................................... 17
TEACHING CENTRE FOR TEACHERS ................................... 17
MORAL EDUCATION MATERIAL ON SHOT ............................... 18
PARKING SPACES CANCELLED ....................................... 18
TOPPING-OUT CEREMONY
18
TUESDAY, JULY 17, 1984
- 1 -
GOVERNOR TO SPEAK ON GREEN PAPER AT LEGCO * * * *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, AS PRESIDENT OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, WILL BE ADDRESSING MEMBERS ON THE +GREEN PAPER: THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT IN HONG KONG,+ AT THE START OF THE MEETING TOMORROW.
OTHER MATTERS TO BE DEALT WITH AT THE MEETING INCLUDE NINE BILLS: SIX TO BE READ A SECOND TIME AND THREE DUE FOR FINAL READING, FOLLOWING RESUMPTION OF DEBATE ON THEM.
TWO MOTIONS ARE ALSO TO BE DEALT WITH. THEY INCLUDE AMENDMENTS TO STANDING ORDERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TO FACILITATE SITTINGS IN BETWEEN SESSIONS OF THE COUNCIL, WHERE THE GOVERNOR IS SATISFIED THAT THE PUBLIC INTEREST SO REQUIRES.
DUE FOR SECOND READING ARE:
CHINESE VISA OFFICE (PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES) BILL 1984
CRIMINAL PROCEDURE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984
JURY (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984
FIXED PENALTY (CRIMINAL PROCEEDINGS) (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984
LIMITATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984
BUILDINGS (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984
DUE FOR RESUMED DEBATE AND COMMITTEE STAGE AND THIRD READING ARE:
AUDIT (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984
IMPORT AND EXPORT (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984
RESERVED COMMODITIES (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984
- - 0 ----------
TUESDAY, JULY 17, 1984
- 2 -
SOUNDS TO HELP BLIND CROSS ROADS
*****
THE USE OF A NEW TYPE OF AUDIBLE TRAFFIC SIGNAL TO HELP THE BLIND CROSS THE ROAD IS BEING ACTIVELY STUDIED BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT.
THIS IS A RESULT OF CONTINUED DIALOGUE BETWEEN THE DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG ASSOCIATION OF THE BLIND THROUGH THE EDUCATION AND MANPOWER BRANCH OF THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT.
+REGULAR CONTACTS WITH THE ASSOCIATION ENABLE US TO REALISE THE DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED BY BLIND PEDESTRIANS. AUDIBLE TRAFFIC SIGNAL IS CONSIDERED A SIGNIFICANT HELP TO THEM TO DEAL WITH ROAD-CROSSING PROBLEMS,+ SAID THE SENIOR ENGINEER OF THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT’S TRAFFIC ENGINEERING (KOWLOON) DIVISION, MR WONG CHING-WAI.
THE NEW DEVICE, KNOWN AS THE +ACOUSTIC INSERT+, IS BEING INSTALLED AT A NUMBER OF ROAD CROSSINGS, AS PROPOSED BY THE HONG KONG ASSOCIATION OF THE BLIND.
♦THE PROPOSED SET-UP EMITS DIFFERENT PATTERNS OF AUDIBLE SIGNALS, REPRESENTING DIFFERENT PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL INDICATIONS.
♦ A SLOW HAMMERING TONE DURING THE RED STANDING-MAN PERIOD, A QUICKER TONE INDICATING THE GREEN WALKING-MAN STAGE AND AN INTERMITTENT TONE FOR THE FLASHING GREEN-MAN TIME ENABLE BLIND PEOPLE FIRSTLY TO IDENTIFY THE LOCATION OF CROSSING AND THEN RECOGNISE THE SAFE PERIOD IN CROSSING THE ROAD.
♦ A TAPE-RECORDING OF THE THREE DIFFERENT TONES HAS BEEN PREPARED BY THE ASSOCIATION TO HELP THE BLIND IDENTIFY THE SPECIFIC ROAD-CROSSING CUES.
♦ A PUSH BUTTON IS INCORPORATED AT THE AUDIBLE UNIT TO ENABLE ALL PEDESTRIANS, INCLUDING THE BLIND, TO CALL UP THE PEDESTRIAN GREEN STAGE IN CASE THE TRAFFIC SIGNALS ARE WORKING IN THE DEMAND DEPENDENT MODE.+ MR WONG EXPLAINED.
THIS NEW DEVICE IS STILL UNDER EXPERIMENT AND A SITE DEMONSTRATION HAS BEEN UNDERTAKEN TO GATHER THE OPINION OF THE BL IND.
♦ IF THE RESULT OF THE EXPERIMENT IS SATISFACTORY, THE DEVICE, WHICH IS BEING EXTENSIVELY USED IN DEVELOPED COUNTRIES, WILL BE ADOPTED IN HONG KONG,+ HE SAID.
MR WONG RECALLED THAT THE FIRST AUDIBLE TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM WAS SET UP AT THE JUNCTION OF MOK CHEONG STREET AND TO KWA WAN ROAD IN KOWLOON, OUTSIDE THE WORKSHOP OF THE BLIND IN 1973.
THIS EARLY INSTALLATION WAS SIMPLY AN ELECTRIC BELL FIXED ON TRAFFIC LIGHT POST, WITH ITS ALARM SYNCHRONISED WITH THE RED PHASE FOR VEHICLES, TO GIVE BLIND PEDESTRIANS AN AUDIBLE CUE FOR ROAD-CROSSING.
/THIS SIMPLE .......
TUESDAY, JULY 17» 1984
- 3 -
THIS SIMPLE INSTALLATION HAS BEEN WELL RECEIVED BY THE BLIND, AND THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT RECEIVES PROPOSALS FROM THE ASSOCIATION OF THE BLIND, FROM TIME TO TIME, TO SET UP SIMILAR AIDS AT OTHER BUSY ROAD JUNCTIONS.
TODAY, 27 AUDIBLE TRAFFIC SIGNALS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED - 11 ON HONG KONG, 15 IN KOWLOON AND ONE IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
ANOTHER LIST OF 24 LOCATIONS HAS BEEN SUBMITTED BY THE ASSOCIATION FOR CONSIDERATION, AND THE DEPARTMENT HOPES TO INSTALL SUCH AIDS AT 20 ROAD JUNCTIONS EVERY YEAR.
+BEFORE THESE DEVICES ARE INSTALLED, DETAILED STUDY HAS TO BE MADE TO DETERMINE THE TECHNICAL FEASIBILITY,* HE SAID.
MR WONG SAID EARLY INSTALLATIONS HAD BEEN GRADUALLY PHASED OUT AND REPLACED BY THE MUCH IMPROVED +BLEEPERS+ AND PRESENTLY BY THE +ACOUSTIC INSERTS* WHICH INVOLVE MORE USEFUL TECHNICAL FEATURES IN THEIR SET-UP.
+UNLIKE THE OLD INSTALLATIONS, THE NEW DEVICES ARE LINKED TO THE SIGNAL ASPECT FOR PEDESTRIANS.
+THE BLEEPERS, NOW OPERATING AT 14 LOCATIONS, ARE DEVICES WHICH EMIT SOUNDS FOR THE EARLY FEW SECONDS OF THE GREEN PHASE OF THE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL,* MR WONG SAID. %
THE ACOUSTIC INSERT, NOW BEING USED AT 13 LOCATIONS ON AN EXPERIMENTAL BASIS, IS A FURTHER IMPROVEMENT ON THE BLEEPERS.
IT PRODUCES SOUNDS OF VARIED FREQUENCY TO REPRESENT THE THREE PHASES - GREEN, RED AND FLASHING GREEN - OF THE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL TO GU IDE THE BL IND.
+THERE IS ONLY ONE SOUND INDICATING THE GREEN LIGHT IN THE BLEEPER AND ITS FREQUENCY IS CONSIDERED SOMEWHAT DISTURBING TO NEARBY RESIDENTS, WHEREAS THE THREE AUDIBLE SIGNALS IN THE ACOUSTIC INSERT ARE SPECIALLY DESIGNED TO DIRECT THE TONE AT THE PEDESTRIANS AT A LOWER FREQUENCY,* MR WONG EXPLAINED.
TO AVOID DISTURBING RESIDENTS AT NIGHT, THE OPERATING HOURS OF AUDIBLE TRAFFIC SIGNALS ARE IN GENERAL FROM 7 AM TO 11 PM.
MR WONG SAID ALL AUDIBLE TRAFFIC SIGNALS ARE LINKED TO THE +CONTROLLER+ AT EACH ROAD JUNCTION WHICH REGULATES THE TIMING OF THE TRAFFIC LIGHTS.
+THE CONTROLLER THUS HAS TO BE MODIFIED TO COPE WITH THE NEW SET-UP - WHICH IN MANY CASES REQUIRE RE-WIRING AND MINOR MODIFICATIONS TO THE CONTROLLER,* HE SAID.
AT LOCATIONS WHERE INSTALLATION IS FOUND TO BE IMPOSSIBLE, PROPOSALS HAVE TO BE SHELVED.
+HOWEVER, THE DEPARTMENT WILL CONTINUE TO LIAISE WITH THE ASSOCIATION OF THE BLIND TO IDENTIFY MORE SUITABLE PLACES FOR THE SETTING UP OF THESE PRACTICAL AIDS,* MR WONG SAID.
-----0------
/4........
TUESDAY, JULY 17, 1984
- 4 -
EXTERNAL TRADE ON THE RISE
* * * X
TOTAL MERCHANDISE TRADE FOR JANUARY - MAY 1984, VALUED AT $166 923 MILLION, INCREASED BY 45 PER CENT OVER TRADE FOR THE SIMILAR PERIOD IN 1983, ACCORDING TO FIGURES PUBLISHED TODAY BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
DOMESTIC EXPORTS ROSE BY 47 PER CENT TO $50 275 MILLION, IMPORTS BY 40 PER CENT TO $86 179 MILLION AND RE-EXPORTS BY 56 PER CENT TO $30 469 MILLION. DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS TOGETHER SHOWED AN INCREASE OF 50 PER CENT.
THE CHANGES IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE 10 MAJOR OVERSEAS MARKETS ARE SHOWN IN TABLE 1.
A COMPARISON OF THE FIRST FIVE MONTHS WITH THE SIMILAR PERIOD OF LAST YEAR SHOWS THAT DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE U.S.A. ROSE BY 62 PER CENT IN VALUE.
SUBSTANTIAL INCREASES WERE RECORDED IN CLOTHING (BY $3 170 MILLION OR 61 PER CENT), OFFICE MACHINES AND AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (BY $1 060 MILLION OR 100 PER CENT) AND ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, AND ELECTRICAL PARTS THEREOF (BY $1 012 MILLION OR 66 PER CENT). ON THE OTHER HAND, DECREASES WERE RECORDED IN TRANSISTORS AND DIODES (BY $40 MILLION OR 57 PER CENT) AND METALLIFEROUS ORES AND METAL SCRAP (BY $10 MILLION OR 94 PER CENT).
INCREASES IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE UNITED KINGDOM WERE REGISTERED FOR CLOTHING (BY $473 MILLION OR 43 PER CENT), OFFICE MACHINES AND AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (BY $297 MILLION OR 730 PER CENT), AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $113 MILLION OR 97 PER CENT). ON THE OTHER HAND, DECREASES WERE RECORDED IN METALLIFEROUS ORES AND METAL SCRAP (BY $141 MILLION OR 58 PER CENT) AND GENERAL INDUSTRIAL MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT, AND MACHINE PARTS (BY $2 MILLION OR 34 PER CENT).
MOST COMMODITIES EXPORTED TO CHINA INCREASED IN VALUE, INCLUDING TEXTILES (BY $325 MILLION OR 59 PER CENT), TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $282 MILLION OR 120 PER CENT), AND ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, AND ELECTRICAL PARTS THEREOF (BY $123 MILLION OR 159 PER CENT). HOWEVER, DECREASES WERE REGISTERED FOR FEEDING STUFF FOR ANIMALS (BY $59 MILLION OR 61 PER CENT), AND OFFICE AND STATIONERY SUPPLIES (BY $2 MILLION OR 54 PER CENT).
SIGNIFICANT INCREASES WERE REGISTERED IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY OF CLOTHING (BY $640 MILLION OR 44 PER CENT) AND OFFICE MACHINES AND AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (BY $105 MILLION OR 148 PER CENT); AND IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO JAPAN OF CLOTHING (BY $256 MILLION OR 79 PER CENT).
THE CHANGES IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS ARE PRESENTED IN TABLE 2.
/THE CHANGES........
TUESDAY, JULY 17, 1984
- 5 -
THE CHANGES IN IMPORTS FROM THE 10 MAJOR SOURCES ARE SUMMARISED IN TABLE 3.
DEMAND FOR IMPORTED GOODS FROM CHINA REMAINED STRONG. INCREASES WERE RECORDED MAINLY IN TEXTILES (BY $2 983 MILLION OR 115 PER CENT), CLOTHING (BY $1 361 MILLION OR 65 PER CENT), TEXTILE FIBRES (OTHER THAN WOOL TOPS) AND THEIR WASTES (BY $570 MILLION OR 262 PER CENT), TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $280 MILLION OR 152 PER CENT), AND LIVE ANIMALS CHIEFLY FOR FOOD (BY $134 MILLION OR 16 PER CENT).
AS FOR IMPORTS FROM JAPAN, INCREASES WERE REGISTERED FOR ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, AND ELECTRICAL PARTS THEREOF (BY $1 208 MILLION OR 68 PER CENT), AND TEXTILES (BY $961 MILLION OR 46 PER CENT). HOWEVER, DECREASES WERE REGISTERED FOR BABY CARRIAGES, TOYS, GAMES AND SPORTING GOODS (BY $20 MILLION OR 11 PER CENT), AND FISH, CRUSTACEANS AND MOLLUSCS, AND PREPARATION THEREOF (BY $16 MILLION OR 10 PER CENT).
INCREASES IN IMPORTS FROM THE U.S.A. WERE MOSTLY OF ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, AND ELECTRICAL PARTS THEREOF (BY $834 MILLION OR 81 PER CENT), OFFICE MACHINES .AND AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (BY $360 MILLION OR 51 PER CENT), AND TEXTILE FIBRES (OTHER THAN WOOL TOPS) AND THEIR WASTES (BY $314 MILLION OR 288 PER CENT). ON THE OTHER HAND, DECREASES WERE REGISTERED IN IMPORTS OF PETROLEUM, PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND RELATED MATERIALS (BY $339 MILLION OR 95 PER CENT), AND PEARLS, PRECIOUS AND SEMI-PRECIOUS STONES, UNWORKED OR WORKED (BY $41 MILLION OR 13 PER CENT).
DECREASES WERE REGISTERED IN IMPORTS FROM TAIWAN OF PETROLEUM, PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND RELATED MATERIALS (BY $39 MILLION OR 90 PER CENT) AND IN IMPORTS FROM SINGAPORE OF WATCHES AND CLOCKS (BY $71 MILLION OR 33 PER CENT). HOWEVER, IMPORTS OF TEXTILES FROM TAIWAN INCREASED (BY $772 MILLION OR 54 PER CENT), AS DID IMPORTS OF PETROLEUM, PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND RELATED MATERIALS FROM SINGAPORE (BY $468 MILL ION OR 23 PER CENT).
TABLE 4 ILLUSTRATES THE CHANGES IN IMPORTS BY MAJOR COMMODITY SECTIONS.
INCREASES WERE RECORDED IN RE-EXPORTS TO CHINA (BY $4 889 MILLION OR 144 PER CENT), U.S.A. (BY $1 898 MILLION OR 70 t PER CENT), TAIWAN (BY $851 MILLION OR 74 PER CENT), JAPAN (BY $793 MILLION OR 76 PER CENT), REPUBLIC OF KOREA (SOUTH KOREA) (BY $501 MILLION OR 55 PER CENT), SINGAPORE (BY $270 MILLION OR 16 PER CENT), AUSTRALIA (BY $248 MILLION OR 83 PER CENT) AND MACAU (BY $236 MILLION OR 33 PER CENT). ON THE OTHER HAND, DECLINES WERE REGISTERED IN RE-EXPORTS TO NIGERIA (BY $237 MILLION OR 76 PER CENT) AND INDONESIA (BY $155 MILLION OR 9 PER CENT).
THE CHANGES IN RE-EXPORTS TO THE 10 MAJOR MARKETS ARE GIVEN IN TABLE 5.
/most commodities .......
TUESDAY, JULY 17, 1984
6
MOST COMMODITIES RE-EXPORTED THROUGH HONG KONG EXHIBITED STRONG GROWTH, THE MORE SIGNIFICANT ONES BEING TEXTILES (BY 990 MILLION OR 75 PER CENT), ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, AND ELECTRICAL PARTS THEREOF (BY 51 535 MILLION OR 100 PER CENT), CLOTHING (BY $936 MILLION OR 64 PER CENT), AND MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES (BY $599 MILLION OR 58 PER CENT).
DECREASES WERE REGISTERED IN THE RE-EXPORTS OF OIL SEEDS AND OLEAGINOUS FRUIT (BY $88 MILLION OR 48 PER CENT), OTHER TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT (BY $28 MILLION OR 22 PER CENT), AND METALLIFEROUS ORES AND METAL SCRAP (BY $17 MILLION OR 26 PER CENT).
THE CHANGES IN RE-EXPORTS BY MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS ARE GIVEN IN TABLE 6.
THE MAY 1984 ISSUE OF THE +HONG KONG TRADE STATISTICS -SUMMARY* WILL BE AVAILABLE LATER THIS MONTH AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE AT $5 PER COPY.
A MORE COMPREHENSIVE REPORT, +HONG KONG EXTERNAL TRADE*, WITH A DETAILED ANALYSIS OF IMPORTS, EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS IN MAY 1984, WILL BE AVAILABLE IN EARLY AUGUST 1984 AT THE SAME CENTRE AT $12 PER COPY.
ENQUIRIES CONCERNING SUBSCRIPTIONS TO THESE REPORTS MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES AT BASKERVILLE HOUSE, HONG KONG (TEL. NO. : 5-214375).
ENQUIRIES CONCERNING TRADE STATISTICS MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT (TEL. NO. : 5-444436).
TABLE 1 : DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY TEN MAJOR MARKETS
MAJOR MARKETS JAN.-MAY. 1984 ($ MN) JAN.-MAY. 1983 ($ MN) INCREASE (5 MN) PERCENTAGE CHANGE (%)
U.S.A. 22 179 13 669 +8 510 +62
U.K. 3 730 2 641 + 1 088 +41
CHINA 3 652 1 988 + 1 664 +84
F.R. OF GERMANY 3 619 2 602 + 1 017 +39
JAPAN 1 858 1 298 + 560 +43
CANADA 1 605 1 193 + 412 +35
AUSTRAL 1A 1 413 877 + 536 +61
SINGAPORE 1 089 808 + 281 +35
NETHERLANDS 889 704 + 185 +26
SWITZERLAND 774 581 + 193 +33
/TABLE 2 .........
TUESDAY, JULY 17, 1984
TAELE 2 : DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS
COMMODITY DIV IS IONS JAN.-MAY. 1984 ($ MN) JAN.-MAY. 1983 (3 MN) INCREASE ($ MN) PERCENTAGE CHANGE (%)
ARTICLES OF APPAREL AND CLOTHING ACCESSOR IES 16 671 11 216 + 5 454 +49
MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES (MAINLY PLASTIC TOYS AND DOLLS, JEWELLERY, GOLDSMITHS’ AND SILVERSMITHS’ WARES, AND ARTIF IC I AL FLOWERS) 7 346 5 273 +2 073 +39
ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES (MAINLY TRANSISTORS AND DIODES AND HOUSEHOLD TYPE APPLIANCES) 4 423 2 822 +1 602 + 57
TELECOMMUNICAT IONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT 3 927 2 489 +1 437 + 58
PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS, EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS 3 771 3 240 + 532 + 16
TEXTILE YARN, FABRICS, MADE-UP ARTICLES AND RELATED PRODUCTS 3 646 2 443 + 1 203 +49
/TABLE 3 s
TUESDAY, JULY 17, 1984
8
TABLE 3 : IMPORTS FROM TEN MAJOR SOURCES INCREASE (8 MN) PERCENTAGE CHANGE (%)
MAJOR SOURCES JAN.-MAY. 1984 (8 MN) JAN.-MAY. 1983 (8 MN)
CHINA 21 957 14 200 ♦7 757 + 55
JAPAN 19 941 14 000 +5 941 +42
U. S.A. 9 362 7 142 +2 220 +31
TAIWAN 6 380 4 310 +2 069 +48
SINGAPORE 4 600 3 622 + 978 +27
U.K. 3 566 2 937 + 629 +21
REPUBLIC OF KOREA (SOUTH KOREA) 2 736 1 700 +1 036 +61
F.R. OF GERMANY 2 007 1 640 + 367 +22
SWITZERLAND 1 385 1 161 + 225 + 19
AUSTRAL IA 1 306 877 ♦ 428 +49
TABLE 4 : IMPORTS BY MAJOR COMMODITY SECTIONS
COMMODITY SECTIONS JAN.-MAY. 1984 (8 MN) JAN.-MAY. 1983 ($ MN) INCREASE (8 MN) PERCENTAGE CHANGE (%)
MANUFACTURED GOODS CLASSIFIED CHIEFLY BY MATERIAL (MAINLY TEXTILE PRODUCTS, DIAMONDS, IRON AND STEEL, AND PAPER) 25 725 17 034 +8 691 + 51
MACHINERY AND TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT 21 017 13 975 +7 042 + 5Q
MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES (MAINLY WATCHES AND CLOCKS, ARTICLES OF APPAREL) 14 739 10 948 +3 792 +35
/FOOD AND .......
TUESDAY, JULY 17, 1984
- 9 -
FOOD AND L IVE ANIMALS CHIEFLY FOR FOOD 7 981 6 867 +1 114 + 16
CHEMICALS AND RELATED PRCDUCTS 6 012 4 443 +1 565 +35
r I NERALS FUELS, LUBRICANTS AND RELATED MATERIALS 4 677 4 330 + 347 + 8
TABLE 5 : RE-EXPORTS BY TEN MAJOR MARKETS
MAJOR MARKETS JAN.-MAY. 1984 ($ MN) JAN.-MAY. 1983 ($ MN) INCREASE/ DECREASE (« MN) PERCENTAGE CHANGE (%)
CHINA 8 280 3 391 +4 889 + 144
U.S.A. 4 609 2 712 +1 898 + 70
TAIWAN 2 009 1 158 + 851 + 74
SINGAPORE 1' 919 1 649 + 270 + 16
JAPAN 1 836 1 043 + 793 + 76
INDONES IA 1 604 1 759 - 155 - 9
REPUBLIC OF KOREA (SOUTH KOREA) 1 414 913 + 501 + 55
MACAU 952 716 + 236 + 33
AUSTRALIA 547 299 + 248 + 83
THA ILAND 527 417 + 110 + 26
TABLE 6 : RE-EXPORTS BY MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS
COMMODITY DIVISIONS JAN.-MAY. 1984 ($ MN) JAN.-MAY. 1983 (1 MN) INCREASE ($ MN) PERCENTAGE CHANGE (%)
TEXTILE YARN, FABRICS, MADE-UP ARTICLES AND RELATED PRODUCTS 4 647 2 657 + 1 990 +75
/electrical machinery, .......
TUESDAY, JULY 17. 19&4
10 -
ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES 3 364 1 530 +1 535 ♦ 130
ARTICLES OF APPAREL A ,D CLOTHING ACCESSOR IES 2 537 1 550 + 986 +64
PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS, EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES AND OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS 1 914 1 523 + 391 +26
MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES 1 639 1 041 + 599 +58
NON-METALL IC mineral MANUFACTURES 1 199 959 + 241 +25
-----o------
YOUTH MUSIC CAMP STARTS SOON * * *
THE 1984 HONG KONG YOUTH MUSIC CAMP, ORGANISED BY THE MUSIC OFFICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT, WILL BE HELD AT THE PO LEUNG KUK PAK TAM CHUNG HOLIDAY CAMP IN SAI KUNG FROM JULY 21 TO AUGUST 5.
MISS LYDIA DUNN, A MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY TO BE HELD AT THE OPEN-AIR AUDITORIUM OF THE HOLIDAY CAMP ON SUNDAY, JULY 22 AT 10.30 AM.
THE ANNUAL MUSIC CAMP IS AIMED AT PROVIDING AN OPPORTUNITY FOR YOUNG MUSICIANS IN HONG KONG TO RECEIVE INTENSIVE MUSIC TRAINING IN A PLEASANT SUMMER CAMP ATMOSPHERE, DEVELOPING THEIR MUSICAL TALENTS AND FOSTERING INTERNATIONAL CULTURAL EXCHANGE THROUGH OVERSEAS PARTICIPATION.
RENOWNED OVERSEAS AND LOCAL MUSICIANS WILL TAKE PART AS GUEST CONDUCTORS AND INSTRUCTORS.
MR GEORG TINTNER FROM AUSTRALIA WILL BE THE GUEST CONDUCTOR OF THE MUSIC CAMP SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA WHILE MR DETLEF HAHN AND MISS MELISSA PHELPS, MR SIDNEY SUTCLIFFE, AND DR WILLIAM DAVID LAW ING WILL BE INSTRUCTORS FOR UPPER STRING, LOWER STRING, WOODWIND AND BRASS RESPECTIVELY.
/AS FOR .......
TUESDAY, JULY 17, 19&4
AS FOR CHINESE MUSIC, RENOWNED MUSICIANS INVITED FROM CHINA K JOIN THE CAMP INCLUDE MS HUANG XIAO-FEI, GUES I CONDUCTOR OF TbP MUSIC CAMP CHINESE ORCHESTRA, MESSRS. XU JIANG-DE, SONG BAO-CHOI AND LIU DE-HAI, GUEST INSTRUCTORS FOR ER-HU, SOU-NA AND .-‘-PA RESPECTIVELY.
SOME 260 YOUNG LOCAL MUSICIANS WILL BE JOINING THE MUSIC CAMP AS RESIDENTIAL CAMPERS TOGETHER WITH YOUNG MUSICIANS FROM MACAU, MALAYSIA AND THE PHILIPPINES.
IN ADDITION, ABOUT 1 500 TRAINEES AND ORCHESTRAL/BAND MEMBERS OF THE MUSIC OFFICE WILL ALSO PARTICIPATE IN A VARIETY OF CAMP ACTIVITIES.
DURING THE TWO-WEEK MUSIC CAMP PERIOD, YOUNG MUSICIANS WILL RECEIVE INTENSIVE MUSIC TRAINING THROUGH PARTICIPATION IN ORCHESTRAL AND SECTIONAL REHEARSALS, WORKSHOPS, SEMINARS, MASTER CLASSES AND DEMONSTRATION CONCERTS.
TO PROVIDE THEM WITH THE OPPORTUNITY TO PERFORM PUBLICLY THE JUNIOR CAMPERS WILL PERFORM IN AN EVENING PERFORMANCE AT THE ACADEMIC COMMUNITY HALL ON FRIDAY, AUGUST 3 AND THE SENIOR CAMPERS IN A FINALE CONCERT JOINTLY PRESENTED WITH THE URBAN COUNCIL AT THE CITY HALL ON SATURDAY, AUGUST 4.
BETWEEN PERIODS OF INTENSIVE MUSIC TRAINING, THE CAMPERS WILL BE TAKING PART IN VARIOUS RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS ACTIVITIES ORGANISED BY THE PAK TAM CHUNG HOLIDAY CAMP AND THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE. THESE SPORTS INCLUDE ARCHERY, CYCLI NG, ROLLER SKATING, CANOEING, SAMPAN ROWING, FIVE-A-SIDE FOOTBALL, BADMINTON, SWIMMING, TABLE-TENNIS, CHINESE BILLIARD AND FITNESS TRAIL.
PARENTS MAY VISIT THE CHILDREN DURING AN OPEN DAY ON THE AFTERNOON OF SUNDAY, JULY 29.
-----o------
DANCE TEAM PERFORMS TO FULL AUDIENCE
*****
MORE THAN 290 MEMBERS OF THE HONG KONG SCHOOLS DANCE TEAM STAGED PERFORMANCE BEFORE A FULL AUDIENCE AT THE CITY HALL THEATRE THIS (TUESDAY) EVENING, UNDER THE PATRONAGE OF THE SUMMER YOUTh PROGRAMME.
INCLUDED IN THE AUDIENCE WERE THE ACTING CHIEF SECRETARY, MR DENIS BRAYj THE CHAIRMAN OF THE URBAN COUNCIL, MR HILTON CHEONG-LEENj THE DIRECTOR OF CULTURAL SERVICES, MR DARWIN CHEN J THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR MICHAEL LEUNG} AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME CENTRAL CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE, MR BOWEN LEUNG.
TONIGHT’S SHOW IS ONE OF A SERIES BEING STAGED BY THE TEAM AT THIS YEAR’S HONG KONG international youth dance festival.
THE TEAM WAS FORMED IN 1970 BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT.
/ITS MEMBERS .......
TUESDAY, JULY 17, 1984
- 12 -
ITS MEMBERS HAVE BEEN DRAWN FROM THE ELITES OF THE ANNUAL SCHOOLS DANCE FESTIVAL ORGANISED BY THE DEPARTMENT.
OVER THE YEARS, THE TEAM HAS PERFORMED AT NUMEROUS /ERSEAS .’i.NS, INCLUDING THE EXPO’ 70 IN OSAKA; THE 1976 FES IV AL Y Th ORCHESTRAS AND PERFORMING ARTS IN ABERDEEN, SCOTLAND';
h£ QUEEN’S SILVER JUBILEE CELEBRATION IN THE U.K. IN 1977;
THE 1978 COMMONWEALTH CARNIVAL IN EDMONTON, CANADA, AND THE 198'' ISRAEL ARTS FESTIVAL.
PREPARATIONS FOR THE TEAM’S PARTICIPATION IN THE INTERNATIONAL YOUTH DANCE FESTIVAL WERE FUNDED THROUGH THE SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME SPONSORED BY THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB.
AT THE END OF THE SHOW, MR BRAY CONGRATULATED THE PARTICIPANTS ON THEIR IMPRESSIVE PERFORMANCES.
HE SAID HE WAS PLEASED TO SEE THAT THE SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME HAD PROVIDED THEM WITH AN OPPORTUNITY TO EXCHANGE EXPERIENCE AMD EXPERTISE WITH DANCERS FROM OTHER PARTS OF THE WORLD.
TEAMS PARTICIPATING IN THE DANCE FESTIVAL HOSTED BY THE URBAN COUNCIL CAME FROM BEIJING, JAPAN, HAWAII, MACAU, UNITED KINGDOM, KOREA, AND THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.
THE HONG KONG SCHOOLS DANCE TEAM IS PUTTING UP TWO OUTDOOR PERFORMANCES AS FURTHER CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FESTIVAL.
ONE OF THEM WILL BE AT THE NEW WORLD CENTRE TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) AND THE OTHER AT THE OCEAN TERMINAL ON FRIDAY (JULY 20).
-----o------
IMPROVEMENT FOR POLICE STATION
* * * *
TAI PO POLICE STATION, A SINGLE-STOREY PRE-WAR BUILDING LOCATED NEAR ISLAND HOUSE, IS TO UNDERGO ALTERATION AND IMPROVEMENT WORK.
THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT HAS AWARDED AN $853 800 CONTRACT TO K. WONG CONSTRUCTION COMPANY FOR THE PROJECT.
THE FRONT VERANDA OF THE MAIN BLOCK WILL BE CONVERTED INTO ADDITIONAL ACCOMMODATION FOR A REPORT ROOM AND OFFICES FOR THE CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION DEPARTMENT.
AN AREA OF 150 SQUARE METRES BETWEEN THE MAIN AND REAR BLOCKS WILL BE TURNED INTO BARRACK ACCOMMODATION.
WORK ON THE PROJECT IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY FEBRUARY NEXT YEAR.
--------0 ----------
/13.......
TUESDAY, JULY 17, 1984
- 13 -
TALENTED +JING YING+ TO VISIT U.K. * * * *
HONG KONG JING YING, A GROUP OF TALENTED YOUNG MUSICIANS AND DANCERS SELECTED BY THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT, WILL TAKE PART IN THREE INTERNATIONAL CULTURAL FESTIVALS IN THE UNITED KINGDOM NEXT MONTH.
INTERNATIONAL MUSIC EXCHANGE PROGRAMMES ARE REGULARLY ORGANISED BY THE MUSIC OFFICE TO WIDEN THE HORIZONS OF YOUNG AMATEUR MUSICIANS, AND TO HELP IMPROVE INTERNATIONAL UNDERSTANDING.
THE 19-MEMBER DELEGATION, COMPRISING SEVEN MUSICIANS, EIGHT
DANCERS AND FOUR OFFICIALS WILL LEAVE HONG KONG ON AUGUST 1 FOR A MONTH-LONG OVERSEAS TOUR IN SIDMOUTH, BILLINGHAM AND MAIDSTONE. THEY WILL SPEND A DAY IN LONDON BEFORE RETURNING TO HONG KONG ON AUGUST 28.
THE JING YING, WHICH MEANS ’CREME DE LA CREME’, WILL REPRESENT HONG KONG IN THE FOLLOWING:
(1) 3OTH SIDMOUTH INTERNATIONAL FOLKLORE FESTIVAL - AN ANNUAL EVENT FEATURING INTERNATIONAL FOLK MUSIC, SONGS, AND DANCES.
THE YOUNG ARTISTS FROM HONG KONG WILL GIVE DAILY PERFORMANCES IN THE OPEN AIR ARENA AND PRESENT A FORMAL CONCERT IN A FESTIVAL ITEM CALLED ’MEET THE TEAM’.
(2) 2OTH BILLINGHAM INTERNATIONAL FOLKLORE FESTIVAL -AN ANNUAL INTERNATIONAL EVENT WHICH INCLUDES TRADITIONAL DANCE AND FOLK MUSIC PERFORMANCES BY 13 PARTICIPATING GROUPS OF DIFFERENT CULTURAL BACKGROUNDS.
THE JING YING GROUP WILL GIVE ABOUT 10 PERFORMANCES
AT THE TOWN CENTRE, THE FORUM THEATRE AND THE COLLEGE THEATRE AND TAKE PART IN PARADES, RADIO BROADCAST AND A FOLK DANCE COURSE WHICH IS A SPECIAL FEATURE OF THE FESTIVAL.
(3) MAIDSTONE INTERNATIONAL FOLK FESTIVAL - THE FIRST FOLKLORE FESTIVAL OF ITS KIND ORGANISED IN MAIDSTONE WHICH MAY BE EXPANDED INTO AN ANNUAL EVENT. THE JING YING GROUP WILL STAY IN MAIDSTONE FOR EIGHT DAYS AND GIVE A SERIES OF PERFORMANCES.
-----o------
TUESDAY, JULY 17, 1984
14
STEPPED-UP ACTION ON HAWKERS * * * *
THE STANDING COMMITTEE OF THE URBAN COUNCIL TODAY AFFIRMED THAT STEPPED-UP MEASURES MUST BE MAINTAINED TO KEEP THE ILLEGAL HAWKER SITUATION UNDER CONTROL.
COUNCILLORS WERE ASSURED BY THE DIRECTOR OF URBAN SERVICES, AUGUSTINE CHUI KAM, THAT MEMBERS OF GENERAL DUTIES TEAMS
CONDUCTING ANTI-ILLEGAL HAWKER OPERATIONS TOOK AS MUCH CARE AS POSSIBLE NOT TO APPROACH THE HAWKERS IN SUCH A WAY THAT THEY WOULD RUN AWAY ALONG CROWDED FOOTPATHS, ENDANGERING PEDESTRIANS.
+BUT THE PLAIN FACT IS THAT HAWKERS OFTEN ACT IRRESPONSIBLY,* HE SAID.
COUNCILLORS MADE SEVERAL POINTS, PARTICULARLY THAT IF HEAVIER PENALTIES WERE IMPOSED ON COOKED-FOOD HAWKERS USING BOILING COOKING-OILS, THIS SHOULD SERVE AS AN EFFECTIVE DETERRENT AND SO ACT IN THE PUBLIC INTEREST.
(A HAWKER WHO SPILT BOILING OIL ON A 3-1/2-YEAR-OLD BOY, YUEN TAT-CHEUNG, LATER WAS SENTENCED TO FOUR MONTHS’ JAIL AFTER PLEADING GUILTY TO A CHARGE OF CAUSING BODILY HARM).
OTHER COUNCILLORS STRESSED THAT THE PUBLIC WAS PERPETUATING THE DANGER BY CONTINUING Ta PATRONISE COOKED-FOOD HAWKERS, AND BY SO DOING WERE NOT ONLY PUTTING THE SAFETY OF THEMSELVES AND OTHER PEDESTRIANS AT RISK, BUT ALSO JEOPARDISING THEIR HEALTH BECAUSE OF THE UNHYGIENICALLY-PREPARED FOOD SOLD CHEAPLY BY SUCH HAWKERS.
IT WAS ALSO SUGGESTED THAT THE DEPARTMENT STEP UP INVESTIGATIONS INTO THE SOURCE OF THE FOOD SOLD BY COOKED-FOOD HAWKERS TO ESTABLISH WHETHER THERE WERE SOME FAIRLY SUBSTANTIAL ILLEGAL FOOD FACTORIES BEHIND THE +TRADE+.
ONE COUNCILLOR SAIDs + FIND OUT ALSO WHERE THEY STORE THEIR TROLLEYS OVERNIGHT — PERHAPS THAT WILL LEAD US TO THE ORGANISERS.*
WHEN THE MEETING WAS DISCUSSING THE SURPRISING LEAP IN THE NUMBER OF HAWKER-TROLLEY ACCIDENTS LATELY, INCLUDING ONE FATALITY, THE CASE OF THE SCALDED BOY AND OTHER CASES OF SERIOUS INJURY, ONE COUNCILLOR SAIDs +IT HAS BEEN REPORTED TO ME THAT SOME OF THESE ACCIDENTS ARE BEING CAUSED DELIBERATELY SO THAT THE HAWKERS WILL GAIN PUBLIC SUPPORT. THIS IS A VERY WORRYING ALLEGATION, BUT I HAVE NO CONFIRMATION OF THE TRUTH OF IT AT THIS STAGE.*
A DEPARTMENTAL REPRESENTATIVE ADDED THAT RECENTLY SOME FEMALE HAWKERS HAD ALLEGED THAT GDT MEMBERS HAD +ATTACKED+ THEM, ALTHOUGH INVESTIGATIONS HAD SHOWN THERE WAS NO TRUTH IN SUCH CHARGES.
+THE HAWKERS WILL THINK OF ALL KINDS OF TACTICS TO TRY TO STOP US,+ THE REPRESENTATIVE ADDED. *BUT AS CONFIRMED TODAY, OUR STEPPED-UP ACTIONS ARE TO BE CONTINUED, WITH OF COURSE THE SAFETY OF PEDESTRIANS BEING BORNE IN MIND.*
------o-------
/15 .....
TUESDAY, JULY 17, 1934
- 15 -
+ FLOATING* SOUND AT COLISEUM
X * X X X X
HONG KONG’S FIRST PLASTIC SOUND REFLECTING SYSTEM WILL BE ♦FLOATING* ABOVE THE STAGE OF THE HONG KONG COLISEUM AT THE END OF AUGUST, WHEN THE WORLD-RENOWNED NEW YORK PHILHARMONIC WILL GIVE A CONCERT BEFORE AN AUDIENCE OF 7 OOO.
THE REFLECTORS, TOGETHER WITH THREE SETS OF PORTABLE SIDE-WALL REFLECTORS, WILL FORM AN ORCHESTRA SHELL TO CREATE AN ACOUSTIC EFFECT SIMILAR TO THAT ACHIEVED IN A CONCERT AUDITORIUM.
THE ARRAY OF OVERHEAD REFLECTORS IS MADE UP OF 51 ACRYLIC PLASTIC UNITS HUNG FROM THE ROOF IN SEVEN ROWS TO COVER THE 225-SQUARE-METRE STAGE. THE FIRST ROW IS ELEVATED TO EIGHT METRES ABOVE THE STAGE AND THE LAST ROW TO FOUR METRES.
AT THIS ANGLE, THE ORCHESTRA SHELL WILL REFLECT THE SOUND TO BOTH THE MEMBERS OF THE ORCHESTRA AND THE AUDIENCE IN A MOST EFFECTIVE MANNER.
mr ian Campbell; a local acoustic consultant who designed THIS SYSTEM, EXPLAINED, +THE ORCHESTRA’S MUSICAL BALANCE IS ONLY PARTLY IN THE HANDS OF THE'CONDUCTOR- IT REQUIRES SUITABLY PROPORTIONED REFLECTIVE AND DIFFUSSIVE SERVICES AROUND THE SOUND SOURCE TO STRENGTHEN AND IMPROVE THE BALANCE BETWEEN THE VARIOUS SECTIONS OF THE ORCHESTRA AND INDIVIDUAL MUSICIANS AND SOLOISTS.*
+MAN OF FLOWERS* WAS AWARDED THE JURY PRIZE AT THE 1983 CHICAGO FILM FESTIVAL AND WAS OFFICIALLY SELECTED FOR CANNES THIS YEAR. NORMAN KAYE IN THIS PRODUCTION WAS CHOSEN THE BEST ACTOR IN THE 1983 AUSTRALIAN FILM INSTITUTE AWARDS.
ANOTHER SIX FILMS — FIVE OF WHICH WILL BE THE WORKS OF PETER WEIR — WILL BE SCREENED ON AUGUST 12 (SUNDAY), AGAIN STARTING AT 10.30 AM. THE FILMS, EACH LASTING ABOUT TWO HOURS, WILL BE JOHN HONEY’S +M AN GAN I NN I E+, WHICH IS A FINE CHILDREN’S FILM OF UNIVERSAL APPEAL, AND PETER WEIR’S ORIGINAL AND UNPREDICTABLE +THE CARS THAT ATE PARIS*, +P I CNI C AT HANGING ROCK+ WHICH IS A LANDMARK IN AUSTRALIAN CINEMA, +THE LAST WAVE*, +GALLIPOLI+ AND +THE YEAR OF LIVING DANGEROUSLY*.
LINDA HUNT IN +THE YEAR OF LIVING DANGEROUSLY* WAS MADE THE BEST SUPPORTING ACTRESS IN THE 1934 ACADEMY AWARDS.
TICKETS AT S15 ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE BOX OFFICES OF THE CITY HALL, QUEEN ELIZABETH STADIUM, HONG KONG COLISEUM AND SPACE MUSEUM.
---0------
/16 .......
TUESDAY, JULY 17, 1984
16
RECREATION GROUND ON CAR PARK
XXX
WHAT USED TO BE a DULL CARPARK ROOFTOP AT CHOI HUNG ESTATE HAS NOW TURNED INTO A SPACIOUS SPOT FILLED WITH JOY AND VIGOUR.
+A 4 200 SQUARE-METRE RECREATION GROUND-CUM-REST GARDEN HAS BEEN BUILT ON THE ROOFTOP AS A NEW ADDITION TO THE ESTATE’S FACILITIES,* SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT TODAY.
HE SAID THE $500 000 PROJECT REPRESENTED THE DEPARTMENT’S EFFORTS TO MAKE FULL USE OF AVAILABLE SPACE FOR THE BENEFITS OF ESTATE TENANTS.
+0N THE ROOFTOP NOW ARE TWO BASKETBALL COURTS AND TWO BADMINTON COURTS FOR SPORTS-LOVERS AMONG THE TENANTS.
+OPPOSITE THE COURTS IS A LARGE REST GARDEN FOR THOSE WHO TAKE TO LEISURE WALKS AND RELAXATION.
+ THE PLACE HAS BEEN WELL PATRONISED SINCE IT OPENED LAST MONTH AND IS BECOMING ANOTHER FOCAL POINT OF ACTIVITIES ON THE ESTATE.*
-----o------
STUDENTS’ DESIGNS FOR DISPLAY
XXX
THE DEPARTMENT OF DESIGN, LEE WAI LEE TECHNICAL INSTITUTE WILL HOLD A +T.I. DESIGN* GRADUATION EXHIBITION ON JULY 19 AND 20 (THURSDAY AND FRIDAY), AT THE EXHIBITION HALL, LOW BLOCK, CITY HALL, HONG KONG. .
THE EXHIBITION WILL FEATURE STUDENTS’ PROJECTS ON GRAPHIC DESIGN, PRODUCT DESIGN, INTERIOR DESIGN, JEWELLERY DESIGN, FASHION DESIGN AND WINDOW DISPLAY.
THE EXHIBITION WILL BE OPEN TO THE PUBLIC FROM 9 AM TO 3 PM ON THURSDAY AND 9 AM TO 6 PM ON FRIDAY.
-----0------
/17 .......
TUESDAY, JULY 17, 1984
- 17 -
CAREERS PROJECT OPENS FRIDAY * * * *
A CEREMONY TO MARK THE OPENING OF A FURTHER STUDIES AND CAREERS GUIDANCE PROJECT FOR FORM FIVE AND MATRICULATION STUDENTS WILL BE HELD ON FRIDAY (JULY 20) AT ROOM 203, WESTERN DISTRICT COMMUNITY CENTRE, WESTERN STREET, SAI YING PUN, AT 9.15 AM.
THE ASSISTANT COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MRS CONNIE SOO AND DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER OF CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT, MR CHOW WAI-KEUNG WILL OFFICIATE AT THE CEREMONY.
THE PROJECT IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE YOUTH EMPLOYMENT ADVISORY SERVICE OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT, THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT BOARD AND THE CENTRE MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE OF WESTERN DISTRICT COMMUNITY CENTRE.
TEACHING CENTRE FOR TEACHERS * * *
WORK TO CONVERT PART OF A FORMER GOVERNMENT PRIMARY SCHOOL INTO A TEACHING CENTRE FOR TEACHERS WILL START TOWARDS THE END OF THIS MONTH.
A $221 000 CONTRACT HAS BEEN AWARDED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT TO YEU CAN ENGINEERING COMPANY LTD.
THE SCHOOL IS LOCATED AT TANNER ROAD, NORTH POINT.
AND PART OF THE GROUND PROVIDED WITH FACILITI
UNDER THE CONTRACT, THE THIRD FLOOR FLOOR OF THE FIVE-STOREY BUILDING WILL BE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE AND SOCIAL SUBJECTS.
ES
THESE WILL INCLUDE A LABORATORY-CUM-WORKSHOP, AN AUDIOVISUAL WORKSHOP AND A MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM.
THE TEACHING CENTRE WILL BECOME ONE OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S ADVISORY INSPECTORATE CENTRES.
WORK WILL TAKE FIVE MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
-----o-----
/18 ........
TUESDAY, JULY 17, 1984
- 18 -
moral education material on show
X X X
A TWO-DAY EXHIBITION TO ACQUAINT TEACHERS WITH MORAL EDUCATION MATERIAL WILL BE HELD FROM TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) AT THE QUEEN ELIZABETH SCHOOL HALL, SAI YEE STREET, KOWLOON.
A VARIETY OF PROJECTS WILL BE DISPLAYED AND THE THEMES INCLUDE: PROMOTION OF MORAL AND ETHICAL EDUCATION, MORAL EDUCATION THROUGH SOCIAL STUDIES, A PERSPECTIVE OF MORAL AND ETHICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMES, MONEY AND SIMPLE LIFE, PUBLIC MORALS, AND HONOURING PARENTS AND ELDERLY.
THE ACTING SENIOR ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT), MR JOHN WINFIELD, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE RIBBOh-CUTTING CEREMONY AT 10 AM AND WILL PRESENT SOUVENIRS TO PARTICIPATING ORGANISATIONS.
0
PARKING SPACES CANCELLED * H *
PARKING SPACES ON YUEN LONG ON LOK ROAD BETWEEN YUEN LONG TAI CHEUNG STREET AND TAI KIU ROAD WILL BE CANCELLED, FROM 10 AM TOMORROW (THURSDAY).
THE ROAD SECTION WILL BECOME PART OF THE BY-PASS, DUE TO OPEN SHORTLY.
ALTERNATIVE PARKING SPACES ARE AVAILABLE INDUSTRIAL AREA AND YUEN LONG TOWN AREA.
YUEN LONG NORTHERN
IN THE TUNG TAU
0
TOPPING-OUT CEREMONY
XXX
THE SECRETARY FOR TRADE AND INDUSTRY, MR E.P. HO, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE TOPPING-OUT CEREMONY OF THE NEW FACTORY OF SOUTH SEAS TEXTILE MANUFACTURING CO. LTD. AT TUEN MUN TOWN LOT 227 HO TIN STREET (NEAR THE KOWLOON MOTOR BUS DEPOT) AT 5 PM ON THURSDAY (JULY 19).
-----o------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
WEDNESDAY, JULY 18, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL MEETING;
GOVERNOR SPEAKS ON GREEN PAPER............................ 1
LATEST MOVE TOWARDS OPEN GOVERNMENT - LOBO ............... 4
GAP IN ADVISORY BODY FILLED .............................. 5
PRIVILEGES FOR VISA OFFICE ............................... 5
BILL SEEKS TO AMEND BUILDING ORDINANCE.................... 6
BILL TO UPDATE LAW........................................ 7
BILL SEEKS TO RAISE COURT COSTS .......................... 7
NEW JURY RULES PROPOSED .................................. 8
'CLUMSY' LEGCO PROCEDURES REMOVED BY NEW ORDERS .......... 10
THREE BILLS PASSED ....................................... 12
PRESS URGED TO REGISTER AS VOTERS ........................... 13
SIR PHILIP RETURNING NEXT WEEK............................... 13
MEDIA BRIEFING............................................... 13
SEMINAR ON DB ELECTIONS ..................................... 14
YOUTHS URGED TO HELP BUILD BETTER COMMUNITY ................. 14
MORAL EDUCATION MUST FEATURE STUDENTS' NEEDS ................ 15
WARM RESPONSE TO NEW FACTORY ESTATE.......................... 16
NEED FOR MENTAL HEALTH CARE STRESSED ........................ 17
DESIGNERS TOLD OF NEED FOR TENACITY.......................... 17
KWAI CHUNG RESTRICTED ZONES ................................. 18
TRAFFIC PLAN FOR GLENEALY ROAD WORK ........................ 19
BUS-ONLY LANE................................................ 19
WATER MAINS WORK ............................................ 19
WEDNES1 Y, JULY 18, 1984
- 1 -
GOVERNOR SPEAKS ON GREEN PAPER * * *
THE GREEN PAPER ON THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF REPR' TNTATIVE VE-NMENT IS A ANOTHER STEP ON THE WAY TO ESTABLISHING A SYSTEM WHICH DERIVES ITS AUTHORITY FROM THE HONG KONG COMMUNITY, riE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THE GREEN PAPER’S PROPOSALS DEAL PRINCIPALLY WITH THE LEGISLATIVE AND EXECUTIVE COUNCILS, SAID SIR EDWARD.
+AS REGARDS THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, IT IS PROPOSED THAT A SUBSTANTIAL NUMBER OF THE UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL SHOULD BE ELECTED INDIRECTLY BY AN ELECTORAL COLLEGE COMPOSED OF ALL MEMBERS OF THE URBAN COUNCIL, THE NEW REGIONAL COUNCIL AND THE DISTRICT BOARDS} THAT A SIMILAR NUMBER SHOULD BE ELECTED BY SPECIFIED FUNCTIONAL CONSTITUENCIES: BY WHICH WE MEAN ORGANISATIONS REPRESENTING COMMERCE, INDUSTRY, THE LAW AND OTHER IMPORTANT ASPECTS OF OUR ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL LIFE; THAT A NUMBER OF APPOINTED UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS SHOULD BE RETAINED ON THE COUNCIL, FOR THE TIME BEING; AND THAT THERE SHOULD BE A GRADUAL REDUCTION IN THE NUMBER OF OFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL.
♦BY 1988, THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL WOULD BE COMPOSED OF 12 UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS ELECTED BY THE ELECTORAL COLLEGE, 12 UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS ELECTED BY THE FUNCTIONAL CONSTITUENCIES, 16 APPOINTED UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS AND TEN OFFICIAL MEMBERS. THIS COMPARES WITH THE PRESENT COUNCIL OF 29 APPOINTED UNOFFICIAL NEMBERS AND 18 OFFICIALS.*
SIR EDWARD SAID THE SYSTEM OF INDIRECT ELECTIONS WOULD BE INTRODUCED STEP BY STEP WITH PROGRESS REVIEWS. THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ARRANGEMENTS WOULD BE INTRODUCED IN TWO STAGES, 1985 AND 1988 FOLLOWING THE DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS IN EACH YEAR. IN 1989 THERE WOULD BE A REVIEW TO DETERMINE WHAT FURTHER DEVELOPMENTS SHOULD BE PURSUED.
AT THAT TIME THE POSSIBILITY OF ALL UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS BEING ELECTED AND THE POSSIBILITY OF DIRECT ELECTIONS WOULD BE ASSESSED.
+AS REGARDS THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, IT IS PROPOSED THAT THE MAJORITY OF THE APPOINTED UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL SHOULD BE REPLACED PROGRESSIVELY BY MEMBERS ELECTED BY THE UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL FROM THEIR OWN NUMBER; THAT A FEW MEMBERS SHOULD CONTINUE TO BE APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR; AND THAT EX-OFFICIO MEMBERS SHOULD REMAIN AS MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL. THESE PROPOSED ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL WOULD ALSO BE INTRODUCED IN TWO STAGES - IN 1988 AND 1991 - FOLLOWING THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ELECTIONS IN EACH OF THOSE YEARS.
/♦THE INTENTION........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 18, 1984
2
+ THF INTENTION IS THAT, BY 1991, THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL SHOULD op COMPOSED OF AT LEAST EIGHT MEMBERS ELECTED BY THE UNOFFICIAL AMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, TWO MEMBERS APPOINTF* BY THE F/ER NOR AND FOUR EX-OFFICIO MEMBERS: HOWEVER, THESE NU‘ _RS
>FT BE MODIFIED IN THE LIGHT OF THE REVIEW IN 1989 OF "HE '■^POSITION AND METHOD OF SELECTION OF THE LEGISLATIVE
CuUNC IL•
SIR EDWARD DESCRIBED THE DEVELOPMENTS WHICH HAVE TAKEN - ACE IN RECENT YEARS IN GOVERNMENT AND WHICH HAVE INCLUDED DISTRICT BOARD AND URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS, THE ESTABLISHMENT OF 4 REGIONAL COUNCIL AND THE APPOINTMENT OF URBAN COUNCIL AND DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.
♦WE NOW NEED TO TAKE THE NEXT STEP WHICH IS TO CONSIDER NOT ONLY THE COMPOSITION OF THE TWO CENTRAL COUNCILS, BUT THE METHOD OF SELECTING THEIR MEMBERS,+ SAID SIR EDWARD.
+THIS IS THE OBJECT OF THE GREEN PAPER. THE AIMS OF THE PROPOSALS CONTAINED IN IT ARE THESE:
♦FIRST, TO DEVELOP A SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT WHICH IS FIRMLY ROOTED IN OUR COMMUNITY; ON WHICH THE VIEWS OF THE COMMUNITY ARE FULLY REPRESENTED; AND WHICH IS MORE DIRECTLY ACCOUNTABLE TO THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG;
♦SECOND, TO DEVELOP THIS SYSTEM PROGRESSIVELY, BUILDING ON OUR EXISTING INSTITUTIONS, AND ON OUR WELL-ESTABLISHED PRACTICE OF GOVERNMENT BY CONSENSUS; AND
♦THIRD, TO GIVE AN OPPORTUNITY FOR OUR PROPOSALS TO BE
TESTED AGAINST THE EXPERIENCE WE GAIN IN IMPLEMENTING THEM: TO THIS
END IT IS PROPOSED TO REVIEW THE POSITION IN 1989 BEFORE
DECIDING THE DIRECTION AND TIMING OF ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF THE SYSTEM.+
SIR EDWARD SAID THAT THE PRESENT SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT OPERATES ON THE BASIS OF CONSULTATION AND CONSENSUS. THIS OPERATED THROUGH REGIONAL AND DISTRICT REPRESENTATION AND OCCUPATIONAL, OR FUNCTIONAL, INTEREST REPRESENTATION. IT WAS INTENDED TO BUILD ON THIS TO DEVELOP A SYSTEM FOR THE ELECTION OF A SUBSTANTIAL NUMBER OF THE UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE COUNCILS -RETAINING, FOR THE TIME BEING, SOME APPOINTED UNOFFICIALS.
ON SUGGESTIONS FOR DIRECT ELECTIONS, SIR EDWARD SAID: ♦ IN HONG KONG IT IS CLEARLY ESSENTIAL THAT STABILITY SHOULD BE MAINTAINED. MOREOVER, OUR SPECIAL POLITICAL CIRCUMSTANCES MUST BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT; AND OUR SYSTEM OF REPRESENTATION MUST GIVE FULL WEIGHT TO THOSE INTERESTS ON WHICH OUR PRESENT POSITION AS A LEADING INTERNATIONAL INDUSTRIAL, COMMERCIAL AND FINANCIAL CENTRE IS BASED, AND WHICH ARE ESSENTIAL TO OUR FUTURE PROSPERITY.+
/CHANGE SHOULD .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 18. 1984
3
CHANGE SHOULD BE DROGRESSIVE, HE SAID + IF WERE 10 INTRODUCE r'RECT ELECTIONS TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL NOW, WE SHl D RUN ■ •£ RISK OF A SWIFT INTRODUCTION OF ADVERSARIAL POLITICO, AND AN r EMENT OF INSTABILITY AT A CRUCIAL TIME. THE TIME FOE DIRECT
- ■ :ONS MAY COME.+
uGGESTIONS THAT UNOFFICIALS SHOULD ASSUME SOME SORT OF
l “IVE ROLE SIMILAR TO MINISTERIAL FUNCTIONS PERFORMED BY u. REPRESENTATIVES IN OTHER COUNTRIES WOULD NOT BE PURSUED
T ESENT, SAID SIR EDWAF®.
♦ IT MAY BE CONS IDERED'AT A LATER STAGE AFTER THE NEW SYSTEM OF SELECTION HAS BEEN IMPLEMENTED AND GIVEN TIME TO SETTLE DOWN.+
ON THE POSITION OF THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD SAID: +THERE WILL BE SOME CHANGES IN THE ROLE OF GOVERNOR: FOR EXAMPLE, THE
GOVERNOR’S POWER TO APPOINT MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS WILL BE REDUCED; THE GOVERNOR’S PRESIDENCY OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL IS A FUNCTION UNCONNECTED WITH HIS OTHER FUNCTIONS, AND IT IS PROPOSED THAT HE SHOULD IN DUE COURSE BE REPLACED AS PRESIDENT OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL BY A PRESIDING OFFICER SELECTED OR ELECTED FROM AMONG THE MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL. BUT NOTHING BEYOND THAT IS PROPOSED AT THIS STAGE.
♦IN THE CASE OF HIS RELATIONSHIP WITH THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, CONVENTION HAS ALREADY MODIFIED THE GOVERNOR’S EXCLUSIVE RIGHT TO REFER MATTERS TO THE COUNCIL AND TO REJECT THE ADVICE OF THE COUNCIL: THIS RIGHT HAS NOT BEEN EXERCISED FOR MANY YEARS. FORMAL CHANGES IN THESE POWERS MIGHT BE CONSIDERED AT A FUTURE TIME.
HOWEVER THE GREEN PAPER MAKES NO PROPOSALS ON THE GOVERNOR’S RELATIONSHIP WITH THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL AND HIS METHOD OR APPOINTMENT AS THESE MATTER REQUIRE FURTHER REFLECTION BECAUSE OF CONSTITUTIONAL IMPLICATIONS, SAID SIR EDWARD.
IN CONCLUSION, HE SAID THE PAPER WAS A FURTHER STEP ON THE WAY TO ESTABLISHING A SYSTEM WHICH DERIVED ITS AUTHORITY FROM THE HONG KONG COMMUNITY AND TO ENABLE THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG TO BECOME MORE DIRECTLY INVOLVED IN SELECTING THEIR GOVERNMENT.
♦OUR PROPOSALS RECOGNISE THE COMPLEX BALANCE OF INTEREST WHICH LIES AT THE FOUNDATION OF HONG KONG’S SUCCESS. THEY RECOGNISE THAT THIS BALANCE HAS BEEN MAINTAINED THROUGH ADHERENCE TO THE PRINCIPLES OF STABILITY AND CONSENSUS. THEY ARE PROGRESSIVE, BUT GRADUAL; THEY SEEK TO MAINTAIN THE BEST FEATURES OF THE SYSTEMS WHICH SERVED HONG KONG IN THE PAST. AT THE SAME TIME, THE PROPOSALS RECOGNISE THE POLITICAL REALITIES OF HONG KONG,+ SIR EDWARD SA ID.
--------o
/4 .
WEDNESDAY, JULY 18, 1934
LATEST MOVE TOWARDS OPEN GOVERNMENT - LOBO
*****
THE PROPOSAL FOR THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE TO iOLD ITS H-Ah INGS OF EVIDENCE IN PUBLIC WAS THE LATEST IN THE LONG LINE CF MOVES MADE BY THE ADMINISTRATION TOWARDS OPEN GOVERNMENT, THE HON ROGER LOBO SAID TODAY.
MR LOBO WAS SPEAKING IN SUPPORT OF THE AUDIT (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, WHICH WAS PASSED BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
HE SAID THE BILL WAS OVERSHADOWED BY THE PROPOSAL FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT.
BUT HE ADDED, +1 BELIEVE THAT IT HAS BEEN THE DEVELOPMENT OF OPEN GOVERNMENT WHICH HAS HELPED TO MAKE THE IDEA OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT A PRACTICAL PROPOSITION, BY ENCOURAGING LIVELY AND INFORMED PUBLIC INTEREST WHICH IS, ALWAYS AND EVERYWHERE, THE ESSENTIAL CONDITION FOR SUCCESSFUL REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT. +
+THIS BILL, IN ITSELF MODEST, IS THEREFORE PART OF THE GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF GOOD GOVERNMENT IN HONG KONG TO WHICH WE ARE ALL COMMITTED, AND -FOR THAT REASON AS WELL AS FOR ITS OWN MERITS IT MUST COMMAND OUR BACKING,* HE SAID.
MR LOBO POINTED OUT THAT THE PROPOSAL TO HOLD OPEN MEETINGS HAD ITS ORIGINS IN AN INITIATIVE PUT FORWARD BY THE UNOFFICIALS ON THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE.
THE UNOFFICIALS BELIEVED THAT THE INTERESTS OF OPEN GOVERNMENT WOULD BE SERVED BY THE MOVE TO THE PUBLIC HEARING OF THE EVIDENCE WHICH THEY TAKE FROM CONTROLLING OFFICERS.
+THE PUBLIC WILL HAVE DIRECT KNOWLEDGE OF THE EXPLANATIONS WHICH CONTROLLING OFFICERS GIVE ABOUT THE USE OF THE TAXPAYERS' MONEY, AND THE MEASURE WHICH THEY HAVE TAKEN TO ENSURE THE BEST POSSIBLE VALUE FOR THAT MONEY,+ MR LOBO SAID.
HOWEVER, HE ASSURED THE OFFICIALS THAT OPEN GOVERNMENT WAS NOT TO BE EQUATED WITH +ROUGH JUSTICE AT THEIR EXPENSE.*
HE EXPLAINED THAT THE COMMITTEE STILL INTENDED TO MEET IN CAMERA TO REACH ITS CONCLUSIONS AND THEIR VIEWS WOULD THEREFORE REMAIN CONFIDENTIAL UNTIL THEY WERE LAID BEFORE THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL IN THE FORM OF THEIR COMPLETED REPORT.
+THE COMMITTEE WILL CERTAINLY CONTINUE TO DELIBERATE CAREFULLY ON THE EVIDENCE PRESENTED TO IT BEFORE COMING TO ANY JUDGEMENTS,* HE SAID.
-----o-----
WEDNESDAY, JULY 18, 1934
- 5 -
GAP IN ADVISORY BODY FILLED
* M * *
BY THE
A MOTION FOR THE REGISTRAR GENERAL TO SERVE AS AN X-OFFICIO MEMBER OF THE EXPORT CREDIT INSURANCE CORPORATION’S ADVISORY BOARD, IN PLACE OF THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE, WAS APPROVED BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THE SECRETARY FOR TRADE AND INDUSTRY THE HON E.P. HO EXPLAINED THAT IT HAD BEEN NOTED AT A RECENT REVIEW OF THE MEMBERSH IP OF THE CORPORATION’S ADVISORY BOARD THAT, ON THE OFFICIAL SIDE THERE WAS BOTH DUPLICATION IN THE AREA OF TRADE, SINCE BOTH THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE AND HE HIMSELF WERE MEMBERS, AND A GAP IN THE AREA OF INSURANCE.
♦THIS HAS ARISEN BECAUSE PRIOR TO AUGUST 1, 1982 WHEN MY POST WAS CREATED, AND TOOK OVER RESPONSIBILITY FOR TRADE AND INDUSTRY POLICY, AND THE PLACE ON THIS ADVISORY BOARD, FROM THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, THE LATTER ALSO HAD INSURANCE POLICY WITHIN HIS SCHEDULE.+
THE RESOLUTION SOUGHT TO REPLACE THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE
7.I TH THE REGISTRAR GENERAL, AS AN EX-OFFICIO MEMBER, SINCE THE LATTER HAD STATUTORY RESPONSIBILITY FOR AN EXPERTISE IN INSURANCE, MR HO SAID.
-----o------
PRIVILEGES FOR VISA OFFICE
* * M
A BILL TO PUT THE CHINESE VISA OFFICE ON THE SAME FOOTING AS CONSULATES-GENERAL AND COMMONWEALTH COMMISSIONS ALREADY ESTABLISHED IN HONG KONG, WAS GIVEN A SECOND READING BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
MOVING THE CHINA VISA OFFICE (PRIVILEGES AND IMMUN!JIES) BIlL 1984 THE ATTORNEY GENERAL, THE HON MICHAEL THOMAS SAID THAT THE OFFICE OPENED IN HONG KONG IN NOVEMBER 1981 AND SINCE THEN IT HAD HELPED MANY THOUSANDS OF TRAVELLERS OBTAIN VISAS FOR ENTRY INTO CHINA.
AS IT WAS SUBJECT TO THE CHINESE MINISTRY OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS AND ITS DIRECTOR AND STAFF WERE CAREER DIPLOMATS, IT WAS APPROPRIATE THAT IT SHOULD ENJOY CERTAIN DIPLOMAT C PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES. SOME COULD BE CONFERRED BY ADMINISTRATIVE ARRANGEMENT BUT OTHERS REQUIRED LEGISLATION, MR THOMAS SAID.
AN AGREEMENT IN PRINCIPLE HAD ®^N ARRIVED AT BETWEEN
ER ITA IN AND CHINA, SAID MR THOMAS,, FOR THE R£-ESTABL SHMENT q^ulATE-A BRITISH CONSULATE-GENERAL AT SHANGHA AND FOR A CHINESE CONSUL A lb GENERAL TO BE OPENED IN MANCHESTER. DUR ING DISCUSSION OF THE PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES TO BE ENJOYED BY THE ^FF ICES OF THESE TWO CONSULATES-GENERAL THE CHINESE SIDE PROPOSED THE QUESTION OF SUCH MATTERS FOR THE CHINESE VISA OFFICE IN HONG KONG BE SETTLED AT THE SAME TIME.
/+IT WAS........
WEDN3SDAY, JULY 18, 19&4
+ IT WAS AGREED THAT IT WOULD BE APPROPRIATE FOR THE VISA OFFICE IN HONG KONG TO ENJOY THE SAME PRIVILEGES AND I '(UNITIES AS THOSE TWO CONSULATES-GENERAL IN SHANGHAI AND F ^CHESTER,+ SAID MR THOMAS.
THE CONTENTS OF THE BILL ARE STRAIGHTFORWARD, HE SAID, AND SPELL OUT PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES USING WHEREVER POSSIBLE THE LANGUAGE OF THE VIENNA CONVENTION ON CONSULAR RELATIONS. THE OFFICE WOULD BE PUT ON THE SAME BASIS AS OTHER CONSULATES-C^NERAL AND COMMONWEALTH COMMISSIONS.
DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.
_ - 0 - -
BILL SEEKS TO AMEND BUILDING ORDINANCE
*****
THE BUILDINGS (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984, INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY, SEEKS TO MAKE THREE AMENDMENTS TO THE BUILDING ORDINANCE, THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS, THE HON F.E. SHORT, SAID.
WITH +THE HONG KONG BRANCH OF THE INSTITUTION OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS* NO LONGER IN EXISTENCE, THE BILL PROPOSES TO REPLACE THIS NAME IN THE ORDINANCE WITH +THE HONG KONG INSTITUTION OF ENGINEERS* WHICH NOW INCORPORATES THE DEFUNCT BODY.
MR SHORT EXPLAINED THAT THE PRESENT WORDING OF THE ORDINANCE STILL REFERS TO THE FORMER INSTITUTION AS THE BODY RESPONSIBLE FOR NOMINATING THE REGISTERED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER MEMBER OF THE REGISTRATION COMMITTEE AND ALSO AS THE BODY FROM WHICH REGISTERED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER MEMBERS OF THE DISCIPLINARY BOARD PANEL ARE SELECTED.
+THE SECOND OBJECT OF THE BILL IS FURTHER TO AMEND THE WORDING OF SECTION 5A (2) OF THE ORDINANCE, WHICH AT PRESENT STATES THAT THE DISCIPLINARY BOARD PANEL SHALL CONSIST OF NOT MORE THAN 20 MEMBERS, BUT WHICH GOES ON TO STIPULATE UNEQUIVOCALLY THAT THERE SHALL BE FIVE MEMBERS FROM EACH OF FOUR NAMED PROFESSIONAL BODIES.
+T0 AVOID ANY CHALLENGE WHICH MIGHT ARISE IF, THROUGH DEATH, RETIREMENT OR OTHER REASON, THERE WERE AT ANY TIME LESS THAN FIVE MEMBERS FROM EACH OF THE NAMED BODIES, THE AMENDMENT WILL MAKE IT CLEAR THAT NOT MORE THAN FIVE MEMBERS ARE TO BE DRAwN FROM EACH BODY,* HE SAID.
THE BILL ALSO PROPOSES TO REMOVE THE WORD +SOCIETY+, wHICH WAS NOT DELETED WHEN THE FORMER ENGINEERING SOCIETY OF HONG KONG CEASED TO BE NAMED IN SECTION 5A (2) OF THE ORDINANCE.
DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.
- - 0 - -
WEDNESDAY, JULY 18, 1984
- 7 -
BILL TO UPDATE LAW * * *
THE LIMITATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 CONCERNING THE PERIOD alljWED FOR BRINGING CIVIL CLAIMS TO COURTS, SEEKS TO srx I NG THE lAW IN HONG KONG ON THE SUBJECT INTO LINE WITH THE UNITED KINGDOM LAW.
MOVING THE SECOND READING OF THE BILL, THE ACTING LAW DRAFTSMAN, THE HON J.J. O’GRADY, RECALLED THAT IN 1983, THE COURT OF APPEAL RULED THAT THE PERIOD COULD NOT BE CIRCUMVENTED BY THE RULES OF THE SUPREME COURT AS THESE RULES ONLY APPLY TO MATTERS OF PRACTICE AND PROCEDURE.
+ACCORDINGLY THE COURT HELD THAT A RULE WAS ULTRA VIRES WHICH PURPORTED TO ENABLE EXISTING PROCEEDINGS TO BE AMENDED BY ADDING OR SUBSTITUTING A NEW ACTION, EVEN THOUGH THE TIME ALLOWED FOR BRINGING THE NEW ACTION AS AN ORIGINAL ACTION HAD EXPIRED.
+A SIMILAR PROBLEM HAD ALREADY ARISEN IN THE UK AND THE SOLUTION THERE WAS TO ENACT AN EXPRESS STATUTORY PROVISION WHICH MEANT THAT EXISTING PROCEEDINGS COULD PROPERLY BE AMENDED IN TnE WAY I HAVE JUST MENTIONED,* MR O’GRADY SAID.
CLAUSE 2 OF THE BILL, HE ADDED, SEEKS TO ADOPT THE UK RESOLUTION.
+IN EFFECT, CLAUSE 2 RESTORES THE POSITION TO WHAT IT WAS, OR wAS UNDERSTOOD TO BE, PRIOR TO THE DECISION OF THE COURT OF APPEAL, AND BRINGS THE LAW IN HONG KONG ON THIS SUBJECT INTO LINE WITH UK LAW,+ MR O’GRADY SAID.
DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.
-----o------
BILL SEEKS TO RAISE COURT COSTS * * *
A BILL PROPOSING TO RAISE COURT COSTS FOR A DEFENDANT WHO NO LONGER WISHES TO CONTEST THE CHARGE wAS INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THE FIXED PENALTY (CRIMINAL PROCEEDINGS) (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984 SEEKS TO INCREASE THE COSTS FROM 525 TO ©70.
MOVING THE SECOND READING OF THE BILL, THE ACTING LAw DRAFTSMAN, THE HON J.J. O’GRADY, SAID THE REASONS FOR THE INCREASE WERE PURELY ECONOMIC AS THE FIGURE OF $25 wAS SET IN 1974.
/+IN jjVTORB...........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 18, 1984
- 8 -
-IN FUTURE, THE PROBLEM WILL BE LEFT TO THIS COUNCIL TO KAL WITH BY RESOLUTION, AND AN AMENDMENT TO THAT EFFECT IS ALSO CONTAINED IN THE BILL.+ HE SAID.
A FEATURE OF THE FIXED PENALTY (CRIMINAL PROCEEDINGS) ORDINANCE IS THAT, IF ANYONE WHO IS ISSUED WITH A NOTICE UNDER THE ORDINANCE WISHES TO DISPUTE HIS GUILT, HE IS FREE TO DO SO.
+THIS BILL DEALS WITH THE SITUATION WHERE PROCEEDINGS ARE ACTUALLY INSTITUTED BUT THE DEFENDANT SUBSEQUENTLY UNDERGOES A CHANGE OF HEART, AND NO LONGER WISHES TO CONTEST THE CHARGE,* MR O’GRADY EXPLAINED.
IN THIS EVENT, CLAUSE 2 OF THE BILL PROVIDES THAT THE SUM PAYABLE UNDER THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE BY WAY OF COURT COSTS IS TO BE INCREASED.
DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.
--------o----------
NEW JURY RULES PROPOSED * * * * *
A BILL TO SAVE TIME AND INCONVENIENCE TO JURY MEMBERS WAS GIVEN A SECOND READING IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
♦THE WILLINGNESS OF MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC TO DO JURY SERVICE IS VITAL TO OUR CRIMINAL PROCEDURE,* SAID THE ATTORNEY GENERAL, THE HON MICHAEL THOMAS, IN INTRODUCING THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984.
*BUT ANYONE VISITING THE HIGH COURT WOULD BE SURPRISED TO FIND THAT IN MANY CASES, MEMBERS OF THE JURY ARE NO SOONER BROUGHT TOGETHER AND SWORN AND CHARGED TO TRY THE ISSUES BETWEEN THE PRISONER AT THE BAR AND THE QUEEN, THAN THEY ARE SENT AWAY, OFTEN FOR SOME WEEKS, WHILE THE JUDGE DECIDES A MATTER OF LAw IN THEIR ABSENCE.
+THIS TIME OF STANDING BY IS LIKELY TO CAUSE HAVOC WITH THEIR BUSINESS AND SOCIAL ARRANGEMENTS, THEY MAY FALL SICK, OR FOR SOME OTHER REASON FIND THEMSELVES UNABLE TO COME BACK FOR THE TRIAL. THIS RULE OF PROCEDURE OFTEN CAUSES INCONVENIENCE AND WILL RESULT IN WASTE OF TIME IF A NEW JURY HAS TO BE EMPANELLED,* MR THOMAS SAID.
HE EXPLAINED THAT THE REASON FOR THE DELAY WAS THAT THE JUDGE WAS HEARING ALONE EVIDENCE ON A +VOIRDIRE+ WHERE HE DECIDED WHETHER STATEMENTS BY THE ACCUSED COULD BE ADMITTED IN tVIDENCE IN THE TR I AL.
/the phese:t.......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 18, 1984
- 9 -
THE PRESENT LAW REQUIRES THE JURY TO BE EMPANELLED IMMEDIATELY AFTER A NOT GUILTY PLEA. THE BILL AIMS TO REMOVE THIS RULE.
♦THIS SIMPLE REFORM DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH ANY OTHER ESTABLISHED RULE OF LAW OR PROCEDURE.
♦THE ESSENCE OF THE REFORM IS TO SAVE THE TIME OF MEMBERS OF THE JURY AND AVOID THE INCONVENIENCE TO THEM OF HAVING THEIR ARRANGEMENTS DISLOCATED IN THOSE CASES WHEN THEIR PRESENCE IS NOT REQUIRED AT THE OUTSET OF A CRIMINAL TRIAL,* HE SAID.
MR THOMAS ALSO MOVED THE SECOND READING OF THE JURY (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 WHICH, AMONG OTHER THINGS, SEEKS TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF PERSONS AVAILABLE FOR JURY SERVICE.
THERE ARE AT PRESENT ONLY ABOUT 25 OOO SUCH PERSONS, HALF OF WHOM MAY BE CALLED IN ANY ONE YEAR.
+A WORKING PARTY WAS SET UP TO CONSIDER HOW THE NUMBER OF PROSPECTIVE JURORS MIGHT BE INCREASED AND TO CONSIDER THE EFFICIENCY OF THE CURRENT METHOD OF SELECTION OF JURORS.
+IT QUICKLY BECAME APPARENT THAT THERE IS IN HONG KONG A LARGE NUMBER OF POTENTIAL JURORS WHOSE ABILITY TO SPEAK AND UNDERSTAND ENGLISH IS SIMPLY NOT DISCOVERED UNDER EXISTING PROCEDURE,* MR THOMAS REPORTED.
INCREASING THE NUMBER OF POTENTIAL JURORS WOULD NOT ONLY SPREAD THE BURDEN MORE EQUITABLY ACROSS THE COMMUNITY BUT WOULD ALSO BE ANOTHER STEP TO INVOLVE MORE PEOPLE IN THE ADMINISTRATION CF THE LAWS OF HONG KONG, HE SAID.
THE BILL PROPOSES TO GIVE THE REGISTRAR AND THE COMMISSIONER CF REGISTRATION STATUTORY POWERS TO OBTAIN INFORMATION FOR COMPILING FULL JURY LISTS, HE SAID.
WITH THE IMPROVEMENT IN THE QUALITY AND EXPECTATION OF LIFE, THE BILL ALSO SEEKS TO RAISE THE AGE OF POTENTIAL JURORS FROM 63 TO 65 SO THAT MORE EXPERIENCED PEOPLE WILL BECOME AVAILABLE FOR THIS SERVICE.
*1 ALSO BELIEVE THAT IT IS WHOLLY UNACCEPTABLE THAT THE BURDEN OF JURY SERVICE SHOULD CONTINUE TO BE PLACED ENTIRELY ON THE SHOULDERS OF THE PRIVATE SECTOR.
+THERE IS NO LONGER ANY JUSTIFICATION FOR THE EXEMPTION OF ALL PUBLIC SERVANTS,* HE SAID.
BY THE NATURE OF THEIR DUTIES, CERTAIN CATEGORIES OF PUBLIC SERVANTS MUST CONTINUE TO BE EXEMPT, HE ADDED.
THEY INCLUDE JUDGES, MEMBERS OF THE LEGAL DEPARTMENT AND THE POLICE.
MR THOMAS ESTIMATED THAT UNDER THE PROPOSAL, ABOUT 40 □□□ CIVIL SERVANTS WOULD BECOME ELIGIBLE AS JURORS.
/♦SIMILARLY, TEACHERS,
WEDNESDAY, JULY 18, 1984
♦SIMILARLY, TEACHERS, PROFESSORS, LECTURERS AND OTHER ACADEMIC OFFICERS W ILL BECOME LIABLE TO SERVE ON JURIES. BUT THE PRESENT LIMITED EXEMPTION IN FAVOUR OF FULL-TIME STUDENTS AT EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS WILL BE EXTENDED TO ALL,+ HE SAID.
PROVISION IS ALSO MADE IN THE BILL FOR RANDOM SELECTION OF JURORS BY COMPUTER.
♦SOMETIMES CASES COME TO LIGHT OF EMPLOYERS DISCRIMINATING AGAINST THEIR EMPLOYEES BECAUSE OF JURY SERVICE. THERE IS IN MY VIEW A CASE FOR RAISING THE EXISTING PENALTY TO A FINE OF $25 OOO AND IMPRISONMENT FOR THREE MONTHS,* HE SAID.
DEBATE ON BOTH BILLS WAS ADJOURNED.
- - 0 - -
’CLUMSY’ LEGCO PROCEDURES REMOVED BY NEW ORDERS * * *
A NEW STANDING ORDER — 7 A -- PROVIDING FOR THE HOLDING Ob SPECIAL LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL SITTINGS DURING A RECESS, WAS APPROVED BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
MOVING THE AMENDMENT, THE ACTING CHIEF SECRETARY, THE HON. DENIS BRAY, RECALLED THE +CLUMSY PROCEDURE+, REQUIRED FOR THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TO HOLD A SPECIAL MEETING AT A FEW HOURS’ NOTICE ON SEPTEMBER 27 LAST YEAR, TO DEAL WITH THE +HANG LUNG BANK INCIDENT*.
♦DURING THOSE FEW HOURS, BECAUSE WE HAD ALREADY CLOSED THE PREVIOUS SESSION AND NOT YET OPENED THE NEXT ONE, WE HAD TO PULL THE COUNCIL OUT OF RECESS BY OPENING THE NEXT SESSION AND THIS INVOLVED NOT ONLY CHANGING THE DATE AND HOUR OF THE NEXT SITTING, AS YOU, SIR, ARE EMPOWERED TO DO UNDER STANDING ORDER 7(3), BUT THE GAZETTING OF THE NEW DATE AND HOUR UNDER STANDING ORDER 5 (3).
♦THIS WAS A CLUMSY PROCEDURE NECESSITATED BY THE LACK OF SUITABLE PROVISIONS IN THE STANDING ORDERS TO COVER ANY SPECIAL SITTINGS HELD DURING THE SUMMER RECESS.
♦NEW STANDING ORDER 7A, THEREFORE, AIMS AT PUTTING THIS RIGHT BY PROVIDING THAT THE GOVERNOR MAY, WHERE HE IS SATISFIED THAT THE PUBLIC INTEREST SO REQUIRES, DETERMINE THAT A SITTING.OF THE COUNCIL SHALL BE HELD ON SUCH DAY AND SHALL BEGIN AT SUCH HOUR AS HE MAY SPECIFY, AND THAT THE PROCEDURES FOR THAT SITTING SHOULD FOLLOW THOSE FOR ANY ORDINARY SITTING HELD DURING A SESS ION,+ MR BRAY SA ID.
MR BRAY ADDED THAT +EMERGENCIES ARE BY THEIR NATURE UNEXPECTED, AND NO EXTRA MEETINGS ARE ANTICIPATED AT THIS MOMENT.+
/STANDING ORDER
WEDNESDAY, JULY 18, 1984
11 -
STANDING ORDER 7A WAS AMONG A NUMBER OF DESIRABLE CHANGES WHICH HAD EMERGED SINCE THE REVISION OF STANDING ORDERS LAST YEAR TO FACILITATE THE WORK OF THE COUNCIL AS A WHOLE, HE SAID.
THE FIRST AMENDMENT TODAY WAS THE INTRODUCTION OF A NEW STANDING ORDER 4A TO ESTABLISH THE TITLE OF COUNSEL TO THE LEGISLATURE TO DENOTE THE SPECIAL POSITION WHICH THE LAW DRAFTSMAN HAS IN THE WORKINGS OF THE COUNCIL.
♦THE TITLE WILL BRING OUT HIS PARTICULAR RESPONSIBILITIES AS REGARDS LEGISLATION, AND HIS ROLE IN THE SCRUTINY AND REFORM OF ALL ASPECTS OF THE COUNCIL’S PROCEDURE.
♦MOST IMPORTANT IT WILL EXPRESS HIS GENERAL RESPONSIBILITY TO THE COUNCIL MORE CLEARLY THAN DOES HIS OFFICIAL DESIGNATION WITHIN THE ATTORNEY GENERAL’S CHAMBER,* MR BRAY SAID.
TO ILLUSTRATE THIS POINT, MR BRAY REFERRED TO THE AMENDMENT TO STANDING ORDER 39(1), WHICH REQUIRES A PRIVATE BILL TO HAVE A CERTIFICATE SIGNED BY THE COUNSEL TO THE LEGISLATURc TO INDICATE THAT IT IS ALL IN ORDER.
+THIS EXAMINATION,* MR BRAY SAID, +13 PART OF OUR PRESENT PRACTICE AND IS CLEARLY A DESIRABLE SAFEGUARD AGAINST THE INTRODUCTION OF PRIVATE LEGISLATION WHICH MIGHT IN ANY WAY CONFLICT WITH THE FORM OF LAWS OF HONG KONG AND THE STANDING ORDER CF THIS COUNCIL.
♦THE INTENTION THEREFORE IS TO FORMALISE THIS PRACTICE BY INCORPORATING IT IN THE STANDING ORDERS, AND THE LAW DRAFTSMAN, IN HIS ROLE AS THE COUNSEL TO THE LEGISLATURE, WILL CONTINUE TO CARRY OUT THE FUNCTION OF ’CHECKS AND BALANCES’ IN RELATION TO PRIVATE LEGISLATION.*
AN AMENDMENT TO STANDING ORDER 8 (4) PROHIBITS ANY NEW BUSINESS AFTER THE SIX O’CLOCK HOUR OF INTERRUPTION — OTHER THAN ADJOURNMENT DEBATES -- BUT EXPLICITLY PROVIDES THAT A MOTION TO WAIVE STANDING ORDER 8 SHALL NOT COUNT AS NEW BUSINESS.
+THE EFFECT OF THIS WOULD BE TO ALLOW THE HOUR OF INTERRUPTION TO BE USED AS A MARKER AS TO WHEN THE BUSINESS OF THE LEGISLATURE SHOULD CONCLUDE -- THE PRESIDENT WILL MAKE A FORMAL INTERRUPTION AT THE MOMENT HE DEEMS APPROPRIATE -- BUT THEREAFTER THE CHIEF SECRETARY WILL BE ABLE TO MOVE THE SUSPENSION OF THE OTHER PROVISIONS OF THE STANDING ORDER, SO THAT THE COUNCIL CAN CONCLUDE THE MATTER IN HAND, AND THE REST OF THE BUSINESS SCHEDULED FOR THE DAY.
+THIS WILL MEAN THAT THE INTERRUPTION OF THE COUNCIL’S BUSINESS IS MADE BY THE PRESIDENT, AS BY RIGHT IT WOULD BE, RATHER THAN BY THE CHIEF SECRETARY, AS IN PRACTICE IT IS AT PRESENT,* MR BRAY SAID.
THE PREVIOUS PROCEDURE, MR BRAY SAID, WAS CUMBERSOME AND CONFUS ING.
/THE MIN ........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 18, 1984
- 12 -
THE MAIN AMENDMENT TO ORDER 6OA, MR BRAY SA ID, PROVI DES OR PUBLIC MEETINGS OF THE PUBLIC ACCOUNT^ COMMITTEt.
MR RRAY SAID THAT AS THE WORK OF THE COUNCIL DEVELOPED IN SOPHISTICATION AND COMPLEXITY, THE STANDING ORDERS SHOULD KEEP UP WITH THE NEEDS AND CHANGES OF THE COUNCIL.
+FOR THIS REASON. WE SHALL CONTINUE TO REVIEW THE STANDING ORDERS TO ENSURE THAT THEIR PROVISIONS REMAIN UP-TO-DATE AND AS RATIONAL AS POSSIBLE,* HE SAID.
THE AMENDMENT TODAY, HE SAID, PROPOSED TO DO JUST THAT.
THREE BILLS PASSED K * * *
THREE BILLS WERE PASSED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THEY ARE: THE AUDIT (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, IMPORT AND EXPORT (AMENDMENT) (NO.2) BILL 1984 AND RESERVED COMMODITIES (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984.
SIX BILLS WERE READ A SECOND TIME AND DEBATE ON THEM WAS ADJOURNED.
THEY AREs THE CHINESE VISA OFFICE (PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES) BILL 1984, CRIMINAL PROCEDURE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, THE JURY (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, THE FIXED PENALTY (CRIMINAL PROCEEDINGS) (AMENDMENT) (NO.2) BILL 1984. THE LIMITATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 AND THE BUILDINGS (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984.
THE MEETING WAS ADJOURNED TO TUESDAY (JULY 24).
-----0-----
WEDNESDAY, JULY 18, 1984
- 13 -
PRESS URGED TO REGISTER AS VOTERS * * * *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, THIS (WEDNESDAY) AFTERNOON CALLED ON REPORTERS AND PHOTOGRAPHERS TO REGISTER THEMSELVES AS VOTERS.
SPEAKING TO JOURNALISTS AFTER THE PRESENTATION OF THE GREEN PAPER ON THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, SIR EDWARD SAID.
♦SINCE THERE ARE SO MANY OF YOU HERE THIS AFTERNOON, I HOPE YOU WILL ALL BE VERY QUICK TO REGISTER YOUR VOTE AND TO TAKE
PART.+
HE ALSO URGED REPORTERS TO ENCOURAGE PEOPLE TO LET THE GOVERNMENT HAVE THEIR VIEWS ON THE GREEN PAPER AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.
-----o------
SIR PHILIP RETURNING NEXT WEEK X X X X X
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN CONFIRMED TODAY (WEDNESDAY) THAT SIR EXPECTED TO RETURN TO HONG KONG FROM THE
PHILIP HADDON-CAVE IS UNITED KINGDOM IN THE
MIDDLE OF NEXT WEEK.
MEDI A BRI EFING X X X X .
THE ACTING CHIEF SECRETARY, MR DENIS BRAY, WILL GIVE A MEDIA BRIEFING ON THE GREEN PAPER ON THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT AT 4 PM TOMORROW (THURSDAY) IN THE GIS THEATRE, 5TH FLOOR, BEACONSFIELD HOUSE.
YOU ARE INVITED TO ATTEND.
- - 0 ----------
/14 .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 18, 1984
- 14 -
SEMINAR ON DB ELECTIONS » X X X
A SEMINAR TO EXPLAIN DETAILS ABOUT THE FORTHCOMING REGISTRATION ’ DISTRICT BOARD VOTERS WILL BE HELD IN SHAM SHU I PO ON FRIDAY (JULY 20) EVENING.
IT IS BEING JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE CHEUNG SHA WAN AREA COMMITTEE AND THE LEI CHENG UK AND SO UK AREA COMMITTEE, WITH THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD AS THE SPONSOR.
THE SEMINAR IS ALSO AIMED AT ENCOURAGING RESIDENTS TO REGISTER AS VOTERS FOR NEXT YEAR’S DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS.
SPEAKERS AT THE SEMINAR WILL BE THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MR BRIAN LAU- AND THE CHAIRMEN OF THE TWO AREA COMMITTEES AND DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS, MR WONG PING-HON AND MR TANG SUN-WAH.
LOCAL RESIDENTS AND MEMBERS OF MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES, OWNERS CORPORATIONS AND VOLUNTARY AGENCIES HAVE BEEN INVITED TO ATTEND.
-----o------
YOUTHS URGED TO HELP BUILD BETTER COMMUNITY
X X X
YOUNG PEOPLE SHOULD MAKE EVERY EFFORT TO HELP BUILD A BETTER COMMUNITY AS THEY ARE THE +PILLAR OF SOCIETY*, THE DEPUTY REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG AND KOWLOON, MR LUI HAU-TUEN, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).
+AFTER ACQUIRING MORE KNOWLEDGE IN THEIR COURSE OF STUDY, THEY SHOULD TAKE AN INTEREST IN THEIR SURROUNDINGS AND TRY TO HAVE A BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF, AND MORE CONCERN FOR, THEIR COMMUNITY,* HE SAID.
MR LUI WAS SPEAKING AT THE SPEECH DAY OF THE KIANGSU AND CHEKIANG PRIMARY SCHOOL IN EASTERN DISTRICT.
HE POINTED OUT THAT THERE WERE MANY OPPORTUNITIES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE TO GET DIRECTLY INVOLVED IN COMMUNITY AFFAIRS.
BY WAY OF EXAMPLE, HE SAID YOUNGSTERS COULD HELP THE POLICE COMBAT CRIME BY BECOMING MEMBERS OF THE JUNIOR POLICE CALL.
THEY COULD ALSO TAKE PART IN MANY OF THE HEALTHY AND MEANINGFUL ACTIVITIES ORGANISED BY COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUBS.
MR LUI ALSO URGED STUDENTS TO MAKE GOOD USE OF THEIR LEISURE AND THE LONG SUMMER HOLIDAYS BY PARTICIPATING IN SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMMES.
/THIS YEAR, .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 18, 1984
- 15 -
THIS YEAR, HE SAID, THE EASTERN DISTRICT HAD ORGANISED OVER 150 RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS EVENTS FOR YOUTHS IN THE DISTRICT.
THEY INCLUDE TRAINING CAMPS, POTTED-PLANT COMPETITIONS, BALL GAMES AND OTHER ENTERTAINING ACTIVITIES FOCUSSING ON THE THEME +HEALTH, HELP AND HAPPINESS+.
THE DISTRICT’S SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME, CO-ORDINATED BY THE EASTERN DISTRICT YOUTH RECREATION CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE AND THE DISTRICT BOARD, WILL COST $95 500.
-----o------
MORAL EDUCATION MUST * *
FEATURE STUDENTS’ NEEDS * *
EFFECTIVE MORAL EDUCATION MUST TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE FACT THAT STUDENTS HAVE INDIVIDUAL AND PERSONAL REQUIREMENTS AS WELL AS COLLECTIVE INTERESTS, MR JOHN WINFIELD, ACTING SENIOR ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT), SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).
‘ < I
MORAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMES COULD' NOT BE IMPOSED, AND HAD TO DEVELOP FROM WITHIN THE INDIVIDUAL SCHOOL COMMUNITY TO REFLECT THE INTERESTS AND NEEDS OF SPECIFIC GROUPS OF STUDENTS, HE SAID.
HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF A TWO-DAY EXHIBITION ON MORAL EDUCATION IN SCHOOLS BEING HELD AT QUEEN ELIZABETH SCHOOL.
THE EXHIBITION IS ON UNTIL TOMORROW (THURSDAY), FROM 9 AM TO 4.30 PM.
THE UNDERLYING POLICY OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S APPROACH TOWARDS MORAL EDUCATION IS THAT MORAL VALUES ARE MOST EFFECTIVELY INCULCATED THROUGH THE WHOLE CURRICULUM AND IN THE CORPORATE LIFE OF THE SCHOOL.
♦ALTHOUGH OUR ADVISORY SERVICES ARE IN NO SENSE PRESCRIPTIVE, WE HAVE FOUND THAT OUR REGULAR SEMINARS FOR TEACHERS HAVE BEEN SUCCESSFUL IN CREATING FOCAL POINTS FOR ISSUES OF GENERAL CONCERN, AND WE INTEND TO CONTINUE TO PLAN FURTHER SEMINARS ON SIMILAR LINES FOR THE FUTURE,+ MR WINFIELD SAID.
JUDGING FROM THE EXHIBITS, HE SAID TEACHERS WERE NO LONGER SATISFIED WITH TRADITIONAL APPROACHES TO BASIC UNIVERSAL MORAL CONCEPTS.
♦THEY HAVE DEVISED MORE EFFECTIVE TECHNIQUES, WHICH ARE MUCH MORE STIMULATING AND MORE DIRECT IN THEIR PERSONAL APPEAL TO YOUNG PEOPLE,+ HE ADDED.
/EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
WEDNESDAY, JULY 18, 1984
- 16 -
EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES WERE AN EFFECTIVE MEANS TO GIVE STUDENTS A SENSE OF BELONGING TO GROUPS WITH CLOSELY SHARED INTERESTS. THEY ALSO OFFERED STUDENTS OPPORTUNITIES TO ACCEPT AND SHARE RESPONSIBILITY AMONG THEMSELVES.
ON THE DEPARTMENT’S EFFORTS IN PROMOTING MORAL EDUCATION, Hf SAID THAT APART FROM DEVELOPING A BROAD RANGE OF ADVISORY SERVICES, THE RELIGIOUS-ETHICAL EDUCATION SECTION HAD CONDUCTED SEMINARS ON MORAL EDUCATION FOR SCHOOL HEADS, ISSUED COMPREHENSIVE GUIDELINES TO ALL SCHOOLS, AND COMPILED REFERENCE MATERIALS TO SUPPORT AND ILLUSTRATE THE VARIOUS SUGGESTIONS OUTLINED IN THE GUIDELINES.
ORGANISERS OF THE EXHIBITION ARE THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, THE INDEPENDENT COMMISSION AGAINST CORRUPTION, THE EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES CO-ORDINATORS’ ASSOCIATION, THE COLLEGES OF EDUCATION, SEVEN PRIMARY SCHOOLS AND 14 SECONDARY SCHOOLS.
-----o-----
WARM RESPONSE TO NEW FACTORY ESTATE
X X X X X X
FACTORY OPERATORS TURNED UP IN LARGE NUMBERS TODAY TO VIEW THE HOUSING AUTHORITY’S LATEST FACTORY BUILDING AT WANG CHEONG INDUSTRIAL ESTATE, CHEUNG SHA WAN.
THE ESTATE MANAGEMENT OFFICE REPORTED THAT IN ADDITION TO RECEIVING OVER 200 TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES, MORE THAN 400 PEOPLE WERE QUEUEING AT THE OFFICE FOR APPLICATION FORMS WHEN IT OPENED THIS MORNING. THE DEMAND FOR APPLICATIONS APPEARS TO BE HIGH, AS APPARENTLY 40 OF THOSE IN THE QUEUE HAD BEEN WAITING OVERNIGHT.
ALL APPLICATIONS ARE BEING DEALT WITH ON A +FIRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED+ BASIS.
POTENTIAL TENANTS ONLY NEED TO COMPLETE THE APPLICATION FORMS FOR LEASING THE UNITS AND SUBMIT THEM TO THE ESTATE OFFICE DURING WEEKDAYS.
APPLICANTS WILL BE OFFERED AN INTERVIEW TO ENSURE THAT THEY GET UNITS SUITABLE FOR THEIR REQUIREMENTS.
THE WHOLE APPLICATION PROCEDURE CAN BE COMPLETED WITHIN HALF AN HOUR.
THE ESTATE HAS BEEN CAREFULLY DESIGNED TO ENSURE MAXIMUM FLEXIBILITY IN THE USE OF SPACE, AND TO CATER FOR THE NEEDS OF TENANTS WHOSE BUSINESS MAY EXPAND. IT OFFERS FACTORY PREMISES IN SIZES RANGING FROM 25 SQ.M. TO 2 500 SQ.M., AT RENTS FROM $35.50 TO $67.40 PER SQ.M.
THE BUILDING WILL BE READY FOR OCCUPANCY IN SEPTEMBER.
------o-------
WEDNESDAY JULY 1R, !<•«
NEED FOR MENTAL HEALTH CARE STRESSED * * *
HONG KONG PEOPLE WERE URGED TODAY BY A GOVERNMENT L CTOR TO PAY MORE ATTENTION TO MENTAL HEALTH THAN THEY DO NOW.
WHILE THEIR PHYSICAL HEALTH WAS IMPROVING, HONG KONG PEOPLE MUST NOT FORGET THAT THE MENTAL AND SOCIAL ASPECTS OF HEALTH WERE JUST AS IMPORTANT, PARTICULARLY AS HONG KONG BECAME MORE 'NDUSTRI AL ISED AND URBANISED, DR. CHAN WAI-MAN, SENIOR MEDICAL OFFICER, MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT, SAID.
SPEAKING AT THE ROTARY CLUB OF KOWLOON LUNCH, DR. CHAN EXPLAINED THAT MENTAL HEALTH WAS THE WAY PEOPLE +THINK, FEEL, BEHAVE, ADJUST TO THEMSELVES, TO OTHERS AND TO SOCIETY.+
SHE SAID THERE WERE THREE WAYS TO ACHIEVE MENTAL HEALTH --PREVENTION, EARLY DETECTION AND REHABILTATION.
+TO ACHIEVE THESE THREE AIMS, THE CENTRAL HEALTH EDUCATION UNIT OF THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT HAS CARRIED OUT A NUMBER OF EDUCATIONAL ACTIVITIES IN THE PAST FOUR YEARS, INCLUDING THE RECENT INTRODUCTION OF A 24-HOUR HEALTH EDUCATION HOTLINE SERVICE,* DR. CHAN SAID.
THIS ATTRACTED OVER 2 OOO CALLS IN JUNE ALONE, SHE SAID.
IT COULD BE EASILY SEEN THAT MENTAL HEALTH EDUCATION WAS IN GREAT DEMAND BY THE GENERAL PUBLIC.
+THAT IS WHY THE CENTRAL HEALTH EDUCATION UNIT ALSO ENCOURAGES COMMUNITY ORGANISATIONS AND AGENCIES TO CARRY OUT SUCH ACTIVITIES ON THEIR OWN,* SHE SAID.
- - 0 - -
DESIGNERS TOLD OF NEED FOR TENACITY * * * *
HONG KONG’S ASPIRING YOUNG DESIGNERS WERE TOLD TONIGHT THAT TENACITY WAS SOMETIMES MORE USEFUL TO A DESIGNER THAN TALENT.
+ A DESIGNER MUST BE FIRM IF HE KNOWS HE IS RIGHT,* STUDENTS OF THE DESIGN DEPARTMENT OF THE LEE WAI LEE TECHNICAL INSTITUTt OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL WERE TOLD BY MR HENRY STEINER, A WELL-KNOWN GRAPHIC DESIGNER.
SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE +T.I. DESIGN,* GRADUATION EXHIBITION AT THE CITY HALL’S EXHIBITION HALL, MR STEINER TOLD THEM +T0 RESIST THE HERD INSTINCT* AND TO DECIDE FOR THEMSELVES +IF CONFORMITY WAS A SUPREME VIRTUE.*
/HE told
wednssuay, July 18, 1904
- 18 -
HE TOLD THE STUDENTS ALSO THAT +FOR DESIGNING TO BE RECOGNISED AS A PROFESSION, DESIGNERS MUST BEHAVE LIKE PROFESSIONAl +
THE EXHIBITION IS AN ANNUAL EVENT ORGANISED BY SOME 300 FULL-TIME AND PART-TIME STUDENTS OF THE DESIGN DEPARTMENT.
IT FEATURES VARIOUS PROJECTS ON GRAPHIC DESIGN, PRODUCT DESIGN, JEWELLERY DESIGN, INTERIOR DESIGN, FASHION DESIGN AND WINDOW DISPLAY.
THE LEE WAI LEE TECHNICAL INSTITUTE IS ONE OF THE FIVE TECHNICAL INSTITUTES UNDER THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL AND IS THE ONLY TECHNICAL INSTITUTE OFFERING DESIGN COURSES.
MR LEE WAI LEE, WHO DONATED TOWARDS THE BUILDING AND EQUIPPING OF THE INSTITUTE, OFFICIATED AT THE OPENING OF THE EXHIBITION.
THE TWO-DAY EXHIBITION WILL BE OPEN TO THE PUBLIC BETWEEN 9 AM AND 8 PM TOMORROW (THURSDAY) AND BETWEEN 9 AM AND 6 PM ON FR IDAY (JULY 20).
•_-------------------------o---------------------------------
KWAI CHUNG RESTRICTED ZONES *****
FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (JULY 20), THE SECTION OF CONTAINER PORT ROAD FROM ITS JUNCTION WITH CONTAINER PORT TERMINAL FLYOVER IN KWAI CHUNG, TO THE SOUTHERN END OF THE ROAD WILL BE DESIGNATED AS A RESTRICTED ZONE FROM 7 AM TO 7 PM DAILY.
WITHIN THE RESTRICTED ZONE, ALL MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES AND THOSE AUTHORISED IN WRITING BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM STOPPING FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE SECTION OF KWAI LUEN ROAD FROM ITS JUNCTION WITH KWAI SHING CIRCUIT TO A POINT ABOUT 220 METRES TO THE SOUTHWEST WILL BE DESIGNATED AS A TAXI RESTRICTED ZONE FROM 7 AM TO IQ AM AND FROM 4 PM TO 7 PM DAILY.
WITHIN THE RESTRICTED ZONE, ALL TAXIS WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM STOPPING FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS.
-----o------
WEDNESDAY, JULY 18, 1934
TRAFFIC PLA' COR GLENEALY ROAD WORK X K J
0 ROAD RESURFACING WORKS IN GLENEALY, THE FOLLOWING RRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY JULY .j) FOR ABOUT EIGHT WEEKS:
* T-E SECTION OF GLENEALY BETWEEN LOWER ALBERT ROAD_ AND HOUSE NO. 6 GLENEALY WILL BE RESTRICTED TO ONx-WAY NORTHBOUND.
M THE SECTION OF LOWER ALBERT ROAD BETWEEN GLENEALY AND ICE HOUSE STREET WILL BE RESTRICTED TO ONE-WAY EASTBOUND.
*
MAXICAB ROUTE NOS. 8, 11, 22 AND 28 OPERATING VIA LOWER ALBERT ROAD WESTBOUND AND GLENEALY SOUTHBOUND WILL BE DIVERTED VIA COTTON TREE DRIVE, UPPER ALBER i ROAD TO CAINE ROAD.
*
VEHICLES ON LEAVING THE HEADING FOR ALBERT ROAD
UPPER ALBERT ROAD NORTHBOUND AND THOSE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES CARPARKS MID-LEVELS WILL BE DIVERTED VIA LOWER EASTBOUND AND COTTON TREE DRIVE.
- - 0----------
BUS-ONLY LANE
X X X *
FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (JULY 20), THE SECTION OF THE WESTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF ROAD LD2 BETWEEN ITS TWO JUNCTIONS WITH TSUEN w«N ROAD IN TUEN MUN WILL BE MADE A 24-HOUR PROHIBITED ZONE.
ALL MOTOR VEHICLES OTHER THAN FRANCHISED BUSES AND THOSE AUTHORISED IN WRITING BY THE TRAN PORT DEPARTMENT WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING THE ZONE.
- - 0 - -
WATER MAINS WORK X X X
CERTAIN PREMISES IN HUNG HOM AND TSIM SHA TSUI WILL EXPERIENCE WEAK PRESSURE OF FRESH WATER SUPPLY FRjuM 9 PM OX SATURDAY (JULY 21) TO NOON THE FOLLOWING DAY DUE TO WATER MA INS WORK.
THE AFFECTED PREMISES ARE BOUNDED BY JORDAN ROAD, GASCOIGNE ROAD, CHATHAM ROAD NORTH, MA TAU WAI ROAD, LOK SHAN ROAD AND THE SEAFRONT OF TSIM SHA TSUI AND HUNG HOM.
- 0 -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
THURSDAY, JULY 19, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
FORET® SECRETARY'S STATEMENT ON GREEN PAPER...................... 1
YOUNG ENVOYS MEET GOVERNOR....................................... 2
PLAN FOR ASSESSING VIEWS......................................... 4
BACKGROUND PAPER ................................................ 5
UK SUPPORT +M0ST WELCOMED ....................................... 7
HK GOVERNMENT CONSULTED ......................................... 7
PROPOSED TAXI MEASURES MODIFIED ................................. 7
MA.Y ORDERS-ON-HAND AT HIGH LEVEL ............................... 9
JUNE CONSUMER PRICE INDEXES ..................................... 12
PRODUCTIVITY ON THE RISE......................................... 15
CONTRACT AWARDED TO IMPROVE ENVIRONMENT ........................ 15
SIX KOV/LOOT SITES FOR RENT .................................... 1$
500 WITS LET IN TWO DAYS........................................ 17
+ INTELPOST+ TO COVER L.A. OLYMPICS ............................ 17
APPLICATIONS INVITED FOR TECHNICAL COURSES ..................... 18
CORRECTIONAL SERVICES STAFF COMMENDED .......................... 19
EASTERN DISTRICT TO HOLD SINGING CONTEST ....................... 20
MAN FINED FOR POSSESSING PROTECTED BIRDS ....................... 20
POSTAL SERVICES TO EL SALVADOR SUSPENDED ....................... 21
NEW MAXICAB ROUTE DI KOWLOON ................................... 21
TRAFFIC MEASURES IN WONG TAI SIN ............................... 22
STREET CLOSURE IN MONG KOK ..................................... 22
. THURSDAY, JULY 19, 1984
1
FOREIGN SECRETARY’S STATEMENT ON GREEN PAPER * * *
SIR GEOFFREY HOWE MADE A STATEMENT ON THE GREEN PAPER ON THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT IN HONG KONG IN RESPONSE TO A QUESTION IN PARLIAMENT YESTERDAY (JULY 18).
QUESTION:
TO ASK THE SECRETARY OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS IF HE WILL MAKE A STATEMENT ON THE GREEN PAPER ON THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT IN HONG KONG, TO BE PUBLISHED BY THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT ON JULY 18.
ANSWER:
THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT ARE TODAY PUBLISHING A GREEN PAPER ON THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT IN THE TERRITORY. COPIES OF THIS PAPER HAVE BEEN PLACED IN THE LIBRARY OF THE HOUSE. THE MAIN AIMS OF THE PROPOSALS ARE: TO DEVELOP PROGRESSIVELY A SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT, THE AUTHORITY FOR WHICH IS CLEARLY ROOTED IN HONG KONG, WHICH IS ABLE TO REPRESENT AUTHORITATIVELY THE VIEW OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG AND WHICH IS MORE DIRECTLY ACCOUNTABLE TO THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG: TO BUILD THIS SYSTEM ON THE EXISTING INSTITUTIONS WHICH HAVE SERVED HONG KONG WELL, AND AS FAR AS POSSIBLE PRESERVE THEIR BEST FEATURES: AND TO ALLOW FOR FURTHER DEVELOPMENT IF THAT SHOULD BE THE WISH OF THE HONG KONG COMMUNITY. THIS GRADUAL APPROACH BUILDS ON EXISTING AND WELL TRIED SYSTEMS RATHER THAN ATTEMPTING A MORE RADICAL APPROACH WITH ITS ATTENDANT RISKS DURING A SENSITIVE PERIOD OF TRANSITION IN THE LIFE OF THE TERRITORY.
THE GREEN PAPER PROPOSES THAT ARRANGEMENTS SHOULD BE INTRODUCED TO PROVIDE FOR A SUBSTANTIAL NUMBER OF UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TO BE ELECTED INDIRECTLY BY AN ELECTORAL COLLEGE COMPOSED OF ALL MEMBERS OF THE URBAN COUNCIL, THE NEW REGIONAL COUNCIL, AND THE DISTRICT BOARDS, AND BY SPECIFIED FUNCTIONAL CONSTITUENCIES. TO START WITH, THESE ARRANGMENTS SHOULD BE INTRODUCED IN TWO STAGES - IN 1985 AND 1988 - FOLLOWING THE DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS IN THOSE YEARS. IN 1989, AFTER THE 1988 ELECTIONS TO THE COUNCIL HAVE TAKEN PLACE, THERE SHOULD BE A REVIEW OF THE POSITION WITH A VIEW TO DECIDING WHAT FURTHER DEVELOPMENTS SHOULD BE PURSUED.
/thr paper........
THURSDAY, JULY 19, 1984
2 -
the paper also proposes that the majority of the appointed UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL SHOULD BE REPLACED PROGRESSIVELY BY MEMBERS ELECTED BY UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL FROM AMONG THEIR NUMBER, BUT A SMALL NUMBER OF MEMBERS SHOULD CONTINUE TO BE APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR AND THE FOUR EX-OFFICIO MEMBERS SHOULD REMAIN AS MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL. THESE ARRANGEMENTS SHOULD BE INTRODUCED IN TWO STAGES - IN 1988 AND 1991 - FOLLOWING THE ELECTIONS TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL IN THOSE YEARS. FINALLY, THE PAPER PROPOSES THAT, IN DUE COURSE, THE GOVERNOR SHOULD BE REPLACED IN HIS CAPACITY AS PRESIDENT OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL BY A PRESIDING OFFICER ELECTED BY THE UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL FROM AMONG THEIR OWN NUMBER. THIS PAPER DOES NOT HOWEVER MAKE PROPOSALS RELATING TO THE OTHER FUNCTIONS OF THE GOVERNOR.
IN THE VIEW OF HER MAJESTY’S GOVERNMENT THESE PROPOSALS ARE WELL DESIGNED TO ENHANCE THE REPRESENTATIVE STATUS OF HONG KONG’S CENTRAL GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS AND TO GIVE THE HONG KONG PEOPLE A STRONGER VOICE IN THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE TERRITORY IN YEARS TO COME. THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG WILL NOW BE PUTTING FORWARD THEIR VIEWS, WHICH WILL BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT IN A SUBSEQUENT WHITE PAPER.
-----o------
YOUNG ENVOYS MEET GOVERNOR
******
THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE TODAY (THURSDAY) WISHED
SIX HONG KONG’S AMBASSADORS A ’HAPPY VOYAGE’ WHEN THE YOUNG GIRLS VISITED THE GOVERNMENT HOUSE TODAY (THURSDAY).
THE SIX ARE WINNERS OF THE 1983/84 HELP THE POLICE FIGHT YOUTH CRIME COMPETITION --- MARIAN KOA (17): DAPHNE LO (17) J CARMEN MAK
(15). BETTY LAW (16)j SABRINA SIN (17)j AND IRENE LEUNG (16) WILL LEAVE FOR A 22-DAY ALL EXPENSES-PAID TRIP IN THE NETHERLANDS AND THE UNITED KINGDOM.
ACCOMPANIED BY CHIEF STAFF OFFICER, POLICE PUBLIC RELATIONS l*R DREW RENNIE AND TWO ESCORTS, SUPERINTENDENT TSE CHAN-FAI AND WOMAN CHIEF INSPECTOR, KWONG PO-SAI, THE GIRLS WERE RECEIVED BY THE GOVERNOR PERSONALLY.
THEY CHATTED WITH SIR EDWARD AT A TEA RECEPTION AND TOLD HIM THAT THIS YEAR’S AWARD WAS QUITE DIFFERENT FROM THE PREVIOUS ONES THAT THEY WOULD VISIT TWO COUNTRIES.
THE PARTY WILL LEAVE FOR HOLLAND ON JULY 25, STARTING THE FIRST PART OF THEIR TIGHTLY-SCHEDULED ITINERARY.
THEY WILL MEET POLICE CHIEFS, LOCAL LEADERS AND GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS AT THE TWO PLACES.
/apart from .......
THURSDAY, JULY 19, 1984
- 3 -
APART FROM VISITING NATIONAL CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE SERVICE, HAGUE MUNICIPAL POLICE, THE PEACE PALACE WHICH IS THE HOME OF THE INTERNATIONAL COURT OF JUSTICE, THE PARTY WILL ALSO SEE THE NEW DUTCH PORCHE HIGHWAY PATROL TEAM AND TOUR THE WORLD’S LARGEST PORT -----
ROTTERDAM --- WITH MUNICIPAL RIVER POLICE.
DURING THEIR VISIT AT THE ROYAL PALACE, THE GROUP WILL BE RECEIVED BY THE HUSBAND OF HER ROYAL HIGHNESS PRINCE MARGUERITTE, M? PETER VAN VOLLENHOVA.
ON THE ENTERTAINMENT SIDE, THE WINNERS WILL PAY VISITS TO MARDURODAM --- HOLLAND IN MINIATURE, LOCAL TV STUDIO, BULB FIELDS,
WINDMILLS AND THE LAND OF THE SEA ---- ZEALAND AT WHERE THEY WILL
SEE MASSIVE DELTA PROJECT, A COMPLEX OF DIKES, DAMS, BRIDGES, SLUICES AND HIGHWAYS WHICH STOP THE NORTH SEA FROM FLOODING OF HOLLAND.
j ■
BEFORE THEY DEPART FOR THE UNITED KINGDOM, THE WINNERS WILL VISIT KLM ROYAL DUTCH AIRLINES HEADQUARTERS AND SEE FOR THEMSELVES HOW ONE OF THE WORLD’S BUSIEST AIRPORT OPERATES.
WHEN THE YOUTHS ARE IN THE U.K. IN EARLY AUGUST, THEY WILL VISIT VARIOUS POLICE FORMATIONS SUCH AS THAMES RIVER POLICE MUSEUM, BRIGHTON POLICE HEADQUARTERS, CITY OF LONDON POLICE STABLES, BRAMSHILL POLICE STAFF COLLEGE, AND THE NEW SCOTLAND YARD. THE GROUP WILL ALSO VISIT THE HOUSE OF COMMONS WHERE THEY WILL BE MET BY SIR PETER BLAKER AND OTHER'OFF IC IALS.
IN ADDITION, THEY WILL ALSO VISIT SCENIC SPOTS INCLUDING TOWER BRIDGE, WHITEBALL, HYDE PARK BARRACKS, OXFORD UNIVERSITY, BUCKINGHAM PALACE AND TOWER OF LONDON.
' HIGHLIGHTS OF THE PROGRAMME WILL BE VISITS TO KENSINGTON PALACE, TOUR OF THE WORLD’S NO. 1 DEPARTMENT STORE ----- HARRODS AND THE
APPEARANCE IN A TV INTERVIEW.
BEFORE THE PARTY RETURNS, THEY WILL ATTEND A RECEPTION BY SIR JACK CATER, COMMISSIONER OF HONG KONG GOVERNMENT LONDON OFFICE. IN TURN, THE WINNERS WILL ALSO HOST CHINESE DINNERS FOR LOCAL LEADERS AND YOUTHS.
THE SIX OUTRIGHT WINNERS WERE SELECTED FROM THOUSANDS OF ENTRANTS WHO ALL PASSED THE THREE-PART COMPETITION, WHICH WAS A MAJOR EVENT OF THE FIGHT YOUTH CRIME CAMPAIGN.
ORGANISED BY THE POLICE SINCE 1975, THIS YEAR'S COMPETITION IS THE SEVENTH OF ITS KIND AND IS SPONSORED BY KLM ROYAL DUTCH AIRLINES AND SUPPORTED BY EDUCATION DEPARTMENT AND DUTCH CONSULATE-GENERAL.
-----o-----
THURSDAY, JULY 19, 1934
- 4 -PLAN FOR ASSESSING VIEWS * * * *
IN THE BRITISH HOUSE OF COMMONS YESTERDAY (WEDNESDAY) THE SECRETARY OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS, SIR GEOFFREY HOWE, WAS ASKED WHAT ARRANGEMENTS WERE PROPOSED TO ASSESS THE ACCEPTABILITY TO THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG ~)F ANY AGREEMENT ON THE FUTURE OF THE TERRITORY.
QUESTIONi
TO ASK THE SECRETARY OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS WHAT ARRANGEMENTS ARE PROPOSED TO ASSESS THE ACCEPTABILITY TO THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG OF ANY AGREEMENT ON THE FUTURE OF THE TERRITORY.
ANSWERi
AS WE HAVE OFTEN MADE CLEAR, WE ATTACH GREAT IMPORTANCE TO ASSESSING THE VIEWS OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG ON ANY AGREEMENT WE MAY REACH WITH THE CHINESE GOVERNMENT ON THE FUTURE OF THE TERRITORY. I HAVE TODAY, PLACED IN THE LIBRARY OF THE HOUSE DETAILS OF THE METHODS WE PROPOSE TO USE TO DO THIS. BRIEFLY WE ENVISAGE THAT THE AGREEMENT WILL BE PUBLISHED IN BOTH HONG KONG AND THE UK AND THAT THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG WILL BE INVITED TO COMMENT ON IT. A SPECIAL OFFICE WILL BE SET UP UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE GOVERNOR OF HONG KONG WHICH WILL COLLATE AND ASSESS ALL VIEWS WHICH IT RECEIVES ON THE AGREEMENT AND PRODUCE A FINAL REPORT WHICH WILL BE PUBLISHED. IT IS ALSO PROPOSED THAT A SMALL INDEPENDENT TEAM SHOULD BE APPOINTED TO MONITOR THE WORK OF THE ASSESSMENT OFFICE. THE TEAM WILL CONFIRM IN ITS OWN REPORT, WHICH WILL ALSO BE PUBLISHED, WHETHER IT IS SATISFIED WITH THE WAY THE ASSESSMENT OFFICE HAS DISCHARGED ITS DUTIES.
THERE HAS BEEN DISCUSSION RECENTLY ABOUT THE POSSIBILITY OF USING A REFERENDUM TO ASSESS THE ACCEPTABILITY OF AN AGREEMENT TO THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG. IN THE VIEW OF THE GOVERNMENT THIS WOULD HAVE VERY REAL DRAWBACKS. IN THE SPECIAL POLITICAL CIRCUMSTANCES OF HONG KONG, IT IS IMPORTANT TO AVOID THE RISK OF PROVOKING FACTIONAL DIVISIONS OR DISTURBANCES WHICH COULD THEMSELVES LEAVE THE RESULT OF A REFERENDUM OPEN TO REAL DOUBT. MOREOVER, THERE ARE PRACTICAL OBJECTIONS RELATED TO THE LOW RATES OF REGISTRATION IN HONG KONG SINCE THE INTRODUCTION OF UNIVERSAL FRANCHISE IN 1982. THE GOVERNMENT FIRMLY BELIEVE THAT A PROCESS OF CONSULTATION THROUGH THE WELL-DEVELOPED CHANNELS FAMILIAR TO THE HONG KONG PEOPLE WOULD BE THE BEST WAY TO PROVIDE THE FULL ASSESSMENT OF THE RANGE AND QUALITY OF OPINION ON THIS COMPLEX ISSUE WHICH I BELIEVE PARLIAMENT WOULD EXPECT AS A BASIS FOR ITS OWN DELIBERATIONS.
- - - - 0 ---------
/5........
THURSDAY, JULY 19, 1984
background PAPER * * *
FOLLOWING IS THE TEXT OF A BACKGROUND PAPER TO BE PLACED IN THE HOUSE OF COMMONS LIBRARY BY THE BRITISH SECRETARY OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS, SIR GEOFFREY HOWE, ON ARRANGEMENTS FOR TESTING THE ACCEPTABILITY IN HONG KONG OF AN AGREEMENT WITH THE CHINESE GOVERNMENT ON THE FUTURE OF THE TERRITORY:
INTRODUCTION:
1. IN THE REPLY WHICH HE GAVE ON JULY 18 TO THE QUESTION TABLED BY THE HON MEMBER FOR BROMSGROVE THE FOREIGN SECRETARY OUTLINED THE ARRANGEMENTS THAT WOULD BE MADE TO TEST THE ACCEPTABILITY IN HONG KONG OF ANY AGREEMENT REACHED WITH THE CHINESE GOVERNMENT ON THE FUTURE OF THE TERRITORY. THIS PAPER DESCRIBES THESE PROPOSED ARRANGEMENTS IN MORE DETAIL.
OBJECTIVES:
2. THE OBJECTIVES OF THE PROCESS OF CONSULTATION WILL BE:
(A) TO PUT A DRAFT AGREEMENT TO THE HONG KONG PEOPLE WITH A CLEAR EXPLANATION OF ITS IMPLICATIONS AND TO ASCERTAIN WHETHER OR NOT IT IS ACCEPTABLE TO THEM:
(B) TO PROVIDE HER MAJESTY’S GOVERNMENT AND PARLIAMENT WITH AN ACCURATE ANALYSIS AND ASSESSMENT OF OPINION IN HONG KONG ON THE AGREEMENT, AND ON THE ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG WHICH IT WILL SET OUT, BEFORE THE DECISION IS TAKEN TO SIGN THE DRAFT AGREEMENT.
PROPOSED ARRANGMENTS:
3. IT IS PROPOSED THAT THE DRAFT AGREEMENT SHOULD BE PUBLISHED IN THE UNITED KINGDOM AS PART OF A WHITE PAPER IMMEDIATELY AFTER IT HAS BEEN INITIALLED. THIS WHITE PAPER WILL BE PUBLISHED SIMULTANEOUSLY IN HONG KONG IN ENGLISH AND CHINESE AND WILL
INCLUDE:
ALSO
(A) AN ACCOUNT OF THE BACKGROUND TO THE NEGOTIATIONS LEADING UP TO THE DRAFT AGREEMENT AND
(B) AN EXPLANATION OF THE PROVISIONS OF THE DRAFT AGREEMENT AND THEIR IMPLICATIONS.
THE WHITE PAPER WILL BE FORMALLY INTRODUCED BY THE GOVERNOR IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL IN HONG KONG. IT WILL SUBSEQUENTLY BE INTRODUCED BY A MINISTERIAL STATEMENT IN PARLIAMENT AS SOON AS PARLIAMENT RECONVENES.
4. IT IS PROPOSED THAT, 4N HONG KONG, THE WHITE PAPER AND THE TEXT OF THE GOVERNOR’S STATEMENT TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL SHOULD BE HANDLED AS FOLLOWS*
/(A) THEY WILL ~.......
THURSDAY, JULY 19, 1984
6
(A) THEY WILL BE DISTRIBUTED BY THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT TO THE URBAN COUNCIL AND ALL DISTRICT BOARDS WITH AN INVITATION TO THESE BODIES TO MAKE KNOWN THEIR VIEWS!
(B) COPIES WILL BE SENT TO SELECTED REPRESENTATIVE AND SEMI-REPRESENTATIVE BODIES (INCLUDING TRADE AND INDUSTRIAL ASSOCIATIONS, PROFESSIONAL AND ACADEMIC BODIES AND OTHER GROUPS AND ORGANISATIONS OF STANDING IN THE COMMUNITY) WITH AN INVITATION TO COMMENT »
(C) THE DOCUMENTS WILL BE DEBATED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL;
(D) THE DOCUMENTS WILL ALSO BE GIVEN WIDE PUBLICITY THROUGH the mass media, copies will be made available in government offices for free distribution to the general PUBLIC, WHO WILL BE INVITED TO COMMENT;
REPRESENTATIVE BODIES AND THE GENERAL PUBLIC WILL BE FREE TO COMMENT ON ANY ASPECT OF THE DRAFT AGREEMENT.
5. THE VIEWS EXPRESSED IN RESPONSE TO THE INVITATION FOR COMMENTS WILL NEED TO BE CAREFULLY ASSESSED AND PRESENTED TO PARLIAMENT. THERE WILL ALSO BE INDIRECT EXPRESSIONS OF OPINION (E.G. EDITORIALS AND LETTERS TO NEWSPAPERS). THESE WILL CONTINUE TO BE MONITORED AND TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT.
6. TO THIS END, A SPECIAL ASSESSMENT OFFICE WILL BE SET UP, BY THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT. IT WILL BE SEPARATE FROM THE ORDINARY MACHINERY OF the GOVERNMENT, COMING UNDER the charge OF A SENIOR OFFICIAL AND REPORTING DIRECT TO THE GOVERNOR. IT WILL UNDERTAKE THE TASK OF COLLATING, SUMMARISING, ANALYSING AND ASSESSING EXPRESSIONS OF VIEW RECEIVED EITHER DIRECTLY OR THROUGH OTHER PARTS OF THE GOVERNMENT MACHINERY, AND OF PRODUCING A REPORT. THE REPORT DRAWN UP BY THE ASSESSMENT OFFICE WILL INCLUDE FACTUAL SUMMARIES OF ALL THE VIEWS EXPRESSED, AND AN OVERALL ASSESSMENT OF THE EXTENT OF ACCEPTANCE OF THE DRAFT AGREEMENT. THE REPORT WILL BE PUBLISHED IN HONG KONG.
7. IT IS ALSO PROPOSED THAT A SMALL INDEPENDENT TEAM SHOULD BE APPOINTED TO MONITOR THE WORK OF THE ASSESSMENT OFFICE. THE ROLE OF THE 'MONITORS’ WILL BE TO ENSURE THAT THE ASSESSMENT IS CARRIED OUT PROPERLY, ACCURATELY AND IMPARTIALLY BY THE ASSESSMENT OFFICE, AND THAT THE OFFICE HAS FOLLOWED THE PRESCRIBED PROCEDURES FAITHFULLY IN DRAWING UP A REPORT ON THE COMMENTS MADE. THE 'MONITORS’ WILL NOT COLLECT OR ASSESS OPINION THEMSELVES. THEY WILL WITNESS DIFFERENT ASPECTS OF THE EXERCISE OF CONSULTATION, HAVE ACCESS TO THE MATERIAL ON WHICH THE ASSESSMENT REPORT WAS BASED AND PUBLISH THEIR FINDINGS AT THE SAME TIME AS THE ASSESSMENT REPORT. THE ASSESSMENT REPORT AND THE VIEWS OF THE ’MONITORS’ ON WHETHER THEY ARE SATISFIED WITH THE WAY THE ASSESSMENT OFFICE HAS DISCHARGED ITS DUTIES WILL BE PRESENTED TO PARLIAMENT IN A MINISTERIAL STATEMENT.
- - 0 ----------
/7 ......
THURSDAY, JULY 19, 1984
7
UK SUPPORT +MOST WELCOME* * * *
IN RESPONSE TO MEDIA QUESTIONS ON SIR GEOFFREY HOWE’S REMARKS IN PARLIAMENT ON THE GREEN PAPER ON THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT IN HONG KONG, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THE SUPPORT AND ENCOURAGEMENT OF THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT WAS MOST WELCOME, PARTICULARLY AT THIS STAGE OF HK’S DEVELOPMENT.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID SIR GEOFFREY’S STATEMENT UNDERLINED THE IMPORTANCE WHICH BOTH THE BRITISH AND HONG KONG GOVERNMENTS ATTACHED TO POSITIVE AND PROGRESSIVE CONSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENT IN THE TERRITORY.
----- o -’ - - -
HK GOVERNMENT CONSULTED
*****
IN ANSWER TO MEDIA QUESTIONS ON THE ANNOUNCEMENT IN LONDON OF THE ESTABLISHMENT OF AN OFFICE TO COLLECT PUBLIC OPINION ON THE AGREEMENT ON HONG KONG’S FUTURE, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN GAVE THE FOLLOWING REPLYi-
THE DECISION WAS REACHED IN FULL CONSULTATION WITH THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT.
IT IS COMPLETELY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT’S COMMITMENT TO REACH AN AGREEMENT WHICH IS ACCEPTABLE TO THE GOVERNMENT OF CHINA, THE BRITISH PARLIAMENT AND THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG.
-----o------
PROPOSED TAXI MEASURES MODIFIED III
THE PACKAGE OF MEASURES
AFTER FULL CONSULTATION WITH
THE PACKAGE OF MEASURES PROPOSED TO IMPLEMENT THE PRINCIPAL RECOMMENDATIONS IN THE +1983 TAXI REVIEW* HAS NOW BEEN MOD IF IED «-icn rvuu vw.,—_7r.7;v.7 .;7;i THE 18 DISTRICT BOARDS AND THE TAXI TRADE AND AFTER OBTAINING FURTHER ADVICE FROM THE TRANSPORT
ADVISORY COMMITTEE.
THERE WILL BE NO INCREASE IN FIRST REGISTRATION TAX (FRT), THE ANNUAL LICENCE FEE TO BE
A MODERATE INCREASE OF $400 IN
INTRODUCED NEXT YEAR, A FREEZE IN THE ISSUE OF NT L ICENCES AND A REDUCTION IN THE ISSUE OF URBAN LICENCES FROM 1 200 AT PRESENT TO 200 A YEAR, TO BE REVIEWED AFTER TWO YEARS.
/THIS MEANS .......
THURSDAY, JULY 19, 1984
- 8 -
THIS MEANS THERE WILL BE NO CHANGE IN THE EXISTING PREFERENTIAL 15> PER CENT FRT ON TAXIS, COMPARED WITH 90 PER CENT FOR PRIVATE CARS.
THE REVISED ANNUAL LICENCE FEE, AT $2 000 FROM JANUARY 1, 1985, •ILL STILL BE SUBSTANTIALLY LESS THAN THE $3 400 FOR PRIVATE CARS OF SIMILAR ENGINE CAPACITY EFFECTIVE SINCE FEBRUARY LAST YEAR.
THE NEW LIMITS ON THE NUMBER OF TAXIS WILL BE PUBLISHED IN GAZETTE NOTICES TOMORROW. REGULATIONS PROVIDING FOR THE REVISION TO THE ANNUAL LICENCE FEE, PROPOSED ON TRANSPORT GROUNDS ALONE, WILL BE MADE LATER THIS YEAR.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT FOLLOWING THE TAXI DEBATE IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL IN JANUARY THIS YEAR, A PROGRAMME OF CONSULTATIONS WAS CONDUCTED BY THE TRANSPORT BRANCH AND TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT TO GATHER PUBLIC OPINION ON HOW TAXIS SHOULD BE REGARDED IN THE CONTEXT OF OVERALL TRANSPORT POLICY.
WHILE IT WAS RECOGNISED THAT, COMPARED WITH THE MASS CARRIERS SUCH AS BUSES, TAXIS ARE RELATIVELY INEFFICIENT ROAD USERS, THERE WAS OBJECTION TO EQUATING TAXIS FULLY WITH PRIVATE CARS.
♦THE GENERAL PERCEPTION WAS THAT TAXIS SHOULD BE REGARDED AS AN ADJUNCT TO PUBLIC TRANSPORT,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
THE MODERATE INCREASE’ OF $400, ON TOP OF THE PRESENT $1 600 IN THE ANNUAL LICENCE FEE, WOULD ALTER TO SOME EXTENT THE PREFERENTIAL TAXATION TREATMENT ACCORDED TO TAXIS AT PRESENT.
IT TOOK INTO ACCOUNT THE PRESENT RELATIVELY LOW PROFITABILITY OF THE TAXI TRADE. THE TRADE MAINTAINS THAT THE MARKET CANNOT SUPPORT ANOTHER FARE INCREASE TOO SOON AFTER THE FEBRUARY INCREASE.
HOWEVER, IF, AFTER A PERIOD, DEMAND INCREASES, CONSIDERATION WOULD THEN BE GIVEN TO POSSIBLE FARE INCREASE IF THE TAXI OPERATORS REQUEST IT.
THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT THE MAIN REASON FOR NOT INCREASING THE FIRST REGISTRATION TAX WAS THAT IN THE CASE OF PRIVATE CARS, THE TAX WAS IN PART INTENDED TO CONTROL GROWTH RATE, BUT IN THE CASE OF TAXIS, CONTROL COULD BE EXERCISED BY THE GOVERNMENT LIMITING THE NUMBER OF NEW LICENCES ISSUED.
AS REGARDS THE ISSUE OF NEW TAXI LICENCES, THE SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT THE DISTRICT BOARDS HAD NOT UNANIMOUSLY SUPPORTED A MORATORIUM. SOME MEMBERS THOUGHT THE MAJOR MODES OF PUBLIC TRANSPORT WERE STILL NOT SUFFICIENT. GENERALLY, IT WAS CONSIDERED THAT TAXIS HAVE A USEFUL ROLE TO PLAY AS AN ADJUNCT TO PUBLIC TRANSPORT.
+0N BALANCE, THEREFORE, IT WAS DECIDED TO CONTINUE TO ISSUE A LIMITED NUMBER OF NEW URBAN TAXI LICENCES, SO AS TO KEEP UP A DEGREE OF COMPETITION AND HENCE THE LEVEL OF SERVICE, AS DEMAND RISES IN THE FUTURE,* HE SAID.
/+HOW EVER m .......
THURSDAY, JU1Y 19, 1984
- 9 -
♦HOWEVER IN THE CASE OF NEW TERRITORIES TAXIS, WHICH HAVE LOWER PROFITABILITY, DUE TO THEIR LOWER FARE SCALE, A LOWER LEVEL OF BUSINESS AND GREAT DIFFICULTY IN PICKING UP RETURN PASSENGERS, THE ISSUE OF LICENCES WILL BE FROZEN AT THE EXISTING NUMBER OF 2 638.+
THE ISSUE OF NEW URBAN TAXI LICENCES AT ONE-SIXTH OF
THE PREVIOUS RATE OF 1 200 A YEAR WILL CONTINUE UP TO JULY 1986. THE SITUATION, TOGETHER WITH OTHER ASPECTS OF THE TAXI TRADE AND ITS OPERATIONS, WILL BE FURTHER REVIEWED DURING THIS PERIOD.
THE SPOKESMAN EMPHASISED THAT THE GOVERNMENT RECOGNISED CERTAIN DIFFICULTIES FACED BY TAXI OPERATORS IN MAINTAINING PROF ITABILITY.
+THE SMALL INCREASE IN ANNUAL LICENCE FEE AND THE VERY LIMITED ISSUE OF URBAN TAXI LICENCES HAVE BEEN DECIDED ON AFTER A FURTHER CAREFUL AND EXTENSIVE REVIEW OF THE GOVERNMENT’S POLICY ON TAXIS.
+THE INCREASE WILL HAVE MINIMAL EFFECT ON OPERATING COST, AND IS A REASONABLE AND FAIR REFLECTION OF THE ROLE OF TAXIS IN THE HIERARCHY OF PUBLIC TRANSPORT MODES,+ HE SAID.
-----o------
MAY ORDERS-ON-HAND AT HIGH LEVEL
* * *
THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT TODAY RELEASED STATISTICS FROM THE MONTHLY SURVEY OF EMPLOYMENT, PAYROLL AND ORDERS-ON-HAND FOR MAY 1984.
THE AVERAGE VOLUME OF ORDERS-ON-HAND IN TERMS OF MONTHS IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR REMAINED AT A HIGH LEVEL IN MAY 1984, ACCORDING TO A SURVEY CONDUCTED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
A SLIGHT
MOST INDUSTRIES REPORTED EITHER NO CHANGE OR
INCREASE IN THE VOLUME OF ORDERS, COMPARED WITH THE PREV!OUS MONTH, EXCEPT THE TEXTILES AND FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS INDUSTRIE^ WHICH REPORTED A DECLINE.
INCREASES IN EMPLOYMENT WERE RECORDED IN MOST MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES PARTICULARLY IN THE PLASTIC PRODUCTS, FABRICATED MEJAL PRODUCTS, AND ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS INDUSTRIES, MAINLY DUE TO THE RECRUITMENT OF SUMMER WORKERS AT THE END OF MAY.
ON THE OTHER HAND, A SLIGHT DECREASE WAS RECORDED IN THE TEXTILES INDUSTRY, WHILE THE WEARING APPAREL INDUSTRY REPORTED NO
CHANGE.
/employment in .......
THURSDAY, JULY 19, 1984
10 -
EMPLOYMENT IN THE SERVICES SECTOR SHOWED NO CHANGE FROM THE PREVIOUS MONTH.
IN THE CONSTRUCTION SECTOR, THE NUMBER OF OPERATIVES INCREASED SLIGHTLY AS A FEW FIRMS STARTED SOME NEW CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS.
COMPARED WITH THE PREVIOUS MONTH, PAYROLL ACROSS THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR ROSE.
INCREASES IN PER CAPITA EARNINGS WERE ALSO RECORDED IN SEVERAL INDUSTRIES, NOTABLY IN THE TEXTILES AND WEARING APPAREL INDUSTRIES, DUE TO SALARY REVISION AND MORE OVERTIME WORK BEING CARRIED OUT.
WITHIN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR, ONLY THE FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS INDUSTRY EXPERIENCED A SLIGHT DECLINE IN PER CAPITA EARNINGS.
PAYROLL AND PER CAPITA EARNINGS IN THE CONSTRUCTION SECTOR INCREASED, DUE TO PAYMENTS FOR OVERTIME WORK.
ON THE OTHER HAND, BOTH PAYROLL AND PER CAPITA EARNINGS IN HOTELS DECLINED SUBSTANTIALLY BECAUSE OF SALARY ADJUSTMENTS AND PAYMENT OF BONUSES BY A FEW FIRMS IN APRIL.
THE PERCENTAGE PER CAPITA EARNINGS TABLES BELOW.
CHANGES IN ORDERS-ON-HAND, EMPLOYMENT AND FOR THE LAST THREE MONTHS ARE SHOWN IN TWO
WHEN RELEASING THE SURVEY RESULTS, THE DEPARTMENT POINTED OUT THAT THE SURVEY COVERED A PANEL OF THE 200 LARGEST MANUFACTURING COMPANIES AND THE 50 LARGEST COMPANIES IN THE CONSTRUCTION AND SELECTED SERVICES SECTORS CHOSEN BY REFERENCE TO THEIR EMPLOYMENT IN MARCH 1983.
AS THE SAMPLE WAS NOT DRAWN ON A RANDOM BASIS, THE DEPARTMENT CAUTIONED THAT RESULTS ON MAGNITUDE OF CHANGE MIGHT NOT REFLECT THE EXPERIENCE OF THE ECONOMY AS A WHOLE, ALTHOUGH THEY SHOULD GIVE A USEFUL INDICATION OF THE DIRECTION OF CHANGE FOR A QUICK ASSESSMENT OF DEVELOPMENTS IN THE ECONOMY IN THE SHORT TERM.
THE SURVEY REPORT FOR MAY 1984 IS NOW ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE, AT $1.5 PER COPY.
ENQUIRIES ON THE SURVEY RESULTS MAY BE MADE TO THE DEPARTMENT’S INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION STATISTICS SECTION AT 3-7212579.
/A. ORDERS-ON-HAND IN ........
THUBSDAY, JULY 19, 1984
A. ORDERS-ON-HAND IN MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES
INDUSTRY (% CHANGE OVER THE PRECEDING MONTH) MAR. APR. MAY 1984 1984 1984 ORDERS-ON-HANJ ( IN TERMS OF MONTHS) FOR MAY 1984
WEARING APPAREL, EXCEPT FOOTWEAR 3 -1 1 5.13
TEXTILES, EXCEPT WEARING APPAREL * -2 -4 2.47
PLASTIC PRODUCTS 4 1 1 4.14
FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS 4 2 -1 3.55
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS 5 1 * 5.79
OTHERS 4 1 * 4.39
ALL ABOVE INDUSTRIES 4 * * 4.75
B. EMPLOYMENT AND EARNINGS
PERSONS ENGAGED BY THE PER CAPITA COMPANIES SURVEYED EARNINGS PER CAPITA EARNINGS
. (% INDUSTRY/SERVICES CHANGE MAR. 1984 OVER THE PRECEDING APR. MAY MAR. 1984 1984 1984 MONTH) APR. MAY MAY 1984 1984 1984 HK $
——— ———— ———— 1
MANUFACTURING * * 2 4 * 3 2 734
FOOD AND DRINKS * 1 1 -3 6 2 3 483
WEARING APPAREL, EXCEPT FOOTWEAR -1 * * 7 -2 5 2 361
TEXTILES, EXCEPT WEARING APPAREL -1 * -1 14 -1 19 3 215
PLASTIC PRODUCTS 1 4 9 12 2 2 ! 2 579
FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS * 4 4 5 * -1 2 180
/ELEETBICAL AND .......
THURSDAY, JULY 19, 1984
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS * 12 * 3 3 * 2 476
OTHERS -1 2 1 2 * ■ 3 697
CONSTRUCTION ** -1 2 1 9 -4 3 4 006
— — — — — — ———
SERVICES * 2 2 -1 '4 773
— — — — —
BANKS * * * -1 5 1 4 333
HOTELS 1 1 * 1 10 -to 3 167
PUBLIC UTILITIES * * * 2 3 -1 4 692
OTHERS * CHANGES WITHIN +0.5 * PER CENT. * * 4 -3 2 6 256
** PERSONS ENGAGED COVER COMPANY EMPLOYEES ONLY; SITE WORKERS EMPLOYED BY LABOUR-ONLY SUB-CONTRACTORS NOT INCLUDED.
-----o-----
JUNE CONSUMER PRICE INDEXES * * * *
THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEX (A) AND CONSUMER PRICE INDEX (B) FOR JUNE 1984 WERE 155.5 AND 155.2 RESPECTIVELY, ACCORDING TO FIGURES PUBLISHED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT TODAY.
COMPARED WITH THE PRECEDING MONTH, CP 1(A) INCREASED BY 1.4 POINTS OR 0.9 PER CENT AND CP 1(B), BY 1.3 POINTS OR 0.8 PER CENT.
COMPARED WITH JUNE 1983, CPI(A) ROSE BY 13.7 POINTS OR 9.7 PER CENT AND CP 1(B), BY 14.0 POINTS OR 9.9 PER CENT.
THE AVERAGE CP I (A) AND AVERAGE CP 1(B) FOR THE 12 MONTHS TO JUNE 1984, AT 150.3 AND 149.7 RESPECTIVELY, WERE BOTH 10.3 PER CENT HIGHER THAN THE AVERAGES FOR THE 12 MONTHS TO JUNE 1983.
DURING THE THREE-MONTH PERIOD TO JUNE 1984, THE SEASONALLY ADJUSTED CP 1(A) INCREASED AT AN AVERAGE RATE OF 0.7 PER CENT EACH MONTH AND THE SEASONALLY ADJUSTED CP 1(B), AT 0.6 PER CENT EACH MONTH.
DURING JUNE, FOOD PRICES, ESPECIALLY THOSE OF FRESH VEGETABLES AND SALT-WATER FISH, WERE HIGHER. ADMISSION CHARGES FOR CINEMAS AND CROSS-HARBOUR TUNNEL CHARGES ALSO WENT UP.
/THE CPI(a) ........
THURSDAY, JULY 19, 1984
- 13 -
THE CPI(A) AND CPI(B) ARE BASED ON THE EXPENDITURE PATTERNS OF 50 5ER CENT AND 30 PER CENT, RESPECTIVELY, OF URBAN HOUSEHOLDS ... HONG KONG, WHICH WERE DERIVED FROM THE 19^9-80 HOUSEHOLD EXPENDITURE SURVEY.
THE CP 1(A) REFERRED TO HOUSEHOLDS SPENDING BETWEEN $1 000 AND $3 499 A MONTH, AND THE CP 1(B) TO THOSE SPENDING BETWEEN S3 500 AND S6 499 A MONTH AT THAT TIME. THE INDEXES FOR JUNE 1984 IN RESPECT OF THE NINE COMMODITYSERVICE SECTIONS IN THE TWO CONSUMER PRICE INDEXES ARE GIVEN BELOW, TOGETHER WITH THOSE FOR MAY 1984 AND JUNE 1983.
(OCTOBER 1979 TO SEPTEMBER 1980 AVERAGE = 100)
CP 1(A) CP 1(B)
SECTION JUN. 83 MAY 84 JUN. 84 JUN. 83 MAY 84 JUN. 84
FOODSTUFFS 143.7 154.8 157.4 144.2 155.4 157.8
HOUS ING 135.4 143.7 * 143.8 134.7 144.0 144.1
FUEL AND LIGHT 144.2 148.7 148.7 144.6 148.4 148.4
ALCOHOL IC DRINKS AND TOBACCO (FOR HOME CONSUMPTION) 185.3 208.0 208.4 178.9 200.7 201.2
CLOTHING
AND FOOTWEAR 140.7 156.4 156.5 142.1 157.8 158.0
DURABLE GOODS 111.7 125.8 125.6 114.7 129.5 129.4
MISCELLANEOUS GOODS 131.9 150.1 150.9 131.0 147.1 148.2
TRANSPORT AND VEHICLES 155.2 169.5 170.2 157.2 171.4 172.9
SERV ICES 149.5 166.8 167.6 147.5 165.1 165.9
ALL ITEMS 141.8 154.1 155.5 141.2 153.9 155.2
/COMPARED WITH........
THUKSDAY, JULY 19, 1984
- 14 -
COMPARED WITH MAY 1984, THE INDEX FOR FOODSTUFFS ROSE BY
POINTS IN CP 1(A) AND 2.4 POINTS IN CPI(B). THE AVERAGE RETAIL PRICE OF FRESH VEGETABLES INCREASED DUE TO ADVERSE WEATHER CONDITIONS BROUGHT ABOUT BY TORRENTIAL RAINS AT THE END OF MAY
BY TROPICAL STORM WYNNE IN LATE JUNE. THE AVERAGE RETAIL PRICE OF SALT-WATER FISH ALSO WENT UP DUE TO INADEQUATE SUPPLY AS SOME FISHERMEN STAYED AT HOME TO CELEBRATE THE DRAGON BOAT FESTIVAL. INCREASES WERE ALSO RECORDED IN THE AVERAGE RETAIL PRICE OF FRESH FRUITS AND IN THE AVERAGE CHARGE FOR MEALS IN RESTAURANTS. THE EFFECT OF MOVEMENTS IN THE RETAIL PRICES OF OTHER rOOD ITEMS ON THE INDEX FOR FOODSTUFFS WAS INSIGNIFICANT.
HIGHER PRICES OF MEDICINES AND JEWELLERY PUSHED UP THE INDEX FOR MISCELLANEOUS GOODS BY 0.8 POINT IN CPI(A) AND 1.1 PO INTS IN CP 1(B).
THE INDEX FOR TRANSPORT AND VEHICLES ROSE BY 0.7 POINT IN CP 1(A) AND 1.5 POINTS IN CP 1(B) AS A RESULT OF HIGHER CROSS-HARBOUR TUNNEL CHARGES AND THE FULL IMPACT OF THE RISE IN MTR FARES.
THE INDEX FOR SERVICES INCREASED BY 0.8 POINT IN BOTH CP 1(A) AND CPI(B), REFLECTING THE EFFECT OF HIGHER ADMISSION CHARGES FOF CINEMAS AND HIGHER CHANGES FOR MEDICAL TREATMENT.
PRICE MOVEMENTS IN OTHER SECTIONS WERE INSIGNIFICANT.
(FIGURES PRESENTED IN THIS PRESS RELEASE REFER TO CPI SERIES NOT SEASONALLY ADJUSTED UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. AL_ PERCENTAGE CHANGES ARE DERIVED FROM CPI FIGURES TO 2 DECIMAL PLACES.)
DETAILS OF THESE PRICE MOVEMENTS ARE GIVEN IN THE +CONSUMER PRICE INDEX REPORT* FOR JUNE 1984, WHICH IS AVAILABLE AT $3 PEP COPY FROM THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE BUILDING, GROUND FLOOR, CONNAUGHT PLACE, HONG KONG, OR FROM THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT, ROOM 1904, 19TH FLOOR, KAI TAK COMMERCIAL BUILDING, 317 DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL, HONG KONG. THE REPORT IS ALSO AVAILABLE FROM THE GOVERNMENT NFORMATION SERVICES, BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG FOR LOCAL AND OVERSEAS MA IL INGS.
ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEXES MAY BE MADE WITH THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEX SECTION OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT AT 3-7216512.
0 - -
/15 .......
THURSDAY, JULY 19, 1964
15 -
PRODUCTIVITY ON THE RISE
XXX
DESPITE GROWING COMPETITION FROM NEIGHBOURING AREAS, HONG KONG’S SPINNING AND WEAVING INDUSTRIES HAVE MAINTAINED THEIR ’ROFlTAB ILITY BY CONTINUOUS RESTRUCTURING AND REINVESTMENT TO
RAISE PRODUCTIVITY AND QUALITY.
THIS WAS STATED TODAY (THURSDAY) BY THE SECRETARY FOR TRADE AND INDUSTRY, MR E.P. HO, WHEN HE ADDRESSED THE TOPPING-OUT CEREMONY OF THE NEW FACTORY OF SOUTH SEA TEXTILE MANUFACTURING CO. LTD. IN TUEN MUN.
+SOUTH SEA TEXTILE MANUFACTURING AND OUR SPINNING AND WEAVING INL STR IES HAVE A LONG HISTORY IN HONG KONG’S INDUSTRIAL DI /E OPMENT. SOUTH SEA’S DECISION TO INVEST SOME $64 MILLION ' HE MODERNISATION OF ITS SPINNING AND WEAVING OPERATIONS IN HONG KONG IS AN INDICATION OF BUSINESS CONFIDENCE IN THE CONTINUING viability of this industry,+ mr ho said.
THE COMPANY’S NEW NINE-STOREY PURPOSE-BUILT FACTORY HAS L TOTAL FLOOR AREA OF 32 500 SQUARE METRES. IT WILL ACCOMMODATE T. COMPANY’S SPINNING AND WEAVING OPERATIONS WHICH AT PRESENT ARE OUSED IN TSUEN WAN. *
♦ THE FACTORY’S RELOCATION TO TUEN MUN EARLY NEXT YEAR wILL PROVIDE FURTHER EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES FOR THE RESIDENTS OF TUEN MUN, AND THIS IS A WELCOME ADDITION TO THE LIST OF 1 500 LAkCE AND SMALL INDUSTRIAL ESTABLISHMENTS WHICH HAVE BEEN SET IN THIS FAST GROWING NEW TOWN,+ MR HO SAID.
- - - - 0 ----
CONTRACT AWARDED TO
* X
IMPROVE ENVIRONMENT
* X *
THE GOVERNMENT IS TO SPEND $18.6 MILLION TO IMPROVE EMISSIONS FROM THE KENNEDY TOWN INCINERATOR.
A SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION CONTRACT HAS BEEN AWARDED TO JEBSEN AND COMPANY LTD BY THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT.
IT WAS SIGNED BY MR GRAHAM OSBORNE, DIRECTOR OF THE DEPARTMENT, AND MR DIETER VON HANSEMANN, A VICE CHAIRMAN OF THE COMPANY.
THE PROJECT WILL INVOLVE REPLACING THE MECHANICAL GAS CLEANING EQUIPMENT WITH THREE HIGHLY-EFFICIENT ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATORS AND INSTALLING A WASTE HEAT BOILER.
THE PRECIPITATORS WILL HELP REMOVE MOST OF THE DUST FROM THE FLUE GAS BEFORE DISCHARGE, RESULTING IN CLEANER EMISSIONS AS REQUIRED BY THE AIR POLLUTION ORDINANCE.
/THE DECISION .......
THURSDAY, JULY 19, 19&4
- 16 -
THE DECISION TO INSTAL THEM WAS MADE FOLLOWING SUCCESSFUL EV/LUATION OF TWO PILOT PRECIPITATORS INSTALLED IN THE PLANT EAKLY LAST YEAR.
THE KENNEDY TOWN INCINERATOR, WHICH STARTED OPERATION IN <967, COMPRISES FIVE REFUSE BURNING LINES AND TWO CHIMNEYS. IT HAS A CAPACITY TO INCINERATE 650 TONS OF REFUSE A DAY.
WORK ON THE CONTRACT WILL TAKE ABOUT 22 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
-----o------
SIX KOWLOON SITES FOR RENT * * * *
SIX CROWN LAND LOTS IN KOWLOON ARE BEING OFFERED ON SHORT-TERM c IANC IES BY THE LANDS DEPARTMENT.
THREE ARE ON KOWLOON BAY RECLAMATION, TWO ARE IN ARGYLE STREET AND THE REMAINING LOT IS AT TAI KOK TSUI.
TWO OF THE KOWLOON BAY SITES, EACH MEASURING 9 350 SQUARE METRES, ARE FOR STORAGE OF NON-DANGEROUS GOODS AND FOR FILM PRODUCTION.
THEIR INITIAL TENANCIES ARE FOR THREE YEARS', RENEWABLE QUARTERLY AFTERWARDS.
THE REMAINING KOWLOON BAY SITE IS FOR REPAIRING AND MAINTAINING MOTOR VEHICLES ALTHOUGH IT CAN ALSO BE USED FOR OPEN STORAGE.
THE 1 615 SQUARE-METRE SITE IS BEING OFFERED ON AN 18-MONTH TENANCY WHICH CAN BE RENEWED QUARTERLY.
BOTH ARGYLE STREET SITES, LOCATED NEXT TO KOWLOON HOSPITAL, ARE FOR STORING GOODS AND VEHICLES.
AND
THEY MEASURE 1.57 HECTARES AND 8 800 SQUARE METRES, THEIR TENANCIES ARE FOR ONE YEAR, ALSO RENEWABLE QUARTERLY.
THE REMAINING SITE, LOCATED AT THE JUNCTION OF BEECH STREET AND ANCHOR STREET IN TAI KOK TSUI, MEASURES 5 150 SQUARE METRES AND IS TO BE USED AS A FEE-PAYING CAR PARK FOR GOODS VEHICLES.
THE INITIAL TENANCY IS FOR ONE YEAR, RENEWABLE AFTERWARDS AT MONTHLY INTERVALS.
TENDERS FOR ALL SIX SITES CLOSE ON AUGUST 3.
TENDER FORMS, NOTICES AND CONDITIONS ARE AVAILABLE AT THt LANDS DEPARTMENT, MURRAY BUILDING, 5TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG; AND THE DISTRICT LANDS OFFICES (KOWLOON EAST AND wEST), YAU MA TEI CAR PARK BUILDING, 10TH FLOOR, 250 SHANGHAI STREET, KOWLOON.
TENDER PLANS CAN ALSO BE INSPECTED AT THESE PLACES.
- - 0 -
THURSDAY, JULY 19, 1934
500 UNITS LET IN TWO DAYS ******
ANOTHER 150 UNITS AT THE WANG CHEONG FACTORY ESTATE WERE LET TODAY TO INTERESTED FACTORY OPERATORS WHO FLOCKED THE ESTATE OFFICE THROUGHOUT THE DAY TO SIGN TENANCIES.
+THIS BRINGS TO MORE THAN 500 UNITS, OR 50 PER CENT OF THE TOTAL 1 045 UNITS, LET IN TWO DAYS,* SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE HOUSING AUTHORITY.
HE SAID THE UNITS, EACH OF 25 SQUARE METRES IN SIZE, WERE SPECIALLY DESIGNED FOR A WIDE RANGE OF SMALL AND MEDIUM BUSINESSES.
+OPERATORS MAY LEASE FROM ONE UNIT TO ANY COMBINATION OF SUCH TO MEET THEIR OWN NEEDS.
+LETTING OF THE REMAINING UNITS WILL CONTINUE ON A FIRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED BASIS.*
MEANWHILE, THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT AND THE FEDERATION OF HONG KONG GARMENT MANUFACTURERS.WILL JOINTLY ORGANISE A SEMINAR TOMORRO . (FRIDAY) TO INTRODUCE THE POPULAR FACTORY ESTATE.
A SLIDE SHOW ON THE FACTORY’S WELL AS LETTING PROCEDURES.
HOUSING STAFF WILL EXPLAIN OVER DESIGN, FACILITIES AND MANAGEMENT, AS
A REPRESENTATIVE FROM THE PRESENT TO ANSWER ENQUIRIES ON
LABOUR DEPARTMENT WILL ALSO BE INDUSTRIAL SAFETY.
- - - - 0 ---------
+INTELPOST+ TO COVER L.A. OLYMPICS
*****
THE INTERNATIONAL ELECTRONIC POST SERVICE — INTELPOST --WILL BE EXTENDED TO COVER THE LOS ANGELES OLYMPICS FROM JULY 23 (MONDAY) TO AUGUST 12, THE POST OFFICE ANNOUNCED TODAY (THURSDAY).
DURING THIS PERIOD, INTELPOST ITEMS POSTED IN HONG KONG BEFORE 6 PM WILL BE DELIVERED THE SAME DAY IN LOS ANGELES.
+INTELPOST IS THEREFORE IDEAL FOR SENDING URGENT LETTERS, REPORTS, CHARTS OR CONTRACTS TO THOSE WHO ARE IN LOS ANGELES EITHER AS PARTICIPANTS OR AS SPECTATORS AT THE GAMES DURING THIS PERIOD,* A POST OFFICE SPOKESMAN SAID.
/THE DOCUMENTS, .......
THURSDAY, JULY 19, 1984
- 18 -
THE DOCUMENTS, HANDLED CONFIDENTIALLY, ARE SCANNED, CONVERTED INTO HIGH-SPEED ELECTRONIC IMPULSES AND TRANSMITTED DIRECT TO THE RECEIVING STATION.
IN LOS ANGELES, THE RECEIVED COPY IS PLACED IN AN ENVELOPE AND DELIVERED TO THE ADDRESSEE BY POST OFFICE MESSENGER.
ALTERNATIVELY, THE COPY CAN BE COLLECTED FROM A DESIGNATED POST OFF ICE.
THE CHARGE FOR THE SERVICE TO THE UNITED STATES IS $50
FOR THE FIRST SIDE OF AN A4 PAPER SHEET AND $25 FOR EACH SUBSEQUENT A4 SIDE SENT TO THE SAME ADDRESSEE AT THE SAME TIME.
+ INTELPOST, NOW AVAILABLE TO THE UNITED KINGDOM, USA, FRANCE, THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY, THE REPUBLIC OF KOREA, THE NETHERLANDS, SWEDEN, AUSTRALIA, MALAYSIA, BELGIUM, MACAU AND QATAR IS ALREADY ONE OF THE WORLD’S LARGEST PUBLIC ELECTRONIC MAIL SERVICES,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
+IT IS AN IMPORTANT COMMUNICATION DEVELOPMENT FOR HONG KONG AS THE TERRITORY HAS BECOME A MAJOR INTERNATIONAL CENTRE OF FINANCE AND COMMERCE,* HE ADDED.
THOSE WISHING TO USE THE SERVICE MAY POST THEIR DOCUMENTS AT EITHER THE GENERAL POST-OFFICE OR THE TSIM SHA TSUI POST OFFICE AT 10 MIDDLE ROAD, TSIM SHA TSUI.
IF THEY HAVE FACSIMILE MACHINES IN THEIR OFFICES, ARRANGEMENT^ CAN BE MADE TO TRANSMIT THEIR ITEMS DIRECT TO THE POST OFFICE INTELPOST TERMINAL IN THE GENERAL POST OFFICE.
FURTHER INFORMATION ON THE SERVICE MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE INTELPOST REPRESENTATIVE ON TELEPHONE 5-2671148.
-----o------
APPLICATIONS INVITED FOR TECHNICAL COURSES
******
THE FIVE TECHNICAL INSTITUTES OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL ARE INVITING APPLICATIONS FOR FULL-TIME, PART-TIME DAY-RELEASE AND BLOCK-RELEASE COURSES DUE TO START IN MIDSEPTEMBER.
THE MORRISON HILL, KWAI CHUNG, KWUN TONG, HAKING WONG AND LEE WAI LEE TECHNICAL INSTITUTES WILL OFFER 140 COURSES IN 13 DISCIPLINES.
THE COURSES ARE MAINLY AT CRAFT AND TECHNICIAN LEVELS, SUITABLE FOR THOSE WHO HAVE COMPLETED FORM THREE OR FORM FIVE.
THE 13 DISCIPLINES COVER HOTEL-KEEPING AND TOURISM STUDIES, COMMERCIAL STUDIES, CONSTRUCTION, ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING, MECHANICAL ENGINEERING, GENERAL STUDIES, INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY, PRINTING, TEXTILE INDUSTRIES, CLOTHING INDUSTRIES, MARINE AND FABRICATION- DESIGN AND MOTOR VEHICLE ENGINEERING.
/DETAILS OF
THURSDAY, JULY 19, 1984
- 19 -
DETAILS OF THE COURSES WILL BE ADVERTISED IN THE LOCAL PRESS THIS SATURDAY (JULY 21).
APPLICATION FORMS AND GUIDES CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE FIVE TECHNICAL INSTITUTES AND DISTRICT OFFICES FROM MONDAY (JULY 23).
COMPLETED APPLICATION FORMS SHOULD BE RETURNED TO THE TECHNICAL INSTITUTES CONCERNED BY AUGUST 20.
-----o------
CORRECTIONAL SERVICES STAFF COMMENDED
******
A MASTER TEACHING IN THE STANLEY PRISON, MR LAU SE-YIU, WAS AWARDED THE COMMISSIONER OF CORRECTIONAL SERVICES’ COMMENDATION TODAY FOR HIS CONTRIBUTION AND COMMITMENT TO PRISONERS’ EDUCATIONAL CLASSES.
UNDER HIS GUIDANCE, ALL ENTRANTS WHO SAT FOR THE CITY AND GUILDS OF LONDON INSTITUTE EXAMINATIONS LAST DECEMBER OBTAINED OUTSTANDING RESULTS.
IN ADDITION, 14 OTHER STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT WERE ALSO PRESENTED WITH THE COMMISSIONER’S COMMENDATION CERTIFICATES BY THE CIVIL SECRETARY, MR CHARLES GATELY, AT A CEREMONY HELD AT THE DEPARTMENT’S HEADQUARTERS.
MISS KWAN CHING-WAN, A CLERICAL ASSISTANT WORKING AT THE
TAI LAM CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTION, WAS COMMENDED FOR HER OUTSTANDING VIGILANCE AND INITIATIVE IN THWARTING AN ATTEMPT TO SMUGGLE UNAUTHORISED ARTICLES INTO THE INSTITUTION LAST FEBRUARY.
ASSISTANT OFFICER LEE SHU I-TONG WAS COMMENDED FOR HIS ALERTNESS WHICH RESULTED IN THE APPREHENSION OF A PRISONER WHO RAN AWAY FROM CHIMAWAN PRISON LAST APRIL.
OFFICER MO YUEN-MAI AND ASSISTANT OFFICER LAU LAI-YEE WERE COMMENDED FOR THEIR INITIATIVE, TENACITY AND DEVOTION TO DUTY WHICH RESULTED IN AN ESCAPEE FROM TAI TAM GAP CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTION BEING TRACED AND APPREHENDED LAST MAY.
THE OTHER 10 OFFICERS, ALL OF THEM WITH THE TAI LAM CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTION, WERE ALSO COMMENDED FOR THESE QUALITIES WHICH RESULTED IN AN ESCAPEE FROM THE INSTITUTION BEING APPREHENDED LAST MAY.
THEY WERE ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT KWOK WING-CHIU, PRINCIPAL OFFICERS LUK MAN-FOON AND LAM SIU-TAI, AND ASSISTANT OFFICERS LAM KWOK-WAH, LAI YIK-KEUNG, CHOI FAI-SHUN, TAM KWOK-CHAU, WONG PO-SIU, LEE WAI-CHIU AND MAK YAU-TAK.
- - 0 ----------
/2o .......
THURSDAY, JULY 19, 1934
20 -
EASTERN DISTRICT TO HOLD SINGING CONTEST * * * * *
THE EASTERN DISTRICT WILL HOLD ITS PRELIMINARY AMATEUR SINGING CONTEST ON SATURDAY (JULY 21) EVENING AT THE DR SEAKER CHAN’S MEMORIAL HALL IN NORTH POINT.
TWELVE CONTESTANTS, CHOSEN FROM 251 ENTRANTS, WILL COMPETE IN THE CONTEST ORGANISED AS PART OF A TERRITORY-WIDE PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN TO ENCOURAGE MORE RESIDENTS TO REGISTER AS VOTERS FOR NEXT YEAR’S DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS.
THE WINNER WILL REPRESENT THE EASTERN DISTRICT TO COMPETE WITH THOSE FROM THE OTHER 17 DISTRICTS IN A SEMI-FINAL ON AUGUST 11.
THE SINGING CONTEST IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE, RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG AND SING TAO NEWSPAPER LTD.
THE JUDGES FOR SATURDAY’S CONTEST WILL BE MADAM CHRISTINA TING, A DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER} MR CHEUNG MAN-SUN, SENIOR PRODUCER OF RTHK; MR DOMINIC CHOW, A COMPOSER; MR WAN LONG-YIN, PRODUCTION MANAGER OF SING TAO PANSONIC; AND A REPRESENTATIVE FROM POLYGRAM RECORD COMPANY.
THE OFFICIATING GUEST WILL BE THE CHAIRMAN OF THE DISTRICT BOARD, MR LUI HAU-TUEN.
THE PROGRAMME WILL INCLUDE PERFORMANCES BY THE KIANGSU-CHEKIANG COLLEGE DANCE GROUP, AND SINGING BY MISS CARMEN WONG.
-----0------
MAN FINED FOR POSSESSING PROTECTED BIRDS
K ft X
IT IS AN OFFENCE TO POSSESS OR IMPORT ENDANGERED SPECIES OF ANIMALS AND BIRDS OR THEIR PARTS WITHOUT AUTHORISATION, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT WARNED TODAY (THURSDAY).
THE WARNING FOLLOWED A COURT CASE YESTERDAY IN WHICH A MAN WAS FINED 5200 FOR ILLEGALLY POSSESSING THREE EAGLES AND FOUR OWLS. THE BIRDS WERE CONFISCATED.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT 29 PEOPLE WERE PROSECUTED FOR THE OFFENCE DURING THE FIRST HALF OF THIS YEAR.
THE GOODS SEIZED INCLUDED 152 SEA TURTLE EGGS, 17 SEA TURTLE SPECIMENS, 194 KILOGRAMS OF ELEPHANT SKINS, EIGHT CROCODILE SPECIMENS, TWO PYTHON SKINS AND ONE PANGOLIN SKIN.
0 -------
/21 ........
V
THURSDAY, JULY 19, 1984
- 21 -
POSTAL SERVICES TO EL SALVADOR SUSPENDED * * *
DUE TO THE PREVAILING SITUATION IN EL SALVADOR WHICH AFFECTS POSTAL OPERATIONS THERE, ALL POSTAL SERVICES FROM HONG KONG TO THAT COUNTRY ARE TEMPORARILY SUSPENDED FROM TODAY, THE POST
OFF ICE ANNOUNCED.
--------o - - - -
NEW MAXICAB ROUTE IN KOWLOON £ £X
A NEW MAXICAB ROUTE BETWEEN FU SHAN AND KOWLOON CITY FERRY WILL OPERATE FROM SATURDAY (JULY 21).
MAXICABS FOR THE ROUTE, NO. 33, WILL TRAVEL VIA FUNG SHING STREET, PO KONG VILLAGE ROAD, LUNG CHEUNG ROAD, FUNG MO STREET, TUNG TAU TSUEN ROAD, TUNG TSI NG ROAD, LOK SIN ROAD, KAI TAK ROAD, NGA TSIN WAI ROAD, LION ROCK ROAD, PRINCE EDWARD ROAD WEST, MA TAU CHUNG ROAD, MOK CHEONG STREET, TO KWA WAN ROAD AND SAN MA TAU STREET ON THEIR JOURNEYS TO KOWLOON CITY FERRY.
THE RETURN JOURNEY WILL BE VIA SAN MA TAU STREET, TO KWA WAN ROAD, MA TAU KOK ROAD, MA TAU CHUNG ROAD, PRINCE EDWARD ROAD WEST, GRAMPIAN ROAD, NGA TSIN WAI ROAD, TAK KU LING ROAD, LOK SIN ROAD, TUNG WOR ROAD, TUNG LUNG ROAD, TUNG TAU TSUEN ROAD, FUNG MO STREET, LUNG CHEUNG ROAD, PO KONG VILLAGE ROAD AND FUNG SHING STREET.
THE SERVICE WILL OPERATE FROM 6.35 AM TO 10 PM ON WEEKDAYS AND SATURDAYS, AND FROM 7.35 AM TO 10 PM ON SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOL IDAYS.
THE SERVICE FREQUENCY WILL BE 10 MINUTES DURING PEAK HOURS AND 15 MINUTES DURING OFF-PEAK PERIODS. THE FARE WILL BE S2.5.
-----0_-----
THURSDAY, JULY 19, 1934
TRAFFIC MEASURES IN WONG TAI SIN * * * *
FROM 10 AM ON SATURDAY (JULY 21), THE NEW BUS STATION AT LOK FU SHOPPING CENTRE IN WONG TAI SIN WILL BE MADE A PROHIBITED ZONE.
ALL MOTOR VEHICLES, EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES AND THOSE AUTHORISED IN WRITING BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT, WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING THE STATION.
FROM 7 AM THE SAME DAY, THE SECTION OF FUNG SHING STREET IN WONG TAI SIN BETWEEN PO KONG VILLAGE ROAD AND A POINT ABOUT 100 METRES EAST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH PO KONG VILLAGE ROAD WILL BE MADE A PUBLIC LIGHT BUS RESTRICTED ZONE FROM 7 AM TO 12 MIDNIGHT DAILY.
WITHIN THIS ZONE, ALL PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES, EXCEPT THOSE AUTHORISED IN WRITING BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT, WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS.
- 0 - -
STREET CLOSURE IN MONG KOK * * * *
CHEUNG WONG ROAD BETWEEN ARGYLE STREET AND TONG MEI ROAD IN MONG KOK WILL BE CLOSED FOR FOUR HOURS TO TRAFFIC, OTHER THAN VEHICLES REQUIRING LOCAL ACCESS.
THE CLOSURE, WHICH WILL BE FROM 12.30 AM TO 4.30 AM ON SATURDAY (JULY 21), IS TO FACILITATE THE DELIVERY OF A TRANSFORMER TO A POWER SUBSTATION THERE.
- 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
FRIDAY, JULY 20, 1?84
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
MACPHERSON TO HEAD SPECIAL OFFICE............................ 1
FUTURE MUST BE BUILT ON PRESENT SYSTEM — BRAY ............... 1
CHANGES BEGAN SOME YEARS AGO : AKERS-JONES .................. 2
RESTAURANT RECEIPTS, PURCHASES SURVEYED ..................... 3
SEIZURES CAUSE DRUG PRICE RISE .............................. 6
QUARRY BAY OUTLINE ZONING PLAN AMENDED ...................... 7
NINE HOUSING CONTRACTS SIGNED ............................... 8
BUILDING TENDERS INVITED FOR HANG ON ESTATE.................. 8
HUNG HOM BAY SITE TO BE OFFERED ............................. 9
INDUSTRIAL COURSES DRAW THOUSANDS ........................... 9
GREAT DEMAND FOR GOVERNMENT FACTORY UNITS ................... 10
FOOTBRIDGE PROPOSED AT NORTH POINT .......................... 11
TAI PO PLAZA REOPENS FOR HOME-PURCHASERS .................... 12
HEALTH DAY FOR YAU MA TEI RESIDENTS ......................... 12
CHILDREN'S PICTURES ON DISPLAY .............................. 13
RESIDENTS TO AIR VIEWS AT FORUM.............................. 13
SPORTS COMPLEX FOR POLICE OFFICERS .......................... 14
JUNK BAY NEW TOWN TO HAVE ROAD TUNNEL ....................... 14
RECRUITS TO PARADE........................................... 15
FANLING ROAD CLOSURE......................................... 15
SUNDAY PARKING METERS........................................ 1^
WAN CHAI WATER TEST ......................................... 16
FR IDAY, JULY 2Q, 1934
1 -
MACPHERSON TO HEAD SPECIAL OFFICE * * *
•HE GOVERNMENT TODAY (FRIDAY) ANNOUNCED THE APPOINTMENT OF P IAN MACPHERSON, PRESENTLY ACTING SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, AS HEAD OF THE SPECIAL OFFICE TO BE SET UP TO COLLATE AND ASSESS PUBLIC VIEWS ON THE DRAFT SINO-BRITISH AGREEMENT ON THE FUTURE CF HONG KONG.
THE OFFICE WILL PRODUCE A FINAL REPORT WHICH WILL BE PUBLISHED. MR MACPHERSON WILL REPORT DIRECTLY TO THE GOVERNOR.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID DETAILS OF THE ASSESSMENT OFFICE HAD YET TO BE FINALISED.
DETAILS OF THE INDEPENDENT TEAM TO MONITOR THE WORK OF THE ASSESSMENT OFFICE WILL BE ANNOUNCED IN DUE COURSE.
PRIOR TO HIS BECOMING ACTING SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, MR MACPHERSON WAS REGIONAL SECRETARY, NEW TERRITORIES.
-----0-----
FUTURE MUST BE BUILT ON PRESENT SYSTEM -- BRAY
******
LU LU
nu ' NG CHIEF SECRETARY, MR DENIS BRAY SAID TODAY THAT TH AIM OF THE GREEN PAPER ON THE FUTURE DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENT’Tiv GOVERNMENT WAS TO FURTHER EXTEND PEOPLE'S PARTICIPATION IN
GOVERNMENT BUSINESS IN STEADY PACES.
SPEAKING AT THE JOINT INSTALLATION CEREMONY OF THE LIONS AND LIONESS CLUBS OF HONG KONG THIS EVENING, MR BRAY POINTED OUT THAT ONE OF THE BASIC PRINCIPLES BEHIND THE PROPOSALS WAS THAT OUR FUTURE POLITICAL SYSTEM MUST BE BUILT UPON THE PRESENT SYSTEM WHICH HAS PROVED TO BE WORKING WELL FOR HONG KONG.
MR BRAY OUTLINED TWO CHANNELS THROUGH WHICH THE PUBLIC MAY OFFER THEMSELVES TO SERVE THE COMMUNITY.
♦FIRST, ANYONE OF YOU CAN RUN FOR ELECTION TO DISTRICT BOARDS, URBAN COUNCIL OR REGIONAL COUNCIL ON A DISTRICT CONSTITUENCY.
+0N BEING ELECTED A MEMBER OF THESE COUNCILS, THE DOOR IS OPEN FOR HIM TO BECOME A MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL IF SO ELECTED BY THE ELECTORAL COLLEGE,+ HE SAID.
HE ADDED THAT BY 1988, THE PERSON CAN BE ELECTED BY HIS UNOFFICIAL COLLEAGUES IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TO THE EXcCUTIVE
COUNCIL.
/Ki SECOND.........
FRIDAY, JULY 2u, 1984
2
THE SECOND CHANNEL Cl jSTITUENC IES TO WHICH -P-FESS ION.
IS TO RUN FOR ELECTION IN THE FUNCTIONAL
A PERSON BELONGS ACCORDING TO H 3
+ HE MAY THEN BE ELECTED TO BE A MEMBER ^LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL AND THEREAFTER THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL AND TO SERVE THE PEOPLE OF KING KONG WITH HIS PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE,+ HE SA ID.
MR BRAY ALSO CALLED ON THE PUBLIC TO REGISTER £S VOTERS AND EXERCISE THEIR RIGHT TO ELECT THE PEOPLE WHOM THEY THINK CAN SERVE THEM WELL.
*1 WOULD URGE YOU THEREFORE, WHETHER OR NOT YOU HAVE VIEWS ON THE GREEN PAPER AND WHATEVER THE DEGREE OFINTEREST YOU MAY HAVE IN RUNNING ELECTIONS, TO REGISTER AS A VOTER WHEN THE REGISTER OPENS ON AUGUST 15, 1984,+ HE SAID.
CHANGES BEGAN SOME YEARS AGO : AKERS-JONES
M * *
PROPOSALS IN THE GREEN PAPER ON REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT SHOULD BE SEEN AS A CULMINATION OF CHANGES THAT BEGAN SOME YEARS AGO RATHER THAN A SUDDEN CHANGE OF DIRECTION.
THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, MR DAVID AKERS-JONES, SAID THIS TODAY (FRIDAY) AT A JOINT LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE ROYAL INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED SURVEYORS AND THE HONG KONG INSTITUTE OF SURVEYORS.
+THESE STARTED IN 1977 IN TSUEN WAN, AND GRADUALLY BUILT UP THROUGH ADVISORY BOARDS, DISTRICT BOARDS, POPULAR ELECTIONS, AND CHANGES IN URBAN COUNCIL ELECTION, UNTIL THESE CHANGES HAVE REACHED THE SHORES OF THE CENTRAL ORGANS OF GOVERNMENT,* HE SAID.
+THEY SHOULD BE SEEN AS PART OF THE CHANGES WHICH HAVE BEEN sweeping hong kong in the last decade and they are a part, too, CF THE PROCESS OF FACING UP TO THE CHALLENGE OF THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.
+THEY REACH BACKWARD FOR THEIR STRENGTH AND DOWNWARD FOR THE ROOTS, THEY LOOK FORWARD IN STRENGTH FOR THE FUTURE.+
MR AKERS-JONES STRESSED THAT HONG KONG HAD NO RESOURCES BUT ITS PEOPLE, AND THE +MOBILISATION OF THOSE RESOURCES, THEIR UNIFICATION, THE SEARCH FOR A COMMON GOAL AND THE COMMON GOOD, AND THE ORGANISATIONS AND INSTITUTIONS NEEDED TO DEVELOP OUR PARTICULAR AND PECULIAR GENIUS.*
/+WE SHOULD .......
?HIDAY, JULY 20, 19&4
3 -
HONG
*wE SHOULD NOT HESITATE THEREFORE IF WE NEED TO INVENT AND - X.- OUR OWN SYSTEM OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT HERE IN Ki l«G, WITH ITS OWN DISTINCTIVE FEATURES, FOR OUR SITUATION
IS
UNIQUE,* HE SAID.
OF
*CUR OBJECTIVE IS CLEAR: TO MAINTAIN THOSE CONDITIONS STAB I. IT* WHICH w ILL ENABLE US TO INCREASE OUR PROSPERITY FOR THP BENEFIT OF ALL OUR PEOPLE AND TO BRING INTO BEING A RESPONSIBLE GOVERNMENT WHICH IS ACCOUNTABLE TO THE PEOPLE OF
HOMS KONG IN THE EYES OF THE WORLD.
*WE HAVE BUILT A GREAT CITY AND WE MUST GO ON BUILDING.
*WE MUST FIND STRENGTH IN WHAT WE HAVE ACHIEVED AND FACE THE FUTURE WITH INTELLIGENCE, IMAGINATION AND VISION, BUILDING NOT JUST HONG KONG BUT A GREAT INTERNATIONAL CITY OF THE
21ST CENTURY.*
MR AKERS-JONES SAID HE BELIEVED THE 12 REPRESENTATIVES TO BE ELECTED TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL WOULD HAVE A REAL RESPONSIBILITY AND SPEAK FOR THE WIDER COMMUNITY.
*THEY * ILL SPEAK WITH AUTHORITY AND THEY WILL BE ANSwERABLE TO THE PEOPLE,* HE SAID.
-----0------
RESTAURANT RECEIPTS, PURCHASES SURVEYED * * H
RECEIPTS AND PURCHASES OF THE RESTAURANT SECTOR IN THE FIRST QUARTER OF THIS YEAR WERE ESTIMATED TO BE $4 454 MILLION AND $2 013 MILLION RESPECTIVELY, ACCORDING TO THE PROVISIONAL SURVEY RESULTS RELEASED TODAY BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
WHEN COMPARED WITH THE FIGURES FOR THE FOURTH QUARTER OF 1983, TOTAL RECEIPTS AND TOTAL PURCHASES EACH DECREASED BY ONE PER CENT IN VALUE TERMS. AFTER ALLOWING FOR CHANGES IN THE PRICE LEVEL, TOTAL RECEIPTS DECLINED BY THREE PER CENT IN VOLUME TERMS.
WHEN COMPARED WITH THE FIRST QUARTER OF 1983, HOWEVER, TOTAL RECEIPTS INCREASED BY 16 PER CENT IN VALUE TERMS, OR BY SEVEN PER CENT IN VOLUME TERMS, WHILE TOTAL PURCHASES INCREASED BY 22 PER CENT IN VALUE TERMS.
ANALYSED BY TYPE OF RESTAURANTS, NON-CHINESE RESTAURANTS AND OTHER EATING AND DRINKING PLACES (COMPRISING HERB TEA SHOPS, CREAMERIES AND CATERING OUTLETS SELLING BEAN CURD JELLY, ETC.) RECORDED INCREASES IN THE VALUE OF TOTAL RECEIPTS, BY ONE PER CENT AND FOUR PER CENT RESPECTIVELY, WHEN COMPARED WITH THE LAST QUARTER OF 1983. DECREASES OF SIX PER CENT, FIVE PER CENT AND ONE PER CENT RESPECTIVELY IN THE VALUE OF TOTAL RECEIPTS WERE RECORDED FOR FAST FOOD SHOPS, BARS AND CHINESE RESTAURANTS.
/IN VOLUME .......
FBILAY, JULY 20, 1984
IN VOLUME TERMS, TOTAL RECEIPTS OF OTHER EATING AND DRINKING lACES REMAINED RELATIVELY STABLE, WHILE THOSE OF FAST FOOD SHOPS *ENT DOWN BY EIGHT PER CENT, BARS BY SIX PER CENT, AND CHINESE AND NON-CHINESE RESTAURANTS, EACH BY TWO PER CENT.
COMPARED WITH THE FIRST QUARTER OF 1983, CHINESE RESTAURANTS RECORDED THE LARGEST INCREASE IN THE VALUE OF TOTAL RECEIPTS (17%), FOLLOWED BY NON-CHINESE RESTAURANTS (15%), FAST FOOD iriOPS (13%), OTHER EATING AND DRINKING PLACES (11%) AND BARS (1%). IN VOLUME TERMS, CHINESE RESTAURANTS AGAIN RECORDED THE LARGEST INCREASE IN TOTAL RECEIPTS (8%), FOLLOWED BY NON-CHINESE RESTAURANTS (5%), OTHER EATING AND DRINKING PLACES (3%) AND FAST FOOD SHOPS (2%).
THE VOLUME OF TOTAL RECEIPTS OF BARS, HOWEVER, DROPPED BY ONE PER CENT.
THE FIGURES PRESENTED IN THE FOLLOWING TABLE INCLUDE :
(A) THE PROVISIONAL FIGURES FOR TOTAL RECEIPTS AND TOTAL PURCHASES OF THE ENTIRE RESTAURANT SECTOR FOR THE FIRST QUARTER OF 1984,
(B) THE VALUE AND VOLUME INDEXES OF TOTAL RECEIPTS FOR EACH TYPE OF RESTAURANT AND THE ENTIRE RESTAURANT SECTOR FOR THE FIRST QUARTER OF 1984 (WITH THE QUARTERLY AVERAGE OF 1982 TAKEN AS 100), AND
(C) THE COMPARISON OF THE SURVEY RESULTS WITH THOSE FOR
THE FIRST AND FOURTH QUARTERS OF 1983.
THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT IS PREPARING A REPORT ON THE QUARTERLY SURVEY OF RESTAURANT RECEIPTS AND PURCHASES FOR THE FIRST QUARTER OF 1984. THE REPORT WILL BE ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, CONNAUGHT PLACE, HONG KONG AT $1 PER COPY.
ENQUIRIES ON THE SURVEY RESULTS MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE WHOLESALE/RETAIL TRADE STATISTICS SECTION OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT TEL. NO. s 3-7216024.
OVERALL TOTAL RESTAURANT RECEIPTS FOR FIRST QUARTER OF 1984 (PROVISIONAL)
OVERALL TOTAL RESTAURANT PURCHASES FOR FIRST QUARTER OF 1984 (PROVISIONAL)
HK$4 454 MILLION
HK32 013 MILLION
FRIDAY, JULY 20, 1984
- 5 -
.n
VALUE AND VOLUME INDEXES OF TOTAL RESTAURANT RECElTS FOR 4TH QUARTER 1983 AND 1ST QUARTER 1984
(QUARTERLY AVERAGE OF 1982 - 100)
f 4TH QUARTER 1983 1ST QUARTER 1984 1ST QTR. 1984 COMPARED WITH 4TH QTR. 1983 1ST QTR. 1984 COMPARED WITH 1ST QTR. 1983
TYPE OF RESTAURANT INDEX OF TOTAL RESTAURANT RECEIPTS
1 (PROVISIONAL FIGURES) POINTS % POINTS %
CH INESE VALUE 121 120 -1 -1 17 17
RESTAURANTS VOLUME 109 106 -2 -2 8 3
NON-CHINESE VALUE 115 116 1 1 15 15
RESTAURANTS VOLUME 103 101 -2 -2 5 5
FAST FOOD VALUE 122 114 -7 -6 13 13
SHOPS VOLUME 108 99 -8 -8 2 2
BARS VALUE 108 102 -6 -5 1 1
VOLUME 96 90 -6 -6 -1 -1
OTHER VALUE 98 101 4 4 10 11
EATING AND DR INK ING PLACES VOLUME 90 90 SAME SAME 3 3
ENTIRE VALUE 120 119 -1 -1 16 16
RESTAURANT SECTOR VOLUME 107 105 -3 -3 7 1
NOTE: FIGURES DENOTING CHANGES ARE DERIVED FROM UNROUNDED FIGURES.
----0-------
FR IDAY, JULY 20, 1984
- 6 -
SEIZURES CAUSE DRUG PRICE RISE * * *
THE 400 KILOGRAMS OF HEROIN BASE SEIZED IN THE FIRST QUARTER CF THIS YEAR WAS ALMOST EQUAL TO THREE QUARTERS OF THE TOTAL SEIZURE OF THE DRUG LAST YEAR, IT WAS STATED AT THE 52ND MEETING OF THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS YESTERDAY (THURSDAY).
AS A RESULT OF THE LARGE SEIZURES OF HEROIN BASE, THE WHOLESALE PRICE OF ONE KILOGRAM OF NO. 3 HEROIN INCREASED FROM $26 400 AT THE END OF 1983 TO $85 800 AT THE END OF MARCH THIS YEAR.
AND THE SHARP DRUG PRICE RISE LED TO A 70-PER CENT INCREASE IN ADMISSIONS TO THE METHADONE TREATMENT PROGRAMME IN THE FIRST QUARTER OF 1984 OVER THE PREVIOUS QUARTER.
ON MARCH 23, THERE WERE 10 277 PATIENTS ATTENDING THE NETHADONE CLINICS — AN ALL-TIME HIGH.
COMPARED WITH THE FIRST QUARTER FIGURE FOR 1983, THE NUMBER OF PERSONS UNDER 21 YEARS OF AGE NEWLY REPORTED TO THE CENTRAL REGISTRY OF DRUG ABUSE IN THE FIRST QUARTER OF 1984 DECLINED BY 21 PER CENT.
THE NUMBER OF PERSONS UNDER 21 YEARS OF AGE PROSECUTED FOR MAJOR AND MINOR DRUG OFFENCES IN THE FIRST QUARTER OF 1984 ALSO DECLINED BY 8.1 PER CENT AND 4.1 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY WHEN COMPARED WITH THE PREVIOUS QUARTER FIGURES.
DESPITE THIS DECLINE, THE ACAN WILL BE KEEPING UP ITS EFFORTS IN PREVENTIVE EDUCATION AND PUBLICITY.
WITH THIS IN MIND, STAFF OF THE NARCOTICS DIVISION OF THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT HAVE BEEN VISITING SECONDARY SCHOOLS TO TALK TO THE CHILDREN IN FORMS I TO III.
ACAN WILL ALSO JOIN THE RADIO DIVISION OF RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG IN PRODUCING A SERIES OF DRUG EDUCATION PROGRAMMES FOR THE YOUNG.
-----o------
/7 ........
FRIDAY, JULY 23, 1984
7
QUARRY BAY OUTLINE ZONING PLAN AMENDED
* * * *
THE REVISION OF LAND USE PROPOSALS AT KORNHILL, IN ACCORDANCE ..iTH THE REVISED MASTER PLAN FOR DEVELOPMENT, IS AMONG TWO AMENDMENTS TO THE DRAFT QUARRY BAY OUTLINE ZONING PLAN ANNOUNCED TODAY (FRIDAY) BY THE TOWN PLANNING BOARD.
KORNHILL WILL EVENTUALLY BE DEVELOPED INTO A RESIDENTIAL AREA FOR 38 OOO PEOPLE. THERE WILL BE 9 450 FLATS, OF WHICH 2 2l.j WILL BE IN A PRIVATE SECTOR PARTICIPATION SCHEME DEVELOPMENT.
THE DEVELOPMENT WILL BE PROVIDED WITH A RANGE OF SUPPORTING COMMUNITY FACILITIES, SUCH AS OPEN SPACE. SCHOOLS, A KINDERGARTEN, NURSERIES, CHILDREN’S CENTRES, YOUTH CENTRES, A MARKET AND GOVERNMENT OFFICES.
THERE WILL ALSO BE COMMERCIAL, RECREATIONAL AND CAR PARKING FAC ILITIES.
THE OTHER AMENDMENT CONCERNS THE REALIGNMENT OF GREIG ROAD EXTENSION.
THE ZONING BOUNDARIES OF AN ’OPEN SPACE’ SITE AND A ’GOVERNMENT INST'TUT ION-COMMUNITY’ SITE TO THE SOUTH-WEST OF NAM FUNG SUN CHUEN HAVE ALSO BEEN AMENDED.
ANY PERSON AFFECTED BY THE AMENDMENTS SHOULD WRITE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE TOWN PLANNING BOARD, C/0 LANDS DEPARTMENT, MURRAY BUILDING, 4TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG, BEFORE AUGUST 9.
THE AMENDED PLAN MAY BE SEEN AT THE FOLLOWING PLACES :
* DISTRICT OFFICE (CENTRAL AND WESTERN) PUBLIC ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST WING ENTRANCE, HONG KONG?
* DISTRICT OFFICE (EASTERN), 880-886 KING’S ROAD, GROUND FLOOR, HONG KONG; AND
X TOWN PLANNING DIVISION, MURRAY BUILDING, 4TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG.
COPIES ARE ALSO ON SALE AT THE MAP AND PLAN SALES SECTION, MURRAY BUILDING, 5TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG, AND KOWLOON MAP AND PLAN SALES SECTION, 382 NATHAN ROAD, AT SIG PER UNCOLOURED COPY AND $60 PER COLOURED COPY.
-----o-----
/e........
FRIDAY, JULY 20, 1934
NINE HOUSING CONTRACTS SIGNED X * X
THE HOUSING AUTHORITY TODAY SIGNED NINE CONTRACTS TOTALLING 4 MILLION FOR PILING, BEAUTIFICATION AND SLOPE PRO.ECTION WORKS AT VARIOUS PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES.
THE LARGEST CONTRACT, OF $11.5 MILLION, IS FOR FOUNDATION PILING FOR FOUR DOMESTIC BLOCKS AT THE NEW TIN PING ESTATE IN SHEK WU HUI .
THE TWO TRIDENT BLOCKS AND TWO SLAB BLOCKS WILL FORM THE SECOND PHASE OF THE ESTATE, AND UPON COMPLETION BY 1987 WILL PROVIDE ALTOGETHER 2 594 SELF-CONTAINED FLATS FOR 11 100 PEOPLE.
THE SECOND LARGEST CONTRACT, VALUED AT $3.4 MILLION, IS FOR THE FOURTH PHASE OF THE TAI HANG TUNG ESTATE REDEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME. IT IS AIMED AT UPGRADING LIVING CONDITIONS AND RELIEVE OVERCROWDING AT THE OLDER ESTATE.
WORK INCLUDE PILING TO FOUNDATIONS FOR THREE NEWLY-DESIGNED LINEAR BLOCKS AND ASSOCIATED FOOTBRIDGES.
THE THREE BLOCKS WILL HOUSE 2 130 PEOPLE IN 420 FLATS ON COMPLETION BY EARLY 1936.,
SIX OTHER CONTRACTS, WORTH $7.4 MILLION, ARE FOR SOFT LANDSCAPING WORKS TO ADD MORE GREENERY TO THE ESTATES OF SUN CHUI AND CHUN SHEK IN SHA TIN, KWONG FUK IN TAI PO, CHEUNG WAH IN FANLING AND HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME CHEUNG WO COURT IN KWUN TONG AND SIU HONG COURT IN TUEN MUN.
THE NINTH CONTRACT, VALUED AT $1 MILLION, IS FOR LONG-TERM SLOPE PROTECTION WORKS AT SHUN TIN ESTATE IN KWUN TONG.
- - 0 - -
BUILDING TENDERS INVITED FOR HANG ON ESTATE X X X X X X
THE HOUSING AUTHORITY TODAY INVITED SEPARATE BUILDING TENDERS FOR THE SECOND AND THIRD PHASES OF HANG ON ESTATE, THE FIRST PUBLIC HOUSING PROJECT IN THE BUDDING NEW TOWN OF MA ON SHAN.
+THE SECOND PHASE OF THE PROJECT WILL INVOLVE THE CONSTRUCTION OF THREE 36-STOREY CRUCIFORM HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME BLOCKS, A CARPARK AND A COMMUNITY CENTRE, WHILE IN THE THIRD AND FINAL PHASE, THREE 35-STOREY TRIDENT BLOCKS AND A COMMERCIAL CENTRE WILL BE BUILT,+ SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE AUTHORITY.
UPON COMPLETION BY 1987, THE THREE HOS BLOCKS WILL CONTAIN 1 050 FLATS AND THE THREE RENTAL BLOCKS WILL PROVIDE ANOTHER 2 488 FLATS TO HOUSE A TOTAL OF 16 500 PEOPLE.
ALSO TO BE BUILT ARE ELEVATED WALKWAYS AND A FOOTBRIDGE, PLUS ASSOCIATED DRAINAGE AND EXTERNAL WORKS.
- - 0 - -
FRIDAY, JULY 20, 1984
HUNG HOM BAY SITE TO BE OFFERED * * * *
THE GOVERNMENT IS PROPOSING TO OFFER BY WAY OF LAND 3 256 SQUARE METRES OF FORESHORE AND SEA BED AT HUNG HOM THE HONG KONG AND WHAMPOA DOCK COMPANY LIMITED.
EXCHANGE
BAY TO
THE PROPOSED GRANT FOR 75 YEARS, WHICH IS A FURTHER 75 YEARS, WILL ENABLE THE COMPANY TO TO PROVIDE ACCOMMODATION FOR 45 000 PEOPLE AND INSTITUTION AND COMMUNITY FACILITIES.
RENEWABLE FOR REDEVELOP THE AREA VARIOUS GOVERNMENT,
080 SQUARE METRES
POSSESSION OF AN ADJACENT AREA OF ABOUT 6
— - “ ---- COMPANY FOR 48 MONTHS FOR USE AS A
WILL ALSO BE GRANTED TO THE WORKS AREA.
THE EXTENT OF THE AREA AFFECTED IS DESCRIBED IN A NOTICE PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY.
THE NOTICE AND RELATED PLAN CAN BE SEEN POSTED NEAR THE SITE.
THE PLAN CAN ALSO BE SEEN (AND COPIES PURCHASED) AT THE LANDS DEPARTMENT SURVEY DIVISION, 5TH FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG, AND AT KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT OFFICE, 141-143, KAU PUI LUNG ROAD, KOWLOON.
ANY PERSON OBJECTING TO THE PROPOSAL OR WHO HAS CLAIMS FOR COMPENSATION SHOULD WRITE TO THE DIRECTOR OF LANDS WITHIN TWO MONTHS.
-----o------
INDUSTRIAL COURSES DRAW THOUSANDS
* * *
THE FIVE INDUSTRIAL TRAINING CENTRES OF THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL HAVE RECEIVED ABOUT 5 000 APPLICATIONS SINCE ENROLMENT OF TRAINEES STARTED THIS MONTH, MR MORRIS MORGAN, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR OF THE COUNCIL SAID TODAY (FRIDAY).
+THE OVERWHELMING RESPONSE INDICATES THE WILLINGNESS OF YOUNG PEOPLE TO JOIN INDUSTRY THROUGH PROPER INDUSTRIAL TRAINING,+ HE SAID AT THE TOPPING OUT CEREMONY OF THE KOWLOON BAY TRAINING CENTRE COMPLEX.
+IT IS ALSO ENCOURAGING TO KNOW THAT THE COMPLEX UPON ITS COMPLETION IN NOVEMBER THIS YEAR WILL BE ANOTHER MAJOR SOURCE OF SUPPLY OF SKILLED WORKFORCE FOR OUR INDUSTRY,+ MR MORGAN ADDED.
THE NINE-STOREY COMPLEX WILL HOUSE TRAINING CENTRES OF THE ELECTRONICS, HOTEL, MACHINE SHOP AND METAL WORKING, PLASTICS AND PRINTING INDUSTRIES.
/applications for
FRIDAY, JULY 20, 1984
APPLICATIONS FOR ALL FULL-TIME, ONE-YEAR CRAFT AND TECHNICIAN COURSES WILL CLOSE AT THE END OF THE MONTH. COURSES WILL START IN SEPTEMBER WITH THEORY SESSIONS HELD AT VARIOUS TECHNICAL INSTITUTES FOR THE FIRST FEW MONTHS. FORM THREE TO FORM FIVE SCHOOL-LEAVERS MAY APPLY.
DR FRANCIS TIEN, CHAIRMAN OF THE COUNCIL, AND DR GEOFFREY YEH, CF THE HSIN CHONG CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LIMITED WERE ORIGINALLY TO HAVE OFFICIATED AT THE CEREMONY, BUT WERE UNABLE TO DO SO. AS THEY WERE OUT OF TOWN.
IN HIS SPEECH READ BY MR MORGAN, DR TIEN SAID THAT THE COMPLEX WAS A MILESTONE IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF INDUSTRIAL TRAINING HERE.
HE FELT THAT THE COURSES OFFERED WOULD BE POPULAR BECAUSE THEY HAD ALL BEEN CAREFULLY PLANNED BY TRAINING BOARDS APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR.
♦ALL FULL-TIME TRAINEES WILL BE PAID WEEKLY ALLOWANCES, AND A PLACEMENT SERVICE WILL BE PROVIDED TO HELP TRAINEES TO FIND SUITABLE EMPLOYMENT.
+IN ADDITION, ALL TRAINEES AT THE CRAFT AND TECHNICIAN LEVELS WILL BE GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY TO RECEIVE TECHNICAL EDUCATION ON A DAY-RELEASE BASIS IN TECHNICAL INSTITUTES, AND WILL BE EXEMPTED FROM THE RELEVANT PART OF AN APPRENTICESH IP,+ DR TIEN SAID.
- 0 - -
GREAT DEMAND FOR GOVERNMENT FACTORY UNITS
******
LEASES FOR ALMOST HALF OF THE HOUSING AUTHORITY’S LATEST INDUSTRIAL BUILDING, WANG CHEONG FACTORY ESTATE, WERE SIGNED DURING THE FIRST TWO DAYS SINCE APPLICATIONS OPENED ON WEDNESDAY (JULY 18).
ADDRESSING A SEMINAR TODAY, HOUSING MANAGER MR FOK PO-CHOI SAID THIS REFLECTED THE GREAT DEMAND FOR GOVERNMENT FACTORY UNITS.
THE SEMINAR, CO-ORGANISED BY THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT AND THE FEDERATION OF HONG KONG GARMENT MANUFACTURERS, WAS HELD AT THE FEDERATION’S PREMISES IN TSIM SHA TSUI. ABOUT 100 MEMBERS OF THE FEDERATION ATTENDED.
MR FOK, TOGETHER WITH MR STEPHEN TONG, THE BUILDING’S ARCHITECT, EXPLAINED THE ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS OF WANG CHEONG FACTORY ESTATE.
THE SEMINAR ALSO INCLUDED ASPECTS OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY INTRODUCED BY MR LAU WING-HANG, A DIVISIONAL FACTORY INSPECTOR OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT.
/MR FOK
FRIDAY, JULY 20, 1984
MR FOK EXPLAINED TO THE MANUFACTURERS THAT THE CONVENIENT LOCATION, ARCHITECTURAL ADVANTAGES, FAVOURABLE LEASE TERMS AND MODERN FACILITIES OF THE AUTHORITY’S NEW FACTORY BUILDING, HAD ALL CONTRIBUTED TO ITS POPULARITY.
THE BUILDING IS SITUATED BETWEEN LAI CHl KOK ROAD AND FAT CHEUNG STREET AND WITHIN THREE MINUTES WALK FROM THE CHEUNG CHA WAN MTR STATION. IT IS ALSO SERVED BY A LARGE NUMBER OF FRANCHISED BUSES AND MINIBUSES.
LABOUR SUPPLY IS PLENTIFUL AS THE DISTRICT IS ONE OF THE MOST DENSELY POPULATED, WITH NUMEROUS MAJOR PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES AROUND.
MR FOK ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THE APPLICATION PROCEDURE FOR THE AUTHORITY’S FACTORY UNITS HAD BEEN SIMPLIFIED SINCE JANUARY.
NOW, ALL APPLICANTS ARE IMMEDIATELY ELIGIBLE INSTEAD OF HAVING TO GO THROUGH A TENDERING PROCESS.
-----o-----
FOOTBRIDGE PROPOSED AT NORTH POINT
******
THE GOVERNMENT PLANS TO BUILD A FOOTBRIDGE AT THE JUNCTION OF JAVA ROAD AND KING’S ROAD, NORTH POINT.
IT IS ONE OF SEVERAL PLANNED IN THE NORTH POINT AND QUARRY BAY AREAS TO PROMOTE TRAFFIC AND PEDESTRIAN SAFETY, AND ALSO ELIMINATE DISRUPTIONS TO VEHICULAR FLOW CAUSED BY PEDESTRIAN CROSSING MOVEMENTS AT GROUND LEVEL.
THE NEW FOOTBRIDGE ACROSS KING’S ROAD WILL BE 29 METRES LONG AND 6.1 METRES ABOVE THE CARRIAGEWAY.
BESIDES STAIRCASES DESCENDING TO GROUND LEVEL AT BOTH ENDS, THERE WILL ALSO BE A STAIRCASE GIVING ACCESS TO THE TRAM ISLAND IN THE MIDDLE OF THE CARRIAGEWAY.
A NOTICE OF THE PROPOSED WORKS IS PUBLISHED IN TODAY’S GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.
OBJECTIONS IN WRITING SHOULD REACH THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS BEFORE SEPTEMBER 18.
THE PLAN AND SCHEME CAN BE SEEN AT i
* CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, CENTRAL ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST WING, MAIN ENTRANCE LOBBY, HONG KONG,
* DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, HONG KONG NORTH, 12TH FLOOR, HARBOUR CENTRE, HARBOUR ROAD, HONG KONG? AND
* EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, 884-886 KING’S ROAD, GROUND FLOOR, HONG KONG.
------o-------
/12 .....
FRIDAY, JULY 20, 1934
- 12 -
TAI P0 PLAZA REOPENS FOR HOME-PURCHASERS
* X *
SHOW FLATS AT THE PRIVATE SECTOR PARTICIPATION SCHEME TAI PO -LAZA IN TAI PO NEW TOWN IS NOW OPEN AGAIN FOR PUBLIC VIEWING UNTIL JULY 31.
♦ THIS IS TO ENABLE SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS FOR THE PHASE VIA HOS FLATS TO SEE THE FLAT DESIGNS AND THE ENVIRONMENT OF THE ESTATE PRIOR TO THE SELECTION OF FLATS,* SAID A SPOKESMAN FO-R THE HOUSING AUTHORITY TODAY.
♦ THE OPENING HOURS OF THE SHOW FLATS WILL BE FROM 11.30 AM TO 12.30 PM AND FROM 3 PM TO 4 PM BETWEEN MONDAY AND SATURDAY, AND FROM 10 AM TO 5 PM ON SUNDAYS, + HE ADDED.
BEING DEVELOPED AS THE FIRST PSPS PROJECT IN THE NEW TOWN, THE ESTATE WILL HAVE A TOTAL OF 1 408 TWO-BEBROOM FLATS BUILT ON TOP OF A LARGE COMMERCIAL-ENTERTAINMENT CENTRE.
PRICES FOR THE FLATS VARY FROM $156 500 TO $248 800 EACH, WITH GROSS AREAS RANGING FROM 41.3 TO 53.4 SQUARE METRES.
-----o-----
HEALTH DAY FOR YAU MA TEI RESIDENTS
*****
Y AU MA TEI RESIDENTS WILL BE ABLE TO LEARN ON SUNDAY (JULY 22) ABOUT THE IMPORTANCE OF HAVING GOOD HEALTH THROUGH FUN AND GAMES.
THE HEALTH DAY IS ORGANISED BY THE LOCAL DISTRICT BOARD, THE LIONS CLUB OF NEW TERRITORIES AND THE LEO CLUB OF NEW TERRITORIES.
THE DAY’S EVENTS, TO START AT 1.30 PM AT THE HENRY G. LEONG COMMUNITY CENTRE, WILL FEATURE AN ENTERTAINING AND EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMME TO ENHANCE RESIDENTS’ MEDICAL KNOWLEDGE.
THERE WILL BE 10 GAME STALLS, A VITALITY EXERCISE BY TELEVISION ARTISTES, FIRST-AID DEMONSTRATION, MEDICAL TESTS, EYE EXAMINATION, A QUIZ AND A SLIDE SHOW.
SIX DOCTORS WILL BE THERE TO ANSWER QUESTIONS.
CARTOON CHARACTER BO BO WILL MAKE HIS FIRST APPEARANCE, APPEALING TO RESIDENTS TO REGISTER AS VOTERS FOR THE COMING DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS.
THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR WILFRED WONG, THE FIRST VICE-CHAIRMAN OF THE LIONS CLUB OF THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR KWONG PO-MING, AND THE CORPS PRESIDENTS OF ST JOHN’S AMBULANCE, MR CHIU SZE-HOI, WIlL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY.
--------0----------
FRIDAY, JULY 20, 1984
CHILDREN’S PICTURES ON DISPLAY ft ft ft
MORE THAN 70 WINNING ENTRIES OF AN INTERNATIONAL.CHILDREN’S DRAWING CONTEST WILL BE ON DISPLAY AT THE CHATER GARDEN ON SUNDAY (JULY 22).
THE CONTEST, JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT BOARD AND THE HARBOUR JAYCEES, WAS HELD IN MAY CHILDREN, AGES BETWEEN FOUR TO 13, FROM JAPAN, MALAYSIA, SINGAPORE, TAIWAN AND HONG KONG.
AM TO 4.30 PM. A AND A CARTOON SHOW
SUNDAY’S EXHIBITION WILL BE HELD FROM 10 PRIZE PRESENTATION TO WINNERS FROM HONG KONG
WILL ALSO BE STAGED.
OFFICIATING GUESTS WILL INCLUDE THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, KIM SALKELD, A DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER, MR CHOW YIN-SUM
THE PRESIDENT OF HARBOUR JAYCEES, MR ALFRED LEUNG, AND THE
PROJECT CHAIRMAN OF THE EXHIBITION, MISS IRIS LEUNG.
FROM MONDAY (JULY 23), THE EXHIBITION WILL BE STAGED AT THE OCEAN TERMINAL CONCOURSE FROM 10 AM TO 6 PM FOR FIVE DAYS.
-----o-----
RESIDENTS TO AIR VIEWS AT FORUM ft ft ft
NORTH DISTRICT RESIDENTS WILL BE ABLE TO AIR THEIR VIEWS ON LOCAL PROBLEMS AND GIVE SUGGESTIONS FOR IMPROVEMENTS AT AN OPEN FORUM ON SUNDAY (JULY 22) AFTERNOON.
THE PROBLEMS WILL INCLUDE AGRICULTURAL WASTE DISPOSAL, SLOW DEVELOPMENT AT TAKULING, FLOODING. AND NOISE POLLUTION AND INADEQUATE CROSSINGS ALONG THE RAILWAY LINE.
JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG, THE FORUM WILL BE STAGED IN THE PLAYGROUND OF CHOI YUEN ESTATE IN SHEUNG SHU I BETWEEN 3 PM AND 4.30 PM.
SPEAKERS AT THE FORUM WILL BE THE ACTING DISTRICT OFFICER, MR VICTOR NG, FIVE DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS AND TWO REPRESENTATIVES FROM LOCAL ORGANISATIONS.
NORTH DISTRICT IS THE THIRD DISTRICT, AFTER TUEN MUN AND SOUTHERN, TO HOLD THE TERRITORY-WIDE FORUM.
SIMILAR FORUMS WILL TAKE PLACE IN 15 OTHER DISTRICTS ON THE FOLLOWING SUNDAYS UNTIL EARLY NOVEMBER.
-----0------
FRIDAY, JULY 20, 1984
- 14 -
SPORTS COMPLEX FOR POLICE OFFICERS
X * *
A SPORTS AND RECREATION COMPLEX FOR POLICE OFFICERS IS TO BE CONSTRUCTED ON A ONE-HECTARE SITE NEXT TO THE CAUSEWAY BAY PORTAL OF THE CROSS HARBOUR TUNNEL.
A $20.4 MILLION WORKS CONTRACT FOR THE JOB HAS BEEN AWARDED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT TO TECHNIC CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LIMITED.
THE COMPLEX WILL BE FOR USE BY OFFICERS OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE, THE ROYAL HONG KONG AUXILIARY POLICE AND THEIR CIVILIAN COUNTERPARTS.
FACILITIES WILL INCLUDE A COVERED AND HEATED SWIMMING POOL, A MULTI-PURPOSE INDOOR GAMES HALL, FOUR SQUASH COURTS, A BOWLING ALLEY, A GYMNASIUM WITH FITNESS ROOMS, CHANGING ROOMS, A LOUNGE AND BAR AND DINING ROOMS.
SOME EXISTING OUTDOOR FACILITIES IN THE AREA, INCLUDING A BOWLING GREEN AND THREE TENNIS COURTS, WILL BE RETAINED OR RELOCATED.
WORK ON THE PROJECT IS EXPECTED TO TAKE 18 MONTHS.
-----o-----
JUNK BAY NEW TOWN TO HAVE ROAD TUNNEL
X X X X
A PROJECT WHICH IS SIGNIFICANT IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF JUNK BAY INTO A NEW TOWN IS EXPECTED TO START IN THE MIDDLE OF NEXT YEAR.
IT IS THE BUILDING OF A ROAD TUNNEL TO LINK THE WESTERN RECLAMATION OF THE NEW TOWN WITH URBAN KOWLOON.
THE TUNNEL WILL BE BUILT UNDER THE HILLS OF MA YAU TONG AND FORM PART OF A PRINCIPAL ACCESS TO JUNK BAY.
IT WILL BE A TWIN TUBE VEHICULAR TUNNEL TOTALLING 900 METRES IN LENGTH, 700 METRES OF WHICH WILL BE A CONCRETE LINED DRIVEN SECTION AND THE REMAINING 200 METRES WILL BE CONSTRUCTED BY THE CUT AND COVER METHOD.
DUE TO THE SPECIAL NATURE OF THE PROJECT, THE JUNK BAY DEVELOPMENT OFFICE OF THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS INVITING CONTRACTORS WITH RELATED EXPERIENCE TO APPLY FOR INCLUSION ON A PREQUALIFIED LIST TO TENDER.
THE CONTRACT WILL ALSO INCLUDE CONSTRUCTION OF THE TUNNEL PORTALS AND ANCILLARY INSTALLATIONS AT BOTH ENDS.
THE TUNNEL IS EXPECTED TO BE OPEN TO TRAFFIC IN LATE 1988.
UNDER THE FIRST PHASE OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF JUNK BAY, A POPULATION OF ABOUT 175 000 IS ENVHSAGED BY THE EARLY 199O’S.
------o-------
/15 ....
FRIDAY, JULY 20, 198n
- 15 -
RECRUITS TO PARADE * * * *
THE DIRECTOR OF FIRE SERVICES, MR ROBERT HOLMES, WILL TAKE THE SALUTE AT THE CORRECTIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT PASSING-OUT PARADE OF RECRUITS AT THE STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE IN STANLEY TOMORROW (SATURDAY) MORNING.
ON PARADE WILL BE 120 ASSISTANT OFFICERS WHO COMPLETED SIX MONTHS OF BASIC TRAINING.
HAVE JUST
-----o------
FANLING ROAD CLOSURE * * * *
A SECTION OF ABOUT 200 METRES OF TAI PO ROAD (FANLING SECTION), ABOUT 20 METRES EAST OF THE SHEUNG SHU I MINI-ROUNDABOUT WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC, EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES AND EMERGENCY VEHICLES, BETWEEN 8 AM AND 6 PM ON SUNDAY (JULY 22).
DURING THE CLOSURE, NORTHBOUND AND WESTBOUND VEHICLES GOING TO THIS SECTION OF TAI PO ROAD ARE ADVISED TO GO VIA ROAD D4, ROAD L6, SAN FUNG AVENUE, JOCKEY CLUB ROAD, FANLING ROUNDABOUT AND TAI PO ROAD (FANLING SECTION).
SOUTHBOUND TRAFFIC HEADING FOR FAN KAM ROAD AND CASTLE PEAK ROAD CAN GO VIA JOCKEY CLUB ROAD, SAN FUNG AVENUE, ROAD L6, ROAD D4 AND THE SHEUNG SHU I MINI-ROUNDABOUT.
VEHICLES TO AND FROM THE VILLAGES ALONG TAI PO ROAD (FANLING SECTION) ARE ADVISED TO GO VIA FANLING ROUNDABOUT.
--------o----------
/16........
FRIDAY, JULY 20, 1934
- 16 -
SUNDAY PARKING METERS
**
PARKING CHARGES AT 36 METERED SPACES ON JOHNSTON ROAD BETWEEN ITS WESTERN JUNCTION WITH HENNESSY ROAD AND FLEMING ROAD WILL BE EXTENDED TO SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS FROM 10 AM ON SUNDA.Y (JULY 22).
THE METERS WILL ONLY OPERATE BETWEEN 10 AM AND 10 PM ON SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS, CHARGING THE SAME FEES AS WEEKDAYS.
THEY WILL BE DISTINGUISHED BY THEIR POSTS, THE UPPER PARTS OF WHICH WILL BE PAINTED VIOLET.
----0------
WAN CHAI WATER TEST
*****
FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN WAN CHAI WILL EE TURNED OFF FROM 11 PM ON MONDAY (JULY 23) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR LEAKAGE TESTS.
THE AFFECTED PREMISES ARE FROM NEW RODNEY BUILDING AT QUEENSWAY TO THE JUNCTION OF HENNESSY ROAD AND JOHNSTON ROAD, AND A SECTION OF QUEEN’S ROAD EAST FROM QUEENSWAY TO MONMOUTH PATH, INCLUDING MONMOUTH PATH.
-----o------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
SATURDAY, JULY 21, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
VOTER REGISTRATION GETS 'ENCOURAGING' START .................. 1
CORRECTIONAL SERVICES STAFF PRAISED .......................... 2
A ROYAL MESSAGE FOR SIX GIRLS ................................ J
OFFICIALS SHOW SUPPORT FOR ANTI-LITTERING CAMPAIGN ........... 4
THOUSANDS OF PEST CONTROL INSPECTIONS CARRIED OUT ............ 5
FIRST YIN NGAI SOCIETY IN CENTRAL ............................ 5
KEEPING AP CHAU CLEAN ........................................ 6
URBAN CLEARWAY IN ABERDEEN ................................... 7
PEAK TRAM MAINTENANCE WORK ................................... 7
FIRING PRACTICE WARNING ...................................... 7
SATURDAY, JULY 21, 1934
VOTER REGISTRATION GETS ’ENCOURAGING’ START
*****
MORE THAN 5 OOO ELIGIBLE RESIDENTS IN EASTERN HAVE RETURNED THEIR COMPLETED REGISTRATION FORMS TO THE DISTRICT OFFICE DURING THE CURRENT DISTRICT’S VOTER REGISTRATION DRIVE.
DESCRIBING THIS AS AN ^ENCOURAGING START*, THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR LUI HAU-TUEN, CALLED ON OTHER ELIGIBLE VOTERS TO REGISTER AND VOTE FOR A COMPETENT DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER.
MR LUI WAS SPEAKING AT THE DISTRICT’S AMATEUR SINGING CONTEST, ORGANISED AS PART OF A TERRITORY-WIDE PUBLICITY DRIVE FOR THE FORTHCOMING VOTER REGISTRATION FOR NEXT YEAR’S DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS.
HE SAID THE SIX-WEEK REGISTRATION EXERCISE WOULD BEGIN ON AUGUST 15, BUT THE DISTRICT OFFICE HAD BEGUN PAYING HOUSEHOLD VISITS A MONTH AGO TO ENCOURAGE RESIDENTS’ PARTICIPATION.
HE POINTED OUT THAT SINCE ITS INCEPTION TWO YEARS AGO, THE EASTERN DISTRICT BOARD HAD CONTRIBUTED MUCH IN ENHANCING THE QUALITY OF LIFE OF THE RESIDENTS.
ON TRANSPORT, THERE WERE IMPROVEMENTS TO TRAFFIC ALONG KING’S ROAD AND THE PARTIAL OPENING OF THE ISLAND EASTERN CORR I DOR.
ON THE PROVISION OF MEDICAL SERVICES, THERE WERE THE OPENING OF THE CHAI WAN EMERGENCY CENTRE AND THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE EASTERN DISTRICT HOSPITAL.
OTHER ACHIEVEMENTS INCLUDED IMPROVEMENTS TO SQUATTER VILLAGES IN THE DISTRICT, NEW ARRANGEMENTS FOR HAWKERS’ OPERATION, AND THE PROMOTION OF RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS ACTIVITIES.
MR LUI URGED RESIDENTS TO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE IN DISTRICT AFFAIRS AND TO SUPPORT THE ELECTIONS.
♦THE BEST WAY TO DO SO IS TO REGISTER AS A VOTER IN AUGUST, PARTICIPATE IN THE COMING ELECTIONS, AND ELECT YOUR IDEAL BOARD MEMBERS TO REFLECT THE WISHES AND STRIVE FOR THE WELFARE OF THE RESIDENTS.* HE SAID.
MR LUI ALSO REMINDED RESIDENTS THEY COULD ALWAYS VOICE THEIR OPINIONS ON DISTRICT NEEDS AND ON THE COMMUNITY SERVICES PROVIDED THROUGH THE DISTRICT BOARD AND ITS COMMITTEES, GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND LOCAL ORGANISATIONS.
TONIGHT’S SINGING CONTEST WAS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG AND SING TAO NEWSPAPER L IMITED.
SATURDAY, JULY 21, 1984'
2
CORRECTIONAL SERVICES STAFF PRAISED * * * *
THE CAREER OF CORRECTIONAL SERVICES STAFF IS A MOST ONEROUS, SELF-SACRIF ICING AND DEMANDING ONE, THE DIRECTOR OF FIRE SERVICES, MF ROBERT HOLMES, SAID TODAY (SATURDAY).
SERVICES
ADDRESSING A PASSING-OUT PARADE OF 120 CORRECTIONAL RECRUITS, MR HOLMES SAID THAT THE MAJORITY OF PEOPLE THEY WOULD ENCOUNTER WERE LAW-BREAKERS PAYING THE JUDICIAL PENALTY.
+THERE ARE TIMES WHEN YOU WILL BE SEVERELY PROVOKED BY SUCH PEOPLE,+ HE SAID TO THE RECRUITS.
BUT HE URGED THEM NOT TO DESCEND TO THE WARDS’ LEVEL BY REACTING TO SUCH PROVOCATIONS.
INSTEAD, THEY SHOULD RETAIN THEIR DIGNITY AND SELF-RESPECT IN THEIR CAREER, AND SHOW FEELING FOR THEIR WARDS, MR HOLMES SAID.
♦TREAT (THE WARDS) WITH FIRMNESS AND EQUITABILITY AS EACH OCCASION DEMANDS,* HE ADDED.
HE TOLD THE RECRUITS THAT SINCE THEY JOINED THE DEPARTMENT THE LIFE-STYLE OF THEIR FAMILY WOULD ALSO CHANGE TO CONFORM WIT THE DISCIPLINE OF THEIR DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
ON THE OTHER HAND, HE SAID, THEY WERE PART OF A SPECIAL SOCIETY OF PEOPLE WHO WOULD NURTURE AND PROTECT THEM AND THEIR FAMILIES IN TIME OF NEED AND EMERGENCY.
MR HOLMES POINTED OUT THAT IN ADDITION TO PRISONS, THE . CORRECTIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT ALSO OPERATED A DETENTION CENTRE, A PSYCHIATRIC UNIT, A DRUG ADDICTION CENTRE, TRAINING CENTRES FOR YOUNG OFFENDERS AND CENTRES FOR REFUGEES.
HE PAID TRIBUTE TO THE DEPARTMENT FOR THE SUDDEN ADDITIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES PLACED UPON THEM DURING THE EARLY MASS INFLUX OF REFUGEES FROM SOUTH EAST ASIA.
AS INSPECTING OFFICER AT THE PARADE, HELD AT THE DEPARTMENT’S STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE IN STANLEY, MR HOLMES ALSO PRESENTED SILVER WHISTLES TO THE TWO BEST RECRUITS, MR WONG PIK-YI AND MR CHAN FAI-WONG.
DURING THE PARADE, MUSIC AND PERFORMANCES WERE PROVIDED BY THE CAPE COLLINSON MARCHING BAND AND THE TAI TAM GAP GIRLS PIPERS AND PRECISION MARCHING TEAM.
-------o —
/3........
SATURDAY, JULY 21, 1984
3 -
A ROYAL MESSAGE FOR SIX GIRLS
X X X X X X
THE SIX WINNERS OF THE 1933/34 HELP THE POLICE FIGHT YOUTH CRIME COMPETITION WERE SURPRISED BUT MORE THAN HAPPY TO RECEIVE A MESSAGE FROM HER ROYAL HIGHNESS PRINCESS ALEXANDRA THIS (SATURDAY) AFTERNOON.
THE MESSAGE WAS PASSED ON TO THE SIX GIRLS BY THE COMMISSIONER OF POLICE, MR ROY HENRY, WHO WAS HOSTING A LUNCH FOR THE WINNERS AND RUNNERS-UP OF THE COMPETITION.
AS HONORARY COMMANDANT-GENERAL OF THE - -- • ' OF YOU
THE MESSAGE READS, ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE FORCE, I WANT TO CONGRATULATE ON WINNING THE 1933/94 FIGHT YOUTH CRIME COMPETITION YOU A VERY HAPPY AND INTERESTING TOUR OF HOLLAND AND
ALL
AND
THE
TO WISH UNITED
KINGDOM. WELL DONE.
ROYAL HIGHNESS
THE COMMISSIONER ALSO TOLD THE WINNERS THAT HER
PRINCESS ALEXANDRA WOULD HAVE BEEN DELIGHTED TO RECEIVE THEM DURING THEIR VISIT TO LONDON BUT SHE AND HER FAMILY WOULD BE AWAY A rEW
DAYS BEFORE THEIR ARRIVAL THERE.
THE SIX GIRLS ARE MARIAN KOA (17), DAPHNE LO (17), BETTY LAW (16), CARMEN MAK (14), IRENE LEUNG (16) AND SABRINA SIN 17).
THEY WILL LEAVE NEXT WEDNESDAY (JULY 25) FOR A 22-DAY VISIT TO THE NETHERLANDS AND THE UNITED KINGDOM. ESCORT NG TH^-i ON THE TRIP WILL BE SUPERINTENDENT TSE CHAN-FAI AN D WOMAN CH I Er 1NSP ECTO PATSY KWONG. THE SIX RUNNERS-UP WILL BE GOING TO THAILAND r<R -WEEK IN AUGUST.
GUESTS ATTENDING TODAY’S LUNCH INCLUDED MR CHARLES VAN STRATEN DUTCH CONSUL-GENERAL; MR LARRY GEYSEL, GEN ER AL M AN Au_- Jr THE ROYAL DUTCH AIRLINES, WHICH IS SPONSORING THE COMPETIiIjn.
-----0----------
SATURDAY, JULY 21, 1934
OFFICIALS SHOW SUPPORT FOR ANT I-LITTERI NG CAMPAIGN
K H H
STAFF OF THE HEALTH AND WELFARE BRANCH OF THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT, LED BY THE SECRETARY FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE, MR HENRY CHING, TODAY (SATURDAY) SHOWED THEIR SUPPORT FOR THE -URBAN COUNCIL’S BEACH CLEANING CAMPAIGN AT DEEPWATER BAY.
ABOUT 25 NORMALLY DESK-BOUND OFFICIALS WENT TO THE BEACH THIS MORNING TO COLLECT LITTER.
THEY WERE JOINED BY THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF URBAN SERVICES, MR JOHN HEYWOOD, AND URBAN COUNCILLOR, MR TONG KAM-BIU, WHO IS ALSO VICE-CHAIRMAN OF THE DISTRICT RELATIONS SELECT COMMITTEE OF THE URBAN COUNCIL.
THE PARTY LEFT THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES SHORTLY AFTER 9 AM AND WERE MET AT THE BEACH BY USD OFFICIALS WHO SUPPLIED THEM WITH SUCH EQUIPMENT AS GLOVES, BASKETS, BAGS AND POINTED-STICKS FOR PICKING UP LITTER.
BY HALF-PAST ELEVEN A LARGE QUANTITY OF REFUSE HAD BEEN COLLECTED AND THE BEACH WA3 A MORE ATTRACTIVE PLACE.
EXPLAINING THE PURPOSE OF THE VISIT, MR CHING SAID, +THE MESSAGE WE WANT TO GET ACROSS IS THAT ANYONE CAN PICK UP RUBBISH. IT IS QUITE EXTRAORDINARY THAT PEOPLE COMPLAIN ABOUT THE RUBBISH, BUT DO NOTHING ABOUT IT THEMSELVES.
+IF THEY WOULD HELP JUST A BIT EITHER BY NOT THROWING THEIR RUBBISH ONTO THE BEACH OR BY HELPING OCCASIONALLY TO PICK UP LITTER AND PUT IT IN BINS — EVERYBODY WOULD BENEFIT.
+THE URBAN COUNCIL AND THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT BOARD ARE TRYING TO INVOLVE THE COMMUNITY IN THIS PROBLEM AND WE HOPE THAT OUR SMALL CONTRIBUTION THIS MORNING WILL HELP TO PUBLICISE THEIR EFFORTS.+
SATURDAY, JULY i? 1, 1934
- 5 -
THOUSANDS OF PEST CONTROL INSPECTIONS CARRIED OUT * * * * *
THE MONTH OF JUNE WAS A BUSY TIME FOR STAFF OF THE CITY SERVICES DEPARTMENT WHO CARRIED OUT THOUSANDS OF INSPECTIONS OF LIKELY BREEDING PLACES OF DISEASE-CARRYING INSECTS.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID THAT DURING THE HOT SUMMER MONTHS, CONTINUOUS EFFORTS WERE BEING MADE TO ENSURE THAT INSECTS WERE NOT ALLOWED TO BREED FREELY.
*AT PRESENT, THERE IS A MONTH-LONG CAMPAIGN ON THE IMPORTANCE OF PEST CONTROL IN FOOD PREMISES,* HE SAID.
+THE ANNUAL FOOD HYGIENE CAMPAIGN IS ALSO FOCUSING ON FOOD BUSINESSES THROUGH A SERIES OF SEMINARS AND DISCUSSIONS.*
MEANWHILE, FIGURES FOR JUNE SHOW THAT A TOTAL OF 4 327 INSPECTIONS WERE CARRIED OUT ON CONSTRUCTION SITES AND IN OPEN SPACES, AND NEARLY 30 000 HOMES, MOSTLY IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES, WERE INSPECTED BY STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT.
THE DEPARTMENT ALSO DEALT WITH 125 COMPLAINTS, FINDING AND DESTROYING 921 BREEDING PLACES, ISSUING 59 WARNING LETTERS AND TAKING OUT 77 SUMMONSES.
MORE THAN 2 000 RODENTS WERE FOUND TRAPPED IN DEVICES SET UP THROUGHOUT THE URBAN AREAS, AND A TOTAL OF 2 785 RATS WERE FOUND POISONED.
THE DEPARTMENT ALSO RECEIVED 228 COMPLAINTS ABOUT RODENTS AND CARRIED OUT 57 BLOCK DISINFESTATIONS AND 48 HOLE-BAITING TREATMENT EXERCISES.
-----0------
FIRST YIN NGA I SOCIETY IN CENTRAL * * * *
A NEW YIN NGA I SOCIETY WAS SET UP IN CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT TODAY (SATURDAY), BRINGING TO 22 THE NUMBER OF SUCH ORGANISATIONS FORMED THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY SINCE 1981.
THE KWAN YICK YIN NGA I SOCIETY, WITH MORE THAN 43 MEMBERS, IS ALSO THE FIRST IN THE DISTRICT.
SPEAKING AT AN INAUGURATION CEREMONY THIS AFTERNOON, THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR LAM KAM-KWONG, SAID THE AIM OF THE SOCIETIES WAS TO IMPROVE THE QUALITY OF LIFE FOR WOMEN AND TO PROVIDE OPPORTUNITIES FOR THEM TO MAKE NEW FRIENDS.
/+SINCE APRIL.........
SATURDAY, JULY 21, 1984
6
+SINCE APRIL, THE SOCIETY’S ORGANISING COMMITTEE HAS BEEN VERY ACTIVE IN RECRUITING MEMBERS AND ORGANISING ACTIVITIES, SUCH AS HEALTH CONTESTS FOR CHILDREN AND CLASSES FOR INTEREST GROUPS.+
+THIS IS NO DOUBT AN IMPORTANT STEP TOWARDS COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT,+ MR LAM SAID.
HE ALSO CALLED ON THE MEMBERS TO EXERCISE THEIR CIVIC DUTIES AND TO SUPPORT THE COMING DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS BY REGISTERING THEMSELVES AS VOTERS.
THE VOTER REGISTRATION EXERCISE IN CENTRAL AND WESTERN HAS ALREADY BEGUN AND WILL LAST UNTIL OCTOBER 1.
-----0------
KEEPING AP CHAU CLEAN
* * *
AP CHAU - A SMALL ISLAND IN THE NORTHEASTERN PART OF THE NEW TERRITORIES, WILL SOON BE THE SEVENTH VILLAGE WITH A CONTRACTED-OUT CLEANSING SERVICE.
THE EIGHT-MONTH CONTRACT WILL COST $20 000, A NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY.
THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANSING OF VILLAGE ROADS, FOOTPATHS, PUBLIC AREAS AND TOILETS, FOR EMPTYING OF LITTER CONTAINERS, AND ALSO FOR KEEPING ALL BEACHES, STREAMS, NULLAHS AND OPEN DITCHES ON THE ISLAND FREE FROM REFUSE.
A CONTRACT FOR THE WORK WILL BE SIGNED ON TUESDAY (JULY 24), BY THE DIRECTOR OF NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES, NR DAVID WEEKS.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE CONTRACT SIGNING AT THE NTSD HEADQUARTERS ON THE FIFTH FLOOR OF SWIRE AND MACLAINE HOUSE (AUSTIN CENTRE), 19-23 AUSTIN AVENUE, TSIM SHA TSUI AT 3 PM ON TUESDAY (JULY 24).
-----o------
SATURDAY, JULV 21, 1984
7
URBAN CLEARWAY IN ABERDEEN * * *
FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (JULY 23), ABERDEEN RESERVOIR ROAD BETWEEN ABERDEEN MAIN ROAD AND TSUNG MAN STREET WILL BE MADE AN URBAN CLEARWAY FROM 7 AM TO 10 AM AND FROM 4 PM TO 7 PM DAILY.
NO MOTOR VEHICLES OTHER THAN FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS WITHIN THE ROAD SECTION DURING THE RESTRICTED PERIODS.
- - 0 - -
PEAK TRAM MAINTENANCE WORK * * *
THE PEAK TRAM SERVICE WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 9 PM ON MONDAY (JULY 23) TO 7 AM ON WEDNESDAY (JULY 25) FOR TRAMCAR MAINTENANCE wORK.
- 0 - -
FIRING PRACTICE WARNING * * *
FIRING PRACTCE WILL TAKE PLACE AT THE HA TSUEN-CASTLE PEAK RANGE ON THREE DAYS NEXT WEEK.
THE PUBLIC ARE WARNED NOT TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN RED FLAGS ARE HOISTED.
THE PRACTICE WILL BE FROM 8 AM TO 11 PM ON MONDAY (JULY 23), AND FROM 8 AM TO 5 PM ON TUESDAY (JULY 24) AND WEDNESDAY (JULY 25).
- 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
SUNDAY, JULY 22, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
GOVERNOR TO LEAVE FOR PEKING ................................ 1
TWO DB'S TO DISCUSS GREEN PAPER.............................. 1
COMMITTEE TO MONITOR DEVELOPMENT WORKS ...................... 1
COUPLES URGED TO BECOME FOSTER PARENTS ...................... 2
GOODS VEHICLES TO BE CLASSIFIED ............................. 4
73 PASS LICENTIATE EXAM...................................... 5
FOOD PLACES CONTINUE TO GROW................................. 6
IN-SERVICE COURSE FOR TRADE INSTRUCTORS ..................... 7
FOOTBRIDGES PLANNED FOR QJEENSWAY ........................... 8
SEAWALL AT ALDRICH BAY....................................... 8
LANDS DEPARTMENT OFFICE MOVES ............................... 9
MORE PUBLIC HOUSING FOR ELDERLY PEOPLE....................... 9
RELATION SMTP BETWEEN ORGANISATIONS TO BE DISCUSSED ......... 10
NEW MARKET FOR SHAM TSENG READY SOON ........................ 11
YOUTH MUSIC CAMP STARTS .....................................
WARNING STICKER TO GO ON LITTER BINS ........................ 13
SUBMARINE OUTFALL FOR JUNK BAY............................... 14
SUNDAY, JULY 22, 1984
- 1 -
GOVERNOR TO LEAVE FOR PEKING ft ft ft ft
THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, WILL LEAVE FOR PEKING TOMORROW (MONDAY) TO TAKE PART IN ANOTHER ROUND OF SI NO-BRITISH TALKS ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.
SIR EDWARD WILL BE TRAVELLING ON FLIGHT CA 1Q2, ETD 12.30 PM.
-------- o - - - -
TWO DB’S TO DISCUSS GREEN PAPER ft ft ft ft
TAI PO AND TSUEN WAN DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS WILL GIVE THEIR VIEWS ON THE RECENTLY-PUBLISHED GREEN PAPER ON A REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT AT TWO SPECIAL MEETINGS TOMORROW (MONDAY) AND ON THURSDAY (JULY 26).
THE TAI PO DISTRICT BOARD SPECIAL MEETING WILL BE HELD AT 9.30 AM TOMORROW IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF THE BOARD’S SECRETARIAT ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF TAI PO COMMERCIAL CENTRE IN KWONG FUK ROAD.
THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT BOARD SPECIAL MEETING WILL BE HELD AT 2.30 PM ON THURSDAY IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM ON THE 10TH FLOOR OF KWAI HING GOVERNMENT OFFICES IN HING FONG ROAD.
NOTE TO EDITORS :
YOU ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE TWO DISTRICT BOARD MEETINGS.
-------o - - - -
COMMITTEE TO MONITOR DEVELOPMENT WORKS
IAI
A WORKS PROGRESS COMMITTEE HAS RECENTLY BEEN SET UP IN THE EASTERN DISTRICT TO CO-ORDINATE AND OVERSEE THE DISTRICT’S OVERALL DEVELOPMENT PLANS AND PROGRAMMES.
THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR LUI HAU-TUEN, SAID TODAY (SUNDAY) THAT THE COMMITTEE WAS ESSENTIAL TO COPE WITH THE LARGE-SCALE DEVELOPMENTS BEING PLANNED AND TO MONITOR THE PROGRESS OF DEVELOPMENT WORKS IN THE DISTRICT.
HE MENTIONED, IN PARTICULAR, THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE 65-HECTARt SITE AT SIU CHAI WAN INTO A NEW TOWN FOR 40 OOQ PEOPLE WITH PUBLIC AND PRIVATE HOUSING ESTATES, HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME FLATS, SCHOOLS, FACTORIES AND OTHER COMMUNITY AND RECREATIONAL FACILITIES.
/+THEBS ARE ......
SUNDAY, JULY 22, 1^84
2
-THERE ARE ALSO OTHER DEVELOPMENT MATTERS THAT REQUIRE CO-ORDINATION AND CONCERTED ACTION AND THE COMMITTEE WILL TAKE CARE OF THEM,- HE SAID.
-THE COMMITTEE CAN ALSO EFFECTIVELY AND APPROPRIATELY DECIDE ON SUBSTANTIAL NEEDS IN THE DISTRICT.-
BESIDES MR LUI, THE COMMITTEE COMPRISES THE DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT AS THE CHAIRMANS THE URBAN AREA DEVELOPMENT ADVISOR S VICE-CHAIRMAN; CHIEF ENGINEERS FROM PORT WORKS DIVISION, DEVELOPMENT AND AIRPORT DIVISION, AND HIGHWAYS OFFICE; A CHIEF TOWN PLANNER; A CHIEF PUBLIC WORKS OFFICER (EASTERN); A DISTRICT LANDS OFFICER; AND REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE HOUSING, MARINE, TRANSPORT AND CITY SERVICES DEPARTMENTS.
THE COMMITTEE WILL MEET ONCE EVERY THREE MONTHS.
-----o------
COUPLES URGED TO BECOME FOSTER PARENTS
* * * *
PEOPLE WHO FEEL THEY CAN SHARE THEIR TIME AND LOVE WITH CHILDREN, ARE BEING URGED TO APPLY TO THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S CENTRAL FOSTER CARE UNIT TO BECOME FOSTER PARENTS.
-ANYONE CAN DROP INTO THE UNIT’S OFFICES IN WAN CHAI AND TALK TO THE STAFF ABOUT WHAT IS INVOLVED IN BECOMING A FOSTER PARENT,- A DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID.
THE UNIT IS LOCATED ON THE 11TH FLOOR, TUNG SUN COMMERCIAL CENTRE, 194-200 LOCKHART ROAD, AND ITS TELEPHONE NUMBER IS >8938121.
+BASICALLY, WE ARE LOOKING FOR COUPLES AGED BETWEEN 25 AND 60 WITH A HAPPY AND STABLE MARRIAGE, AS WELL AS STEADY INCOME AND EXPERIENCE IN RAISING CHILDREN. PREFERABLY, THE WIFE IN THE FAMILY IS NOT WORKING,- HE SAID.
ABOVE ALL, THE DEPARTMENT IS LOOKING FOR MATURE COUPLES WITH THE RIGHT MOTIVATION -- PEOPLE WHO ARE WILLING TO DEVOTE THEIR TIME AND LOVE TO CHILDREN WHO, THROUGH NO FAULT OF THEIR OWN, ARE TEMPORARILY SEPARATED FROM THEIR NATURAL PARENTS.
FOSTER PARENTS RECEIVE A MONTHLY ALLOWANCE OF $1 220, COMPRISING A MAINTENANCE GRANT OF $916 FOR EACH FOSTER CHILD AND AN INCENTIVE PAYMENT OF $304 FOR THE PARENTS.
THERE IS ALSO A -SET UP+ GRANT OF $458 FOR EACH CHILD. ADDITIONAL GRANTS TO MEET SPECIAL NEEDS OF A FOSTER CHILD MAY ALSO BE CONSIDERED.
/EXPATRIATES ARE........
SUNDAY, JULY 22, 1964
EXPATRIATES ARE ALSO WELCOME TO BECOME FOSTER PARENTS.
KvEV-R, THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE USE OF EXPATRIATE HOMES FOF FOSTERING *OULD LIKELY BE RESTRICTED TO CHILDREN a I TH SP DIAL NEEDS, SUCH AS THOSE AWAITING ADOPTION OVERSEAS.
SINCE LAST OCTOBER WHEN A MAJOR EXERCISE TO RECRUIT FOSTER ^ARENTS WAS LAUNCHED, THE CENTRAL FOSTER CARE UNIT HAS RECEIVED ABOUT 600 ENQUIRIES AND ABOUT 300 APPLICATIONS.
♦FOSTERING IS PARTICULARLY DESIRABLE FOR BABIES AND VERY YOUNG CHILDREN. FOR THEM, INDIVIDUAL ATTENTION AND CARE IS CRUCIAL,+ HE SAID.
FOR ITS PART, THE GOVERNMENT HAS INCREASED THE NUMBER OF SUBVENTED FOSTER PLACES FROM 40 TO 120 IN THE CURRENT YEAR.
♦WE ARE MAKING GOOD PROGRESS IN PROMOTING THIS FORM OF NON- INSTITUTIONAL CARE, AND WE HOPE THAT WE WILL BE ABLE TO FILL ALL 120 FOSTER PLACES BEFORE THE END OF THE YEAR,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
BY THE END OF JUNE, 57 CHILDREN HAD FOUND 43 FOSTER HOMES. ANOTHER 31 HOMES WERE AVAILABLE FOR SUITABLE CHILDREN, WHILE 25 CHILDREN WERE WAITING TO BE MATCHED, HE SAID.
THERE ARE NOW THREE VOLUNTARY AGENCIES PROVIDING FOSTER CARE SERVICES. THE HONG KONG CHRISTIAN SERVICE HANDLES 60 FOSTER PLACES, THE FAMILY WELFARE SOCIETY, 20 PLACES, AND THE SAVE THE CHILDREN FUND, 40 PLACES.
THE CENTRAL FOSTER C?ARE UNIT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR RECRUITING AND REGISTERING POTENTIAL FOSTER PARENTS AND ASSESSING THEIR SUITABILITY BY CONDUCTING HOME STUDIES, WHILE THE AGENCIES ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR MATCHING A CHILD WITH A FOSTER HOME AND THE SUPERVISION OF PLACEMENTS.
♦AT PRESENT, THE AGENCIES ARE ALSO ASSISTING US IN CARRYING OUT HOME STUDIES OF PROSPECTIVE FOSTER FAMILIES AND THIS HELPS TO SPEED UP THINGS,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
+HITHERTO,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID, +FOSTER CARE HAS NOT BEEN A COMMON PRACTICE IN HONG KONG, BUT THERE ARE INDICATIONS THAT THE SITUATION IS CHANGING. WE ARE CONFIDENT THAT wE WILL BE ABLE TO DEVELOP THIS TYPE OF CARE FURTHER AS THE CONCEPT GAINS WIDER ACCEPTANCE IN THE COMMUNITY.*
-----o------
SUNDAY, JULY 22, 1984
- 4 -
GOODS VEHICLES TO BE CLASSIFIED * * *
NEw CLASSES OF DRIVING LICENCES WILL BE CREATED WHEN THE MEa ROAD TRAFFIC (DRIVING LICENCE) REGULATIONS COME INTO FORCE IN LATE AUGUST THIS YEAR.
UNDER THE REGULATIONS, THE EXISTING +ALL GOODS VEHICLES* wILL BE SUBDIVIDED INTO THE FOLLOWING CATEGORIES, WITH EACH CATEGORY REQUIRING A SEPARATE DRIVING LICENCE:
* LIGHT GOODS VEHICLES OF UP TO 5.5 TONNES GROSS,
* MEDIUM GOODS VEHICLES OF UP TO 24 TONNES GROSS,
M HEAVY GOODS VEHICLES OF OVER 24 TONNES GROSS,
4 SPECIAL-PURPOSE VEHICLES, SUCH AS ROAD SWEEPERS, AND
* ARTICULATED VEHICLES, SUCH AS CONTAINER LORRIES.
+THE RECLASSIFICATION IS TO RECOGNISE THAT DIFFERENT DRIVING SKILLS ARE REQUIRED FOR THE HANDLING OF DIFFERENT CATEGORIES CF GOODS VEHICLES,* A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SAID.
+ IT IS ALSO AIMED AT PROMOTING GREATER ROAD SAFETY BY ENSURING THAT DRIVERS OF EACH CATEGORY OF GOODS VEHICLES POSSESS THE PROPER SKILLS TO HANDLE THE VEHICLES SAFETY,* HE SAID.
PROVISIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO ALLOW HOLDERS OF CURRENT GOODS VEHICLE LICENCES TO DRIVE LIGHT, MEDIUM AND HEAVY RIGID GOODS VEHICLES AFTER THE IMPLEMENATION OF THE NEW REGULATIONS.
THERE ARE ALSO TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS TO ALLOW CURRENT GOODS VEHICLE LICENCE HOLDERS TO DRIVE ARTICULATED VEHICLES DURING THE FIRST THREE YEARS AFTER THE IMPLEMENTATION DATE.
+HOWEVER, AFTER THIS PERIOD, THESE DRIVERS WOULD BE REQUIRED TO HAVE PASSED OR BEEN EXEMPTED FROM THE APPROPRIATE TEST IN ORDER TO CONTINUE TO DRIVE THIS NEW CLASS OF VEHICLE,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
HE ADDED THAT AGREEMENT HAD NOW BEEN REACHED wITh THE UNIONS AND EMPLOYERS ON THE CRITERIA FOR EXEMPTING EXioTINu DR IVERS FROM THE TEST.
THE NEW REGULATIONS ALSO EMPOWER THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPL. TO REQUIRE A DRIVING INSTRUCTOR TO TAKE A TEST OF CONTINUED ABILITY AND FITNESS TO GIVE INSTRUCTION, AND INSTRUCTORS ARE REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN A RECORD OF ANY INSTRUCTION GIVEN TO LEARNER DR IVERS.
/the spokes:.un
5 -
SUNjuh. - 1 v u
THE SPOKESMAN STRESSED THAT NOT ALL DRIVING INSTRUCTORS wERE REQUIRED TO BE RETESTED.
♦ONLY THOSE WHOSE STANDARD OF INSTRUCTION IS CONSID RED BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT TO BE INADEQUATE WOULD EE CALLE., UP FOR RETESTING.
♦THERE IS NOTHING FOR EXISTING DRIVING INSTRUCTORS TO FEAR SO LONG AS THEY CONSCIENTIOUSLY MAINTAIN AND UPDATE THEIR INSTRUCTION STANDARDS,+ HE SAID.
OTHER HIGHLIGHTS OF THE NEW REGULATIONS INCLUDE THE REQUIREMENT FOR DRIVING LICENCE APPLICANTS AGED 70 OR ABOVE TO PRODUCE A MEDICAL CERTIFICATE TO PROVE HIS FITNESS AND ABILITY TO DRIVE, AND THE RECORDING ON THE DRIVING LICENCE OF THE WEARING OF A HEARING AID.
THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT WILL ALSO BE EMPOWERED TO REFUSE TO ISSUE A LEARNER’S DRIVING LICENCE IN RESPECT OF A MOTOR CYCLE, IF THE APPLICANT HAS HELD SUCH A LICENCE DURING THE PREVIOUS 12 MONTHS BUT HAS NOT APPLIED FOR A DRIVING TEST DURIKj THE PERIOD, OR FAILED TO ATTEND SUCH A TEST WITHOUT REAsONArLE EXCUSE.
73 PASS LICENTIATE EXAM * * *
THE LICENTIATE COMMITTEE OF THE MEDIAL COUNCIL OF HONG KONG_ ANNOUNCED TODAY (SUNDAY) THAT 73 OUT OF 129 CANDIDATES, HAD PASSED THE FINAL PART OF LICENTIATE EXAMINATION FOR UNREG I STRABLE DOCTORo.
THIS PART OF THE EXAMINATION, HELD BETWEEN JULY 13 AND 12, WAS AN ORAL EXAMINATION OF ABILITY TO APPLY PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE TO CLINICAL PROBLEMS.
CANDIDATES WERE GIVEN A 30-MINUTE EXAMINATION BY TWO PANELS OF EXAMINERS IN EACH OF THE THREE DISCIPLINES — MEDICINE, SURGcnY AND OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY.
THE SUCCESSFUL CANDIDATES WILL NOW BE REQUIRED TO UNDERGO AN 18-MONTH PERIOD OF ASSESSMENT AND TRAINING IN HOSP.TALS APPROVE^ BY THE MEDICAL COUNCIL, STARTING IN SEPTEMBER.
- - 0 -
SUNDAY, JULY 22, 1984
6 -
FOOD PLACES CONTINUE TO GROw
******
THE NUMBER OF URBAN AREAS SHOWED
LICENSED FOOD ESTABLISHMENTS OPERATING IN THE A SIGNIFICANT INCREASE THIS YEAR.
AS AT THE END OF LAST MONTH, THE URBAN COUNCIL HAD ISSUED A TOTAL OF 2 933 GENERAL RESTAURANT LICENCES — AN INCREASE OF 186 OVER THE FIGURES FOR THE SAME MONTH LAST YEAR.
LIGHT REFRESHMENT RESTAURANT LICENCES ALSO WENT UP BY 29 TO 799 THIS YEAR.
OTHER FOOD BUSINESSES ALSO REGISTERED AN INCREASE IN NUMBER THIS YEAR, WITH LAST YEAR’S FIGURES IN BRACKETS: FRESH PROVISION SHOPS - 1 559 (1 481), FOOD FACTORIES - 713 (683), FACTORY CANTEENS - 163 (129), BAKERIES - 531 (512), AND FROZEN CONFECTION FACTOR IES - 72 (51).
HOWEVER, THERE WAS A DECREASE OF SIX SIU MEI AND LO MEI SHOPS THIS YEAR — FROM 326 TO 320.
APART FROM THE CATEGORIES LISTED ABOVE, PERMITS ARE REQUIRED FROM THE URBAN COUNCIL FOR THE SALE OF RESTRICTED FOODS SUCH AS MILK, ICE CREAM, CUT FRUIT, NON-BOTTLED DRINKS, CHINESE HERE TEA AND FOOD SOLD IN COIN-OPERATED AUTOMATIC VENDING MACHINES.
THE NUMBER OF SUCH PERMITS AS AT JUNE THIS YEAR TOTALLED ABOUT 4 700.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE URBAN COUNCIL SAID THAT ALL FOOD BUSINESSES MUST BE RUN UNDER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUISITE LICENCE OR PERMIT FROM THE COUNCIL.
A LICENCE OR PERMIT IS ISSUED ONLY AFTER THE PREMISES HAVE CONFORMED TO THE PRESCRIBED HYGIENE STANDARDS LAID DOWN IN THE VARIOUS BY-LAWS MADE UNDER THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND URBAN SERVICES ORDINANCE AND TO THE APPROVED LICENSING POLICY OF THE COUNCIL.
+FOOD PREMISES ARE ALSO REGULARLY INSPECTED BY HEALTH STAFF TO SEE THAT LICENSING CONDITIONS AND THE HEALTH LAWS ARE OBSERVED AND THE HYGIENE STANDARDS MAINTAINED,+ HE SAID.
+A CONTRAVENTION OF LAW MAY LEAD TO SUMMONS ACTION, wHILE AN UNRECTIFIED CONTRAVENTION AGAINST A LICENSING CONDITION MAY RESULT IN SUSPENSION OF THE LICENCE OR PERMIT.+
- 0 -
SUNDAY, JUuY 22, 1994
7 -
IN-SERVICE COURSE FOR TRADE INSTRUCTORS
*****
WORKSHOP OR TRADE INSTRUCTORS WORKING IN SPECIAL S-HOOLS FOR THE HANDICAPPED ARE INVITED TO JOIN A TWO-YEAR IN-SERVICt COURSE TO BE OFFERED BY THE HONG KONG TECHNICAL TtACHERS C-_
COLLEGE.
THE COURSE, DUE TO START IN THE COMING SCHOOL TERM WILL C'^VER STUDIES IN EDUCATION PRINCIPLES, THE NEEDS OF, AND SERVICtS FOR TH" HANDICAPPED, PRINCIPLES AND TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING THE HANDICAPPED, VOCATIONAL ASSESSMENT AND TOOLS ADAPTATION.
APART FROM AND EDUCATIONAL WORk-PLACE WILL
LECTURES, THERE WILL BE TUTORIALS, SEMINARS VISITS. TEACHING SUPERVISION AT THE PARTICIPANT^
ALSO BE PROVIDED.
THE COURSE WILL BE OPERATED ON A PART-TIME BASIS. DURING TH- FIRST YEAR, PARTICIPANTS WILL BE REQUIRED TO ATTEND CLASS ON FRIDAYS. IN THE SECOND YEAR, THEY MUST ATTEND CLASS ON EITHER ONE EVENING A WEEK PLUS SATURDAY MORNINGS, OR ONE WEEKDAY A WEEK.
THE MAIN MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION WILL BE CANTONESE.
ON SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF THE COURSE, TRAINEES WHO ARE QUALIFIED INSTRUCTORS WILL BE AWARDED CERTIFICATES.
OTHERS WILL BE AWARDED PROVISIONAL CERTIFICATES, AND WILL RECEIVE FULL CERTIFICATES WHEN THEY HAVE ATTAINED THE STATUS OF QUALIFIED INSTRUCTORS.
THOSE ACCEPTED FOR THE COURSE MUST CONTINUE TO TEACH IN SPECIAL SCHOOLS FOR THE DURATION OF THE COURSE.
APPLICATION FORMS ARE AVAILABLE FROM THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, LEE GARDENS, HYSAN AVENUE, HONG KONG? THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT SUB-OFFICE, KOWLOON GOVERNMENT OFFICES, NATHAN ROAD, KOWLOON 5 AND THE HONG KONG TECHNICAL TEACHERS’ COLLEGE AT 373 QUEEN o ROAD EAST, WAN CHAI, HONG KONG.
COMPLETED FORMS SHOULD BE RETURNED BY JULY 31 TO THE COLLEGE THROUGH THE SUPERVISOR OR HEAD OF THE SPECIAL SCHOOL wHeRE TH^ APPLICANT IS TEACHING.
- - 0 - -
SUNDAY, JULY 22,
1984
- 8 -
FOOTBRIDGES PLANNED FOR QUEENSWAY * * * *
THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS PLANNING 0 CONSTRUCT A COVERED FOOTBRIDGE SYSTEM AT THE JUNCTIONS C QU£E‘>SwAv-QUEEN ’ S ROAD EAST AND HENNESSY ROAD-ARSENAL STREET TO PROVIDE SAFER ROAD CROSSINGS FOR PEDESTRIANS.
THE SYSTEM WILL ALSO LESSEN INTERRUPTIONS TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC ALONG THESE ROADS IN WAN CHAI.
CONSTRUCTION OF THE FOOTBRIDGES WILL REQUIRE MODIFICATIONS TO MONMOUTH PARK IN QUEEN’S ROAD EAST.
A PLAN SHOWING THE PROPOSED WORKS CAN BE SEEN AT THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, CENTRAL ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST WING, MAIN ENTRANCE LOBBY, HONG KONG; ThE DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, HONG KONG NORTH, 12TH FLOOR, HARBOUR CENTRE, HARBOUR ROAD, HONG KONG; AND THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT OFFICE, TUNG wAH MANSIONS, 201 HENNESSY ROAD, GROUND FLOOR, HONG KONG.
ANY PERSON OBJECTING TO THE PROPOSAL SHOULD WRITE TO THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS BY SEPTEMBER 18.
-----o-----
SEAWALL AT ALDRICH BAY * * *
A SEAWALL IS TO BE BUILT AT ALDRICH BAY IN CONNECTION WITH STAGE THREE OF ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR.
RECLAMATION OF 1.3 HECTARES OF LAND WILL BE CARRIED OUT BEHIND THE SEAWALL.
A SECTION OF ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR FROM SHAU KEI WAN TO CHAI WAN WILL BE BUILT ON PART OF THE RECLAIMED LAND.
THE REST WILL BE USED FOR INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT, PROVISION OF OPEN SPACE AND SEWAGE FACILITIES.
THE CIVIL ENGINEERING OFFICE OF THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR BUILDING THE 20D-METRE SEAWALL.
WORK ON THE 10-MONTH CONTRACT WILL START IN SEPTEMBER.
- 0 -
SUNDAY, JULY 22, 1984
- 9 -
LANDS DEPARTMENT OFFICE MOVES * * *
THE REGRANT SECTION OF THE LANDS DEPARTMENT, FORMERLY LOCATED WITHIN THE PREMISES OF THE DISTRICT LANDS OFF ICE/KOWLOON WEST ON THE 1OTH FLOOR OF YAU MA TEI CAR PARK BUILDING, 250 SHANGHAI STREET, KOWLOON, HAS MOVED INTO NEW PREMISES IN THE SAME AREA.
IT IS NOW OPERATING FROM THE 10TH FLOOR OF CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 405 NATHAN ROAD, KOWLOON.
THOSE WHO WISH TO MAKE ENQUIRIES CAN TELEPHONE 3-884111, EXT. 367.
-----o------
MORE PUBLIC HOUSING FOR ELDERLY PEOPLE
*****
THE HOUSING AUTHORITY PLANS TO PROVIDE PUBLIC HOUSING PREMISES FOR 24 MORE OLD PEOPLE’S HOSTELS OVER THE NEXT FIVE YEARS.
♦ THIS WILL BRING TO 53 THE TOTAL NUMBER OF SUCH HOSTELS IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES,+ SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE AUTHORITY TODAY.
HE SAID THE NUMBER OF HOSTEL SPACES WOULD ALSO INCREASE FROM THE EXISTING 3 891 IN 29 ESTATE HOSTELS TO 7 730.
+THESE ARE ADDITIONAL TO THE 892 SHELTERED HOUSING SPACES NOW BEING PROVIDED FOR THE ELDERLY IN THREE ESTATES AND SEVEN TEMPORARY HOUSING AREAS.
♦ THE INCREASED PROVISION OF PUBLIC HOUSING FOR HOSTEL PROJECT" IS PART OF THE AUTHORITY’S CONTINUING EFFORTS TO MEET THE HOUSING NEEDS OF THE ELDERLY.
♦ ALREADY GOOD PROGRESS HAS BEEN MADE IN THE IMPLEMENTATION OF TWO PRIORITY SCHEMES FOR THE BENEFITS OF OLD PEOPLE,+ HE SAID.
UNDER ONE OF THESE SCHEMES, THE SPOKESMAN SAID GROUPS OF THREE UNRELATED PEOPLE AGED 60 YEARS OR ABOVE COULD APPLY FOR A PUBLIC HOUSING FLAT ON A SHARING BASIS.
+S0 FAR, MORE THAN 5 540 ELDERLY PEOPLE HAVE MOVED INTO ESTATES UNDER THE SCHEME WHICH BEGAN IN 1979.
♦APPLICANTS MAY APPLY IN ADVANCE, TWO YEARS BEFORE ATTAININ THE AGE OF 60, AS FLATS ARE NORMALLY ALLOCATED wITHIN TwO YEARS OF APPLICATION.
/+ THERE IS
SUNDAY, JULY 22, 1984
10 -
+THERE IS NO SPACE LIMIT, AND THE INCOME EL IGIEILITY LIMIT IS SET 20 PER CENT HIGHER THAN FOR WAITING LIST APPLICANTb.+
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE OTHER PRIORITY SCHEME WAS FOR FAMILIES LIVING WITH ELDERLY PEOPLE AGED 60 OR OVER.
+UNDER THIS SCHEME, PUBLIC HOUSING ELIGIBLE FAMILIES ONE YEAR EARLIER THAN
+IT WAS INTRODUCED IN 1982 AND HAS WITH AGED PARENTS.*
ALLOCATION IS MADE TO THE NORMAL WAITING PERIOD.
BENEFITED 1 204 FAMILIES
-----0------
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ORGANISATIONS TO BE DISCUSSED
*****
THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN DISTRICT BOARDS, AREA COMMITTEES AND MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES WILL BE DISCUSSED BY WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS AT THEIR MEETING ON TUESDAY (JULY 24)
AFTERNOON.
A PAPER ON THE RESULT OF A REVIEW OF THE EXISTING RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THESE THREE TYPES OF ORGANISATIONS AND PROPOSALS TO STRENGTHEN THIS RELATIONSHIP WILL BE TABLED AT THE MEETING.
MEMBERS WILL ALSO BE BRIEFED ON THE REDEVELOPMENT PLANS FOR LOWER WONG TAI SIN, WANG TAU HOM, LOK FU AND TUNG TAU PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES WHERE MANY OLD-TYPE HOUSING BLOCKS WERE CONSTRUCTED BETWEEN 1958 AND 1964 TO HOUSE SQUATTERS CLEARED FROM DEVELOPMENT SITES.
OTHER ITEMS ON THE AGENDA WILL INCLUDE PUBLICITY FOR THE FORTHCOMING REGISTRATION OF VOTERS AND DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS, A REVIEW OF WATER SUPPLY IN SQUATTER AREAS IN THE DISTRICT, THE URBAN COUNCIL’S POLICY ON HAWKERS AND PROGRESS REPORTS OF THE BOARD’S VARIOUS COMMITTEES.
- - 0 ----------
/11 ........
SUNDAY, JULY 22, 1984
11 -
NEW MARKET FOR SHAM TSENG READY SOON ******
THE SHAM TSENG TEMPORARY MARKET WILL BE OPEN FROM SEPTEMBER THIS YEAR, PROVIDING LOCAL RESIDENTS WITH HYGIENIC MARKET FACILITIES.
THE S4-MILLI0N TEMPORARY MARKET IS LOCATED AT AN 8 600-SQUARE-METRE SITE UNDER THE FLYOVER OF THE TUEN MUN HIGHWAY AT SHAM TSENG, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID.
THE SINGLE-STOREY MARKET IS DIVIDED INTO TWO SECTIONS, ONE ACCOMMODATING 29 STALLS FOR THE SELLING OF VEGETABLES, MEAT, FISH AND POULTRY, AND THE OTHER HOUSING EIGHT COOKED FOOD STALLS.
OTHER FACILITIES INCLUDE A POULTRY-SCALDING ROOM AND A BAY FOR LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS.
THE NEW MARKET, DESIGNED AND BUILT BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT, WILL BE MANAGED BY THE NTSD.
THE SHAM TSENG RESITE MARKET AND THE SHAM TSENG COOKED FOOD BAZAAR WILL BE DEMOLISHED TO MAKE WAY FOR DEVELOPMENT.
ELIGIBLE STALL-HOLDERS CURRENTLY TRADING AT THESE TWO PLACES WILL BE ACCOMMODATED AT THE NEW MARKET.
-----o------
YOUTH MUSIC CAMP STARTS
*****
GIVEN ENCOURAGEMENT AND SUPPORT. HONG KONG COULD PRODUCE ITS SHARE OF FINE YOUNG MUSICIANS, JUST &S IT HAD PRODUCED SUCCESSFUL AND INTERNATIONALLY FAMOUS PEOPLE IN COMMERCE, INDUSTRY AND THE PROFESSIONS, MISS LYDIA DUNN SAID TODAY.
MISS DUNN, A MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL^, WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE 1984 HONG KONG YOUTH MUSIC CAMP.
THIS ANNUAL EVENT, NOW IN ITS FIFTH YEAR, IS BE I NG HELD AT THE PO LEUNG KUK PAK TAM CHUNG HOLIDAY CAMP IN SAI KUNG UNTIL AUGUS i 5.
/+EJ aa;a<T.......
SUNDAY, JULY 22, 1%4
- 12 -
+IN RECENT YEARS, WE IN HONG KONG HAVE WITNESSED A CHANGING ATTITUDE TOWARDS MUSIC TRAINING FOR OUR YOUNG PEOPLE. PARENTS, TEACHERS AND CHILDREN ALIKE HAVE COME TO REALISE THE WIDESPREAD INTEREST AND TALENTS IN MUSIC AMONG THE YOUNG PEOPLE IN THIS COMMUNITY AND THE PART THAT MUSIC TRAINING CAN PLAY IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF AN INDIVIDUAL.
+IT IS PARTICULARLY IMPORTANT AT THIS POINT IN HONG KONG’S HISTORY THAT OUR YOUNG PEOPLE ARE GIVEN EVERY ENCOURAGEMENT TO CHANNEL THEIR ENERGIES AND INTERESTS INTO MEANINGFUL PURSUITS, AND I AM SURE THAT IN THE NEXT TWO WEEKS, THROUGH MUSIC, THROUGH THE EXCHANGE OF MUSICAL IDEAS, AND THROUGH MAKING NEW FRIENDS WITH SIMILAR INTEREST FROM SOUTHEAST ASIA AND OTHER PARTS OF THE WORLD, OUR YOUNG MUSICIANS WILL FIND IT A FULFILLING AND INSPIRING EXPERIENCE,+ MISS DUNN SAID.
SHE JOINED THE COMMISSIONER FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE, MR CLIVE OXLEY, IN EXPRESSING APPRECIATION TO THE PO LEUNG KUK FOR MAKING AVAILABLE THE BEAUTIFUL CAMP SITE, AND TO THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB FOR THEIR FINANCIAL SUPPORT. SHE ALSO THANKED THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE FOR ORGANISING THE SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAMMES.
IN A WELCOME SPEECH EARLIER, MR OXLEY SAID THAT THE CAMP IS NOW A WELL-ESTABLISHED EVENT IN THE SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME.
MR OXLEY SAID THE FIVE-HECTARE PAK TAM CHUNG HOLIDAY CAMP OFFERS FACILITIES FOR SUCH SPORTS AS ARCHERY, CYCLING, ROLLER-SKATING, CANOEING, ROPE-CLIMBING, BADMINTON, SWIMMING, FIVE-A-SIDE FOOTBALL, TABLE-TENNIS AND JOGGING.
+ l AM SURE YOU WILL ALL TAKE ADVANTAGE OF THIS WIDE RANGE OF FACILITIES, ESPECIALLY WITH QUALIFIED INSTRUCTORS ON HAND TO OFFER GUIDANCE AND TRAINING,* HE ADDED.
+BESIDES THESE RECREATIONAL PURSUITS, OF COURSE, THE HIGHLIGHT OF THE NEXT TWO WEEKS IS THE WONDERFUL OPPORTUNITY TO GET TOGETHER WITH MUSICIANS, NOT ONLY FROM HONG KONG BUT FROM MALAYSIA, THE PHILIPPINES AND MACAU TO EXCHANGE IDEAS AND EXPERIENCE, TO MAKE FRIENDS, AND TO LEARN FROM RENOWNED MUSICIANS FROM AUSTRALIA, CHINA, THE UNITED KINGDOM AND THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.
+UNDER THEIR EXPERT TEACHING AND SOUND GUIDANCE, YOU HAVE THE CHANCE TO REALISE YOUR ASPIRATIONS IN THE ART OF MUSIC-MAKING. IT IS MOST GRATIFYING TO SEE YOUNG PEOPLE LIKE YOURSELVES HARNESSING THEIR ENERGIES IN THE STRIVING FOR EXCELLENCE AND DEVOTING THEIR TIME TO SUCH PURPOSEFUL PURSUITS,* MR OXLEY SAID.
THE MUSIC ADMINISTRATOR, MRS DORIS HO, THEN GAVE A VOTE OF THANKS TO ALL PARTIES CONCERNED.
/about 250 .......
SUNDAY, JULY 22, 1964
ABOUT 250 YOUNG MUSIC ENTHUSIASTS ARE TAKING PART IN THIS YEAR’S CAMP.
PARENTS AND GUARDIANS OF THE CAMPERS WILL BE INVITED TO VISfT THE CAMP ON JULY 29 WHEN THEY WILL BE ABLE TO SEE THEIR CHILDREN AT WORK AND PLAY.
AN EVENING PERFORMANCE BY JUNIOR CAMPERS WILL BE HELD AT THE ACADEMIC COMMUNITY HALL AT 8 PM ON AUGUST 3 AND A FINALE CONCERT BY SENIOR CAMPERS TO BE HELD AT THE CITY HALL AT 8 PM ON AUGUST 4.
TICKETS AT $5 EACH FOR THE FINALE CONCERT ARE NOW ON SALE AT THE CITY HALL, THE QUEEN ELIZABETH STADIUM, THE KO SHAN THEATFt, THE SPACE MUSEUM AND ALL MUSIC CENTRES OF THE MUSIC OFFICE.
ENQUIRIES MAY BE MADE BY DIALLING 5-283257 OR 5-741622.
- 0 - -
WARNING STICKER TO GO ON LITTER BINS
******
A NOTICE TO WARN PEOPLE AGAINST DEPOSITING REFUSE OUTSIDE A LITTER BIN WILL SOON BE POSTED ON URBAN COUNCIL LITTER BINS IN KEY BLACKSPOTS THROUGHOUT THE HONG KONG ISLAND AND KOwLOON.
THE NOTICE STATES THAT THE OFFENCE CARRIES A MAXIMUM FINE OF $5 OOO AND SIX MONTHS’ IMPRISONMENT.
MANY PEOPLE HAVE THE HABIT OF DISCARDING JUNK IN THIS MANNER, NOT REALISING THAT IT IS AGAINST THE LAW, A CITY SERVICES DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID.
+THE URBAN COUNCIL HAS TO SPEND A GREAT DEAL OF TIME AND MONEY COLLECTING HEAPS OF REFUSE AROUND LITTER BINS. SUCH REFUSE SHOULD BE DELIVERED TO THE NEAREST REFUSE COLLECTING POINTS DURING COLLECTION HOURS,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
THE WARNING STICKER WILL BE PASTED UP ON ABOUT 1 000 BINS Hi ALL DISTRICTS, ESPECIALLY IN WAN CHAI, WESTERN, SHAU KEI WAN, MONG KOK, SHAM SHU I PO AND YAU MA TEI, WHERE THE PROBLEM IS MOST SER I OUS.
- - 0
/14
SUNDAY, JULY 22, 1984
14
SUBMARINE OUTFALL FOR JUNK BAY
* * * *
A 3 400-METRE-L0NG SUBMARINE SEWAGE OUTFALL PIPE IS TO BE LAID AT JUNK BAY AND IN THE TATHONG CHANNEL AS PART OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF JUNK BAY NEW TOWN.
IT WILL BE 1 600 MILLIMETRES IN DIAMETER AND WILL BE LAID WITHIN AN AREA OF 23 HECTARES OF FORESHORE AND SEABED.
WORK WILL START IN EARLY 1985 AND TAKE ABOUT 10 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
CARE WILL BE TAKEN TO AVOID DISRUPTION TO NAVIGATION IN THE AREA DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD.
THE EXTENT OF THE AREA AFFECTED IS DESCRIBED IN THE LATEST ISSUE OF THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.
ALL OBJECTIONS AND CLAIMS FOR COMPENSATION SHOULD BE IN WRIT IN' TO THE DIRECTOR OF LANDS WITHIN TWO MONTHS.
THE NOTICE, TOGETHER WITH ITS RELATED PLAN, HAS BEEN POSTED ON NOTICE BOARDS NEAR THE SITE.
THE PLAN CAN ALSO BE SEEN AT :
* THE LANDS DEPARTMENT, MURRAY BUILDING, 5TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG;
* SAI KUNG DISTRICT OFFICE, SAN PO KONG GOVERNMENT OFFICE BUILDING, 1ST FLOOR, 692, PRINCE EDWARD ROAD, SAN PO KONG, KOWLOON; AND
* SAI KUNG BRANCH OFFICE OF THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT OFFICE, 63, MAN NIN STREET, SAI KUNG, NEW TERRITORIES.
0 --------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
MONDAY, JULY 23, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
LEGCO TO MEET ON WO DAYS RUNNING....................... 1
GOVERNOR LEAVES FOR PEKING............................. 1
WO CONSERVATIVE MP'S DUE TOMORROW ..................... 2
COMMENTS ON GREEN PAPER INVITED ....................... 2
GOING ON U.S. STUDY TOUR............................... 3
YOUNG BRITONS SEEING HONG KONG......................... 3
HOUSEHOLD DENSITIES PUBLISHED ......................... 4
PUBLIC INTEREST GUIDES PLB CHOICES .................... 5
REPLY TO PLB STORY .................................... 6
BOARD MEMBERS GIVEN RUN DOWN ON PLANNING PROCESS ...... 8
CHEUNG CHAU RECLAMATION WORK PLANNED .................. 12
NEW FOUNTAIN FOR BOTANICAL GARDENS..................... 12
HAWKER CONTROL SCHEME BACKED .......................... 13
MAKING YUEN LONG PRETTY ............................... 13
WATER CUTS IN QUARRY BAY AND KWUN TONG................. 14
TEMPORARY ROAD CLOSURE................................. 14
WATER STORAGE.......................................... 14
MONDAY, JULY 23, 1934
1
LEGCO TO MEET ON TWO DAYS RUNNING * * * *
THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL WILL MEET FOR TWO CONSECUTIVE DAYS THIS WEEK — TOMORROW (TUESDAY) AND WEDNESDAY.
THE COUNCIL WILL TAKE UP TWO ADJOURNMENT DEBATES: ONE ON ♦SOCIAL SYSTEM AND THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG+, TO BE RAISED BY DR THE HON HARRY FANG TOMORROW, AND THE OTHER, ON +FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT*, TO BE RAISED BY THE HON T.S. LO ON WEDNESDAY.
THERE WILL BE FIVE QUESTIONS BY UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS TOMORROW, COVERING SUCH SUBJECTS AS DISCLOSURE OF TRANSACTIONS BY PUBLIC COMPANIES, THE ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING PILOT SCHEME, PROBLEMS INVOLVED IN ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCES AND THE ILLEGAL USE OF SOFT DRUGS BY YOUTHS.
IN ADDITION, DEBATE WILL RESUME ON THE FOLLOWING NINE BILLS-PRIOR TO FINAL READING: INLAND REVENUE (AMENDMENT) (NO. 3) BILL 1984, RATING (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984, LEGAL AID (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, BUILDINGS (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984 BUSINESS REGISTRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, FIXED PENALTY (CRIMINAL PROCEEDINGS) (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984, LIMITATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, FIREARMS AND AMMUNITION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 AND TATTOOING OF YOUNG PERSONS'BILL 1984.
ON WEDNESDAY, NINE QUESTIONS WILL BE ASKED BY UNOFFICIALS, DEALING WITH TOPICS RANGING FROM FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES, THE RATIO OF GOVERNMENT CONSULTANT OPHTHALMOLOGIST AND EAR, NOSE AND THROAT SURGEONS TO THE POPULATION, AND POLLUTION CONTROL PROGRAMMES TO THE PROVISION OF FRESH FROZEN PLASMA, CIVIC EDUCATION IN SCHOOLS, CORPORAL PUNISHMENT FOR CRIMINAL ACTIVITIES AND OBJECTIONABLE AND INDECENT PUBLICATIONS ON SALE.
ALSO, NINE BILLS ARE DUE FOR FINAL READING AFTER RESUMED DEBATE. THEY ARE: CHINESE VISA OFFICE (PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES) BILL 1984, CONVEYANCING AND PROPERTY BILL 1984, CRIMINAL PROCEDURE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, JURY (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, DISTRICT BOARDS AND URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS (MISCELLANEOUS AMENDMENTS) BILL 1984, ROAD TRAFFIC (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984, BIRTHS AND DEATHS REGISTRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, FOREIGN MARRIAGE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 AND LEGITIMACY (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984.
------o-------
GOVERNOR LEAVES FOR PEKING # * * *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, LEFT FOR PEKING THIS (MONDAY) AFTERNOON TO TAKE PART IN ANOTHER ROUND OF SI NO-ERI TISH TALKS ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.
SIR EDWARD WAS SEEN OFF AT THE AIRPORT BY THE SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, SIR SZE-YUEN CHUNG, THE SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR ROGER LOBO; AND THE VICE-CHIEF EDITOR OF THE XINHUA NEWS AGENCY (HONG KONG BRANCH), NR TAN GAN.
------0 - - - -
/2......
MONDAY, JULY 23, 1934
2
TWO CONSERVATIVE MP’S DUE TOMORROW * * *
TWO CONSERVATIVE MP’S ARE DUE TO ARRIVE IN HONG KONG TOMORROW (TUESDAY) FOR A NINE-DAY VISIT.
DURING THEIR VISIT, MR STEFAN TERLEZKI AND MR HENRY BELLINGHAM WILL ATTEND A BRIEFING BY THE HONG KONG GENERAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE AS WELL AS DINNER RECEPTIONS HOSTED BY THE HONG KONG PRODUCTIVITY COUNCIL AND THE HONG KONG TOURIST ASSOCIATION.
THEY WILL ALSO BE BRIEFED BY UMELCO DUTY MEMBERS AND GOVERNMENT OFF ICIALS.
THEY WILL VISIT THE TUNG WAH GROUP OF HOSPITALS CARE AND ATTENTION HOME FOR THE AGED, THE JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE AND KwUN TONG DI STR ICT.
-----o------
COMMENTS ON GREEN PAPER INVITED
******
MORE THAN 100 000 COPIES OF THE GREEN PAPER ON THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT IN HONG KONG HAVE BEEN DISTRIBUTED THROUGH THE DISTRICT OFFICES OF THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION AND THE GIS PUBLICATIONS CENTRES FOR PUBLIC CONSIDERATION AND COMMENT.
SEVERAL HUNDRED ORGANISATIONS AND GROUPS COVERING ALL SECTORS OF THE COMMUNITY HAVE ALSO BEEN SENT COPIES OF THE GREEN PAPER DIRECT AND HAVE BEEN INVITED TO COMMENT ON IT.
CNTA STAFF WILL BE COLLECTING COMMENTS ON THE GREEN PAPER FROM THE DISTRICT BOARDS, MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES AND OTHER DISTRICT ORGANISATIONS.
COMMENTS BY OTHER GROUPS AND ORGANISATIONS AND BY MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC SHOULD BE SENT DIRECTLY TO:
DIRECTOR, COUNCILS AND ADMINISTRATION BRANCH, ROOM 513, 5TH FLOOR, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, MAIN WING, LOWER ALBERT ROAD, HONG KONG.
--------o----------
/3........
3
GOING ON U.S. STUDY TOUR * * *
TEN TAI PO DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS WILL LEAVE FOR THE UNITED iTfcTES ON A TWO-WEEK STUDY TOUR TOMORROW (TUESDAY).
ACCOMPANIED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR THOMAS CHAN, THE GROUP WILL VISIT SAN FRANCISCO, CHICAGO, WASHINGTON AND NEW YORK TO SEE LOCAL DEVELOPMENTS AND THEIR ANCILLARY COMMUNITY FACILITIES WHICH WILL BE HELPFUL TO THE FUTURE DEVELOPMENT OF TAI PO NEW TOWN.
-----o------
YOUNG BRITONS SEEING HONG KONG
SIX BRITONS CURRENTLY IN HONG KONG UNDER THE COMMONWEALTH YOUTH EXCHANGE PROGRAMME TODAY (MONDAY) BEGAN THEIR THREE-WEEK ACTIVITIES OF MEETING PEOPLE AND VISITING PLACES.
THEY WERE FIRST BRIEFED ON THE WORK OF THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION BY PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT SECRETARY, MF BOWEN LEUNG, AND ON DEVELOPMENTS OF THE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM BY ASSISTANT SECRETARY, MRS MAUREEN YANG.
THE GROUP, FROM THE COUNTY OF SOUTH GLAMORGAN, LATER VISITED THE CITY HALL TO SEE VARIOUS FACILITIES, AND THE SPACE MUSEUM.
THE GROUP IS LED BY MISS NICOLA SALTER, AND ITS OTHER MEMBERS ARE MISS CLAIRE DAVY, MR GERALD DUNNE, MISS JENNIE GARDNER, MISS SUE HUNT AND MR ANDREW THOMAS.
THEY ARRIVED OVER THE WEEKEND AND WERE MET BY THE SIX HONG KONG PARTICIPANTS WHO VISITED BRITAIN LAST YEAR UNDER THE programme.
MR LEUNG SAID THAT THE EXCHANGE PROGRAMME WAS AIMED AT ENCOURAGING MEANINGFUL CONTACT AMONG YOUNG PEOPLE OF the COMMONWEALTH.
+IT WILL ENABLE THEM TO LEARN MORE ABOUT THEIR NEIGHBOURS IN THE COMMONWEALTH THROUGH BILATERAL EXCHANGE VISITS WHICH WILL ENCOURAGE DISCUSSION AND SHARING OF IDEAS, EXPERIENCES AND CULTURE AND PROMOTE UNDERSTANDING AMONG THEM,* HE SAID.
+HONG KONG FIRST PARTICIPATED IN THE PROGRAMME IN 1977 ON A RECIPROCAL BASIS, WITH THE BRITISH ORGANISER UNDERTAKING TO ACT AS HOST FOR A GROUP OF SIX YOUNG PEOPLE FROM HONG KONG IN ONE YEAR AND HONG KONG HOSTING A SIMILAR PROGRAMME FOR SIX BRITONS THE FOLLOWING YEAR.
/+S0 FAB, .......
MONDAY, JULY 23, 19&4
- 4 -
+SO FAR 24 YOUNG PEOPLE FROM HONG KONG HAVE V IS I TED THE UN I TED KINGDOM UNDER THE SCHEME WHICH IS INITIATED AND CO-ORDINATED BY THE COMMONWEALTH YOUTH EXCHANGE COUNCIL TO ESTABLISH TWO-WAY EXCHANGE LINKS BETWEEN LOCAL EDUCATION AUTHORITIES IN BRITAIN AND OTHER COMMONWEALTH COUNTRIES.*
THE CNTA IS CO-ORDINATING THE CURRENT THREE-WEEK PROGRAMME FOR THE GROUP IT INCLUDES VISITS TO VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, X™ Krks'ahd SPOTTS Climes recreational and cultural CENTRES PRIVATE AND PUBLIC HOUSING COMPLEXES, PUBLIC UTIL ITY AND COMMERCIAL FIRMS, SOCIAL WELFARE GROUPS AND COMMUNITY ORGANISATIONS.
THEY WILL ALSO SEE DEVELOPMENTS IN NEW TOWNS AND VISIT OTHER AREAS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
- - 0 - -
HOUSEHOLD DENSITIES PUBLISHED X * * * *
THREE-FIFTHS OF THE HOUSEHOLDS IN PRIVATE HOUSING OCCUPIED A LIVING AREA OF UNDER 37 SQUARE METRES, A CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT SURVEY SHOWED. '
THE SURVEY, CONDUCTED IN THE FINAL QUARTER OF 1983, FOCUSED ON OCCUPATION DENSITIES IN PRIVATE HOUSING.
THERE WERE 704 000 HOUSEHOLDS IN THIS HOUSING, COMPRISING 328 000 OWNER-OCCUPIERS, 71 000 RENT-FREE OR RENT-SUBSIDISED HOUSEHOLDS, 110 000 SOLE-TENANTS, 36 000 MAIN-TENANTS, 67 000 CO-TENANTS AND 92 000 SUB-TENANTS.
LESS THAN ONE-FIFTH OF THE HOUSEHOLDS HAD AN OCCUPATION DENSITY OF UNDER FOUR SQUARE METRES PER PERSON, THE SURVEY SHOWED.
+LIVING AREA* IN THE SURVEY REFERS TO NET FLOOR AREA, EXCLUDING THE SERVICE AREAS OF THE KITCHEN, TOILET, BATHROOMS, CORRIDOR AND BALCONY.
A DENSITY OF FOUR SQUARE METRES PER PERSON WAS TAKEN AS THE DIVIDING LINE BETWEEN +OVERCROWDED+ AND +NON-OVERCROWDED+ HOUSEHOLDS, A DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED.
ONLY FOUR PER CENT OF OWNER-OCCUPIERS HAD A LIVING AREA OF LESS THAN FOUR SQUARE METRES PER PERSON, COMPARED WITH 10 PER CENT FOR RENT-FREE OR RENT-SUBSIDISED HOUSEHOLDS. BUT THE LATTER GROUP HAD THE LARGEST PROPORTION (24 PER CENT) OF HOUSEHOLDS WITH A LIVING AREA OF 74 SQUARE METRES OR MORE.
AS FOR SOLE-TENANTS, MORE THAN HALF OCCUPIED A LIVING AREA OF UNDER 37 SQUARE METRES AND LESS THAN ONE-TENTH HAD 74 SQUARE f^TRES OR MORE.
ONE-THIRD OF THE MAIN-TENANTS WERE OVERCROWDED, COMPARED WITH ABOUT 50 PER CENT FOR CO-TENANT AND SUB-TENANT HOUSEHOLDS.
- - 0 - -
MONDAY, JULY 23, 1984
5
PUBLIC INTEREST GUIDES PLB CHOICES
******
REFERRING TO THE RECENT PETITION TO THE GOVERNOR BY PLB OPERATORS IN THE SHA TAU KOK, LUK KENG AREAS OF THE NEW TERRITORIES THAT THEY HAD BEEN DISCRIMINATED AGAINST IN THE RECENT SELECTION OF NEW MAX I CAB ROUTES AND THAT THEIR LIVELIHOOD IS BEING THREATENED, A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN TODAY MADE THE FOLLOWING COMMENTS:
+IT HAS BEEN THE GOVERNMENT’S POLICY TO INTRODUCE MAXICAB SERVICES IN AREAS WHERE LOCAL DEMAND FOR SUCH SERVICES EXISTS AND TO INVITE PLB OPERATORS TO APPLY TO OPERATE SUCH SERVICES. IN LATE 1983, THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT IDENTIFIED A NEED TO INTRODUCE TWO MAX I CAB SERVICES IN THE SHA TAU KOK, LUK KENG AREAS. THEY ARE FROM LUK KENG TO FANLING LUEN WO HUI AND FROM SHA 'AU KOK TO FANLING KCR STATION. THESE TWO SERVICES WERE PROPOSED IN RESPONSE TO LOCAL REQUESTS FOR A MORE REGULAR AND DEPENDABLE PUBLIC TRANSPORT SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED FOR RESIDENTS IN THESE AREAS. THE NORTH DISTRICT BOARD WAS CONSULTED IN ADVANCE IN DECEMBER 1983 AND GAVE FULL SUPPORT TO THE INTRODUCTION OF THESE TWO SERVICES.
♦ THE SELECTION OF OPER'ATORS FOR ANY NEW MAX I CAB SERVICE IS BY OPEN SELECTION AND ALL EXISTING PLB OPERATORS ARE ELIGIBLE TO APPLY. IN APPLYING, PLB OPERATORS HAVE TO GIVE INFORMATION RELATING TO THEIR EXPERIENCE IN THE PLB AND MAXICAB TRADE, THE NUMBER OF VEHICLES THEY CAN SUPPLY, THEIR FINANCIAL SITUATION AND OTHER SIMILAR, RELEVANT, INFORMATION. THESE APPLICATIONS ARE FIRST VETTED BY TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT STAFF AND ASSESSED ON A POINTS SYSTEM. THOSE OBTAINING HIGHER POINTS ARE THEN INVITED TO APPEAR BEFORE THE MAXICAB SELECTION BOARD.
♦ THE BOARD IS CHAIRED BY THE DEPUTY COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT AND HAS AS MEMBERS, AN UNOFFICIAL OF THE TRANSPORT ADVISORY COMMITTEE, AND REPRESENTATIVES FROM ICAC, CNTA, TRANSPORT BRANCH AND THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT.
+THE BOARD IN MAKING ITS FINAL DECISION, TAKES ALL FACTORS INTO ACCOUNT, BUT THE MOST IMPORTANT ASPECT THE BOARD HAS TO BEAR IN MIND IS WHETHER THE SUCCESSFUL APPLICANT WILL BE CAPABLE OF PROVIDING A DEPENDABLE AND ADEQUATE SERVICE TO THE LOCAL RESIDENTS.
+NO ONE SINGLE FACTOR IS, HOWEVER, GIVEN PRIORITY BY THE BOARD IN REACHING ITS DECISION. IN THE CASE OF THE SHA TAU KOK, LUK KENG SERVICES, THE BOARD, AFTER TAKING ALL FACTORS INTO ACCOUNT AND AFTER INTERVIEWING THE PETITIONERS AND OTHER APPLICANTS, DECIDED TO AWARD THE MAX I CAB SERVICES TO APPLICANTS WHO HAD SCORED HIGHER POINTS THAN THE PETITIONERS.
/♦TUB DELIBffiATIONS.........
MONDAY, JULY 23, 1984
♦THE DELIBERATIONS OF THE BOARD ARE CAREFULLY CONDUCTED TO BE AS FAIR AS POSSIBLE. THE OVERALL PUBLIC INTEREST IS THE "ARDINAL PRINCIPLE GUIDING THE WORK OF THE BOARD, AND THERE IS NO EVIDENCE OF DISCRIMINATION.
+PLB OPERATORS WHO CLAIM THAT THEIR LIVELIHOOD IS THREATENED CAN STILL DO BUSINESS BY PLYING IN FANLING, SHFUNC SHUI AND TAI PO AND OTHER AREAS NOT DIRECTLY COVERED BY THE MAX I CAB ROUTES. FURTHERMORE, PLB OPERATORS CJVtKtu b h FALLING WITHIN THE ROUTES COVERED BY
WILL BE GIVEN SPECIAL PERMISSION BY THE TO TAKE THEIR VEHICLES HOME AFTER WORK
WHO LIVE IN VILLAGES THE MAX I CAB SERVICES TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT PROVIDED THEY DO NOT
PLY FOR BUSINESS EN ROUTE.+
--------o----------
REPLY TO PLB STORY * * * *
THE FOLLOWING IS THE ’TEXT OF A LETTER SENT BY THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT TO THE EXPRESS IN RESPONSE TO AN ARTICLE BY THE HONG KONG ASSOCIATION FOR THE PROMOTION OF PUBLIC JUSTICE PUBLISHED IN THE PAPER ON JULY 16, 1984:
AN ARTICLE WRITTEN BY THE HONG KONG ASSOCIATION FOR THE PROMOTION OF PUBLIC JUSTICE AND PUBLISHED IN YOUR PAPER OF JULY 16 ACCUSES THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT OF TREATING PUBLIC LIGHT BUS (PLB) OPERATORS UNFAIRLY. IT IS CLAIMED THAT THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT ADOPTS A POLICY OF CONTINUING TO ISSUE PLB LICENCES WHILE AT THE SAME TI ME . INTRODUCI NG MORE AND MORE PLB PROHIBITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.
THE ARTICLE IS OF COURSE OBVIOUSLY INCORRECT IN THAT THE GOVERNMENT CEASED ISSUING PLB LICENCES IN 1976, AND THE TOTAL NUMBER OF PLBS, WHICH INCLUDE PLBS ON NON-SCHEDULED SERVICES (RED PLBS) AND SCHEDULED SERVICES (GREEN MAXICABS), HAS REMAINED AT 4 350 SINCE 1976.
THE ARTICLE ALSO CONTAINS A NUMBER OF MISCONCEPTIONS ABOUT THE GOVERNMENT’S PLB POLICY, AND I WOULD LIKE TO TAKE THIS OPPORTUNITY TO CLARIFY THE POSITION TO YOUR READERS.
THE PRESENT PLB POLICY HAS BEEN DEVELOPED IN RECOGNITION OF THE FOLLOWING:
* PLBS ARE A POPULAR MODE OF TRANSPORT;
/* PLBS ARE ......
MONDAY, JULY 23, 1984
- 7 -
* PLBS ARE A USEFUL TRANSPORT MODE, PARTICULARLY IN SERVING AREAS AWAY FROM THE MAXIMUM DEMAND CORRIDORS, WHICH MAY BE INADEQUATELY SERVED BY OTHER PUBLIC TRANSPORT OPERATORS BECAUSE OF THE relatively SMALL NUMBER OF POTENTIAL PASSENGERS OR THE PHYSICAL NATURE OF THE ROADSj
* PLBS ARE A RELATIVELY EXTRAVAGANT USER OF ROAD SPACE, BECAUSE OF THEIR LOW PASSENGER CARRYING CAPACITY, COMPARED WITH BUSES OR RAILWAYS.
IN RECOGNITION OF THE ROLE OF THE PLB AS PART OF HONG KONG’S TRANSPORT SYSTEM, THE GOVERNMENT’S POLICY HAS BEEN NOT TO ISSUE ANY MORE PLB LICENCES SINCE 1976, AND TO ENCOURAGE MORE PLBS TO SERVE AREAS AWAY FROM THE MAXIMUM DEMAND CORRIDORS BY CONVERTING THEM INTO MAXICABS.
SOME PLB PROHIBITIONS HAVE BEEN IMPOSED IN ASSOCIATION WITH THE MAXICAB SCHEME: WHEN A NEW MAXICAB SERVICE IS INTRODUCED, IT IS USUAL TO IMPOSE PROHIBITION ON RED PLBS IN THE AREAS IMMEDIATE TO THE TWO TERMINAL POINTS OF THE MAXICAB SERVICES. MAXICAB SERVICES ARE SUBJECT TO GOVERNMENT CONTROL OVER ROUTING, TIMETABLE, FARE AND VEHICLE ALLOCATION’ AND WITHOUT THIS KIND OF PROTECTIVE MEASURE IN THEIR MAIN CATCHMENT AREAS, FEW MAXICAB SERVICES COULD SURVIVE. IT IS ALSO IMPORTANT TO NOTE WHENEVER A MAXICAB SERVICE IS INTRODUCED AND ASSOCIATED PLB RESTRICTIONS ARE IMPOSED, THE NUMBER OF RED PLBS OPERATING IN THE AREA DECREASES.
WHERE PLB RESTRICTIONS (l.E. NO PICKING UP/SETTING DOWN OF PASSENGERS) ARE CONCERNED, THESE ARE NORMALLY BROUGHT IN AS PART OF LOCAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SCHEMES, FOR THE PURPOSE OF IMPROVING ROAD SAFETY AND TRAFFIC FLOW. IN RECENT YEARS, FEW RESTRICTIONS HAVE BEEN IMPOSED TO REGULATE KERBSIDE ACTIVITIES OF PLBS ONLY? MOST RESTRICTIONS AIM AT REGULATING GENERAL TRAFFIC (l.E. ALL KINDS OF VEHICLES). MOREOVER, IT IS THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT’S PRACTICE TO PROVIDE ALTERNATIVE STOPPING PLACES FOR PLBS WHENEVER SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE IMPOSED. PLB RESTRICTIONS ARE ALSO BEING CONSTANTLY REVIEWED IN THE LIGHT OF THE CHANGING ENVIRONMENT. AS A MATTER OF FACT, A NUMBER OF RESTRICTIONS HAVE BEEN RELAXED RECENTLY AS A RESULT OF DISCUSSIONS AT THE PLB OPERATORS’ CONFERENCE, WHICH IS A REGULAR MEETING HELD BETWEEN PLB OPERATORS’ ASSOCIATIONS AND THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT.
I HOPE THE ABOVE WILL HELP TO INFORM THE HONG KONG ASSOCIATION FOR THE PROMOTION OF PUBLIC JUSTICE OF THE FACTS AND YOUR READERS TO UNDERSTAND THE GOVERNMENT’S PLB POLICY.
-----o-----
/8........
MONDAY, JULY 23, 1934
8
BOARD MEMBERS Gl VEN X
RUN DOWN ON PLANNING PROCESS X X X X X
THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT BOARD WAS TODAY GIVEN A VERY DETAILED RUN-DOWN ON THE PLANNING PROCESS FOR URBAN COUNCIL CAPITAL WORKS PROJECTS.
THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT’S ASSISTANT DIRECTOR IN CHARGE OF PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT, MISS ELLE SHUM, EXPLAINED TO BOARD MEMBERS THAT PROJECT PLANNING WAS A COMPLICATED AND TIME-CONSUMING PROCESS OFTEN INVOLVING UNCERTAINTIES AND THEREFORE REQUIRING FLEXI BILITY.
SHE EMPHASISED THAT TWO OF THE MOST IMPORTANT FACTORS INVOLVED WERE THE ACTUAL AVAILABILITY OF THE SITE — WHICH IN MANY CASES MIGHT HAVE BEEN ZONED FOR THE COUNCIL’S USE BUT IN ACTUAL FACT STILL BE OCCUPIED BY PRIVATE PROPERTIES AND SQUATTERS WHO HAD FIRST TO BE CLEARED — AND THE LEAD TIME NECESSARY FOR ESSENTIAL PREPARATORY WORK.
THIS LEAD TIME WAS THE PERIOD FROM THE TIME WHEN THE FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED ON THE SITE WAS DRAWN UP, TO THE TIME WHEN ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION BEGAN ON SITE.
♦ URBAN COUNCIL PROJECTS, AND GOVERNMENT PROJECTS FOR THAT MATTER, ARE DIFFERENT FROM PRIVATE DEVELOPMENTS IN MANY RESPECTS INSOFAR AS THE PLANNING PROCESS IS CONCERNED,* SHE SAID.
♦ THE RESOLVE TO UNDERTAKE FULL CONSULTATION WITH ALL CONCERNED AND THE NEED FOR PROCEDURES FOR FINANCIAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROL NECESSARILY DICTATE LONGER LEAD TIME AND MORE PROCEDURAL STEPS TO TAKE SUCH PROJECTS THROUGH THE VARIOUS PLANNING STAGES.
+FROM EXPERIENCE, CAPITAL PROJECTS NORMALLY REQUIRE A TIME SPAN OF THREE TO SIX YEARS FROM INITIAL PLANNING TO COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION, DEPENDING ON THE SCALE AND COMPLEXITY OF INDIVIDUAL PROJECTS.
♦ HOWEVER, MINOR PROJECTS CAN BE COMPLETED IN A MUCH SHORTER TIME SCALE OF BETWEEN ONE AND A HALF AND THREE YEARS.*
MISS SHUM WENT ON TO PRESENT THE FOLLOWING BRIEF ON THE PLANNING PROCESS USED FOR THE COUNCIL’S CAPITAL WORKS PROJECTS:
/PdOCSSS KO. 1 ......
MONDAY, JULY 23, 1984
- 9 -
PROCESS NO. 1
THE PLANNING PROCESS NORMALLY BEGINS WITH THE RESERVATION OF SITES ON OUTLINE ZONING PLANS AND OUTLINE DEVELOPMENT PLANS. THESE PLANS ARE PREPARED BY THE TOWN PLANNING OFFICE AND THEY FORM THE BASIS OF LAND ALLOCATION FOR DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS BY VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND THE URBAN COUNCIL TO MEET ANTICIPATED NEED FOR PARTICULAR FACILITIES. HOWEVER, THE FACT THAT A SITE HAS BEEN RESERVED FOR DEVELOPMENT DOES NOT NECESSARILY IMPLY THAT IT IS PHYSICALLY AVAILABLE FOR DEVELOPMENT. EXCEPT IN THE CASE OF RECLAIMED LAND, MOST OF THE SITES RESERVED FOR GOVERNMENT OR INSTITUTIONAL USE ARE OCCUPIED BY PRIVATE PROPERTIES, SQUATTERS, HOLDERS OF CROWN LAND LICENCES AND SHORT-TERM TENANCIES FOR VARIOUS PURPOSES. UNDER THE TERMS OF THE MEMORANDUM OF ADMINISTRATIVE ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT AND THE URBAN COUNCIL, THE GOVERNMENT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS INVOLVED IN MAKING A SITE AVAILABLE TO THE COUNCIL FOR DEVELOPMENT, INCLUDING RESUMPTION, CLEARANCE AND DEMOLITION WHICH ARE TO BE ARRANGED BY THE GOVERNMENT. BUT FREQUENTLY, DEVELOPMENT PLANS ARE UNABLE TO GO AHEAD DUE TO COMPLEXITIES ARISING FROM RESUMPTION OF THE SITE, ITS CLEARANCE AND DEMOLITION OF STRUCTURES.
PROCESS NO. 2
WHEN A PIECE OF LAND ZONED ON A TOWN PLAN FOR URBAN COUNCIL FACILITIES IS EXPECTED TO BECOME AVAILABLE WITHIN A REASONABLE PERIOD, THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT WILL INITIATE ACTION ON PLANNING FOR THE FACILITIES DESIGNATED. THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS THE URBAN COUNCIL’S AGENT FOR ALL ITS PROJECTS. A PRELIMINARY FINANCIAL LIMIT IS INITIALLY SET FOR THE PROJECT FOR THE PURPOSE OF CATEGORISING IT EITHER AS A CAPITAL OR MINOR WORKS PROJECT USING S2 MILLION AS A DIVIDING LINE. FOR A CAPITAL PROJECT (I.E. ONE COSTING OVER $2 M) THE DEPARTMENT WILL FIRST DRAW UP A PLANNING BRIEF SO AS TO ENABLE THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE TO UNDERTAKE PRELIMINARY STUDIES AND TO ADVISE ON THE FEASIBILITY OF PROCEEDING WITH THE PROJECT. IN SOME CASES, OTHER DEPARTMENTS MAY HAVE TO BE CONSULTED AT THIS STAGE TO SOLVE PROBLEMS CONCERNING VEHICULAR ACCESS, SITE BOUNDARY, ETC. UPON ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE’S CONFIRMATION THAT THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT IS FEASIBLE, APPROVAL IS SOUGHT FROM RELEVANT FUNCTIONAL SELECT COMMITTEES AND THE STANDING COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE COUNCIL TO FORMALLY CREATE AN ITEM IN THE CAPITAL WORKS PROGRAMME.
/PROCESS NO. 3
MONDAY, JULY 23, 19&4
10 -
PROCESS NO. 3
AFTER A PROJECT IS INCLUDED IN THE CAPITAL WORKS PROGRAMME, THE DEPARTMENT DRAWS UP A SCHEDULE OF ACCOMMODATION (I.E. A LIST OF DETAILS OF THE FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED). IN CASES WHERE COMPLETELY NEW FACILITIES OR A VERY SPECIALISED FACILITY IS PROPOSED, CONSULTATION WITH ORGANISATIONS SUCH AS SPORTS ORGANISATIONS ABROAD ARE REQUIRED BEFORE THE SCHEDULE OF ACCOMMODATION CAN BE FINALISED. THE SCHEDULE IS THEN PRESENTED TO THE DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE AND DISTRICT BOARDS FOR COMMENT. THE LANDS DEPARTMENT IS ASKED AT THE SAME TIME TO PROCESS LAND ALLOCATION.
PROCESS NO. 4
ON RECEIPT OF THE REQUEST FOR ALLOCATION OF LAND, THE LANDS DEPARTMENT CIRCULATES PRELIMINARY ALLOCATION PLAN AND DRAFT ENGINEERING CONDITIONS TO THE +WORKS+ DEPARTMENTS (E.G. BUILDING ORDINANCE OFFICE, HIGHWAYS OFFICE, WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT, HOUSING DEPARTMENT, DISTRICT OFFICE, ETC.) FOR COMMENT. THE DEPARTMENT IS PROVIDED WITH THE FINAL ENGINEERING CONDITIONS AND A SITE DIMENSIONED PLAN WHEN THE ALLOCATION IS FINALISED. THEY SHOW THE BOUNDARY, CONFIGURATION, DIMENSION AND TOPOGRAPHY OF THE SITE CONCERNED, AS WELL AS THE DEVELOPMENT CONDITIONS WHICH MUST BE COMPLIED WITH. THERE IS A HIGH RISK OF ABORTIVE WORK AND ABORTIVE COST TO PREPARE LAYOUT PLANS BEFORE AN ALLOCATION IS FINALISED. THUS AN INTERVAL INEVITABLY EXISTS BETWEEN ALLOCATION AND POSSESSION OF SITE? THE LATTER OCCURS ONLY WHEN THE SITE IS FREE FROM ALL ENCUMBRANCES FOR WORK TO START AT ANY TIME.
PROCESS NO. 5
WHEN A SCHEDULE OF ACCOMMODATION IS AGREED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD, IT IS PRESENTED TO THE RELEVANT SELECT COMMITTEES OF THE URBAN COUNCIL FOR ENDORSEMENT BEFORE REFERRING TO THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE FOR PREPARATION OF LAYOUT PLANS. SOMETIMES IT MAY OR MAY NOT BE POSSIBLE TO INCORPORATE ALL THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED. IN THE LATTER CASE, OTHER FEASIBLE ALTERNATIVES MUST BE EXPLORED OR CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS MODIFIED. THESE LAYOUT PLANS WHEN AVAILABLE ARE CAREFULLY SCRUTINISED BY THE DEPARTMENT TO ASSESS WHETHER ALL THE REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN MET. ON OCCASIONS, SEVERAL REVISIONS HAVE TO BE MADE TO THE LAYOUT PLANS BEFORE THEY ARE FINALISED FOR PRESENTATION TO DISTRICT BOARD. FURTHER REVISIONS MAY BE REQUIRED TO TAKE ACCOUNT OF DISTRICT BOARD’S COMMENTS.
/PROCESS NO. 6 .......
MONDAY, JULY 23, 1984
PROCESS NO. 6
ON THE BASIS OF THE FINALISED LAYOUT PLANS, THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE PREPARES A ROUGH INDICATION OF COST OF THE PROJECT (RIC). IT IS ONLY AT THIS STAGE THAT A MORE RELIABLE ASSESSMENT OF COST CAN BE WORKED OUT AFTER THE EXACT FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED ARE DETERMINED. WHERE THE SITE PROBLEMS ARE THOUGHT TO BE LIKELY, AN INVESTIGATION HAS TO BE CARRIED OUT TO ASCERTAIN THE EXTENT OF GEOTECHNICAL OR SITE FORMATION WORK AND THE POSSIBLE FINANCIAL IMPLICATION BEFORE THE RIC IS FINALISED.
PROCESS NO. 7
THE LAYOUT PLAN AND RIC ARE THEN SUBMITTED TO THE RELEVANT SELECT COMMITTEES AND THE STANDING COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE COUNCIL FOR APPROVAL.
PROCESS NO. 8
THEREAFTER, THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE PREPARES DETAILED WORKING DRAWINGS, COST ESTIMATE, TENDER AND CONTRACT DOCUMENT. PRIOR TO The INVITATION OF TENDER, APPROVAL IS to BE SOUGHT AGAIN FROM THE COUNCIL IF THE COST ESTIMATE EXCEEDS THE RIC. TENDER IS THEN GAZETTED. IF THE CONTRACT SUM EXCEEDS THE PROJECT ESTIMATE, FURTHER APPROVAL FROM THE COUNCIL IS REQUIRED BEFORE AWARD OF CONTRACT. WORK ON SITE THEN PROCEEDS UNTIL CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED.
FOLLOWING TODAY’S BRIEFING BY MISS SHUM, THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT BOARD AGREED TO ENDORSE THE COUNCIL’S CAPITAL * WORKS PROGRAMME FOR THE DISTRICT WITH SOME AMENDMENTS. «
A COUNCIL SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT WHILE THE COUNCIL WAS GLAD TO CONSULT ALL OF THE URBAN DISTRICT BOARDS CONCERNING THE COUNCIL’S CAPITAL WORKS PROGRAMME FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL DISTRICT, AND TRIED ITS UTMOST TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE ADVICE OF THE BOARDS THE FINAL SAY STILL RESTED WITH THE COUNCIL, WHICH WAS ULTIMATELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DISBURSEMENT OF PUBLIC FUNDS UNDER ITS CHARGE IN THE CAPITAL WORKS PROGRAMME.
- 0 - -
/12 .......
MONDAY, JULY 23, 1934
- 12 -
CHEUNG CHAU RECLAMATION WORK PLANNED * * *
GOVERNMENT IS TO RECLAIM ABOUT THREE HECTARES OF LAND TO THE 'WEST OF TAI SHEK HAU ON CHEUNG CHAU ISLAND TO PROVIDE SITES FOR FACILITIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE ISLAND’S DEVELOPMENT.
THE FACILITIES WILL INCLUDE A PRIMARY SCHOOL, A BUILDING MATERIALS DEPOT, A LOADING AND UNLOADING AREA, A DANGEROUS GOODS STORE AND RECREATIONAL FACILITIES.
THE EXTENT OF THE AREA AFFECTED IS DESCRIBED IN THE LATEST GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.
ALL OBJECTIONS AND CLAIMS FOR COMPENSATION MUST BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING WITHIN TWO MONTHS TO THE DIRECTOR OF LANDS.
THE NOTICE, TOGETHER WITH ITS RELATED PLAN, HAS BEEN POSTED NEAR THE SITE.
THE PLAN CAN ALSO BE SEEN AT THE LANDS DEPARTMENT, MURRAY BUILDING, 5TH FLOOR, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG- AND AT ISLANDS DISTRICT OFFICE, SINCERE BUILDING, 16TH FLOOR, 173 DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL, HONG KONG. ‘
-----0------
NEW FOUNTAIN FOR BOTANICAL GARDENS * * *
A NEW FOUNTAIN, A RESTAURANT AND OTHER GARDEN FACILITIES ARE AMONG ADDITIONAL ATTRACTIONS TO BE PROVIDED IN THE ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL GARDENS.
THEY WILL BE BUILT ON THE RECONSTRUCTED ROOF OP THE SERVICE RESERVOIR WHICH WAS COMPLETED IN 1931. IT WAS DECIDED TO REBUILD THE ROOF WHEN CRACKS WERE FOUND IN IT FIVE YEARS AGO.
THE WORK WAS FINISHED EARLY THIS YEAR, AND THE ARCHITECTURAL CFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS NOW INVITING TENDERS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF A LARGER-SIZED FOUNTAIN WHICH WILL BE BRIGHTLY LIT, AN ORNAMENTAL GARDEN, A LIGHT REFRESHMENT RESTAURANT, TWO DRINKING FOUNTAINS, TOILETS AND A REFUSE COLLECTION POINT TO BE LOCATED NEAR THE ALBANY ROAD SIDE OF THE GARDEN.
WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN SEPTEMBER AND BE COMPLETED BY JUNE NEXT YEAR.
-----o------
/13........
MONDAY, JULY 23, 1934
- 13 -
HAWKER CONTROL SCHEME BACKED
XXX
SHOP TENANTS AT WONG CHUK HANG ESTATE TODAY PRESENTED A PENNANT TO THE ESTATE OFFICE IN APPRECIATION OF THE EFFORTS MADE BY HOUSING STAFF IN BRINGING ABOUT A BETTER LIVING ENVIRONMENT.
EARLIER THIS YEAR, A HAWKER CONTROL SCHEME HAD BEEN IMPLEMENTED ON THE ESTATE WHICH SUCCESSFULLY CLEARED MOBILE HAWKERS.
+AS A RESULT OF THE CLEARANCE OF HAWKERS, OUR ESTATE HAS RESTORED ALL ITS TIDINESS AND TRANQUILITY, MUCH TO THE DELIGHT OF TENANTS + SAID MR LAI KWOK-KEUNG, CHAIRMAN OF THE SHOP AND SHOPSTALL OPERATORS’ ASSOCIATION OF WONG CHUK HANG ESTATE.
+THE SCHEME HAS WON THE APPLAUSE OF LOCAL RESIDENTS AS WE ARE NOW FREE FROM ALL THE NUISANCES CREATED BY UNLICENSED HAWKERo,+ HE SAID.
-----o------
MAK ING YUEN LONG PRETTY XXX
EXTENSIVE LANDSCAPING IS TO BE CARRIED OUT IN YUEN LONG TO MAKE THE TOWN MORE BEAUTIFUL.
TENDERS FOR THE WORK ARE BEING INVITED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT BRANCH OF THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
FOOTPATHS, VERGES AND OPEN SPACES WILL BE LANDSCAPED UNDER THE PROJECT.
THE CONTRACT WILL ALSO INCLUDE CONSTRUCTING PLANTER BEDS AND PLANTING TREES AND SHRUBS OF VARIOUS SPECIES.
WORK WILL BEGIN IN OCTOBER AND TAKE 13 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
--------0 ----------
/14........
MONDAY, JULY 23, 1984
14
WATER CUTS IN QUARRY BAY AND KWUN TONG * * * *
FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN QUARRY BAY AND KWUN TONG WILL BE TURNED OFF FROM 11 PM ON THURSDAY (JULY 26) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR LEAKAGE TESTS.
IN QUARRY BAY, THE SUSPENSION WILL AFFECT PREMISES BOUNDED
■Y TONG CHONG STREET, HOI WAN STREET, HOI TAI STREET AND FINNIC STREET, AS WELL AS THOSE ON 865-961 KING’S ROAD.
IN KWUN TONG, THE AFFECTED PREMISES ARE BOUNDED BY HIP WO STREET, TSUI PING ROAD AND HIU MING STREET, INCLUDING SUN ON HOUSE AND KIN ON HOUSE OF WO LOK ESTATE AS WELL AS TSUI YEUNG HOUSc, TSUI NAM HOUSE AND BLOCKS 7 TO 11 OF KWUN TONG (TSUI PING ROAD) ESTATE.
0 --------
TEMPORARY ROAD CLOSURE
*****
FROM 10 AM ON WEDNESDAY (JULY 25), VI CTOR IA ROAD BETWEEN ITS JUNCTION WITH POK FU LAM ROAD AND A POINT ABOUT 100 METRES NORTHw-oi OF THE SAME JUNCTION WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FOR ROAD wORKS.
FOR ROAD WORKS.
DURING THE CLOSURE, WHICH WILL LAST UNTIL FURTHER NOTICE, A TEMPORARY VEHICULAR ACCESS CONNECTING POK FU LAM ROAD AND VICTORIA ROAD WILL BE PROVIDED.
-----o------
WATER STORAGE * * *
STORAGE IN HONG KONG’S RESERVOIRS AT 9 AM TODAY (MONDAY)
STOOD AT 81.0 PER CENT OF CAPACITY OR 474.757 MILLION CUBIC METRES.
THIS TIME LAST YEAR THE RESERVOIRS CONTAINED 511.575 MILLION CUBIC METRES OF WATER, REPRESENTING 87.3 PER CENT OF CAPACITY.
-----o------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO,
LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL MEETING :
BASIC TENETS OF SOCIAL SYSTEM VITAL - FANG ................. 1
RIGHT TO ’CHOOSE TYPES OF EDUCATION MUST BE PRESERVED....... J
SOCIAL WELFARE PROVISION MUST BE PRESERVED - HO ............ 4
PRESS FREEDOM CONTRIBUTES TO PROSPERITY - CHOW.............. 6
SAFEGUARD OF PROPERTY RIGHTS SOUGHT ........................ 8
NEED FOR ACADEMIC FREEDOM STRESSED.......................... 9
EDUCATION OF YOUTH FOR FUTURE URGED ........................ 10
NO ONE SHOULD BE DEPRIVED OF EDUCATION RIGHTS............... 10
FREEDOM SEEN AS ESSENCE OF HK SOCIETY ...................... 11
LIFE TERM FOR ARMS OFFENCES BACKED.......................... 1J
TATTOO LAW*PROTECTS YOUTHS ................................. 14
RULES ON TRANSACTIONS DISCLOSURE BEING FINALISED............ 15
NEW LEGAL AID SCHEME WELCOMED .............................. 16
LAW GIVES SUFFICIENT DETERRENT TO USE OF +SOFT+ DRUGS ...... 17
WAGE PROTECTION LEVY BACKED BY UMELCO ...................... 18
/NO CHANGE .......
NO CHANGE TO ROAD PRICING SCHEME ............................. 19
MOST CLEARANCES CARRIED OUT SMOOTHLY.......................... 19
NOTE ON REVENUE LAW EXPECTED TO BE READY SOON ................ 20
NINE BILLS PASSED............................................. 20
PRESS ARRANGEMENTS FOR SIR GEOFFREY HOWE’S VISIT JULY 26-27, 1984................./.......................... 21
•FUTURES CONTRACT’ DEFINED IN NEW BILL ... .77.77...... ......... 22
MEMBERSHIP CRITERIA CHANGE ENDORSED ............................. 23
VIEWS TO BE SOUGHT ON TRANSPORT VIABILITY ....................... 24
NEW CHALLENGE TO DB MEMBERS ..................................... 25
SPREADING THE DB MESSAGE ........................................ 26
■ ''0:
JOB-FINDING FOR MENTALLY DISABLED ............................... 26
REGISTER-TO-VOTE DRIVE ON........................................ 27
MARINE POLICE BASE TO BE EXPANDED ............................... 28
VILLAGE CLEANSING CONTRACT AWARDED .............................. 28
CLEARWAY HOURS IN TAI KOO SHING SHORTENED ....................... 29
TRAFFIC MEASURES AT CHEUNG SHA WAN ROAD.......................... 29
WORK ON WATER STREET ............................................ JO
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1964
1
BASIC TENETS OF SOCIAL SYSTEM VITAL - FANG * * * * *
IF THE MUCH AVOwED OBJECTIVE OF HONG KONG’S CONTINUED STABILITY AND PROSPERITY aAS TO BE ACHIEVED, IT WOULD BE IMPORTANT TO PRESERVE THE BASIC TENtTS OF THE TERRITORY’S SOCIAL SYSTEM, DR THE HON HARRY FANG SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
LEADING THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON +SOCIAL SYSTEM AND THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG+, HE SAID, +OUR SOCIAL SYSTEM HAS TAKEN MANY YEARS TO EVOLVE AND IT HAS BEEN wELL TRIED.
+LET US BE ALLOWED TO BUILD ON THIS FOUNDATION SO THAT OUR GENERATION AND FUTURE GENERATIONS TO COME CAN CONTINUE TO HELP HONG KONG GROW AND PROSPER. IN THIS, LIES OUR BEST GUARANTEE FOR THE FUTURE.+
HE BELIEVED THAT IT WOULD BE THE WISH OF ALL IN THE COMMUNITY THAT THE BEST FEATURES OF THE SOCIAL SYSTEM SHOULD BE MAINTAINED.
♦THESE MIGHT BE DESCRIBED AS OUR WORK ETHOS, INGENUITY AND CREATIVITY, TOLERANCE AND NON-VIOLENCE AND ’POSITIVE NONINTERVENTION’ ON THE PART OF THE GOVERNMENT,+ HE SAID.
HE NOTED THAT HONG KONG’S PHILOSOPHY OF HARD WORK HAD SERVED THE TERRITORY EXCEEDINGLY WELL AND HAD TO CONTINUE TO BE THE CORNERSTONE OF ITS PROSPERITY AND GROWTH IN FUTURE.
HOWEVER, HE POINTED OUT THAT HARD WORK ON ITS OWN WAS NOT ENOUGH AND THERE HAD TO BE KNOWLEDGE THAT ONE COULD KEEP THE JUST REGARDS OF ONE’S TOIL AND LABOUR.
♦HONG KONG IS FILLED WITH SUCCESS STORIES OF MEN AND WOMEN OF VERY HUMBLE BEGINNINGS WHO HAVE MADE IT TO THE TOP THROUGH THEIR OWN EFFORTS.
♦ SOCIAL MOBILITY HAS PROVIDED THE DRIVING FORCE AND THE EXTENT TO 'WHICH SUCH MOBILITY IS POSSIBLE IN HONG KONG MUST SURELY BE ONE OF THE MOST REMARKABLE FEATURES OF OUR SOCIETY.
♦ WE MUST ENSURE THAT OUR FUTURE SOCIAL FRAMEWORK WILL CONTINUE TO PROVIDE SCOPE FOR SUCH MOBILITY.
♦ THE BEST GUARANTEE LIES IN THE PROVISION OF AN ADEQUATE AND PROGRESSIVE EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM, WHICH ENCOURAGES FREE INTELLECTUAL DEVELOPMENT TO THE BEST OF ONE’S ABILITY, AND FREEDOM N THE SUBSEQUENT CHOICE OF WORK.+ HE SAID.
DR FANG ADDED THAT INITIATIVE, ENTERPRISE AND CREATIVITY nAD PLAYED NO LESS A PART IN HONG KONG’S ACHIEVEMENTS.
/+THE UNLIMITED .......
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
- 2 -
+THE UNLIMITED SCOPE FOR THESE QUALITIES TO FIND EXPRESSION RHAPS ONE OF THE MORE ENDURING AND COMMENDABLE HALLMARKS
O'. R CAPITALISTIC SOCIETY AND WE NEED FEEL NO SHAME IN KNOwLEDGING THIS.+ HE SAID.
NOTING THAT THE MEETING OF EAST AND WEST HERE HAD ALLOWED HONG KONG TO DRAW ON THE BEST OF DIFFERENT CULTURE, HE SAID, '••■■-'OPLE OF DIFFERENT NATIONALITIES HAVE CONTRIBUTED TO OUR C: MUNITY AND I HOPE THAT THE FUTURE WILL ALLOW US TO RETAIN j NURTURE OUR COSMOPOLITAN OUTLOOK.
+THIS CAN ONLY BE POSSIBLE IF INDIVIDUALS, WHATEVER THEIR ETHICAL BACKGROUND, CAN BE ASSURED THAT THEY WILL CONTINUE TC HAVE A USEFUL ROLE TO PLAY IN HONG KONG AFTER 1997.+
ON THE IMPORTANCE OF FREEDOM OF EXPRESSION, HE SAID, +FREEDOM T EXPRESSION IS ONE OF THE BEST MEANS OF KEEPING ANY GOVERNMENT ITS TOES AND A RESPONSIVE GOVERNMENT WILL ENCOURAGE SUCH
/ PRESS IONS AS A wAY TO PROGRESS.
+TAKE AwAY THIS FREEDOM AND YOU WILL HAVE DISTRUST, DIVISIVENEoo A’l APPREHENSION — THE VERY STUFF THAT INSTABILITY BREEDS ON.+
DR FANG SAID HE WAS PERSUADED THAT THE BEST SOCIAL SYSTEM IN "rHE WORLD REQUIRED A JUDICIOUS GUIDING HAND OF THE GOVERNMENT, ' .HAT HE CALLED +POSITIVE NON-INTERVENTION+.
+IT IS NOT EASY TO KNOW WHEN TO INTERVENE AND WHEN NOT TO — AND THERE ARE MANY OCCASIONS WHEN WE HAVE GOT IT WRONG,+ HE SAID.
CONCEDING THAT THESE HITS AND MISSES WOULD CONTINUE, HE ADDED, +BUT BY AND LARGE WE HAVE NOT DONE BADLY AND I BELItVE THAT IT WILL BE NECESSARY FOR THE FUTURE GOVERNMENT TO CONTINUE TO PROTECT AND MEET THE ASPIRATIONS OF THE WEAK, THE NEEDY, THE SICK AND THE HANDICAPPED WITHOUT, HOWEVER, STIFLING INDIVIDUAL INITIATIVES AND INDEPENDENCE. LET THE STRONG LOOK AFTER THEMSELVES.+
HE BELIEVED THAT +FREEDOM+ WAS THE KEY WORD AND ONE WHICH ■AD ALwAYS TO BE KEPT IN THE FOREFRONT OF THE CURRENT NEGOTIATIONS TO DECIDE HONG KONG’S FUTURE.
+FREEDOM HAS BECOME SECOND NATURE TO US ALL AND IT IS ALL TOO EASY TO TAKE IT FOR GRANTED. BUT EXPERIENCE ELSEWHERE SHOULu SERVE TO REMIND US THAT FREEDOM CAN JUST AS EASILY BE WRESTED FROM ONE THROUGH THE DECREES OF MEN.
+FREEDOM OF CHOICE IS WHAT HAS MADE HONG KONG AND THERE WILL BE NO QUICKER ROAD TO INSTABILITY AND EROSION OF CONFIDENCE THAN TO SUBORDINATE THE FREE WILL OF MEN TO THE DICTATES O'7 THl GOVERNMENT,+ HE WARNED.
-----o------
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1?34
- 3 -
RIGHT TO CHOOSE TYPES OF EDUCATION MUST BE PRESERVED * * *
REV THE HON PATRICK MCGOVERN STRESSED THE NEED TO PRESERVE -EmTS’ RIGHT TO DECIDE wHAT KIND OF EDUCATION THEIR CHILD SHOULD
HAVE.
SPEAKING IN THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON +SOCIAL SYSTEM AND THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG+, FATHER MCGOVERN SAID, +UNABLE IN MODERN SOCIETY TO ENGAGE FULL-TIME IN ACADEMIC EDUCATION THEMSELVES, ARENTS IN SO FAR AS THEY CAN IN AN IMPERFECT WORLD, EXPRESS
THEIR PREFERENCES BY THEIR CHOICE OF SCHOOL.+
♦WHILE I AGREE THERE IS ROOM FOR IMPROVEMENT IN OUR EDUCATION SYSTEM, I ALSO AGREE THAT THE BASE ON WHICH IT IS BUILT IS CORRECT,* HE SAID.
HE POINTED OUT THAT HONG KONG HAD A BROAD CURRICULUM, INCLUDING •.NOWLEDGE OF RELIGION FOR THOSE WHO WANTED IT, AND SCOPE FOR wHAT •ANY PARENTS WITH NO RELIGIOUS AFFILIATION WANTED — A SOUND FOUNDATION IN ETHICAL, MORAL AND CIVIC PRINCIPLES.
+THESE PARENTS’ RIGHTS, EXPRESSED THROUGH THEIR CHOICE OF VOLUNTARY BODIES AND AIDED BY GOVERNMENT SUBVENTION, MUST BE '-ESERVED, AND I HOPE, IMDROVED IN THE YEARS AHEAD,* HE SAID.
ANOTHER RIGHT WHICH HE FELT MUST BE GUARANTEED IN THE AGREEMENT AND BASIC LAW wAS THE RIGHT TO ORGANISE AND BE A MEMBER OF FREE TRADE UNIONS.
+BY FREE I MEAN FREE FROM THE DOMINATION OF ANY POLITICAL PARTY,* HE SAID.
ELABORATING FURTHER ON WHAT HE MEANT BY THE WORD +FREE+, HE SAID, +1 HAVE NEVER ADVOCATED THAT TRADE UNIONS SHOULD NOT TA<\q PART IN POLITICAL LIFE.
+IT IS THE DUTY OF A GOOD UNION TO USE ITS INFLUENCE, AND IF NECESSARY ITS POWER, TO ADVISE OR PRESSURISE GOVERNMENTS TO PROTECT THE RIGHTS OF WORKERS IF GOVERNMENTS ARE NEGLECTING THEIR DUTY IN THAT F IELD.
+THAT IS OF COURSE A POLITICAL ACTIVITY. BUT IT IS VERY DIFFERENT FROM BEING DOMINATED BY A POLITICAL PARTY.*
+THE DANGER IN TOO CLOSE A CONNECTION WITH A PARTY IS THAT THE WORKERS AND THE POWER OF A UNION WILL BE USED FOR THE POLITICAL PURPOSES OF THE PARTY RATHER THAN THE PROTECTION OF THUN ION MEMBERS,* HE ADDED.
+IN A NON-MARXIST COUNTRY, FOR EXAMPLE, THE UNIONS CAN BE USED EITHER TO DISRUPT THE ECONOMY AND THUS TRY TO OVERTHROW THE ELECTED GOVERNMENT, OR BY FUTILE STRIKES MAKE THE wORKEPS SO DESPERATE AND POOR THAT THEY RESORT TO VIOLENCE, AND FRCM THt MARXIST POINT OF VIEW, RIPE FOR REVOLUTION,* HE SAID.
/rfTTHLS A ........
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 198n
, ITHIN A MARXIST COUNTRY, THE UNION MS UNDER THE jTRICT ,Ti L OF THE PARTY, AND BY AND LARGE, WAS USED TO ENF >RCE — .-LINE, SOMETIMES IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE FACTORY SECURITY ,R THE MILITIA, HE STATED.
+THIS, AS FAR AS I CAN GATHER, IS STILL SO IN CHINA FOR EXAMPLE, IN SPITE OF THE REFORMS AND SEPARATION OF POWERS WHICH ARE NOW BEGINNING AS A RESULT OF THE LOTH NATIONAL CONGRESS OF UNIONS IN OCTOBER 1983,+ HE SAID.
+SUCH CONTROL AND PRESSURE FROM A POLITICAL PARTY IS OF COURSE CONTRARY TO THE WHOLE IDEA OF THE FREEDOM IN WHICH UNION MEMBERS CAN DECIDE FOR THEMSELVES WHAT THEY WANT, BALANCED OF COURSE IN A FREE SOCIETY BY DUE REGARD FOR THE RIGHTS OF OwNERS AND THE GOOD OF THE COMMUNITY,* HE SAID.
HE CONCEDED THAT IN HONG KONG THE FREE UNION MOVEMENT wAS STILL VERY WEAK DUE TO A VARIETY OF REASONS.
+BUT EVEN IF NOT EXERCISED, THE RIGHT TO ORGANISE IS THERE AND MUST BE PROTECTED IN THE FUTURE - OTHERWISE THE FREEDOM TO .yORK IN THE EMPLOYMENT OF ONE’S CHOICE, AND ALL THOSE OTHER WORKERS’ RIGHTS PROTECTED BY FREE UNIONS, WILL BE ENDANGERED,* HE SAID.
0 - -
SOCIAL WELFARE PROVISION MUST BE PRESERVED - HO * * * *
IF THE NEW ADMINISTRATION OF THE HONG KONG SPECIAL ADMINISTRATIVE REGION AFTER 1997 INTENDED TO KEEP THE CURRtNT LIVING STANDARDS AND LIFESTYLE OF THE PEOPLE UNDISTURBED, IT WAS IMPERATIVE AT LEAST TO PRESERVE THE EXISTING SOCIAL WELFARE PROVISION, DR THE HON HO KAM-FAI SAID IN THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATt TODAY.
TO THIS END, HE ADDED, CERTAIN CONDITIONS HAD TO EE KEPT OR MET AND THESE CONDITIONS SHOULD BE ENSHRINED IN THE AGREEMENT OR THE BASIC LAW.
THESE CONDITIONS ARE:
* THE FUTURE GOVERNMENT MUST RECOGNISE THE TENETS OF INDIVIDUAL DIGNITY AND HUMAN RIGHTS, SO THAT THE WISHES AND ASPIRATIONS OF THE INDIVIDUAL CITIZEN WOULD NOT BE SUBORDINATED TO POLITICAL AND IDEOLOGICAL ENDS j
* THE PROVISION OF WELFARE SERVICES IS TO MAXIMISE THE DEVELOPMENT OF HUMAN POTENTIAL RATHER THAN TO SERVc. POLITICAL OBJECTIVES;
/♦ VOLUNTARY AGENCIES
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
5
* VOLUNTARY AGENCIES MUST BE RECOGNISED AND ALLOWED TO OFFER THEIR SERVICES FREELY IN ACCORDANCE wITri TH- Ir. SPONSORS’ BELIEFS IN AND JUDGMENT OF SOCIAL PRIORITIES, WITHOUT INTERVENTION FROM CENTRAL GOVERNMENT 5 AND
* A DEFINITE COMMITMENT MUST BE MADE OF PUBLIC RESOURCES TO SUPPORT VOLUNTARY-SECTOR WELFARE SERVICES BY WAY OF SUBVENTION OR FUNDING OF SERVICES.
ELABORATING ON THE ROLE OF THE VOLUNTARY SECTOR, DR HO SAID, +A STRONG AND DYNAMIC VOLUNTARY SECTOR FUNCTIONING IN PARTNERSHIP w I TH THE GOVERNMENT TO PROVIDE DIFFERENT SORTS OF SOCIAL SERVICES IS INVARIABLY IN THE BEST INTEREST OF THE COMMUNITY.+
+IT WILL NOT ONLY EXPAND THE SCOPE AND RANGE OF SOCIAL WELFARE PROVISION BY MOBILISING MANPOWER AND FINANCE WHICH MAY OTHERWISE HAVE LAID DORMANT, BUT ALSO SERVE TO HARNESS THE CREATION OF A CARING AND SELF-RELIANT COMMUNITY SPIRIT,* HE ADDED.
HE POINTED OUT THAT THE CONCEPT OF VOLUNTARY PARTICIPATION WAS NOT RESTRICTED TO THE SOCIAL WELFARE INSTITUTION.
HE POINTED OUT THAT AT PRESENT THERE WERE HUNDREDS OF THOUSANDS OF LOCAL PEOPLE SERVING ON GOVERNMENT CONSULTATIVE - ADVISORY BOARUo AND ON EXECUTIVE - MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES OF SOCIAL SERVICE ORGANISATIONS IN THE PRIVATE SECTOR, MAKING SIGNIFICANT CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE COMMUNITY.
HOWEVER, ENTHUSIASM FOR VOLUNTARY ACTIVITY WAS BEING DAMPENED BY THE UNCERTAINTIES SURROUNDING 1997, DR HO SAID.
HE CALLED ON THE GOVERNMENT TO WASTE NO TIME IN THE SEARCH FOR NEW WAYS AND MEANS OF EXPLOITING THIS VAST POOL OF HUMAN RESOURCES.
HE ALSO STRESSED THE IMPORTANCE TO GIVE THE PEOPLE THE RIGHT TO FREE CHOICE IN EMPLOYMENT.
+WHEN A MAN IS ABLE TO CHOOSE HIS OWN JOB, HE WILL READILY HOLD HIMSELF RESPONSIBLE FOR HIS PERFORMANCE AND MAKE EVERY EFFORT TO IMPROVE IT.
+THESE QUALITIES OF SELF-DISCIPLINE AND INITIATIVE ARE VITAL TO THE SUCCESSFUL OPERATION OF A FREE ENTERPRISE.
+FURTHERMORE, THIS FREE CHOICE OF EMPLOYMENT RELEASES HUMAN TALENT AND HARNESSES PRODUCTIVITY IN THE INTEREST OF THE ECONOMY,* HE SAID.
DR HO POINTED OUT THAT ARTICLE 23 OF THE UNITED NATION’S UNIVERSAL DECLARATION OF HUMAN RIGHTS PROCLAIMS THIS FREEDOM AS A BASIC HUMAN RIGHT.
+1 THEREFORE URGE THAT THE AGREEMENT OR THE BASIC LAw SHOULD EMBODY A PROVISION IN SUPPORT OF THIS FORM OF FREEDOM AS A PLEDGE OF THE BELIEF OF SUPREMACY OF MAN OVER POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS,* HE SAID.
------o ------
/6........
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
6
PRESS FREEDOM CONTRIBUTES TO PROSPERITY - CHOW
*****
FREEDOM OF THE MEDIA HAD BEEN A CONTRIBUTORY FACTOR TO HONG KONG’S PROSPERITY AND STABILITY AND WAS BY NOW AN +INHERENT PART CF OUR EXISTENCE*, THE HON SELINA CHOW SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
+IT IS NOT A PRIVILEGE BUT A RIGHT THAT WE SHOULD ALL GUARD JEALOUSLY,* SHE STRESSED.
MRS CHOW WAS SPEAKING IN THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON +SOCIAL SYSTEM AND THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG*.
+APART FROM AUSTRALIA AND JAPAN, HONG KONG UNDOUBTEDLY ENJOYS THE HIGHEST DEGREE OF FREEDOM IN THIS REGARD IN THE WHOLE OF ASIA,* SHE SAID.
SHE BELIEVED THAT SUCH FREEDOM WOULD NOT HAVE BEEN POSSIBLE WITHOUT THE TOLERANCE OF THE GOVERNMENT WHICH, DESPITE ITS BEING CONSTITUTIONALLY COLONIAL, HAD ACKNOWLEDGED AND RESPECTED THE ROLE OF A FREE PRESS AS AN ESSENTIAL MIRROR OF PUBLIC OPINION IN HONG KONG’S UNIQUE ADMINISTRATIVE SYSTEM.
+THIS POLICY OF LEAST GOVERNMENTAL INTERFERENCE HAS ENABLED OUR PRESS TO DEVELOP ACCORDING TO MARKET DEMANDS,* SHE SAID.
AS A RESULT, SHE SAID, HONG KONG HAD A +VERY VIBRANT AND COMPETITIVE* PRESS COMPRISING 68 NEWSPAPERS WITH A TOTAL CIRCULATION CF 1 550 000 A DAY.
IN ADDITION, MILLIONS OF VIEWERS AND LISTENERS WERE SERVED BY TELEVISION AND RADIO BROADCASTS.
TURNING TO HOW THE ROLE OF THE MEDIA NEEDS TO BE PRESERVED OR DEVELOPED AGAINST THE BACKGROUND OF 1997, SHE POINTED OUT THAT THE SIZE OF THE MEDIA SHOULD NOT BE ARBITRARILY TAMPERED WITH BY FUTURE AUTHORITIES.
+MANY BELIEVE THERE IS SAFETY IN NUMBERS, FOR HEALTHY COMPETITION FUNCTIONS AS CHECKS AND BALANCES WITHIN THE PROFESSION WHILE OFFERING A CHOICE TO THE PUBLIC,* SHE SAID.
+JOURNALISTS ARE ALSO KEEN TO POINT OUT THAT THE PRESENT HEALTHY MARKET SITUATION COULD BE UPSET AND UNEMPLOYMENT UNNECESSARILY CREATED SHOULD GOVERNMENT IN FUTURE STEP IN TO CUT DOWN THE NUMBER,* SHE ADDED.
MRS CHOW MAINTAINED THAT THE ROLE OF THE MEDIA AS THE SOCIAL CONSCIENCE MUST NOT ONLY BE UPHELD BUT BE ALLOWED ROOM TO DEVELOP FURTHER.
+IT SHOULD BE GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONTINUE TO MONITOR SOCIAL JUSTICE THROUGH INFORMED, RESPONSIBLE AND OBJECTIVE COMMENTARY AND CRITICISM WITHOUT FEAR OF PERSECUTION,* SHE SAID.
/SHE STRESSED .......
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
- 7 -
SHE STRESSED THAT THERE MUST NOT BE PRESSURE OF CENSORSHIP, VISIBLE OR INVISIBLE, BY THE STATE AND THERE MUST BE NO ADMINISTRATIVE, LEGAL OR FISCAL DETERRENT TO THE DISSEMINATION AS WELL AS RECEPTION OF NEWS.
SHE CALLED ON MEMBERS OF THE LEGAL PROFESSION IN THEIR STUDY CF THE HONG KONG LAW IN THE CONTEXT OF 1997, TO GIVE CONSIDERATION TO THE CONTROL OF PUBLICATIONS CONSOLIDATION ORDINANCE SO AS TO PREVENT ANY RETROGRESSION OF THE FREEDOMS OF THE MEDIA THAT HONG KONG HAD COME TO TAKE FOR GRANTED.
+CONCERN HAS BEEN VOICED BY MANY JOURNALISTS ABOUT THE CONTROL CF PUBLICATIONS CONSOLIDATION ORDINANCE, WITH SPECIFIC REFERENCE TO CHAPTER 268 WHEREBY THE GOVERNMENT IS GIVEN EXTENSIVE POWER,+ SHE SAID.
BUT SHE ADDED THAT IN REALITY, THE GOVERNMENT HAD ADOPTED AN EXTREMELY LIBERAL ATTITUDE AND HAD ONLY TAKEN ACTION WHEN THE ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE HAD BEEN SERIOUSLY THREATENED.
+THERE IS ANXIETY, HOWEVER, THAT THIS PRACTICE COULD END IF THE STATE SHOULD AT SOMETIME IN THE FUTURE CHOOSE TO ADHERE TO THE LETTER OF THE LAW, AND CONSEQUENTLY THE FREEDOM THAT IS BEING ENJOYED BY THE MEDIA COULD BE SERIOUSLY UNDERMINED, OR WORSE STILL, COMPLETELY STIFLED,+ SHE SAID.
+THE S INO-BRITISH AGREEMENT COULD PROVIDE MUCH ASSURANCE IF IT WERE TO CONTAIN SPECIFIC MENTION TO THE EFFECT THAT PRESENT PRACTICES WILL BE ALLOWED TO CONTINUE BEYOND 1997,+ SHE ADDED.
SHE ALSO BELIEVED THAT THERE SHOULD NOT BE DOUBLE STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO FOREIGN AND LOCAL JOURNALISTS AND JOURNALISM.
+IN OTHER WORDS, THE FREE FLOW OF INFORMATION INTO AND OUT OF HONG KONG MUST BE PRESERVED.
+ANYTHING LESS WILL THREATEN THE EXISTING INTERNATIONAL PROFILE OF HONG KONG IN THE WORLD ARENA, AND JEOPARDISE OUR POSITION AS A COMMUNICATION, TRADE AND FINANCE CENTRE,+ SHE SAID.
ON THE ADVOCATION OF THE JOURNALIST ASSOCIATION TO SET UP A MEDIA COUNCIL, SHE EXPRESSED SUPPORT FOR THE IDEA WHICH, SHE SAID, WAS PROPOSED NOT ONLY AS A MEANS TO SELF-REGULATE AND UPGRADE THE STANDARD OF PROFESSIONAL JOURNALISM BUT ALSO AS A SAFEGUARD AGAIhoT DIRECT OR INDIRECT INTERFERENCE OF THE FREE MEDIA.
SHE URGED THE GOVERNMENT TO INITIATE A MOVE TOWARDS THE SETTING UP OF SUCH A COUNCIL AS A MATTER OF PRIORITY.
-----o-----
/8.......
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1934
SAFEGUARD OF PROPERTY RIGHTS SOUGHT * * * *
THE HON CHAN YING-LUN EXPRESSED THE HOPE THAT THE SINO-BRITISH AGREEMENT WOULD INCLUDE DETAILED PROVISIONS FOR THE SAFEGUARD OF LOCAL PEOPLE’S RIGHTS OF OWNING PRIVATE PROPERTIES.
HE WAS SPEAKING IN THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON +SOCIAL SYSTEM AND THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG* IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (TUESDAY).
HE OBSERVED THAT APART FROM WORKING TO SATISFY THEIR BASIC NEEDS OF CLOTHING, FOOD, HOUSING AND TRANSPORTATION, HONG KONG PEOPLE ALSO WORKED TO ACCUMULATE WEALTH.
+THE DRIVE TO ACCUMULATE PERSONAL WEALTH CAN BE TRACED TO A BASIC RIGHT IN HONG KONG - OWNERSHIP OF PRIVATE PROPERTIES,* nE SAID.
♦TO ENCOURAGE THE PEOPLE TO OWN PROPERTIES, IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT THE LAW SAFEGUARD THEIR OWNERSHIP OF PRIVATE PROPERTIES.
+KNOWING THAT THE PROPERTIES ARE OWNED BY NO ONE BUT THEMSELVES, THEY WOULD DEVELOP A SENSE OF BELONGING, A FEELING OF CLOSENESS AND SAFENESS AND WOULD DEVOTE THEMSELVES TO WORKING DILIGENTLY IN ORDER TO IMPROVE THEIR LIVING CONDITIONS,* HE SAID.
HE SAID IT WAS THE PEOPLE’S EFFORTS IN SEEKING A BETTER LIVING THAT CREATED THE HONG KONG ECONOMIC MIRACLE WHICH ASTONISHED OUTSIDE PEOPLE.
FACED WITH THE 1997 ISSUE, THE HONG KONG PEOPLE WERE +DEEPLY CONCERNED ABOUT THE PRESERVATION OR OTHERWISE OF THEIR OWNERSHIP OF PRIVATE PROPERTIES AFTER 1997, THE PROBLEM OF LAND TENURE AND THE QUESTION OF THE RIGHT OF INHERITANCE,* HE SAID.
HE SUGGESTED THAT THE GOVERNMENT +SHOULD ENSURE FUTURE PROSPERITY BY SAFEGUARDING WITHIN POSSIBLE MEANS THE OWNERSHIP OF PROPERTIES AFTER 1997, BECAUSE THE LIMITATION OF TENURE MIGHT SHAKE UP THE CONFIDENCE OF POTENTIAL PROPERTY BUYERS.*
+AT THE SAME TIME, THE RIGHT OF OWNING PRIVATE PROPERTIES CF INVESTORS, ESTATE DEALERS AND SMALL OWNERS SHOULD BE SAFEGUARDED,* HE SAID.
+IF THE PEOPLE ARE CERTAIN THAT THIS RIGHT WOULD BE MAINTAINED AND THAT THE RIGHT OF INHERITANCE TO PROPERTIES WOULD BE PRESERVED, THEIR PLANS FOR THE FUTURE WOULD BE MORE DEFINITE, THEIR GOALS, CLEARER AND THEIR MINDS, MORE AT EASE, THUS HELPING CONSIDERABLY IN BRINGING PEACEFULNESS AND STABILITY TO THE COMMUNITY,* HE ADDED.
— o -
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1934
- 9 -
NEED FOR ACADEMIC FREEDOM STRESSED * * * *
IT WAS THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY, NOW AND IN FUTURE, TO PROTECT ACADEMIC FREEDOM, THE HON MRS RITA FAN SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (TUESDAY).
IT HAD ALSO TO ALLOCATE APPROPRIATE RESOURCES FOR EDUCATION, AND TO REFRAIN CONSCIENTIOUSLY FROM POLITICAL INTERFERENCE AND INDOCTRINATION, SHE SAID.
SHE WAS SPEAKING AT THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON SOCIAL SYSTEM AND THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.
+ONLY WITH SUCH FREEDOM, CAN OUR STUDENTS BE EXPOSED TO DIFFERENT IDEAS, MATERIALS, ATTITUDES AND BELIEFS WHICH CUT ACROSS GEOGRAPHICAL, RACIAL AND POLITICAL BARRIERS' AND THUS, DEVELOP TOLERANT AND UNDERSTANDING ATTITUDES TO OPPOSING VIEWS,* SHE SAID.
+IN THIS WAY, WE CAN CONTINUE TO RETAIN THE HETEROGENEOUS OR RATHER COSMOPOLITAN, CHARACTERISTIC OF OUR CITIZENS, wHO CAN LIVE IN HARMONY AND PURSUE THE COMMON OBJECTIVE OF ’PROSPERITY’, ’STABILITY’ AND ’FREEDOM’,* SHE ADDED.
IN HONG KONG, SHE SAID, THERE WAS AN EXISTING RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT AND HIGHER EDUCATION THROUGH THE UNIVERSITY AND POLYTECHNIC GRANTS COMMITTEE.
SHE SAID THAT THE UPGC WAS AN INDEPENDENT BODY CONSISTING OF DISTINGUISHED ACADEMICS FROM DEVELOPED COUNTRIES AND wELL KNOWN LOCAL FIGURES WHICH WORKED CLOSELY WITH THE INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER LEARNING.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF HIGHER EDUCATION CONFIRMED THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS RELATIONSHIP AND THE SIGNIFICANT CONTRIBUTION MADE BY UPGC WHICH WAS NOT PART OF THE GOVERNMENT, SHE SAID.
+THE SYSTEM HAS WORKED, AND THERE IS EVERY REASON FOR IT TO BE MAINTAINED AND DEVELOPED,* SHE SAID.
THE EXTENT OF HONG KONG’S ACADEMIC FREEDOM, SHE SAID, WAS ALSO REFLECTED BY THE FACT THAT THERE WERE SCHOOLS PROMOTING DIFFERENT RELIGIOUS BELIEFS, PHILOSOPHIES, AND EVEN POLITICAL IDEOLOGIES.
+1 SEE VALUE IN PRESERVING THIS FREEDOM, BECAUSE IT IS THE ESSENCE FOR DEVELOPING AN OPEN AND TOLERANT ATTITUDE AMONG HONG KONG PEOPLE WHICH FORMS THE BASIS FOR A STABLE AND HARMONIOUS SOCIETY.
+MOREOVER, ACADEMIC FREEDOM ENSURES BETTER INTELLECTUAL DEVELOPMENT AND MOTIVATION OF OUR YOUNG PEOPLE TO ACHIEVE HIGHER STANDARD AND QUALIFICATIONS, WHICH WILL EQUIP THEM TO CONTRIBUTE MORE EFFECTIVELY TOWARDS THE PROSPERITY OF HONG KONG,* SHE SAID.
-----o------
/10........
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
10
EDUCATION OF YOUTH FOR FUTURE URGED * * *
WHEN THINKING ABOUT THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG, ATTENTION SHOULD ALSO BE PAID TO THE YOUNGER PEOPLE AND THEIR EDUCATION, THE HON PAULINE NG SAID TODAY.
SPEAKING ON THE +SOCIAL SYSTEM AND THE FUTURE OF HONG
KONG+ IN THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE TODAY, MRS NG TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL THAT THE HUMAN FACTOR WAS ESSENTIAL IN DETERMINING WHETHER HONG KONG COULD +OUTPACE ITS PRESENT ACHIEVEMENTS*, IN THE FUTURE.
+THEREFORE, WHEN WE CONSIDER THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG, WE HAVE THE RESPONSIBILITY TO TRY OUR BEST TO CONSTRUCT A REASONABLE FRAMEWORK WHICH WILL ENABLE THE NEXT GENERATION TO KEEP THE PRESENT MERITS AND SUCCESS FACTORS AND PERPETUATE THEM,* SHE SAID.
IJ..JVAS ESSENTIAL, THAT FAMILY, SCHOOL AND CIVIC EDUCATION BE PROV.ID-ED .TO..ENABLE THE YOUNGER GENERATION TO KNOW THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIETY, THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS'-';. OF AN INDIVIDUAL TOWARDS SOCIETY AND THE IMPORTANCE OF CONTR I’BUT fNG TO SQCAETY, MRS NG SAIQ- . w BniLHI*
ri.sphere' should therefore .be no delay, she said,. 'i'O^ d^KelopXent OF DEMOCRATIC EDUCATION. * v. '
-I+TO: FOSTER THE YOUNGER GENERATION AND TO HELP THEM G|V£
FULL PLAY TO THEIR- POTENTIAL SO THAT THEY MAY CONTRIBUTE TO ..... SOCIETY ARE THE IMPORTANT TARGETS WHICH WE MUST AIM FwR,+ v ~ WS NG SAID. ’■ T^,-..YJOM ./A
D/ITBIci'IOD YQOa T.TSni^qnr^, JJj.< Gi-IA 23IRTMU03 .
30 2M0ITUTITBHI 3HT HTIW * ! <
J.-.'Sd 'I Ahl UlAj 3Hci
- ’ G3h8l Ui' . ’ • ■>
' L! ii<v OJRUrJl 1 JAJ )_ ■-’•.VC'rX
I TUB I FTHOO TWA3I3II43I8 3HT .GIau 3HB TH3*T4 \
.DHIWRA3J DEPRIVED OF EDUCATION RIGHTS !JP&u#3#b>H0IH 30 TH3M90J3V3Q 3HT CHA ’ HcdO' FAJ3B BIHT 30 883W3VIT03333 sh- t law ho'hw dprv yp bqam
WITH THE APPROACH OF THE 1990’S, HONG KONG SOCIETY WOULD UNDERGO CERTAIN£CHANGES, THE HON YEUNG PO-KWAN. SAID TODAYj^ THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON +SOCIAL SYSTEM AND THE FUTURE, 0FTt11 AM
HONG KONG+. . Jr.
+BU*r NO MATTER WHAT THE CHANGES MAY BE, NO ONE SHOULD^E ' „^A DEPRIVED OF THE RIGHT OF EDUCATION ON ACCOUNT OF HIS,FAMILY, ,-;R3ia SOCIAL OR RELIGIOUS BACKGROUND,* HE SAID. .
AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE LONG-TERM OBJECTIVES OF EDUCATION MUST BE TO PROMOTE SOCIAL JUSTICE, TO CULTIVATE WILLINGNESS. TO PARTICIPATE IN A DEMOCRATIC SYSTEM AND TO CARRY FORWARD THE CHINESE CULTURAL HERITAGE, HE SAID. .YT3! i..O2
JAUT33JJ3T0I 83TT3H jV3IH0a oy 3J9039 3TUaiATJG0 OT M3HT SIU03 • (Il Ac She ♦ JWOH "30
/education should r I v" iPiMuJaVau
II JAUiJ C0A QAACMATS
’’ YJ3VIT33313 3R0M
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
11
EDUCATION SHOULD ALSO PRODUCE THE MANPOWER FOR THE PROMOTION OF THE ECONOMY SO AS TO ENSURE HONG KONG’S PROSPERITY, STABILITY AND PROGRESS IN THE FUTURE, HE ADDED.
+THE EDUCATION SYSTEM IN HONG KONG MUST BE SUBJECT TO AN OVERALL REVIEW AND MUST DEVELOP ALONG THE LINES OF THESE LONG-TERM OBJECTIVES SO AS TO MEET FUTURE NEEDS,+ HE SAID.
THE NEEDS, HE ADDED, INCLUDED DEMAND FOR NEW TECHNOLOGY, APPLICATION OF PUTONGHUA, THE USE OF BOTH THE CHINESE AND ENGLISH LANGUAGES, THE CULTIVATION OF LOCAL TALENTS AND AN ENHANCEMENT OF POLITICAL AWARENESS AND CIVIC-MINDEDNESS.
+TO IMPLEMENT THE ’HONG KONG PEOPLE ADMINISTER HONG KONG’ PROPOSAL, WE MUST TRAIN UP PEOPLE WITH TALENTS SO THAT HONG KONG MAY CONTINUE TO CATCH UP WITH THE TRENDS OF THE WORLD,+ MR YEUNG SAID.
HE DESCRIBED YOUNG STUDENTS IN HONG KONG, ESPECIALLY SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS AND UNIVERSITY UNDERGRADUATES, AS +FUTURE PILLARS OF THE COMMUNITY*.
HE URGED THEM TO SEIZE EVERY OPPORTUNITY TO SEEK KNOWLEDGE SO THAT THEY MIGHT HELP ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN A BETTER SOCIAL SYSTEM IN HONG KONG.
-----0------
FREEDOM SEEN AS ESSENCE OF HK SOCIETY
******
FREEDOM IS THE ESSENCE OF HONG KONG SOCIETY WHICH HAS CARRIED THE TERRITORY TO GREAT HEIGHTS OF ACHIEVEMENT AND ENABLED IT TO OVERCOME ENORMOUS DIFFICULTIES, TO THE ENVY AND ADMIRATION OF THE WORLD, THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, THE HON DAVID AKERS-JONES, SAID TODAY.
SPEAKING AT LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON SOCIAL SYSTEM AND THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG, HE QUOTED THE ATTORNEY GENERAL WHO HAD SAID A FEW WEEKS AGO: +THERE CAN BE NO SOCIETY IN WHICH THE STRONG ARE HELD IN CHECK AND THE WEAK PROTECTED, IN WHICH PERSONAL FREEDOM EXISTS ALONGSIDE THE FORCE AND POWER NECESSARY FOR GOOD ORDER AND GOVERNMENT, WITHOUT LAwS TO DECLARE RIGHTS AND DUTIES, AND COURTS TO MAKE THEM EFFECTIVE.*
MR AKERS-JONES SAID THAT THESE WERE THE PRINCIPLES OF FREEDOM, OF SOCIAL EQUALITY AND OF THE LAW WHICH BOUND THEM TOGETHER.
+THESE ARE THE PRINCIPLES WHICH THE CHINESE AND THE BRITISH GOVERNMENTS ARE SEEKING TO PRESERVE AS THEY WORK STEADILY TOWARDS AGREEMENT, TO ENABLE ’THE CONTINUATION’ AS SIR GEOFFREY HOWE SAlu ’OF A SOCIETY WHICH ENJOYS ITS OWN ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL SYSTEMS AND DISTINCT WAY OF L IFE’.
/♦WITH AN
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
12
+WITH AN AGREEMENT REACHED AND CONTAINING THESE ASSURANCES OF CONTINUING FREEDOMS AND CONTINUING SYSTEMS, WE CAN GO ON TO BUILD THIS REMARKABLE PLACE INTO A GREAT CITY OF THE TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY, + HE SAID.
ON THE SOCIAL SYSTEM IN HONG KONG, HE SAID IT WAS FROM THESE ELEMENTS OF THE SOCIETY WHICH DR THE HON HARRY FANG AND OTHER LEGCO MEMBERS HAD DESCRIBED IN THEIR SPEECHES TODAY THAT THIS UNIQUE COMMUNITY HAD GROWN.
+AND THERE IS A DIRECT CORRELATION BETWEEN OUR SOCIAL SYSTEM AND THE FACT THAT WE ENJOY A LEVEL OF PROSPERITY WHICH IS AMONG THE HIGHEST IN THIS PART OF THE WORLD AND WHICH IS BEGINNING TO OVERTAKE MANY OF THE HITHERTO RICHER, DEVELOPED COUNTRIES WITH VAST NATURAL RESOURCES AT THEIR DISPOSAL.
+ HONG KONG HAS NO RESOURCES BUT ITS FIVE MILLION PEOPE; SO IT IS WITHIN OUR SOCIAL SYSTEM THAT MUST LIE THE SECRET OF ITS SUCCESS; AND AT THE HEART OF THAT SYSTEM LIES THE FREEDOM WHICH HAS BEEN EMPHASISED SO ELOQUENTLY BY THE PREVIOUS SPEAKERS,* HE SA ID.
FOR THE YOUNG PEOPLE, HE SAID, THERE WAS AN EDUCATION SYSTEM GUIDED BY POLICIES WHICH HAD BEEN FREELY DEBATED BY THE PEOPLE AND BY MEMBERS OF THIS COUNCIL AND WHICH WERE EXPRESSED IN WHITE PAPERS CONFIRMING THESE POLICIES.
+SCHOOLS AND OTHER EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS ARE LARGELY PROVIDED, GUIDED AND SUPERVISED BY ORGANISATIONS WHICH ARE FREE, WITHIN THE LAW, FROM GOVERNMENT CONTROL OR INTERVENTION, AND WE OWE A GREAT DEBT TO THE MANY ORGANISATIONS, CHURCHES AND OTHER BODIES WHICH HAVE CONTRIBUTED AND ARE CONTRIBUTING SO MUCH TO THE INSTRUCTION AND MORAL EDUCATION OF OUR YOUNG PEOPLE.
+SO, THERE YOU HAVE, IN THIS SINGLE FIELD, FREEDOM TO DEBATE, FREEDOM OF CHOICE, FREEDOM OF RELIGION AND FREEDOM FROM GOVERNMENT INTERFERENCE,* MR AKERS-JONES SAID.
LOOKING AT OTHER FEATURES OF THE SOCIETY, MR AKERS-JONES SAID THESE SAME FREEDOMS WERE AT WORK, BINDING THE SYSTEM TOGETHER WITH INVISIBLE LINK; NOT THE LINKS OF EXCESSIVE RULES AND REGULATIONS AND AN OPPRESSIVE BUREAUCRACY.
+OUR SCHEMES OF SOCIAL ASSISTANCE AND WELFARE, AND OUR MEDICAL SCHEMES HAVE BEEN DEVISED, AFTER TAKING THE ADVICE OF THE PEOPLE THEY AFFECT, AND ARE SIMILARLY ENSHRINED IN GUIDING POLICY DOCUMENTS DEBATED IN THIS CHAMBER.
+OURS IS A YOUNG SOCIETY AND ONE WHICH HAS GROWN BY ROUGHLY ONE MILLION PEOPLE EVERY TEN YEARS. IN IT THERE IS GREAT SOCIAL MOBILITY WITH FREEDOM OF OPPORTUNITY AND JUST REWARDS FOR HARD WORK.
+OUR WORKERS ARE FREE TO WORK WHERE THEY WILL AND T JOIN TOGETHER TO ORGANISE, TO BE A MEMBER OF TRADE UNIONS AND TO PROTECT THEIR RIGHTS.
/+WE ENJOY ....
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
13
+WE enjoy free speech, are free to criticise and condemn AND TO PRAISE.
+EACH DAY AN AVALANCHE OF WORDS AND INFORMATION, IN THE PRESS AND ON THE AIR, OF EVERY SHADE OF OPINION ENSURES A LIVtLY DEBATE AND ENABLES THE MEN AND WOMEN OF HONG KONG TO DECIDE THINGS FOR THEMSELVES AND TO FORM THEIR OWN OPINIONS,* MR AKERS-JONES SAID.
THERE WERE ALSO THE FREEDOM TO OWN PROPERTY AND THE FREEDOM OF OUR ECONOMIC SYSTEM, HE SAID.
-----o-----
LIFE TERM FOR ARMS OFFENCES BACKED
******
THE POSSESSION, AND PARTICULARLY THE USE, OF FIREARMS AND CONVERTED OR IMITATION FIREARMS IN THE FURTHERANCE OF A CRIME WAS VERY SERIOUS, THE HON CHARLES YEUNG SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
IT OFTEN LED TO THE DEATH OF, AND INJURY TO, MEMBERS OF LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES AND INNOCENT BYSTANDERS, WHOM THE LA* WAS COMMITTED TO PROTECT, MR YEUNG SAID.
HE WAS SPEAKING IN SUPPORT OF THE FIREARMS AND AMMUNITION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984.
+THE FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE HAS, THEREFORE, RECOMMENDED STIFFENING THE PENALTY FOR POSSESSION AND USE OF FIREARMS SO THAT OFFENDERS MAY BE IMPRISONED FOR LIFE, THUS PROTECTING OUR COMMUNITY FROM HEINOUS AND HARD CORE CRIMINALS AND AT THE SAME TIME PROVIDING DETERRENT TO ’WOULD BE’ OFFENDERS,* HE SAID.
HE POINTED OUT THAT THE OBJECT OF THE BILL WAS TO IMPLEMENT THE RECOMMENDATION OF THE COMMITTEE.
+SPECIFICALLY, IT SEEKS TO AMEND THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE BY INCREASING THE PENALTIES FOR OFFENCES INVOLVING THE USE OF FIREARMS OR IMITATION FIREARMS IN CRIME AND BY MAKING IT POSSIBLE TO CONVICT A PERSON OF THE LESSER ALTERNATIVE OFFENCE OF SIMPLE POSSESSION UNDER THE ORDINANCE, IF THE PROSECUTION SHOULD FAIL TO PROVE A GRAVER CHARGE OF POSSESSION OF IMITATION FIREARMS WITH CRIMINAL INTENT,* HE SAID.
+IN THIS CONTEXT, THE PROPOSED INCREASE OF MAXIMUM PENALTIES FROM 14 YEARS TO LIFE IMPRISONMENT FOR SERIOUS CASES OF THE POSSESSING, CARRYING OR USING OF FIREARMS * I TH CRIMINAL INTENT OR WITH INTENT TO ENDANGER LIFE OR FOR THE PURPOSE OF RESISTING ARREST, IS MOST APPROPRIATE AND HAS THE SUPPORT OF THE UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THIS COUNCIL,* HE ADDED.
------o-------
/14......
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 193.4
14
TATTOO LAW PROTECTS YOUTHS
*****
TATTOOS ARE DIFFICULT TO ERASE AND THE DAMAGE THEY HAVE CAUSED TO THE SKIN IS PERMANENT, THE HON CHAN KAM-CHUEN SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
SPEAKING IN SUPPORT OF THE TATTOOING OF YOUNG PERSONS BILL 1984, MR CHAN SAID, +HENCE THIS PIECE OF LEGISLATION IS NECESSARY TO PROTECT THE YOUTHS FROM DOING SOMETHING, WHICH IS IRREVOCABLE, ON THE IMPULSE OF CONFORMITY OR TO IDENTIFY THEMSELVES WITH THE BAD COMPANY THEY KEEP.+
MR CHAN NOTED THAT TATTOOING HAD A LONG HISTORY DATING BACK TO ABOUT 2000 BC.
IN THE MODERN TIMES TATTOO WAS USED FOR IDENTIFYING RELEASED CONVICTS, ARMY DESERTERS, AND INMATES OF CONCENTRATION CAMPS, AS WELL AS FOR MEMBERSHIP IDENTIFICATION IN THE UNDERWORLD, HE SAID.
HE POINTED OUT THAT VOLUNTARY TATTOOING WAS ABSENT IN MOST OF CHINA, POSSIBLY DUE TO THE CONFUCIAN TEACHING +D0 NOT INJURE OR DAMAGE ONE’S BODY, HAIR AND SKIN AS THESE ARE BEQUEATHED BY ONE’S PARENTS. TO OBSERVE THIS IS THE FIRST STEP TO FILIAL PIETY.+
THE YOUNGER GENERATION SHOULD BE EDUCATED THROUGH A PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN ON THE UNDESIRABLE IMPLICATIONS OF TATTOOING AS wELL AS ON THE POSSIBILITY OF SKIN CANCER OR HEPATITIS WHICH MIGHT RESULT FROM UNSTERILISED NEEDLES AND CARCINOGENIC PAINTS, HE SAID.
ALSO SPEAKING IN SUPPORT OF THE BILL, THE HON CHEUNG YAN-LUNG PROPOSED TO MAKE IT AN OFFENCE TO TATTOO A YOUNG PERSON UNDER THE AGE OF 18 UNLESS THERE WAS CONSENT FROM HIS PARENTS OR WHERE THERE WERE ADEQUATE REASONS.
+IN FACT, A SIMILAR ACT WAS PASSED IN THE UK AS EARLY AS 1969 WHICH AIMS AT RESTRICTING THE TATTOOING OF MINORS UNTIL THEY REACr. THE AGE OF CONSENT WHEN THEY HAVE A MATURE MIND TO MAKE SUCH A FATEFUL DECISION,* HE SAID.
HE EXPLAINED THAT THE ISSUE WAS NOT A QUESTION OF LACK OF RESPECT FOR THE PERSONAL INTEREST AND TASTE OF THE YOUNG PEOPLE.
+WE HOPE ONLY THAT THEY WILL UNDERSTAND ONCE A TATTOO IS MADE, IT IS IRREMOVABLE AND THE STIGMA MAY AFFECT THEM FOR THE REST OF THEIR LIVES,* HE SAID.
AS FOR THOSE ALREADY TATTOOED, MR CHEUNG EXPRESSED THE HOPE THAT THEY WOULD BE ACCEPTED BY SOCIETY, AND THAT THERE aOULL BE NO DISCRIMINATION AGAINST THEM.
/+IN PARTICULAR.........
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
15
+ IN PARTICULAR, THE TATTOOED YOUNG OFFENDERS SHOULD NOT LOOK DOWN UPON THEMSELVES. SOCIETY IS WILLING TO WELCOME THEM BACK IF THEY ARE DETERMINED TO REFORM THEMSELVES,* HE ADDED.
HE ALSO URGED THE GOVERNMENT TO FORMULATE A COMPREHENSIVE POLICY TO STRENGTHEN SOCIAL EDUCATION SO AS TO PREVENT YOUNG PEOPLE FROM GOING ASTRAY.
------0-------
RULES ON TRANSACTIONS DISCLOSURE BEING FINALISED ******
STATUTORY RULES REQUIRING LISTED PUBLIC COMPANIES TO MAKE KNOWN DETAILS OF ANY AGREEMENT REGARDING A MATERIAL TRANSACT!? . AFFECTING THEM, COULD BE BROUGHT INTO EFFECT BEFORE THE END OF THIS YEAR, THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, THE HON PIERS JACOBS, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THE SECURITIES COMMISSIONER, IN CONSULTATION WITH THE HONG KONG FEDERATION OF STOCK EXCHANGES AND OTHER INTERESTED PARTIES, IS IN THE PROCESS OF FINALISING THE DRAFT RULES UNDER SECTION 14 CF THE SECURITIES ORDINANCE, MR JACOBS SAID, IN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON STEPHEN CHEONG.
THESE DRAFT RULES SHOULD BE SUBMITTED TO THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL FOR CONSIDERATION IN A FEW MONTHS’ TIME.
+WE HOPE THAT THEY MAY BE BROUGHT INTO EFFECT BEFORE THE END OF THIS YEAR,* MR JACOBS SAID.
UNDER THESE RULES, AN ANNOUNCEMENT BY A COMPANY WILL ALSO HAVE TO BE CLEARED BY THE EXCHANGE AND THE COMMISSIONER FOR SECURITIES PRIOR TO ITS PUBLIC RELEASE, HE EXPLAINED.
+THE GOVERNMENT RECOGNISES THE IMPORTANCE OF TIMELY DISCLOSURE OF COMMERCIAL INFORMATION FOR A HEALTHY AND INFORMED STOCK MARKET,* HE SAID.
FOR THIS REASON, HE ADDED, THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL LAST SEPTEMBER HAD ENDORSED IN PRINCIPLE THE SECURITIES COMMISSION’S RECOMMENDATIONS REGARDING DISCLOSURE OF SHAREHOLDINGS AND COMMERCIAL INFORMATION.
AND THE COMMISSION HAD THUS BEEN ASKED TO DRAFT THE STATUTORY RULES, HE EXPLAINED.
ON THE ISSUE OF INSIDER DEALING, MR JACOBS SAID THAT THE OFFICE OF THE COMMISSIONER FOR SECURITIES MONITORS SHARE PRICE MOVEMENTS DAILY.
+WHENEVER THERE IS AN INDICATION THAT INSIDER DEALING OR ANY OTHER IMPROPER TRADING PRACTICE HAS TAKEN PLACE IN RELATION TO THE SECURITIES OF A PUBLIC LISTED COMPANY, INVESTIGATIONS ARc INITIATED,* HE SAID.
------o-------
/16......
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
- 16 -
NEW LEGAL AID SCHEME WELCOMED * * *
THE INTRODUCTION OF A SUPPLEMENTARY LEGAL AID SCHEME FOR THE +SANDWICH CLASS* UNDER THE LEGAL AID (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, WAS WELCOMED TODAY BY THE HON MARIA TAM.
SPEAKING AT THE RESUMED DEBATE ON THE BILL IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MISS TAM SAID THAT THE SCHEME HAD RECEIVED THE FULL SUPPORT OF THE LEGAL PROFESSION AND HAD RECEIVED FAVOURABLE PUBLIC RESPONSE.
+THIS IMAGINATIVE AND YET PRACTICAL LOAN SCHEME WILL BE REPAID BY SUCCESSIVE AND SUCCESSFUL LITIGANTS TO MAKE IT, ONE DAY, SELF-FINANCI NG,+ SHE SAID.
+ALTHOUGH IT IS AT PRESENT AVAILABLE ONLY IN CASES OF PERSONAL INJURY, IT HAS THE POTENTIAL TO MAKE LEGAL JUSTICE AVAILABLE TO MANY OF THE UNPROTECTED ONE-THIRD OF OUR POPULATION IN THE YEARS TO COME,* SHE ADDED.
AT PRESENT THE LEGAL AID SCHEME IN CIVIL CASES WAS ESTIMATED TO COVER TWO-THIRDS OF THE POPULATION OF HONG KONG.
IN 1981, SHE SAID, THE WORKING PARTY ON THIS SCHEME REPORTED THAT BETWEEN APRIL 1980 AND MARCH 1981, 13 754 INDIVIDUALS APPLIED FOR LEGAL AID, OF THESE 5 756 WERE SUCCESSFUL, LEAVING 7 998 CASES UNAIDED- AND OUT OF THESE 7 998 CASES 1 709 WERE REFUSED BECAUSE THE APPLICANTS HAD FAILED THE MEANS TEST, ALTHOUGH THE CASES HAD MERITS.
SHE SAID THAT FROM HER EXPERIENCE IN GIVING WARD CONSULTATION SERVICE TO THE PUBLIC, SHE HAD COME ACROSS CASES IN WHICH PEOPLE SOUGHT LEGAL ASSISTANCE BECAUSE THEY FAILED THE MEANS TEST FOR LEGAL AID EVEN THOUGH THEY COULD NOT AFFORD TO ENGAGE PRIVATE SOLICITORS AND COUNSEL TO PURSUE THEIR LAWFUL ACTION FOR DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR COMMON LAW DUTY.
SHE THANKED THE ATTORNEY GENERAL FOR GIVING HIS ATTENTION TO +THE WORTHWHILE SCHEME*.
- 0 - -
/17
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
17
LAw GIVES SUFFICIENT DETERRENT TO USE OF +SOFT+ "RUGS
******
THERE ARE SUFFICIENT DETERRENT EFFECTS IN THE CURRENT u -I SLAT ION REGARDING THE USE OF PSYCHOTROPIC OR +SOFT+ DRUGS IN HONG KONG, THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON GORDON (■CRT I HER, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON CHEUNG YAN-LUNG,
■T MORTIMER SAID, +TO CURB THE INCIDENCE OF ABUSE OF PSYCHOTROPIC DRUGS, A WORKING PARTY WAS ESTABLISHED IN 1983 TO LOOK INTO THE CONTROL OF PSYCHOTROPIC AND NON-OPI ATE NARCOTIC SUBSTANCES.+
AN INTERIM REPORT OF THE WORKING PARTY, HE SAID, WAS SUBMITTED TO THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS FOR CONSIDERATION IN MID-AUGUST.
CONTRAVENTION OF THE PHARMACY AND POISONS ORDINANCE, WHICH TLY CONTROLS LOCAL USE OF PSYCHOTROPIC DRUGS, IS PUNISHABLE ri . FINE OF $10 000 AND 12 MONTHS’ IMPRISONMENT, HE SAID.
+wHERE THERE IS EPIDEMIOLOGICAL EVIDENCE OF WIDESPREAD ABUSE OF A SUBSTANCE IN OTHER COUNTRIES OR WHEN THE ABUSE OF A SUBSTANCE IN HONG KONG APPEARS TO BE INCREASING, THE SUBSTANCES CONCERNED ARE LISTED IN PART I OF THE FIRST SCHEDULE TO THE DANGEROJs DPUGS ORDINANCE.
+THE MOST STRINGENT CONTROLS ARE APPLIED AND OFFENCES UNDER THr ORDINANCE CARRY SEVERE PENALTIES EXTENDING TO LIFE IMPRISONMENT,+ FT MORTIMER SAID.
HE POINTED OUT THAT AMONG THE 11 301 PERSONS REPORTED TO THE CENTRAL REGISTRY OF DRUG ABUSE IN 1983 AS ACTUALLY ABUSING DRUGS, ONi Y 0.4 PER CENT OR 45 PERSONS WERE REPORTED AS ABUSING PSYCHOTROP I. DRUGS, MAINLY CANNABIS.
OF THESE 45 PERSONS, 22 WERE UNDER 21 YEARS OF AGE.
IN 1983, A TOTAL OF 73 PERSONS UNDER 21 WERE PROSECUTED FOR UNLAWFUL POSSESSION OF PSYCHOTROPIC DRUGS.
PENALTIES IMPOSED BY THE COURT FOR SUCH OFFENCES RANGE FRO1'' A FINE OF SEVERAL HUNDRED DOLLARS TO SEVERAL MONTHS’ IMPRISONMENT, HE SAID.
FIGURES FOR 1981 AND 1982 WERE NOT AVAILABLE BECAUSE A BREAKDOWN BY AGE WAS NOT MADE UNTIL 1983, HE ADDED.
TO COMBAT THE ILLEGAL USE OF +SOFT+ DRUGS BY YOUNGSTERS, STAFF OF THE NARCOTICS DIVISION GIVE TALKS TO JUNIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS BETWEEN THE AGES OF 13 AND 15 ON THE DANbERS OF DRUG ABUSE.
THE HELP OF PARENTS, TEACHERS AND SOCIAL WORKERS IN STEERING YOUNG PEOPLE AWAY FROM DRUGS WAS ALSO BEING SOUGHT, HE ADD-D.
-------0 --------
/18........
TUESDAY, JUlY 24, 19'^
- 18 -
WAGE PROTECTION LEVY BACKED BY UMELCO
******
IT WAS IMPORTANT THAT WORKERS’ WAGES SHOULD BE PROTECTED IN RECEIVERSHIP CASES AND THAT WORKERS BE PAID SWIFTLY, THE HON CHAN KAM-CHUEN, SAID TODAY.
HE WAS SPEAKING IN SUPPORT OF THE BUSINESS REGISTRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, WHICH PROVIDES FOR A LEVY OF $100 TO BE IMPOSED ON BUSINESS REGISTRATION CERTIFICATES FROM OCTOBER 1 THIS YEAR, TO FINANCE THE OPERATION OF THE PLANNED +PROTECTION OF „AGES ON INSOLVENCY FUND*.
REFERRING TO CRITICISM ABOUT A FLAT LEVY OF $100 BEING IMPOSED ON A CERTIFICATE, REGARDLESS OF SIZE OF THE BUSINESS, •R CHAN SAID THAT THIS HAD BEEN CONSIDERED BY THE UMELCO FORKING GROUP ON PROBLEMS EXPERIENCED BY WORKERS OF COMPANIES IN RECEIVERSHIP* AND FOUND TO BE THE SIMPLEST WAY OF DEALING THE MATTER.
OTHER SLIGHTLY MORE EQUITABLE METHODS OF RAISING A LEVY WERE CONSIDERED BUT WOULD ENTAIL MUCH MORE WORK AND ADDED COSTS TO THE PUBLIC PURSE, HE SAID.
+AFTER TAKING ALL FACTORS INTO CONSIDERATION, WE BELIEVE THAT THIS IS THE BEST METHOD AVAILABLE, BEARING IN MIND THE TIME FACTOR AND THE NEED TO GET THE FUND ESTABLISHED QUICKLY,* MR CHAN SAID.
SPEAKING ALSO IN SUPPORT OF THE BILL, THE HON STEPHEN CHEONG SAID THAT THE UMELCO GROUP HAD LOOKED INTO VARIOUS METHODS OF RAISING THE LEVY AND HAD CHOSEN +A BALANCE BETWEEN EQUITY AND SIMPLICITY+.
HE SAID THAT THE CURRENT SUGGESTIONS EMBODIED IN THE BILL WERE THE BEST +T0 GIVE AN EARLY START TO SUCH A NOBLE CAUSE*.
HE UNDERSTOOD THAT THE ADMINISTRATION WOULD BE REVIEWING THE RATE OF LEVY, INCLUDING THE QUESTIONS OF BRANCH CERTIFICATES IN THE FUTURE.
HE SUPPORTED THE BILL, HE SAID, +IN ORDER TO ENABLE FIRST PAYMENTS FROM THE PROTECTION OF WAGES IN INSOLVENCY FUND TO BE MADE AS EARLY AS POSSIBLE.*
/19 .......
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1934
19
NO CHANGE TO ROAD PRICING SCHEME * * *
THE ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING SCHEME WOULD BE CARRIE OUT AS SCHEDULED EVEN THOUGH THE NUMBER OF REGISTERED PRIVATE aRS HAD DROPPED, THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, THE HON ALAN SCOTi, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON ANDREW SO, MR SCOTT SAID THE NUMBER OF THESE CARS HAD DECLINED FROM 218 570 ON MAY 1, 1982 TO 1°2 245 ON JULY 1 THIS YEAR.
HE POINTED OUT THAT THE GOVERNMENT IS CONTRACTUALLY COMMITTED TO THE PILOT SCHEME.
+ IT HAS BEEN REPORTED RANDOMLY BY SOME TRAVELLERS THAT THE DURATION OF PEAK HOUR CONGESTION IN SOME LOCATIONS IS ON OCCASIONS NOT AS BAD AS IT USED TO BE? BUT THIS SMALL IMPROVEMENT IS NOT YET SIGNIFICANT ENOUGH TO BE QUANTIFIABLE,* HE SAID.
-----o-----
MOST CLEARANCES CARRIED OUT SMOOTHLY * * * *
IN GENERAL NO MAJOR DIFFICULTIES HAD BEEN ENCOUNTERED IN THE 04 ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCES CARRIED OUT UNDER THE AUSPICES OF DISTRICT BOARDS OVER THE °AST TWO YEARS, THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS, THE HON CHAN NAI-KEONG, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (TUESDAY).
MR CHAN, IN ANSWER TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON CHAN YING-LUN, SAID 3 248 PEOPLE HAD BEEN INVOLVED IN THESE CLEARANCES, OF wHOM 849 WERE RESETTLED.
HE SAID MOST OF THE CLEARANCES WERE CARRIED OUT SMOOTHLY WITHOUT INCIDENT.
ONLY IN A FEW EXCEPTIONAL CASES WAS
RESISTANCE ENCOUNTERED.
THESE CLEARANCES HAD
THE POLICY AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING
RECENTLY BEEN REVIEWED, MR CHAN SAID, AND CONSIDERATION WAS NOW BEING GIVEN TO EXTENDING TO ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCES THE SAME EX-GRATIA COMPENSATION AND REHOUSING THAT APPLIED TO DEVELOPMENT
CLEARANCES.
THIS WOULD MEAN THAT COMPENSATION AND REHOUSING WOULD BE AVAILABLE TO SUCH CLEAREES PROVIDED THEY MET THE USUAL ELIGIt IL IT. CRITERIA.
♦ THIS WOULD, I HOPE, ENSURE THAT FUTURE CLEARANCES PROCEED EVEN MORE SMOOTHLY,* MR CHAN CONCLUDED.
-----0------
/20........
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
20
NOTE ON REVENUE LAW EXPECTED TO BE READY SOON * * * *
TO ISSUE INLAND THE
THE COMMISSIONER OF INLAND REVENUE HOPES TO BE ABLc THE DEPARTMENTAL INTERPRETATION AND PRACTICE NOTE ON THE REVENUE (AMENDMENT) ORDINANCE 1984 BY THE END OF AUGUST, ACTING FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON DOUGLAS BL>E, TOLD THc
LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
MR BLYE WAS REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON PETER POON, WHO wAS ASKING WHEN THE GOVERNMENT WOULD MAKE THIS NOTt AVAILABLE
TO THE PUBL IC.
-----o------
NINE BILLS PASSED * * * *
NINE BILLS WERE PASSED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THEY ARE: THE INLAND REVENUE (AMENDMENT) (NO. 3) BILL 1984, THE RATING (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984, THE LEGAL AID (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, THE BUILDINGS (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984, THE BUSINESS REGISTRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, THt FIXED PENALTY (CRIMINAL PROCEEDINGS) (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984, THE LIMITATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, THE FIREARMS AND Aimmunition (amendment) bill 1984 and the tattooing of young PERSONS BILL 1984.
THE MEETING WAS ADJOURNED TO TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY).
-------0---------
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
21 -
PRESS ARRANGEMENTS FOR SIR GEOFFREY HOWE’S VISIT JULY 26-27, 1984
* * * *
A NUMBER OF PRESS FACILITIES ARE BEING ARRANGED FOR MEDIA TO COVER THE VISIT OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS, SIR GEOFFREY HOWE WHO IS SCHEDULED TO ARRIVE IN HONG KONG ON THURSDAY, JULY 26, AND DEPART FOR PEKING ON FR IDAY, JULY 27.
MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES WILL NEED SPECIAL ACCREDITATION TO COVER SIR GEOFFREY’S PUBLIC FUNCTIONS. PRESS LAPEL BADGES WILL BE ISSUED BY 6 IS TO ACCREDITED JOURNALISTS.
APPLICATION FORMS FOR ACCREDITATION FOR EACH FUNCTION WILL BE BOXED TONIGHT (TUESDAY) FOR COLLECTION. EDITORS ARE REQUESTED TO COMPLETE THE APPLICATION FORMS, RETURN THEM AND COLLECT THEIR BADGES FROM THE DUTY OFFICER, GOVERNMENT INFORM*TION SERVICES, 6TH FLOOR, BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL, AFTER 4 PM TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY).
EDITORS ARE REQUESTED TO NOTE THAT NOMINATIONS DO NOT AUTOMATICALLY MEAN THAT BADGES WILL BE ISSUED TO EVERY REPRESENTATIVE. UNLIMITED SPACE IS NOT ALWAYS AVAILABLE.
BECAUSE OF CROWD CONTROL AND SECURITY REQUIREMENTS, THERE WILL BE FIXED PRESS POSITIONS TO COVER SIR GEOFFREY S PUBLIC FUNCTIONS. WHERE POSITIONS CANNOT BE MADE AVAILABLE TO ALL, PHOTOGRAPHS WILL BE PROVIDED BY GIS AND FILM FOOTAGE MADE AVAILABLE BY RTHK.
BADGES WILL BE ISSUED FOR THE FOLLOWING AA!D EXACT TIMINGS WILL BE GIVEN LATERt
THURSDAY, JULY 26
ARRIVAL AT KAI TAK, 3 PM (APPROX)
FRIDAY, JULY 27
ARRIVAL AT CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES FOR EXCO MEETING AND MEETING WITH UMELCO, 9 AM (APPROX)
DEPARTURE FROM CGO, 12.50 PM (APPROX)
DEPARTURE FROM KAI TAK FOR PEKING, 2.50 PM (APPROX)
PRESS ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE SECOND VISIT BY SIR GEOFFREY HOWE, ON JULY 31 AND AUGUST 1 WILL BE ISSUED LATER.
------o-------
/22........
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
22
’FUTURES CONTRACT’ DEFINED IN NEW BILL * * * * *
A COMMODITIES TRADING (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, WHICH SEEKS TO FACILITATE THE REORGANISATION OF THE HONG KONG COMMOD Y EXCHANGE LTD AND THE INTRODUCTION OF A STOCK INDEX FUTURES CONTRACT IN THE REORGANISED EXCHANGE WILL BE PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE NEXT WEEK.
THE PROPOSAL TO ESTABLISH A FINANCIAL FUTURES MARKET, ANNOUNCED IN MAY THIS YEAR, HAS BEEN WELCOMED BY POTENTIAL MARKET USERS AND /.ILL BE CONTINGENT UPON THE PROPER REORGANISATION OF THE EXCHANGE.
AN OVERALL REVIEW OF THE COMMODITIES TRADING ORDINANCE IS ALSO UNDERWAY AND A MAJOR AMENDMENT BILL TO IMPROVE CONTROL OVER COMMODITIES TRADING AND FUTURES TRADING GENERALLY IS EXPECTED TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL NEXT SESSION.
THE AMENDMENT BILL TO BE PUBLISHED NEXT WEEK PROVIDES NEW DEFINITIONS FOR THE TERMS ’COMMODITY’ AND ’FUTURES CONTRACT’ WHICH WILL ALLOW A FUTURES CONTRACT BASED ON THE HANG SENG INDEX TO BE TRADED ON THE COMMODITIES EXCHANGE WHEN BOTH THE SECURITIES COMMISSION AND THE COMMODITY TRADING COMMISSION ARE SATISFIED THAT THE NECESSARY SAFEGUARDS TO PROTECT THE INVESTING PUBLIC HAVE BEEN INSTITUTED BY THE REORGANISED EXCHANGE.
THE BILL ALSO ALLOWS THE COMMODITIES TRADING COMMISSION TO HAVE MORE MEMBERS TO COPE WITH ITS ADDITIONAL ACTIVITIES. IT FURTHER WIDENS THE MEMBERSHIP OF THE EXCHANGE COMPANY BY LIFTING SHARE-HOLDING RESTRICTIONS ON LICENSED BANKS AND DTCS AND THEIR DIRECTORS OR EMPLOYEES, AND ON PRACTISING SOLICITORS AND PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS. HOWEVER, THE AMENDMENTS LIMIT CORPORATE MEMBERSHIP TO COMPANIES WHICH ARE INCORPORATED IN HONG KONG AND ENGAGED SOLELY IN FUTURES TRADING. BANKS AND DTCS, THE POTENTIAL MAJOR USERS OF THE FINANCIAL FUTURES MARKET, WILL THEREFORE BE ABLE TO PARTICIPATE IN THE REORGANISED EXCHANGE THROUGH THEIR SUBSIDIARIES.
THE BILL WILL BE INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON OCTOBER 10 AND IS EXPECTED TO RECEIVE ITS THIRD READING ON NOVEMBER 7.
ANYONE WHO WISHES TO COMMENT ON ITS PROVISIONS MAY WRITE TO
UMELCO, AT SWIRE HOUSE, 12TH FLOOR, CHATER ROAD, OR TO
THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, AT THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, LOWER ALBERT ROAD, HONG KONG.
- 0 ---------
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1=>84
MEMBERSHIP CRITERIA CHANGE ENDORSED
******
THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL TODAY ENDORSED THE SECURITIES COMMISSION’S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CHANGING THE MEMBERSHIP CRITERIA OF THE STOCK EXCHANGE OF HONG KONG LTD (UNIFIED EXCHANGE). IT ALSO DIRECTED THAT LEGISLATION TO GIVE EFFECT TO THE RECOMMENDATIONS SHOULD BE INTRODUCED IN TIME FOR THE OPENING OF THE UNIFIED EXCHANGE hEXT YEAR.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT UNDER THE STOCK EXCHANGto UNIFICATION ORDINANCE, CORPORATIONS AND FIRMS ARE DISQUALIFIED FROn MEMBERSHIP. DIRECTORS AND EMPLOYEES OF A LICENSED BANK OR DTC aRE ALSO DISQUALIFIED, AS ARE PRACTISING LEGAL PROFESSIONALS AND ACCOUNTANTS UNLESS THEY WERE MEMBERS OR ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF ONE CF THE FOUR EXCHANGES BEFORE THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE STOCK EXCHANGES UNIFICATION ORDINANCE.
IN RESPONSE TO THE REQUEST FROM THE COMMITTEE OF THE UNIFIED EXCHANGE, THE SECURITIES COMMISSION SET UP A SPECIAL COMMITTEE IN FEBRUARY 1983 TO REVIEW THE MEMBERSHIP ISSUE. THE COMMITTEE FOUND THE MEMBERSHIP CRITERIA IN THE ORDINANCE AT VARIANCE WITH THE EXISTING MEMBERSHIP SITUATION. THE COMMISSION, AFTER HAVING WIDE CONSULTATION WITH THE FINANCIAL SECTOR AND OTHER INTERESTED PARTIcj, RECOMMENDED THE REMOVAL OF THE EXISTING DISQUALIFICATIONS AND THz INTRODUCTION OF NEW MEMBERSHIP CRITERIA MORE IN LINE WITH THE PRESENT DAY NEEDS OF THE SECURITIES INDUSTRY.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT IN FUTURE THERE WILL BE THREE TYPES OF TRADING ENTITIES FOR THE UNIFIED EXCHANGE -- INDIVIDUAL MEMEERo, CORPORATE MEMBERS AND PARTNERSHIPS, AND TWO TYPES OF MEMBERSHIP — INDIVIDUAL AND CORPORATE.
THE CRITERIA FOR INDIVIDUAL MEMBERS WILL REMAIN UNCHANGED THOUGH A THREE-YEARS’ EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENT WILL BE IMPOSED. ANY HONG KONG CORPORATION WHOSE ONLY BUSINESS IS STOCKBROKINu MAY BE ELIGIBLE FOR MEMBERSHIP. SUBSIDIARIES OF CORPORATIONS, INCLUDING THOSE OF BANKS AND DTCS, SET UP FOR THE PURPOSt OF STOCKBROKING BUSINESS WILL BE REQUIRED TO HAVE SEPARATE MANAGEMENT AND SEPARATE OFF ICES.
STRINGENT FINANCIAL REQUIREMENTS AND DETAILS OF ADMISSION WILL BE SET OUT IN THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF THE UNIFIED EXCHANGE.
ANOTHER SIGNIFICANT CHANGE IS THAT MEMBERS OF THE UNIFIED EXCHANGE WILL IN FUTURE BE ALLOWED TO FORM PARTNERSHIPS .. ITH OTHER MEMBERS OF THE EXCHANGE OR LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS rtllTH NON-MEMBERS.
/THE SPOKESMAN .......
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
24
THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT UPON THE CREATION OF THE NEW TRADING ENTITIES, THE ASSOCIATE MEMBERSHIP WILL BE ABOLISHED AND +DEEDS CF TRUST* WILL NO LONGER BE ALLOWED.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE RELAXATION ON TYPES OF MEMBERSHIP AND PARTNERSHIP OF MEMBERS WILL PROVIDE FLEXIBILITY TO MEET THE CHANGING NEEDS OF THE SECURITIES MARKET.
THESE RECOMMENDATIONS WILL REQUIRE AMENDMENTS TO THE SECURITIES AND STOCK EXCHANGES UNIFICATION ORDINANCES AND TO THE SECURITIES (DEALERS, INVESTMENT ADVISERS AND REPRESENTATIVES) REGULATIONS AND SECURITIES (ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT) REGULATIONS. STOCK EXCHANGE COMPENSATION FUND REGULATIONS WILL ALSO HAVE TO BE PREPARED. THE SPOKESMAN ANTICIPATED THAT THE AMENDING LEGISLATION WILL BE ENACTED IN EARLY 1985.
-------0---------
VIEWS TO BE SOUGHT ON TRANSPORT VIABILITY
******
THE GOVERNMENT AIMS TO INVITE PUBLIC DISCUSSION ON THE FINANCIAL VIABILITY OF ALL MODES OF PUBLIC TRANSPORT AT THE END OF THIS YEAR, THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, MR ALAN SCOTT, DISCLOSED TODAY.
FOR OVER A YEAR, HE SAID, THE TRANSPORT BRANCH HAD CLOSELY EXAMINED QUESTIONS SUCH AS THE COMPARISON BETWEEN MTR AND BUS FARES, THE COMMUNITY’S DIRECT AND INDIRECT CONTRIBUTIONS TOWARDS THE TOTAL COSTS OF PROVIDING MTR AND BUS SERVICES AND THE OVERALL ECONOMIC BENEFITS.
SPEAKING AT THE LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE ROTARY CLUB OF HONG KONG, MR SCOTT POINTED OUT THAT THE GOVERNMENT WAS COMMITTED TO ENSURING ADEQUATE, INTEGRATED PUBLIC TRANSPORT, WITH A REASONABLE CHOICE AND LEVELS OF FARES.
HE NOTED: +BUT IT IS FAIR AND NECESSARY THAT THE VARIOUS SECTORS CF THE TRAVELLING PUBLIC AND THE COMMUNITY AS A WHOLE SHOULD BE AWAKc CF WHO IS PAYING FOR WHAT.
+ IT IS OUR AIM BEFORE THE END OF THIS YEAR, TO PUBLISH A PAPER ON THESE ISSUES FOR PUBLIC DISCUSSION WITH A NUMBER OF POSSIBLE COURSES OF ACTION FOR CONSIDERATION.*
HE SAID HE BELIEVED THAT THE MOST IMPORTANT PRESENT TASK OF TRANSPORT BRANCH AND TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT WAS TO ASSIST THE COMMUNITY AT ALL LEVELS, IN PARTICULAR AT DISTRICT BOARD LEVEL, TO UNDERSTAND THE BROAD ISSUES AS WELL AS THE LOCAL ISSUES BEFORE THEY TOOK A VIEW ON TRANSPORT MATTERS.
/MR SCOTT........
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
- 25 -
MR SCOTT TRACED THE TRANSPORT STUDIES COMMISSIONED BY FHE GOVERNMENT SINCE I960.
WAS FOR
DESPITE ALL THE STUDIES, HE SAID, THE LOCAL TRANSPORT SITUATION NOT AS GOOD AS HE LIKED IT TO BE — MAINLY DUE TO COMPETITION RESOURCES AND NATURAL POLITICAL HESITATION TO IMPOSE ALL THE
DESIRABLE MEASURES OF CONTROL.
+WE HAVE TO DECIDE HOW BEST TO HUSBAND OUR PRESENT RESOURCES TO OPTIMISE THE ROAD NETWORK IN DIFFERENT WAYS SO THAT WE CAN PROVIDE A SATISFACTORY TRAFFIC FLOW FOR HONG KONG IN THE CONTINUING FUTURE.* HE ADDED.
-----o------
NEW CHALLENGE TO DB MEMBERS
* * * *
DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS WILL FACE A NEW CHALLENGE AFTER NEXT YEAR’S ELECTIONS BECAUSE THEY STAND THE CHANCE OF BEING SELECTED TO THE REGIONAL COUNCIL OR EVEN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, THc PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT SECRETARY FOR NEW TERRITORIES, MRS RITA LAU, SAID TODAY (TUESDAY).
+THESE DB MEMBERS WILL THEN SERVE NOT ONLY THEIR OWN DISR ICTS, BUT ALSO THE TERRITORY AS A WHOLE WHEN THEY SIT ON THE HIGHER COUNCILS.*
MRS LAU WAS SPEAKING AT A PRESS CONFERENCE ORGANISED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES GENERM CHAMBER OF COMMERCE TO ANNOUNCE PLANS TO HELP PROMOTE THE COMING VOTER REGISTRATION CAMPAIGN.
+NEXT YEAR’S ELECTIONS WILL MARK A NEW ERA IN DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION BECAUSE BY THEN, ELECTED SEATS OF THE BOARDS w ILL BE INCREASED AND THE CHAIRMEN OF THE BOARDS WILL BE ELECTED AMONG THE UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS.
+THESE CHANGES WILL INCREASE THE REPRESENTATIVENESS OF THE BOARDS AND FURTHER PROMOTE THE SPIRIT OF DEMOCRACY,* SHE SAID.
CONTRIBUTIONS BY DB MEMBERS TO THE COMMUNITY IN THE PAST THREE YEARS WAS EVIDENT AND MRS LAU URGED ALL ELIGIBLE VOTERS TO SUPPORT
THE DISTRICT BOARDS BY REGISTERING AS VOTERS.
SHE SAID A SIX-WEEK VOTERS REGISTRATION EXERCISE WOULD START IN THE MIDDLE OF NEXT MONTH.
+HOWEVER, THE SUPPORT FROM VARIOUS COMMUNITY ORGANISATIONS IS ALSO VERY IMPORTANT IN MAKING DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION A SUCCESS,* MRS LAU ADDED.
--------0----------
/26 .......
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
- 26 -
SPREADING THE DB MESSAGE * * * *
A TWO-PHASE PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN HAS BEEN LAUNCHED T. ENCOURAGE Ei !G IBLE VOTERS TO REGISTER FOR THE MARCH DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS.
THE FIRST PHASE NOW UNDERWAY IS AIMED AT INCREASING PUBLIC AWARENESS OF THE WORK AND ACHIEVEMENTS OF DISTRICT BOARDS. IT IS HOPED THAT THROUGH A BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF THE BOARDS’ CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE COMMUNITY, MORE PEOPLE WILL BE MOTIVATED TO REGISTER AS VOTERS.
PUBLICITY MATERIAL FOR THIS PHASE COMPRISES A POSTER, A SERIES OF TEN TELEVISION SLIDES, AND SUPPORTING RADIO MESSAGES.
FIRST PHASE PUBLICITY WILL LAST UNTIL THE MIDDLE OF NEXT MONTH. WHEN REGISTRATION STARTS ON AUGUST 15, PUBLICITY WILL TAKE A NEW TURN, URGING PEOPLE TO REGISTER DURING THE SPECIFIED PERIOD AND STRESSING THE IMPORTANCE OF VOTING.
MEANWHILE, WIDE-RANGING ACTIVITIES AT DISTRICT LEVEL TO PUBLICISE THE CONTRIBUTIONS OF DISTRICT BOARDS AND TO PROMOTE REGISTRATION ARE BEING CARRIED OUT BY THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION.
-----o------
JOB-FINDING FOR MENTALLY DISABLED
*****
THE LABOUR PEOPLE WHO HAVE HANDICAPPED AND
DEPARTMENT WILL-BE HELPING TO FIND EMPLOYMENT FOR MENTAL DISABILITIES, INCLUDING THE MENTALLY EX-MENTALLY ILL.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY THAT THE NEW UNDERTAKING, WAS BEING TAKEN OVER FROM/THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S JOB PLACEMENT UNIT.
IT WOULD BE AN EXTENSION OF THE DEPARTMENT’S SELECTIVE PLACEMENT SERVICE (SPS).
THE SPS HAD PREVIOUSLY CATERED ONLY FOR THE PHYSICALLY DISABLED, INCLUDING THE BLIND, THE DEAF AND THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED, HE ADDED.
THE NEW PLACEMENT SERVICE FOR THE MENTALLY DISABLED WILL OPERATE FROM EAST ASIA COMMERCIAL CENTRE, GROUND FLOOR, TEXACO ROAD, TSUEN WAN AS FROM JULY 30, AND FROM THE HONG KONG OFFICE OF THE SPS AT DOMINION CENTRE, GROUND FLOOR, QUEEN’S ROAD EAST, HONG KONG IN ANOTHER TWO MONTHS’ TIME.
/ALL CASES
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
27
ALL CASES OF THE MENTALLY DISABLED REGISTERED WITH THE JOB PLACEMENT UNIT OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT, INCLUDING THOSE NOT YET PLACED IN EMPLOYMENT, WOULD BE TRANSFERRED TO THE SPS AT THE END OF JULY.
ORGANISATIONS WISHING TO REFER MENTALLY DISABLED PERSONS FOR EMPLOYMENT ASSISTANCE SHOULD CONTACT THE SELECTIVE PLACEMENT SERVICE AFTER JULY 30. TO FACILITATE SMOOTH OPERATION AND TO AVOID INCONVENIENCE, THEY SHOULD MAKE PRIOR APPOINTMENTS ON TELEPHONE 0-4988444, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
EMPLOYERS ARE WELCOME TO CONTACT THE SPS THROUGH THE SAME NUMBER.
0
REG I STER-TO-VCTt DRIVE ON
* * * *
STAFF OF A LOCAL BANK TODAY PLEDGED THEIR FULL SUPPORT TO NEX. YEAR’S DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS BY FIRST REGISTERING AS VOTERS.
THIS WAS MADE POSSIBLE WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF THE CHAIRMAN A .u EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR OF THE LIU CHONG HING BANK, MR LIU LIT-FOR.
A MOBILE REGISTRATION TEAM FROM THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT OFFICE VISITED THE BANK’S HEAD OFFICE THIS MORNING TO EXPLAIN THE WORK OF THE DISTRICT BOARD, DISTRIBUTE PUBLICITY HANDOUTS AND FILL IN REGISTRATION FORMS FOR THE BANK STAFF.
THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MR KIM SALKELD, WHO HEADED THE TEAM SA IDs +SIMILAR BULK REGISTRATION IS MOST WELCOME. OUR MOBILE TEAM WILL PROVIDE THIS KIND OF SERVICE AS AND WHEN SUCH REQUESTS ARE RECEIVED.+
POINTING OUT THIS IS PART OF A SERIES OF ACTIVITIES ORGANISED TO PUBLICISE AND PROMOTE THE CURRENT REGISTRATION CAMPAIGN, HE URGED EMPLOYERS IN THE DISTRICT TO RESPOND TO THE DRIVE.
HE ALSO APPEALED TO RESIDENTS IN CENTRAL AND WESTERN TO SUPPORT HOUSEHOLD VISITS BEING MADE BY DISTRICT OFFICE STAFF AND TEMPORARY COMMUNITY ORGANISERS TO HELP ELIGIBLE VOTERS TO REGISTER.
+THE VISITS WILL LAST UNTIL THE END OF SEPTEMBER, HOPEFULLY COVERING ALL RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS IN THE DISTRICT,* HE SAID.
HE ADDED THAT MOST VISITS WOULD BE CONDUCTED IN THE EVENINGS FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF RESIDENTS.
LETTERS WITH THE DATE AND TIME OF SUCH VISITS WILL Be oENT TO INDIVIDUAL HOUSEHOLDS A COUPLE OF DAYS IN ADVANCE, AND POSTERS WILL BE PUT UP INSIDE BUILDINGS TO REMIND RESIDENTS.
ENQUIRIES OR CONFIRMATION OF THE VISITS CAN BE MADE AT THE DISTRICT OFFICE OR BY TELEPHONING 5-450888.
------o-------
/28......
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1934 •
28
MARINE POLICE BASE TO BE EXPANDED * * * *
A $956 221 PILING CONTRACT HAS BEEN AWARDED FOR CONSTRUCTION OF AN ADMINISTRATION BLOCK AT ABERDEEN MARINE POLICE BASE.
THE 16-STOREY BLOCK WILL OCCUPY A 900-SQUARE-METRE SITE AT SHAM WAN ROAD AND IS PART OF A PLAN TO EXPAND THE BASE.
FACILITIES WILL INCLUDE OFFICES, A RADIO AND RADAR ROOF, WORKSHOPS, ILLEGAL IMMIGRANT HOLDING AREAS, BARRACKS, CHANGING ROOMS, A DINING ROOM, A RECREATIONAL ROOM, A STOREROOM AND LAUNDRY.
PILING WILL START NEXT MONTH AND BE COMPLETED IN DECEMBER.
THE CONTRACT HAS BEEN AWARDED TO FRANK I CONTRACTORS LIMITED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
TENDERS FOR THE BLOCK’S SUPERSTRUCTURE, WHICH WILL TAKE 18 MONTHS TO BUILD, WILL BE INVITED LATER THIS YEAR.
-----0-----
VILLAGE CLEANSING CONTRACT AWARDED
* * * *
THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT TODAY AWARDED A $20 000 CONTRACT FOR CARRYING OUT CLEANSING SERVICES ON AP CHAU TO A LOCAL AGENT.
MONTHS FROM AUGUST 1
THE CONTRACT, GOOD FOR EIGHT l._.......- ---- ---- SIGNED BY THE DIRECTOR OF NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES AND THE CONTRACTOR, MR CHAN SAU-TUNG.
WAS
MR DAVID WEEKS
MR WEEKS SAID THIS CONTRACT WAS ANOTHER STEP FORWARD IN INVOLVING THE LOCAL COMMUNITY IN VILLAGE CLEANSING.
THIS CLEANSING SCHEME IS BEING UNDERTAKEN BY OTHER SIX VILLAGco IN THE NEW TERRITORIES. THEY ARE : WANG TOI SHAN IN YUEN LONG, LUNG KWU TAN IN TUEN MUN, HANG HAU IN SAI KUNG, CARE VILLAGE IN TAI PO, CHUNG MEI RESITE VILLAGE IN KWAI CHUNG AND TAI LONG WAN TSUEN ON LANTAU ISLAND.
MR WEEKS SAID THAT GOOD RESULTS HAD BEEN ACHIEVED IN THESE
VILLAGES.
HE EXPRESSED CONFIDENCE THAT AT AP CHAU, THE USE OF A PKIVAT__ CONTRACTOR WOULD ALSO GIVE A BETTER AND MORE COST-EFFECTIVE SERVI Ci.
ALSO PRESENT AT THE CONTRACT SIGNING CEREMONY WERE THE CHAIRMAN OF THE SHA TAU KOK RURAL COMMITTEE, MR YIP SHING, AND THE STAFF OFFICER (CLEANSING) OF THE NTSD, MR LAM CHUNG-HUE N.
------0-------
/29......
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1984
29
CLEARWAY HOURS IN TAI KOO SHING SHORTENED ******
FROM 19 AM ON THURSDAY (JULY 26), THE URBAN CLEARWAY HOURS OF SEVERAL ROAD SECTIONS IN TAI KOO SHING WILL BE SHORTENED.
THE NEW HOURS WILL BE FROM 7 AM TO 10 AM AND FROM 4 PM TO 7 PM DAILY.
THE SECTIONS ARE :
* TAI KOO SHING ROAD FROM A POINT ABOUT 20 METRES EAST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH TAI WING AVENUE TO A POINT ABOUT 60 METRES EAST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH TAI FUNG AVENUE ;
* TAI WING AVENUE FROM ITS JUNCTION WITH TAI KOO WAN ROAD TO A POINT ABOUT 25 METRES SOUTH OF THE SAME JUNCTION? AND THE SAME ROAD FROM ITS JUNCTION WITH TAI KOO SHING ROAD TO A POINT ABOUT 20 METRES NORTH OF THE SAME JUNCTION; AND
* TAI KOO WAN ROAD FROM A POINT ABOUT 50 METRES EAST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH TAI FUNG AVENUE TO A POINT ABOUT 40 METRES EAST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH TAI WING AVENUE.
NO VEHICLES OTHER THAN FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS DURING THE RESTRICTED PERIODS Wi■HIN ~HESE ROAD SECTIONS.
-----0------
TRAFFIC MEASURES AT CHEUNG SHA WAN ROAD *****
FROM 10 AM ON THURSDAY (JULY 26), SPECIAL TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IN FORCE AT CHEUNG SHA WAN ROAD FOR ABOUT SIX MONTHS, TO FACILITATE CONSTRUCTION WORK.
UNDER THE ARRANGEMENTS, THE FOLLOWING WILL BE BANNED :
* LEFT-TURN MOVEMENT FROM CHEUNG SHA WAN ROAD NORTHBOUND INTO YEN CHOW STREET WESTBOUND.
* RIGHT-TURN MOVEMENT FROM YEN CHOW STREET WESTBOUND INTO CHEUNG SHA WAN ROAD NORTHBOUND.
* RIGHT-TURN MOVEMENT FROM CHEUNG SHA WAN ROAD SOUTHBOUND INTO YEN CHOW STREET WESTBOUND FOR ALL VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES.
-------o----------
/30........
TUESDAY, JULY 24, 1934
- 30 -
WORK ON WATER STREET * * * *
WORK WILL START TOMORROW ON RECONSTRUCTING A SECTION OF WATER STREET BETWEEN THIRD STREET AND CONNAUGHT ROAD WEST.
A SECTION OF THE FOOTPATH FOR EXISTING COOKED FOOD STORES WILL BE WIDENED SO THAT A TWO-LANE CARRIAGEWAY CAN BE PROVIDED.
THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE OF THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT HAS AWARDED A $3.2 MILLION CONTRACT TO CHUEN HING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LIMITED FOR THE WORK.
WHEN THE WORK IS COMPLETED IN 15 MONTHS, VEHICULAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC CONGESTION IN THE AREA WILL BE SUBSTANTIALLY REDUCED.
-----o------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191
• WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1984 • % •• • •
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL MEETING:
PEOPLE MUST BE ALLOWED TO MOVE - AG ...................... 1
OPTION SEEKERS SHOULD NOT BE IGNORED ..................... 3
NEED FOR CONTINUED FREEDOM TO TRAVEL STRESSED ............ 6
ERBEDOM OF MOVEMENT MEANS MORE THAN RIGHT TO TRAVEL....... 7
GOVERNMENT URGED TO SUPPORT CASE OF BDTC1 S .............. 7
ICAO CASES AT SAME LEVEL - LOBO .......................... 9
MODERN ENGLISH LAW AND LOCAL PRACTICE COMBINED ........... 10
PLAN TO BOOST CIVIC EDUCATION ............................ 12
PLANS TO RECRUIT MORE SPECIALISTS ........................ 14
FREEDOM TO TRAVEL A MUST - IP ............................ 15
MAJOR POLICY STEPS BEING TAKEN ON POLLUTION .............. 15
ISSUE OF OBJECTIONABLE PUBLICATIONS EXPLAINED ............ 17
LAW PROTECTS WORKERS OVERSEAS ............................ 18
AMENDMENTS IMPROVE JURY SYSTEM............................ 19
NECESSARY MEASURE.........................................
IED CROSS TO TAKE OVER PRODUCTION OF BLOOD COMPONENTS .... 20
23 CLUBS HOLD LEASES ON ISLAND ........................... 21
/ROAD TRAFFIC
ROAD TRAFFIC BILL GETS GENERAL SUPPORT ...................... 22
CASH AID TO MACS 'ADEQUATE' ................................. 23
offences Carrying corporal punishment under review......... 23
NINE BILLS PASSED.................................i......^. 24
GOVERNOR RETURNING TOMORROW' ................................... 25
GROUP TO TAKE A BREAK........................................... 25
NEW CONVEYANCING LAW ’DESIRABLE' - GLEESON ..................... 25
YOUNG MUSICIANS SEEN AT WORK.................................... 28
ARRESTS OF COOKED-FOOD HAWKERS TREBLED ......................... 28
ELECTRICAL WORKS CONTRACT AWARDED ............................ 29
SAI YING PUN CLEARWAY HOURS REVISED ............................ 30
CAREERS EXHIBITION ............................................. 30
TUEN MUN SITE OFFERED........................................... 31
WEAK WATER PRESSURE.......................................... 31
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1984
- 1 -
PEOPLE MUST BE ALLOWED TO MOVE - AG ******
HONG KONG HAD TO LET PEOPLE MOVE, THE ATTOft!\:Y GENERAL, THE HON MICHAEL THOMAS, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUI; IL TODAY.
TO BUILD A WALL AROUND HONG KONG, TO CONFINE ITS PEOPLE TO ITS 410 SQUARE MILES, WOULD THROTTLE THEIR DRIVE AND ENERGY AND CONDEMN THIS PLACE TO BECOME A DESOLATE BACKWATER, HE SAID AT THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT.
REFERRING TO UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS’ EXPRESSION OF CONCERN IN THE DEBATE ABOUT PRESERVING THEIR RIGHT TO TRAVEL AFTER 1997, MR THOMAS SAID IT WAS OBVIOUS THAT THE TWO GOVERNMENTS WHO ARE IN NEGOTIATION TO DEVISE ARRANGEMENTS THAT WOULD ENABLE HONG KONG TO MAINTAIN ITS STABILITY AND PROSPERITY +MUST HAVE A COMMON AIM TO MAINTAIN THOSE FREEDOMS*.
MR THOMAS RECALLED THAT SIR GEOFFREY HOWE - D ANNOUNCED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL CHAMBER ON APRIL 20 THAI BRITAIN’S CHIEF CONCERN IN THE NEGOTIATIONS WAS TO PRESERVE THE WAY OF LIFE IN HONG KONG, AND THAT SIR GEOFFREY SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN THAT CONTEXT THE MAINTENANCE OF THE FREEDOM OF TRAVEL AND THE CONTINUITY OF THE LEGAL SYSTEM.
+BUSINESSMEN TRAVEL ABROAD TO MAKE CONTACTS WITH OVERSEAS INVESTORS, MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS. MANY MOfct. BRING HERE THEIR COMMERCIAL SKILLS AND THEIR DESIGNS BECAUSE THEY FIND IN HONG KONG WORKERS WHO ARE WILLING TO WORK AND INVESTORS WHO ARE WILLING TO TAKE RISKS,* MR THOMAS SAID.
THERE WERE IN ESSENCE, FOUR ASPECTS OF THE FREEDOM TO TRAVEL — TO MOVE, TO LEAVE, TO BELONG AND TO RETURN, MR THOMAS SAID.
HE SAID THAT EXCEPT WITHIN AREAS USED FOR SECURITY PURPOSES, ALL PERSONS LAWFULLY HERE — BOTH ALIENS AND CITIZENS — COULD MOVE AND RESIDE AND BUY PROPERTY WHERE THEY LIKED.
THE ONLY REAL EXCEPTION WAS THE CASE OF THE VIETNAMESE REFUGEES IN CLOSED CAMPS, A SPECIAL CASE TO WHICH DIFFERENT PRINCIPLES APPLIED.
THE RIGHT TO LEAVE, MR THOMAS SAID, GAVE NO RIGHT TO ENTER ANY OTHER TERRITORY.
♦WHETHER THEY WILL ADMIT PEOPLE FROM HONG KONG IS A MATTER FOR THEM AND INCREASINGLY THIS CENTURY, THE TREND HAS BEEN WORKING AGAINST FREE MOVEMENT OF PEOPLES.
/+G0VSmLUT3 A20U17D
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1%4
2
♦GOVERNMENTS AROUND THE WORLD CAN NO LONGER KEEP THEIR DOORS CPEN TO NEW ARRIVALS. ECONOMIC, RACIAL AND SOCIAL PRESSURES FROM WITHIN HAVE PRODUCED RESTRICTIVE ATTITUDES,* HE S/ D.
THE THIRD FREEDOM OF BELONGING, MR THOMAS SAID, LAY IN THE RIGHT OF THOSE WHO BELONG TO A TERRITORY NOT TO BE REMOVED OR DEPORTED FROM IT.
♦CITIZENS OF GREECE OR ROME COULD BE BANISHED, BUT THE PRESENT POSITION IS THAT ONCE YOU ARE A CITIZEN THERE CAN BE NO WITHDRAWAL OF FULL RIGHTS.
♦WITH ALIENS IT IS ANOTHER MATTER. THERE ARE GRADATIONS BL'T EVERY ONE IN HONG KONG CAN BE DEPORTED BY DUE PROCESS OF LAW EXCEPT HONG KONG BELONGERS,* HE SAID.
THE FOURTH FREEDOM, HE SAID, WAS CONNECTED WITH THE THIRD — IT WAS THE FREEDOM OF THE BELONGER TO RETURN FROM ABROAD AFTER HE HAS LEFT.
♦ NO ONE CAN BE STRIPPED OF THEIR RIGHT OF ABODE OR BE MADE STATELESS IN THEIR ABSENCE.
MR THOMAS SAID THAT THE FOUR FREEDOMS WERE NOT UNQUALIFIED BUT THE RESTRICTIONS ON THEM THAT WERE AUTHORISED BY THE INTERNATIONAL COVENANTS WERE HEAVILY CIRCUMSCRIBED: ONLY THOSE WHICH ARE NECESSARY TO PROTECT NATIONAL SECURITY, PUBLIC ORDER, PUBLIC HEALTH OR MORALS OR THE RIGHTS AND FREEDOMS OF OTHERS, AND WERE CONSISTENT WITH THE OTHER RIGHTS IN THE COVENANT.
THUS THERE COULD BE A NUMBER OF LAWFUL RESTRICTIONS IN HONG KONG, MR THOMAS SAID. FOR EXAMPLE, THE CIVIL DEBTOR, THE TAX DODGER AND THE FUGITIVE CRIMINAL MIGHT BE PREVENTED FROM LEAVING KAI TAK UNDER THIS UMBRELLA.
SPEAKING OF THE SPECIAL POSITION OF BRITISH NATIONALS WHO ENJOY RESIDENT STATUS IN HONG KONG, MR THOMAS SAID THESE RIGHTS OF NATIONALITY DEPENDED ON BRITISH LAW AND ULTIMATELY UPON A DECISION OF THE UNITED KINGDOM PARLIAMENT.
+l UNDERSTAND THE WISH OF BRITISH NATIONALS TO PRESS THEIR CAUSE UPON HER MAJESTY’S GOVERNMENT, PARTICULARLY AT A TIME OF ANXIETY ABOUT THE FUTURE OF THIS TERRITORY. AND I WOULD LIKE TO PAY TRIBUTE TO THE IMAGINATIVE PLAN OF MR T.S. LO TO ENCOURAGE GOVERNMENTS OVERSEAS TO BE MORE GENEROUS TO IMMIGRANTS FROM HONG KONG,+ HE SAID.
MR THOMAS DREW ATTENTION TO A WRITTEN ANSWER GIVEN IN THE HOUSE OF COMMONS YESTERDAY WHICH SAID THAT QUESTIONS OF NATIONALITY WERE UNDER DISCUSSION IN THE TALKS ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG BEING HELD IN PEKING.
/♦THE ISSUES........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1984
♦ THE ISSUES INVOLVED ARE COMPLICATED. IT WOULD NOT BE APPROPRIATE FOR ME TO GO INTO DETAILS OF WHAT IS BEING DISCUSSED: L-UT MEMBERS MAY REST ASSURED THAT THE NEGOTIATORS HAVE THE INTERESTS OF THE WHOLE OF HONG KONG’S POPULATION AT HEA AND WILL BE SEEKING TO INCORPORATE IN THE AGREEMENT CLEAR AND DETAILED PROVISIONS FOR RESOLVING THIS ISSUE.
♦ THE OBJECTIVE WHICH THEY HAVE IN MIND IS THE NEED TO ENSURE CONTINUITY IN THE FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT WHICH HONG KONG PEOPLE NOW ENJOY AND WHICH I HAVE EXPLAINED IN DETAIL,* MR THOMAS SAID.
BUT AT THE SAME TIME, MR THOMAS SAID, IT WOULD BE APPARENT ON READING THE DEBATE IN THE HOUSE OF COMMONS ON MAY 16 THAT THERE WAS NO SUPPORT EXPRESSED BY MEMBERS OF PARLIAMENT FOR WHOLESALE AND OPEN-ENDED GUARANTEES OF PERMANENT IMMIGRATION FROM HONG KONG INTO THE UNITED KINGDOM.
♦ THE ANXIETIES WHICH GIVE RISE TO DEMANDS FOR SUCH UNDERTAKINGS ARE VERY UNDERSTANDABLE BUT THE FACTS OF POLITICAL LIFE APPEAR TO ME TO RULE THIS OUT,* HE SAID.
+ANYHOW THE OBJECTIVE OF THE NEGOTIATORS IS TO PRODUCE AN AGREEMENT WHICH WILL ENABLE HONG KONG PEOPLE TO GO ON ENJOYING THE SAME RIGHTS AND FREEDOMS WHICH THEY ENJOY TODAY.
+LET US HOPE THAT THE OUTCOME OF THE TALKS WILL REMOVE THESE ANXIETIES,* MR THOMAS SAID.
- - 0 - -
OPTION SEEKERS SHOULD NOT BE IGNORED
******
WHAT HONG KONG CANNOT AFFORD TO IGNORE AT PRESENT IS THE SUCCESSFUL AND SKILLED MIDDLE CLASS WHO ARE SEEKING OPTIONS FOR THEMSELVES AND THEIR FAMILIES, THE HON T.S. LO SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
LEADING THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON +FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT*, HE SAID THAT MANY WOULD HAVE TO LEAVE HONG KONG FOR A FEW YEARS TO GET SUCH OPTIONS.
♦FAMILIES WILL BE SPLIT; CAREERS WILL BE ARRESTED IN MID-STREAM; CHILDREN’S EDUCATION DISRUPTED, SAVINGS SPENT,+ HE SAID.
♦WHEN THEY ULTIMATELY RETURN TO HONG KONG AFTER GETTING THE DESIRED OPTION, A FOREIGN PASSPORT, THEY WILL HAVE TO RECONCILE THEMSELVES TO MAKING ANOTHER FRESH START IN LIFE. SOME AT LEAST WILL BE DETERRED BY THAT FURTHER CHALLENGE,+ HE SAID.
/♦THE LOSS
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 19&4
- 4 -
♦THE LOSS TO HONG KONG CAUSED BY THEIR DEPARTURE, PARTICULARLY BECAUSE OF ’HE SUDDENESS, WILL BE GREAT FOR T Y ARE The BACKBONE FOR HONG KONG’S PHENOMENAL SUCCES A?. । PROVIDE THE MIDDLE MANAGEMENT FOR THE MANY ENTERPRi-iS THAT HELP TO CREATE THE JOBS WHICH FEED OVER FIVE MILLION PEOPLE,* HE SAID.
MOREOVER, NOT ALL OF THEM WOULD BE SUCCESSFUL IN THE LONG AmD ARDUOUS PURSUIT WHICH ULTIMATELY LEADS TO THE ACQUISITION OF AN OPTION, HE ADDED.
♦MANY IN THEIR SEARCH FOR AN OPTION MAY FALL PREY TO SHARKS AND PAY FOR PROPERTY THAT DOES NOT GIVE THEM ANY RIGHT OF RESIDENCE OR BUY FOREIGN PASSPORTS OF DOUBTFUL VALIDITY.
+THE SEARCH WILL SAP TOO MUCH OF THEIR ENERGY AND THERE WILL BE LITTLE LEFT FOR THE CREATIVE WORK WHICH THEY WERE CAPABLE OF AND WHICH HONG KONG NEEDS,* HE SAID.
HE FELT THAT WORSE STILL, THE SEARCH FOR OPTIONS WAS BEING MISUNDERSTOOD BY WESTERN PEOPLE AND WESTERN COUNTRIES AS A WISH TO EMIGRATE TODAY.
+UNDERESTIMATING OUR FIERCE DESIRE TO STAY IN HONG KONG, WESTERN PEOPLE CYNICALLY AND WRONGLY THINK ’IF YOU HAD THE Right to come you would be bound to come’,* he said.
THEY THEREFORE LOOKED UPON ALL HONG KONG TRAVELLERS WITH INCREASING SUSPICION, HE ADDED.
+THIS WILL GRADUALLY ERODE OUR FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT WHETHER WE TRAVEL FOR BUSINESS OR FOR PLEASURE, FOR SCHOOLING OR FOR IMMIGRATION,* HE WARNED.
HE SAID THAT HE HAD JUST BEEN TOLD THAT IMMIGRATION OFFICIALS IN SOME FOREIGN COUNTRIES WERE ALREADY DISCRIMINATING AGAINST THE HONG KONG TRAVELLER, INCLUDING THE HONG KONG STUDENT.
+WE CANNOT EXPECT THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT TO TAKE ANY POSITIVE ACTION THAT MIGHT BE CONSTRUED AS BEING IN CONFLICT WITH BRITISH GOVERNMENT POLICY.
+WE CANNOT EXPECT ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT TO TAKE ANY POSITIVE ACTION THAT MIGHT BE CONSTRUED AS INTERFERENCE WITH THE ADMINISTRATION OF HONG KONG,* HE SAID.
HE SUGGESTED WHAT THE COMMUNITY COULD MODESTLY DO ON ITS OWN WAS TO ENCOURAGE THE ESTABLISHMENT OF AN INSTITUTION FUNDED PRIVATELY AND CHARGED TO DO SPECIFIC THINGS, SUCH AS THE FOLLOWING:
/♦ INVESTIGATE THE.........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1964
- 5 -
* INVESTIGATE THE PRACTICALITIES OF GUARANTEEING ALL FOREIGN COUNTRIES THAT THE HONG KONG BELONGER TRAVELLER WILL NOT BE A LIABILITY ON THE TAXPAYER OF THAT COUNTRY. IF PRACTICABLE, THIS WOULD REDUCE THE CONCERN OF IMMIGRATION OFFICERS THROUGHOUT THE WORLD AND IMMEDIATELY AND GREATLY ENHANCE THE STATUS OF THE HONG KONG BELONGER.
* CONVINCE FOREIGN COUNTRIES OF THE TRUTH THAT ALL WE WANT FROM THEM IS AN OPTION AND THAT WE MUCH PREFER HONG KONG. IF IT SUCCEEDS IT WOULD IMMEDIATELY EASE ANY DISCRIMINATORY RESTRICTIONS AGAINST THE HONG KONG TRAVELLER SUCH AS THE HONG KONG STUDENT AND WIPE OFF OUR REFUGEE IMAGE.
* PROVIDE, IN AN ACCESSIBLE OFFICE, COMPREHENSIVE AND UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION ON IMMIGRATION MATTERS THROUGHOUT THE WORLD. IF THIS IS DONE EFFICIENTLY, RELIABLY AND AT LOW COST, IT WOULD EASE THE MINDS OF EVERYONE SEARCHING FOR THAT ELUSIVE FIRE EXIT OR SAFETY NET.
THE EXPENSES OF THE INSTITUTION SHOULD BE FUNDED PURELY BY MEANS OF A CHARITABLE TRUST ESTABLISHED TO ENSURE THAT THE INSTITUTION KEEPS TO ITS ORIGINAL PURPOSE, HE SAID.
THE TRUST SHOULD BE FUNDED PARTIALLY BY VERY MODEST FEES COLLECTED BY THE INSTITUTION AND PARTIALLY BY CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE COMMUNITY, HE ADDED.
HE SAID THAT BECAUSE OF THE SPECIAL MAGIC THAT IS HONG KONG, THE TERRITORY RANKS 17TH IN THE WORLD LEAGUE OF EXPORTERS AND IS THE WORLD’S THIRD INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL CENTRE.
+AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THAT MAGIC IS THE EASE WITH WHICH OUR BUSINESSMEN AS WELL AS CIVIL SERVANTS ARE ABLE TO TRAVEL TO CLINCH A DEAL, RESOLVE A MISUNDERSTANDING AND DEFUSE A PROBLEM,+ HE SAID.
+ MANY IN OUR COMMUNITY, INCLUDING SOME IN THIS COUNCIL, HAVE BEEN ABLE TO ARRIVE IN LONDON OR GENEVA, NEW YORK, OTTAWA OR WASHINGTON WITHIN 24 HOURS OF AN OPPORTUNITY OR PROBLEM ARISING, TO SECURE OR SAFEGUARD A VITAL HONG KONG INTEREST,+ HE ADDED.
HE STRESSED THAT THIS HAD ONLY BEEN POSSIBLE BECAUSE THEIR TRAVEL DOCUMENTS WERE ACCEPTABLE IMMEDIATELY WHEREVER THEY MIGHT HAVE TO GO.
+WE MUST DO EVERYTHING WE CAN TO MAINTAIN THAT SITUATION,* HE SAID.
0
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1984
- 6 -
NEED FOR CONTINUED FREEDOM TO TRAVEL STRESSED * * * *
BRITAIN MUST ASSUME THE RESPONSIBILITY OF SAFEGUARDING THE FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT BY TRAVEL OF BRITISH DEPENDENT TERRITORIES CITIZENS PASSPORT HOLDERS AND THEIR NEXT GENERATION, THE HON MARIA TAM, SAID TODAY.
ALTHOUGH THE KIND OF BRITISH NATIONALITY THEY NOW HOLD WOULD NO LONGER BE RELATED TO A BRITISH DEPENDENT TERRITORY AFTER 1997, THEIR RIGHT TO BRITISH CONSULAR PROTECTION SHOULD BE RETAINED, MISS TAM TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL AT THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT.
MISS TAM SAID THAT PROTECTION OF FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT MUST BE CLEARLY SET OUT IN THE SINO-BRITISH AGREEMENT, +WH ILE PASSPORTS SHOULD BE ISSUED TO CHINESE SUBJECTS RESIDING HERE BY THE GOVERNMENT OF THE SPECIAL ADMINISTRATIVE REG ION.+
♦FURTHERMORE,♦ MISS TAM SAID, + ALL THE CITIZENS OF HONG KONG, BE THEY BRITISH OR CHINESE BY NATIONALITY, SHOULD CONTINUE TO ENJOY THE RIGHT OF ABODE IN THE HONG KONG SPECIAL ADMINISTRATIVE REGION ACCORDING TO THE INTERPRETATION OF 'HONG KONG BELONGERS’ SPELT OUT IN THE LAWS OF HONG KONG (CHAPTER 115).+
MISS TAM REFERRED TO THE MANY THOUSANDS OF HONG KONG YOUTHS WHO TRAVEL OVERSEAS FOR FURTHER STUDIES EACH YEAR AND SAID THERE WOULD STILL BE NEED AFTER 1997 FOR SUCH MOVEMENT FOR ACADEMIC, CULTURAL, TECHNOLOGICAL AND EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES. IT WAS VITAL FOR SUCH FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT TO CONTINUE.
♦FROM 1981 TO 1983, THERE WERE ABOUT 12 OOO YOUTHS WHO WENT ABROAD FOR FURTHER STUDIES EACH YEAR. AND 80 PER CENT OF THEM WERE ’BDTC’ PASSPORT HOLDERS,+ SHE SAID.
THE GUARANTEE OF TRAVEL AND THE RIGHT OF ABODE IN HONG KONG WOULD CERTAINLY HELP ESTABLISH HONG KONG PEOPLE’S CONFIDENCE IN THE FUTURE OF THE TERRITORY.
♦AND IT IS CONFIDENCE THAT SUSTAINS HONG KONG’S PROSPERITY,+ 'SHE SA ID.
- - 0
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1984
7
FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT MEANS MORE THAN RIGHT TO TRAVEL * * * *
APART FROM THE RIGHT TO TRAVEL FREELY, FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT HAS A SIGNIFICANT CONNOTATION OF FREEDOM OF RESIDENCE WITHIN A POLITICAL SOVEREIGN STATE, THE HON CHARLES YEUNG SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
OTHERWISE, SUCH RIGHTS WOULD BE ILLUSORY, HE SAID, IN THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON +FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT*.
HE POINTED OUT THAT THE CONCEPT OF FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT IN A CIVILISED SOCIETY HAD A LONG HISTORY. IN THE 13TH CENTUARY, IT WAS ENSHRINED IN THE FAMOUS ENGLISH MAGNA CARTA.
THE UNIVERSAL DECLARATION OF HUMAN RIGHTS OF THE UNITED NATIONS, PROMULGATES IN ITS ARTICLE 13 THAT EVERYONE HAS THE RIGHT TO FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT AND RESIDENCE WITHIN THE BORDERS OF EACH STATE AND HAS ALSO THE RIGHT TO LEAVE ANY COUNTRY, INCLUDING HIS OWN, AND TO RETURN TO HIS COUNTRY, HE POINTED OUT.
+THIS GENERAL DECLARATION HAS SINCE BEEN STRENGTHENED BY MORE DEFINITIVE AND DETAILED PROVISIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL COVENANT ON CIVIL AND POLITICAL RIGHTS, IMPOSING AN ABSOLUTE AND IMMEDIATE OBLIGATION ON EACH OF THE STATE PARTIES TO RESPECT AND TO ENSURE SUCH RIGHTS TO ALL INDIVIDUALS WITHIN ITS TERRITORIES AND SUBJECT TO ITS JURISDICTION,* HE ADDED.
AMERICAN AND EUROPEAN COUNTRIES, AS THE PROTAGONISTS OF HUMAN RIGHTS HAD FURTHER BONDED TOGETHER FOR THE FURTHERANCE AND ENFORCEMENT OF THESE RIGHTS BY SUCH CONVENTIONS AS THE AMERICAN CONVENTION OF HUMAN RIGHTS AND THE COUNCIL OF EUROPEAN CONVENTION FOR THE PROTECTION OF HUMAN RIGHTS AND FUNDAMENTAL FREEDOMS, HE SAID.
-----o------
GOVERNMENT URGED TO SUPPORT CASE OF BDTC’S * * * *
THE HON CHEUNG YAN-LUNG URGED THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT TO SUPPORT THE CASE OF THE BRITISH DEPENDENT TERRITORIES CITIZENS AND TO RECOMMEND TO HER MAJESTY’S GOVERNMENT THAT THEIR RIGHTS AND THE RIGHTS OF ALL HONG KONG PEOPLE TO FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT BE CLEARLY OUTLINED IN THE SINO-BRITISH AGREEMENT.
SPEAKING IN THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE ON +FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT*, HE SAID, *N0 DOUBT ALL HONG KONG PEOPLE, AND IN PARTICULAR BRITISH DEPENDENT TERRITORIES CITIZENS, HAVE GOOD GAUSE TO PONDER THE CHANGING CONCEPT OF THEIR BRITISH NATIONALITY, AND THE UNCERTAIN CONTINUITY OF THEIR PRESENT STATUS AFTER 1997.+
/he said ........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1984
8
HE SAID THAT WHEN HE MET MR JI PENGFE I, DIRECTOR OF CHINA S HONG KONG AND MACAU AFFAIRS OFFICE, EARLIER THIS YEAR, HE ASKED HIM WHERE WOULD BDT CITIZENS STAND IN THE EYES OF CHINA.
+MR JI REPLIED THAT CHINA IS PREPARED TO GRANT HONG KONG BDT CITIZENS DUAL NATIONALITY FOR TWO GENERATIONS AFTER 1997, BECAUSE OUR UNIQUE HISTORICAL CIRCUMSTANCES.
+HE SAID THAT CHINA WOULD NOT BE OPPOSED TO BDT CITIZENS HOLDING BRITISH OVERSEAS CITIZENS PASSPORTS AS WELL AS CHINESE PASSPORTS, PROVIDED THAT HER MAJESTY’S GOVERNMENT AGREES,+ HE RECALLED.
MR CHEUNG STATED THAT DURING THE HOUSE OF LORDS DEBATE IN MAY, LORD GEDDES TOOK UP THE CASE FOR BDTC, MR CHEUNG QUOTED HIM AS SAYING DURING THE HOUSE PASSPORT HOLDERS WHEN HE SAID, +... WOULD IT BE ACCEPTABLE TO HER MAJESTY’S GOVERNMENT TO WRITE INTO ANY AGREEMENT WITH BEIJING THAT ALL BRITISH DEPENDENT TERRITORIES CITIZENS OF HONG KONG ON THE DATE OF HAND-OVER WOULD AUTOMATICALLY BECOME BRITISH OVERSEAS CITIZENS FOR SUCH A PERIOD, UNDER THE TERMS OF PART I I I OF THE BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT, AS SUITABLY AMENDED TO INCLUDE SUCH PERSONS?-*-
♦SO FAR, THE OFFICIAL BRITISH SILENCE ON THE SUBJECT HAS BEEN DEFEAN ING. I PERSONALLY FEEL THE TIME HAS COME FOR THE SILENCE TO BE BROKEN,+ MR CHEUNG SAID.
HE SAID LORD GEDDES HAD POINTED OUT THAT SUCH A MOVE WAS MOST UNLIKELY TO +OPEN THE FLOODGATES OF IMMIGRATION-*- FROM HONG KONG TO BRITAIN, BUT THAT+ IT COULD WELL TIP THE BALANCE IN PERSUADING THOSE WHO MIGHT HAVE THOUGHT OTHERWISE TO REMAIN IN HONG KONG BOTH UP TO AND BEYOND 1997, THEREBY MAINTAINING IN TURN THAT ALL-IMPORTANT CONFIDENCE.*
♦I PERSONALLY BELIEVE ALSO THAT SUCH POSITIVE ACTION WOULD PROVE BRITAIN IS SINCERE IN HER DECLARED OBJECTIVE TO PRESERVE CONTINUITY AND PERSONAL FREEDOMS IN HONG KONG BEYOND 1997,+ NR CHEUNG SAID.
HE SAID THAT BRITAIN WAS WELL AWARE THAT THOUSANDS OF HONG KONG PEOPLE, MOST OF THEM FROM THE NEW TERRITORIES, HAD WORKED HARD IN THE UK, SETTING UP AND RUNNING CHINESE RESTAURANTS AND other Successful businesses there.
+AFTER 1997, WHAT IS THE LIKELIHOOD THAT THEIR FAMILY MEMBERS Y STILL RESIDING IN HONG KONG WILL NOT BE ABLE TO BE REUNITED WITH THEIR FAMILY MEMBERS LIVING AND WORKING IN THE UK?+ HE ASKED.
IMMIGRANTS WHO CAME HERE FROM DIFFERENT PARTS OF CHINA DURING THE 1940S AND THE 195OS HAD SET HONG KONG ON THE ROAD TO PROSPERITY AND STABILITY, HE SAID.
THEY AND THEIR FAMILIES WERE OWED THE ASSURANCE OF FREEDOM CF MOVEMENT IN AND OUT OF HONG KONG AFTER 1997, HE ADDED.
/+THE SJ.jJ.......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 19&4
- 9 -
+THE SAME ASSURANCE IS VITAL TO OUR BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL SECTORS WHOSE REPRESENTATIVES MUST TRAVEL ALL THE TIME.
+FREEDOM TO TRAVEL IS A MUST FOR THEM, AND MUST BE ASSURED FOR ALL THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG AFTER 1997,+ MR CHEUNG STRESSED.
HE POINTED OUT THAT VERBAL ASSURANCES WERE NOT GOOD ENOUGH TO CONVINCE HONG KONG PEOPLE.
+AS WE AWAIT THE WRITTEN DRAFT AGREEMENT, WE HOPE IT WILL SPELL OUT CLEARLY THE CONTINUITY OF FREEDOMS TO WHICH WE ARE ACCUSTOMED NOW AND TO WHICH WE MUST BE ENTITLED IN THE FUTURE,+ HE SAID.
NOTING THAT SIR GEOFFREY HAD STARTED CATEGORICALLY THAT BRITAIN’S OBJECTIVES ARE +TO SECURE AGREEMENT FOR ALL THE PEOPLE CF HONG KONG+, HE SAID, +MEANWHILE CHINA HAS ALREADY CONSENTED TO GRANT DUAL NATIONALITY TO BDT CITIZENS, IF BRITAIN WILL AGREE TO LET THEM BECOME BRITISH OVERSEAS CITIZENS. IS THE BALL NOW NOT IN THE BRITISH COURT?*
HE HOPED THAT HONOUR AND INTEGRITY WOULD BE APPLIED TO CLARIFYING AND SAFEGUARDING THE PERSONAL FREEDOMS, ESPECIALLY THE FREEDOM OF TRAVEL OF 5.3 MILLION HONG KONG PEOPLE, INCLUDING ALL BRITISH DEPENDENT TERRITORIES CITIZENS.
0 --------
ICAC CASES AT SAME LEVEL - LOBO * * * *
THE NUMBER OF REPORTS OF CORRUPTION LAST YEAR WHICH COULD BE INVESTIGATED BY THE INDEPENDENT COMMISSION AGAINST CORRUPTION REMAINED AT ABOUT THE SAME LEVEL AS IN THE PREVIOUS TWO YEARS, THE HON ROGER LOBO, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
TABLING THE 1983 REPORT OF THE ICAC, MR LOBO SAID THAT THIS DEMONSTRATED THE NEED FOR CONTINUED CARE AND VIGILANCE.
+PARTICULARLY,+ MR LOBO SAID, +IN THE FIELD OF FRAUD FACILITATED BY CORRUPTION IN THE BANKING AND FINANCE SECTOR, WHERE RECENT CASES HAVE SHOWN THAT STAGGERING AMOUNTS OF MONEY ARE INVOLVED.+
MR LOBO SAID THAT IT WAS FITTING THAT THE REPORT’S OUTSTANDING FEATURE WAS A SPECIAL CHAPTER DEALING WITH THE FIRST DECADE OF THE COMMISSION’S EXISTENCE.
+THE COMMISSIONER, ON LOOKING BACK, IS GLAD TO BE ABLE TO PAY TRIBUTE IN THIS SPECIAL CHAPTER TO THE VARIOUS FORMS OF SUPPORT WHICH THE COMMISSION HAS RECEIVED FROM OTHER DEPARTMENTS AND BRANCHES OF GOVERNMENT. DESPITE INITIAL SCEPTICISM AND EVEN ANTAGONISM, THE COMMISSION IS NOW CLEARLY ACCEPTED,+ HE SAID.
/♦THE COlflflCSSICNER...........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1984
10 -
+THE COMMISSIONER PAYS TRIBUTE TO THE SUPPORT AND CO-OPERATION OF THE PUBLIC, WHICH IS MANIFESTED NOT ONLY IN THE CONFIDENCE WITH WHICH REPORTS OF CORRUPTION ARE MADE, BUT ALSO IN THE ENTHUSIASTIC SUPPORT OF, AND PARTICIPATION IN, COMMISSION SPONSORED FUNCTIONS EXEMPLIFIED BY THE ’TOWARDS A FULLER LIFE’ PROGRAMME WHICH REACHED AN ESTIMATED 120 000 YOUNG PEOPLE.*
HE ALSO SAID THAT AN AREA OF PARTICULAR INTEREST IN WHICH THE CORRUPTION PREVENTION DEPARTMENT WAS CONCERNED WAS RESTAURANT LICENSING PROCEDURES - LONG A SOURCE OF DISCONTENT TO LICENCE OPERATORS BECAUSE OF THE COMPLEXITY OF PROCEDURES AND THE POSSIBILITY OF DELAYS. ANOTHER WAS A STUDY OF THE POLICE UNITS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANTI-VICE AND GAMBLING ENFORCEMENT, WHICH BEGAN AT THE END OF THE YEAR WITH THE FULL CO-OPERATION OF THE POL ICE.
------o-------
MODERN ENGLISH LAW AND LOCAL PRACTICE COMBINED X * X * *
THE CONVEYANCING AND PROPERTY BILL 1984 ATTEMPTED TO EMBODY THE BEST OF MODERN ENGLISH LAW AND LOCAL PRACTICE AND WAS DESIGNED TO MEET HONG KONG’S PARTICULAR NEEDS, THE HON PETER C. WONG SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
SPEAKING IN SUPPORT OF THE BILL, HE SAID, +T0 THIS END, IT IS, IN MY VIEW, A TYPICAL HONG KONG COMPROMISE, ONE THAT WILL PRESERVE CONTINUITY WHILE AT THE SAME TIME INCORPORATING USEFUL AND PRACTICAL IMPROVEMENTS.+
+THIS BILL ASSUMES GREATER IMPORTANCE IF IT IS VIEWED IN THE LIGHT OF THE RAPID DEVELOPMENT OF HONG KONG AS A MODERN FINANCIAL AND INVESTMENT CENTRE.
+IN VIEW OF 1997, IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT WE SHOULD HAVE OUR OWN INDEPENDENT LEGISLATION WHICH IS NOT DEPENDENT UPON ENGLISH LAW AND PRACTICE,* MR WONG SAID.
HE REPORTED THAT THE COUNCIL’S LEGISLATION SCRUTINY GROUP HAD HELD SIX LENGTHY SESSIONS WITH THE ADMINISTRATION AND, AS A RESULT, AMENDMENTS WOULD BE MADE TO A NUMBER OF CLAUSES AT THE COMMITTEE STAGE.
THE BILL IS SCHEDULED TO BE IN FORCE FROM NOVEMBER 1, 1984.
+MANY PROVISIONS ARE NEW, SUCH AS LEGAL CHARGES CONTAINED IN PART 5, THE CAPACITY OF A CORPORATION TO HOLD LAND AS A JOINT TENANT, AND THE PROVISIONS OF IMPLIED COVENANTS AND STATUTORY FORMS,* HE SAID.
+THESE AND MANY OTHER CHANGES AND IMPROVEMENTS DESERVE CAREFUL STUDY,* HE ADDED.
/HE SAID .......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1984
11 -
HE SAID THAT WHILE EVERY EFFORT HAD BEEN MADE TO ENSURE THAT THE BILL WAS FREE FROM DEFICIENCIES, IT WOULD STILL BE NECESSARY TO INTRODUCE REFINEMENTS AND IMPROVEMENTS IN THE LIGHT CF EXPERIENCE.
♦HOWEVER, THE BILL REPRESENTS AN EXCELLENT EFFORT AND IS THE RESULT OF THE CONCERTED EXPERTISE IN BOTH THE PRIVATE AND PUBLIC SECTORS,* HE SAID.
HE ADDED THAT THE REGISTRAR GENERAL HAD AGREED TO MONITOR AND REVIEW THE NEW LEGISLATION.
♦ ONE PARTIUCLAR ISSUE WHICH REQUIRES ATTENTION IS THAT IN THE EVENT OF THE DISSOLUTION OF A CORPORATION HOLDING PROPERTY AS A JOINT TENANT, THE LEGAL ESTATE WILL PASS TO THE OTHER JOINT TENANT,+ HE POINTED OUT.
THE LEGISLATION IS SILENT ON THE QUESTION OF STAMP DUTY.
BUT MR WONG SAID THE REGISTRAR GENERAL HAD UNDERTAKEN TO REQUEST THE COMMISSIONER OF INLAND REVENUE TO LOOK INTO THIS ISSUE AS IT INVOLVES PUBLIC REVENUE.
♦ OTHER MATTERS WHICH NEED FURTHER ATTENTION INCLUDE THE PROVISION OF A STATUTORY FORM WHERE A MORTGAGE OR CHARGE INVOLVES A THIRD PARTY, NORMALLY CALLED A REQUESTING PARTY, WHO IS ENTITLED TO THE USE OF THE LOAN.+ HE SAID.
HE EMPHASISED THAT THE BILL WOULD NOT AFFECT -
* THE LAW RELATING TO SUCCESSION TO LAND (EXCEPT AS TO THE QUESTION OF SURVIVORSHIP IN THE CASE OF PERSONS DYING IN A DISASTER) (CLAUSE 9 OF THE BILL);
M CHINESE CUSTOM AS APPLICABLE TO LAND IN THE NEW TERRITORIES UNDER SECTION 13 OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ORDINANCE;
* THE PROVISIONS OF THE LAND REGISTRATION ORDINANCE;
* THE LAW RELATING TO LAND IN THE NEW TERRITORIES UNDER PART II OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ORDINANCE (EXCEPT TO IMPROVE THE IMPLIED CONVENANTS AND INTRODUCE IMPROVE CONVEYANCING FORMS) ;
* THE LAW OF LANDLORD AND TENANT AS IT RELATES TO A TENANCY OF PREMISES UNDER THE LANDLORD AND TENANT (CONSOLIDATION) ORDINANCE (CAP. 7); AND
* THE PROVISION OF THE LIMITATION ORDINANCE (CAP. 374).
EARLIER, THE HON BILL BROWN SAID THAT THE UNOFFICIALS’ AD HOC GROUP HAD TAKEN ONE YEAR TO STUDY THE LEGISLATION.
/+A NUMB 23.......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1984
- 12 -
+A NUMBER OF REPRESENTATIONS WERE RECEIVED BY THE AD HOC GROUP AND THESE INCLUDED SEVERAL SUGGESTIONS FOR AMENDMENTS FROM THE rtONG KONG ASSOCIATION OF BANKS, WHO LIAISED IN THIS INSTANCE WITH THE HONG KONG DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES ASSOCIATION IN VIEW OF THEIR MUTUALITY OF INTERESTS,* MR BROWN SAID.
+THE END RESULT OF THE DELIBERATIONS OF THE AD HOC GROUP -TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE REPRESENTATIONS RECEIVED - WAS AGREEMENT WITH THE ADMINISTRATION ON THE BILL NOW BEFORE US, WHICH INCLUDES A NUMBER OF AMENDMENTS TO THE ORIGINAL WHITE PAPER PUBLISHED IN 1983,+ HE ADDED.
HE SAID THAT THE NEED TO INTRODUCE FURTHER AMENDMENTS OF A TECHNICAL NATURE AT THE COMMITTEE STAGE HAD BEEN REVEALED AFTER A FURTHER CAREFUL STUDY OF THE 1984 BILL PUBLISHED ON FEBRUARY 15 AND THE LATEST VERSION INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON JUNE 27.
-----0------
PLAN TO BOOST CIVIC EDUCATION
* * * *
A PLAN HAS RECENTLY BEEN FORMULATED TO FURTHER STRENGTHEN CIVIC EDUCATION AMONG PRIMARY AND SECONDARY STUDENTS, THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, THE HON MICHAEL LEUNG, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THE PLAN, WHICH HAD BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED AND ENDORSED BY THE fcOARD OF EDUCATION, COVERED A BROAD SPECTRUM OF ACTIVITIES BOTH WITHIN AND OUTSIDE THE CURRICULUM, INCLUDING CIVIC, SOCIAL, POLITICAL AND CURRENT AFFAIRS, MR LEUNG SAID.
HE WAS REPLYING TO THE HON RITA FAN WHO WOULD LIKE TO KNOW ABOUT PLANS FOR PROMOTING AND CO-ORDINATING CIVIC EDUCATION IN SCHOOLS, AND ABOUT PROGRESS MADE.
♦WE WILL PURSUE THE PLAN THROUGH TWO SEPARATE BUT INTERRELATED ASPECTS OF SCHOOL LIFE« THE FORMAL CURRICULUM AND EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES,+ HE EXPLAINED.
HE SAID HE INTENDED TO ASK THE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE EARLY IN THE COMING SCHOOL YEAR TO CONSIDER WAYS IN WHICH ASPECTS OF CIVIC EDUCATION IN THE EXISTING CURRICULUM COULD BE STRENGTHENED.
+THE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE WILL BE ASKED TO CONSIDER THE DEVELOPMENT OF TEACHING MODULES FOR USE IN EXISTING OR PROPOSED NEW SUBJECTS AT BOTH PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LEVELS.
+THESE COULD BE IN THE FORM OF TEACHING UNITS, SUPPORTED BY A COMPREHENSIVE RANGE OF RESOURCE MATERIALS, INCLUDING CHARTS, VIDEOTAPES AND NOTES ON METHODOLOGY. RELEVANT RESOURCE AND TEACHING MATERIALS WILL BE COMPILED AND MADE AVAILABLE FOR SCHOOL REFERENCE,* HE SAID.
/TH3 SCHOOLS .......
13
fHE SC >OOI_S WOULD BE .SKED TO DRAW MORE UPON IMPORTANT OR hVT£-£STING CONTEMPORARY lVENT> TO ILLUSTRATE TEACHING TINTS IN SUBJECTS SUCH AS ECONOMIC AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS, HISTORY / >D i . ICS, AND TO USE NEWSPAPERS MORE EXTENSIVELY FOR ACHING
PUh. USES.
THE USE OF DISCUSSION TECHNIQUES WOULD BE ENCOURAGED IN THE TEACHING OF A WIDE RANGE OF SUBJECTS, AS WOULD THE USE OF DEBATES IN LANGUAGE LESSONS.
SCHOOLS WILL BE
OF CURRENT EVENTS BY AFFAIRS CLUBS AND
+AS FOR EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES, ENCOURAGED TO HEIGHTEN STUDENTS’ AWARENESS SUCH MEANS AS THE ESTABLISHMENT OF CURRENT
DEBATING SOCIETIES.
♦ THEY WILL BE ASKED TO ARRANGE VISITS WHEREVER POSSIBLE TO OBSERVE GOVERNMENT IN TO DISTRICT BOARDS, THE URBAN COUNCIL, THE GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND THE LEGISLATIVE
FOR SENIOR STUDENTS ACTION, INCLUDING VISITS UMELCO OFFICE, COUNCIL,* MR LEUNG SAID.
AS WITH ALL EDUCATIONAL PLANS AND PROGRAMMES, FULL CONSULTATION WITH, AND CO-OPERATION FROM HEADS OF SCHOOLS ESSENTIAL TO ACHIEVE SUCCESS.
IS
+l INTEND THEREFORE TO MOUNT A SERIES OF SEMINARS AND CONFERENCES WITHIN THE NEXT FEW MONTHS TO SEEK THEIR VIEWS AND SUGGESTIONS.
+EQUAL EMPHASIS MUST ALSO BE PLACED UPON PREPARATION OF TEACHERS FOR THIS PROGRAMME. DISCUSSIONS WILL THEREFORE B_ HELD WITH THE COLLEGES OF EDUCATION AND OTHER TEACHER TRAINING INSTITUTIONS TO ENSURE THAT BOTH PRE“SERVICE AND IN-SERVICc TRAINING PROGRAMMES ARE STRUCTURED TO REFLECT THE NEW EMPHASIS,* MR LEUNG SAID.
A COMPREHENSIVE SET OF GUIDELINES WOULD BE COMPILED TO ASSIST TEACHERS AND SCHOOL AUTHORITIES TO IMPLEMENT THE PLAN, HE ADDED.
THE GUIDELINES WOULD BE CROSS-CURRICULAR IN NATURE, SIMILAR TO THOSE ON MORAL EDUCATION, WHICH HAD BEEN WELCOMED BY SCHOOLS
SINCE THEIR ISSUE THREE YEARS AGO.
PREPARATORY WORK ON THE GUIDELINES HAD BEGUN AND THE AIM WAS TO HAVE THEM READY FOR IMPLEMENTATION IN SEPTEMBER 1985, HE SAID.
---------0 ------------
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 19&4
- 14 -
PLANS TO RECRUIT MORE SPECIALISTS * * * *
THE GOVERNMENT HAS PLANS TO RECRUIT IN THE NEXT 13 YEARS, 42 DOCTORS TO SERVE IN THE EYE AND ENT (EAR, NOSE AND THROAT) SERVICES OF THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT, SUBJECT TO THE AVAILABILITY OF RESOURCES.
THIS WAS STATED BY THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR THE HON RUDY KHOO, IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY, IN REPLY TO QUESTIONS FROM DR THE HON HENRIETTA IP.
WHEN THESE POSTS WERE FILLED, THE NUMBER OF DOCTORS IN THE TWO SERVICES WOULD BE RAISED TO 9'3, DR KHOO SAID.
HE REPORTED THAT THE GOVERNMENT HAD FORMULATED MEDICAL SERVICE TARGETS FOR THE COMING YEARS, INCLUDING THE DEVELOPMENT AND PLANNING OF EYE AND ENT SERVICES.
+THE APPROPRIATE NUMBER OF STAFF OF VARIOUS RANKS AND SPECIALTIES wILL BE RECRUITED AND TRAINED AT THE RIGHT TIME FOR THESE PROGRAMMES,+ HE SAID.
WHEN ASKED ABOUT THE AVERAGE WAITING TIME REQUIRED FOR APPOINTMENTS WITH A CONSULTANT IN THE EYE AND ENT SERVICES, DR KHOO SAID THAT PATIENTS WITH URGENT PROBLEMS ARE IMMEDIATELY ATTENDED TO AND, WHERE NECESSARY, OPERATED ON.
FOR NON-URGENT OR ’COLD’ CASES, THE AVERAGE WAITING TIME FOR CONSULTATIONS IS THREE MONTHS, WHILE THE WAITING TIME FOR OPERATIONS RANGES FROM SIX TO NINE MONTHS FOR DISEASES OF THE EYE AND TwO TO ID MONTHS FOR ENT CONDITIONS.
+1 MUST EMPHASISE THAT THE WAITING TIME FOR OPERATIONS ON 'COLD’ CASES HAS NO ADVERSE EFFECT ON THE MEDICAL CONDITIONS OF THE PATIENTS,* DR KHOO SAID.
+IT IS INHERENT IN OUR HEALTH CARE SYSTEM THAT PATIENTS SUFFERING FROM DISEASES OF THE EYE, ENT OR INDEED OTHER PARTS OF THE BODY, DO NOT NECESSARILY NEED TO RECEIVE TREATMENT ONLY FROM THE CONSULTANTS IN THE RESPECTIVE SPECIALTY,* HE SAID.
FOR COMMON AILMENTS OF THE EYE AND ENT, HE SAID, GENERAL PRACTITIONERS ARE FULLY COMPETENT TO DEAL WITH SUCH PATIENTS.
+MORE COMPLEX CASES MAY REQUIRE THE ATTENTION OF DOCTORS WHO HAVE RECEIVED HIGHER PROFESSIONAL TRAINING AND EXPERIENCE, BUT *HO MAY NOT NECESSARILY OCCUPY CONSULTANT POSTS.
+THUS THE MEDICAL PRACTITIONERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE, AND DOCTORS IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR, IN ADDITION TO CONSULTANTS, EACH IN THEIR OWN SETTING, PROVIDE A SERVICE TO THE COMMUNITY WHICH IS COMPLEMENTARY TO EACH OTHER,* HE SAID.
- 0 - -
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1984
- 15 -
FREEDOM TO TRAVEL * * *
A MUST - IP
TO KEEP UP HONG KONG’S STANDARD OF MODERNISATION AND TECHNOLOGY, THE PEOPLE HERE MUST HAVE THE FREEDOM TO TRAVEL, DF THE HON HENRIETTA IP SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
SPEAKING IN THE ADJOURNMENT DEBATE, DR IP SAID THE PEOPLE ALSO NEED THIS FREEDOM IF CROSS-FERTILISATION WAS TO OCCUR IN HjNG KONG WHICH SHE LIKENED TO A +BLOSSOMING FLOWER ON CHINESE SOIL, ATTRACTING PEOPLE INTERNATIONALLY*.
♦NOW AND AFTER 1997, HONG KONG HAS AN OBLIGATION AND THE ABILITY TO HELP MODERNISE CHINA,* SHE SAID.
+SO FOR THOSE WHO HOLD THE POWER TO OUR DESTINY, GIVE US A CHANCE AND WE WILL BRING THEM BLOSSOM IN RETURN,* DR IP ADDED.
- - 0 -
MAJOR POLICY STEPS BEING TAKEN ON POLLUTION
* * * * *
PROPOSALS HAVE BEEN THE STORAGE AND DISPOSAL HE SECRETARY FOR HEALTH TODAY.
FORMULATED FOR THE CLOSER REGULATION OF OF TOXIC, HAZARDOUS AND DIFFICULT WASTES, AND WELFARE, THE HON HENRY CHING, SAID
THESE LEGISLATIVE PROPOSALS, MR CHING SAID, WOULD BE REFINED AND SUBMITTED TO THE ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION ADVISORY COMMITTEE -pCOM — FOR ADVICE DURING THE COMING MONTHS.
REPLYING TO A QUESTION BY THE HON ANDREW SO, MR CHING SAID THE PROPOSALS WERE SOME OF THE MAJOR POLICY ISSUES CONCERNING POLLUTION CONTROL WHICH WOULD BE DISCUSSED WITH EPCOM IN THE NEXT 12 MONTHS OR SO.
DESCRIBING SOME OF THE MORE IMPORTANT POLICY ISSUES, MR CHING SAID ADVICE WOULD BE SOUGHT ON REGULATIONS TO BE MADE UNDLR THE WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ORDINANCE FOR THE CONTROL OF POLLUTION IN the tolo harbour water control zone.
+THE DRAFTING OF THESE REGULATIONS HAS PROVED MORE DIFFICULT THAN EXPECTED, BUT THE WORK IS NOW WELL ADVANCED.
+WE INTEND ALSO TO MAINTAIN PROGRESS IN IMPLEMENTING THE ACTION PLANS RECENTLY DRAWN UP TO REDUCE POLLUTION IN THE STREAMS whICH FEED INTO OUR COASTAL WATERS, INCLUDING TOLO HARBOUR.
+EPCOM’S ADVICE ON THESE ACTION PLANS WILL BE SOUGHT AS AND WHEN NECESSARY,* HE SAID.
/EPCOM WOUI~
WEDNESDAY, JULY 2$, 1%4
a review of sewage treatment comprehensive, TERRITORY-WIDE sewage treatment.
EPCOM WOULD Also BE CONSULTED on s; a.mDards and on the development of a POLICY for determining the levels of
♦ AND we THE -ISPOSAl LICENSING.
SHALL BE SEEKING ADVICE ALSO ON PROPOSALS TO CONTROL OF ANIMAL WASTE, PROBABLY BY MEANS OF LIVESTOCK
+WE MAY ALSO NEED TO SEEK ADVICE ON PRIORITY AREAS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF SUCH CONTROLS, AND ON THE NEED FOR AND LOCATION OF SPECIAL SITES FOR LIVESTOCK KEEPING SO AS TO MINIMISE WASTE DISPOSAL PROBLEMS,+ HE SAID.
ACTION AGAINST BEACH POLLUTION, HE SAID, WOULD REMAIN A PRIORITY, AND AN ACTION PLAN TO ATTACK THE PROBLEM OF FLOATING REFUSE WAS BEING DEVELOPED.
♦EPCOM’S ADVICE WILL BE SOUGHT AS SOON AS THIS PLAN IS READY.
+WE SHALL ALSO BE CONSULTING EPCOM ON PROPOSALS TO BRING INTO FORCE PART IV OF THE WASTE DISPOSAL ORDINANCE SO AS TO PROVIDE FOR THE LICENSING OF PRIVATE WASTE DISPOSAL SERVICES AND SO AS TO PROHIBIT THE IMPORTATION OF WASTE.
+FINALLY, UNDER THE HEADING OF WASTE MANAGEMENT, WE INTEND SOON TO SEEK EPCOM’S ADVICE ON A FIRST DRAFT OF THE WASTE DISPOSAL PLAN WHICH IS REQUIRED UNDER THE ORDINANCE.+
AS A FURTHER STEP IN IMPLEMENTING THE PROVISIONS OF THE AIR POLLUTION CONTROL ORDINANCE, REGULATIONS WOULD BE REQUIRED TO CONTROL INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES WHICH CONSTITUTE POTENTIAL MAJOR SOURCES OF AIR POLLUTION. AT THE SAME TIME, AND IN ORDER TO PROVIDE A FRAMEWORK FOR CONTROL, SPECIFIC AIR QUALITY OBJECTIVES NEEDED TO BE DETERMINED.
EPCOM WOULD BE INVITED TO CONSIDER THIS PACKAGE OF PROPOSALS AT THE BEGINNING OF NEXT YEAR.
PPCOM’S ADVICE WOULD ALSO BE SOUGHT, IN THE MIDDLE OF NEXT YEAR, ON A NOISE CONTROL BILL WHICH WOULD REPLACE EXISTING CONTROLS AND EXPAND THEIR SCOPE, MR CHING SAID.
♦MANY OF THESE ISSUES HAVE BEEN KEEPING US BUSY FOR SOME CONSIDERABLE TIME. BUT WE ARE HOPEFUL THAT WE SHALL BE ABLE TO TAKE SOME SIGNIFICANT STEPS FORWARD DURING THE NEXT 12 MONTHS,* HE SAID.
THESE ITEMS DID NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXHAUSTIVE LIST JF GOVERNMENT’S ACTIVITIES IN THE CONTROL OF POLLUTION, AND EFFORTS WOULD AT THE SAME TIME CONTINUE IN OTHER DIRECTIONS, HE SAID.
WBDNBSDAY, JULY 25. 1984
ISSUE OF OBJECTIONABLE PUBLICATIONS EXPLAINED
* M * *
THE FINAL DECISION ON WHETHER A PUBLICATION IS OBJECTIONABLE OR NOT RESTS WITH THE COURTS, THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, THE HON IAN MACPHERSON, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON RITA FAN, MR MACPHERSON SAID, +THE ROLE OF THE ADMINISTRATION IS TO DETECT CASES WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO FALL WITHIN THE DEFINITION OF ’OBJECTIONABLE’ AND TO BRING THEM TO THE COURTS.+
AN OBJECTIONABLE PUBLICATION IS DEFINED IN THE LAW AS ONE +WHICH CONSISTS OF OR CONTAINS MATTER OF AN INDECENT, OBSCENE OR REVOLTING NATURE*.
THERE IS NO PROVISION IN THE OBJECTIONABLE PUBLICATIONS ORDINANCE TO BAN A PUBLICATION, HE SAID.
OBJECTIONABLE PUBLICATIONS SOLD IN HONG KONG ARE DETECTED IN A NUMBER OF WAYS:
* THE POLICE VICE SQUADS MAINTAIN REGULAR SURVEILLANCE IN AREAS WHERE THEY ARE KNOWN TO BE ON SALE PUBLICLY.
* THE COPYRIGHT DIVISION OF THE CUSTOMS INVESTIGATION BUREAU MAY TAKE LEGAL ACTION AGAINST THE OWNER OR IMPORTER OF ANY OBJECTIONABLE PUBLICATIONS THAT ARE FOUND ON ROUTINE SEARCHES AT VARIOUS ENTRY POINTS INTO HONG KONG.
* STAFF OF HOME AFFAIRS BRANCH CARRY OUT REGULAR SPOT CHECKS AT KNOWN POTENTIAL OUTLETS.
HE ADDED THAT OBJECTIONABLE PUBLICATIONS MIGHT ALSO COME TO NOTICE THROUGH COMPLAINTS FROM THE PUBLIC.
+ IF A MEMBER OF THE PUBLIC COMES ACROSS A PUBLICATION WHICH HE CONSIDERS TO BE OBJECTIONABLE, HE MAY EITHER DRAW IT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE DUTY OFFICER AT THE NEAREST POLICE STATION OR TO THE DISTRICT OFFICES OF THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION, OR TO THE HOME AFFAIRS BRANCH OF THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT,* HE SAID.
LEGAL ADVICE WILL THEN BE SOUGHT AS TO WHETHER ACTION AGAINST THE VENDOR IS APPROPRIATE.
ON CONVICTION, HE ADDED, SUCH PUBLICATIONS WILL BE FORFEITED TO THE CROWN.
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1984
18 -
LAW PROTECTS WORKERS OVERSEAS *****
THE ACTING COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, DR THE HON JAMES HAYES, TODAY URGED WORKERS WHO ARE BEING RECRUITED FOR OVERSEAS WORK TO BRING THEIR CONTRACTS TO THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT FOR VETTING AND ATTESTATION.
REPLYING TO QUESTIONS FROM DR THE HON HO KAM-FAI IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, DR HAYES SAID WORKERS WHO BRING THEIR CONTRACTS TO THE DEPARTMENT FOR ATTESTATION DO SO IN THEIR OWN INTEREST.
+IN OUR EXPERIENCE, THIS HAPPENS IN MOST CASES, IN WHICH ANY DISPUTE CAN BE SETTLED BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT ACCORDING TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT.*
DR HAYES SAID THAT UNDER THE CONTRACTS FOR OVERSEAS EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE, MANUAL WORKERS BEING EMPLOYED FOR OVERSEAS WORK SHOULD HAVE THEIR CONTRACTS ATTESTED BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR.
+THE LEGISLATIVE ELEMENT IS PREDOMINANT IN PROTECTING WORKERS OVERSEAS, AND INDEED THE HONG KONG ORDINANCE FOLLOWS THE PROVISIONS OF THREE INTERNATIONAL LABOUR CONVENTIONS ON THIS SUBJECT,* HE SAID.
+UNDER OUR ORDINANCE, AN OVERSEAS EMPLOYER IS REQUIRED TO ENTER INTO A DETAILED WRITTEN CONTRACT WITH HIS WORKERS ON THE TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT, INCLUDING WAGES, HOURS OF WORK, HOLIDAYS, EMPLOYEES’ COMPENSATION IN THE EVENT OF DEATH OR INJURY, ACCOMMODATION AND REPATRIATION.
+TO HAVE MY APPROVAL, THESE TERMS MUST BE COMPARABLE WITH, OR BETTER THAN, THE GENERAL EMPLOYMENT STANDARDS IN HONG KONG,* HE SAID.
THE CONTRACT FURTHER PROVIDES THAT NO VARIATION CAN BE MADE TO IT WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AUTHORITY IN THE COUNTRY OF EMPLOYMENT, DR HAYES ADDED.
+WE AIM TO ENSURE THAT WORKERS ARE FULLY AWARE OF THEIR RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER THEIR CONTRACTS.*
DR HAYES SAID THAT IN THE FIVE-YEAR PERIOD 1979-83, 2 742 CONTRACTS WERE ATTESTED BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT. OF THESE 1 328 WERE FIRST CONTRACTS AND THE REST RE-ENGAGEMENTS.
DURING THE SAME PERIOD, THE DEPARTMENT ALSO RECEIVED 49 COMPLAINTS ARISING FROM EMPLOYMENT OVERSEAS. OF THESE, 33 WERE SETTLED, 10 WERE WITHDRAWN AND SIX ARE PENDING.
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 19&4
- 19 -
AMENDMENTS IMPROVE JURY SYSTEM
*****
THE HON BILL BROWN TODAY DESCRIBED THE JURY 1984 AS AN IMPROVEMENT TO THE PRESENT SYSTEM.
(AMENDMENT) BILL
SPEAKING AT THE RESUMED DEBATE ON THE BILL IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR BROWN SAID THAT HE HAD BEEN A CRITIC FOR SOMETIME, NOT OF THE JURY SYSTEM ITSELF, BUT OF THE +LUDICROUS POSITION* WHERE HONG KONG HAD AN ACTIVE JURY LIST OF ONLY SOME 25 □□□ NAMES FROM A POPULATION OF OVER FIVE MILLION PEOPLE.
MOREOVER, HE SAID, THE SMALL JURY LIST INCLUDED MANY FOREIGNERS WHO WERE FREQUENTLY CALLED UPON TO SERVE WITHIN ONLY A FEW MONTHS OF RESIDENCE HERE.
+THIS IN ITSELF DOES NOT MEAN THEY DO NOT MAKE GOOD JURORS, BUT CULTURAL DIFFERENCES DO EXIST AND IF ONE IS TO BE JUDGED BY ONE’S PEERS, THEN THE LONGER JURORS HAVE BEEN RESIDENT IN THE COMMUNITY THE BETTER,* HE ADDED.
POINTING OUT THAT THE BILL WOULD EXTEND THE JURY LloT TO MANY MORE OF HONG KONG’S CITIZENS, HE SAID, +IN THESE DAYS WHEN WE ARE ALL TALKING OF THE NEED FOR MORE DEMOCRACY, WE SHOULD REMEMBER THAT MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC HAVE DUTIES AS WELL AS RIGHTS.*
THE PROVISIONS OF THIS BILL WOULD ENABLE MANY MORE PEOPLE TC DISCHARGE ONE OF THE DUTIES ASSOCIATED WITH HONG KONG’S SYSTEM OF LAW, AND IT WAS RIGHT THAT THEY SHOULD BE CALLED UPON TO DO SO, HE SAID.
ON THE ISSUE OF THE LANGUAGE OF HONG KONG’S LAW, HE SHARED THE VIEW OF A CORRESPONDENT TO AN ENGLISH NEWSPAPER THAT THE QUESTION OF THE FUTURE OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE IN LEGISLATIVE AND JUDICIAL ACTIVITIES HERE HAD TO BE SQUARELY FACED.
+1 UNDERSTAND THAT THE JOINT COMMITTEE OF THE HONG KONG BAR ASSOCIATION AND THE LAW SOCIETY, FORMED TO CONSIDER THE FUTURE OF OUR LEGAL SYSTEM, WILL ADDRESS THIS IMPORTANT ISSUE.
+MANY WILL AWAIT THE RESULT OF THEIR DELIBERATIONS wITH INTEREST, FOR ALTHOUGH THE CONTINUED USAGE OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE MAY BE DESIRABLE FOR MATTERS RELATING TO OUR INTERNATIONAL COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES, IN OTHER AREAS AN INABILITY TO SPEAK ENGLISH SHOULD NOT FORM A BARRIER TO JURY DUTY,* HE SAID.
HE EXPRESSED THE HOPE THAT IN THE LONGER TERM, CIRCUMSTANCED WOULD ALLOW NON-ENGLISH SPEAKING CITIZENS ALSO TO SHOULDER JURY DUTY.
- - 0 - -
WEDNjSSMY, JULY 25, 1984
NECESSARY MEASURE * * * *
THE DISTRICT BOARDS AND URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS (MISCELLANEOUS AMENDMENTS) BILL 1984 WAS NECESSARY TO TAKE THE DEVELOPMENT OF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION A STEP FURTHER, THE HON PETER C. wONG SAID TODAY.
SUPPORTING THE BILL, HE SAID: +A NUMBER OF CHANGES WILL TAKE PLACE AFTER THE ELECTION IN MARCH 1985, AND IT IS THEREFORE ESSENTIAL THAT THE RELEVANT LEGISLATIVE PROVISIONS SHOULD BE AMENDED TO ACCOMMODATE THIS FURTHER DEVELOPMENT IN DISTRICT ADM INI STRAT ION.+
HE NOTED THAT THE BILL HAD BEEN CAREFULLY STUDIED AND UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS WERE GENERALLY HAPPY WITH THE PROPOSALS.
MR WONG LATER MOVED TWO AMENDMENTS AT THE COMMITTEE STAGE.
THE FIRST AMENDMENT INVOLVED THE DELETION OF CLAUSE 11(B) AMENDING SECTION 21 OF THE DISTRICT BOARDS ORDINANCE.
MR WONG SAID THAT THE SWEEPING POWER GIVEN TO THE DESIGNATED OFFICER IN THE NEW SUBSECTION IN THE BILL WAS CONSIDERED TO BE +BOTH UNDESIRABLE AND UNNECESSARY+.
THE OTHER AMENDMENT WAS +A PURELY TECHNICAL* ONE MaDE TO CLAUSE 45.
THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, THE HON DAVID AKERS-JONES, DESCRIBED THE BILL AS +ANOTHER POSITIVE STEP* TO FACILITATE THE EFFECTIVE OPERATION OF THE DISTRICT BOARDS.
AT THE COMMITTEE STAGE, MR AKERS-JONES MOVED AN AMENDMENT RELATING TO A TECHNICAL DEVICE.
THE DEVICE ALLOWS THE TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS REGARDING THE DECLARATION OF THE NUMBERS OF APPOINTED AND ELECTED DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS TO TAKE EFFECT IMMEDIATELY.
- - 0 - -
RED CROSS TO TAKE OVER PRODUCTION OF BLOOD COMPONENTS
*****
THERE IS AN ADEQUATE PROVISION OF FRESH FROZEN PLAS A AND CRYOPRECIPITATE TO MEET THE NEEDS OF ALL GOVERNMENT, GOVERNMENT-ASSISTED AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS, THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR THE HON RUDY KHOO, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THE PROVISION OF PLATELETS, ON THE OTHER HAND, MEETS 50 TO 60 PER CENT OF THE NEEDS OF THESE HOSPITALS, DR KHOO SAID.
/but
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1984
BUT HE ADDED THAT IT WAS ANTICIPATED ALL REQUESTS FOR BLOOD COMPONENTS WOULD BE MET AFTER THE HONG KONG RED CROSS BLOOD TRANSFUSION SERVICE HAD TAKEN OVER THEIR PRODUCTION.
DR KHOO WAS REPLYING TO QUESTIONS FROM DR THE HON HENRIETTA IP.
AT PRESENT THE QUEEN ELIZABETH HOSPITAL AND THE SAI YING PUN INSTITUTE OF PATHOLOGY ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR PRODUCING THESE BLOOD COMPONENTS.
DR KHOO SAID FROM OCTOBER 1984, THE SERVICE WOULD BE TRANSFERRED IN PHASES TO THE BLOOD TRANSFUSION SERVICE WHERE THE PRODUCTION WILL BE CENTRALISED.
THE BLOOD BANKS AT QUEEN MARY, QUEEN ELIZABETH AND PRINCESS MARGARET HOSPITALS ARE OPEN 24 HOURS A DAY SO THAT BLOOD COMPONENTS CAN BE ISSUED TO THE THREE TYPES OF HOSPITALS UPON REQUEST EVEN DURING NON-OFFICE HOURS, HE SAID.
DOCTORS CAN ALSO CALL ON THESE HOSPITALS FOR THE BLOOD PRODUCTS IN CASE OF EMERGENCIES, HE ADDED.
♦AFTER THE BLOOD TRANSFUSION SERVICE HAS TAKEN OVER THE ------------------------------------------- THERE W|LL
MANUFACTURE AND DISTRIBUTION OF BLOOD COMPONENTS, A NIGHT CLERK AT THE BLOOD TRANSFUSION SERVICE TO REQUESTS AND THIS WILL FUNCTION AS A HOTLINE,* DR
RECEIVE ANY KHOO SAID.
----0------
23 CLUBS HOLD LEASES ON ISLAND ******
TWENTY-THREE PRIVATE CLUBS HOLD GOVERNMENT LEASES FOR RECREATIONAL PURPOSES ON HONG KONG ISLAND, THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, THE HON IAN MACPHERSON, SAID TODAY.
REPLYING TO A QUESTION BY DR THE HON HENRIETTA IP, MR MACPHERSON SAID SUCH CLUBS HAVE, BY THEIR NATURE, MEMBERSHIPS WHICH ARE RESTRICTED BY FACTORS SUCH AS THE SIZE OF AVAILABLE FACILITIES, AND THE GENERAL INTEREST IN THE ACTIVITIES WHICH EACH CLUB SEEKS TO PROMOTE.
THE MAJORITY OF SUCH CLUBS, HE SAID, HOLD PRIVATE RECREATIONAL LEASES WHICH INCLUDE SPECIAL CONDITIONS DESIGNED TO SERVE THE BROADER INTERESTS OF THE COMMUNITY AND TO wIDEN THE USAGE OF THE CLUB GROUNDS.
/IKE CONDITIONS........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1964
- 22 -
THE CONDITIONS STIPULATE THAT A CLUB’S MEMBERSHIP POLICY MUST NOT DISCRIMINATE ON THE GROUNDS OF RACE, RELIGION OR SEX, AND THAT A CLUB SHOULD MAKE ITS GROUNDS AVAILABLE TO OUTSIDE BODIES, SUCH AS SCHOOLS AND WELFARE ORGANISATIONS, WHEN REQUIRED TO DO SO BY THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND THE DIRECTOR OF URBAN SERVICES AS APPROPRIATE, MR MACPHERSON SAID.
REFERRING TO SPECIFIC POINTS RAISED BY DR IP, MR MACPHERSON SAID ALSO THAT:
* UNDER CURRENT POLICY, A NEW PRIVATE RECREATIONAL LEASE IS GRANTED FOR A PERIOD OF 21 YEARS AND A RENEWED LEASE FOR 15 YEARS}
* A TOTAL OF 41 HECTARES OF LAND HAS BEEN GRANTED FOR PRIVATE RECREATIONAL PURPOSES;
* UNDER EXISTING POLICY, A PRIVATE RECREATIONAL LEASE IS GRANTED AT NIL PREMIUM, AND
K THE CLUBS ARE OBLIGED TO PAY RATES, AND A NOMINAL CROWN RENT OF $100 A YEAR, AND THE GOVERNMENT HAS THE POWER TO REVIEW THESE FIGURES ON EXPIRY OF THE LEASES, ALTHOUGH SUCH A REVIEW MAY OCCUR IN THE INTERIM IF THE INDIVIDUAL LEASE ALLOWS.
0 --------
ROAD TRAFFIC BILL GETS GENERAL SUPPORT * * *
THE HON PETER C. WONG SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY THAT THE ROAD TRAFFIC (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984 GENERALLY RECEIVED THE SUPPORT OF UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS.
HE POINTED OUT THAT SECTION 63 OF THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE EMPOWERED THE POLICE TO REQUIRE A DRIVER SUSPECTED OF HAVING COMMITTED AN OFFENCE TO GIVE TO THE POLICE, ON DEMAND WITHIN THREE MONTHS OF THE OFFENCE, THE PARTICULARS STATED IN THE RELEVANT SUB-SECTION.
+CLAUSE 8 OF THE BILL REMOVES THE THREE-MONTH LIMITATION, THUS ALLOWING A LONGER PERIOD TO ASK FOR THE PARTICULARS,+ HE EXPLAINED.
HOWEVER, MR WONG SAID THAT THE EXTENDED PERIOD WAS NOT STATED IN THE BILL AND THAT +UNDER THE MAGISTRATES ORDINANCE, ANY INFORMATION SHOULD BE LAID BEFORE A MAGISTRATE WITHIN SIX MONTHS OF THE COMMISSION OF A SUMMARY OFFENCE.+
/+THE COMMITTEE.......
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 19&4
- 23 -
♦THE COMMITTEE STAGE AMENDMENT WILL MAKE IT ABSOLUTELY CLEAR THAT THIS STATUTORY POWER SHOULD BE EXERCISED WITHIN SIX MONTHS OF THE DATE OF THE OFFENCE OR ACCIDENT,* HE STRESSED.
♦THE BILL IS ONE OF A SERIES OF AMENDMENTS IN A TIDYING UP EXERCISE SINCE THE NEW ROAD TRAFFIC ORDINANCE WAS ENACTED IN DECEMBER 1982,+ HE SAID.
THE NEW LEGISLATION IS SCHEDULED TO COME INTO OPERATION ON AUGUST 28, 1984.
------0-------
CASH AID TO MACS ’ADEQUATE’ * * *
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE GIVEN BY GOVERNMENT TO MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES IS GENERALLY ADEQUATE, THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, THE HON DAVID AKERS-JONES, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).
REPLYING TO A QUESTION BY THE HON PAULINE NG, HE POINTED OUT THAT WHILE THE MAXIMUM FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO EACH MAC ANNUALLY HAD BEEN INCREASED FROM $1 200 IN 1979 TO $2 000 IN 1983, MOST MACS ONLY CLAIMED ABOUT 80 TO 90 PER CENT OF THIS MAXIMUM CEILING ON PRODUCTION OF RECEIPTED BILLS.
♦MANY MACS PREFER TO FINANCE THEIR OWN OPERATIONS FROM MEMBERS’ CONTRIBUTIONS AND DO NOT CLAIM AT ALL,* HE SAID.
♦THIS ASSISTANCE IS INTENDED TO HELP MACS MEET THE DAY-TO-DAY ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS OF THEIR OFFICES, SUCH AS TELEPHONES, ELECTRICITY AND RATES.
+THE GOVERNMENT REVIEWS THE AMOUNT OF FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE GIVEN FROM TIME TO TIME AND WILL CONTINUE TO DO S0.+
--------0----------
OFFENCES CARRYING CORPORAL PUNISHMENT UNDER REVIEW
* * *
THE GOVERNMENT IS CURRENTLY REVIEWING THE RANGE OF OFFENCES FOR WHICH CORPORAL PUNISHMENT IS A SENTENCING OPTION SO AS TO IDENTIFY THOSE FOR WHICH IT MAY NO LONGER BE APPROPRIATE, THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON GORDON MORTIMER, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
BUT MR MORTIMER ADDED, +WHETHER CORPORAL PUNISHMENT WOULD BE MORE FREQUENTLY ADMINISTERED IN FUTURE IS ENTIRELY A MATTER FOR THE COURTS AND NOT A MATTER OVER WHICH THE GOVERNMENT CAN EXERCISE ANY CONTROL EXCEPT BY THE PASSAGE OF LEGISLATION*.
/IN REPL': ...........
ODNESDAY, JULY
- 24 -
IN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON CHEUNG YAN-LUNG, M? MORTIMER SAID THAT CORPORAL PUNISHMENT WAS ADMINISTERED ON 14 OCCASIONS IN 1981, 13 IN 1982, 19 IN 1983 AND 17 IN THE FIRST SIX MONTHS OF THIS YEAR.
+IN OVER 90 PER CENT OF THESE CASES, THE PUNISHMENT WAS AWARDED ON CONVICTION FOR THE OFFENCE OF POSSESSING AN OFFENSIVE WEAPON IN A PUBLIC PLACE,+ HE SAID.
ON THE EFFECTIVENESS OF CORPORAL PUNISHMENT AS A DETERRENT TO CRIMINAL ACTIVITY, HE SAID THAT THIS HAD BEEN STUDIED ON TwO OCCASIONS BY COMMITTEES IN THE UNITED KINGDOM. THESE COMMITTEES CONCLUDED THERE WAS NO EVIDENCE TO SUGGEST THAT IT WAS MORE EFFECTIVE THAN ANY OTHER FORM OF PUNISHMENT.
HE TOLD THE COUNCIL THAT A SIMILAR STUDY, ON A LIMITED SCALE, WAS CONDUCTED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF CORRECTIONAL SERVICES IN 1983 AND THE FINDINGS WERE IN ACCORD WITH THE CONCLUSIONS REACHED BY THE UK COMMITTEES.
♦HAVING SAID THIS, I MUST STRESS THAT THE EFFECTIVENESS OF ANY PUNISHMENT AS A DETERRENT REQUIRES AN ASSESSMENT OF ITS PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT ON THE MIND OF A POTENTIAL CRIMINAL.
♦ IT IS EXTREMELY DIFFICULT TO OBTAIN ANY ACCURATE STATISTICAL EVIDENCE TO ASSESS THIS EFFECT AND ANY ASSESSMENT MUST ULTIMATELY CONTAIN A LARGE ELEMENT OF SUBJECTIVITY ON THE PART OF THE ASSESSOR,+ MR MORTIMER SAID.
------0-------
NINE BILLS PASSED * * *
NINE BILLS WERE PASSED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY. THEY ARE : THE CHINESE VISA OFFICE (PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES) BILL 1984, THE CONVEYANCING AND PROPERTY BILL 1984, THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, THE JURY (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, THE DISTRICT BOARDS AND URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS (MISCELLANEOUS AMENDMENTS) BILL 1984, THE ROAD TRAFFIC (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1984, THE BIRTHS AND DEATHS REGISTRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984, THE FOREIGN MARRIAGE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984 AND THE LEGITIMACY (AMENDMENT) BILL 1984.
THE MEETING WAS ADJOURNED TO THURSDAY (AUGUST 2).
--------0----------
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1934
GOVERNOR RETURNING TOMORROW * * *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, WILL RETURN FROM PEKING TOMORROW (THURSDAY) AFTER ATTENDING THE LATEST ROUND OF SINO-BRITISH TALKS ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.
SIR EDWARD WILL BE TRAVELLING ON FLIGHT CA 101, ETA 11.15 AM.
A FACILITY HAS BEEN ARRANGED FOR COVERAGE OF SIR EDWARD’S ARRIVAL. MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES SHOULD ASSEMBLE IN THE PRESS CONFERENCE ROOM ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF THE AIRPORT TERMINAL BUILDING BY 10.15 AM TOMORROW.
GIS OFFICERS WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST.
- - 0 - -
GROUP TO TAKE A BREAK
*****
IN ANSWER TO PRESS QUESTIONS, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN CONFIRMED TODAY THAT IT HAD BEEN AGREED BETWEEN THE BRITISH AND CHINESE SIDES THAT THE WORKING GROUP WOULD TAKE A SHORT RECESS FROM JULY 31 RESUMING ITS MEETINGS IN THE WEEK BEGINNING AUGUST 13.
- - 0 - -
NEW CONVEYANCING LAW ’DESIRABLE’ - GLEESON * * *
COMMENTING ON THE CONVEYANCING AND PROPERTY ORDINANCE 1984 WHICH WAS PASSED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY, THE REGISTRAR GENERAL, MR NOEL GLEESON, SAID THAT IT WAS DESIRABLE THAT HONG KONG AT THIS STAGE OF ITS COMMERCIAL AND POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT SHOULD HAVE ITS OWN FREE STANDING BODY OF LAW RELATING TO PROPERTY AND THE MANNER IN WHICH PROPERTY CAN BE CONVEYED FROM ONE TO ANOTHER.
MR GLEESON ALSO SAID: UNTIL THE ENACTMENT OF THIS ORDINANCE THE LAW RELATING TO PROPERTY AND CONVEYANCING IN HONG KONG FOLLOWED THE LAW AND PRACTICE AS IT WAS IN ENGLAND IN 1844.
♦NONE OF THE MAJOR REFORMING MEASURES THAT WERE ADOPTED IN ENGLAND DURING THE 19TH AND 20TH CENTURIES, PARTICULARLY THE PROVISIONS OF THE LAW OF PROPERTY ACT 1925, HAD BEEN INTRODUCED INTO HONG KONG. THIS WAS NOTWITHSTANDING THAT VARIOUS ATTEMPTS HAD BEEN MADE OVER THE YEARS TO DO SO.
/+DJ 1865.
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1984
- 26
+ IN 1885, FOR INSTANCE, A VERY LIMITED MEASURE IN THE SHAPE OF A CONVEYANCING BILL WAS PUT TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL BY A NUMBER OF PROMINENT LAWYERS AND BUSINESSMEN OF THE DAY BUT FOR VARIOUS REASONS IT DID NOT PASS INTO LAW.
+ATTEMPTS WERE SUBSEQUENTLY MADE IN 1966 AND AGAIN THROUGHOUT THE 197OS TO BRING OUR LAW UP-TO-DATE IN THIS RESPECT BUT ALL THESE ATTEMPTS FOUNDERED BECAUSE NO CONSENSUS COULD BE REACHED WITHIN THE LEGAL PROFESSION AS TO WHAT PRECISELY WAS REQUIRED.+
MR GLEESON SAID THAT IN OCTOBER 1982, A WORKING PARTY UNDER HIS CHAIRMANSHIP, AND HAVING AS ITS MEMBERS ONE OF HIS LEGAL OFFICERS, FOUR PRACTISING CONVEYANCING LAWYERS (COMPRISING THE CONVEYANCING SUB-COMMITTEE OF THE LAW SOCIETY) AND THE DEPUTY LAW DRAFTSMAN FROM THE LEGAL DEPARTMENT, WAS FORMED AND BEGAN CONSIDERATION OF DRAFTING INSTRUCTIONS FOR A COMPLETELY NEW BILL.
THIS GROUP WAS LATER JOINED BY THE DIRECTOR OF PROFESSIONAL LEGAL EDUCATION OF THE HONG KONG UNIVERSITY’S FACULTY OF LAW AND A MEMBER OF HIS ACADEMIC STAFF. THE WORKING GROUP MET 35 TIMES, HOLDING ITS FINAL MEETING ON MARCH 26 THIS YEAR.
♦THE WORKING GROUP TOOK ACCOUNT OF THE PROVISIONS OF THE UNITED KINGDOM LAW OF PROPERTY ACT 1925 BUT WAS CONSCIOUS OF THE FACT THAT THAT ACT CONTAINED MANY PROVISIONS WHICH WERE NOT RELEVANT TO THE CIRCUMSTANCES OF HONG KONG AND DID NOT CONTAIN MANY PROVISIONS THAT WERE.
+IT WAS DESIRABLE ALSO TO BRING THE LAW UP TO DATE.
+THE WORKING GROUP CONCENTRATED ON WHAT WAS RELEVANT TO AND REQUIRED FOR HONG KONG BOTH AT THE PRESENT TIME AND IN THE FUTURE.
♦THE PROVISIONS OF THE CONVEYANCING AND PROPERTY ORDINANCE, THEREFORE, DIFFERED IN A NUMBER OF SIGNIFICANT RESPECTS FROM THE LAW RELATING TO PROPERTY IN THE UNITED KINGDOM, PARTICULARLY IN THE FORMS OF CONVEYANCING THAT ARE PRESCRIBED AND THE COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS THAT ARE IMPLIED IN CONVEYANCING,* HE SAID.
IN JULY 1983, A BILL WAS PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES, AND THE WORKING GROUP THEREAFTER CONSIDERED MANY REPRESENTATIONS AND SUGGESTIONS THAT WERE RECEIVED FOLLOWING PUBLICATION.
AN AMENDED BILL WAS PRINTED AND CIRCULATED IN FEBRUARY THIS YEAR AND WAS FOLLOWED ON FEBRUARY 15 WITH A SEMINAR ON THE BILL AT THE HILTON HOTEL, ATTENDED BY MANY LAWYERS, BANKERS AND OTHER PARTIES.
AFTER THE SEMINAR, THE WORKING GROUP CONSIDERED AND AGREED TO YET FURTHER AMENDMENTS WHICH WERE THEN INCORPORATED INTO THE BILL.
/MR GLEESOI.........
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1984
- 2? -
MR GLEESON AND THE DEPUTY LAW DRAFTSMAN, MR J.K. FINDLAY, ALSO HAD A NUMBER OF MEETINGS WITH MR PETER C. WONG OF THE LEGCO UNOFFICIALS’ LEGISLATION SCRUTINY GROUP DURING WHICH A NUMBER OF FINAL AMENDMENTS TO THE BILL WERE DISCUSSED AND AGREED ON.
MR GLEESON SAID THAT ALTHOUGH THE ORDINANCE WAS A HIGHLY TECHNICAL MEASURE OF IMMEDIATE INTEREST TO LAWYERS, IT ALSO AFFECTED PROPERTY OWNERS IN HONG KONG WHO, INCLUDING THOSE IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, NOW NUMBER ABOUT ONE MILLION.
THE ORDINANCE WAS ALSO OF PARTICULAR INTEREST TO BANKERS INASMUCH AS IT INTRODUCED A NEW SYSTEM OF CHARGING PROPERTY AS A SECURITY FOR MONEY LENT. THE HONG KONG ASSOCIATION OF BANKS HAD BEEN CONSULTED AND WAS IN AGREEMENT WITH THE NEW LAW, PROCEDURES AND FORMS IN THIS RESPECT.
MR GLEESON POINTED OUT THE MORE IMPORTANT CLAUSES WHICH MADE PROVISIONS FOR THE FOLLOWING MATTERS:
(1) THE OWNERSHIP OF PROPERTY BY TWO OR MORE PERSONS?
(2) A SIMPLIFIED AND EXPEDITIOUS COURT PROCEDURE FOR RESOLVING DISPUTES RELATING TO LAND?
(3) THE SIMPLIFICATION OF THE VENDOR’S OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE PROOF OF TITLE OF LAND PURCHASED?
(4) THE IMPLICATION OF COVENANTS FOR TITLE TO LAND WHICH SHOULD REDUCE THE LENGTH OF CONVEYANCING DOCUMENTS?
(5) THE INCORPORATION OF COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS INTO CONVEYANCING DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE, ALSO FOR THE PURPOSE OF REDUCING THE LENGTH OF LEGAL DOCUMENTS RELATING TO LAND?
(6) STANDARD CONVEYANCING DOCUMENTS IN A SHORT AND SIMPLIFIED FORM? AND
(7) A NEW SYSTEM OF MORTGAGING BY WAY OF CHARGE, IN PLACE OF THE ARTIFICIAL ASSIGNMENT OF THE LEGAL ESTATE, WITH INCREASED PROTECTION FOR LENDERS.
HE SAID THAT THOUGH LEGISLATION AS TECHNICAL AS THIS MIGHT REQUIRE AMENDMENT FROM TIME TO TIME OVER THE YEARS, AS DID SIMILAR LEGISLATION IN THE UNITED KINGDOM AND OTHER DEVELOPED PARTS OF THE WORLD, HE HOPED THAT BASICALLY IN ITS PRESENT FORM IT WOULD SERVE HONG KONG AS WELL AND FOR AS LONG A PERIOD OF TIME, AS DID THE ENGLISH COMMON LAW AND THOSE MEDIEVAL ACTS OF PARLIAMENT WHICH IT NOW TO A SIGNIFICANT EXTENT REPLACES.
MR GLEESON SAID THAT THE BILL WOULD COME INTO OPERATION ON NOVEMBER 1, 1984.
THIS WOULD GIVE CONVEYANCING LAWYERS AS WELL AS BANKS AND DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES TIME TO REORGANISE THEIR PROCEDURES AND ADAPT TO THE NEW SYSTEM.
--------q ----------
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1984
YOUNG MUSICIANS SEEN AT WORK * * * *
THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, MR IAN MACPHERSON TODAY (WEDNESDAY) VISITED THE 1984 HONG KONG YOUTH MUSIC CAMP BEING HELD AT THE PO LEUNG KUK PAK TAM CHUNG HOLIDAY CAMP IN SAI KUNG.
MR MACPHERSON FIRST ARRIVED AT SUNG TSUN MIDDLE SCHOOL IN SAI KUNG WHERE HE WATCHED THE MUSIC CAMP SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA IN FULL REHEARSAL AND WAS INTRODUCED TO THE OVERSEAS MUSICIANS, MR GEORG TINTNER (WESTERN CONDUCTOR), MR DETLEF HAHN (UPPER STRINGS) MR SIDNEY SUTCLIFF (WOODWIND), DR WILLIAM LAWING (BRASS) AND MS MELISSA PHELPS (LOWER STRINGS).
ACCOMPANIED BY THE MUSIC ADMINISTRATOR, MRS DORIS HO, HE PROCEEDED TO THE MUSIC CAMP AND SAW THE CHINESE ORCHESTRA REHEARSE IN THE GYMNASIUM AND MET THE FOUR MUSICIANS FROM CHINA - MS HUANG XIAO-FEI (CONDUCTOR), MR LIU DE-HAI (PI-PA), MR XU JIANG-DE (ER-HU), AND MR SONG BAO-CAI (SOU-NA).
MR MACPHERSON LATER INSPECTED THREE OTHER CAMP ORCHESTRAS, THE JUNIOR CHINESE ORCHESTRA, THE JUNIOR STRING ORCHESTRA AND THE SYMPHONIC BAND REHEARSING.
THE 1984 HONG KONG YOUTH MUSIC CAMP, NOW IN ITS FIFTH YEAR, IS PART OF THE SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME EVERY YEAR.
- - 0
ARRESTS OF COOKED-FOOD HAWKERS TREBLED
*****
GENERAL DUTIES TEAM MEMBERS IN YAU MA TEI ARE NOW ARRESTING 80 TO 90 COOKED-FOOD HAWKERS A DAY.
ADDITIONALLY, THEY ARE SEIZING HAWKER TROLLEYS LEFT ON FOOTPATHS AND IN DOORWAYS, ON THE GROUNDS THAT THEY ARE CAUSING AN OBSTRUCTION.
ANNOUNCING THIS TODAY, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CITY SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID GDT MEMBERS IN YAU MA TEI HAD BEEN ABLE TO TREBLE THEIR ANTI-COOKED FOOD HAWKER OPERATIONS THANKS TO A STAFF RE-STRUCTURING EXERCISE WHICH HAD GIVEN THE POWER OF ARREST TO MANY MORE SENIOR GDT MEMBERS.
SO FAR, MORE THAN 100 TROLLEYS HAD BEEN SEIZED IN YAU MA TEI, MONG KOK AND SHAM SHU I PO.
/THEY would
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 19&4
- 29 -
THEY WOULD BE HELD UNTIL A CLAIMANT CAME FORWARD AND ESTABLISHED OWNERSHIP OF A PARTICULAR TROLLEY.
HOWEVER WHEN OWNERSHIP WAS ESTABLISHED THE AUTHORITIES WOULD THEN CONSIDER LODGING A CHARGE OF OBSTRUCTION AGAINST THE OWNER, ADDED THE SPOKESMAN.
♦ THESE MEASURES ARE PART OF THE DEPA£™ENT’S STEPPED-UP ACTIONS AGAINST COOKED-FOOD HAWKERS,+ SAID THE SPOKESMAN.
♦HOWEVER, BEFORE THE GDT MEMBERS GO INTO ACTION EACH DAY THFY ARE THOROUGHLY BRIEFED ON HOW TO GO ABOUT THEIR DUTIES, If! PARTICULAR ON TAKING EXTREME CARE NOT TO CAUSE COOKED—FOOD HAWKERS TO RUN MADLY ALONG CROWDED FOOTPATHS, PUTTING PEDESTRIANS AT RISK.
♦THE FACT THAT THERE HAVE BEEN SO MANY ACCIDENTS IS BECAUSE OF THE IRRESPONSIBILITY AND SELFISHNESS OF NOT THE ACTIONS OF THE GDT MEMBERS,* HE ADDED.
RECENTLY THE HAWKERS —
- - 0 ----------
electrical works contract awarded
* * *
A $498 150 CONTRACT FOR INSTALLING LIGHTING IN A PLAYGROUND AT KOWLOON CITY HAS BEEN AWARDED TO SWIRE ENGINEERING LIMITED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
THE PLAYGROUND IS NOW BEING BUILT ON A 1.35-HECTARE SITE AT THE JUNCTION OF CARPENTER ROAD AND SHEK KU LUNG ROAD.
INSTALLATION STARTED AT THE BEGINNING OF THIS MONTH AND WILL TAKE NINE MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
THE PLAYGROUND WILL HAVE FOUR TENNIS COURTS, TWO VOLLEY BALL-AND-BADMINTON COURTS AND TWO MINI-SOCCER PITCHES.
IT WILL INCLUDE A TWO-STOREY SERVICE BUILDING WITH CHANGING ROOMS, TOILETS AND A REFRESHMENT KIOSK.
THE WHOLE SITE AREA WILL BE LANDSCAPED.
A CONTRACT VALUED AT $2.78 MILLION FOR BUILDING THE PLAYGROUND WAS AWARDED BY THE SAME OF-ICE IN MAY.
- - 0 -----------
WEDNESDAY, JULY 25, 1984
- 30 -
SAI Y I NG PUN CLEARWAY HOURS REVISED
******
FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (JULY 27), THE URBAN CLEARWAY HOURS OF THE FOLLOWING ROAD SECTIONS IN SAI YING PUN WILL BE REVISED TO 4 PM TO 7 PM DAILY:
* QUEEN’S ROAD WEST BETWEEN A POINT ABOUT 30 METRES EAST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH WILMER STREET AND A POINT ABOUT 20 METRES WEST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH POK FU LAM ROAD;
* EASTERN STREET BETWEEN A POINT ABOUT 15 METRES NORTH OF ITS JUNCTION WITH QUEEN’S ROAD WEST AND A POINT ABOUT 40 METRES SOUTH OF THE SAME JUNCTION;
* CENTRE STREET BETWEEN A POINT ABOUT 20 METRES NORTH OF ITS JUNCTION WITH QUEEN’S ROAD WEST AND A POINT ABOUT 30 METRES SOUTH OF THE SAME JUNCTION;
* WESTERN STREET BETWEEN A POINT ABOUT 30 METRES NORTH OF ITS JUNCTION WITH QUEEN’S ROAD WEST AND FIRST STREET;
* POK FU LAM ROAD BETWEEN QUEEN’S ROAD WEST AND FIRST STREET;
* THE NORTHERN TRAFFIC LANE OF FIRST STREET BETWEEN EASTERN STREET AND A POINT ABOUT 30 METRES WEST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH EASTERN STREET;
* THE SOUTHERN TRAFFIC LANE OF FIRST STREET BETWEEN EASTERN STREET AND A POINT ABOUT 30 METRES WEST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH EASTERN STREET.
NO VEHICLES OTHER THAN FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS DURING THE RESTRICTED PERIODS WITHIN THE ABOVE ROAD SECTIONS.
-----o------
CAREERS EXHIBITION * * * *
THE SIXTH SEMINAR ON CAREERS EDUCATION WILL OPEN AT 10 AM TOMORROW (THURSDAY) AT THE INSTITUTE OF CHINESE STUDIES, CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG.
DR JAMES HAYES, ACTING COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR AND MR MICHAEL LEUNG, ACTING DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, WILL SPEAK AT THE OPENING CEREMONY.
THE SEMINAR IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT, THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG ASSOCIATION OF CAREERS MASTERS.
- 0 -
,TjJlNESLA.Y, JULY 1?£4
- 31 -
TUEN MUN SITE OFFERED * * * *
A 6 400-SQUARE-METRE SITE AT TAI LAM CHUNG, BEING OFFERED ON SHORT TERM TENANCY BY THE LANDS
TUEN MUN, IS DEPARTMENT.
IT IS TO BE USED FOR OPEN STORAGE TO INCLUDE PARKING OF CONTAINERS, TRACTORS AND TRAILERS.
THE SITE IS BEING OFFERED ON A ONE-YEAR TENANCY AND CAN BE RENEWED AT QUARTERLY INTERVALS.
THE CLOSING DATE FOR ACCEPTANCE OF TENDERS IS AUGUST 10.
-----0------
WEAK WATER PRESSURE * * *
CERTAIN PREMISES IN HUNG HOM AND TSIM SHA TSUI WILL EXPERIENCE WEAK PRESSURE OF FRESH WATER SUPPLY FROM 9 AM ON SATURDAY (JULY 28) TO NOON THE FOLLOWING DAY DUE TO WATER MAINS WORK.
THE AFFECTED PREMISES ARE BOUNDED BY JORDAN ROAD, GASCOIGNE ROAD, CHATHAM ROAD NORTH, MA TAU WAI ROAD, LOK SHAN ROAD AND THc. SEAFRONT OF TSIM SHA TSUI AND HUNG HOM.
- 0-----------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
THURSDAY, JULY 26, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
SIR GEOFFREY HOWE ARRIVES ...................................... 1
GOVERNOR RETURNS TO HK.......................................... 2
DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION IS BASIS OF DEMOCRACY - NG ............. 3
CHANGES PLANNED FOR HOUSING ALLOCATION POLICY .................. 4
SHA TIN DB TO DISCUSS GREEN PAPER............................... 6
LABOUR MP COMING ............................................... 6
EXPORTS STAY ON UP-SWING........................................ 7
OPERATION AGAINST ILLEGAL EXTENSIONS .......................... 10
IMPORTANCE OF CAREERS EDUCATION STRESSED ...................... 11
REPORT ON DISTRIBUTIVE TRADES OUT ............................. 12
SONG CONTEST IN NORTH DISTRICT ................................ 13
FEES REVISED .................................................. 13
CATERING EQUIPMENT FOR POLICE STATION ......................... 14
STORMWATER DRAINS FOR QUARRY BAY .............................. 14
TRAFFIC MEASURES IN ABERDEEN .................................. 14
THURSDAY, JULY 26, 1934
SIR GEOFFREY HOWE ARRIVES * * * * *
THE SECRETARY OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS. SIR GEOFFREY HOWE, ARRIVED IN HONG KONG THIS AFTERNOON (THURSDAY).
SIR GEOFFREY WAS MET AT KAI TAK BY THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE- THE CHIEF SECRETARY, SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE- THE SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, S1R SZE-YUEN CHUNG, AND SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR ROGER LOBO. THE DIRECTOR OF PROTOCOL, SIR JOHN CURLE WAS ALSO PRESENT.
FOLLOWING IS THE FULL TEXT OF SIR GEOFFREY’S REMARKS TO WAITING JOURNALISTS!
+| AM VERY GLAD TO BE BACK IN HONG KONG JUST THREE MONTHS AFTER MY LAST VISIT. AS ON THE LAST OCCASION I HAVE GOT TWO MAIN PURPOSES. HERE IN HONG KONG, I LOOK FORWARD TO CONSULTING ONCE AGAIN WITH REPRESENTATIVES OF HONG KONG OPINION AND TALKING ABOUT THE WAY IN WHICH WE ARE CONDUCTING THE NEGOTIATIONS IN PEKING. TOMORROW I GO ON TO PEKING TO REVIEW WITH THE CHINESE LEADERS THE PROGRESS MADE SO FAR IN THE NEGOTIATIONS AND TO CARRY THEM FORWARD.
♦ AS YOU KNOW, SINCE APRIL, IMPORTANT DEVELOPMENTS HAVE TAKEN PLACE: WE HAD THE LONDON VISIT OF UMELCO AND OTHER HONG KONG GROUPS! WE HAD THE DEBATE IN THE HOUSE OF COMMONS ON THE 16TH OF MAY! WE HAVE HAD THE SETTING UP OF THE WORKING GROUP IN PEKING! WE HAVE HAD MR LUCE’S VISIT HERE TWO WEEKS AGO! WE HAVE HAD THE PUBLICATION OF THE GREEN PAPER AND OF THE ARRANGEMENTS FOR TESTING THE ACCEPTABILITY OF AN AGREEMENT IN HONG KONG: AND, OF COURSE, WE HAVE HAD EIGHT MORE ROUNDS OF NEGOTIATIONS IN PEK ING.
+SO, THIS VISIT, WHICH WAS ENVISAGED WHEN I WAS HERE LAST TIME AND WHICH HAS BEEN PLANNED FOR SEVERAL WEEKS, IS PART OF A PATTERN OF INCREASING ACTIVITY.
+1 CAN WELL UNDERSTAND YOUR INTENSE INTEREST IN THE OUTCOME CF THESE CRUCIAL NEGOTIATIONS. A LOT HAS ALREADY BEEN REVEALED ABOUT OUR APPROACH, NOTABLY IN THE STATEMENT THAT I MADE HERE ON THE 19TH OF APRIL AND, SINCE THEN OF COURSE, IN THE HOUSE CF COMMONS. I INTEND TO CONTINUE THAT PROCESS AS FAR AS I REASONABLY CAN BEARING IN MIND THE NEED FOR CONFIDENTIALITY; BEARING IN MIND AS WELL THE FACT THAT WHAT MATTERS MOST IS GETTING THE RIGHT AGREEMENT AT THE END OF THE DAY.
/♦MEANWHILE, THERE........
THUBSDAY, JULY 26, 1984
2 -
♦MEANWHILE, THERE ARE THREE THINGS THAT I WANT TO EMPHASISE: FIRST, ALTHOUGH THERE ARE IMPORTANT ISSUES STILL TO BE RESOLVED THE NEGOTIATIONS ARE ON COURSE 5 SECOND, IT IS COMMON GROUND BETWEEN THE CHINESE AND BRITISH GOVERNMENTS THAT „R£SPONS IB IL TY FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG BETWEEN NOW AND 1997 RESTS WITH BRITAIN. WE SHALL FULFIL THAT RESPONSIBILITY; THIRD, OUR OBJECTIVE REMAINS UNCHANGED - A BINDING AND DETAILED AGREEMENT WITH THE CHINESE GOVERNMENT WHICH WILL PRESERVE A HIGH DEGREE OF CONTINUITY AND AUTONOMY IN HONG KONG AFTER 1997.
+THE FACT THAT THIS IS MY SECOND VISIT IN JUST THREE MONTHS UNDERLINES HOW IMPORTANT THESE NEGOTIATIONS ARE FOR THE PRIME MINISTER AS WELL AS FOR MYSELF. IN FACT THEY ARE ONE OF OUR HIGHEST PRIORITIES. WE ARE DOING OUR UTMOST TO BRING THE NEGOTIATIONS TO A SUCCESSFUL CONCLUSION, BY WHICH CONCLUSION WHICH BEST SERVES THE INTERESTS OF THE
KONG. WE SHALL CONTINUE TO DO JUST THAT.+
I MEAN
PEOPLE
A OF
HONG
TRAVELLING WITH SIR GEOFFREY WERE:
STATE,
MR
SIR PERCY CRADOCK, DEPUTY UNDER-SECRETARY OF
APPLEYARD, PRINCIPAL PRIVATE SECRETARY, MR P.J. GOULDEN, OF NEWS DEPARTMENT, FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH OFFICE, l“R A C. GALSWORTHY, HEAD OF THE HONG KONG DEPARTMENT, FCO, AND MR P.F. RICKETTS, PRIVATE SECRETARY.
L. V.
HEAD
0 -------
GOVERNOR RETURNS TO HK *****
THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, RETURNED TO HONG KONG TODAY AFTER THE LATEST ROUND OF TALKS IN PEKING ON THE FUTURE.
HE WAS GREETED AT THE AIRPORT BY THE DEPUTY TO THE GOVERNOR. W DENIS BRAY, THE SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, SIR S.Y. CHUNG, AND THE SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR ROGER LOBO.
SPEAKING TO REPORTERS, SIR EDWARD SAIDi
♦THIS WAS QUITE A NORMAL ROUND — I SUPPOSE YOU COULD SAY IT WAS ALSO A PREPARATION FOR SIR GEOFFREY’S VISIT, AS YOU KNOW W£ ARE LOOKING FORWARD TO WELCOMING HIM THIS AFTERNOON. HE WILL, OF COURSE, HAVE HAD A FULL REPORT FROM MR RICHARD LUCE, WHO WAS HERE A FEW WEEKS AGO, BUT THIS VISIT WILL ENABLE US TO BRING HIM UP TO DATE- ON THE STATE OF THE TALKS AND ALSO ON THE STATE OF OPINION IN HONG KONG ON A VARIETY OF ISSUES.
♦FOR ME THIS IS QUITE A FAST TURNROUND BECAUSE I SHALL BE GOING BACK UP TO PEKING WITH HIM TOMORROW AND I SHALL BE THERE UNTIL EARLY NEXT WEEK WHEN I WILL COME BACK DOWN WITH HIM ON THE SAME AIRCRAFT, AND I AM SURE THAT WILL BE A VERY USEFUL AND IMPORTANT VISIT.
- - - - 0 - -
/3........
THURSDAY, JULY 26, 1984
- 3 -
DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION IS BASIS OF DEMOCRACY - NG ******
DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION IS THE BASIS OF THE DEMOCRACTIC SYSTEM IN HONG KONG, THE ACTING REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR NEW TERRITORIES, MR PETER NG, SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).
AND THE LINK BETWEEN DISTRICT BOARDS AND THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT WOULD BE FURTHER STRENGTHENED UNDER PROPOSALS CONTAINED IN THE RECENTLY PUBLISHED GREEN PAPER, HE ADDED.
MR NG WAS OFFICIATING AT THE INAUGURATION CEREMONY OF THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT SPORTS ASSOCIATION.
HE SAID THAT CONTRIBUTIONS BY THE VARIOUS DISTRICT BOARDS TO THEIR RESPECTIVE COMMUNITIES DURING THE PAST TWO YEARS WERE EVIDENT TO ALL PEOPLE.
TAKING YUEN LONG AS AN EXAMPLE, HE SAID THE BOARD HAD SPENT MORE THAN $1.3 MILLION TO IMPROVE THE DISTRICT’S ENVIRONMENT.
+CONSTRUCTIVE SUGGESTIONS WERE MADE ON MATTERS CONCERNING TRANSPORT, COMMUNITY FACILITIES, SOCIAL SERVICES AND RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL ACTIVITIES.
+THE CONSTRUCTION OF A ROOF ABOVE THE TAI TONG ROAD MINI-BUS TERMINAL AND THE ORGANISATION OF THE YUEN LONG ARTS FESTIVAL ARE OTHER EXAMPLES OF THE BOARD’S ACHIEVEMENT.*
STRESSING THAT DISTRICT BOARDS NEEDED EVERY SUPPORT, MR NG URGED LOCAL RESIDENTS TO REGISTER AS VOTERS.
+AND THIS SHOULD BE FOLLOWED UP BY GOING TO THE POLLS DURING NEXT YEAR’S DB ELECTIONS TO SELECT THE CANDIDATES OF THEIR CHOICE,* HE SAID.
+THOSE WHO HAVE ALREADY REGISTERED CAN SHOW THEIR SUPPORT BY ENCOURAGING THEIR FAMILY MEMBERS, FRIENDS AND RELATIVES TO REGISTER.*
MR NG ALSO PRAISED THE ASSOCIATION FOR ITS EFFORTS IN PROMOTING SPORTS ACTIVITIES BY ORGANISING, OR PARTICIPATING IN, INTERDISTRICT AND TERRITORY-WIDE COMPETITIONS.
THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT OFFICER, MR JAMES WILSON, PRESENTED CERTIFICATES OF APPOINTMENT TO THE NEW OFFICE-BEARERS OF THE ASSOC I AT ION.
-----o------
THURSDAY, JULY 26, 1984
- 4 -
CHANGES PLANNED FOR HOUSING ALLOCATION POLICY
******
THE HOUSING AUTHORITY IS TO RECOMMEND A NUMBER OF CHANGES TO EXISTING HOUSING ALLOCATION POLICY. AMONG THE MAJOR CHANGES ARE:
* SINGLE PERSONS TO BE ELIGIBLE FOR SPECIALLY DESIGNED UNITS IN RENTAL HOUSING — THOSE LIVING IN TEMPORARY HOUSING AREAS WOULD BE REHOUSED FIRST,.
* TWO-PERSON FAMILIES TO BE ENTITLED TO RENTAL HOUSING AND TO APPLY FOR HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME.
* A NEW CATEGORY OF SQUATTER CLEARANCES IS TO BE ESTABLISHES WHICH WILL ALLOW THOSE SQUATTERS LIVING OUTSIDE DEVELOPMENT ZONES TO BE CLEARED UNDER A PHASED PROGRAMME.
* AS AN ADDED INCENTIVE TO PURCHASE HOS FLATS MORE GROUPS are to be given priority through the green form system. THEY WILL INCLUDE:
* TENANTS AFFECTED BY THE REDEVELOPMENT OF MARK I-I I BLOCKS TO BE GIVEN TOP PRIORITY.
* TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA RESIDENTS.
* PERSONS AFFECTED BY CLEARANCES.
* THOSE ON THE WAITING LIST WHO ARE DUE FOR ALLOCATION OF A RENTAL FLAT.
* LARGE FAMILIES IN PUBLIC HOUSING WHO GIVE UP ONE OF THEIR RENTAL FLATS.
* ANYONE WHO OWNS DOMESTIC PROPERTY SHOULD BE DEBARRED FROh ALLOCATION OF A PUBLIC HOUSING FLAT. THIS WOULD INCLUDE SQUATTERS AND THA RESIDENTS. TENANTS OF RENTAL HOUSING FLATS WOULD NOT BE AFFECTED AT PRESENT.
* FAMILIES IN PUBLIC HOUSING WHO WANT TO MOVE TO A LARGER FLAT WILL IN FUTURE ONLY BE ABLE TO DO SO THROUGH THE PURCHASE OF AN HOS HOME. THE HOUSING AUTHORITY WILL STILL BE ABLE TO DIRECT FAMILIES TO MOVE IN CASES OF BAD OVERCROWDING.
* INHERITANCE — IN FUTURE, CHILDREN OF TENANTS WILL BE ALLOWED TO INHERIT OR TAKE OVER THE TENANCIES AFTER THE DEATHS OF THEIR PARENTS ONLY IF THEY COMPLY WITH A MEANS TEST, BUT THE PRESENT POLICY OF ALLOWING ONE MARRIED CHILD AND HIS-HER FAMILY TO BE ADDED TO THE PARENTS’ TENANCY WILL CONTINUE.
/the housejg........
THURSDAY, JULY 25, 1984
5
THE HOUSING AUTHORITY HAD A VERY LENGTHY DISCUSSION ON THE , ESTION OF BETTER-OFF TENANTS IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE .
\RT FROM THE MEASURES MENTIONED ABOVE THE CONSENSUS 0.
SERS WAS AGAINST TAKING DRASTIC ACTION AGAINST BETTE -OFF ■ JANTS IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES. MANY REASONS WERE ADVANCED IN SUPPORT OF THE ARGUMENTS AGAINST THE EVICTION OF WELL-OFF TENANTS. THEY INCLUDED:
X IT WOULD BE DISRUPTIVE AND COULD AFFECT THE STABILITY OF THE COMMUNITY.
X TENANTS WHO IMPROVE THEIR SITUATION WHILE IN PUBLIC HOUSING SHOULD NOT BE PENALISED.
X THE DIFFICULTIES IN COMING TO AN AGREED DEFINITION OF WELL-OFF TENANTS WERE CONSIDERABLE.
X IT WOULD CHANGE THE CHARACTER OF THE PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES IF THE PRESENT MIX OF POPULATION WAS CHANGED.
HOWEVER, MEMBERS WERE OF THE VIEW THAT IN FUTURE, BETTER-OFF TENANTS SHOULD NOT CONTINUE TO ENJOY HEAVILY SUBSIDISED RENTS Ao ,T PRESENT. IT WAS, THEREFORE, DECIDED THAT A SUB-COMMITTEE SHOULD BE ESTABLISHED TO LOOK INTO THIS WHOLE QUESTION AND TO MAKE RECOMMENDATIONS TO THE HOUSING AUTHORITY IN DUE COURSE. IN THE MEANTIME, PRESENT POLICIES WILL NOT BE CHANGED.
THESE RECOMMENDATIONS WILL BE PUT TO THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL SHORTLY, AND IF AGREED, WILL BE IMPLEMENTED BY THE END OF THIS YEAR. MEANWHILE, THE DETAILED ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION Ol THE NEW POLICIES WILL FURTHER BE DISCUSSED BEFORE THEN BY TmE RELEVANT COMMITTEES OF THE HOUSING AUTHORITY.
THESE DECISIONS BY THE HOUSING AUTHORITY FOLLOWED TWO LONG SPECIAL MEETINGS HELD ON JULY 19 AND 26 TO DISCUSS HOUSING ALLOCATION POLICY IN THE LIGHT OF PUBLIC COMMENT AND OPINION ON THE CONSULTATIVE DOCUMENT WHICH WAS PUBLISHED ON APRIL 26, 1994.
COMMENTING ON THIS REVIEW, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE HOUSING AUTHORITY, MR DONALD LIAO, SAID, +WE ARE VERY PLEASED WITH THE RESPONSE TO THE CONSULTATIVE DOCUMENT WHICH HAS ENABLED MEMBERS OF THE AUTHORITY TO HAVE A WIDE CROSS-SECTION OF PUBLIC OPINION ON HOUSING ALLOCATION POLICIES AND TO REACH DECISIONS WHICH TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE VIEWS EXPRESSED. THE HOUSING AUTHORITY WAS ENCOURAGED TO KNOW THAT MANY OF THESE CONFIRMED THAT EXISTING POLICIES WERE SEEN TO BE ON THE RIGHT LINES AND WERE SUPPORTED. MANY IDEAS CAME FORWARD AND I AM SURE WE WILL WISH TO ADOPT THIS METHOD OF SOUNDING PUBLIC OPINION ON OTHER SUITABLE TOPICS OF HOUSING POLICY IN THE FUTURE.+
0
/6.........
THURSDAY, JULY 26, 1934
6
SHA TIN DB TO DISCUSS GREEN PAPER *****
PRELIMINARY VIEWS OF SHA TIN DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS ON THE RECENTLY-PUBLISHED GREEN PAPER ON REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT WILL BE MADE PUBLIC AT THEIR FULL BOARD MEETING TOMORROW (FRIDAY) MORNING.
UNOFFICIAL BOARD MEMBERS WILL HOLD A SPECIAL MEETING IN CAMERA THIS EVENING TO DISCUSS THE GREEN PAPER.
AT TOMORROW’S MEETING, MEMBERS WILL ALSO COMMENT ON A REPORT OF T IE IR STUDY TOUR TO KOREA. THE REPORT RECOMMENDS A TRAINING SCHEME, SIMILAR TO THE SAEMAUL MOVEMENT (NEW COMMUNITY MOVEMENT) IN KOREA TO BE TRIED OUT IN SHA TIN TO PROMOTE CIVIC-MINDEDNESS AMONG ALL SECTORS OF THE COMMUNITY.
AN INFORMATION PAPER ON A PROPOSAL TO THE GOVERNMENT TO STAGE A FIREWORKS DISPLAY IN SHA TIN ON DECEMBER 9 THIS YEAR WIL . ALSO BE TABLED.
LABOUR MP COMING
* * *
A LABOUR MP, DR JEREMY BRAY WILL ARRIVE IN HONG KONG TOMORROW (FRIDAY) FOR A 12-DAY VISIT.
DR BRAY WILL MEET A WIDE CROSS-SECTION OF THE PUBLIC AND WILL GIVE A PRESS CONFERENCE BEFORE HE LEAVES ON AUGUST 7.
HE WILL MEET UMELCO, MEMBERS OF THE URBAN COUNCIL, MAC CHAIRMEN, LOCAL NT LEADERS, SOCIAL WORKERS, INTEREST GROUPS, REPRESENTATIVES OF CIVIL SERVICE TRADE UNIONS, PEOPLE IN THE LABOUR FIELD, AND MANUFACTURERS.
DR BRAY WILL ALSO VISIT A NUMBER OF PLACES, INCLUDING TAI PO AND SHA TIN DISTRICTS AND A HOUSING ESTATE, AS WELL AS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, AND WILL ATTEND A MEETING OF THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT BOARD.
-----o------
THURSDAY, JULY 26, 1934
- 7 -
EXPORTS STAY ON UP SWING * * *
THE VALUE OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS IN JUNE 1984 ROSE BY 39 PER CENT OR $3 446 MILLION OVER THE SAME MONTH LAST YEAR, TO REACH $12 366 MILLION, ACCORDING TO PROVISIONAL FIGURES RELEASED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT TODAY.
THE VALUE OF RE-EXPORTS ALSO INCREASED, BY 54 PER CENT CR $2 386 MILLION, TO $6 775 MILLION.
THE VALUE OF TOTAL EXPORTS — DOMESTIC EXPORTS PLUS RE-EXPORTS -- THUS REACHED $19 141 MILLION, 44 PER CENT CR $5 832 MILLION HIGHER THAN A YEAR AGO.
THE VALUE OF IMPORTS TOTALLED $19 378 MILLION IN JUNE 1984, UP 34 PER CENT OR $4 897 MILLION OVER THE SAME MONTH LAST YEAR.
THE VISIBLE TRADE DEFICIT FOR JUNE THIS YEAR WAS $237 MILLION, COMPARED WITH $1 172 MILLION IN JUNE LAST YEAR.
AS THE VALUE OF TOTAL EXPORTS CONTINUED TO INCREASE AT A FASTER RATE THAN THAT OF IMPORTS, THE VISIBLE TRADE GA'P, THAT IS THE PROPORTION OF THE VALUE OF IMPORTS NOT COVERED BY THAT CF TOTAL EXPORTS, NARROWED FURTHER TO ONE PER CENT IN JUNE 1984, COMPARED WITH EIGHT PER CENT IN JUNE 1983 AND THREE PER CENT IN MAY 1984.
PUTTING THE MONTH’S TRADE FIGURES INTO CONTEXT, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT THE VALUE OF TOTAL EXPORTS FOR THE FIRST HALF OF 1984 WAS $99 884 MILLION, MADE UP OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF $62 641 MILLION AND RE-EXPORTS OF $37 243 MILLION.
COMPARED WITH THE FIRST HALF OF 1983, THE VALUE OF TOTAL EXPORTS INCREASED BY $32 748 MILLION OR 49 PER CENT, DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY $19 481 MILLION OR 45 PER CENT, AND RE-EXPORTS BY $13 267 MILLION OR 55 PER CENT.
THE VALUE OF IMPORTS INCREASED BY $29 481 MILLION, OR 39 PER CENT, TO $105 557 MILLION.
AS THE GROWTH RATE OF THE VALUE OF TOTAL EXPORTS WAS FASTER THAN THAT OF IMPORTS, THE VISIBLE TRADE GAP NARROWED TO FIVE PER CENT IN THE FIRST HALF OF 1984 FROM 12 PER CENT IN THE SAME PERIOD LAST YEAR.
COMMENTING ON THESE COMPARATIVE FIGURES, THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE GROWTH IN EXPORTS HAD CONTINUED.
THE STRONG ORDER-BOOK POSITIONS, COUPLED WITH THE SUBSTANTIAL INCREASE IN RETAINED IMPORTS OF RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES IN RECENT MONTHS, SUGGEST THAT EXPORT PERFORMANCE IN THE SHORT TERM WILL REMAIN ENCOURAGING.
/THE following .......
THURSDAY, JULY 26, 1984
8
THE FOLLOWING TABLE PRESENTS THE PROVISIONAL MERCHANDISE TRADE FIGURES FOR JUNE 1984:
MERCHANDISE:
DOMESTIC EXPORTS • $12 366 MILLION-
RE-EXPORTS • $ 6 775 MILL ION
TOTAL EXPORTS • • $19 141 MILL ION
IMPORTS • $19 378 MILL ION
TRADE BALANCE • $ 237 MILL ION
(IN DEF IC IT)
COMPARATIVE FIGURES
LATEST 3 MONTHS APR IL - JUNE 1984 APRIL - JUNE 1983 INCREASE OR DECREASE
$ MN. $ MN. $ MN. %
DOMESTIC EXPORTS 34 525 24 532 + 9 993 +40.7
RE-EXPORTS 19 522 12 823 + 6 699 +52.2
TOTAL EXPORTS 54 047 37 355 +16 692 +44.7
IMPORTS 56 774 41 936 +14 838 +35.4
TRADE BALANCE - 2 727 - 4 581 + 1 854
JUNE JUNE INCREASE OR
SAME MONTH LAST YEAR 1984 1983 DECREASE
$ MN. $ MN. $ MN. %
DOMESTIC EXPORTS (% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) 12 366 (64.6%) 8 920 (67.0%) + 3 446 +38.6
RE-EXPORTS 6 775 4 389 + 2 386 +54.4
TOTAL EXPORTS 19 141 13 309 + 5 832 +43.8
IMPORTS 19 378 14 481 + 4 897 +33.3
TRADE BALANCE - 237 - 1 172 + 935
/last wnth ........
THURSDAY, JULY 26, 1984
- 9 -
JUNE MAY INCREASE OR
LAST MONTH 1984 1984 DECREASE
$ MN. $ MN. $ MN. %
DOMESTIC EXPORTS 12 366 11 712 + 654 + 5.6
(% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) (64.6%) (63.7%) •
RE-EXPORTS 6 775 6 662 + 113 + 1.7
TOTAL EXPORTS 19 141 18 '374 + 767 +4.2
IMPORTS 19 378 18 869 + 509 +2.7
TRADE BALANCE - 237 - 495 + 258
JANUARY - JUNE JANUARY - JUNE INCREASE OR
CALENDAR YEAR TO-DATE 1984 1983 DECREASE
$ MN. $ MN. $ MN. %
DOMESTIC EXPORTS 62 641 43 160 +19 481 +45.1
(% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) (62.7%) (64.3%)
RE-EXPORTS 37 243 23 976 +13 267 +55.3
TOTAL EXPORTS 99 884 67 136 +32 748 +43.3
IMPORTS 105 557 76 076 +29 481 +38.3
TRADE BALANCE ■ 5 673 - 8 940 + 3 267
JULY 1983 JULY 1982 INCREASE OR
TO TO
LAST 12 MONTHS JUNE 1984 JUNE 1983 DECREASE
$ MN. $ MN. $ MN. %
DOMESTIC EXPORTS 123 886 88 366 +35 520 +40.2
RE-EXPORTS 69 562 46 911 +22 651 +48.3
TOTAL EXPORTS 193 448 135 277 +58 171 +43.0
IMPORTS 204 924 150 251 +54 673 +36.4
TRADE BALANCE 11 476 - 14 974 + 3 498
-------0----------
/10 .......
10
OPERATION AGAINST ILLEGAL EXTENSIONS
* * * *
THE GOVERNMENT IS TO MOUNT LARGE-SCALE OPERATION AGAINST A 20-ST0REY BUILDING IN SAN PO KONG WHICH HAS NEARLY 650 ILLEGAL EXTENSIONS.
THE BUILDING, SAN PO KONG MANSION, IS AT THE JUNCTION OF CHOI HUNG ROAD AND YIN HING STREET AND HAS ABOUT 590 UNITS OF ACCOMMODATION.
ORDERS WILL BE ISSUED UNDER THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE REQUIRING OWNERS OF THE UNITS TO REMOVE ALL UNAUTHORISED BUILDING WORKS AND STRUCTURES WHICH INCLUDE: '
* 19 FLAT ROOF STRUCTURES AT THE FIRST FLOOR LEVEL I
* 445 CAGES AND SIMILAR STRUCTURES ON THE FOUR ELEVATIONS OF THE BUILDING; AND
* 190 CANOPIES AND RACKS.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE OFFICE SAID THE ORDERS WOULD BE ISSUED TOMORROW (FRIDAY). OWNERS WOULD BE GIVEN ONE MONTH TO START THE WORK AND A FURTHER TWO MONTHS TO COMPLETE IT.
HE SAID ALMOST THREE YEARS AGO GOVERNMENT ORDERED THE OWNERS TO REMOVE DEFECTIVE REINFORCED CONCRETE FEATURES ON THE OUTSIDE WALLS AS THEY WERE CONSIDERED LIABLE TO BECOME DANGEROUS.
+N0 ACTION HAS YET BEEN TAKEN IN RESPONSE TO THE GOVERNMENT ORDER,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
THIS, TOGETHER WITH THE RECEIPT OF COMPLAINTS ABOUT ILLEGAL BUILDING ACTIVITIES, PROMPTED FURTHER DETAILED SURVEYS TO BE CARRIED OUT.
CONSEQUENTLY, A LARGE NUMBER OF ILLEGAL BUILDING EXTENSIONS HAVE BEEN IDENTIFIED AND IT HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED THAT SOME OF THEM ARE IN A POTENTIALLY DANGEROUS CONDITION.
THEY ALSO OBSTRUCT LIGHTING AND VENTILATION AND POSE A HEALTH HAZARD.
+THE PROLIFERATION OF ILLEGAL STRUCTURES ON THE EXTERNAL WALLS HAS NOW REACHED THE STAGE WHERE IT IS ENVIRONMENTALLY UNACCEPTABLE,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
+THE BUILDING IS REGARDED AS ONE OF THE WORST IN THE AREA AS REGARDS MASS BREACHES OF THE BUILDING LAW,+ HE ADDED.
HE SAID IT HAD BEEN DECIDED THAT THE ILLEGAL EXTERNAL STRUCTURES SHOULD BE REMOVED ON A PRIORITY BASIS.
IF THE OWNERS DID NOT COMPLY WITH THE REMOVAL ORDER CONTRACTORS WOULD BE EMPLOYED AND THE COSTS BORNE BY THE OWNERS.
THEY COULD START WORK IN OCTOBER AND HAVE IT COMPLETED BY NEXT APRIL,
- 0 - -
j/n
THURSDAY, JULY 26, 1984
- 11 -
IMPORTANCE OF CAREERS EDUCATION STRESSED
*****
MORE THAN 90 PER CENT OF SECONDARY SCHOOLS IN HONG KONG HAVE AN ESTABLISHED CAREERS PROGRAMME AND A TEAM OF CAREERS TEACHERS, MR MICHAEL LEUNG, ACTING DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).
HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE SIXTH SEMINAR ON CAREERS EDUCATION HELD AT THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG.
+WE ALL REALISE THE IMPORTANCE OF CAREERS EDUCATION AND HOW VITAL IT IS THAT YOUNG PEOPLE ARE TRAINED TO MAKE THE TRANSITION FROM THE CLASSROOM TO THE REAL WORLD, FULLY PREPARED AND WELL EQUIPPED FOR ADULT LIFE,* MR LEUNG SAID.
IN VIEW OF THIS, THE CAREERS EDUCATION SECTION OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT HAD BEEN EXPANDED AND A CARRERS EDUCATION CENTRE WAS ESTABLISHED TO STRENGTHEN ITS ADVISORY AND SUPERVISORY ROLE AND TO PROVIDE THE NECESSARY ASSISTANCE TO YOUNG PEOPLE.
+SINCE THE CENTRE OPENED IN APRIL LAST YEAR, MORE THAN 7 000 PEOPLE HAVE VISITED THE CENTRE AND MORE THAN 8 000 TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES HAVE BEEN SPEEDILY DEALT WITH,+ MR LEUNG SAID.
DATA COLLECTION AND INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION HAD BEEN GREATLY ASSISTED BY THE ACQUISITION OF A MICRO-COMPUTER.
THE HONG KONG ASSOCIATION OF CAREERS MASTERS HAD ALSO GIVEN FACILITIES IN THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT HEADQUARTERS TO PROVIDE AN ENQUIRY SERVICE FOR TEACHERS, PARENTS AND STUDENTS, HE SAID.
+THIS VOLUNTARY PROFESSIONAL SERVICE HAS PROVED VERY USEFUL AND THE SERVICE HAS BEEN EXTENDED TO KOWLOON SINCE MAY 1984,+ MR LEUNG ADDED.
ALSO SPEAKING AT THE CEREMONY, THE ACTING COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, DR. JAMES HAYES SAID THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT INTENDED TO EXTEND ITS PIONEERING WORK-ORIENTATION PROGRAMME FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS IN THE COMING SCHOOL YEAR.
DR HAYES SAID THE PROGRAMME, FIRST ORGANISED IN MAY FOR 400 SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS IN TUEN MUN, HAD RECEIVED VERY FAVOURABLE RESPONSE FROM SCHOOLS.
THE PROGRAMME PROVIDED AN OPPORTUNITY FOR STUDENTS TO VISIT VARIOUS PLACES OF EMPLOYMENT AND TO OBSERVE PEOPLE AT WORK IN DIFFERENT OCCUPATIONS.
/DR HAY3S .......
THURSDAY, JULY 26, 1984
- 12 -
DR HAYES SAID THAT THE DEPARTMENT’S THREE CAREERS INFORMATION CENTRES WOULD BE EQUIPPED WITH COMPUTERS NEXT MONTH TO DISSEMINATE JOB INFORMATION.
+HUNDREDS OF JOB INFORMATION SHEETS, GIVING SPECIFIC ENTRY REQUIREMENTS, JOB NATURE, AND TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT, WILL BE AVAILABLE AT THE PUSH OF A BUTTON.
♦VISITORS MAY EITHER LOOK AT THIS RICH COLLECTION OF JOB INFORMATION ON THE COMPUTER SCREEN, OR TAKE AWAY THE INFORMATION IN WHICH THEY ARE INTERESTED IN THE FORM OF A COMPUTER PR INTOUT,+ HE SAID.
-----o-----
REPORT ON DISTRIBUTIVE TRADES OUT
*****
A STATISTICAL REPORT ENTITLED +1982 SURVEY OF WHOLESALE, RETAIL AND IMPORT-EXPORT TRADES, RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS+ HAS JUST BEEN PUBLISHED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
PREVIOUS PUBLICATIONS IN THE SAME SERIES COVER 1977, 1979, 1980 AND 1981.
THE REPORT CONTAINS DESCRIPTIONS OF THE BACKGROUND AND METHODOLOGY OF THE SURVEY, AND PROVIDES INFORMATION ON THE STRUCTURE, OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DISTRIBUTIVE TRADE AND SERVICE SECTOR IN 1982.
INCLUDED IN THE REPORT ARE ANALYTICAL TABLES SHOWING THE PRINCIPAL STATISTICS FOR ALL ESTABLISHMENTS CLASSIFIED BY ECONOMIC ACTIVITY-MAJOR GROUP AND ANALYSED BY NUMBER OF PERSONS ENGAGED, SALES AND OTHER RECEIPTS, VALUE ADDED, PURCHASES OF GOODS FOR SALE, DISTRICT AND TYPE OF OWNERSHIP.
THE REPORT ALSO CONTAINS A TABLE COMPARING THE PRINCIPAL STATISTICS FOR ALL ESTABLISHMENTS CLASSIFIED BY ACTIVITY AND MAJOR GROUP FOR THE YEARS 1980, 1981 AND 1982.
BESIDES PROVIDING INFORMATION TO THE GOVERNMENT FOR POLICY FORMULATION, THE STATISTICS ARE USEFUL TO THE PRIVATE SECTOR FOR DECISION MAKING, ECONOMIC ANALYSIS AND MARKET RESEARCH, A DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID.
THE REPORT IS NOW ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE, CONNAUGHT PLACE, AT $5 A COPY.
0 ---------
/13........
THURSDAY, JULY 26, 1984
13
SONG CONTEST IN NORTH DISTRICT *****
THE PRELIMINARIES OF THE 18-DISTRICT AMATEUR SINGING CONTEST WILL BE COMPLETED ON SATURDAY (JULY 28) EVENING WHEN 12 CONTESTANTS IN NORTH DISTRICT WILL VIE FOR THE CHAMPIONSHIP.
THE CHAMPION, TOGETHER WITH WINNERS FROM THE OTHER 17 DISTRICTS, WILL REPRESENT THEIR RESPECTIVE DISTRICTS IN A SEMI-FINAL TO BE HELD AT THE ACADEMIC COMMUNITY HALL ON AUGUST 11.
NINE SEMI-FINALISTS WILL COMPETE IN THE GRAND FINAL ON SEPTEMBER 1.
MORE THAN 5 OOO PEOPLE HAVE PARTICIPATED IN THE SINGING CONTEST WHICH IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION, RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG AND A LOCAL NEWSPAPER ORGANISATION AS PART OF A SERIES OF PUBLICITY EFFORTS TO PROMOTE THE VOTER REGISTRATION CAMPAIGN.
SATURDAY’S PRELIMINARY WILL BE HELD AT THE NORTH DISTRICT TOWN HALL AT 8 PM AND FREE ADMISSION TICKETS ARE STILL AVAILABLE AT THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS THREE SUB-OFFICES.
GUEST PERFORMERS OF THE EVENING WILL INCLUDE A POPULAR SINGER, MISS CHANG LAI-PING, AND THE NORTH DISTRICT ARTS ADVANCEMENT ASSOCIATION’S DANCE GROUP.
THE ACTING DISTRICT OFFICER, MR VICTOR NG, WILL BE THE OFFICIATING GUEST.
- - 0 - -
FEES REVISED * * *
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN TODAY REMINDED MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC THAT FEES CHARGED UNDER THE BIRTHS AND DEATHS REGISTRATION ORDINANCE, THE FOREIGN MARRIAGE ORDINANCE AND THE LEGITIMACY ORDINANCE WILL BE REVISED FROM TOMORROW (FRIDAY).
THE REVISED FEES, PROPOSED UNDER AMENDMENT BILLS, WERE APPROVED BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL YESTERDAY AND WILL BE GAZETTED TOMORROW.
THE FEE FOR THE . ISSUE OF A BIRTH CERTIFICATE WILL BE INCREASED FROM $5 TO $10. THE FEES FOR POST-REGISTRATION OF BIRTHS, SEARCn OF RECORDS AND ALTERATION OF ENTRIES IN REGISTERS WILL ALSO BE DOUBLED.
FEES FOR RE-REGISTRATION OF BIRTH AND THE ISSUE OF CERTIFIED COPIES OF ENTRIES OF THE BIRTH OF LEGITIMATED PERSONS WILL EE RAISED FROM $15 AND $1.50 TO $30 AND $10 RESPECTIVELY.
CHARGES FOR A CERTIFICATE AND FOR VARIOUS LICENCES UNDER THE FOREIGN MARRIAGE ORDINANCE WILL BE INCREASED FROM $1 AND $30 TO $5 AND $60 RESPECTIVELY.
THURSDAY, JULY 26, 1984
14
CATERING EQUIPMENT FOR POLICE STATION
XXX
CATERING EQUIPMENT VALUED AT ABOUT $93 OOO IS TO BE INSTALLED AT MONGKOK POLICE STATION.
THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT HAS AWARDED A CONTRACT FOR THIS SUM TO THE HONG KONG AND CHINA GAS COMPANY LTD.
THE 10-ST0REY BUILDING AT THE JUNCTION OF NATHAN ROAD AND PRINCE EDWARD ROAD WEST IS NOW BEING MODERNISED.
THE WORK INCLUDES PARTITIONING, INSTALLING NEW TOILETS, RENOVATING AND MODERNISING THE CANTEEN AND KITCHEN AND REFURBISHING THE INTERIOR.
WORK IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BY THE END OF THE YEAR.
------0-------
STORMWATER DRAINS FOR QUARRY BAY
* X *
THE GOVERNMENT IS TO SPEND $5.09 MILLION ON EXTENDING THE STORMWATER DRAINS AT QUARRY BAY AS A RESULT OF RECLAMATION.
THEY WILL RUN FROM THE OLD SEAWALL TO THE NEW ONE CREATED BY THE RECLAMATION.
A WORKS CONTRACT HAS BEEN AWARDED TO HANG KEE CONSTRUCTION COMPANY BY THE CIVIL ENGINEERING OFFICE OF THE ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
THE PROJECT, WHICH WILL START EARLY NEXT MONTH, CALLS FOR LAYING 105 METRES OF BOX CULVERT AND 370 METRES OF PRECAST CONCRETE PIPES.
WHEN THE NEW STORMWATER DRAINS ARE READY BY THE END OF 1985, THE EXISTING TEMPORARY CHANNELS WILL BE COVERED TO IMPROVE THE ENVIRONMENT.
------o-------
TRAFFIC MEASURES IN ABERDEEN
* X *
FROM 10 AM ON SATURDAY (JULY 28), THE SECTION OF TUNG SING ROAD BETWEEN WU PAK STREET AND WU NAM STREET AND THE SECTION OF WU NAM STREET BETWEEN TUNG SING ROAD AND ABERDEEN MAIN ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FOR ABOUT THREE WEEKS TO FACILITATE ROAD CONSTRUCTION WORKS.
DURING THE CLOSURE, TRAFFIC ON CHENGTU ROAD SOUTHBOUND HEADING FOR ABERDEEN MAIN ROAD EASTBOUND WILL BE DIVERTED VIA NAM NING STREET AND FUNG TIN STREET.
BUSES ON ROUTES 70 AND 72 AND MAXICABS ON ROUTES 4, 5, 27 AND 35 FROM ABERDEEN TERMINI WILL BE DIVERTED VIA TUNG SING ROAD TO REJOIN ABERDEEN MAIN ROAD.
- - 0
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
FRIDAY, JULY 27, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
SIR GEOFFREY LEAVES FOR PEKING ........................... 1
HK ATHLETES BREAK WORLD RECORD ........................... 2
NEW RULES TO IMPROVE CARGO AREAS ......................... 2
NEW FEE CALCULATIONS FOR GOODS VEHICLES .................. 3
STREET ALTERATIONS FOR MTR ISLAND LINE ................... J
LAW ON YEAR-END PAYMENT EFFECTIVE NEXT YEAR .............. 4
MOST EMPLOYEES USE PUBLIC TRANSPORT ...................... 5
8736.3 MILLION WORTH OF CONTRACTS SIGNED ................. 6
COUNCILLORS STUDY HAWKER PROBLEM AREAS ................... 7
NO LET-UP IN DRIVE AGAINST ILLEGAL COOKED-FOOD HAWKERS ... 8
PUBLICITY DRIVE TO BOOST VOTER REGISTRATION .............. 11
ILLEGAL STRUCTURES TO BE CLEARED ......................... 11
FORUM TO PROMOTE VOTER REGISTRATION ...................... 12
EDUCATION CHIEF VISITS MUSIC CAMP ........................ 12
NEW ROAD FOR WO HOP SHEK ................................. 13
REFUSE COLLECTION POINT FOR CAUSEWAY BAY ................. 13
BEACH BUILDING FOR SAI KUNG .............................. 14
WALL MURAL AT SHEK KIP MEI ............................... 14
OPEN DAY FOR YOUTH MUSIC CAMP ............................ 15
CAS TO FORM UNITS FOR SHEUNG SHUT ........................ 15
TOLO HARBOUR SWIM IN SEPTEMBER ........................... 15
ROAD WORKS IN CAUSEWAY BAY AND SAI WAN HO................. 16
WATER CUT IN QUARRY BAY AND MUI WO ....................... 16
FR IDAY, JULY 27, 1984
1
SIR GEOFFREY LEAVES FOR PEKING
* * M
THE FOREIGN SECRETARY, SIR GEOFFREY HOWE, AND THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE, LEFT HONG KONG THIS AFTERNOON FOR PEKING.
AT THE AIRPORT WERE THE CHIEF SECRETARY, SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE, THE SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, SIR S.Y. CHUNG, THE SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, M? ROGER LOBO, AND MR LI CHU-WEN, VICE-DIRECTOR OF XIN HUA NEWS AGENCY (HK BRANCH).
SPEAKING TO REPORTERS SIR GEOFFREY SAID:
+l HAVE HAD A VERY BUSY 24 HOURS IN HONG KONG. AS ALWAYS I HAVE NOT HAD THE CHANCE TO MEET AS MANY PEOPLE AS I SHOULD LIKE, BUT I HAVE HAD THE CHANCE TO REVIEW THE NEGOTIATIONS SO FAR WITH MEMBERS OF EXCO AND LEGCO AND WE CONTINUE TO SHARE THE SAME VIEWS AS TO WHAT OUR OBJECTIVES ARE IN THE NEGOTIATIONS THAT ARE TAKING PLACE.
♦I HAVE MET MEMBERS OF THE URBAN COUNCIL AND DISTRICT BOARDS, REPRESENTATIVES OF PROFESSIONAL AND OTHER GROUPS - AGAIN NOT AS MANY AS I SHOULD LIKE. I HAVE HAD A GOOD DEAL OF ADVICE, VERY CLEARLY AND FORTHRIGHTLY EXPRESSED.
♦I AM GOING NOW TO PEKING TO MEET CHINESE LEADERS AND AS I GO THERE I KNOW I SHALL GO WITH A VERY CLEAR UNDERSTANDING OF THE PRE-OCCUPATIONS OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG.+
EARLIER, SIR GEOFFREY HAD MET WITH MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL AND THEN WITH UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS.
FOLLOWING THOSE TWO MEETINGS, SIR GEOFFREY SPOKE TO WAITING JOURNALISTS:
+ | WILL JUST MAKE A VERY SHORT STATEMENT TO SAY THAT I HAVE HAD ANOTHER OF MY MANY MEETINGS WITH MEMBERS OF EXCO AND LEGCO. THE DISCUSSIONS WERE OPEN AND BUSINESSLIKE. THE MEMBERS PUT THEIR VIEWS VERY CLEARLY, VERY COGENTLY AS THEY HAVE IN THE PAST AND I HAVE LISTENED TO THEM VERY CAREFULLY. I AM GOING ON NOW TO MEET ANOTHER WIDER CROSS SECTION OF PEOPLE FROM HONG KONG INCLUDING MEMBERS OF THE DISTRICT BOARDS AND OTHERS. I SHALL BE COMING BACK HERE AGAIN NEXT WEEK AND SHALL BE MEETING THEM AGAIN WHEN I COME BACK NEXT WEEK AFTER I HAVE BEEN TO PEKING. THANK YOU VERY MUCH.+
-----o------
FRIDAY, JULY 27, 1984
2
HK ATHLETES BREAK WORLD RECORD
« * * * *
HONG KONG’S WHEELCHAIR ATHLETES HAVE SET A NEW WORLD RECORD AND BAGGED NINE MEDALS - THREE OF THEM GOLD - SO FAR AT THE VII WORLD WHEELCHAIR GAMES AT STOKE MANDEVILLE, ENGLAND.
TOP HONOURS WERE WON BY THE WOMEN’S 4 BY 400 RELAY TEAM WHO LOWERED THE PREVIOUS WORLD RECORD BY 29 SECONDS IN WINNING THEIR EVENT.
HONG KONG ALSO TOOK THE GOLD AND THE BRONZE IN THE WOMEN’S 1 500, THE GOLD IN THE WOMEN’S FENCING (FOIL), AS WELL AS THE SILVER IN THREE OTHER EVENTS -- THE WOMEN’S 4 BY 200 RELAY, THE WOMEN’S SINGLE TABLE TENNIS AND THE TEAM TABLE TENNIS. IN ADDITION, IT WON BRONZES FOR THE WOMEN’S FOIL TEAM AND THE MEN’S TABLE TENNIS.
FORTY-TWO NATIONS ARE COMPETING IN THE WHEELCHAIR GAMES WHICH WERE OFFICIALLY OPENED BY PRINCE CHARLES.
THE GAMES CONCLUDE NEXT WEDNESDAY.
-------0---------
NEW RULES TO IMPROVE CARGO AREAS
* * X
A SET OF REVISED REGULATIONS DESIGNED TO IMPROVE THE EFFICIENCY OF OPERATIONS AT PUBLIC CARGO WORKING AREAS AND TO MAXIMISE THEIR PROPER USAGE IS GAZETTED TODAY.
THE PORT CONTROL (CARGO WORKING AREAS) (AMENDMENT) REGULATIONS 1984 ARE INTRODUCED AS A RESULT OF A REVIEW CONDUCTED BY THE DIRECTOR OF MARINE INTO THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE REGULATIONS GOVERNING CARGO WORKING OPERATIONS IMPLEMENTED IN 1982 AND SLIGHTLY MODIFIED A YEAR LATER.
THE NEW REGULATIONS RELAX THE BERTHING HOURS FOR LARGE RIVER AND COASTALTRADE VESSELS TO CATER TO THEIR SPECIAL NEEDS, AND MAKE IT EASIER FOR OPERATORS TO SUBSTITUTE A CRANE BARGE WHICH HAS TO BE TAKEN OUT OF SERVICE.
THE RULES ON DEPOSITING UNATTENDED CARGO AT THE WORKING AREAS ARE ALSO MADE NORE FLEXIBLE AND THE SYSTEM OF CHARGING GOODS VEHICLES FOR PARKING WITHIN THE WORKING AREAS IS REVISED TC SUIT THE SPECIAL NEEDS OF THE OPERATORS.
THE DIRECTOR OF MARINE WILL SHORTLY ISSUE A MARINE DEPARTMENT NOTICE TO INFORM THE CARGO HANDLING INDUSTRY OF THESE IMPROVEMENTS, WHICH WILL COME INTO EFFECT ON SEPTEMBER 1.
------o-------
Z5......
FR I DAY, JULY 27, 1984
- 3 -
NEW FEE CALCULATIONS FOR GOODS VEHICLES * * *
ANNUAL VEHICLE LICENCE FEES FOR GOODS VEHICLES WILL BE PAYABLE ON GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT EXPRESSED IN METRIC TERMS, INSTEAD OF UNLADEN WEIGHT IN IMPERIAL TERMS, WHEN THE NEW ROAD TRAFFIC REGULATIONS COME INTO FORCE IN LATE AUGUST THIS YEAR.
FEES PAYABLE WILL THEN BE : $700 FOR VEHICLES NOT EXCEEDING 1.9 TONNES, $1 400 FOR THOSE OVER 1.9 TONNES BUT NOT EXCEEDING 5.5 TONNES, AND $2 800 FOR THOSE OVER 5.5 TONNES.
A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT FOR THE MAJORITY OF GOODS VEHICLE OWNERS, THE SWITCHOVER WILL NOT RESULT IN ANY CHANGE IN THE ANNUAL LICENCE FEES.
+AS REGARDS TRAILERS, THE ANNUAL LICENCE FEE PAYABLE WILL EE $20 FOR EVERY 250 KILOGRAMS OF GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT. ALTHOUGH THIS NEW CALCULATION REPRESENTS AN INCREASE OF ABOUT 160 PER CENT OVER THE EXISTING RATE, IT IS CONSIDERED REASONABLE AS THE FEE HAS NOT BEEN REVISED SINCE 1956,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
-------o
STREET ALTERATIONS FOR MTR ISLAND LINE
* * *
STREET ALTERATIONS WILL BE MADE IN CENTRAL TO FACILITATE THE CONSTRUCTION OF AN MTR ENTRANCE IN STATUE SQUARE.
THE NEW ENTRANCE, WHICH WILL PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL FACILITY FOR MTR COMMUTERS USING THE CENTRAL STATION, WILL HAVE THREE ESCALATORS.
A NOTICE TO EFFECT THE ALTERATIONS IS PUBLISHED IN TODAY’S GOVERNMENT GAZETTE, AND THE COMMENCEMENT DATE FOR THE WORK WILL BE ANNOUNCED LATER.
ALTERNATIVE TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE MADE AND TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE ERECTED TO GUIDE MOTORISTS. PEDESTRIAN FACILITIES WILL ALSO BE PROVIDED.
DURING CONSTRUCTION, THE CARRIAGEWAY OF CHATER ROAD BETWEEN PRINCE’S BUILDING AND THE COURTS OF JUSTICE BUILDING WILL BE TEMPORARILY NARROWED TO 10.5 METRES AND THE ADJACENT SOUTHERN FOOTPATH, TO THREE METRES.
AFTER THE COMPLETION OF THE MTR ENTRANCE WORK THE EXISTING LAYOUT WILL BE REINSTATED.
/A PLAN .......
FRIDAY, JULY 27, 1984
4
A PLAN SHOWING DETAILS OF THE AFFECTED AREA AND THE GOVERNOR’S ORDER AUTHORISING THE STREET AI-TERATIONS MAY BE INSPECTED BETWEEN 9.30 AM AND 4.30 PM ON ANY DAY OTHER THAN SATURDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS AJ™E ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE OF THE DISTRICT OFFICE (CENTRAL AND WESTERN) AT CGO WEST WING; OR THE LANDS DEPARTMENT, SURVEY DIVISION, IN MURRAY BUILDING, COTTON TREE DRIVE.
ri AIMS FOR COMPENSATION IN RESPECT OF THE ALTERATIONS MUST RE MADE IN WRITING TO THE DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING DEVELOPMENT AND MUST REACH HIS OFFICE WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ROAD IS REINSTATED.
-----o------
LAW ON YEAR-END PAYMENT EFFECTIVE NEXT YEAR K * * *
THE PROVISIONS OF THE EMPLOYMENT (AMENDMENT) (NO. 3) ORDINANCE 1984 CONCERNING END-OF-YEAR PAYMENT WILL COME INTO OPERATION ON THE FIRST DAY OF THE NEW LUNAR YEAR, FEBRUARY 20, 1985.
OTHER PROVISIONS OF THE AMENDMENT ORDINANCE WILL COME INTO EFFECT ON AUGUST 1, THIS YEAR.
ANNOUNCING THIS TODAY (FRIDAY), A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT SAID A NOTICE TO THIS EFFECT WAS PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE PROVISIONS ON YEAR-END PAYMENT ARE AIMED AT CLARIFYING THE OBLIGATIONS OF AN EMPLOYER WHERE THERE IS AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED AGREEMENT FOR SUCH PAYMENT IN THE EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT. I
THE ORDINANCE ALSO ESTABLISHED THE LEGAL ENTITLEMENT OF EMPLOYEES WHO HAVE WORKED FOR THE SAME EMPLOYER FOR NOT LESS THAN 26 WEEKS, TO SUCH PAYMENT ON A PRO-RATA BASIS.
EMPLOYERS WHO CONTRAVENE THE PROVISIONS OF THE ORDINANCE WILL BE LIABLE, ON CONVICTION, TO A MAXIMUM FINE OF $5 000, THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.
FRIDAY, JULY 27, 1984
- 5 -
MOST EMPLOYEES USE PUBLIC TRANSPORT ******
TWO-THIRDS OF EMPLOYED PERSONS AGED 15 AND OVER IN HONG KONG COMMUTED TO AND FROM WORK BY PUBLIC TRANSPORT, THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT REPORTED.
THIS CAME TO ABOUT 1 572 OOO PEOPLE OUT OF THE ESTIMATED 2 380 000 EMPLOYEES. THE FIGURES EXCLUDED STUDENT WORKERS AND OUTWORKERS.
SURVEYS CONDUCTED BY THE DEPARTMENT LAST YEAR SHOWED THAT ABOUT 40 PER CENT OF THEM PAID LESS THAN 32.50 FOR A RETURN TRIP, AND 10 PER CENT PAID $8.50 OR MORE.
THE EXPENDITURE ON PUBLIC TRANSPORT INCREASED GENERALLY wITrt RISING INCOMES, A DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID.
MORE THAN 80 PER CENT OF THOSE EARNING LESS THAN $2 003 A MONTH SPENT UP TO $5.40 FOR A RETURN TRIP, WHEREAS 32 PER CENT OF THOSE WITH A MONTHLY INCOME OF 37 500 OR MORE SPENT FROM 37.50 TO OVER $12.50.
THE SURVEYS SHOWED THAT ABOUT 97 PER CENT OF THE EMPLOYEES HAD NO SUBSIDY FOR COMMUTING TO AND FROM WORK, AND AMONG THEM, 37 PER CENT EARNED LESS THAN $2 000 A MONTH.
ABOUT 75 PER CENT OF THE UNSUBSIDISED EMPLOYEES, COMPARED WITH 40 PER CENT OF THE SUBSIDISED ONES, PAID UP TO *5.43 FOR A RETURN TRIP.
+PUBLIC TRANSPORT* IN THE SURVEYS REFERS TO THE MTR, BUSES, MINI-BUSES, FERRIES, WALLA-WALLAS, TRAMS, THE PEAK TRAM, TAXIS AND +KAITOS+.
DETAILS OF THE SURVEYS ARE CONTAINED IN +SPECIAL TOPICS REPORT 11* WHICH IS NOW ON SALE AT $16.50 PER COPY AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE BUILDING.
THE REPORT, JUST RELEASED BY THE DEPARTMENT, ALSO CONTAINS SURVEY FINDINGS COVERING SEVEN OTHER TOPICS: DOCTOR CONSULTATIONS, SMOKING PATTERNS, CAR AVAILABILITY AND OVERNIGHT PARKING, SPORTo AND COUNTRYSIDE RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES, LABOUR MOBILITY, LIVING AREA AND OCCUPATION DENSITY OF PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS, AND HOUSEHOLD DURABLES.
FRIDAY, JULY 27, 1984
- 6 -
$736.3 MILLION WORTH OF CONTRACTS SIGNED X X X * X *
THE HOUSING AUTHORITY TODAY AWARDED THREE LARGE BUILDING CONTRACTS TOTALLING MORE THAN $736.3 MILLION — THE LARGEST AMOUNT EVER INVOLVED FOR THE AUTHORITY IN A SINGLE BATCH OF CONTRACTS.
SIGNED BY THE DIRECTOR OF HOUSING, MR DAVID FORD, THE CONTRACTS ARE FOR THE PROVISION OF 8 972 HOME OWNERSHIP AND PUBLIC RENTAL FLATS FOR 38 100 PEOPLE IN THREE NEW ESTATES.
THE CONTRACTS INCLUDE THE CONSTRUCTION OF TWO PHASES OF HOME OWNERSHIP LUNG POON COURT AT DIAMOND HILL, THE THIRD PHASE OF FU SHIN ESTATE IN TAI PO, THE INITIAL PHASE OF LEI TUNG ESTATE ON AP LEI CHAU AND A VARIETY OF COMMUNITY FACILITIES.
THE LUNG POON COURT AND FU SHIN ESTATE PROJECTS WILL EMPLOY THE ADVANCE MECHANISED CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUE WHEREBY A SYSTEM OF WALL AND TABLE STEEL FORMS TOGETHER WITH THE PRECASTING OF SOME NON-STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS WILL BE USED.
THIS TECHNIQUE WILL SAVE TIME AND PRODUCE BETTER FINISHES.
AMONG THE CONTRACTS, THE BIGGEST IS WORTH $329 MILLION AND IS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF SIX 34/38-STOREY STEPPED-WING TOWER BLOCKS UNDER THE FIRST TWO PHASES OF HOME OWNERSHIP LUNG POON COURT AT DI AMOND HI LL.
THE SIX RESIDENTIAL BLOCKS WILL PROVIDE 3 340 FLATS FOR ABOUT 13 360 PEOPLE ON COMPLETION IN 1986.
THE CONTRACT WILL ALSO INCLUDE THE BUILDING OF A THREE-STOREY CARPARK AND A COMMERCIAL CENTRE WITH WIDE-RANGING SHOPPING AND OOMMUNITY FACILITlES.
IN THE SECOND CONTRACT WORTH $233.5 MILLION, FOUR 35-STOREY TRIDENT BLOCKS WITH A TOTAL OF 4 020 FLATS FOR 15 000 PEOPLE WILL BE BUILT ON LEI TUNG ESTATE, THE SECOND PUBLIC HOUSING DEVELOPMENT ON AP LEI CHAU.
ALSO INCLUDED ARE A FIVE-STOREY COMMERCIAL CENTRE AND A THREE-STOREY MARKET WITH PARKING FACILITIES, PLUS ASSOCIATED ROAD, DRAINAGE AND EXTERNAL WORKS.
THE PROJECT WILL TAKE 30 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
VALUED AT $173.7 MILLION, THE LAST CONTRACT IS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF TWO MORE DOMESTIC BLOCKS AT FU SHIN ESTATE AT TAI PO.
WHEN COMPLETED IN 1986, THE TWO 35-STOREY TRIDENT BLOCKS WILL CONTAIN ALTOGETHER 1 612 FLATS TO ACCOMMODATE 9 790 PEO°LE.
A PRIMARY SCHOOL, A COMMERCIAL CENTRE AND A MARKET/CARPARK BUILDING WILL ALSO BE BUILT.
------0-------
/7......
FRIDAY, JULY 27, 1984
7
COUNCILLORS STUDY HAWKER PROBLEM AREAS * * * *
A GROUP OF URBAN COUNCILLORS TODAY TOURED A NUMBER OF AREAS IN KOWLOON EAST TO STUDY SOME OF THE PROBLEMS CAUSED BY ILLEGAL HAWKERS IN CROWDED STREETS AND NEAR HOUSING ESTATES.
THEY COMPRISED THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE WORKING PARTY TO REVIEW HAWKER AND RELATED POLICIES, MRS ELSIE ELLIOTT, AND MEMBERS MESSRS TONG KAM-BIU, KWAN LIM-HO AND LAM CHAK-PIU.
the party was also accompanied on the tour by the CHAIRMAN OF The URBAN COUNCIL, MR HILTON CHEONG-LEEN, AND THE DIRECTOR OF CITY SERVICES, MR MICHAEL SUEN.
MRS ELLIOTT SAID THE WORKING PARTY IS BEGINNING TO GET AN IDEA OF THE DEPTH OF THE HAWKER PROBLEM.
+AS FAR AS WE CAN SEE, THIS PROBLEM WILL NOT GO AWAY OVERNIGHT BUT IN THE MEANTIME WE MUST FIND WAYS OF IMPROVING THE PRESENT SITUATION,+ SHE SAID.
THE PARTY FIRST VISITED LAM TIN WHERE ABOUT 1OO ILLEGAL HAWKERS PLY THEIR TRADE ON THE PAVEMENT OF THE UPPER SECTION OF TAK TIN STREET.
PREVIOUSLY THE HAWKERS WERE TRADING INSIDE THE LAM TIN ESTATE BUT WERE DRIVEN OUT BY THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT FOLLOWING THE IMPLEMENTATION OF A RESTRICTED ROAD SCHEME.
THE PARTY WAS ALSO BRIEFED ABOUT A SIMILAR SITUATION AT THE YAU TONG ESTATE.
THE GROUP THEN WENT TO THE SHU I WO STREET HAWKER BAZAAR WHERE 198 LICENSED HAWKERS PLY THEIR TRADE DAILY. THE PROBLEM THERE IS THAT SOME 300 UNLICENSED HAWKERS ALSO TRADE NEAR THE BAZAAR FORMING A MAJOR HAWKER BLACKSPOT.
THE COUNCILLORS WERE TOLD THAT THE BAZAAR WILL BE REDEVELOPED INTO AN URBAN COUNCIL COMPLEX HOUSING A MARKET, A COOKED-FOOD CENTRE, A LIBRARY AND AN INDOOR GAMES HALL.
TO MAKE WAY FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT, EXPECTED TO START IN DECEMBER, RESITING ARRANGEMENTS FOR THESE HAWKERS ARE UNDER ACTIVE CONSIDERATION.
THE WORKING PARTY LATER VISITED A PRIVATE MARKET AT TELFORD GARDENS AND THE WONG TAI SIN SHOPPING CENTRE MARKET.
------o-------
/8........
FRIDAY, JULY 27, 1994
- 8 -
NO LET-UP IN DRIVE AGAINST ILLEGAL COOKED-FOOD HAWKERS
X X X X X X
THE GENERAL DUTIES TEAMS OF THE CITY SERVICES DEPARTMENT WILL CONTINUE THEIR STEPPED-UP DRIVE AGAINST ILLEGAL COOKED-FOOD HAWKERS.
THIS WAS CONFIRMED TODAY BY MR SHUM CHOI-SANG, CHAIRMAN OF THE URBAN COUNCIL’S MARKETS AND STREET TRADERS SELECT COMMITTEE.
MR SHUM SAID: +THESE COOKED-FOOD HAWKERS ARE A MENACE TO THE PUBLIC ON TWO GROUNDS — FIRST, THEY PUT AT RISK THE SAFETY OF PEDESTRIANS, AND SECOND THEY PUT AT RISK THE HEALTH OF THEIR CUSTOMERS.+
MR SHUM SAID THAT IN A PUBLIC STATEMENT MADE ON JUNE 12, HE HAD SAID VERY PLAINLY THAT PEOPLE WHO PATRONISED ILLEGAL COOKED-FOOD HAWKERS WERE HELPING TO PERPETUATE THE EXISTENCE OF A HIGHLY DANGEROUS SITUATION.
+1 SAID THEN AND I REPEAT TODAY THAT PEOPLE SHOULD THINK TWICE BEFORE THEY CONTINUE THEIR PATRONAGE OF SUCH HAWKERS WHO COULD SUDDENLY BE INVOLVED IN A SERIOUS ACCIDENT INVOLVING THE SPILLAGE OF BOILING FAT, QUITE APART FROM THE RISK SUCH PEOPLE RUN TO THEIR HEALTH BY EATING THESE 'SIU SIK’.+
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID THAT IN RECENT WEEKS THERE HAD BEEN A +HIGHLY WORRYING AND QUITE EXTRAORDINARY* RUN OF HAWKER-TROLLEY ACCIDENTS IN WHICH SEVERAL OLD PEOPLE AND CHILDREN WERE AMONG THE VICTIMS.
+IT SEEMS TO BE STRETCHING THE BOUNDS OF CREDULITY TO THE UTMOST TO BELIEVE THAT THIS SPATE OF HAWKER-RELATED ACCIDENTS IS COINCIDENTAL,* SAID THE SPOKESMAN.
+ONE URBAN COUNCILLOR REPORTED LAST WEEK THAT HE HAD BEEN TOLD THAT SOME OF THESE INCIDENTS WERE BEING DELIBERATELY CAUSED TO WIN THE SYMPATHY OF THE PUBLIC AGAINST THE DEPARTMENT’S GENERAL DUTIES TEAMS. AS THE COUNCILLOR ADDED, THE ALLEGATION WAS QUITE UNCONFIRMED, NEVERTHELESS IN THE PAST FEW WEEKS MANY OF THESE HAWKERS HAVE SHOWN THEMSELVES TO BE TOTALLY IRRESPONSIBLE AND COMPLETELY UNFEELING TO THE DANGER THEY POSE TO YOUNG AND OLD ON THE FOOTPATHS OF OUR MOST CONGESTED STREETS.*
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THANKS TO THE RE-STRUCTURING OF THE GENERAL DUTIES TEAMS IN WAN CHAI AND YAU MA TEI, THE NUMBER OF ARRESTS BEING MADE IN THESE DISTRICTS HAD GONE UP GREATLY.
FURTHERMORE, COOKED-FOOD HAWKER TROLLEYS FOUND CAUSING OBSTRUCTIONS ON FOOTPATHS AND IN LANEWAYS WERE NOW BEING SEIZED.
THE SPOKESMAN RULED OUT SUGGESTIONS THAT GD TEAMS MIGHT OPERATE MORE EFFECTIVELY IF THEY WORE CIVILIAN CLOTHES.
/-THE GENERAL .......
FRIDAY, JULY 27, 1984
9
+THE GENERAL DUTIES TEAMS ARE A UNIFORMED BODY OF MAINLY MEN BUT SOME WOMEN WITH THE RESPONSIBILITY OF KEEPING STREET TRADING UNDER CONTROL, KEEPING PUBLIC PLACES CLEAR OF ILLEGAL HAWKERS AND REGULATING THE ACTIVITIES OF LICENSED STREET TRADERS,+ SAID THE SPOKESMAN.
+ THEY WILL STAY IN UNI FORM.+
THERE ARE AT PRESENT 12 GD TEAMS IN THE URBAN AREA, ONE FOR EACH OF THE 11 OPERATIONAL DISTRICTS AND THE REMAINING ONE HELD IN RESERVE TO PROVIDE GENERAL SUPPORT.
DETAILS OF THE GD TEAMS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
SENIOR OVERSEERS X OVERSEERS * SENIOR FOREMEN X FOREMEN X WORKMEN 1 WORKMEN 1 1
HONG KONG
CENTRAL 55 34 —
EASTERN 94 147 —
SOUTHERN 49 33 —
WAN CHAI 103 31 15
WESTERN 57 91 —
KOWLOON WEST
MONG KOK 73 112 —
YAU MA TEI 103 24 14
SHAM SHUI PO 70 111 —
KOWLOON EAST
KWUN TONG 67 111 —
KOWLOON CITY 66 107 —
WONG TAI SIN 61 103 —
X WITH POWERS OF ARREST.
THE NUMBER OF ARRESTS MADE BY GD TEAMS IN 1982-93 TOTALLED 51 520. ARRESTS ROSE NEARLY 50 PER CENT TO 75 943 IN 1933-34. ARRESTS SO FAR THIS FINANCIAL YEAR ARE AS FOLLOWS: 6 131 IN APRIL ; 6 772 IN MAY ; 8 675 IN JUNE.
/THE SPOKEGMAH .......
FRIDAY, JULY 27, 1984
10
THE SPOKESMAN STRESSED THAT IN THE LONGER TERM THE COUNCIL WAS PRESSING AHEAD WITH THE CONSTRUCTION OF MORE OFF-STREET MARKET COMPLEXES TO GET LICENSED HAWKERS INTO SUITABLE HYGIENIC ACCOMMODATION. ALREADY, HE ADDED, THERE ARE FOUR MARKET COMPLEXES IN OPERATION, AT ABERDEEN, TO KWA WAN, NGAU TAU KOK AND SAI WAN HO. ALSO THERE ARE 43 ORDINARY MARKETS SPREAD THROUGHOUT THE URBAN AREAS, PLUS SIX COOKED-FOOD MARKETS.
THE SPOKESMAN GAVE THE FOLLOWING DETAILS OF MARKET PROJECTS RECENTLY COMPLETED, UNDER CONSTRUCTION OR IN VARIOUS STAGES OF PLANNINGs
@ MARKET PROJECTS RECENTLY COMPLETED:
UC TO KWA WAN COMPLEX (REDEVELOPMENT) WOOSUNG STREET TEMPORARY COOKED FOOD MARKET CHAI WAN TEMPORARY MARKET
© MARKET PROJECTS UNDER CONSTRUCTION:
UC NGAU CHI WAN COMPLEX KOWLOON CITY TEMPORARY MARKET TSUN YIP STREET COOKED FOOD CENTRE, KWUN TONG NEW COOKED FOOD CENTRE AT KWUN TONG FERRY CONCOURSE UC PO ON ROAD COMPLEX UC LOCKHART ROAD COMPLEX
UC NEW WESTERN COMPLEX (REDEVELOPMENT)
© READY MARKET AND UC COMPLEX PROJECTS
(PROJECTS FOR WHICH LAYOUT PLANS AND ESTIMATES HAVE BEEN APPROVED)
HONG KONG 1
KOWLOON 2
© MARKET AND UC COMPLEX PROJECTS UNDER ADVANCE PLANNING (PROJECTS FOR WHICH LAYOUT PLANS ARE UNDER PREPARATION)
HONG KONG 5
KOWLOON 6
© MARKET AND UC COMPLEX PROJECTS UNDER PRELIMINARY PLANNING (PROJECTS THE SCOPE OF WHICH IS UNDER CONSIDERATION OR SITE DETAILS ARE BEING ASCERTAINED):
HONG KONG 7
KOWLOON 10 ---------------------0 ------- /11 ...................................................
FR IDAY, JULY 27, 1934 11
PUBLICITY DRIVE TO BOOST VOTER REGISTRATION * * *
A DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION VARIETY SHOW WILL BE STAGED AT MORSE PARK TOMORROW (SATURDAY) TO START A MAJOR PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN IN WONG TAI SIN TO ENCOURAGE RESIDENTS TO REGISTER AS VOTERS FOR NEXT YEAR’S DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS.
THE ACTING DISTRICT OFFICER, MR STEPHEN FISHER, DESCRIBED THE CAMPAIGN AS A THREE-PRONGED APPROACH.
+FIRSTLY, WE WILL ORGANISE 35 COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT PROJECTS IN THE FORM OF VARIETY SHOWS, COMPETITIONS, SEMINARS AND FORUMS IN DIFFERENT AREAS BETWEEN NOW AND OCTOBER.
+SECONDLY, A WIDE VARIETY OF PUBLICITY MATERIALS COMPRISING SLIDES, BANNERS, PENNANTS, POSTERS, NEWSPAPERS, SOUVENIRS AND PUBLICATIONS WILL BE DISPLAYED OR DISTRIBUTED AT STRATEGIC LOCATIONS IN ORDER TO CREATE A STRONG AUDIO-VISUAL IMPACT.
+THIRDLY, DISTRICT OFFICE STAFF AND TEMPORARY COMMUNITY ORGANISERS WILL PAY DOOR-TO-DOOR VISITS TO ENCOURAGE AND HELP RESIDENTS TO REGISTER DURING THE PERIOD,* MR FISHER SAID.
TOMORROW’S VARIETY SHOW AT THE OPEN-AIR THEATRE AT MORSE PARK WILL BEGIN AT 8 PM, FEATURING AN ORIENTAL FOLK DANCE, A DRAMA ON DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION AND PERFORMANCES BY POPULAR LOCAL SINGERS.
TWO LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLORS, DR HO KAM-FAI AND MRS PAULINE NG, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY TOGETHER WITH THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MR PAUL WONG, AND OTHER LOCAL REPRESENTATIVES.
0
ILLEGAL STRUCTURES TO BE CLEARED
* * *
THE BUILDING AUTHORITY IS TO CLOSE THE TOP FLOOR OF A SEVEN-STOREY BUILDING IN KOWLOON SO THAT DEMOLITION OF ILLEGAL STRUCTURES CAN BE CARRIED OUT.
THE AUTHORITY HAS ALSO ORDERED CLOSURE OF ILLEGAL STRUCTURES ON THE ROOF OF THE BUILDING WHICH IS AT 232 TUNG CHAU STREET.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE BUILDING AUTHORITY SAID TODAY (FRIDAY) THAT THE DEMOLITION WORK WOULD TAKE UP TO ONE MONTH AND BE CARRIED OUT WITHOUT DANGER TO OCCUPIERS OR THE PUBLIC.
HE SAID A RECENT INSPECTION HAD SHOWN THAT AN ORDER TO DEMOLISH THE ILLEGAL STRUCTURES ISSUED IN JUNE LAST YEAR HAD NOT BEEN COMPLIED WITH.
NOTICES OF INTENTION TO APPLY FOR CLOSURE ORDERS IN KOWLOON DISTRICT COURT ON AUGUST 24 WERE POSTED TODAY.
------o-------
/12......
FRIDAY, JULY 27, 1964
FORUM TO PROMOTE VOTER REGISTRATION
******
AN OPEN FORUM WILL BE HELD ON SUNDAY (JULY 29) FOR SHAM SHU I PO RESIDENTS TO AIR THEIR VIEWS ON VARIOUS LOCAL PROBLEMS AND ON THE WORK OF THE DISTRICT BOARD.
THE EVENT IS ORGANISED BY RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG TOGETHER WITH THE DISTRICT OFFICE TO PROMOTE THE COMING VOTER REGISTRATION CAMPAIGN AND TO ENHANCE PUBLIC AWARENESS OF THE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM.
SPEAKERS ON THE PANEL WILL INCLUDE THE DISTRICT OFFICER,
■MR SYLVESTER TSE, THREE DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS, MR STEPHEN CHENG, ENG SOON-CHAO AND MR FAN KAM-PING, AND OTHER LOCAL REPRESENTATIVES.
THEY WILL DISCUSS THE ROLE OF THE DISTRICT BOARD IN COMMUNITY BUILDING, RECLAMATION WORK AT LAI CHI KOK BAY, THE PROBLEM OF +BED-SPACE APARTMENTS* AND MANAGEMENT PROBLEMS OF PRIVATE BUILDINGS IN THE DISTRICT.
RESIDENTS ARE WELCOME TO ATTEND THE FORUM, WHICH WILL BE HELD AT THE MOUNT STERLING MALL OF MEI FOO SUN CHUEN, STARTING AT 3 PM.
THE FORUM WILL ALSO BE RECORDED AND BROADCAST ON RTHK RADIO ONE AT 8 AM ON SATURDAY, AUGUST 4.
- _ 0 - -
EDUCATION CHIEF VISITS MUSIC CAMP
*****
THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR MICHAEL LEUNG, TODAY (FRIDAY) VISITED THE 1984 HONG KONG YOUTH MUSIC CAMP IN SAI KUNG AND WATCHED YOUNG MUSIC ENTHUSIASTS UNDER TRAINING THERE.
HE WAS MET ON ARRIVAL BY THREE OFFICIALS OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT: THE MUSIC ADMINISTRATOR, MRS DORIS HO; THE ASSISTANT MUSIC ADMINISTRATOR (PROFESSIONAL), MR THOMAS wANG ; AND THE ASSISTANT MUSIC ADMINISTRATOR (ADMINISTRATION), MR
K.C. YEUNG.
ACCOMPANIED BY THESE OFFICIALS, MR LEUNG FIRST PROCEEDED TO THE GYMNASIUM AND THE OPEN AIR AUDITORIUM WHERE HE WATCHED SYMPHONY ORCHESTRAS IN SECTIONAL REHEARSAL.
HE THEN PROCEEDED TO THE HOSTELS WHERE THE JUNIOR STRING ORCHESTRA AND ANOTHER MUSIC TEAM WERE REHEARSING.
MR LEUNG ALSO ATTENDED A +SUO-NA+ MASTER CLASS GIVEN BY A GUEST INSTRUCTOR FROM CHINA, MR SONG BAO-CHAI.
THE 1984 HONG KONG YOUTH MUSIC CAMP, NOW IN ITS FIFTH YEA*, IS PART OF THE ANNUAL SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME.
- - 0 - -
FR IDAY, JULY 27, 1984
- 13 -
NEW ROAD FOR WO HOP SHEK * * * *
A 480-METRE-LONG ACCESS ROAD WILL BE BUILT CONNECTING TAI PO ROAD WITH THE NEW WO HOP SHEK CREMATORIUM.
BESIDES PROVIDING ACCESS TO THE CREMATORIUM, IT WILL SERVE AS AN ALTERNATIVE ACCESS TO WO HOP SHEK CEMETERY.
A PLAN SHOWING THE PROPOSED WORK CAN BE SEEN AT THE FOLLOWING PLACES:
* CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST wING ENTRANCE, HONG KONG ;
* DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE (NORTH), OLD DISTRICT OFFICE BUILDING, TAI PO MARKET;
* DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE (TAI PO), TAI PO GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING, 1ST FLOOR, TING KOK ROAD, TAI PO MARKET; AND
* TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICE, TAI PO GOVERNMENT OFFICES, SECOND FLOOR, TING KOK ROAD, TAI PO.
ANY OBJECTION SHOULD BE IN WRITING TO THE SECRETARY FOR LANDS AND WORKS BY SEPTEMBER 25.
0
REFUSE COLLECTION POINT FOR CAUSEWAY BAY
* * * *
WORK WILL START SHORTLY ON BUILDING A THREE-STOREY STRUCTURE IN CAUSEWAY BAY TO HOUSE A REFUSE COLLECTION POINT, A BATHHOUSE AND A PUBLIC TOILET.
THE STRUCTURE WILL OCCUPY A 2 800-SQUARE-METRE SITE AT wl .(□ HING STREET.
THE REFUSE COLLECTION POINT WILL BE ON THE GROUND FLOOR. FACILITIES WILL INCLUDE A REFUSE LOADING AREA, SPACES FOR HANDCARTS, A ROLL-CALL ROOM, AN OFFICE AND STOREROOM.
THE OTHER TWO FLOORS WILL ACCOMMODATE THE PUBLIC TOILET ) THE BATHHOUSE.
THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT WHICH SHOULD EE SUBMITTED BY AUGUST 17.
PILING WORK UNDER A SEPARATE CONTRACT HAS ALREADY STARTED AND IS DUE FOR COMPLETION IN SEPTEMBER.
WORK ON BUILDING THE SUPERSTRUCTURE WILL THE BEGIN' AND TAKE NINE MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
------0-------
/14......
FR IDAY, JULY 27, 1984
14 -
BEACH BUILDING FOR SAI KUNG * * * *
A TWO-STOREY BUILDING IS TO BE CONSTRUCTED AT TRIO BEACH, SAI KUNG, TO PROVIDE A RANGE OF FACILITIES FOR BEACH-GOERS.
THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT.
THE BUILDING WILL OCCUPY A 480-SQUARE-METRE SITE ON THE BEACH.
FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED WILL INCLUDE CHANGING ROOMS, A SHOWER ROOM, TOILETS, AN OFFICE AND STOREROOMS.
THERE WILL ALSO BE A REFRESHMENT KIOSK AS WELL AS FIRST-AID AND LIFE-GUARD POSTS.
WORK WILL START IN SEPTEMBER AND BE COMPLETED BY NEXT SUMMER.
-----o------
WALL MURAL AT SHEK KIP MEI * * *
A WALL MURAL DEPICTING THE POST-WAR DEVELOPMENT OF SHEK KIP MEI WILL BE UNVEILED AT A CEREMONY TOMORROW (SATURDAY).
THE MURAL, MEASURING TWO METRES BY SIX METRES, IS PAINTED ON THE LEFT FLANK WALL OF AN EXHIBITION AREA AT THE NAM CHEONG STREET ENTRANCE OF THE NEWLY REDEVELOPED SHEK KIP MEI ESTATE.
IT WAS REPRODUCED FROM THE WINNING DESIGN OF A COMPETITION ORGANISED BY THE SHAM SHU I PO DISTRICT BOARD, THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT AND THE SHEK KIP MEI AND PAK TIN AREA COMMITTEE LAo YEAR.
THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MISS REBECCA KO, AND T» DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS, MR KWOK CHEONG AND MR FAN KAM-PING, AND OTHER LOCAL REPRESENTATIVES WILL OFFICIATE AT THE CEREMOK .
/15........
F R I j A t,
i , 1984
15
OPEN DAY FOR YOUTH MUSIC CAMP * X
THE 1984 HONG KONG YOUTH MUSIC CAMP WILL STAGE AN OPEN DAY ON SUNDAY (JULY 29).
ABOUT 260 YOUNG MUSICIANS, INCLUDING SOME FROM MALAYSIA, THE PHILIPPINES AND MACAU, AR- TAKING PART IN THIS YEAR’S TWO-a'EEK CAWP, wHICH IS BEING HELD AT THE PO LEUNG KUK PAK TAM CHUNG .HOLIDAY CAMP IN SAI KUNG.
ON THE OPEN DAY, PARENTS WILL BE ABLE TO VISIT THEIR CHILDREN AND WATCH THEM IN TRAINING UNDER THE BATON OF WELL-KNOWN LOCAL AND OVERSEAS INSTRUCTORS.
• 9
THE ANNUAL MUSIC CAMP PROVIDES AN OPPORTUNITY FOR YOUNG MUSICIANS IN HONG KONG TO RECEIVE INTENSIVE MUSIC TRAIN I,. G IM A PLEASANT ATMOSPHERE, AS WELL AS FOSTERS INTERNATIONAL CULTURAL EXCHANGE.
CAS TO FORM UNITS FOR SHEUNG SHU I * * *
THE CIVIL AID SERVICES IS FORMING AN ADULT AND SPECIFICALLY TO SERVE THE RABIDLY DEVELOPING SHEUNG
A CADET UN IT
SHU I D 1‘STr. ICT.
CAS WILL HOLD A RECRUITMENT EXERC ISE ON SUNDAY (JULY 29) MORNING AT THE COVERED PLAY AREA OF CHOI YUcN ESTATt IN SHtU,.o
SHU I.
+THROUGH THIS OPERATION WE HOPE TO RECRUIT LOCAL_Rc.S^_ a . o FOR THE TwO UNITS, WHICH WILL EE STATIONED AT CHOI YUEN ESia.x,+ A CAS SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY.
THERE WILL BE STALL GAMES AND MUSIC PERFORMANCES BY THE CAS CADET.BAND DURING THE EXERCISE. • ’ *
-..-o--------
TOLO HARBOUR SWIM IN SEPTEMBER
* * * M
APPLICATIONS ARE BEING INVITED FOR THE ANNUAL CROSSHARBOUR SWIM IN TAI PO WHICH WILL BE HELD ON SEPTEMBER 9.
THE RACE, OPEN TO ALL SWIMMERS AT THE AGE OF 12 OR ABOVE, WILL START AT 13.30 AM FROM SHA LAN TO TAI MEI TUK, COVER. ...G A DISTANCE OF 2 400 METRES AT THE TOLO HARBOUR.
THE EVENT IS BEING ORGANISED BY THE TAI PO SPORTS ASSOCIATE'. AND SPONSORED BY THE LOCAL DISTRICT BO RD.
FRIDAY, JULY 27, 1984
16
PRIZES WILL BE AWARDED TO THE FIRST 10 WINNERS FROM THE MAN AND WOMAN GROUPS WHILE THOSE wHO CAN COMPLETE THE WHOLE COURSE IN 90 MINUTES wILL RECEIVE COMMEMORATIVE CERTIFICATES.
APPLICATION FORMS ARE NOW AVAILABLE FROM THE DISTRICT OFF ICE, THE TAI PO SPORTS ASSOCIATION, THE TAI PO RURAL COMMITTEE AND ALL OFFICES OF THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE.
ALL FORMS .MUST BE RETURNED TO THE ASSOCIATION BY AUGUST
------o - - - -
ROAD WORKS IN CAUSEWAY BAY AND SAI wAN HO *****
FROM 11.30 PM ON SATURDAY (JULY 28) TO 6.30 AM THE FULL DAY, THE DOWN RAMP OF THE FLYOVER LEADING FROM VICTORIA PARK EASTBCUND TO GLOUCESTER ROAD WESTBOUND WILL BE CLOSED TO TRA-FOR ROAD WORKS.
DURING THE CLOSURE, TRAFFIC WILL BE DIVERTED VIA GLOUCEcn-ROAD SOUTHBOUND AND KINGSTON STREET WESTBOUND.
THE SAME MEASURE WILL BE REPEATED ON MONDAY (JULY 30) NIGHT.
MEANWHILE, THE UNNAMED ROAD BETWEEN SAI WAN HO FERRY CO COu.-.... AND HONG CHEUNG STREET WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 1 AM T.
5.45 AM ON SUNDAY AND MONDAY (JULY 29 AND 30) TO rAC ILIIaTz CONSTRUCTION WORKS ON THE ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR.
. WATER CUT IN QUARRY BAY AND MUI WO
* * * *
FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN QUARRY BAY WILL BE TURNED OFF FROM 11 PM ON MONDAY (JULY 30) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR LEAKAGE TESTS. .
THE AFFECTED PREMISES ARE BOUNDED BY PAN HOI STREET, WESTLAND ROAD AND K ING’S ROAD.
ALSO AFFECTED WILL BE THE SECTION OF KING’S ROAD BETWEEN MANSION STREET AND WESTLAND ROAD AS WELL AS 2 - 16 MT. PARKER ROAD.
FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO ALL PREMISES IN MUI WO a ILL ALSO tc TURNED OFF FROM 10 AM TO 5 PM ON MONDAY (JULY 30) TO FACILITATE .'.AI IS WORK.
- o - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
SATURDAY, JULY 28, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
CALL FOR COMMENTS ON GREEN PAPER ............................ 1
DB SEEN AS +A VITAL LINK+ ................................... 2
CALL FOR DB VOTERS AND CANDIDATES ........................... 3
VISAS ABOLISHED FOR AUSTRIAN VISITORS ....................... 3
JOGGING TO A GOOD START ..................................... 4
HELPING TO KEEP HK +CLEAN AND GREEN+ ........................ 5
PONY RIDES FOR PHAB YOUTHS .................................. 6
POPULAR HORTICULTURAL CLASSES OFFERED ....................... 6
ABERDEEN TRAFFIC PLAN ....................................... 7
PLB RESTRICTED ZONE ......................................... 7
CENTRAL WATER WORK .......................................... 7
SATURDAY, JULY 28, 1984
1
CALL FOR COMMENTS ON GREEN PAPER
* * *
INDIVIDUALS AND EVERY SECTOR OF THE COMMUNITY ARE URGED TO EXPRESS THEIR VIEWS ON THE GREEN PAPER ON REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT TO ENABLE THE FORMULATION OF A SYSTEM THAT WILL MEET LOCAL NEEDS AND CIRCUMSTANCES.
THE CALL WAS MADE TODAY (SATURDAY) BY THE ACTING REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG AND KOWLOON, MR ALBERT LAM, AT THE INAUGURATION OF THE EAST KOWLOON REGIONAL SCOUT COUNCIL.
HE DESCRIBED THE PROPOSALS FOR PUBLIC PARTICIPATION IN ADMINISTERING HONG KONG IN A PROGRESSIVE MANNER AS +A SPRINGBOARD TO A DEMOCRATIC SYSTEM+.
+THE GOVERNMENT INTENDS TO COLLECT AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE PUBLIC OPINION ON THESE PROPOSALS IN THE NEXT TWO MONTHS FOR SUBMISSION TO THE GOVERNOR-IN-COUNCIL.+
TO THIS END, MR LAM URGED EVERY MEMBER OF THE PUBLIC
TO STUDY THE GREEN PAPER AND GIVE THEIR VIEWS TO VARIOUS DISTRICT OFFICES OR THE COUNCILS AND ADMINISTRATION BRANCH BECAUSE +PUBLIC OPINION IS THE BACKBONE OF THE CONCEPT OF THE NEW POLITICAL SYSTEM+.
HE ALSO MADE A SPECIAL APPEAL TO GROUPS AND ORGANISATIONS, INCLUDING DISTRICT BOARDS, MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES, OWNERS CORPORATIONS, AREA COMMITTEES, KAIFONG ASSOCIATIONS, CHAMBERS OF COMMERCE, CULTURAL ORGANISATIONS AND INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL GROUPS TO COMMENT ON THE PAPER IN A POSITIVE MANNER.
♦ THE THREE IYY MAIN THEMES -- PARTICIPATION, DEVELOPMENT AND PEACE — ARE APPLICABLE TO NOT ONLY YOUNG PEOPLE, BUT ALSO TO OTHERS IN THE COMMUNITY,+ HE SAID.
♦ONLY WITH PEOPLE’S PARTICIPATION WE CAN WEATHER THE CHALLENGE OF THE TIME, AND PARTICIPATION CAN START WITH DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION AND THE REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT.
♦ACHIEVEMENTS OF THE DISTRICT BOARDS IN THE PAST THREE
YEARS ARE EVIDENT TO ALL, AND REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT WILL HAVE A FAR-REACHING INFLUENCE ON HONG KONG’S FUTURE DEVELOPMENT AND THE WORKING OF THE GOVERNMENT.
♦POSITIVE PUBLIC PARTICIPATION IS THEREFORE OF GREAT IMPORTANCE,+ HE ADDED.
- - 0 - -
/2
SATURDAY, JULY 28, 1934 ’
- 2 -
DB SEEN AS +A VITAL LINK*
X * *
WITH THE PUBLICATION OF THE GREEN PAPER ON REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT, THE DISTRICT BOARD HAS BECOME AN IMPORTANT LINK IN HONG KONG’S POLITICAL SYSTEM, A LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR, DR HO KAM-FAI, SAID TONIGHT (SATURDAY).
DR. HO SAID THAT UNDER PROPOSALS IN THE GREEN PAPER, DB MEMBERS TOGETHER WITH MEMBERS OF THE URBAN COUNCIL AND THE NEW REGIONAL COUNCIL, WOULD FORM AN ELECTORAL COLLEGE TO ELECT AMONG THEMSELVES A FIXED NUMBER OF REPRESENTATIVES TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TO SERVE THE PUBLIC AT THE POLICY-MAKING LEVEL.
+ TO ENABLE DISTRICT BOARDS TO PLAY A POSITIVE ROLE IN THE REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT, PUBLIC PARTICIPATION AND SUPPORT ARE OF THE UTMOST IMPORTANCE,* HE STRESSED.
+AND THE BEST WAY TO PARTICIPATE IS BY REGISTERING AS VOTERS.+
DR HO WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION VARIETY SHOW AT MORSE PARK WHICH SET OFF A TWO-MONTH MAJOR PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN TO PROMOTE VOTER REGISTRATION.
+THE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM HAS ENABLED PEOPLE FROM ALL WALKS OF LIFE TO DIRECTLY TAKE PART IN DISTRICT AFFAIRS,* HE SAID.
+UNDER THE DISTRICT BOARDS ARE AREA COMMITTEES AND MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES. PEOPLE CAN EXPRESS THEIR VIEWS THROUGH THIS CONSULTATIVE STRUCTURE TO IMPROVE THE ENVIRONMENT AND RAISE THE STANDARD OF LIVING.
+WONG TAI SIN WAS THE FIRST DISTRICT BOARD TO INITIATE THE MEET-THE-PUBLIC SCHEME TO FURTHER STRENGTHEN COMMUNICATION BETWEEN BOARD MEMBERS AND RESIDENTS.
+AND WITHIN A SHORT SPAN OF THREE YEARS, THE BOARD HAS SUCCESSFULLY CARRIED OUT MANY LARGE-SCALE COMMUNITY BUILDING PROJECTS, RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL ACTIVITIES AND CLEARANCES OF ILLEGAL STRUCTURES AT BACKLANES.+
+THESE ARE ONLY SOME EXAMPLES OF ACHIEVEMENTS OF THE DISTRICT BOARD WHICH DESERVES EVERY PUBLIC SUPPORT,* DR HO ADDED.
TONIGHT’S VARIETY SHOW WAS ORGANISED BY THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT OFFICE TOGETHER WITH THREE AREA COMMITTEES, FEATURING A FOLK DANCE, A DRAMA AND SINGING PERFORMANCES BY POPULAR SINGERS.
-----o------
/3
SATURDAY, JULY 28, 1934
CALL FOR DB VOTERS AND CANDIDATES * * * *
A NORTH DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER, MR LAU SUM-POR, TONIGHT (SATURDAY) URGED LOCAL PEOPLE NOT ONLY TO REGISTER AS VOTERS BUT ALSO TO RUN AS CANDIDATES IN NEXT YEAR’S DB ELECTIONS.
IN A MESSAGE TO THE DISTRICT’S AMATEUR SINGING CONTEST, HE NOTED THAT BOTH THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND DISTRICT BOARD HAD DONE A GREAT DEAL TO PROMOTE RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS ACTIVITIES.
FURTHERMORE, HE SAID THE BOARD WAS VERY CONCERNED WITH COMMUNITY AFFAIRS AND HAD BEEN CONTINUING ITS EFFORTS TO IMPROVE FACILITIES AND SERVICES IN THE DISTRICT TO MEET LOCAL
MR LAU STRESSED THAT THE BOARD COULD ONLY FUNCTION WELL WITH THE FULL SUPPORT OF THE RESIDENTS.
NORTH IS THE LAST DISTRICT TO HOLD THE 18-DISTRICT AMATEUR SINGING CONTEST WHICH IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION, RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG AND A LOCAL NEWSPAPER ORGANISATION TO PROMOTE THE VOTER REGISTRATION CAMPAIGN.
WINNERS FROM THE 18 DISTRICTS WILL MEET AGAIN IN THE SEMI-FINAL TO BE HELD ON AUGUST 11 AT THE ACADEMIC COMMUNITY HALL.
NINE SEMI-FINALISTS WILL VIE FOR THE CHAMPIONSHIP DURING THE GRAND FINAL ON SEPTEMBER 1.
THE ACTING NORTH DISTRICT OFFICER, MR VICTOR NG, PRESENTED PRIZES TO WINNERS AT TONIGHT’S SONG CONTEST.
- - 0 -
VISAS ABOLISHED FOR AUSTRIAN VISITORS
*****
THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FROM AUGUST 1, AUSTRIAN CITIZENS CAN VISIT HONG KONG WITHOUT A VISA FOR UP TO THREE MONTHS.
A SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED THAT THE CHANGE FOLLOWS THE RECENT DECISION BY THE AUSTRIAN GOVERNMENT TO ABOLISH VISAS FOR BRITISH HONG KONG PASSPORT HOLDERS FOR VISITS TO AUSTRIA OF UP TO THREE MONTHS.
THE DIRECTOR OF IMMIGRATION, MR ALAN CARTER WARMLY WELCOMED THE AUSTRIAN DECISION WHICH HE SAID WAS PARTICULARLY SIGNIFICANT AT THIS TIME. HE PAID TRIBUTE TO THE AUSTRIAN CONSUL GENERAL, M? EDUARD ADLER, WHO HAD BEEN INSTRUMENTAL IN ACHIEVING THE BREAKTHROUGH WITH HIS GOVERNMENT.
- - 0 -
SATURDAY, JULY 28, 1984
4
JOGGING TO A GOOD START * * *
MORE THAN 100 STUDENTS, WORKERS AND RESIDENTS IN KOWLOON CITY WILL PARTICIPATE IN A 3 OOO-METRE MARATHON JOG TOMORROW (SUNDAY) TO MARK THE OPENING OF A TWO-WEEK DISTRICT RECREATION AND SPORT FESTIVAL.
THEY WILL START AT 8.30 AM FROM THE JUNCTION ROAD PARK, JOGGING ALONG JUNCTION ROAD, RENFREW ROAD, HEREFORD ROAD, LA SALLE ROAD, NGA TSIN wA I ROAD, INVERNESS ROAD, DUMBARTON ROAD AND RETURN TO THE PARK.
THE EVENT WILL BE DIVIDED INTO TWO SECTIONS FOR INDIVIDUALS AND TEAMS OF AT LEAST FIVE MEMBERS EACH. THOSE WHO CAN FINISH WITHIN ONE HOUR WILL BE AWARDED PRIZES.
ELSEWHERE ON THE SAME DAY, BADMINTON, VOLLEY-BALL AND TAELETENNIS COMPETITIONS AND SOFTBALL DEMONSTRATION MATCHES WILL BE HELD IN VARIOUS OUTDOOR AND INDOOR VENUES.
THE $120 OOO-FESTIVAL, SPONSORED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD, KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT RECREATION AND SPORTS COUNCIL AND URBAN COUNCIL, IS AIMED AT PROVIDING COMPETITIVE SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES FOR ALL AGE GROUPS, THUS HELPING TO BUILD A SENSE OF COMMUNITY.
OTHER HIGHLIGHTS OF THE 25-EVENT FESTIVAL INCLUDE TABLE TENNIS FOR THE BLIND, KITE-MAKING AND FLYING, HORSE RIDING, ICE AND ROLLER-SKATING AND AN AQUATIC TELEMATCH.
THE ACTING DISTRICT OFFICER, MR ROGER GARCIA, AND CHAIRMAN CF THE FESTIVAL ORGANISING COMMITTEE, MR TANG TAI-CHUEN, WILL OFFICIATE AT AN OPENING CEREMONY TOMORROW MORNING BEFORE THE MARATHON JOG.
MR GARCIA SAID THAT IN ADDITION TO THE CURRENT SPORTS FESTIVAL, ANOTHER TWO-WEEK ARTS FESTIVAL WOULD BE HELD LATER THIS YEAR IN DECEMBER, FEATURING MUSIC AND DANCE PERFORMANCES, LUNCH-TIME OR AFTERNOON EVENTS, VISUAL ARTS ACTIVITIES AND WORKSHOPS.
HE SAID THAT DEVELOPMENTS IN RECREATION AND SPORTS, AND CULTURE IN THE DISTRICT HAD BEEN SIGNIFICANT AND WOULD CONTINUE TO GROW.
♦ A KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT FESTIVAL WAS HELD OVER A FOUR-wEEK PERIOD IN 1982 WITH A SERIES OF ACTIVITIES INCLUDING SPORTS, RECREATION, CULTURE, EXHIBITIONS AND COMMUNITY WORK,* HE SAID.
♦ HOWEVER, IT IS FELT THAT BY HOLDING TWO SEPARATE FESTIVALS WILL STIMULATE THEIR FURTHER GROWTH THROUGH GREATER PUBLIC PARTICIPATION.
♦ FURTHERMORE, TWO SEPARATE FESTIVALS AT DIFFERENT TIMES OF THE YEAR WILL ALLOW FOR A MORE EVEN SPREAD AND BETTER USE OF STAFF RESOURCES.*
------0 - - - -
/5......
SATURDAY, JULY 28, 1934
- 5 -
HELPING TO KEEP HK +CLEAN AND GREEN+ * * * *
SIXTY-TWO YEAR OLD RETIRED CIVIL SERVANT MR NG CHONG DOESN’T BELIEVE IN IDLING AWAY HIS TIME.
SOME OF THIS TIME HE SPENDS PLANTING TREES, MAKING FIRE BEATERS, CLEANING BARBECUE FIXTURES AND CLEARING UP LITTER -ALL AS A CIVIC GESTURE.
MR NG CHONG IS ONE OF THE 393 PERSONS WHO HAVE COMPLETED THE FIRST THREE STAGES OF THE COUNTRY PARKS +CLEAN AND GREEN* SCHEME ORGANISED BY THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT.
ALONG WITH THOUSANDS OF MUCH YOUNGER PEOPLE, MR NG ENTERED THE SCHEME BY PICKING UP LITTER IN THREE COUNTRY PARKS LAST OCTOBER.
LATER ON, HE PLANTED A TREE AND TOOK AN OUTSTANDING PHOTOGRAPH, WHICH WON HIM A PLACE IN STAGE I I I OF THE SCHEME.
+1 LOVE THE CLEAN FRESH AIR AND THE BEAUTIFUL SCENERY OF THE COUNTRYSIDE.
+PEOPLE WHO ENJOY THE BEAUTY OF COUNTRYSIDE SHOULD HAVE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF KEEPING IT THAT WAY, NO MATTER HOW OLD THEY ARE,* MR NG SAID.
MR NG WORKS HARD AT MAKING FIRE-BEATERS AND CLEANING BARBECUE FURNITURE IN ORDER TO QUALIFY FOR STAGE IV OF THE SCHEME. AT THIS STAGE, PARTICIPANTS WILL TAKE PART IN A COUNTRY PARKS QUIZ CONTEST.
THE SCHEME WILL END WITH AN EXCITING FINALE IN THE AUTUMN.
HE SAID HE FELT THE SCHEME WAS WELL DESIGNED TO EDUCATE COUNTRY PARK VISITORS ABOUT THE NEED TO KEEP THE ENVIRONMENT CLEAN AND GREEN.
TOP PRIZE WILL BE A $10 000 CAMPING TRIP TO AUSTRALIA. OTHER PRIZES INCLUDE A CAMERA AND ACCESSORIES, AND CAMPING AND HIK ING EQUIPMENT.
FOR MR NG THOUGH, THE PRIZE IS NOT THE AIM. HE WILL CONTINUE TO TAKE PART IN THE CLEAN AND GREEN SCHEME REGARDLESS.
+THE IMPORTANT THING IS TAKING PART - NOT WINNING,* HE SAID.
-----o------
/6........
SATURDAY, JULY 28, 1984
- 6 -
PONY RIDES FOR PHAB YOUTHS
* * *
A FUN DAY WHICH WILL INCLUDE PONY RIDES WILL BE HELD FC- = PYSICALLY HANDICAPPED AND ABLE-BODIED CHILDREN TOMORROW (SUNDAY), AT THE POKFULAM RIDING SCHOOL.
IT IS BEING ORGANISED JOINTLY BY THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG PHAB ASSOCIATION.
TWENTY-FOUR CHILDREN UNDER THE AGE OF 12, HALF FROM EACH GROUP, WILL BE TAKING PART IN THE FUN DAY.
THE EVENT IS PART OF A SERIES OF SUMMER RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS ACTIVITIES PUT TOGETHER SPECIALLY FOR THE YOUNG +PHAB+ PEOPLE BY THE TWO ORGANISING GROUPS, AN RSS SPOKESMAN SAID.
LAST MAY, A COURSE IN SKIN AND SCUBA DIVING WAS HELD FOR THEM AND THIS WAS FOLLOWED IN JULY BY AN ELEMENTARY SWIMMING TRAINING COURSE FOR CELEBRAL PALSIED AND PHAB JUNIORS IN MID-JULY.
THE AIM OF THE ACTIVITIES IS TO HELP THEM BUILD CONFIDENCE AND DEVELOP THEIR INTERESTS IN RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
-----0-----
POPULAR HORTICULTURAL CLASSES OFFERED *****
SHA TIN RESIDENTS ARE INVITED TO JOIN TWO HORTICULTURAL CLASSES TO BE HELD IN THE DISTRICT NEXT MONTH.
THE 90-MINUTE CLASSES ARE ORGANISED BY THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT TO PROVIDE BASIC KNOWLEDGE ABOUT PLANT PROPAGATION TO THE PUBLIC.
THE TWO COURSES ARE BEING HELD TO MEET DEMAND, AN NTSD SPOKESMAN SAID.
THIRTY PERSONS CAN BE ENROLLED IN EACH COURSE, WHICH WILL BE HELD IN EIGHT SESSIONS AT THE CONFERENCE ROOM OF THE SHA TIN SPORTS GROUND ON SATURDAY MORNINGS STARTING ON AUGUST 11.
LECTURES WILL DEAL WITH THE INTRODUCTION OF COMPOSTS, FERTILISERS, INSECTICIDES, FUNGICIDES AND HERBICIDES, LAWN MAINTENANCE, GROWING ENVIRONMENT OF PLANTS, APPLICATION OF PLANTING TOOLS, SIMPLE PROPAGATION, PRUNING, INDOOR PLANTS AND PEST AND DISEASE.
/THJHE WILL .......
SATURDAY, JULY 28, 1984
7
THERE WILL ALSO BE PRACTICAL PLANTING, DEMONSTRATIONS AND A FIELD TRIP TO SIU LEK YUEN NURSERY.
PERSONS OVER 16 MAY ENROL, AND APPLICATION FORMS MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE SHA TIN URBAN SERVICES OFFICES ON LEVEL 4, KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY HOUSE, SHA TIN STATION, NEW TERRITORIES.
ENROLMENT FOR THE TWO CLASSES WILL BE ACCEPTED ON A FIRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED BASIS, THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.
-------0--------
ABERDEEN TRAFFIC PLAN *
ON VEHICLES FROM ROAD AND TUNG SING BUSES, WHICH WILL
FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (JULY 30), THE BAN ENTERING WU PAK STREET BETWEEN ABERDEEN MAIN ROAD WILL BE LIFTED, EXCEPT FOR PUBLIC LIGHT STILL BE PROHIBITED FROM THE ENTIRE WU PAK STREET.
PLB RESTRICTED ZONE * * *
FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (JULY 30), THE SECTION OF PO KONG VILLAGE ROAD BETWEEN KING TUNG CLOSE AND A POINT ABOUT 40 METRES NORTH OF ITS JUNCTION WITH FUNG SHING STREET WILL BE DESIGNATED A PUBLIC LIGHT BUS RESTRICTED ZONE FROM 7 AM TO 10 AM AND FROM 4 PM TO 7 PM DAILY.
WITHIN THE RESTRICTED ZONE, ALL PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES, EXCEPT THOSE AUTHORISED IN WRITING BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT, WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS.
-------0 - . - -
CENTRAL WATER WORK
*****
FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN CENTRAL WILL BE CUT OFF FROM 10 PM ON TUESDAY (JULY 31) TO 4 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR WATER MAINS WORK.
THE AFFECTED PREMISES ARE BOUNDED BY EDINBURGH PLACE, HARCOURT ROAD, FENWICK STREET AND SEAFRONT, INCLUDING VIOLET PEEL CLINIC AND ADMIRALTY CENTRE.
------0-------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
SUNDAY, JULY 29, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
ELECTRICITY BILL COULD GO TO EXCO NEXT YEAR..................... 1
KEEN DEMAND FOR FACTORY UNITS AS LOCAL EXPORTS INCREASE....... 2
MAY RETAIL SALES HIT $5.5 BILLION .............................. 3
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE AT THEN MUN APPROVED........................ 6
ALLOWANCES RAISED............................................... 7
CONTEST TO ENCOURAGE VOTING .................................... 7
LEARNING ABOUT THE WEATHER FIRST HAND .......................... 8
MINI-WATER-PLAY PARK OPENING ................................... 8
COOKING FOR THE AGED ........................................... 9
PARENTS VISIT MUSIC CAMP ...................................... 10
COURSES OFFERED ON HOW TO RUN SCHOOLS ......................... 10
TRAILERS TO GET ’T* MARK....................................... 11
CONSULTATION IMPORTANT IN DECLARATION OF MONUMENTS............. 12
DISTRICT OPEN SPACE FOR KWAI CHUNG............................. 13
HANOI ROAD CLOSURE............................................. 13
LIGHTING FOR SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX............................ 14
KWAI CHUNG RESTRICTED ZONE..................................... 14
LANTAU TAPS OFF
14
SUNDAY, JULY 29, 1984
1
ELECTRICITY BILL COULD GO TO EXCO NEXT YEAR * * *
THE NEW ELECTRICITY BILL COULD BE SUBMITTED TO THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL FOR CONSIDERATION NEXT YEAR, THE DIRECTOR OF ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SERVICES, MR GRAHAM OSBORNE, SAID TODAY (SUNDAY).
MR OSBORNE SAID THE PRINCIPLES OF CHANGES TO BE INCORPORATED IN THE PROPOSED BILL WERE CIRCULATED LAST DECEMBER TO 12 REPRESENTATIVE ORGANISATIONS FOR THEIR VIEWS.
IN MAY, A DISCUSSION PAPER INCORPORATING VARIOUS VIEWS AND SUGGESTIONS OF THESE REPRESENTATIVE ORGANISATIONS WAS CIRCULATED FOR FURTHER COMMENTS.
LAST MONTH, A SECOND DISCUSSION PAPER, DETAILING THE PROPOSALS FOR THE REGISTRATION OF ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS AND WORKERS WAS ALSO SENT OUT FOR COMMENTS FROM THESE ORGANISATIONS.
+IT IS HOPED THAT THE CONSULTATIONS NOW IN PROGRESS WILL BE COMPLETED WITHIN THE NEXT TWO MONTHS,* MR OSBORNE SAID.
+THEREAFTER, DRAFTING INSTRUCTIONS WILL BE FORWARDED TO THE LAW DRAFTSMAN SO THAT A NEW ELECTRICITY BILL WITH ITS SUBSIDIARY REGULATIONS CAN BE SUBMITTED TO THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL FOR CONSIDERATION IN 1985.+
MR OSBORNE, WHO WAS SPEAKING AT THE 26TH ANNIVERSARY DINNER OF THE HONG KONG AND KOWLOON ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING AND APPLIANCES TRADE WORKERS' UNION, SAID THE NEW BILL WOULD ENSURE THAT RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE SAFETY OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS WAS CLEARLY DELINEATED.
THE GOVERNMENT WOULD HAVE THE OVERALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR PRESCRIBING COMPREHENSIVE TECHNICAL STANDARDS IN A CODE OF PRACTICE FOR THE WIRING AND MAINTENANCE OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS AND ALSO FOR COMPILING AND MAINTAINING A REGISTER OF QUALIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS AND WORKERS.
THE CODE WOULD BE BASED ON THE TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE SUPPLY RULES AND THE LATEST EDITION OF THE INSTITUTION OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS WIRING REGULATIONS DETAILING THE MINIMUM SAFETY STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING INSTALLATIONS.
MEANWHILE, THE TWO SUPPLY COMPANIES WOULD STILL BE REQUIRED TO INSPECT AND TEST ALL NEW INSTALLATIONS TO ENSURE THAT THEY WERE SAFE BEFORE MAKING CONNECTION FOR ELECTRICITY SUPPLY AND CONSUMERS WOULD BE REQUIRED TO EMPLOY REGISTERED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS TO INSTALL, MODIFY, REPAIR AND PERIODICALLY INSPECT AND TEST THEIR INSTALLATIONS.
DOMESTIC PREMISES AND SMALL COMMERCIAL INSTALLATIONS WOULD BE EXEMPTED FROM THE PERIODIC INSPECTION, BUT THIS DID NOT MEAN THAT OWNERS OF INSTALLATIONS WERE NO LONGER REQUIRED TO BE RESPONS IBLE.
/+e; PACT, ........
SUNDAY, JULY 29, 1984
2
+ IN FACT, LINDER COMMON LAW, THEY ARE NO* AND a ILL REMAIN RESPONSIBLE IN FUTURE FOR ENSURING THAT THEIR WIRING AND FITTINGS DO NOT BECOME HAZARDOUS,* MR OSBORNE SAID.
HE SAID THE RESPONSIBILITY OF REGISTERED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS WOULD BE TO EMPLOY APPROPRIATE REGISTERED ELECTRICAL WORKERS TO CARRY OUT THE WORK IF THEY THEMSELVES WERE NOT REGISTERED ELECTRICAL WORKERS, AND TO ISSUE A CERTIFICATE AFTER THE WORK HAD BEEN COMPLETED AND A CERTIFICATE AFTER PERFORMING THE PERIODICAL TEST ON EACH INSTALLATION.
LASTLY, THE MOST IMPORTANT RESPONSIBILITY WAS THAT OF REGISTERED ELECTRICAL WORKERS THEMSELVES, WHO SHOULD UNDERTAKE THE WORK CONSCIENTIOUSLY TO MAKE SURE THAT THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CODE OF PRACTICE WERE FULLY COMPLIED WITH AND THAT THE INSTALLATION WAS SAFE AND IN GOOD WORKING ORDER.
THEY SHOULD ALSO EXERCISE DUE CARE AND TAKE ALL REASONABLE PRECAUTIONS TO ENSURE BOTH PROPERTY AND HUMAN LIFE WERE ADEQUATELY PROTECTED FROM ELECTRICAL HAZARDS, MR OSBORNE CONCLUDED.
------0-------
KEEN DEMAND FOR FACTORY UNITS AS LOCAL EXPORTS INCREASE
* * *
DEMAND FOR SMALL TO MEDIUM-SIZED FACTORY UNITS HAS BEEN GROWING AS HONG KONG EXPORTS CONTINUE TO INCREASE.
THIS IS CLEARLY REFLECTED BY THE ENTHUSIASTIC RESPONSES FROM INDUSTRIALISTS TO GOVERNMENT FACTORY UNITS IN RECENT MONTHS.
SINCE THE BEGINNING OF THIS YEAR, ALTOGETHER 4 659 UNITS HAVE BEEN LET IN HOUSING AUTHORITY FACTORY ESTATES.
SIX MONTHS AGO, THERE WERE STILL 5 141 VACANCIES, AND NOW THERE ARE ONLY 482 REMAINING FOR LETTING.
THE LATEST VIVID EXAMPLE IS THE WANG CHEONG FACTORY IN CHEUNG SHA WAN WHERE MORE THAN HALF OF ITS 1 045 UNITS HAVE BEEN SNAPPED UP BY INTERESTED OPERATORS IN THE FIRST THREE DAYS OF APPLICATION.
+THIS ENTHUSIASTIC RESPONSE IS REFLECTED IN OTHER HOUSING AUTHORITY FACTORY ESTATES AND HAS BROUGHT FULL OCCUPATION OF THE FACTORY ESTATES OF YUEN LONG, KOWLOON BAY, YIP ON AND TSUN SHING,* SAID A SPOKESMAN FOR THE HOUSING AUTHORITY TODAY.
TO DATE, OF THE 17 GOVERNMENT FACTORY ESTATES, 14 HAVE ALREADY BEEN FULLY LET, WHILE LIMITED STOCK IS AVAILABLE AT WANG CHEONG, SHUN KEI AND SUI FAI FACTORY ESTATES.
+LETTING OF THE REMAINING UNITS WILL CONTINUE ON A F IRST-COME-FIRST-SERVED BASIS,* HE SAID.
SUNDAY, JULY 29, 19&4
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE AUTHORITY’S STREAMLINED LETTING PROCEDURE WHICH WAS INTRODUCED IN JANUARY THIS YEAR HAD HELPED BOOST THE LETTINGS.
UNDER THE DIRECT APPLICATION SYSTEM, ELIGIBLE APPLICANTS ARE IMMEDIATELY GRANTED TENANCIES OF SELECTED UNITS WITH NO RESTRICTION ON THE NUMBER OF UNITS THEY CAN RENT.
+THE FLEXIBILITY IN RENTAL NUMBERS, PLUS THE SMALL SIZE OF THE UNITS, EACH OF 25 SQUARE METRES, ENABLE OPERATORS RUNNING SMALL AND MEDIUM BUSINESS TO MEET THEIR OWN NEEDS.
♦THESE ADVANTAGES ARE RARELY AVAILABLE IN THE PRIVATE SECTOR,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
ESTATES OFFER
FURTHERMORE, HOUSING AUTHORITY FACTORY
SPECIAL FEATURES AND FACILITIES INCLUDING HEAVY ^J-OOR-LOADI NG CAPACITIES, BALCONY/ACCESS ON ALL UPPER FLOORS, SPACIOUS COVERED LOAD ING/UNLOADI NG BAYS, ADEQUATE CARPARKING SPACES AND PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES WITH RESIDENTIAL CARETAKING AND ROUND-THE-CLOCix
SECUR ITY.
-----o------
MAY RETAIL SALES HIT $5.5 BILLION
THE VALUE OF SALES FOR THE RETAIL TRADE SECTOR IN MAY 1934 WAS ESTIMATED TO BE $5 528 MILLION, ACCORDING TO THE PROVISIONAL SURVEY RESULTS RELEASED TODAY BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
AT 163, THE OVERALL RETAIL SALES VALUE INDEX INCREASED BY 5 POINTS OR 3 PER CENT WHEN COMPARED WITH APRIL 1984, AND BY 26 POINTS OR 19 PER CENT WHEN COMPARED WITH MAY 1983. THE OVERALL RETAIL SALES VOLUME INDEX, AT 113, WAS 3 POINTS OR 3 PER CENT HIGHER THAN THAT FOR APRIL 1984, AND 7 POINTS OR 6 PER CENT HIGHER THAN THAT FOR MAY 1983.
COMPARED WITH THE APRIL 1984 SALES, RETAIL SALES OF CONSUMER DURABLES AND FUELS INCREASED BY 9 PER CENT AND 4 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY IN BOTH VALUE AND VOLUME TERMS. THOSE OF CLOTHING, FOOTWEAR AND ALLIED PRODUCTS INCREASED BY 4 PER CENT IN VALUE TERMS OR 2 PER CENT IN VOLUME TERMS. RETAIL SALES OF FOOTSTUFFS, ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO, AND OTHER CONSUMER GOODS ROSE SLIGHTLY, BY 1 PER CENT EACH, IN BOTH VALUE AND VOLUME TERMS.
COMPARED WITH MAY 1983, CONSUMER DURABLES RECORDED THE LARGEST INCREASE IN SALES VALUE, AT 30 PER CENT, FOLLOWED BY CLOTHING, FOOTWEAR AND ALLIED PRODUCTS (28 PER CENT), FOODSTUFFS, ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO (20 PER CENT ), OTHER CONSUMER GOODS (13 P-R CENT) AND FUELS (9 PER CENT).
/DJ TERIffi ............
SUNDAY, JULY 29, 1984
IN TERMS OF SALES VOLUME, CLOTHING, FOOTWEAR AND ALLIED PRODUCTS SHOWED THE LARGEST INCREASE, AT 14 PER CENT, FOLLOWED BY CONSUMER DURABLES (13 PER CENT), FOODSTUFFS, ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO (6 PER CENT), OTHER CONSUMER GOODS (3 PER CENT) AND FUELS (1 PER CENT).
ANALYSED BY SELECTED TRADES, RETAIL SALES OF SUPERMARKETS INCREASED SUBSTANTIALLY IN BOTH VALUE AND VOLUME TERMS WHEN COMPARED WITH APRIL 1934 SALES. RETAIL SALES OF CONSUMER DURABLES OTHER THAN MOTOR VEHICLES, MOTOR VEHICLES AND DEPARTMENT STORES ALSO RECORDED INCREASES. WHEN COMPARED WITH MAY 1933 SALES, RETAIL SALES OF SUPERMARKETS ROSE SUBSTANTIALLY IN VALUE TERMS AND MODERATELY IN VOLUME TERMS, RETAIL SALES OF CONSUMER DURABLES OTHER THAN MOTOR VEHICLES, DEPARTMENT STORES AND MOTOR VEHICLES ALSO RECORDED LARGE INCREASES IN VALUE TERMS BUT SMALLER INCREASES IN VOLUME TERMS.
THE REVISED FIGURE FOR APRIL 1934 AND THE PROVISIONAL FIGURE FOR MAY 1934 OF TOTAL SALES ARE PRESENTED BELOW, AND THE VALUE AND VOLUME INDEXES OF RETAIL SALES BY MAJOR TRADE GROUPS AND SELECTED TRADES (WHICH FORM PART OF THE RELEVANT MAJOR TRADE GROUPS), WITH AVERAGE MONTHLY RETAIL SALES IN 1930 TAKEN AS 100, ARE ALSO TABULATED.
COMPARISONS OF MAY 1934 RESULTS WITH THOSE OF APRIL 1934 AND MAY 1933 ARE ALSO GIVEN.
THE REPORT CONTAINING THE ANALYSIS OF THE MAY 1934 SURVEY RESULTS WILL SOON BE ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GENERAL POST OFFICE, CONNAUGHT PLACE, AT $1.00 A COPY.
ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE SURVEY RESULTS MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADE STATISTICS SECTION OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT (TELEPHONE NO. 3-7216024).
TOTAL RETAIL SALES FOR MAY 1984 (PROVISIONAL FIGURE)-HK$5 528 MILLION FOR APRIL 1984 (REVISED FIGURE) -HK$5 364 MILLION
VALUE AND VOLUME INDEXES OF RETAIL SALES FOR APRIL AND MAY 1934
(MONTHLY AVERAGE OF 1980 - 100)
INDEX OF MAY 1984 MAY 1984
RETAIL APRIL MAY COMPARED WITH COMPARED WITH
ITEM SALES 1984 1984 APRIL 1984 MAY 1983
(REVISED (PROVISIONAL POINTS % POINTS % FIGURES) FIGURES)
(A) FOR
ALL
RETAIL
TRADES VALUE 158 163 5 3 26 19
------ VOLUME 110 113 3 376
/(B) BY MAJOB .......
SUNDAY, JULY 29, 1964
- 5 -
(B) BY MAJOR TRADE GROUPS
FOODSTUFFS, ALCOHOLI C ••
DRINKS *
MD VALUE 171 173 2 1 29 20
TOBACCO VOLUME in 112 1 1 7 6
FUELS VALUE 139 196 8 4 17 9
VOLUME 121 125 5 4 1 1
clothing, FOOTWEAR
AND ALLI ED VALUE 134 192 7 4 41 2a
PRODUCTS VOLUME 124 123 3 2 16 14
CONSUMER VALUE 147 160 13 9 37 30
DURABLES VOLUME 110 119 10 9 14 13
other • * ? 13
CONSUMER VALUE 143 149 2 1 17
GOODS VOLUME 106 107 1 1 3 3
(C) BY SELECTED TRADES
SUPER- VALUE 263 303 40 15 94 45
MARKETS VOLUME 161 185 24 15 33 26
motor VALUE 65 69 4 7 14 26
VEHICLES VOLUME 40 42 3 7 4 12
CONSUMER DURABLES
OTHER than MOTOR VALUE 203 222 19 9 52 30
VEHICLES VOLUME 153 172 14 9 20 13
department STORES VALUE 133 143 4 3 29 25.
VOLUME 100 102 3 3 13 14
NOTES: 1. +FOODSTUFFS ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO* INCLUDES +SUPERMARKETS+.
2. +CONSUMER DURABLES* INCLUDES +MOTOR VEHICLES*.
3. +OTHER CONSUMER GOODS* INCLUDES +DEPARTMENT STORES*.
4. FIGURES DENOTING CHANGES ARE DERIVED FROM THE UNROUNDED INDEX FlGURES.
- - 0 - -
SUNDAY, JULY 29, 1964
6
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE AT TUEN MUN APPROVED * * *
A SIX-STOREY TECHNICAL INSTITUTE AT TUEN MUN FOR THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL WAS AMONG 28 PLANS APPROVED BY THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE OFFICE IN JUNE.
ALSO APPROVED WERE TWO THREE-STOREY BLOCKS OF STAFF QUARTERS AT VICTORIA ROAD FOR HONG KONG UNIVERSITY, A HOME FOR THE AGED AT KUNG LOK ROAD FOR HONG KONG BUDDHIST ASSOCIATION, A CARE AND ATTENTION HOME AT SHA HA, SAI KUNG, FOR CLINICAL HEALTH SERVICES (SAI KUNG) LIMITED; A POST-GRADUATE CENTRE AND DORMITORY AT CHEUNG CHAU FOR THE ALLIANCE BIBLE SEMINARY, AND FOUR FOOTBRIDGES AT TAIKOO SHING AND TAI PO.
OF THE PLANS APPROVED, 11 WERE ON HONG KONG ISLAND, FOUR IN KOWLOON AND 13 IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THIS BRINGS TO 197 THE NUMBER OF BUILDING PLANS APPROVED IN THE FIRST SIX MONTHS OF THIS YEAR.
THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE OFFICE ALSO AGREED TO WORK STARTING ON 25 NEW PROJECTS COMPRISING 33 BUILDINGS DURING THE MONTH.
TEN WERE ON HONG KONG ISLAND, FIVE IN KOWLOON AND 10 IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THEY INCLUDED A ROWING CENTRE AT SHING MUN RIVER NEAR WO CHE ESTATE, SHA TIN, FOR THE HONG KONG AMATEUR ROWING ASSOCIATION; AND A 26-STOREY FACTORY BLOCK AT CASTLE PEAK ROAD, TSUEN WAN, FOR MELOFORCE LIMITED.
ALSO INCLUDED WERE A K INGDERGARTEN, NURSERY AND QUARTERS AT THE JUNCTION OF LEIGHTON ROAD AND TUNG LO WAN ROAD, A RAIN SHELTER AT CAPE COLLINSON ROAD, AND A COMMUNITY CENTRE AT CHUNG HAU STREET, HO MAN TIN.
A TOTAL OF 41 OCCUPATION PERMITS WERE ISSUED IN RESPECT OF NEWLY-COMPLETED BUILDINGS IN JUNE BY THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE OFFICE.
THEY INCLUDED A 24-STOREY CLUB HOUSE AND OFFICE BOUNDED BY JACKSON ROAD, CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL, CHATER ROAD AND CLUB STREET FOR HONG KONG LAND COMPANY LIMITED, A SWIMMING POOL AT TAIKOO SHING, AN EIGHT-STOREY LIBRARY BUILDING AT WATERLOO ROAD FOR HONG KONG BAPTIST COLLEGE, A STAFF QUARTERS FOR THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG AT SHA TIN, AND A 26-STOREY GODOWN BLOCK AT TEXACO ROAD, TSUEN WAN.
THE COST OF NEW BUILDINGS COMPLETED IN JUNE WAS ALMOST $879 MILLION.
ALSO DURING THE MONTH, THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE OFFICE ISSUED 12 DEMOLITION ORDERS IN RESPECT OF 26 BUILDINGS.
- - - - 0 -
/7
SUNDAY, JULY 29, 1984
7
ALLOWANCES RAISED * * *
THE GOVERNMENT HAS INCREASED THE PAY AND ALLOWANCES FOR THE AUXILIARY MEDICAL SERVICES, THE CIVIL AID SERVICES, THE ROYAL HONG KONG AUXILIARY AIR FORCE AND THE ROYAL HONG KONG REGIMENT (THE VOLUNTEERS).
ANNOUNCING THIS TODAY, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THE AUXILIARY FORCES’ PAY AND ALLOWANCES HAD BEEN INCREASED BY 18 PER CENT, BACKDATED TO APRIL 1 THIS YEAR.
HE POINTED OUT THAT SINCE 1978 THE PAY AND ALLOWANCES WERE REVIEWED EVERY TWO YEARS, TAKING ACCOUNT OF THE RISE IN THE COST OF LIVING AND THE PAY INCREASE AWARDED TO THE CIVIL SERVICE.
FOLLOWING THE LATEST BIENNIAL REVIEW. THE AUXILIARY FORCES’ DAILY RATE PAY NOW RANGES FROM $79.20 TO $384 AND THE HOURLY RATE FROM $9.90 TO $48, WHILE THE NEW FLYING ALLOWANCE FOR MEMBERS OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG AUXILIARY AIR FORCE IS $12.50 PER HOUR.
THE PAY AND ALLOWANCES FOR THE ROYAL HONG KONG AUXILIARY POLICE FORCE ARE LINKED TO THOSE OF THE REGULAR FORCE AND ARE REVIEWED ANNUALLY UNDER SEPARATE ARRANGEMENTS, HE ADDED.
-----o------
CONTEST TO ENCOURAGE VOTING
XXX
YOUNG PEOPLE AGED BETWEEN 15 AND 27 WILL BE ABLE TO LEARN MORE ABOUT DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION THROUGH A QUIZ CONTEST ORGANISED BY THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION.
THE EVENT IS PART OF THE PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN BEING LAUNCHED TO ENCOURAGE MORE PEOPLE TO REGISTER AS VOTERS FOR NEXT YEAR’S DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS.
CONTESTANTS ARE REQUIRED TO ANSWER CORRECTLY 30 QUESTIONS RELATED TO THE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM.
APPLICATION FORMS TOGETHER WITH THE QUESTIONS AND MULTIPLE CHOICE ANSWERS, AND COPIES OF A SPECIAL SUPPLEMENT ON DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION ARE AVAILABLE AT ALL DISTRICT OFFICES.
THE FORMS MUST BE RETURNED BEFORE AUGUST 23.
SIXTEEN WINNERS WILL BE SELECTED TO ENTER JHE FINAL JO BE HELD ON SEPTEMBER 23 AT THE ST. LOUIS OLD BOYS SECONDARY SCHOOL.
APART FROM DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, QUESTIONS ON PUBLIC AND CURRENT AFFAIRS WILL ALSO BE ASKED AT THE FINAL.
PRIZES WILL INCLUDE A COMPUTER, A TYPEWRITER, A CAMERA AND AN ELECTRONIC CALCULATOR.
THE QUIZ CONTEST IS SPONSORED BY THE ST. LOUIS GROUP OF SCHOOLS AND A LOCAL NEWSPAPER.
------o-------
/8
SUNDAY, JULY 29, 1984
8
LEARNING ABOUT THE WEATHER FIRST HAND * * * *
TwENTY-TWO WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS WILL VISIT THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY TOMORROW (MONDAY) AFTERNOON FOR A FIRST-HAND LOOK AT ITS FACILITIES AND OPERATION.
THE VISIT WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM WITH A BRIEFING BY THE ASSISTANT DIRECTORS, DR PETER LI AND MR ROBERT LAU, FOLLOWED BY A TOUR OF THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY CENTENARY BUILDING.
THE PARTY WILL ALSO VISIT VARIOUS DIVISIONS, INCLUDING THE CENTRAL FORECASTING OFFICE, THE TELECOMMUNICATION CENTRE AND DATA ACQUISITION SECTION, THE COMPUTER DIVISION, THE PHYSICAL OCEANOGRAPHY UNIT, THE SEISMOLOGY, ASTRONOMY AND TIME SERVICES SECTION AND THE METEOROLOGICAL INSTRUMENTS SECTION.
THERE WILL BE A DISCUSSION SESSION BEFORE THE VISIT ENDS AT 5 PM.
-----o------
MINI-WATER-PLAY PARK OPENING * * *
THE FIRST MINI-WATER-PLAY PARK IN THE NEW TERRITORIES WILL BE OPEN FOR TUEN MUN RESIDENTS FROM FRIDAY (AUGUST 3).
THE INNOVATIVE AND IMAGINATIVELY-DESIGNED ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB YAN 01 TONG SWIMMING POOL, OCCUPIES 6 600 SQUARE METRES AT A SITE NEAR TUEN MUN TANG SHIU KIN SPORTS GROUND, AND IS WITHIN WALKING DISTANCE FROM THE TAI HING PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID THE MAIN FEATURE OF THE SWIMMING COMPLEX IS A LEISURE POOL WHICH IS QUITE DIFFERENT FROM THE CONVENTIONAL RECTANGULAR-SHAPED PUBLIC SWIMMING POOLS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THE NEW LEISURE POOL IS ABOUT 1 000 SQUARE METRES, AND DIVIDED INTO TWO PARTS WITH +ROCKS+ SERVING AS A CENTRAL DIVIDER. AT THE +SPLASHING LAGOON+, THERE ARE TWO WATER SLIDES FITTED WITH WATER POINTS TO ALLOW WATER TO DRIP AND MAKE THE SLIDE MORE SLIPPERY FOR THE SWIMMERS.
THE WATER IN THE CENTRE OF THE LAGOON IS DEEP AND SAFE ENOUGH FOR SPLASHING FROM THE WATER SLIDES, SAID THE SPOKESMAN, ADDING THAT IT WAS ABOUT 1.2 METRES IN DEPTH.
LIFEGUARDS WILL BE ON DUTY AT VARIOUS WATCHING POINTS.
THE OTHER LAGOON, WITH A FOUNTAIN BUILT IN THE CENTRE IS FOR SWIMMING AND PADDLING. NEAR THE CENTRE, THE POOL IS ABOUT ONE METRE DEEP, BECOMING SHALLOWER IN OTHER AREAS.
/THZHE is .......
SUNDAY, JULY 2?, 1984
- 9 -
THERE IS ALSO A SMALL PADDLING POOL AT ANOTHER CORNER OF THE COMPLEX FOR THE USE OF SMALLER CHILDREN.
THE SWIMMING COMPLEX CAN ACCOMMODATE 350 PEOPLE FOR FAMILY LEISURE SWIMMING, INCLUDING THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED, AS SPECIAL FACILITIES ARE BEING PROVIDED THERE FOR THEM.
OTHER FACILITIES INCLUDE CHANGING ROOMS WITH SHOWERS, PUBLIC TOILETS, FIRST-AID-ROOM AND OFFICE.
LANDSCAPED AREAS AROUND THE COMPLEX PRESENT A WARN AND PLEASANT ATMOSPHERE AND ADD COLOUR TO THE GENERAL ENVIRONMENT, THE SPOKESMAN SA ID.
COSTING $5 MILLION, THE PROJECT HAS BEEN FUNDED BY THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB, AND IS DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED BY A PRIVATE ARCHITECT UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE YAN Ol TONG, A PROMINENT LOCAL ORGANISATION IN TUEN MUN.
THE FACILITY WAS COMPLETED EARLY THIS MONTH, AND HAS BEEN HANDED OVER TO THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT FOR MANAGEMENT.
THE SWIMMING POOL HOURS ARE FROM 7 AM TO 9.15 AM, 9.45 AM TO 12 NOON, 1 PM TO 4 PMi 4.30 PM TO 6.45 PM AND 7.45 PM TO 10 PM DURING THE CURRENT PEAK SWIMMING SEASON.
-----o-----
COOKING FOR THE AGED * * *
+DAU F00+ - BEAN CURD - WAS THE ORDER OF THE DAY AT A MASSIVE COOK-IN THIS (SUNDAY) AFTERNOON IN KOWLOON CITY.
, 60 AMATEUR CHEFS, TALENT IN A +RESPECT
USING BEAN CURD AS THE MAIN INGREDIENT AGED BETWEEN 12 AND 25, DEMONSTRATED THEIR FOR THE ELDERLY+ COOKING COMPETITION.
THE CONTESTANTS WERE REQUIRED TO PREPARE THEIR DISHES WITHIN 25 MINUTES, PAYING SPECIAL ATTENTION TO ORIGINALITY, COOKING SKILL, ECONOMY AND NUTRITION OF THE DISH NAMED AND DESIGNED BY THEMSELVES.
ELDERLY PEOPLE IN THE DISTRICT WERE LATER INVITED TO TRY THE DISHES.
ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD AND THE SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE, THE CONTEST WAS AIMED AT DRAWING ATTENTION TOWARDS FOOD NUTRITION AND CONCERN FOR THE AGED.
-----o------
/1O .......
SUNDAY, JULY 29, 1984
10
PARENTS VISIT MUSIC CAMP * * *
IT WAS OPEN DAY FOR PARENTS TODAY (SUNDAY) AT THE 1984 HONG KONG YOUTH MUSIC CAMP IN SAI KUNG.
ABOUT 260 YOUNG MUSICIANS INCLUDING SOME FROM MACAU, THE PHILIPPINES AND MALAYSIA ARE TAKING PART IN THE TWO-WEEK CAMP BEING HELD AT THE PO LEUNG KUK PAK TAM CHUNG HOLIDAY CAMP.
PARENTS WERE SHOWN AROUND THE HOSTEL, GYMNASIUM AND
OPEN-AIR AUDITORIUM OF THE HOLIDAY CAMP WHERE REHEARSALS OF THE VARIOUS CAMP ORCHESTRAS, BANDS AND CHOIR WERE HELD IN THE PAST wEEK UNDER the BATONS OF RENOWNED LOCAL AND OVERSEAS MUbICIANo.
PARENTS WERE ALSO TREATED TO A FULL REHEARSAL OF THE MUSIC CAMP SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA AND CHOIR, CONDUCTED GEORG TINTNER. THE ORCHESTRA AND CHOIR WILL APPEAR WITH THE MUSIC CAMP CHINESE ORCHESTRA IN A FINALE CONCERT TO BE HELD AT THE CITY HALL ON
AUGUST 4.
THE HONG KONG YOUTH MUSIC CAMP, HELD CONSECUTIVE YEAR, AIMS AT PROVIDING YOUNG AN OPPORTUNITY TO RECEIVE INTENSIVE MUSIC CAMP ATMOSPHERE.
FOR THE FIFTH
MUSIC ENTHUSIASTS wI TH TRAINING IN A SUMMER
-----o------
COURSES OFFERED ON HOW TO RUN SCHOOLS
KUK
COURSES ON SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION ARE BEING CONDUCTED BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT FOR HEADS AND POTENTIAL HEADS IN GOVERNMENT AND AIDED PRIMARY SCHOOLS.
SINCE THE SCHEME BEGAN IN 1982 MORE THAN 300 PRIMARY SCHOOL HEADS IN PUBLIC-SECTOR SCHOOLS HAVE COMPLETED THE COURSE.
THE LATEST GROUP OF ABOUT 20 SCHOOL HEADS WILL START THE COURSE TOMORROW (MONDAY). THEY ARE EXPECTED TO COMPLETE THE COURSE IN MID-AUGUST IN TIME FOR THE NEW SCHOOL TERM IN SEPTEMBER.
COURSE TOPICS INCLUDE - THE HONG KONG EDUCATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION SKILLS, STUDENT COUNSELLING, FINANCIAL A^MIN STRATI ON IN SCHOOLS, THE EDUCATION ORDINANCE, THE CODE OF AID, CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT.
--------0----------
/11.........
SUNDAY, JULY 2?, 1984
TRAILERS TO GET ’T’ MARK * * * *
TRAILERS WILL, FOR THE FIRST TIME, BE REGISTERED AND LICENSED IN THE SAME WAY AS MOTOR VEHICLES UNDER THE NEW ROAD TRAFFIC (REGISTRATION AND LICENSING OF VEHICLES) REGULATIONS.
THEY WILL BE ASSIGNED REGISTRATION MARKS BEARING THE SUFFIX ’T’.
♦THE MEASURE WILL FACILITATE IDENTIFICATION OF THE TRAILER’S OWNER WHEN IT IS NOT ATTACHED TO A TRACTOR,* A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID.
♦WITH SOME MINOR EXCEPTIONS, ALL REGULATIONS CONCERNING REGISTRATION AND LICENSING OF MOTOR VEHICLES ARE ALSO APPLICABLE TO TRAILERS, ALTHOUGH THEY WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO CARRY SEPARATE THIRD PARTY INSURANCE,+ THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.
THE NEW REGULATIONS ALSO REQUIRE ALL VEHICLES TO USE REFLECTIVE NUMBER PLATES AFTER MAY 31, 1985 - A PROVISION TRANSFERRED FROM THE REVOKED REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE ROAD TRAFFIC ORDINANCE (chapter 220).
REFLECTIVE NUMBER PLATES DISPLAYED SHOULD BE OF AN APPROVED TYPE WITH THE INSCRIPTION BSAU 145A, AND ALL SUPPLIERS SHOULD BE APPROVED BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT.
IN THE INTEREST OF SAFETY, MOTOR CYCLES ARE NO LONGER REQUIRED TO BE FITTED WITH A FRONT NUMBER PLATE.
A NEW PROVISION IN THE NEW REGULATIONS REQUIRES THAT A REGISTERED OWNER OF A VEHICLE MUST BE AT LEAST 18 YEARS OLD OR A LIMITED COMPANY.
ANOTHER NEW REQUIREMENT IS THAT THE VEHICLE’S INSURANCE POLICY WHICH IS PRODUCED WHEN APPLYING FOR A VEHICLE LICENCE SHOULD BE IN THE NAME OF THE VEHICLE’S REGISTERED OWNER.
THE REGULATIONS ARE AMONG SEVEN SETS OF NEW ROAD TRAFFIC REGULATIONS TO COME INTO FORCE IN LATE AUGUST THIS YEAR.
-----o------
SUNDAY, JULY 29, 1984 '
12 -
CONSULTATION IMPORTANT IN DECLARATION OF MONUMENTS
THERE IS A GROWING AWARENESS AMONG THE PUBLIC AND WITHIN THE GOVERNMENT FOR THE NEED TO PRESERVE AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE HONG KONG’S CULTURAL HERITAGE.
AS AT THE END OF DECEMBER LAST YEAR, THERE WERE ALTOGETHER 24 DECLARED MONUMENTS OR HISTORICAL BUILDINGS THROUGHOUT HONG KONG. CONSIDERATION IS ALSO BEING GIVEN TO DECLARE AS MONUMENTS A NUMBER OF NEW ITEMS AS WELL AS TO PRESERVE SOME EIGHT TRADITIONAL CHINESE BUILDINGS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
IN CONSIDERING POSSIBLE MONUMENTS, THE ANTIQUITIES ADVISORY BOARD TAKES INTO ACCOUNT A NUMBER OF EXTRANEOUS MATTERS SUCH AS THE STRUCTURAL STABILITY OF THE PREMISES, PROPOSED TOWN-PLANNING AND ZONING OF THE SITE, CROWN OR PRIVATE LAND, AND LIABILITY TO PAY COMPENSATION TO THE OWNER FOR LOSS OF DEVELOPMENT POTENTIAL.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT POINTED OUT THAT THE BOARD DOES NOT FOLLOW ANY GENERAL RULE THAT ANY BUILDING OVER A CERTAIN AGE IS AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFIED FOR DECLARATION, IRRESPECTIVE OF ITS OTHER QUALITIES.
+OLDER BUILDINGS WERE GIVEN PRIORITY IN EXAMINATION, PARTICULARLY IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF THEIR BEING REDEVELOPED, + HE SAID.
+BECAUSE SOME CASES MERIT PRESERVATION MORE THAN OTHERS, THE BOARD GIVES EACH A RATING ASSESSMENT.
+THE LOWEST RATING MAY NOT WARRANT LEGAL DECLARATION AND INSTEAD MAY BE RECOMMENDED FOR PRESERVATION BY ADMINISTRATIVE OR OTHER MEANS.+
IN CASES WHERE THE INTENDED MONUMENT OR HISTORICAL BUILDING INVOLVES PRIVATE OWNERSHIP, THE DIRECTOR OF URBAN SERVICES, IN HIS CAPACITY AS CHAIRMAN OF THE ANTIQUITIES ADVISORY BOARD, MAY CONSULT THE OWNER INFORMALLY TO ASCERTAIN HIS REACTION.
WHERE IT IS PROPOSED TO DECLARE A MONUMENT STANDING ON PRIVATE LAND, A NOTICE WILL BE SERVED ON THE OWNER AND OCCUPIER, WHO MAY WITHIN ONE MONTH OBJECT BY PETITION TO THE GOVERNOR.
PRIOR INFORMAL CONSULTATION MAY HELP IN REACHING A QUICKER UNDERSTANDING, SAID THE SPOKESMAN.
+FOR INSTANCE, WHERE A PRIVATE OWNER HAS OBJECTED DURING THE INFORMAL CONSULTATION TO DECLARATION OF AN ENTIRE BUILDING FOR FEAR THAT THIS WOULD PREVENT HIM FROM ALTERING THE INTERIOR TO SUIT HIS INTENDED USE OF THE PREMISES, IT HAS IN SEVERAL CASES BEEN POSSIBLE TO REACH A COMPROMISE WHEREBY ONLY THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING IS DECLARED, LEAVING THE OWNER FREE TO ALTER THE INTERIOR AS HE PLEASED.
/+DJ ANY.........
SUNDAY, JULY 29, 1964
♦IN ANY CASE, THE DIRECTOR OF URBAN SERVICES IS EMPOWERED UNDER THE ANTIQUITIES AND MONUMENTS ORDINANCE TO DELCARE A PLACE TO BE A PROPOSED MONUMENT, HISTORICAL BUILDING, ARCHAEOLOGICAL OR PALAEONTOLOGICAL SITE, FOR A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS UPON THE ADVICE OF THE BOARD WITHOUT THE PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE GOVERNOR.
♦THIS ENABLES HIM TO EXTEND A SPEEDY BUT TEMPORARY PROTECTION TO POTENTIAL MONUMENTS WHICH ARE THREATENED BY DEVELOPMENT, WHILE A CASE FOR THEIR PERMANENT PRESERVATION JS BEING CONSIDERED.
♦THE INTERESTS OF PRIVATE OWNERS ARE LIKEWISE PROTECTED BY THEIR RIGHT TO LODGE OBJECTIONS TO THE GOVERNOR.*
-----0-----
DISTRICT OPEN SPACE FOR KWAI CHUNG
* X *
A DISTRICT OPEN SPACE IS TO BE BUILT ON A 1.63-HECTARE SITE AT TAI LIN PAI ROAD, KWAI CHUNG.
TENDERS FOR THE PROJECT ARE BEING INVITED BY THE TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT OFFICE OF THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
THE FIRST PHASE OF THE WORK WILL START IN SEPTEMBER AND TAKE 12 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED WILL INCLUDE TWO FIVE-A-SIDE FOOTBALL PITCHES, TWO BASKETBALL COURTS, CHILDREN’S PLAY AREAS, A ROLLER SKATING RINK, SITTING-OUT AREAS, PUBLIC TOILETS AND CHANGING FACILITIES.
THE SITE AREA WILL BE EXTENSIVELY LANDSCAPED.
THE OPEN SPACE WILL SERVE ABOUT 110 000 PEOPLE LIVING AT LAI KING, LAI YIU, KWAI FONG AND KWAI CHUNG ESTATES.
WORK ON THE SECOND PHASE WILL BEGIN IN 1986.
-----0-----
HANOI ROAD CLOSURE * * *
HANOI ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO ALL TRAFFIC FROM 10 AM TO 12 NOON ON TUESDAY (JULY 31).
AT THE SAME TIME ALL THE METERED PARKING SPACES WILL BE TEMPORARILY SUSPENDED.
. TRAFFIC ON MODY ROAD HEADING IVERTED TO OPERATE VIA HART AVENUE.
DURING THE ROAD CLOSURE FOR CARNARVON ROAD WILL BE D
0 --------
14
SUNDAY, JULY 29, 1984
14
LIGHTING FOR SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX * * * *
LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT COSTING $530 000 IS TO BE INSTALLED AT A SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX NOW UNDER CONSTRUCTION AT TUEN MUN.
OCCUPYING A 3.5-HECTARE SITE NEAR THE TEMPORARY HOVERFERRY PIER, THE COMPLEX INCLUDES A MAIN POOL, TWO PADDLING POOLS, AN ADMINISTRATION BUILDING WITH A SPECTATORS’ STAND AND CHANGING ROOM FACILITIES, FOUR SQUASH COURTS, A TOILET BLOCK WITH PROVISION FOR THE HANDICAPPED AND OTHER FACILITIES INCLUDING A RESTAURANT.
ON COMPLETION IN JUNE, 1986, THE COMPLEX WILL BE HANDED OVER TO THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT FOR MANAGEMENT.
A CONTRACT FOR THE WORK HAS BEEN AWARDED TO RYODEN ELECTRIC ENGINEERING COMPANY LIMITED BY THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.
- - 0 - -
KWAI CHUNG RESTRICTED ZONE * * * *
FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (JULY 31), A SECTION OF TAI LOONG STREET FROM ITS WESTERN JUNCTION WITH WO Yl HOP ROAD TO A POINT ABOUT 30 METRES TO THE SOUTH WILL BE DESIGNATED AS A 24-HOUR PUBLIC LIGHT BUS AND TAXI RESTRICTED ZONE.
WITHIN THE RESTRICTED ZONE, ALL PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES AND TAXIS WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS OR GOODS.
- - 0 - -
1. ANT AU TAPS OFF * * *
FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES ON LANTAU ISLAND WILL BE TURNED OFF FROM 10 AM TO 5 PM ON WEDNESDAY (AUGUST 1) FOR WATER MAINS WORK.
ALL PREMISES IN MUI WO WILL BE AFFECTED.
. _ 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
MONDAY, JULY JO, 1984
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
JUNE HK, FOREIGN CURRENCY DEPOSITS RISE ........................ 1
SITE SOLD FOR 3165 MILLION ..................................... J
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL LAW WELL RECEIVED ........................ 4
ARRANGEMENTS FOR SIR GEOFFREY HOWE'S VISIT JULY J1 - AUGUST 1 ............................................. 5
WAN CHAI DB TO MEET TOMORROW ................................. 6
AIRPORT FIRE SUB-STATION TO BE EXTENDED ....................... 6
WRONG REASON BEHIND LATE BIRTH REGISTRATION .................... 7
SOLAR WATER HEATING CONTRACT AWARDED............................ 8
PARK PROJECT FOR BRAEMAR HILL................................... 8
BIG BOOST FOR VOCATIONAL TRAINING....................■.......... 9
SWIMMING POOL RESTAURANT FOR LEASE ............................. 9
WATER CUT IN NORTH POINT AND NT ............................... 10
WATER FIGURE ................................................. 10
VISITING MP TOURS PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES ...................... 11
MONDAY, JULY 30, 1984
1
JUNE HK, FOREIGN CURRENCY DEPOSITS RISE
*****
BOTH HONG KONG DOLLAR AND FOREIGN CURRENCY DEPOSITS WITH THE MONETARY SECTOR ROSE DURING JUNE, ACCORDING TO MONETARY STATISTICS PUBLISHED TODAY.
REFLECTING THIS, BOTH HONG KONG DOLLAR MONEY SUPPLY AND TOTAL MONEY SUPPLY ROSE ON ALL DEFINITIONS.
WHILE LOANS TO FINANCE VISIBLE TRADE CONTINUED TO GROW AT A RAPID PACE, OTHER LOANS FOR USE IN HONG KONG RECORDED ONLY A SMALL INCREASE.
TABLE 1 SETS OUT SUMMARY FIGURES FOR JUNE 1984 AND COMPARISONS WITH EARLIER MONTHS. TABLE 2 SETS OUT SOME FIGURES FROM THE QUARTERLY ANALYSIS OF LOANS AND ADVANCES FOR USE IN HONG KONG BY SECTOR.
(THE TWO TABLES ARE BEING TRANSMITTED BY FACSIMILE AND ALSO BOXED FOR COLLECTION).
DEPOS ITS
HONG KONG DOLLAR DEPOSITS ROSE BY 1.7 PER CENT IN JUNE, REVERSING THE DECLINE IN MAY OF 1.1 PER CENT. IN THE THREt MONTHS TO JUNE, HONG KONG DOLLAR DEPOSITS DECLINED BY 0.9 PER CENT, BUT OVER THE TWELVE MONTHS INCREASED BY 28.8 PER CENT. FOREIGN CURRENCY DEPOSITS CONTINUED TO INCREASE, BY 2.5 PER CENT. IN THE THREE MONTHS TO JUNE, THE INCREASE WAS 13.7 PER CENT AND OVER THE TWELVE MONTHS THE INCREASE WAS 34.1 PER CENT.
DURING THE THREE MONTHS TO JUNE, TOTAL DEPOSITS WITH BANKS INCREASED BY TWO PER CENT, WHILE THOSE WITH DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES INCREASED BY 24 PER CENT. THE INTEREST RATES OFFERED BY THE DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES REFLECTED MONEY MARKET RATES MORE CLOSELY AND THEREFORE WERE WELL ABOVE THE DEPOSIT RATES SET BY THE HONG KONG ASSOCIATION OF BANKS DURING THIS PERIOD.
HONG KONG DOLLAR MONEY SUPPLY
HONG KONG DOLLAR MONEY SUPPLY ON ALL DEFINITIONS ROSE.
WHILE HK$M1 (THE NARROWEST DEFINITION) INCREASED BY 0.7 PER CENT, HK$M2 ROSE BY 1.1 PER CENT AND HK$M3 BY 1.6 PER CENT, IN CONTRAST TO RESPECTIVE DECREASES OF 5.6 PER CENT, 3.5 PER CENT AND 1.2 PER CENT IN MAY.
IN THE THREE MONTHS TO JUNF HK$M1, HK$M2 AND HK$M3 DECREASED BY 6.5 PER CENT, 5.8 PER CENT AND 1.2 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY. HOWEVER, OVER THE TWELVE MONTHS, THEY REGISTERED INCREASES OF 12 PER CENT, 21.7 PER CENT AND 26.5 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.
/TOTAL money .......
MONDAY, JULY JO, 1984
2
TOTAL MONEY SUPPLY
TOTAL Ml ROSE BY 1.0 PER CENT AFTER A FALL OF 5.1 PER CENT IN MAY. TOTAL M2 INCREASED BY 1.2 PER CENT FOLLOWING A MARGINAL INCREASE OF 0.4 PECSNT IN MAY. TOTAL M3 GREW BY 2.1 PER CENT COMPARED WITH A GROWTH OF 1.7 PER CENT IN MAY.
IN THE THREE MONTHS TO JUNE, TOTAL Ml FELL BY 4.6 PER CENT BUT TOTAL M2 AND TOTAL M3 GREW BY 1.7 PER CENT AND 5.3 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY. OVER THE TWELVE MONTHS, THE CORRESPONDING GROWTH RATES WERE 9.4 PER CENT, 23.4 PER CENT AND 29.8 PER CENT.
LOANS AND ADVANCES
TOTAL LOANS AND ADVANCES EXTENDED BY BANKS AND DEPOSITTAKING COMPANIES ROSE BY 0.4 PER CENT FOLLOWING A RISE OF 0.8 PER CENT IN MAY. THE INCREASE IN THE THREE MONTHS TO JUNE WAS 1.6 PER CENT AND OVER THE TWELVE MONTHS, 12.3 PER CENT. IN ASSOCIATION WITH THE STRONG EXPORT PERFORMANCE, LOANS TO FINANCE VISIBLE TRADE CONTINUED TO GROW RAPIDLY, BY 5.4 PER CENT. IN THE THREE MONTHS TO JUNE THE INCREASE WAS 12.1 PER CENT AND OVER THE TWELVE MONTHS 19.0 PER CENT.
OTHER LOANS FOR USE IN HONG KONG ROSE BY 0.8 PER CENT, FOLLOWING A SMALL INCREASE OF 0.3 PER CENT IN MAY.
IN THE THREE MONTHS TO JUNE THE INCREASE WAS 0.9 PER CENT AND OVER THE TWELVE MONTHS THE INCREASE WAS 6.7 PER CENT.
QUARTERLY ANALYSIS OF LOANS AND ADVANCES FOR USE IN HONG KONG BY SECTOR
IN THE SECOND QUARTER, LOANS AND ADVANCES EXTENDED TO THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR FELL BY 1.8 PER CENT FOLLOWING A 4.0 PER CENT GROWTH IN THE FIRST QUARTER. LOANS TO THE WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADE SECTOR ROSE BY 2.7 PER CENT AFTER A DECLINE OF 2.0 PER CENT IN THE PREVIOUS QUARTER. LOANS TO THE BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION SECTOR FELL BY 2.4 PER CENT, FOLLOWING A 0.6 PER CENT DECLINE IN THE PREVIOUS QUARTER. BORROWING BY INDIVIDUALS TO PURCHASE RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY OTHER THAN FLATS IN THE HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME AND PRIVATE SECTOR PARTICIPATION SCHEME CONTINUED TO RISE, BY 4.4 PER CENT, COMPARED WITH A GROWTH IN THE PREVIOUS QUARTSOF 4.8 PER CENT.
/FOREIGN CURRENCY
MONDAY, JULY 30, 1984
3
FOREIGN CURRENCY ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
THE NET SPOT FOREIGN CURRENCY LIABILITIES OF THE MONETRY SECTOR REDUCED SLIGHTLY TO $11.3 BILLION AT THE END OF JUNE FROM $12.0 BILLION AT THE END OF MAY. BANKS AND DEPOSITTAKING COMPANIES HAD NET SPOT FOREIGN CURRENCY LIABILITIES OF $10.1 BILLION AND $1.2 BILLION RESPECTIVELY.
STATISTICS COLLECTED (ON THE BASIS OF SLIGHTLY DIFFERENT DEFINITIONS) BY THE COMMISSIONER OF BANKING AND DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES SHOWED THAT THE MONETARY SECTOR HAD NET FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY ASSETS OF $32.5 BILLION AT THE END OF JUNE, COMPARED TO $33.4 BILLION AT THE END OF MAY.
LIQUIDITY RATIO
THE AVERAGE LIQUIDITY RATIO (AS DEFINED IN S.18 OF THE BANKING ORDINANCE) FOR ALL BANKS ROSE TO 50.4 PER CENT FROM 49.8 PER CENT IN MAY. THE AVERAGE LIQUIDITY RATIO (AS DEFINED IN S.24 OF THE DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES ORDINANCES) FOR ALL DEPOSITTAKING COMPANIES, HOWEVER, FELL TO 48.9 PER CENT FROM 54.1 PER CENT IN MAY.
NUMBER OF REPORTING INSTITUTIONS
THE NUMBER OF LICENSED BANKS AND LICENSED DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES IN OPERATION, EACH FELL BY ONE, TO 134 AND 29 RESPECTIVELY. THE NUMBER OF REPORTING REGISTERED DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES, HOWEVER, ROSE TO 316, WITH TWO NEW REGISTRATIONS AND ONE REVOCATION AT THE COMPANY’S OWN REQUEST BY THE COMMISSIONER OF DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES.
- - 0 - -
SITE SOLD FOR $165 MILLION
* * * *
A SITE AT A PRIME LOCATION IN TSIM SHA TSUI EAST WAS SOLD FOR $165 MILLION AT AN AUCTION AT THE HONG KONG ARTS CENTRE TODAY (MONDAY).
THE SITE, MEASURING 5 067 SQUARE METRES, IS FOR NON-1NDUSTRI AL DEVELOPMENT, INCLUDING A HOTEL.
IT WAS BOUGHT BY YAU FOOK HONG COMPANY LTD AT $32 564 PER SQUARE METRE.
BIDDING OPENED AT $150 MILLION.
THE PURCHASER HAS THE OPTION TO PAY THE PREMIUM WITH MONETISED LAND EXCHANGE ENTITLEMENTS (LETTERS A/B).
/ANOTHER SITE,
MONDAY, JULY JO, 1984
4
ANOTHER SITE, ALSO FOR NON-1NDUSTRI AL USE AND LOCATED AT THE JUNCTION OF QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL AND POSSESSION STREET, WAS BOUGHT BY FULLAGAR LAND INVESTMENT LTD.
BIDDING FOR THE 1 176-SQUARE-METRE SITE OPENED AND CLOSED AT $35 MILLION ($29 762 PER SQUARE METRE).
TWO OTHER SITES FOR INDUSTRIAL AND GODOWN PURPOSES, LOCATED AT CHAI WAN AND SAI KUNG, WERE WITHDRAWN BECAUSE THERE WERE NO BIDS.
COMMENTING ON THE SALE, TE AUCTIONEER, GOVERNMENT LAND AGENT, TIM MILLS, SAID HE WAS SATISFIED WITH THE RESULTS.
-----o------
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL LAW WELL RECEIVED
* * * *
THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT CONTINUES TO ADOPT A POLICY OF PERSUASION AND TECHNICAL ADVICE IN THE ENFORCEMENT OF THE AIR POLLUTION CONTROL ORDINANCE.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY (MONDAY) THAT THE ORDINANCE HAS BEEN WELL RECEIVED BY INDUSTRY AND COMMERCE SINCE COMING INTO FORCE ON OCTOBER 1 LAST YEAR.
THE ORDINANCE REPLACED THE PREVIOUS CLEAN AIR ORDINANCE, WITH AN EXPANSION IN THE SCOPE OF CONTROL TO COVER ALL FORMS CF AIR POLLUTANTS IN ADDITION TO SMOKE.
THE EXPANDED SCOPE OF CONTROL HAS PROVED TO BE AN EFFECTIVE TOOL FOR THE AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DIVISION OF THE DEPARTMENT TO HANDLE AIR POLLUTION COMPLAINTS CAUSED BY EMISSIONS FROM STATIONARY SOURCES SUCH AS FURNACE, OVEN, ENGINE OR INDUSTRIAL PLANT.
BY THE END OF JUNE THIS YEAR, 5 105 INSPECTION VISITS WERE MADE TO POTENTIAL POLLUTING PREMISES AND 1 361 COMPLAINTS WERE HANDLED, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
AND 859 WRITTEN WARNINGS AND ADVICES WERE ISSUED, AND 264 SETS OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS APPLYING FOR INSTALLATION OR ALTERATION OF FURNACE, OVENS OR CHIMNEYS WERE PROCESSED.
AT THE SAME TIME, ALL 62 PROSECUTIONS TAKEN OUT UNDER THE ORDINANCE RESULTED IN CONVICTIONS, WITH FINES RANGING FROM $250 TO $5 000.
------o-------
/5
MONDAY, JULY 30, 1984
5
NOTE TO EDITORS:
ARRANGEMENTS FOR SIR GEOFFREY HOWE’S VISIT JULY 31 - AUGUST 1 *****
PRESS FACILITIES ARE BEING ARRANGED FOR MEDIA TO COVER THE VISIT OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS, SIR GEOFFREY HOWE, WHO WILL RETURN TO HONG KONG TOMORROW (TUESDAY).
MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES WILL NEED SPECIAL ACCREDITATION TO COVER SIR GEOFFREY’S PUBLIC FUNCTIONS. PRESS LAPEL BADGES WILL BE ISSUED BY GIS TO ACCREDITED JOURNALISTS.
APPLICATION FORMS FOR ACCREDITATION FOR EACH FUNCTION ARE NOW AVAILABLE FROM THE GIS NEWS ROOM FOR COLLECTION. EDITORS ARE REQUESTED TO COMPLETE THE FORMS, RETURN THEM AND COLLECT THEIR BADGES FROM THE DUTY OFFICER, GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 6TH FLOOR, BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, QUEEN’S ROAD, CENTRAL, AFTER 4 PM, MONDAY. BUT BADGES FOR THE PRESS CONFERENCE WILL BE ISSUED AFTER 4 PM, TUESDAY.
EDITORS ARE REQUESTED TO NOTE THAT NOMINATIONS DO NOT AUTOMATICALLY MEAN THAT BADGES WILL BE ISSUED TO EVERY REPRESENTATIVE. UNLIMITED SPACE IS NOT AVAILABLE AND THERE WILL BE A PARTICULARLY HEAVY DEMAND FOR SEATS AT THE PRESS CONFERENCE ON AUGUST 1. PRECISE TIMINGS ARE NOT YET AVAILABLE, BUT BADGES WILL BE ISSUED FOR THE FOLLOWING EVENTS:
TUESDAY, JULY 31
4 PM (APPROX) ARRIVAL AT KAI TAK.
WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 1
9.30 AM
12.40 PM
12.45 PM
3 PM
4.30 PM
6.35 PM
(APPROX)
(APPROX)
(APPROX)
(APPROX) (APPROX)
(APPROX)
ARRIVE AT CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES FOR MEETING OF EXECUTIVE COUNCIL.
DEPART CGO FOR UMELCO OFFICE.
ARRIVE UMELCO OFFICE, SWIRE HOUSE, FOR LUNCH AND MEETING.
DEPART UMELCO OFFICE.
PRESS CONFERENCE IN LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL CHAMBER.
DEPART KAI TAK FOR LONDON.
/NOTE: PRESS ........
MONDAY, JULY 30, 1984
6
NOTEi PRESS CONFERENCE AUGUST 1
ALL PERSONS ENTERING THE CHAMBER WILL BE SUBJECT TO A SECURITY SEARCH.
THERE WILL BE A THREE-MINUTE PHOTOGRAPHIC CALL AFTER WHICH PHOTOGRAPHERS WILL BE REQUIRED TO LEAVE THE CHAMBER. NO STILL PHOTOGRAPHY WILL BE PERMITTED DURING THE CONFERENCE.
TECHNICIANS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO ENTER THE CHAMBER DURING THE CONFERENCE UNLESS PRIOR ARRANGEMENTS ARE MADE.
------o-------
WAN CHAI DB TO MEET TOMORROW * * *
WAN CHAI DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS WILL DISCUSS THE GREEN PAPER ON THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT IN HONG KONG AT THEIR MEETING TOMORROW (TUESDAY) AFTERNOON.
THEY WILL ALSO CONSIDER ORGANISING PUBLICITY ACTIVITIES TO AROUSE RESIDENTS’ AWARENESS OF THE NEW TRAFFIC REGULATIONS WHICH WILL BE INTRODUCED NEXT MONTH.
A PAPER ON THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN DISTRICT BOARDS, AREA COMMITTEES AND MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES WILL BE TABLED FOR DISCUSSION.
OTHER ITEMS ON THE AGENDA WILL INCLUDE DISCUSSIONS ON A STREET MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME IN WAN CHAI, IMPLEMENTATION OF A TRIAL SCHEME ON THE NEW GENERAL DUTIES TEAM SQUAD STRUCTURE IN THE DISTRICT AND PROGRESS REPORTS ON THE BOARD’S COMMITTEES.
-----o------
AIRPORT FIRE SUB-STATION TO BE EXTENDED * * * *
THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUILDING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT HAS AWARDED A $158 000 CONTRACT TO HO YIP CONSTRUCTION COMPANY TO EXTEND ONE OF THE TWO FIRE SUB-STATIONS AT KAI TAK AIRPORT.
THE FOAM APPLIANCE HOUSE OF THE SUB-STATION AT THE END OF THE RUNWAY WILL BE ENLARGED AND A LOCKER AND CHANGING ROOM PROVIDED.
FACILITIES CURRENTLY PROVIDED INCLUDE.AN APPLIANCE ROOM FOR THREE ENGINES, A WATCHROOM, A KITCHEN, A CANTEEN, A RECREATIONAL ROOM, OFFICES AND A STOREROOM.
THE WORK WILL BEGIN IN MID-AUGUST AND TAKE THREE MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
------o-------
/7......
MONDAY, JULY 30, 1984
7
WRONG REASON BEHIND LATE BIRTH REGISTRATION * * * *
ABOUT 10 PER CcNT OF THE PARENTS IN HONG KONG DO NOT REGISTER THE BIRTHS OF THEIR CHILDREN WITHIN THE SPECIFIED 42-DAY PERIOD.
+THE PARENTS OF A CHILD BORN IN A HOSPITAL, A MATERNITY HOME OR A CLINIC WILL RECEIVE A COPY OF THE BIRTH REGISTRATION PAMPHLET, REMINDING THEM OF THE NEED TO REGISTER THE BABY’S BIRTH WITHIN 42 DAYS AT A SPECIFIED REGISTRY,* MR T.S. KWAN, SENIOR IMMIGRATION OFFICER OF THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT, SAID.
THE MAIN REASON FOR LATE REGISTRATION IS THAT PARENTS HAVE NOT DECIDED ON THE NAME OF THEIR BABY BEFORE THE DEADLINE.
+THIS IS WRONG REASONING, BECAUSE BY LAW, THE BIRTH OF EVERY CHILD MUST BE REGISTERED WITHIN THE SPECIFIED PERIOD. IN FACT, A CHILD’S NAME CAN BE ADDED OR CHANGED BEFORE HE REACHES THE AGE OF 11,+ MR KWAN EXPLAINED.
THERE IS NO CHARGE FOR THE BIRTH REGISTRATION OF A CHILD MADE WITHIN 42 DAYS. BUT A $10 FEE IS IMPOSED FOR A REGISTRATION MADE AFTER THE PERIOD BUT WITHIN ONE YEAR OF THE CHILD’S BIRTH.
+BEYOND ONE YEAR, REGISTRATION CAN ONLY BE MADE WITH THE CONSENT OF THE REGISTRAR OF BIRTHS AND DEATHS AND ON PAYMENT OF $60,+ MR KWAN SAID.
THOUGH IT IS UP TO THE PARENTS TO APPLY FOR A BIRTH CERTIFICATE FOR THEIR CHILD, IT IS ADVISABLE FOR THEM TO OBTAIN ONE AT A NOMINAL FEE OF $10.
+A BIRTH CERTIFICATE IS ALWAYS USEFUL WHEN A CHILD APPLIES FOR ADMISSION TO SCHOOL, FOR AN IDENTITY CARD OR A TRAVEL DOCUMENT,* bR KWAN SAID.
HE SQUASHED RUMOURS THAT ILLEGITIMATE CHILDREN COULD NOT BE REGISTERED.
+THE NAME AND PROFESSION OF THE FATHER OF AN 1 (-LEGITIMATE CHILD WILL NOT BE ENTERED IN THE BIRTH REGISTER UNLESS BOTH HE AND THE MOTHER JOINTLY REQUEST FOR SUCH INCLUSION. IN THIS CASE, BOTH MUST
SIGN ON THE REGISTER,* MR KWAN SAID.
0 -------
MONDAY, JULY 30, 1984
8
SOLAR WATER HEATING CONTRACT AWARDED
X * *
A CONTRACT VALUED AT ABOUT $200 000 HAS BEEN AWARDED TO INSTALL A solar water heating system at the squash and tennis courts now BEING BUILT AT MORSE PARK, WONG TAI SIN.
THE CONTRACT WENT TO JEBSEN AND COMPANY LIMITED, WHO WILL START WORK IN MID-AUGUST AND COMPLETE IT IN SEVEN MONTHS.
THE THREE SQUASH AND SIX TENNIS COURTS WILL BE READY BY NEXT MARCH.
THE SQUASH COURTS WILL HAVE STANDS FOR 120 SPECTATORS AND THE TENNIS COURTS WILL BE FLOODLIT.
A SERVICE BUILDING WITH SOLAR-HEATED CHANGING ROOMS, TOILETS AND A STOREROOM WILL ALSO BE INCLUDED.
0
PARK PROJECT FOR BRAEMAR HILL
XXX
A 2.45-HECTARE SITE AT BRAEMAR HILL ROAD, NORTH POINT, WILL SHORTLY BE DEVELOPED INTO A PUBLIC PARK, PROVIDING MUCH NEEDED PASSIVE RECREATIONAL FACILITIES FOR RESIDENTS IN THE INTENSIVELY DEVELOPED AREA.
THE PROJECT, KNOWN AS THE CHOI SAI WOO PARK, IS ESTIMATED TO COST ABOUT $9.5 MILLION.
IT FEATURES A LANDSCAPED GARDEN, A WATERFALL, SITTING-OUT AREAS, LOOKOUT PAVILIONS, CHILDREN’S PLAY AREAS WITH MODERN SAFETY EQUIPMENT, A REFRESHMENT KIOSK AND TOILET FACILITIES.
WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN NOVEMBER THIS YEAR AND IS SCHEDULED FOR COMPLETION IN ABOUT A YEAR’S TIME.
- - 0 - -
/9
MONDAY, JULY 30, 1984
BIG BOOST FOR VOCATIONAL TRAINING * X * X
NOW FOR FOR
THE MAJOR EFFORTS AT EXPANSION IN THE FIELD OF EDUCATION ARE IN VOCATIONAL TRAINING AND THE UNIVERSITIES AND POLYTECHNICS OLDER TEENAGERS AND THOSE IN THE EARLY TWENTIES, THE SECRETARY HOME AFFAIRS, MR DENIS BRAY, SAID THIS EVENING.
SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE 10TH WORLD CONGRESS ON READING, HE NOTED THAT THE CONGRESS WAS TAKING PLACE AT A TIME WHEN HONG KONG WAS VERY MUCH AWARE OF THE URGENCY OF AN IMPROVED STANDARD OF
EDUCATION THROUGHOUT THE POPULATION.
+THIS IS NEEDED NOT ONLY FOR ITS OWN INTRINSIC IMPORTANCE BUT TO ENABLE HONG KONG TO MEET THE CHALLENGE OF COMPETITORS ALL ROUND US IN OUR PRINCIPAL MARKETS IN AMERICA AND EUROPE.
+WE CANNOT EXPECT PROTECTION THERE. OUR WAGES ARE THE HIGHEST IN ASIA OUTSIDE JAPAN, SO THE ONLY WAY WE CAN MAINTAIN AND IMPROVE ON OUR PERFORMANCE IS BY OUR OWN WITS,* HE SAID.
DESCRIBING THE CONGRESS AS +A GREAT ENCOURAGEMENT* FOR THE RELATIVELY YOUNG HONG KONG READING ASSOCIATION, MR BRAY SAID THE INTERNATIONAL READING ASSOCIATION, WITH OVER 60 000 MEMBERS AND OVERSEAS AFFILIATES, HAD RIGHTLY STRESSED AS ITS MAIN CONCERN THE PROMOTION OF LITERACY AS WELL AS RESEARCH INTO THE PROCESS OF READING AND INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES.
+ A CONGRESS WITH OVER ONE HUNDRED PAPERS AND WORKSHOPS, REPRESENTING THE DISTILLED WISDOM AND KNOWLEDGE OF SPECIALISTS FROM OVER 20 COUNTRIES CANNOT FAIL TO HAVE FAR-REACHING BENEFITS AND WILL RESULT IN THE CROSS-FERTILISATION AND THE FRUITFUL EXCHANGE OF IDEAS,* MR BRAY SAID.
-------o
SWIMMING POOL RESTAURANT FOR LEASE ******
THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVICES DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE OPERATION OF A GENERAL RESTAURANT AT THE YUEN LONG SWIMMING POOL.
LAST YEAR, ABOUT 250 000 BATHERS USED THE POOL, WITH THE HIGHEST DAILY ATTENDANCE REACHING 5 000 PEOPLE AT THE PEAK OF THE SWIMMING SEASON, AN NTSD SPOKESMAN SAID.
THE CONTRACT WILL BE FROM SEPTEMBER 1 THIS YEAR TO MARCH 31, 1987.
/ rtlTOEB FORMS
MONDAY, JULY JO, 1984
10
TENDER FORMS ARE AVAILABLE AT THE NTSD HEADQUARTERS ON THE TH I L FLOOR OF SWIRE AND MACLAINE HOUSE (AUSTIN CENTRE), 19-23 AUST N AVENUE, KOWLOON, OR THE YUEN LONG URBAN SERVICES OFFICE ON THE SECOND FLOOR OF YUEN LONG GOVERNMENT OFFICES AND TAI KIU MARKET, 2 KIU LOK SQUARE, YUEN LONG.
COMPLETED FORMS MUST BE PLACED IN THE TENDER BOX AT THE NTSD HEADQUARTERS BEFORE 9 AM ON AUGUST 24 (FRIDAY).
FURTHER INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE YUEN LONG URBAN SERVICES OFFICE AT TELEPHONE 0-753433.
-----0------
WATER CUT IN NORTH POINT AND NT * * * *
FRESH aATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN NORTH POINT WILL BE TURNED OFF FROM 11 PM ON THURSDAY (AUGUST 2) TO 6 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR LEAKAGE TESTS.
THE AFFECTED PREMISES ARE BOUNDED BY FUK YUEN STREET, KING’S ROAD, WING HING STREET, ELECTRIC ROAD, FOOK YUM ROAD, KING WAH ROAD AND OIL STREET.
FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO SOME AREAS IN PING SHAN AND YUEN LONG WILL ALSO BE SUSPENDED FROM 8 PM ON THURSDAY TO 7 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY FOR MAINS WORK.
THE SUSPENSION WILL AFFECT PREMISES ALONG CASTLE PEAK ROAD BETWEEN TIN HA ROAD IN PING SHAN AND AU TAU IN YUEN LONG, INCLUDING POK 01 HOSPITAL. ALSO AFFECTED WILL BE PREMISES ALONG YUNG YUEN ROAD AND TAI TONG ROAD, AS WELL AS THEIR VICINITY.
-----0------
WATER FIGURE
* * *
STORAGE IN HONG KONG’S RESERVOIRS AT 9 AM TODAY (MONDAY) STOOD AT 80.2 PER CENT OF CAPACITY OR 470.352 MILLION CUBIC NE TRES.
THIS TIME LAST YEAR THE RESERVOIRS CONTAINED 511.363 MILLION CUBIC METRES OF WATER, REPRESENTING 87.2 PER CENT OF CAPACITY.
o -------
/11
MONDAY, JULY 30, 1984
- 11 -
VISITING MP TOURS PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES
*****
THE VISITING BRITISH MEMBER OF PARLIAMENT, DR JEREMY BRAY, TODAY SAW FOR HIMSELF THE EVOLUTION OF PUBLIC HOUSING IN HONG KONG WHEN HE WENT ON A TOUR OF BOTH OLD AND NEW PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES.
ACCOMPANIED BY THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF HOUSING (ADMINISTRATION), MISS ELAINE CHUNG, DR BRAY AND HIS WIFE FIRST VISITED TAI HANG TUNG AND SHEK KIP MEI ESTATES WHICH WERE BUILT SOME 30 YEARS AGO AS EMERGENCY HOUSING.
DR BRAY NOTED THAT A MAMMOTH REDEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME HAD GREATLY TRANSFORMED THE TWO OLDER ESTATES INTO MODERN COMMUNITIES WITH SUFFICIENT BASIC FACILITIES AND UP-TO-DATE LIVING STANDARD.
HE THEN PROCEEDED TO THE MODERN LUNG HANG ESTATE AND THE ADJACENT HOME OWNERSHIP KING TIN COURT IN SHA TIN WHERE HE INSPECTED THE WIDE-RANGING FACILITIES FOR TENANTS AND VISITED A FAMILY.
BEFORE STARTING ON HIS TOUR, DR BRAY WAS GIVEN AN IN-DEPTH BRIEFING AT HOUSING AUTHORITY HEADQUARTERS BY THE SECRETARY FOR HOUSING, MR DAVID FORD, ON VARIOUS ASPECTS OF HONG KONG’S PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMME.
-----0------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191 \
TUESDAY, JULY ?1, 1984
• CONTENTS PAGE NO.
I SIR GEOFFREY HOWE RETURNS FROM PEKING ............................ 1
FOREIGN SECRETARY’S PRESS CONFERENCE.............................. 2
NEW CONDITIONS FOR GAME CENTRES.................................. 3
COMPUTERISATION FOR FIRE SERVICES ................................ 4
PILING TENDER APPROVED FOR HOUSING PROJECT ....................... 5
BENEFITS OF APPRENTICES EXPLAINED................................. 6
MP VISITING HONG KONG ............................................ 7
DEATH SENTENCE COMMUTED........................................... 7
POST OFFICE STEPPING UP PHILATELIC SERVICES ...................... 8
RESIDENTS URGED TO EXERCISE CIVIC RIGHT .......................... 9
ELECTRICITY SUB-STATION FOR AIRPORT ............................. 10
YOUTHS URGED TO PASS ON +TORCH OF CONFIDENCE*-................... 11
DB FUNDS AVAILABLE FOR COMMUNITY ACTIVITIES ..................... 11
SPORTS CENTRE IN MONG KOK OPENS TOMORROW ........................ 12
BOOK-KEEPING FOR SCHOOL CLERKS .........................u...... 12
MAINS WORK IN ABERDEEN......................................... 1J
TUESDAY, JULY 31, 1934
1
SIR GEOFFREY HOWE RETURNS FROM PEKING * * * *
THE BRITISH SECRETARY OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS, SIR GEOFFREY HOWE, RETURNED TO HONG KONG FROM PEKING TODAY (TUESDAY).
ON HIS ARRIVAL HE WAS MET BY THE CHIEF SECRETARY, SIR PHILIP HADDON-CAVE, THE SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, SIR SZE-YUEN CHUNG, THE SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR ROGER LOBO. AND MR LI CHU-WEN, VICE-DIRECTOR OF XINHUA NEWS AGENCY (HK BRANCH).
FOLLOWING IS THE FULL TEXT OF SIR GEOFFREY’S REMARKS TO WAITING JOURNALISTS AT KAI TAK.
+l HAVE JUST COMPLETED FOUR BUSY DAYS IN PEKING. I HAVE HAD LONG DISCUSSIONS WITH CHAIRMAN DENG XIAOPING, PREMIER ZHAO ZIYANG, STATE COUNCILLOR JI PENGFEI, AND THE FOREIGN MINISTER WU XUEQIAN.
+THESE MEETINGS AND OTHER DISCUSSIONS AT OFFICIAL LEVEL HAVc BEEN ALMOST EXCLUSIVELY DEVOTED TO HONG KONG.
+WHEN I ARRIVED HERE LAST WEEK FROM LONDON I SAID THAT THE NEGOTIATIONS WERE ON COURSE. MY INTENSIVE DISCUSSIONS WITH CHINESE LEADERS HAVE CONFIRMED THAT THIS IS DEFINITELY SO.
+THIS HAS BEEN A VERY PRODUCTIVE VISIT AND I LOOK FORWARD TO TELLING YOU MORE ABOUT IT AT MY PRESS CONFERENCE TOMORROW.+
ACCOMPANYING SIR GEOFFREY FROM PEKING WERE:
THE GOVERNOR, SIR EDWARD YOUDE; SIR PERCY CRADOCK, DEPUTY UNDER-SECRETARY OF STATE, FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH OFFICE; SIR RICHARD EVANS, BRITISH AMBASSADOR TO PEKING; MR R.J.T. MCLAREN, POLITICAL ADVISER TO HONG KONG GOVERNMENT ; DR D.C. WILSON, ASSISTANT UNDER-SECRETARY OF STATE, FCO ; MR L.V. APPLEYARD, PRINCIPAL PRIVATE SECRETARY; MR F. BURROWS, LEGAL COUNSELLOR, FCO; MR P.J. GOULDEN, HEAD OF NEWS DEPARTMENT, FCO ; MR A.C. GALSWORTHY, HEAD OF HONG KONG DEPARTMENT, FCO, AND MR P.F. RICKETTS, PRIVATE SECRETARY.
-------o---------
TUESDAY, JULY 31, 1984
- 2
FOREIGN SECRETARY’S PRESS CONFERENCE
* * *
THE SECRETARY OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS, SIR GEOFFREY HOWE, WILL HOLD A PRESS CONFERENCE AT 4.30 PM TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL CHAMBER.
ACCREDITED MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ATTENDING THE CONFERENCE SHOULD BE SEATED BY 4.20 PM.
EDITORS ARE REQUESTED TO NOTE THAT ADMISSION WILL BE BY BADGE FOLDERS ONLY. ALL PERSONS ENTERING THE CHAMBER WILL BE REQUIRED TO PRODUCE PROOF OF IDENTITY ISSUED BY THE ORGANISATION THEY REPRESENT.
THERE WILL BE A TWO-MINUTE PHOTO CALL JUST BEFORE THE START OF THE PRESS CONFERENCE, AFTER WHICH PHOTOGRAPHERS WILL BE REQUIRED TO LEAVE THE CHAMBER.
ALL RECORDING WILL BE DONE INSIDE THE BOOTHS AND NO MICROPHONES OR HAND-HELD RECORDERS WILL BE ALLOWED ON THE DAIS. JOURNALISTS CAN, IF THEY WISH, RECORD THE PROCEEDINGS BY PLUGGING INTO THEIR SIMULTANEOUS INTERPRETATION RECEIVERS. ADDITIONAL CLEAN SOUND OUTLETS WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR USE BY TV AND RADIO STATIONS.
A FULL TRANSCRIPT OF THE PRESS CONFERENCE, TOGETHER WITH A FULL CHINESE TRANSLATION, WILL BE ISSUED BY GIS.
LATER IN THE EVENING, THERE WILL BE A FACILITY FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS AND CAMERAMEN TO COVER SIR GEOFFREY’S DEPARTURE FOR LONDON AT 6.35 PM.
PLEASE ADVISE THOSE ASSIGNED TO COVER THE EVENT TO ASSEMBLE AT THE AIRPORT PRESS CONFERENCE ROOM ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF THE AIRPORT TERMINAL BUILDING NOT LATER THAN 5.45 PM. THEY SHOULD BRING WITH THEM THEIR LAPEL BADGES FOR THE OCCASION AS WELL AS THEIR ID CARDS OR PASSPORTS.
GIS OFFICERS WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST.
TUESDAY, JULY 31, 1984
- 5 -
NEW CONDITIONS FOR GAME CENTRES
* * * K
THE GOVERNMENT HAS DRAWN UP A SET OF REVISED LICENSING CONDITIONS TO IMPROVE CONTROL OVER AMUSEMENT GAME CENTRES, AND WILL INTRODUCE A SYSTEM TO DETER REPEATED OFFENDERS.
THE NEW LICENSING CONDITIONS, WHICH HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE GOVERNOR-IN-COUNCIL, WILL APPLY TO ALL AMUSEMENT GAME CENTRE LICENCES ISSUED OR RENEWED ON OR AFTER AUGUST 1 THIS YEAR.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TELEVISION AND ENTERTAINMENT LICENSING AUTHORITY, WHICH ISSUES THESE LICENCES, POINTED OUT TODAY THAT THE REVISED CONDITIONS HAD BEEN FORMULATED AFTER CONSULTING ALL THE 18 DISTRICT BOARDS. IN ADDITION, COMMENTS BY THE TRADE HAD ALSO BEEN GIVEN VERY CAREFUL CONSIDERATION.
HE EXPLAINED THAT A SIGNIFICANT NEW CONDITION MAKES CENTRE OPERATORS RESPONSIBLE FOR TAKING SUFFICIENT MEASURES TO PREVENT NOISE GENERATED IN THE CENTRE FROM CAUSING ANNOYANCE TO ANY PERSON OUTSIDE THE PREMISES.
FAILURE IN THIS RESPONSIBILITY WILL MAKE CENTRE OPERATORS LIABLE TO BE PROSECUTED AND TO HAVE THEIR PERMITTED OPERATING HOURS REDUCED BY THE TELA.
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DISTRICT BOARDS’ VIEWS, HE ADDED, THE EXISTING AGE RESTRICTION WILL BE RETAINED. AT PRESENT PERSONS UNDER 16 ARE PROHIBITED IN ADULT’S CENTRES WHILE THOSE AT THE AGE OF 16 OR ABOVE MAY ENTER CHILDREN’S CENTRES ONLY IF THEY ARE ESCORTING CHILDREN UNDER THAT AGE.
ALL CENTRES ARE OUT OF BOUNDS FOR PERSONS IN SCHOOL UNIFORM.
TO ASSIST CENTRE OPERATORS IN ENFORCING THESE RESTRICTIONS A NEW LICENSING CONDITION REQUIRES STAFF OF A CENTRE TO BE PROPERLY IDENTIFIED BY MEANS OF A UNIFORM, AN IDENTITY BADGE OR OTHER SUITABLE METHODS.
THIS REQUIREMENT SHOULD ALSO DETER ANYONE FROM IMPERSONATING A STAFF MEMBER TO TAKE ADVANTAGE OF CUSTOMERS.
IN RESPONSE TO SOME COMMENTS BY DB’S THAT SOME CENTRES WERE NOT BRIGHT ENOUGH, A FURTHER NEW CONDITION STIPULATES THAT THE LEVEL OF ILLUMINATION SHOULD NOT BE LESS THAN 50 LUX.
YET ANOTHER NEW CONDITION STIPULATES THAT A CENTRE OPERATOR SHOULD NOT CARRY OUT ANY OTHER BUSINESS IN HIS CENTRE WITHOUT THE TELA’S PERMISSION. THIS IS BECAUSE THE SIDE BUSINESS COULD CAUSE CONGESTION AND INCREASE THE CHANCE OF THE CUSTOMERS CONTRAVENING THE AGE RESTRICTIONS.
/THE spokesman: .........
TUESDAY, JULY 31, 1984
4
THE SPOKESMAN FURTHER ANNOUNCED THAT NEW GUIDELINES WOULD BE ADOPTED TO DEAL WITH THE TWO MOST COMMON OFFENCES COMMITTED BY CENTRE OPERATORS. THESE ARE ADMITTING PERSONS IN BREACH OF THE AGE RESTRICTIONS OR IN SCHOOL UNIFORM AND INSTALLING UNAPPROVED MACH INES.
THESE GUIDELINES TAKE INTO ACCOUNT, ON THE ONE HAND, THE STRONG VIEWS OF A NUMBER OF DB’S THAT THE LICENCES OF OFFENDING OPERATORS SHOULD BE REVOKED AND, ON THE OTHER, THE WORRY OF THE OPERATORS THAT THEY MIGHT LOSE THEIR LICENCE AND THUS THEIR INVESTMENT IN CIRCUMSTANCES WHICH THEY FIND IT DIFFICULT TO CONTROL.
THE GUIDELINES PROVIDE THAT A LICENCE MIGHT BE SUSPENDED IF, DURING ANY PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS, A CENTRE OPERATOR COMMITTED EITHER FOUR AGE RESTRICTION OFFENCES, OR TWO UNAPPROVED MACHINE CFFENCES, OR TWO AGE RESTRICTION AND ONE UNAPPROVED MACHINE OFFENCES.
IF FURTHER OFFENCES WERE COMMITTED AFTER SUSPENSION, CONSIDERATION WOULD BE GIVEN TO REVOKING THE LICENCE PERMANENTLY.
LEGISLATIVE AMENDMENTS WILL BE MADE TO PROVIDE FOR SUSPENSION, WHICH IS NOT PROVIDED IN EXISTING LEGISLATION.
+WE BELIEVE, HOWEVER, THAT MANY OF THE PAST OFFENCES COMMITTED IN THESE TWO AREAS WERE DUE TO INEXPERIENCE IN MANAGING A CENTRE. THEREFORE, OFFENCES COMMITTED BEFORE AUGUST 1, 1984 WILL BE DISCOUNTED,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
HE DISCLOSED THAT WORK WAS IN HAND TO TRANSFER THE CONTROL OF AMUSEMENT GAME CENTRES FROM THE EXISTING MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES ORDINANCE TO A SEPARATE ORDINANCE DEALING EXCLUSIVELY WITH SUCH CENTRES. DETAILS OF THE PROPOSED LEGISLATION ARE UNDER CONS(DERATION.
AS AT JULY 1, 1984, THERE WERE 726 CENTRES, COMPARED WITH 805 ON THE SAME DAY LAST YEAR.
-----0-----
COMPUTERISATION FOR FIRE SERVICES X * X * *
THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT’S COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM WOULD BE FULLY COMPUTERISED IN TWO YEARS, THE DIRECTOR OF FIRE SERVICES, MR ROBERT HOLMES, SAID TODAY (TUESDAY).
SPEAKING AT THE LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE ROTARY CLUB OF PENINSULA, MR HOLMES SAID THAT IN THE URBAN AREAS, THE DEPARTMENT WAS ABLE TO HAVE ITS FIRST APPLIANCES AT THE SCENE ABOUT SIX MINUTco AFTER A CALL FOR HELP WAS RECEIVED.
/BY COMPARISON, ........
TUESDAY, JULY 51, 1984
- 5
SY COMPARISON, THE RESPONSE TIME IN REMOTE RURAL AREAS COULD EE UP TO 23 MINUTES.
MR HOLMES SAID THAT THE DEPARTMENT WAS PLANNING TO BUILD MORE FIRE STATIONS IN THE YEARS AHEAD.
+IN THE PAST 20 YEARS, WE HAVE INCREASED THE NUMBER OF STATIONS FROM 21 TO 48, AND AN ADDITIONAL 24 STATIONS ARE SCHEDULED FOR COMPLETION BY 1991,+ HE SAID.
HE NOTED THAT IN THE FIRST SIX MONTHS OF THIS YEAR, THE NUMBER OF FIRES REPORTED WAS UP 20 PER CENT OVER THE SAME PERIOD LAST YEAR.
MR HOLMES RULED OUT THE POSSIBILITY OF INTRODUCING A PARAMEDIC-TYPE OF SERVICE IN HONG KONG.
+THERE ARE FROM TIME TO TIME REQUESTS — OR SHALL aE SAY LOUD CRIES — FOR PERSONNEL TRAINED TO THE IMAGE WE HAVE SEEN ON TV, NAMELY THAT OF THE PARAMEDIC,* HE SAID.
HE ADDED THAT THIS TYPE OF SERVICE WAS UNNECESSARY IN HONG KONG BECAUSE OF THE PROXIMITY OF HOSPITALS AND CLINICS HERE.
------o-------
PILING TENDER APPROVED FOR HOUSING PROJECT
* * * *
A PILING TENDER HAS RECENTLY BEEN ACCEPTED FOR THE FINAL PHASES OF HIN KENG ESTATE, THE 10TH PUBLIC HOUSING PROJECT IN SHA TIN NEW TOWN.
UNDER THE $8.8 MILLION TENDER, PILING WORK WILL SOON BEGIN FOR A COMMERCIAL CENTRE AND A CARPARK IN THE SECOND PHASE AND TWO TRIDENT BLOCKS AS PART OF THE THIRD PHASE.
UPON COMPLETION OF PILING EARLY NEXT YEAR, CONSTRUCTION WILL START ON THE TWO DOMESTIC BLOCKS WITH 1 428 MODERN FLATS TO HOUSE 6 700 PEOPLE.
THE THIRD PHASE WILL HAVE TWO MORE BLOCKS PROVIDING HOMES FOR ANOTHER 5 600 PEOPLE.
BEING BUILT IN THREE PHASES, HlN KENG ESTATE WILL BECOME YET ANOTHER SELF-SUFFICIENT COMMUNITY IN THE NEW TOWN WITH A POPULATION OF 27 000 PEOPLE UPON FULL COMPLETION BY 1987.
- - 0 - -
/6
TUESDAY, JULY 31, 1934
6
BENEFITS OF APPRENTICES EXPLAINED
* * * *
YOUNG JOB-SEEKERS CAN AVAIL THEMSELVES OF PROPER TRAINING IN DESIGNATED TRADES UNDER THE PROVISION OF APPRENTICESHIP ORDINANCE.
WITH MANY SECONDARY SCHOOL LEAVERS LOOKING FOR JOBS IN
SUMMER, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE APPRENTICESHIP SECTION OF THE TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND INDUSTRIAL TRAINING DEPARTMENT TODAY EXPLAINED THE APPRENTICESHIP ORDINANCE STIPULATES THAT EMPLOYERS FROM DESIGNATED TRADES MUST OFFER PROPER TRAINING FOR APPRENTICES BELOW THE AGE OF 19.
♦PROPER TRAINING INCLUDES THREE OR FOUR YEARS OF ORGANISED ON-THE-JOB TRAINING AND RELATED EDUCATION AT TECHNICAL INSTITUTES,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
AT PRESENT THERE ARE 38 DESIGNATED TRADES, MOSTLY RELATED TO THE INDUSTRIES OF AUTOMOBILE, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERING, CONSTRUCTION AND PRINTING.
UNDER THE ORDINANCE, EMPLOYERS AND APPRENTICES ARE ALSO REQUIRED TO ENTER INTO A CONTRACT AND HAVE IT REGISTERED wlTH THE DIRECTOR OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND INDUSTRIAL TRAINING. THIS IS TO ENSURE THAT THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF BOTH PARTIES ARE PROTECTED AND FULFILLED.
THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT CONTRACTS OF APPRENTICES OVER 19 YEARS OF AGE OR ENGAGED IN NON-DESIGNATED TRADES MAY ALSO BE REGISTERED ON A VOLUNTARY BASIS.
ocol +’NSpECT0RS FR0M THE APPRENTICESHIP SECTION WILL VISIT
RE® REGULARLY TO KEEP TRACK OF TRAINING PROGRESS
^DoT?.HELP EMPLOYERS TO IMPROVE TRAINING SCHEMES, IF NECESSARY,* Ht SA ID.
ENQUIRIES ABOUT MAY BE MADE WITH ANY SECTION.
THE ORDINANCE OR THE DESIGNATED TRADES
OF THE FIVE BRANCH OFFICES OF THE APPRENTICESHIP
THEIR TELEPHONE
_____________________ NUMBERS ARE : 5-8932341, EXT. 355 FOR THE HONG KONG OFFICE, 3-667463 FOR THE TSIM SHA TSUI OFFICE, 3-7151326 5OR THE to KWA WAN OFFICE, 3-7560838 FOR THE KWUN TONG OFFICE AND 0-297039 FOR THE TSUEN WAN OFFICE.
- - 0 - -
/7
TUESDAY, JULY 31, 1934
7
MP VISITING HONG KONG * * *
THE RT HON DAVID HOWELL, CONSERVATIVE MP FOR GUILDFORD, ARRIVED IN HONG KONG THIS (TUESDAY) MORNING FOR A FOUR-DAY VISIT.
MR HOWELL WILL ATTEND A MEETING OF THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT BOARD THIS EVENING.
DURING HIS STAY, HE WILL ALSO MEET MEMBERS OF UMELCO AND THE URBAN COUNCIL, REPRESENTATIVES OF INTEREST GROUPS AS WELL AS SENIOR GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS.
HE WILL GIVE A PRESS CONFERENCE ON FRIDAY (AUGUST 3) BEFORE DEPARTURE.
MR HOWELL WAS SECRETARY OF STATE FOR ENERGY BETWEEN 1979 AND 1981 AND SECRETARY OF STATE FOR TRANSPORT BETWEEN 1981 AND 1983.
- - 0 - -
DEATH SENTENCE COMMUTED
KM*
THE DEPUTY TO THE GOVERNOR, AFTER TAKING INTO CONSIDERATION THE ADVICE OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, HAS DECIDED THAT THE DEATH SENTENCE PASSED ON TANG CHONG-SHU ON JULY 5, 1983 SHOULD BE COMMUTED TO LIFE IMPRISONMENT.
TANG WAS FOUND GUILTY OF THE MURDER OF KWOK TAK ON NOVEMBER 17, 1982.
-----o------
/8.........
TUESDAY, JULY 31, 1984
8
POST OFFICE STEPPING UP PHILATELIC SERVICES
******
COMMEMORATIVE STAMPS ISSUED BY THE POST OFFICE CONTINUE TO PROVE POPULAR WITH LOCAL COLLECTORS, AND PLANS ARE IN HAND TO BOOST THEIR SALES OVERSEAS.
THE LATEST FIGURES SHOW THAT THE POST OFFICE PHILATELIC BUREAU HAS SOLD $17 MILLION WORTH OF STAMPS AND PHILATELIC ITEMS SINCE IT WAS SET UP IN 1974. IN THE LAST FINANCIAL YEAR ALONE, SALES TOTALLED $3 MILLION.
SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE BUREAU INCLUDE THE SALE OF FIRST DAY COVERS AND OTHER PHILATELIC ITEMS, THE PROCESSING OF ADVANCE ORDERS FOR SERVICED FIRST DAY COVERS AND THE HANDLING OF ENQUIRIES.
+SO FAR ITS ACTIVITIES HAVE BEEN GEARED MAINLY TO THE LOCAL MARKET. BUT WE WILL BE RE-ORGANISING THE BUREAU OVER THE NEXT FE.v MONTHS TO PROMOTE AND EXPAND ITS PRESENT OVERSEAS SERVICES,* W? P.C. LUK, CHIEF POSTAL ACCOUNTANT, SAID.
+THE PROMOTION PROGRAMME INCLUDES PLACING ADVERTISEMENTS IN WIDELY-CIRCULATED MAGAZINES, CIRCULATING PAMPHLETS AND POSTERS ABROAD, PARTICIPATING IN INTERNATIONAL STAMP EXHIBITIONS AND IMPROVING LINKS WITH INTERNATIONAL PHILATELIC SOCIETIES,* MR LUK SAID.
AT PRESENT, THERE IS A PHILATELIC COUNTER IN THE GENERAL POST OFFICE, AND IN THE TSIM SHA TSUI, GRANVILLE ROAD, AIRPORT AND PEAK POST OFFICES.
+AS PART OF THE RE-ORGANISATION, THE COUNTER AT THE GENERAL POST OFFICE WILL BE RE-LOCATED TO A MORE PROMINENT POSITION WITHIN THE SAME PREMISES AND WILL PROVIDE MORE INFORMATION,* MR LUK SAID.
EFFORTS WILL ALSO BE STEPPED UP TO PROMOTE INTEREST IN PHILATELY AMONG STUDENTS WHO ARE CONSIDERED POTENTIAL COLLECTORS.
+SCHOOL TALKS AND FILM SHOWS WILL BE GIVEN ON REQUEST AND SPECIAL ORDER FORMS FOR FIRST DAY COVERS ARE BEING SENT TO SCHOOLS REGULARLY.*
+IN ADDITION, WE ARE PLANNING TO CONDUCT A SURVEY THIS SUMMER TO STUDY THE EXTENT OF THEIR INTEREST SO THAT WE SHALL BE IN A BETTER POSITION TO HELP SCHOOLS ORGANISE THEIR PHILATELIC ACTIVITIES.
MR LUK RECALLED THAT HONG KONG’S FIRST SPECIAL STAMPS WERE ISSUED IN 1891 TO COMMEMORATE THE 5OTH ANNIVERSARY OF THE FOUNDING OF THE TERRITORY.
+A TOTAL OF 50 000 SETS, ALL IN THE DENOMINATION OF 2 CENTS, PROVED TO BE VERY POPULAR,* HE SAID.
I
/SO FAR, .....
TUESDAY, JULY J1, 1984
9
SO FAR, THE POST OFFICE HAS RELEASED 73 SETS OF SPECIAL STAMPS, THE LATEST OF THEM, FEATURING THE MAPS OF HONG KONG, WERE ISSUED IN JUNE THIS YEAR.
♦THE EST . „ . .■ ■: c THE SET CELEBRATING THE ROYAL
WEDDING OF HRH THE PRINCE OF WALES. ISSUED IN JULY 1981, OVER ffiJ OOO FIRST DAY COVERS WERE SOLD.+ HE SAID.
ON AVERAGE, THREE TO FOUR SETS OF SPECIAL STAMPS ARE ISSUED EACH YEAR.
THE STAMP ADVISORY COMMITTEE, UNDER THE CHAIRMANSHIP OF THE POSTMASTER GENERAL AND COMPRISING SEVEN OTHER MEMBERS SELECTED FROM THE COMMUNITY, ADVISE ON THE THEMES OF COMMEMORATIVE STAMPS AND RECOMMEND THE MOST SUITABLE DESIGNS TO BE ADOPTED.
+ONCE THE DESIGNS ARE APPROVED BY HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN, TENDERS WILL BE li. I TED FROM SECURITY PRINTERS SPECIALISING IN PRINTING POSTAGE STAMPS.
+THE OFF ICImL FIRST DAY COVERS, NORMALLY DESIGNED BY THE SAME ARTIST WHO DESIGNS THE STAMPS, WILL ALSO BE AVAILABLE TWO WEEKS BEFORE THE STAMPS ARE RELEASED,+ MR LUK SAID.
THE P^ST OFPIce ALSO ISSUES VARIOUS OTHER PHILATELIC ITEMS. THE MORE POPULAR 0 .£S INCLUDE POSTCAiwo nunu R ■iG’ S AVIAT I ON HISTORY PUBLISHED IN MARCH THIS YEAR, AND SOUVENIR MINIATURE SHEETS __ A COMBINATION OF STAMPS IN A SPECIAL ISSUE AND PRINTED AS SINGLE SHEETS FOR PHILATELIC PURPOSES.
SO FAR, THREE SETS OF SOUVENIR MINIATURE SHEETS HAVE BEEN ISSUED AND A FOURTH SET, ON THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB CENTENARY, WILL BE RELEASED IN NOVEMBER THIS YEAR.
-----0------
RESIDENTS URGED TO EXERCISE CIVIC RIGHT
* * *
RESIDENTS OF A PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE IN YUEN LONG wERE BEING URGED TO EXERCISE THEIR CIVIC RIGHT AND REGISTER AS VOTERS FOR NEXT YEAR’S DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS.
THE CALL CAME FROM THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR JAMES WILSON, THIS (TUESDAY) EVENING WHEN HE VISITED THE ESTATE TOGETHER WITH EIGHT DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS.
SIMILAR HOUSEHOLD VISITS HAVE BEEN HELD IN OTHER AREAS SINCE EARLY JUNE AS PART OF THE DISTRICT’S PUBLICITY DRIVE FOR THE FORTHCOMING REGISTRATION EXERCISE.
MR WILSON SAID THE REGISTRATION WAS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT TO BOTH THE PUBLIC AND THE DISTRICT BOARD.
/-(•RESIDENTS CAN .........
TUESDAY, JULY J1, 1984
10
■ --RESIDENTS CAN -sELY ON THEIR REPRESENTATIVES IN THE DISTRICT BOARD TO SPEAK FOR THEM IN RESPECT OF T IMPROVEMENT Or THE LIVIK CONDITION, AND THE PROVISION OF MO'- RECREATIONAL AND WELFARE AC II T S,+ lE SAID.
♦FURTHERMORE, THEY CAN CHANNEL THEIR V’lEWS AND SUGGESTIONS THROUGH THE 'R REPREs-NTATIVES.+
MR WIL-ON ST .ED 1 AT THE "'CARD CO CT ' UNCTION EFFECTIVEL IF IT wAS FULlY SUPPORTED BY ■.-->! l . □ .
THERE ,.kE ABUtf. 93 TjO ELIGIBLE VOTER I O-H LONG AND 28 000 OF T. EM REo STERED IN THE LAST DB ELECTIONS IN 1982.
MR WILSON CALLED ON THE ELIGIBLE ELEC-tURS wbw HAD NOT YET
REGISTERED TO EXER' ISE THEIR RIGHT.
THE EIGHT DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS ACCS ANY I ” HIM ON
THE VISIT kERE MR L< -i YAK, MR CHENG MU I-1 . ., 1R hY TANG,
PR CHAN TAI-CHEONG, MR Man PING-NAM, MR ChAN YA7 TUNG, MR NATHAN MA AND Mr. TANG ..Al-MAN.
ALSO TAKING PART IN TONIGHT’S VISIT ■ \S TP- AIRMAN OF THE YUEN LONG ESTATE KAIFONG ASSOCIATION, MR CHO.. MAN-KAM.
------0--------
ELECTRICITY SUB-STATION FuR AIRPORT * * * K
A NEW ELECTRICiTY SUB-STATION IS TO ' BUILT AT KAI TAK AS PART OF THE AIRPORT’S EXPANSION PROGRAMME.
THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE BUIL. ING DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT HAS AWARDED A $3 837 400 CONTRACT TO K. WONG CONSTRUCTION COMPANY TO BUILD THE SUB-STATION. IT WILL REPLACE TWO viriERS WHICH ARE TO BE DEMOLISHED.
, STITCH AND CONTROL AND A GENERATOR ROOM SUpPLY STANDBY POWER
THE SUB-STATIO. WILl. CONTAIN TRANSFORMER ROOMS, TWO CARBON DiOXIDE ROOMS, CABLE D'. 2
FOR THE TWO GAS TURBINE GENERATORS WHICH LL
TO THE AIRPORT.
CONSTRUCTION OF AN UNDERGROUND AVIATION FUEL TANK IS ALSO PART CF THE CONTRACT.
THE PROJECT, WHICH IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPETED IN FIVE MONTHS.
IS PART OF THE AIRPORT’S STAGE V DEVELOPMENT PR: 3RAMME.
IT IS ESTIMATED THAT THE EXISTING HZ 'IDLING PASSENGER TERMINAL ..ILL INCREASE BY MORE THAN r EXPANSION IS COMPi..ED BY 1987.
CAPACITY OF THE PER CENT WHEN THE
-------o
/11 ........
TUESDAY, JULY 31, 1984
11
YOUTHS URGED TO PASS ON +TORCH OF CONF IDENCE +
H H H *
YOUNG PEOPLE IN HONG KONG WERE TODAY (TUESDAY) URGED TO DEVELOP SELF-DISCIPLINE AND ENTERPRISE.
THE CALL CAME FROM THE SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, NR DAVID AKERS-JONES, IN A MESSAGE TO THE 38TH SILVER AWARD PRESENTATION CEREMONY OF THE DUKE OF EDINBURGH’S AWARD.
HE ALSO CALLED ON HONG KONG’S YOUTHS TO PASS ON INTO THE FUTURE ♦THE TORCH OF CONFIDENCE AND COURAGE AND RESPECT FOR THOSE THINGS WHICH WE VALUE IN OUR SOCIETY+.
MR AKERS-JONES RECALLED THAT WHEN THE AWARD SCHEME STARTED IN 1961, THE TERRITORY WAS DESPERATELY SHORT OF COMFORT AND ENJOYMENT.
+WHAT A DIFFERENT PLACE HONG KONG IS TODAY!+ HE SAID.
+IN THE PAST TWO DECADES WE HAVE BUILT ONE OF THE GREAT CITIES OF THE WORLD, WITH ITS LIFE-STYLE, RECREATION, ARTISTIC AND CULTURAL LIFE,-*- HE SAID.
MR AKERS-JONES SAID CONTRIBUTIONS TOWARDS THESE ACHIEVEMENTS HAD COME FROM MANY SOURCES, AND THE DUKE OF EDINBURGH’S AWARD SCHEME HAD ENCOURAGED AND TRAINED THE YOUNG PEOPLE TO ASPIRE TO EVEN GREATER EFFORTS.
HE ADDED THAT THE PRIMARY INTENTION OF THE AWARD SCHEME, WHICH WAS TO STIMULATE ENTHUSIASM AND TO FACE THE CHALLENGE OF THE FUTURE, STILL HELD TRUE.
-----o-----
DB FUNDS AVAILABLE FOR COMMUNITY ACTIVITIES * * * *
LOCAL ORGANISATIONS IN EASTERN DISTRICT MAY NOW APPLY TO THE DISTRICT BOARD FOR FUNDS TO ORGANISE COMMUNITY ACTIVITIES, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE BOARD SAID TODAY (TUESDAY).
+THERE IS NO SET LIMIT ON THE AMOUNT TO BE GRANTED, THOUGH APPLICATIONS WILL BE VETTED BY THE BOARD’S COMMUNITY BUILDING COMMITTEE AND THE AMOUNT WILL DEPEND ON THE FUNDS AVAILABLE FOR THE PURPOSE.
+FOR ENTERTAINMENT, RECREATIONAL, CULTURAL AND FESTIVE ACTIVITIES, IT IS ALSO HOPED THAT THE ORGANISERS WILL SHOULDER PART OF THE COSTS,+ HE SAID.
/APPLICATIONS FROM ...
TUESDAY, JULY J1, 1984
12 -
APPLICATIONS FROM LOCAL ORGANISATIONS ARE INVITED TwICE A YEAR '• THE LAST CALL wAS MADE IN MARCH.
+THOSE WISHING TO ORGANISE FUNCTIONS IN THE FIVE-MONTH PERIOD TO FEBRUARY 1985 SHOULD SUBMIT THEIR APPLICATIONS TO THE DISTRICT BOARD’S SECRETARIAT BEFORE AUGUST 2O,+ HE SAID.
APPLICATION FORMS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE DISTRICT OFFICE AT 830-886 KING’S ROAD; THE CAUSEWAY BAY SUB-OFFICE AT 9-11 WING HING STREET; THE SHAU KEI WAN SUB-OFFICE AT 243 SHAU KEI WAN ROAD; AND THE CHAI WAN SUB-OFFICE AT BLOCK 2 OF HING WAH ESTATE.
SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS WILL BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING BY THE BOARD’S SECRETARIAT NOT LATER THAN SEPTEMBER.
------0-------
SPORTS CENTRE IN MONG KOK OPENS TOMORROW
* * * *
THE FIRST MULTI-PURPOSE SPORTS GROUND FOR MONG KOK RESIDENT^ WILL BE OPENED TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY).
LOCATED AT THE JUNCTION OF IVY STREET AND BEECH STREET, THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB, MONG KOK DISTRICT CULTURAL RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS ASSOCIATION LIM POR YEN CENTRE IS AN EIGHT-STOREY BUILDIN id TH A TOTAL FLOOR AREA OF 230 SQUARE METRES.
THE CENTRE HAS A GYMNASTIC HALL, TWO SQUASH COURTS, A FITNESS TRAINING CENTRE, A MULTI-PURPOSE HALL, A DANCE FLOOR AND FOUR MUSIC ROOMS.
THE CONSTRUCTION COST IS $5.4 MILLION, OF WHICH $3 MILLION CAME FROM THE JOCKEY CLUB AND THE REST FROM PRIVATE DONATIONS.
------0-------
BOOK-KEEPING FOR SCHOOL CLERKS * * *
MORE THAN 380 CLERKS IN AIDED SECONDARY SCHOOLS WILL JOIN A SERIES OF SEMINARS ON BOOKKEEPING ORGANISED FOR THE COMING SCHOOL YEAR BY THE ACCOUNTS DIVISION OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT.
THE AIM OF THE TWO-DAY SEMINARS IS TO ASSIST SCHOOL CLERKS TO MAINTAIN A SOUND ACCOUNTING SYSTEM BASED ON THE MODEL DEVELOPED BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, AND BE ACQUAINTED WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CODE OF AID, THE EDUCATION ORDINANCE, AND RELEVANT CIRCULARS ON FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING IN AIDED SECONDARY SCHOOLS.
/THE LECTURES, ........
TUESDAY, JULY J1, 1984
THE LECTURES, DISCUSSIONS AND EXERCISES WILL BE CONDUCTED MAINLY IN CANTONESE, WITH THE USE OF ENGLISH WHERE NECESSARY.
THE FIRST SEMINAR WILL START ON AUGUST 14. TWENTY PERSONS WILL BE ACCEPTED FOR EACH SEMINAR.
SIMILAR COURSES HAD PREVIOUSLY BEEN HELD AND FOUND
USEFUL BY THE 560 PARTICIPANTS.
_ _ 0 - -
MAINS WORK IN ABERDEEN * * *
FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN ABERDEEN WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 10 AM TO 5 PM ON FRIDAY (AUGUST 3) FOR MAINS WORK.
THE SUSPENSION WILL AFFECT ALL PREMISES IN ABERDEEN OLD MAIN STREET AND 112-178 ABERDEEN MAIN ROAD.
- - 0 - -